~/f/erlang27/RPMS.2 ~/f/erlang27 ~/f/erlang27 RPMS.2/erlang27-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm RPMS/erlang27-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm differ: byte 225, line 1 Comparing erlang27-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm to erlang27-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm comparing the rpm tags of erlang27 --- old-rpm-tags +++ new-rpm-tags @@ -3185 +3185 @@ -/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/ebin/ssh_options.beam ceef9d73f4ce896f9eb4a696f60371c129375ad9ad92c977ae421d5d21ff108d 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/ebin/ssh_options.beam 0ad290346ee4e1a04fc02f8aa11f65d20cbe00d53cc7b39bafebefc21864acf6 0 @@ -3521,16 +3521,16 @@ -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/cdv.1.gz eef160d9f140149ba4adbb9c2d5e7e5961daee66d6053409b9c8e7d80ff5bfc9 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/ct_run.1.gz 6f1d21e8a1a3c1f69791e6c6cf89d68a110c46ae57a9f293d58e3745a5f2d4d1 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/diameterc.1.gz d5a8808ca509da43da2247385d866148f84077d5c6f887a7b239aa4ce38dc2ef 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/edoc.1.gz 48faf092886f29b465121a33feeba0169100067dbab133de8987aa58030b7f1f 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/epmd.1.gz 60cdf79063ee21b7ee81e4e7c83dc816ab31bd3a4422b7856afff573a4cba98a 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erl.1.gz ff0651938ea4b900da6abf6574faa1518e4549675254d926b4465cf4e692bf8c 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erl_call.1.gz 1281d1404fcec51bb06c6483804f948ef0b52da10ee079fd98d4965f5d04185f 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erlc.1.gz c9313fee7732acff546ff24667c0823539d687cb533672f31497bb19c7e5c615 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erlsrv.1.gz dd1e5032740afdd57f3668860fe5ed4a26416fd0b1b2bd7f13843be279da9b90 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/escript.1.gz e944b9abf54c586461cbc04dcdd7b7138dad65df35c68dd09298ad1cbd76d906 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/run_erl.1.gz ddab090a21a494d55e4719aeeebcdab3336474dbbb306b66c0e5f905a2cb68bd 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/snmpc.1.gz 5708cdc2c6c721496f5ac452372991d78440071a1dbc94c5d24454418a58adb8 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/start.1.gz ce979bc8a3d66182d5241f7e1fd75430d9bd23048c95a64f3b51fd3338aed30f 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/start_erl.1.gz 58c5eaa0b45a071f3bb55e8fb21be9beca28bf7045c82ce47e1459088c963cd5 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/typer.1.gz 8560886f03e61a8304cb814228c03bab8041aebe02760d7cbaf08152dc8a420c 0 -/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/werl.1.gz 10ea1bcda47031491f7106581643b7c10c93d10b3a235a577df65b043184fb4f 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/cdv.1.gz 01f7c13a5b7c3a03bc95092498519af000efeb3efc69833196575f46491df887 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/ct_run.1.gz d1486b8fd9d2dcf8b1dbd77128a78360fc871aa13cbe52cdbc2385dfca4843be 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/diameterc.1.gz 5c079f5934a81e0b17d6cc8f06c2329b90ee2940a8446d0827a6cb1154bb1abc 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/edoc.1.gz 50b722ce200d0c7fd7b6584f9cff14d6a1d75d3e19e78408011892a7560fb3e9 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/epmd.1.gz baec30fc26624687838cbb1094b92f790391ef6106596cee1bec9e33cfc1a468 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erl.1.gz 59ae631ed85c36af31c4d0eec20485f35c3e0b06f785446c0777e9604eaf6274 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erl_call.1.gz 4c02d51ac2f383610b5a799068a14b66ceb0a3adcd0673e1cf94f9d45c4b57a7 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erlc.1.gz 3161c5df0ce6721792a7f4922d26d2dd24fd0ccdc1fe4636c65e73083124bb86 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/erlsrv.1.gz 7fcbe1d8ff97ec7ed78e6f3d980c8548eb847fb3774cb12a823fa88fccd3a0ae 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/escript.1.gz 51d1c3a811d22fae9b02a24008049732f0633e1f3e59447f2510897077643433 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/run_erl.1.gz 3ce304419118044ce1eb230b27ecdf29db9ca306abd66785ae7f0d6d11068082 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/snmpc.1.gz 39f75e76f0b0a2b80170ea0031fb124953c15a43f4f6d3dfd97c5f622aeb7437 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/start.1.gz 93291ef06b8fb11df1c3d44ce951a556102785533cdf7ae83c66b50c809d0f7f 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/start_erl.1.gz 9160702ec23affec01cb2fbfbc577f182e5c9daf429e6d9fc10cba54060b8b0f 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/typer.1.gz aeb4ce7139503060614c128e4233641da696982765be5edd8f0a1f3512d4f2b6 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/man/man1/werl.1.gz 1aec39bf645b11d87a1c11b6ddc9b5089ea7d1b61862028d020199dcbf2f04fe 0 comparing rpmtags comparing RELEASE comparing PROVIDES comparing scripts comparing filelist comparing file checksum creating rename script RPM file checksum differs. Extracting packages /usr/lib64/erlang/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/ebin/ssh_options.beam differs at offset '69475' (Erlang BEAM file) --- old /usr/lib64/erlang/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/ebin/ssh_options.beam (hex) +++ new /usr/lib64/erlang/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/ebin/ssh_options.beam (hex) @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ 00010f40 6e 65 74 00 00 00 03 77 05 74 69 74 6c 65 6d 00 |net....w.titlem.| 00010f50 00 00 0e 44 61 65 6d 6f 6e 20 4f 70 74 69 6f 6e |...Daemon Option| -00010f60 73 77 08 65 78 70 6f 72 74 65 64 77 05 66 61 6c |sw.exportedw.fal| -00010f70 73 65 77 05 65 71 75 69 76 6d 00 00 00 0a 70 77 |sew.equivm....pw| -00010f80 64 66 75 6e 5f 34 2f 30 68 05 68 03 77 04 74 79 |dfun_4/0h.h.w.ty| +00010f60 73 77 05 65 71 75 69 76 6d 00 00 00 0a 70 77 64 |sw.equivm....pwd| +00010f70 66 75 6e 5f 34 2f 30 77 08 65 78 70 6f 72 74 65 |fun_4/0w.exporte| +00010f80 64 77 05 66 61 6c 73 65 68 05 68 03 77 04 74 79 |dw.falseh.h.w.ty| 00010f90 70 65 77 0c 6b 62 5f 69 6e 74 5f 74 75 70 6c 65 |pew.kb_int_tuple| 00010fa0 61 00 6c 00 00 00 02 68 02 77 04 66 69 6c 65 6b |a.l....h.w.filek| 00010fb0 00 07 73 73 68 2e 68 72 6c 68 02 77 08 6c 6f 63 |..ssh.hrlh.w.loc| RPMS.2/erlang27-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm RPMS/erlang27-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm differ: byte 225, line 1 Comparing erlang27-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm to erlang27-doc-27.1.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm comparing the rpm tags of erlang27-doc --- old-rpm-tags +++ new-rpm-tags @@ -711 +711 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-63958327.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-DB78BA3A.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1224 +1224 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-492AF504.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-2DB78EC4.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1406 +1406 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1545 +1545 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-7F27CE3F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-B508ECAC.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1771 +1771 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-932F883B.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-4455BC45.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1823 +1823 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-F28A63F6.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-0A973261.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1921 +1921 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-CF5A7DBD.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-5AC9C9DB.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -2325 +2325 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9CA46B9F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-736664A5.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -2440,3 +2440,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub 7a5b285b7142c7cefc9dfb379bc371b110b15c1d012725162c3539e203a79fbf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/applications.html f5a3dcc24632bbf6d2b323b6096fbd5b27c2fb5c96b040514c71e0cd7e62cf93 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 2e769ed5f09ea55fe6749bf5d4c6a88a19f33c49136f7f9da98185ba38a501ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub 80c1da7ab82f8db34f617bd1ad0bd46da9b4fe9527ab8ecf1b8188717ba94f74 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/applications.html 2679d82f522413cdbe03164451c78f1ee83c22f01b3b9f844ba87ac1081eac19 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html abcd3c35fd294cfe5d3553d45266d659f1f46c63e09793b8ab2d9b5fdfb14205 2 @@ -2452,5 +2452,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html f16420bce77918d8506958a508b9af000d16002e1b79873f67664a657cd26241 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html d5ec5cfe442f51d576061a047f7acb55aec3f58990b8b2629fa1fa016011fcba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 82a64bcfdfd353070669527c3a4d998773fd38e9cd1562343df549290a6d8eb2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 355a90d9da33187bb65fe30798dd582220649a5cb4f2c26c5d833a9eab62f92c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html aeb4e68bb0a9b7cc12eeb9354c384533ca510514ca02b65f24282f1c24be6f68 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html ca42a3ddbc01522612ac7a4dd1508c824e03582eda906a71236d23a8a96debaf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 168d9a65c95dc90d9e260cf5b96fcf63d5bec25dfc1922b3e7dd96a1827fcc24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 3cf69aa84366c652ff9033e75e63fad071e38dc00a57a44ce3012106f6f24e1f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 83807965a300a7e79c27e9593ffeb79db99c7c69fc4e723f293607257a44d4c2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 5c03548eddbb882a9aaa2c4a93c0c1c0ff005ff10e1bc2b3fea3a4fecad15b4c 2 @@ -2459,5 +2459,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html c94cb2072dde8a75674cfad2acfe7a54b2b1b450122420f1ee4399e572c25e2b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 4a80ca8bfd5bfe79b0b75f1c921678be0d7c1bdbf979b9f26c4afb74c1c13ec5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 096d121153469eeefcc6a706f1eb021559607bfbc78316a566cd06a70e8d16d0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/create_target.html 29a165ccb0a7ed73d26d6d04cd00b9da8febc6504d2eef98be53b8fb173d2000 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/data_types.html 526d60c087f516bd941b4401dd0f516928e61e5a2787cb1526e84764a10ca3eb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 23b405431e3d0d81045d048531ab694f85536ce20f74ba00a64dfa58020fa6ed 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html d51752e5666f91213b2d38235343e800d578b238a4ee79f1e1c385e198a96f70 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html ed7136e2ce52a49ea5b62f18497718eda8ec8e7ad3b08d8a4b2077ae2eeacd66 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/create_target.html 3b78f2fe8fdc8f789afc5aed8845244903ba80fc3484e5e431d04866eb5c0896 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/data_types.html 9b87bb2ea24b1789e57437adcc39926eb6a17d0708f3ad3a36ae569b5d65d88c 2 @@ -2465 +2465 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html f3f7ada1688501f976d27e194ed5197481d1735011035a5df5cf348e496b156e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 84a63945095e73aec372c8a47a813af5d84e9ab72e33f142b22fa35d917b084a 2 @@ -2486,6 +2486,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 96271902d3952b89c8fcfd6ec6bbc79adb8717ecae52b16b63edd3a28c75694d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 010b84a3524320bc644ab741961157a1e0cda46ed30cbbc8f04ac653f38ceec3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/documentation.html 9d6d63c0472b90cdb6adcb3d378a3260cea8e30392357447babcadd242063bb2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/drivers.html 9ebc45d06ea11d038e4f7740063ae764f10a22e71f196d179fbc32f5285f330f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_functions.html 565993fd7abc02bfb2f197b4a80fe274e60b884fc0b9d324ccec5c4ffee6285e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html aa6423b7967f62b4d34dab3d7088342c73fefedaaaaa162377ff94e7d4a204f6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 5731373111c348085ada0f70ed9c8eaedcc601d9c32466ebb1056cf069d0c3f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 6b62cf7af351dc58c1f62c4a71fbe83b0a2d499325ac085b6d0cfed5d851a195 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/documentation.html a28df2406746c92664ba97fefdf571e5d70684313eaa17ca82010d65ef4723ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/drivers.html 9eacdb37bb42e8a1d0f57361ca83e4007d037d3bb77dd28f201f57d3ddf2a6a2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_functions.html c7e11eb0f93cd7fc051c63900667a8d90e9d84e758fca19f6aaf178e41af0742 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html 8ae4d916322096018a87f1b78fa0086184a6a8038989e19528dab1e82e94a2df 2 @@ -2494,6 +2494,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html 9842dc7926467b28f810aa3e89d4ddfa8ed215fb09c6c6792fbac29e5d9bb2b2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html 7b1148596768e18aa32fc770ea242210e059df8cdf199ce6da0a0a4fec5f36ba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/errors.html ce0f288330032829729589f2d264bfded00293a15368d9f7397fbe050c39492c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/events.html 642ea0408287bfbb481955056299fd8f2601ce7c23602286651de9007e79cf5c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/example.html 795ff4d9344e5dea670ea03acf7aef2da35716f8be586ab1c64c56bec5f3f961 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/expressions.html c38e284de4aa823e52bdc96ec824a7a91e57e955e1707174e14f0600480e941f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html 1490d84001c5d073d9af84be0b80051d4708f1f51b9a5d2f64d25a5244aa6b6f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html 8764e32eae9a04b0d50c85cc63a28783ff313634f6517522af5669a0fb3521dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/errors.html 79451a35721770d151eede802f17293161e9b447b569243ac6804fa6ff21183b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/events.html 005f8f68e2cda483bf7c65fa514358a76a8683ce64179a272d3fd07e984e9130 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/example.html d00816ef0364dae96d273613d40563d81ab3b2707eb3b6fc2a60e5e1584a7165 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/expressions.html 8f464fbcc749d15aab012f2ba59d449f82884d975a7fcef6dfea58d609033be5 2 @@ -2501,2 +2501,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/funs.html 5b415513c81d165a15061481741cdb2279bdc2aa1e8bc925c8f82cd78b6e81d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html cb7f014f3a4f66e343b218a06528697cdfcf8cb9af5a75c1cc4b178e09bac9b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/funs.html 00fbb2f37d9d898c2081b843f0a494b78aeed1d83e9f0741b091cb0634c821d7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html d3791527d31078da40af0fa50ecfbdc82474f02011d2cfc7b8b583e695881f06 2 @@ -2504 +2504 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 82e294c5120884136e4fc5a276d47cd6403542e075cbed8c4dd8ad133c3ad968 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html fab06cb87ef0b4ea0c566a0d3e9e24f0489e2997da82094bf5a9ebeb41525b57 2 @@ -2507 +2507 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 06622bd24e373044835d34edefb42a5eedd14f8711a6be8e28789086cf735c7f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 8389ca2514ded8b091a4728f7feb0ebf6952e6560d33305d95efb80ce7857590 2 @@ -2510,4 +2510,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 50f7e27732fc0a5814f8403152954e7e7531634907fa519fd30a752c3594101f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 7b6ea395fca6ea1e8e8689ee36599517cd5f12a27474c73c0c43849b348d9673 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/macros.html 5b5757e3fa0085c0c7dae3a279d309ebbbbab41c83226db9d4fdcc9079fa6594 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/maps.html b044629116d07544494625402f6e056ec1e0a60b36bdb8d3e53cf649d23ea442 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html a152d1f30e3734f448950dd53aac17ecd3d7ac3bb09125491bc6a27e71312052 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html e645594f8e75e49e2020c9451aa632f28658249266050a576e5f095463635d58 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/macros.html e6217595a81097b91a21e337e0e0323bc91bfe8c4167f27ee0a2e06b7f5890dd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/maps.html e3de14a4f55c9881e66577b988dc7477f2d308a7288876184a27b387000c3972 2 @@ -2516,4 +2516,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/modules.html 5843382a9d8a3b6c3825e83e7103924013bb755512b795d5036f8802d3de9b16 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/nif.html 9df79fff6b36c5468b39090906faf98fad95c5eaf38e69adf5b8ae102fd593a7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/opaques.html edd5e924da2af3e49f2d5c54f659d7d9c325cf93d33749446dcb1b392db082d2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 8561703947ff82dd99712b272bde6bf1bb745b340e7a1f3f3b538cbbf2609bbb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/modules.html 25e9929d1c87535b1640f096081262ae157e2f53c0d1417c4ab819f209be04b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/nif.html cba48c61fa0147d803a57a57d5a4955d49cae61da372aec14fd46f58c816135d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 18e6c978eee7bc13891938fae3f5a11a7bb35f619081e51305afef5e69408f27 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html b4e91c22f76c9fe0f36562695f13c882c8bfc5e02eed24b866f7be69152ca29e 2 @@ -2521 +2521 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 71d8699b35e11c8f3e14b37847b106247458a12c61a570b23d97aed1638fcc6e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 925f88a2b973e3b60d63096e9e48182906cf3898940db5f9040bd08fe1ab541c 2 @@ -2524 +2524 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html f6cdadaa608b40c0394a8a771da9e22358c3a3fb00fbd245f18f3d5122fc9ebc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 12a6d6d0ad7195b049cb3155143d4af01502223b8449ebe069150d12f613d2db 2 @@ -2527,4 +2527,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 7df691436b5434872b0503ddabaa73a450528cd3e68dc583db833dba94b21256 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html 9295aa0237a0050b6044ba6df7b096c2645f9fc3079014442a41715de83e82e9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 4efac37795e33cc83de4b0d8e895eff38145442c42049bb314b6ced07d6e6beb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html da2ef361a9ba149b5ca17d5bdda845dc6eaa308cbbe9af988445be1a6a894219 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html d10e77886c731be2e8cb839528fa6a5af19f9ad7a551145f35f9af6426c691cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html 99ffde609ebcc7d9b58cb05e8f1909e94cfc0462d55f9b6a65da5c628751ec9d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html ae3f19d5e1bd46f6d0bcefa7741cd0c6c17b0551e1b4e585756a55195bc12e8c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html edc5013dd797f3c44aa756ae6867a3ac5b784da4b302289ff10924db2a2dc559 2 @@ -2532,3 +2532,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 1828a7d20563fb1c7c08d02dd07bd587b29d860da8d5b32555db03772d976a89 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html ec3b31f14c143b5751b2242df8ba38734f0a4522a77e6cc6b75e09f9c90679ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/robustness.html f84b2cefc7cbb59069264c2d839efc2e4c079c680aaca8057ceeabc138fed786 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html fcce129bfac784548704a5bd2ce73752425d14a29eabe5f8992a6b2b3aba944b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html 52c81b7813a02050775b1e5f1b63df4272d8aa4882e0271ec7829eaf1c6be45a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 09fc0a160324bf1115a2f6cfa2dd48c870337c3785a9fd6681ab606ec21042f5 2 @@ -2536,4 +2536,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html cd6e8f23641da411ae25d021a91acd40968449e51b37c9605afb07650feea4f3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 5c45eb178de844d0e3a611738ea2209e6ac5740fdfeea2ea871ea1778f8ce992 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/statem.html a497a9db77262ae22396f80a1b56c4755c00c1c2aea4bcb994a71ed2509f6343 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html 4ae5c8678c65a3a875c5bda15d15e51960a6dacb0c1186520695ca4423ca25f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html 488f1d2cebf92d00b3e0fc748f349819d478c602835a597f77720e8808ad57df 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 68b6cde8b98a0255d6533d43ae2a8f45d52a01b9de1137aa49bb96e4809bf44d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/statem.html e1019dbe7ea89a6381c7838073623851de38236d6a693edb9acf7896e4d36dbe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html 86fcb701941cc3ce9106a01c61b554792939605977026185b3bf741eb4565d3a 2 @@ -2542 +2542 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 2bcb964d94fefa7ab4f15c913407a890956981b1403b2e658fb6a39576d90049 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 9281a6a103f105f015ae427558294e03abc2eb5b8a8d5d4aa4e41838d9489503 2 @@ -2544 +2544 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/typespec.html 539ab57199f0ae83fc2f51cc4c7f25cfee4ac8c8845baff8c1d372b303dbe336 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/typespec.html 624a8a46185e9d8067f56b5e8f488161f67a474a3190089871adb3b022b5596d 2 @@ -2551 +2551 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html dfd5dad8c3f1ab80f1d310eb0a6ae8ab4e08f59dec3d6d984ec401a5078188d7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 9dd00681435a001bdc98a6ad1af52ef740b25fe047f2598574df2374af3fad00 2 @@ -2560 +2560 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html 5767286a495faec2d2aa78b9cdb6b6a2a3bf0ffd0f19363cbf99ec4c0cab1e20 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html cef20af2b454f7014004a0b8c55a7ff744889ebf847837c0bf18807e3f82d9bd 2 @@ -2578,3 +2578,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html d1233e6f7c7bcd80c6d552ad48bbf202b2d39b2f133c478541d4e1299d9608b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 85b03acf3f9324afa11e27099e020bd342898e4f9bdab67d0eb6219f19b18d9e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html 6df244aa391acaf1b4c6ae587c494d1378d3259519343a3fc5b51404ab681314 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html b2cf32e9d62c329c741b4dace25ae21334572cbd5b0c9714d7088cd0ac1219b2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html ef4748df6ba2c9cada7fffbdabcb7e6b703c58b8f4359db6bdf1d5768673b36b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html 3bd082aea03fa445aac2a06cadde766f884cdf13dc8c7c8c7308e0e4693f41ef 2 @@ -2582 +2582 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 9b59609fc0a0c21b23b1cb2fa9e9bb71936f54a7b3697a7f099d0f1dd87319fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 4db04590474ce8a0bd6276f0a5cbe36c773dda485b6f7e22e2a6378161d26dd2 2 @@ -2586 +2586 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html f859b0ec5282d1f63abfa8aad1693ac42cd6577507905518471c1ff10728cbc7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 00d0df2d9feed454811dde7233efa04aca7ad7b72d05498a5802685bc97eae8a 2 @@ -2608,2 +2608,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html eebdcc2fe4620bf67e726048b875e3494425d21744637ef3dc7eabe44c7a048a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html f11ff7878045322a47ce0e01f7138e7e5adfc41475f5da0ceef2f46cfd0a7657 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html 25942497dbb1dfbf70bdb3e5df26ed7b70954ea3ed7f9968f115c24061327b8d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html ba2bfc10911a3a17e82e1caf2e812f7c82bd9e3c8cb5fe98ffe227eaf0da1429 2 @@ -2611,8 +2611,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 7cb4530f236ccf18afe3ff5474a21fb08db41951142cc199cb0e0bd0d4687395 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 39f421e63b12fa9941913d6da1b404c827d98f7db12dd9657fa996ba9c262c7d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 959657eed3dca3fe5f1d0e2230327620258c2fb7d3ef60ca7f6922bc807cb066 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 0733da6fb83270dc3286deb1bbbc83acc692304b311f70dda8e672036d1da2d0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 5a45e6f48379af7cb9c554aac6d98c0d8143f73c30b700fe5f17da086e56697b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html 20b50f5d3afc0bb6c47f76e134d1fcb909b5a3592e4c615b42220a835e787926 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 7cfb63dbcd552b98eaee2e1f24f6cd263e07f5317197e011c2bef22558599ba0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html 390415668afeaba40cff5fbfa3195ea53e7ed127cb6b400052e74d578ec2aead 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 7f5155d4848376105ab5c7aaad8d28098f59864cee38cd65632dabee459b8a48 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 17d1f1c0460275a037e7b0e001d79ba4a8886c47a9e11acd15cbc33502afd724 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 60913e6d99032d6aa87ebb73cac9c17b05e606d7e0a97ceefc99ba2bb8d3752b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html a2f7db35da2ec1216327497ae5124eb55d4c83d0e93e1976edfd6d971981360b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html a354549241737e985dff792f926582fc00152967c40e3ca5c61ca142e6c44c23 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html beee91c618a95b21b7df09962fea9ba86300e2fcb2f971c78cea0ffae3413666 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 4697eb7aa0bc57dce51fbeb16e0ec255f6b5abd8f5abc10698ab64388b4cce78 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html e5fc609de3603467f3d028cc5aa570a7751ef96b77be57f738e2ef1bb3afd961 2 @@ -2620 +2620 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html b68e9a58ed85b4b7eb1ffbc7919cf7eaf8a00dc463d5a86440b3eea412c7bb4f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 2e465463a7f3e13e7e6310c3aa215b0a15aa7073aabc9def413115f3d5395053 2 @@ -2622,2 +2622,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 00075b73419b4d4a28f52e61d45a14d3b287a11c98984b3f21419356d231976d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 9e14d19b68e4d3c80d3971491a2b1db07478dcaa026b10625ddc9c6efa0916ab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 41b914c643ce84592d9b8934d9e89c91f244567d5ba9068cc1de3dfd20ace5c5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html b3fd87deb684e81cc11683c45f5319881abd9d90e6ba766ab9e948a33dafba18 2 @@ -2625,2 +2625,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html cfeafd721b045ef754004e03d30d681a801b5b32a9b97b197f0bc2f45aaa27ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html 99526eb616b00eeb1ee89a566112a8e19ff128ea87bd440fa158815b40f9fde9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html dacd3c6ec7a39dbfa3567e34729ae88bc0f5359b3ab7c81ffa856a7726efb716 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html 7209a69ff59610807a4e8070a388769bbc3d32516b246b70f3726b4c95e48f5b 2 @@ -2628,3 +2628,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 7a699d286a1d0a959f82881de4ba5b21bfa89942726d54baa71f1c98c5882317 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html 29c78f20115a6708a2882ee9717ea94d5bc3de6ac7c4e151ee016abc4fc9a1f7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html 193ae5711c8cb6c7e694048e033f5d9ee2e1eeb01c983351188efde1d0f6c971 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html e04ba07b047e45e3dde0910ec59dc563d70d2202347f84e35ad627b8d753d0af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html e8ae159d0a8526c766c26ea6834da4e997275c1f8c8ffa5d5323083f90795a8b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html 4c04dc16035f0948b952b6cc0aa99801ce8e4fc9c4e560288e33107964ec77c9 2 @@ -2638 +2638 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html ae7ed8fe8d168338ccd050230bd0f7e50e808fcd02de77b60ee23deb0443ea85 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 0fada5824deaa0fa0161340ce29252dbab03f4d91baec0198414bc7c6c3cd493 2 @@ -2640,2 +2640,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html fc1f3500708afdace16cebce965eb4572a6f9a1be881640ce07afad7943f93cd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html ac91bda6a28534ebf120ce5889f874193970062d0a495ec94c5ee740a00ea3fa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 3543fabe36d00b0459e27e3bbef20123e4ff9e0619c028a6a0f9296a9db051f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html f444ea5feff5423100b152389136103966be40a37e284cd20d6221e8e3b7a1b5 2 @@ -2644 +2644 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html f90a4518098fbc3b8d978bd1a3e3de972fea59519a86da4463fb4d596415426f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html cf5009ba01b94fcd56c7be8828ca272f3d5320552dc3fb407a082179c106bbd9 2 @@ -2651,2 +2651,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub b3454a61e36b5596e01f61d36197426beae407a7112deb93bbf8dfd9bd4f2152 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html 395e8cc9e47d663d329819a070d79fbf709b7b9f6998bc34ac976ffac5949377 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub 549164d5e5f8d4d165954b8a7bdbf658c31f4113bfd0d79a30fb473ffe4096f6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html e15c3e9d9d9065d1c151b6f357a26a828590f033057a8f846b95630f6a17215b 2 @@ -2655,2 +2655,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 763a1181ecba099b6cc2287b0b25090cfff25b9f2885b5bbb905aeb6e1f88364 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html 1a3804a5341912fc261a17a573b2d02d4fb8b87f4d65d14e57f09a3987bad118 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 0e32d6f29c249aaa7e4ee219fbbfaeafe8210d32216207bdea5adbfa31876a11 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html 7695a3941476229bd5718c4ce30de604df22326108b8422539c3a97a2acaf0d1 2 @@ -2695,2 +2695,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 67db147412fd15531cc6cd579bcd9d9538e537ea8ae3844dcefba387918bb3a2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub a871c040721e2855cb22ba102857c4b08a957c0fdb6273465d594be3b492614d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html a6180078799bd32ffdda73851070f3c97ef8bd685317a0822696453cb30a9c70 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub f04d6b407221cdbeb8789610847de1b790fd9dd8f506e983e339d9adbccd0fbd 2 @@ -2698,3 +2698,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 31eef82ec95edd11181652567fcc57414b26b08bdacb14690a8d1357179e0385 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html ca6cdcf13cd6f68eba69e585f1b03aaeef11168fde84583270cd5b9fa8c3bad7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html c615ce7129f01e8d546f2d3e3d363bf7e85aa393f057aad0037ff7f2a7cd0e86 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 14c4ea34977ada354ff0f585feb6810b71e9fd8bf9f10b1e1387c93f1d24ba45 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 5bdea9197f2108368d5b6edc239e8b5ddd6f28ea8c78e77328cfdc658663130f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html caba4731528ad0837fd4d4ca6c12e4c466ac992365480e386003ebc9f01c13f5 2 @@ -2702 +2702 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 0f641ea39f03a8f411c903a3ca0886d203903d8250510ac1c76dba2119b8eb6d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 1306820f56493b45654cd65fb8dddd4ade2298253b0bcf9bc8acf184cf2fb3c1 2 @@ -2704,6 +2704,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html ac61ef9ba26351a90ce7addf98fa3f869f88819288c8ca882e006b3a5f6a3573 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html bd99296f92d0b8ef30eafc97c3b4a3615f67627a00134af0a9086eed509c18fe 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 51b8869866c5377131b127f7825fce36144e9b660bb1266da000720bf91d3d99 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 7a464d5e7b4bfe6023ac32c7e5d4c0e3fb3957e5fdc2f7a859c15f5dbe6eac9d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html b0781cfa53deda087aa6ec0d0514aef06d4e44e422bf042a171a6fd728ff48fe 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 908ac4fad80b0b37a1b8648a26151f04a40d20228e04b0b8dc2d6a64667e43e1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 22badceef2fb9f1ab80f53fe64c801515a7f632b4e920aace37e4def04ea7176 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html 589d6a56ab2866cf8ab30a10e54c59a00663b9ba314816819ac0c939b8ca611c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 1edba675874156b11d35d8d2580479dd2b2555cb33a64c44a9d22f6bd0004dd3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html e10246f0abb9d46228699957ff9e388793b18113d8f0c166b6870c13f22239da 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 568b8d1c1e978930ff5d978533570ce6600386c5ca4e50142cc788b54983c8e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html f414551aa3c32e671a59d535d68953c4773dfb8c4d9d93be2f2dac359646523a 2 @@ -2711 +2711 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 43464e5e1f4df31e5b3de30f549a685815c558a09b343d4efc81172065b3419c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html e39777c211c57803b2b93c0da357a787694a56cd55061440b73de851c99de99e 2 @@ -2713,2 +2713,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html f3d462234cbff16932f2679ceb51c066416bb79e2c8fe6396a4a98a7186ade1c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 5acb98bd8c9625c29d4c539751ee95d145e511fe1ed680e6a5e0352d4baf78b7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 51824521c695a73ab18008eddff0f8cb1e05478fc4630680e3c1940dad595d37 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 4dbf0b05f5dc6e419590f14d27dfa764e2251477e29c07997724ca1b986aa112 2 @@ -2716 +2716 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html f862ed8dcb81a9b65bb151101ecf374ef36d8abae206a7b35e42b41b1577dd30 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html bbe697e046753cbc6f03274d539aecadd342918645b4b1b4f581b76c54e8759f 2 @@ -2718 +2718 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 5168e0d31103202c28b617083282088a17c1e823fd8c839d43ba05e38f8b3559 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html c948307c44a23c981f7cce7acf2080dd18316fad47af750b261ec846a17d54f6 2 @@ -2739,3 +2739,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html c1d0ef4741da8a74b9df62a45e1aa4dd5375e7aaf1ec7ce7fcc96b2801c94738 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html d6184c1439e5429779c90a196a339f682a52f5082335123fe3a9cbd8d3f5c56c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 9c371d12fbe5958eb260433be1c107629ea032c9ce5b0b3400005d7d823fe91f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 84f250bf76b08eecd8ba6d893b2eb7bb8ee52e003e5a6798fe21606aa4ddc7cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html 0db33a75905855581369e4049bb577503ee5d379104fd4bf40225381be56832d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html b7fe6d53bf997c8223d8c168a8ad107ad1bb3f2c85092280af11f122d24ae6e7 2 @@ -2746 +2746 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 02eac91e6da04256349e5114e6d7fa8283d30a1a52597fa6696607d2a2dd3689 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 17fe181053d699d7cdd9221c6a0d17d5d089f483778f83223afef2dec5cb48ef 2 @@ -2749 +2749 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html e2842a909d066dff974c41846cc65900a83f3fcd1f380c77af9705a0735ca282 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html a40cc535a3dcf254765caa1f4914fa3b15f1c6d4706de809f29a2a48a6a914d2 2 @@ -2751 +2751 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 159d493db3ba8d53f985c72c13bbabc96cf8277cf301e8b5abef03126f82382e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 34b96e3523db02a495a1ad926ae5a561d10ad13c181a6dc6727a2c6e148c4b59 2 @@ -2759 +2759 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 7502ce282890a38b5d7ca228f674fa487f93d1899f1c1a5c974171086458f841 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 563130cd028a7e365bad72ac770519abeeca64958089366eb9b3199d28513ba6 2 @@ -2763,2 +2763,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html 078237c12777e7916190ed4dd58aad73528915a0fdd52d3bd9613dc0256f517d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub 14aeebf4e6f09aed41acb072f475bc7cb5ef22a6ff826bef7e6c3dc30c0ac098 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html 19e665ba4bae16c16427dc4452db6b4fafcc9031522a4d027be9a87d9f35cefc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub fc598d29d1312c3cb4035f72884bc76d0db2f12d2bc32a3d0cc43d59bf21b810 2 @@ -2786 +2786 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html eb63f1c2f1b04128b099e64aa62b020c65b154ef6304a64c721c3a8ac5baae86 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 3c220a61d07ecec94f2ef8f40286981b46ff110c0c34d171dc1bd42a4efdb468 2 @@ -2788 +2788 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html ec1328b89fad33cb6f6f44198c286510d581af80decc9a055fd8e17a3d4f0587 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 9abe4b1bafab41eb9040edbf1cf7db54213a6ecf6f4394639b1217843c4226af 2 @@ -2797,2 +2797,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub 1eaaf7c091e54ceb9b71f8fcf92cd9b55628e5c57c6d4f9f00f58362c05f8de0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html 00c6407dc15aad09dbd40b1e3d58c05565c1039e9c01221922749595ad92336e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub 5bab9fd6103a42c34a2d6064fb3aef1b569893cda807d82751bf09c4afb1d4e8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html 5348b7632a67c416b2bf6ff1bc9ebb46ad2a758ed759cbe16f0347b876329a84 2 @@ -2820,2 +2820,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html a0a32f332b0e7b4df138a3365aa37c63a721deb180d5565d5e92acea95e6eccb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html 91f39c33a55a01e06d76f13a8c55e30ff726ad59bfe64acad62b04ca2333706c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html 035be35694df7c8388b9b93f32f3ca9ffcbaebbbbb24faa3486d939dcdd9ecb2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html 651ac9d0646fe3e3e3a811c34f89b21e57e8e62362fe00ccb60b9bc49e95110b 2 @@ -2825 +2825 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 6984927d6d2b115cff7b2e23a32d2d83a202976345da94e493ed98d72bdb49e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 11c810abfef443ae737c193108a3cefd566d302463cff21343be9af3e3cc53a1 2 @@ -2842 +2842 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub dbe6d27e3ccb10148888090faa65221a1513582de4f1f38e625d5ab48067d1ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub dfc67e06f3866d4d93fbe84dbd6d2994f102a483358c0c115fdbddcfc68fc337 2 @@ -2844 +2844 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 4cd87aea5ebbdc74754e9a9fdddc1cafe48e3e785922ae84c9fa4e99e01fdc57 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html d6fbc33f43185188bf57d569ce13f16a95f4425140e9f583666af4b7780dbd14 2 @@ -2865 +2865 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html cb133e276a6db89151b286af15aa5e971c0711a1c3b73952dc47bd44f6a2ab6d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html ecb6aa0c70ac0d703e199ac9cda38aa07b27514ff637bd1b32b917518d8bcae6 2 @@ -2867 +2867 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html d3dcfa54d5e595d15c9e0058c7d02bd787bcbd6fd464825b3f544091dfedb33d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html 01b654949eb1e3a43c052dbded5cb8abb7eaa46abfe8cc9d7de0f4d7819cca4a 2 @@ -2878,3 +2878,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub 655928ebcdf2ad47f2d9e427f390b6862cec578d44fa881d2e2b194f4d3ac62a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html b07ebdfedd4fc2ee8a719d7284bf9f70139da884583da1f45694680316dd9d7f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 49ab1d61d31cc11f4402c6cf92793f0cbb3b2e73aa6b9f8d07a7eecab98bc5c3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub f1746748c3bcd1090c964fbdbd8850196352bf4105a1ddff07763eff1d893675 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html d60e3b58c3d400283f3f02981866563313f5296f39adabc4d24f9982ef8cbde7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 494b32e7876c0fc3595cf4f82d3be326d5887fd140a1e13e9aae61601c4be7ce 2 @@ -2912,5 +2912,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub b76545f948161c989c23fc1a6316c63b06aa57cf588e2e4812477e0a67aa70b8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 17604f201ecc22c15496540ebef264965f0457235b78d63ef0ecc8d032390017 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 2c3609cf3271b3927f6f0feddf0b9959a1ff256fcfbfb9d486244048d3763fdd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html fbbbab3495fde1bd75b7d0a547cde7f392fcc5bbe5cf09f7e2a6f94f865661b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 8c35daf4492ba20ba664d4f1db518b4fe0ee86fc7ce8bfb64711f77409fd8003 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub e8393aa255ec8ba66850fd4b24ed399e4ec622ad12ce4a97a792c35ad802f1e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 32941eab91ef485901adae21c192adb86551b92819f68b86d49e2fb47d1da0f0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 4022df37765a83747767f053d5427aec3e554bd5b172d5c8e1758d94e2a4ef31 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html a74a270dfc6e333921ee8c93740544a1204622d25d1b6c345c0fc8f9d924b2dd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 00b5b5f406d12d2f12a8f2a43908648b2088f4a69940a6f593f95b62e1fdb312 2 @@ -2926 +2926 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 57c70d9f15f5293a221515ac0f3ae1ec0a8a5a72df096774669dafd741ae60ff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 827e6ba8a197ab700061d7e30d6d1b6ba3377d06306f1139fb2097db69b31569 2 @@ -2982 +2982 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-63958327.js cca14401fd3c7cc20e8a67b003a6e1871b0947f5c3dda0e7d1ceb0bb28d19fd3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-DB78BA3A.js cfa894d33f322ff3a1bc51cf2f8ad371688fe8241dc2e6b23bb83a9431f0c319 2 @@ -2989 +2989 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html fec6b619e470ad83e35193f541223d91f16eafcf7a2d7101a70ecf0efb2a5ce2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 076d2dfeab5c759e01f3061563c9ff495f7d0ae2a888c40d9609f40e355f8291 2 @@ -2998 +2998 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 313f971c49d54a239d7ae2a0eace78461d8e9312890278a661d23405112d7f65 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 1cee261d46634d3c4f5a45cad9c0d1f0116f524f1ecc12ac09c2f04fae4edf40 2 @@ -3026,2 +3026,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub 5fe7737041231d8ec70609158389c53559ee37ffca3c6aa50c25b9a0c469291c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html 7889638f1859132a00b2ff6faca51ef12d557bba3b36c0afaa75a54177a901a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub 878a09f0d76d28157f8f63e987d474767df6b2b54cfb4d130c1a3e400dbed18a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html 0eabe667379dc36e99f092318949bc09d41687bf8b61e7e7e5e86d5494b0f962 2 @@ -3057,6 +3057,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 61ec955415e737dd77174da87dc2bff1ab9e6511eb16331560724dda10897861 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html b92b72e548a0c21322d6ef2cc92bb5fe76651fd1ff1dfeac81aedd4107270096 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 6b450a46a447ed59addda99ee387db950866dba623e28e92fc93f53c9d484c1e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2801101ad0cee3d078ecb0cdadbc697d4b65c04d6aad57acd398071fb7bc4d90 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html f1f78817d3652f4d49b56d76eaad09d4b02724b6c9448f702c92da6a3f73340e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub 04a684223aa33183366762feaeb200027de927a65bc93b0c2008f0d8969cdc07 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 7153391758c1d2bd7e308632c7658b43c04e416f7f0dcc9083d33cabb5e61cee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 873b51cab7a66fd00e81878487ec649edda8aee3fa97c28aed07aeb712b5afaa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 4a7c0729bd4eb668b8cad883734e65da9e071272cb3fcaa9bb81fa95de1b8328 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html d7368e34be94f42fb44f456cebb8bcc3f0ef459f32f09809c2c7d7ce3f60a70e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html d68d07b746c33fb904514a1112fb4daa2ecefea968205e59af5f03ea24ac3499 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub 56cb6c209ef89a92af8ac9ff75f0a56315c2efe763f18639e54bb69f4d26d49f 2 @@ -3104 +3104 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub 9cb6ac99da6f3ef92fe91f338b69eaeee511004102b8048d38cabad2eb18331a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub 5f031f5b9053a057a585b48c8cbe847ce1a5adf5f961f593f6c6f06d7fcb731f 2 @@ -3107,2 +3107,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html 097d780f689348b08a222ed1d1d79c2983b05da52004713dfacaa2d7ca915778 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html 12dbb94fac6501dd306353a18e2fde2b225c6faed63a4362787b9b19c518997a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html 33ac177e276580fb49e7dc894dcf25a490d2702802e8920a00a592feadb374d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html 6f29bb78869572580feb00d71acc8c1b028e8bd1e01370bccb03414b72db5e03 2 @@ -3111 +3111 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html aac4a7a10532ede6fde6f97179e9ad2234b26655e6db3940cf52b62cf239c4b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html 4573d5849c1b6c056698396bd560485377f5958fe9740a67b2d2e75f3081bf63 2 @@ -3144 +3144 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub 662fab88c4ded1d8364deef33310942d2e614462d4356688dac78085629917d8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub 729046ecfcd17518e88450b253ec950444547716d569f635fe4405f3453908bc 2 @@ -3177 +3177 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub e876da6936d16edcf794c0286f09f9e49aebac1597462e4e405b00e8e164790d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub 5556df0b04a93e17da3de24764d79e232a0e2de81c3966fb23bed6485fa38021 2 @@ -3179 +3179 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html ac43f3507d01a1a77c1a3f2013989c56d3a2810abf974ae0a2dcd4a386806209 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html 9816beb98e4463757550b4c7079dcd3bde6c866975c19cf323be5cddc84a53e5 2 @@ -3211,2 +3211,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_client.html cf62d5ff1cae55ab28fd5e99c5bbf29f607b17cce35b13f1a40a30e2e4e28a8e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_server.html 90129b428e8f52fc68c07cedf0fd6a2e607041de5041f83074fb6c31283787bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_client.html dcd4abc10836e9c6d781c3c90242b7ba453bf9dd26523533e0b18b3ff7a0757d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/http_server.html a5abab706562d30d7315d861a1a6ac7d2bc9cf56aebf31efdb937d0f43f381d0 2 @@ -3214,2 +3214,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpc.html 0592c4e7b57f875a84ec560937aabee63104e7f0497a9b574a55ac628e209323 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd.html 9c399826888e3729a41d1410ba3781a215fb6ddf258fa16885849620df868959 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpc.html 13f355083cbc2bb48361a298a255ee3d7c8296fd6e2298c7e34fe3ca0df4fa0a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/httpd.html e4426cd3797df3cbe3940df6b850aaabdec3eb2c206dcaacb632d83cde34cab9 2 @@ -3220 +3220 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub 239121811585b5dc5ec91cee7c67b4bfd4a1ec371b216d387452ad7c680f4972 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub 1deaf76558a06b76042400b7fc76ea1ba3af1d4cb45be9515985011bbb3ad1be 2 @@ -3222 +3222 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets_services.html bf7ddcd067d08b28785efd6ad6239f1d832aa9ee619c7b917e8e9b01b1e15ba3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets_services.html 775a1f023ef47cc4781e6a3ebbc51302cfd69eca4d63018549ad161e060897da 2 @@ -3236,2 +3236,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/allclasses-index.html d298d6010f33c56eb6117fe1dd163f7519bab94de8e492fcb78bf1088516c0e4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/allpackages-index.html a9d38701aecf14fa4d80653b4ceb27872cacc7fdd37e3de9be3cbc85072d1087 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/allclasses-index.html 57958b4ca83ea40f1989bcc2e182f06b59f8233892478cad0cff8cc2f4cd5fb2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/allpackages-index.html a3e499cc87e83b1e2a913aed9c94c9674ee8aa52cc73fdf8898291b9aec99d68 2 @@ -3242,61 +3242,61 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/AbstractConnection.html 9c0d08da04902394404db3fe4a3b760c0c3e9c867cf1896b783b7730fa2e1138 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/AbstractNode.html 884a49d1125322c2b6ca48b8fd64e2e10a9aec038c5761107735408421da5b77 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/GenericQueue.html 49fd5657b6fc861d26634fc97411abb84c105cfd3a2640d0aeb7653096f04b9e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpAuthException.html 43884f3b7327370b58d379ccbd02028849889f884e4e43bd26a38ed3226c68a7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpConnection.html c5cd6ed673142fb6c12fa22dfffab290086a08c5d209dcfa792a7ad0d9a3dbc4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpCookedConnection.html 2281bf60090667e8f34761fda1020ac9a8997aec3589ad9c1d178b204c98127e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpEpmd.html ca25c972467d8c77e17896bae26df4a4f369cdfcc02b2ea0f8651b09590a1676 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangAtom.html b4951c83d6cd3cdcd7e364ed1f680c17384f97c8b3e141aa222dc8dc6bef4447 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangBinary.html 5e4e69953f3f8284c1bfa4946f0c537970914d2bddf97e08b2ebc35ce6fca2b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangBitstr.html baa84c525b8d8bc9cd6a5935c8f18bf5bc429f664f3fb4d5e94aa6db041b574b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangBoolean.html 1dd8729cf7036c89cd7444781618b86c3910ae31f8df7214c98e6ff4ebdc8b27 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangByte.html 62ea0772ac6f542e2a31a8bd88ec53f5c40a45d38e508b2fb2c8a5dcd6242d30 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangChar.html 623b7a9c2b35d328e1bf8ae845eaacb51881639d69518b9123a0f027fb071126 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangDecodeException.html 672e18284d08d5331c2c28b3d6c19e7f138b1878967dc12979e3e5de3577de22 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangDouble.html ecdca3c149761a58135105378d37e3a2cc8dbbb3b551fe273f4dff98fcfa0ad5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangException.html 1a55eb849e71d090c64e14a844a2ac314bae768e0ee573f2618c7d1cea538f64 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangExit.html 5e1237d506e7d143e21c5acb64e5f3aab0094026be030e79bb7b3a36885601ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangExternalFun.html 3242e97523b317c958a9dd0e429ade100731faa98f457e66d6bc5c19eb07bbdb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangFloat.html 7e72ed411d1f0d34dd1ae4ec87e40cc6f8d19998c4e66b7fa90013bacae72f6d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangFun.html 9121b2b87a38bc18526efa23368c8411b20e9b691dc17d49fc6a91ed21051591 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangInt.html 98d7cb636042985c22896cb2f4b4b7217c37ebebae2f9ad3bfe628959f45a5e0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangList.SubList.html 057831be20ba8c0778372290e10f20f837da59df5f8de0cca0bdbe5eb30f5c4a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangList.html 3a7592c152bcf1e259e0c89ad2fa825ecdee8dddebebdc384e54c667da3d1895 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangLong.html c1e3828681400ed9667903e069e2cc1e0eeb91a0ddfbc49192f8b8a310f8d779 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangMap.html 532f6bfa34838c8e0657aa81866e800ee1ea1015e7b8f434920ae5a6648b29a0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangObject.Hash.html eb35af2d3d42fd122330917266b527ced0d5f1757fe0c201a02ad6d4af5798b8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangObject.html 84a43620d30559b2ede3b012ed6fc9555896f0a3cf92ef442e55dce091cbc87c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangPid.html 9c050dd74925192199ec5e1ba1e68bed6cd77a66ae96361f8187f928cfb5eea6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangPort.html a5ec2de04e7ada0b25a01e3f904468961574d5ed1df12229809e9a8f957fb134 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangRangeException.html 23a7f275aeb25469c260273be03235241ce3a6efbf8727a643130bb495d61330 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangRef.html 419e7f5e4b4ea7fbc138c3f562ceff0e0fd703436d56b1bb7d32a242dd497d95 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangShort.html 4d559f70a39a6d46c4c7a781447c4c763b2f1d48308635dad5a68c230495f7a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangString.html b84b1945b6064130fbfb723f02788d59c44b6c6b9a16efe48d8c8e687a30e132 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangTuple.html 03622798c4f2b5965c7434c7fa698b4f4f5c1f13ca07ad6632b76cc066656303 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangUInt.html 2ff1120c51816f2876ad70fa321c0d691d80ae1ba91b9022790ae7df01b639aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangUShort.html f91fa0ebd978740c4eadbe17bb4e11a5ffe775d9220e5ade4c1f87636efba859 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpException.html db169c19c544be08b80253f793757cf3f1ca80f5f05da139ff03f7318ab13741 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpExternal.html 8fd3f0683f6e6741d31b5eb68c6d895ba61961d9afd51f9c681f03e93bec442b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpGenericTransportFactory.html 30bd70ec86c6c9fb6659a594804c2ce5216f58b959afde09e1edbf4d4727d956 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpInputStream.html 6c9578b8269e109a4910c1d9a00e3fdd40e11b1785b88c992ff7bfdc93185cfc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpLocalNode.html 955dbc141a67cd862da1ea27eecca1f5be18e5004d01a284d91c86ea7b0c0386 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpMbox.html 80b91f32bbe9782fa50eb41419b8be9983f8ff275864d881c946f925dabacff5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpMsg.html 7fe5efd041d1be253f1277d76faad28b2c857095d9642fbfdcfee4fedcd4ee70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNode.Acceptor.html dd557e87480d5d1c4d2aa4a9ba4c187a6c2906f452f010a93ddd2e299d700e40 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNode.Mailboxes.html 6c3ce54fdce02fa2ccd3bb6944c9b271011daed66b3d3f35f017fb1ce6886067 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNode.html 656899c61b52acbd0c726bc6cb2e5f8bbd9ab3df5cab0768d9ccfa83b00a5334 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNodeStatus.html 28a37f8dfc6744245c74ade725de4e23a85ac7d2ad9ebac1f0c4645208215bf6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpOutputStream.html f15c3766dfbcac8cffc3ff06d42a773efa6eddc40e1d371f7a3d7f08abb74b7c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpPeer.html f098e5dd5f577088bcaf146f328bcd79d01ceceded5d7f2008876f6630af0f64 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpSelf.html 9bf0e481644721bb49659e150c8ffaeb4d57d542b008fe6890e06d55aa61e8f5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpServer.html fcf464648482989e4b8994a64aa2c3b107984e782106da2a3a90ccff02c206c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpServerSocketTransport.html 0154918bd82b50cd3454ee59cdd555fc68a182d26d54f94f9626ff7305061bb1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpServerTransport.html 9cf8ef656a0805c840f93cc330b75c5aec24954764af5c26e27a4a04c0790b28 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpSocketTransport.html 393dcd9c78350926920f6720f2fe07b3447be4fd0fbdf8b5a6803439c0f8260f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpSocketTransportFactory.html eabed767305ecd11986f4b9cdb4bb6755c3d02aaadfb30a0c601cec42ab5fccd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpTransport.html 12a9a0dd02c02fcbf2139d68c7f3ed7cdc191638751f24ae2fc778be905530b1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpTransportFactory.html 1daa5da925fd8f3cd0340005759aaa06f013441918f84283363a5a3f57e2de84 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/package-summary.html 096d439abf6c093744b5cbdd295503667655f5a518ef4cb067d24981e05cbe24 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/package-tree.html 84a345d8b54c21c872af7322994ec0c1964e13799af973865e24f8412f408d14 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/constant-values.html 5cdd1351025ff08ba0f751369737422127ae61110e43f2f1084e79403e906e11 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/deprecated-list.html ae96cb6122aa0d8665dec7cd590c93b968afa98f6cafae4c2e4c9661c5c567ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/AbstractConnection.html 57aa8d816ef57a8345ff86ebf99b41dc26b854761b07512d95f749755806c873 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/AbstractNode.html b3a13a9612dac73554aee0d574eed4bb564bd633eba6e3e62dd52f7230271546 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/GenericQueue.html a47bda1a3181ebe9eb98e0caa582a5b15027cdc88b50ff2dec706f7410059a09 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpAuthException.html 71660a896b8f06be13509df49c265746268f971f47de683e48978648edd4f304 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpConnection.html 723178e4d0fbb10acb010daaf3847b35fca8a3518e8d5c77a720ffa00d2aaab3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpCookedConnection.html 3e8f78c96dc711777e2dc4dc8923a51685313cc182ad0210f69241ca1f4825f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpEpmd.html 320bbfd34e4cb6c9f8d76d4fbf0b522587309dc2e232e49c445458333cbf210f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangAtom.html bb0a9ac273a24c74fafcd12c0be46b574648463d883051381f599e82b063f8dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangBinary.html 87078d36f49b5e24a902025b0725886ad1b42e6ed2bccf8803bdcf40e663ed39 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangBitstr.html 9f555f01a32de7791e775d337cf9057e764a6c3526495e9a283087ecd53a0f9b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangBoolean.html c5a11c9b20572399d835fc8ddc3fa5688c5a60ae8ebbb46ddab5b981ce368e0c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangByte.html 8fcab2461e17614b75338c4a7efcbaf85cbfa01d146114736e7a812626bf4af2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangChar.html bb845fccf51971699690536d941fc2fa7d3dc6a5f20c61c8a6edf1e1a854bc8e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangDecodeException.html 73ed86ae08f9ba4b24325086bf11c0a5add3952e20a2f3c7a5e2d61429d2a7d3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangDouble.html bf904865f4640cc443d4fb12114f84985d77b7f6e8a8d4c43c60d14e7b1b9201 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangException.html bd3166588a9c1a068c812be96b9d56a954a0bade1d9c08e4363885fe34710247 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangExit.html 1df7f3fe48d84c9c95f8073b7cd590e02d4c404b4c88cc8ee19ff8675fdbdda1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangExternalFun.html 44133c7f93750ae2a39dde305f43d777b565b198efa2925a9e87ffb76bf97b20 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangFloat.html 9ad832fbb4305aa94eab4a24438383df605c8fca6643b5aab6766566428c0d59 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangFun.html f76952bfe8cdb3643cc01885ee2ee7a7cfd3bc808241aef9d911845f62642309 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangInt.html addc9bd33d2ab5e2ecba64c8495cf20bf0ab07e78af9343877f40e9865875fd8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangList.SubList.html d581a4b4ceef8854903f4ec194bb7f4b42409111b75e6ed60c98f2fb9dd851fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangList.html 5d17e0837eb34fbf4871fe1d94062106a1b9cf47af58bebd946e0b97d4acd9cd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangLong.html 98478ab899abca63d31e01ebed351b5506fe6eb6141b53be9615de02103aad24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangMap.html bbf7985101be1411b33a9e11c7e4a3814da5209fc1e240d3be112ee73598012c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangObject.Hash.html 604fbac9198a10689942fd80303b189dd8e2581388e689c1aee903ad5d7dbbea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangObject.html 2b1d0be751a0cd34b5ec0fd65f8dbc68cb0b943b5a34d66d6edaf983ac9e4890 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangPid.html 49b69999edf10aaab158e8de2d5229d4d8b504e6fa0dcacc39411b8bf6c868fc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangPort.html 6f0ad5a4fd59ce688f97da086edddd4c49b9f4f9a057899069140c47b6c7afdc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangRangeException.html 3825c952ba4c6caed7be94febfe7841bcdd6f123dd38564fa0a48061aac1ea22 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangRef.html 3126ef4ca34ea9edcdd638abb6e9888b096c228f9f5ef78cf03ff008d8c3a4e7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangShort.html 22e9f7010cf4965ebb72efd816833a2a081d163be1817b076cab4ea320bf8378 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangString.html df24a2d44039d44396edc5db661c6fec22b5dd9c5d29802de36d38e5505e516f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangTuple.html f87ee0d32d50925403de7ec05f076d0a806c5efa81fb5700f9887a8757372d0b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangUInt.html 740ca69342d204299869e8e1b71c0eb32342083fee823bfbf45b34be4de9fbd8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpErlangUShort.html ab9a36effcf99b7b9aa79b19623b80bf86a58d00bcc36813006ab9039557ae9b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpException.html 3e3d3bd57239a87c0b78548cefffd33c187a67c4af434a95c0cf9aa553a7af30 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpExternal.html 5895187a8a517810d3d4b9d6572b9a72c6031d6c50d1819bfcd7c22962657e1e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpGenericTransportFactory.html be1d4d5292f3667cb385904db45c5cdfdb47c3dca2337fab5524e14b5b8bd607 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpInputStream.html 0d35ea3c5fcf4933c23577b47ccf33e2bad7ebf9b5aa924e078c88095b2e0300 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpLocalNode.html 8e728c9b716d1e8bcd9c6ef6c0d6409b309e0e6e385cb0da850242e2d7790b5b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpMbox.html da9a98569435ff8529fe7984f3145e0cdf54841c9a5a93c8b823514e614a1ac0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpMsg.html b0f05043248dd602f43679fedee9c191dbe0133ad68935b27dfffc0b3c82e530 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNode.Acceptor.html 613f9dda56b89cf4e1c5e2a6c73f51ba300280878ff03ab51663e3d3dc4f9429 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNode.Mailboxes.html 84a27606d6c0256e33e0874bac0d673b3a5f78e617b77cfc6f6b64b3bc826c2e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNode.html 194cc3ce88faee66b1dd625cdf322c559dd023a0102024e90d2a536bd7f9ffa4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpNodeStatus.html 7cc6e93b3038143a3ceadc6ee3456a97ee69a275ef6d1358120e56fd4a42def3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpOutputStream.html 6a6a5069c1e213b4543d750fb003aa4b36757a8c4b59d724804b3443a76d660a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpPeer.html a4c4967ccf2abc93486f1446bb90c5dd84e6af1c30b25b7c4edae900b956dba0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpSelf.html eb19a981c4b40ffcee3e6bcfdb4d0a9b21108181e3242dfb1a98d1ba633f3ad9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpServer.html c32a9824cbcccff25f8be086f59d658e665530feee4165efb258c3ce8af1741e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpServerSocketTransport.html 4ecfb123cc77f3b5c2fbd581c65624a19d009b8897d881018217bc4ea539747c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpServerTransport.html fe2a22c34fdb07f78e4e87759bf382617bc8869cb27a048c0d7013bbd60088ca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpSocketTransport.html 485e449ede89a9dda1d406a65c1cbf9567ca328f97868eeaa86b459ff6569146 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpSocketTransportFactory.html bc9e9c111ccb1b34c2fe739f61adf5a6d56b514024c19f579187cb3f88c48d88 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpTransport.html a56ff855f2fcd2538df486e18a419c66e74b5e42ee0a648dca584364713d84f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/OtpTransportFactory.html 0c6f5f4089620455f2afefc8367236981b28e31c64358333c8d30fabd2201479 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/package-summary.html ff572da98c68fe4b1ed19e34e5adc5fbe0365326d10089fb91dbdb6fa6e7fe14 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/com/ericsson/otp/erlang/package-tree.html 099725928f039ffa33698340f7cbba75402be7d453d9975aa07a7b9be5a24ac3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/constant-values.html 220f9ad540ef17d828d2f83fffc5ce36555d80c4c4dfb571cc9a529e77b89e67 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/deprecated-list.html 35818e5106da9f48b44729bfe7f74f09c8a52b568570e3d79fc4f164fe9c9113 2 @@ -3304,3 +3304,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/help-doc.html c5f6fdf09fa5b9e77f487d56a52e829cbc1d56bbb4e829865ee8d1ef22db40c5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/index-all.html 020871bf5171efe9515f61f57e36a6075d479e446a71794510f5d0b02a25a8a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/index.html 0ff85ba2de4f4c4d07cc8146b793d3a4b067db704e59efccc648651229311a4e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/help-doc.html 35f8edf5b983c744250c722b98e858315a198bb9b8ae69e80b5314546febc652 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/index-all.html 2433b4472fc3347183099a4472d88fc4d04e26684557dcfb827b1df25ef30b46 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/index.html 339e343bb33bab9775624d971c3cf53a5737424c85da215a04feff070b71589c 2 @@ -3316 +3316 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/overview-tree.html cfddadd6674f9b0d18808e8c0b19e34a1b3da9cc55b202cf9bcbf5a53875c7ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/overview-tree.html 9951e835d994f5c64f9d292804e0e507132361f10a6630d9d90c75076390ae65 2 @@ -3359,2 +3359,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/search.html d1d9659beaaa45a617858b355597f17806bd7c3636a522c730f9c03e1f8d17d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/serialized-form.html 8eeabb184f1649e6336a8ac7cd417af1b2a170c62c1798e3b1150bbbaadeb8e0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/search.html 22880231e2de4db5d5f630f4daa273f99c2fa410366ee002ab8681eea77673b3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/assets/java/serialized-form.html dee714f1ed1884b2906fe7fc660a329e42505060c5979af8c3f437a37670c88f 2 @@ -3393,2 +3393,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/app.html 939e269fdff7c88f05d81fb695aaa04cf7b0e471a86991430e96f2f5cd524b1b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/application.html 37d369a35f21346793cecec397bd5e4b130266a1caa7b6a848c52a39e712c87a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/app.html 083c71178de5048ab25978f8560e324ab3f9bf7294c0a1db08406798ffbea575 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/application.html aef74306e791c800432642a613444872f67a5f617fd6390889bf136b8a3a9669 2 @@ -3398,2 +3398,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/code.html 837aa8cfffa952618589f4f3f58293b1ccea2a4476516d8e4742a81e776429a8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/config.html 7be95d872169bb45634e12d4ffc68f5cd1b7138b50e3dc04c0781e757e86506d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/code.html ddbeb40a9399d3243f01812b30870bdcc95ed85620f42db887b687b8b3eddc12 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/config.html a0d933e4bb06ec9b86d668c760bf788265b0a17858a895e90acb248a4d953657 2 @@ -3421 +3421 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/eep48_chapter.html d22706ac76a9f469bdd815ab7cab6b92b1a6f599162348c4bac83bb78aed1f75 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/eep48_chapter.html 10a4256720c1ceedca6cac7cb7f904ec18cb0a14c2fc4dc7a2f022133d770bee 2 @@ -3424,2 +3424,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_epmd.html 532dfd98aa50790a826f87c051bc237d220fb0f3a9979261c39f09b5596b04bc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erpc.html d68c1909454f4de4aaf707a22eebb818806b02b0e809166369d7af7399162da0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erl_epmd.html 1b130e6c6feda697e57bfb8d9bdab4f9e482b60659120304bad65ecf444b318e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/erpc.html 1b31055aa591a0f1371d24388d84587674e4fa66d63f237afb89dce81f049b44 2 @@ -3428,4 +3428,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/file.html d31657f0284aa27f69bfc1f59d2bfee52b52adb1778ce0a0834ababff05fc2d3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_sctp.html 315d03f04b1e53b2760781a45d2abe49ea907f652b3b4c775665b56ce4c428ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_tcp.html e12136c8d2d167a0db1058f1a97f2bdf45afc0f0d751524702e067a61d9b9905 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_udp.html e78ee1f00cf37b681cb54cd7acd98254858feae1558801e11e6e413a4c9a4365 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/file.html 4faf02aeb2e1d54bfd1897d95d2f41432d419a05e1695c7810016f65057f9ad5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_sctp.html 0a1ce518b8fad52f746def83a7485cb8389f502469559e11f34744c087339da8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_tcp.html fc004fecab5f6c5186a42b751b4e7ed9ec4d2e389ae15e5a591139efca7e6af3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/gen_udp.html 526fd4a41acb65a0d9e74fdc52edd58a2221dd7d6583eb6cf7eaff2bf758101e 2 @@ -3433 +3433 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/global_group.html d01a70b1a591c47a1c3b2a88a636344c251836177e7c4492f826a83e8d2a0abb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/global_group.html 5fe4ca976f95122026564514693e46a2684c246473154adaf92d9b3220e6afe0 2 @@ -3436,2 +3436,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet.html 2475d0e923fae424ac07c6db7829edf85370bfb1cfe2e7e4cd025793fc55f174 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet_res.html d918b24a4c0c9cd445ec3d577918a9271dabf3bd642aeb92d508797ed39583d7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet.html 24c18fdfc831bbf8929fa10612c6d26f65329d5b822bb19b13d9538743b14301 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/inet_res.html 104aba1d1f861f9a807cabaf41019ad6647de6a8594de7e29638e878be5e3b47 2 @@ -3439 +3439 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub 6514773140c06d8ae27bd859750c3f739135d160c6619a9340df30d0d9a7d8ab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub 6b8fa58d26d5186a4d4a9cc1afa88118d050f07f15509976e952d3ad98fa8d31 2 @@ -3441,5 +3441,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger.html 70de6ea19857688ad3843e25ec79e7b3c3c4cbe36c37d49459e0e06bac9c36fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html e69c777e481f75c5dc39576352797155f0f2048e69ebe42d62c5781658e118e8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html c2473d2b65f34f3bd325bfa571f134a7c3d7c7b5dcc373211ab8bbf107871a06 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html f8cfd9a27ceacd7bf47d8fe26bac8e1897a23631541bb18b3f59e0ecfe876d60 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html a08e44b4356f5a1ad6e102429c78b1e78462f09a4a36f5f902bdfe41f47b6937 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger.html be029dfacb68338b1f23c531b07e7cf1db815b84ed0415feb53a41c41e419b7a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html f90918326faf0c30d2e7d5ffe294cc823cc48c7a65c4d64ad453badff419c952 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html abf226646a270e2dafd57cc40e63cd4c04557dd3227305dad4cf82c8026e886a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html e4088842d53b22a8e925a64629932096c50b39bcf15a6d22dd36bb4c9eecba56 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html 23fe60e843ec851299f5010dfa02d95515b9debf574eecff1810917442f1777e 2 @@ -3448,8 +3448,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html fc0f1404cba8a7a7563f38af10cdd34fde76a03530e888b3710679922010f1b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 1c391e08bcc2a0dd6fd04973d79086ede8ba99b1f0c4cf12ff2b607795b5e885 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html 8bb8fff152b647d2533fb8f1db78f51475cb12bdb58653deb21509b07578f1bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html 86b21899b16fb1efbef4f3cea8fe59c78a3d5fb5e6431ca69daef4e52a35b36e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 10810a10703c0c2ab934e15007fd80e139ff7f17dbfb5e246b6ef5b0e605c663 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html e5ff6dfdeaeb974379ebad0819a072b5219aef87b94a66da23c372400c7fd319 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html 3d8041a3e665eecc94b36c9bee5a30f3cbb0259694436dc7c1d534cde19b8ebd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 6278e1acf868cd48c4f0aa2ba0d7342433290aefef875ce7c5924abd5244e8f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html 2ad90ebaf15f19f292567220c2ed38f6ee6400dd7e0ad068ff77a99088911acf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 55d9ec2188f99a64cf4fe3e4c46edc1b03ee7dc9c89b6d89e74de982b57c4889 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html 8741eff271a6dc2d7c70e5a6224b5b97c5bf1dd88d16e3fd90a73e118771e2dd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html db930abac9e90a37907e109b29a187940b6140382579d39d0d55e609196d6ace 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 54ce62473a1428e4639ff9d6ed445b661786f352cc845ffd968c9f0009e143a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html ab0f46c423e2afa3d59d05f4ed1d752b6f8c836ab98b6d0874760e75eb237554 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html 84f094a1f71b016c162ffd614c0f74bd8aa77ecf7674c325cfe799028c64afef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 1fa66aca3b3314e396df3b1c7373db5d22a76348f12027e7925d6365bade85e0 2 @@ -3457,4 +3457,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html e137200f2798255e201c5847b2d20db25cbfe2419d1978731c5c1fc49f4f483b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 6bd3df30a5045a87e140b9c3e3f998566f2934a6f7facdd15dd1aff26f46a00f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html a78b52eba14eddc45e4034d4ced817a2b417049156b0c7ab991d3ae1b9974374 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html 9accc3c554a5be9923da91196468b8a632e31e232add8699ec5c432ed816ab63 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html 80abfdaa11563ed4367907d82d400a52a10f402e5e1a6cd18adefbea7ae619fc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 7a09fc440db58e4f27bdd0fdec022b29545326e4aae5bddfb2bf4eb45e1e58c1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html 09ff893ff413ce52ec499e628cb1de4102c81cea3e96566184943544b2c36909 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html 12324a03e3343ae9d7dfffd36a7ade1ffd2210940b6f75fc50f468f3cd807407 2 @@ -3495 +3495 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-492AF504.js 8ce64bb8b7cb3f58758d49f28e0adfb9d5c80fd2b47cbc56adc3719668db5211 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-2DB78EC4.js 7b15b2a8221134c47d5da6aaf4a6e94ed97259821686beb526406e9035f26274 2 @@ -3498,2 +3498,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub 2bafb6b5d82f722a9abc63f8bf63c48cc832ce9d5800f302cf8ae7773ca3111c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html a83f79a277bdeadac43a78602a3ecb33cfec885563c7e153839ed75f6f830d2b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub 4ea7128708ffac963fff1d458310daa2798259300f3c89ee6a03dc621158a4f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html 9182b13c93366e7c15629ca267e7a87fd4fdc55a69f5ce2ec8eb98a1699a2700 2 @@ -3505 +3505 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 6a8f566537b1044dfc1f7cf87e8d097fd99b0b5414a18509cd598e42d5865444 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 412892769f7f2ccdc3087e7af87c388f851f0f93a0877bd0f46fcfed90210b5f 2 @@ -3508 +3508 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html be462e34c7ee6bc538b65188ea78a928379809e4ac26ca152ab2ff9ecfc08706 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 00af98a8108ee14b29fa6b0b63a1e61ca976c1aef85141206ea86d771ed1a3da 2 @@ -3510 +3510 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html bb4b07a0db72ae732355f81d85cb528883ab2bd39127df7637c6830e4500523d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 2fcc46540e1b529d365d81f643ee488ee897f6c4f038d8da50993790d44aee47 2 @@ -3514 +3514 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html b14b4c9276f3a5523f9cf8bdadd1dd3998c339f3bf4a2c4f2f1e315ae51e3e26 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html c775de3636566435f687f49cfbdc8470a9c719c7b80145ec57bc57069f45c55a 2 @@ -3521 +3521 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html 4fe93ab5b98d008593822d125a8b51f4824d8c98a39ea0ed18276149787459db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html 1e54e1ab12305329eece638e7e7b3e52ef7e35c16173093eb373fa5ec06d0c8f 2 @@ -3523 +3523 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html cfa16c2b1abf82dc001db3927bef90a550877a611d7ccceb718f98ac8c63bec5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html 31d500a247296981f7eda39c84619fc633967112c926a8fe20c8e59ca2bf7cf8 2 @@ -3552,5 +3552,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub a5f2745c0c2f0e00b27af663c8768a82be74274a847377be4a592f984a2af8cd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html d40a760c50ac228075b34d2fd8924606ee41b2046b3aa9ab822108992b85a89d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 80f79f3a74515e74499eaa20f597b71be9594de0056964e01a53384b1efc0301 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 8b1d65a1485901c96e8638f260a9ec58821f106a256e347969e1817e0e341f6d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html c052d5ee5b94b33ce310493fee16752baa7085de400141c5544bb8c029c4b89d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub 91fab4ec76d550c0da0ac45d4d77dcd9ba9749fcac9d2257d6c3cb56a074a04c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html 8c5189ffb29e837b16966210db81913229d5c72e2fcb3d7d31106932dceaa221 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html b1e6f5d3789127153509966e2c75774099db3551c1d7a6f30aa56c09abc81743 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 24d897038e5a400be37881d4e3e07b4321308f573974459b03c1bd9ec3ec1445 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html 18a0d3f435cc809536fef843da8f740dc2af31deaa10c9c424499888b538a233 2 @@ -3558,5 +3558,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html 9e5b777c6d9243ddad863c3a176409c4f723b8de51e6b22875f7497b23e41c6d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 1bbd84864ec218dbd8ea421f38bd2747e80deb72acfcafda1d71b7762dab4b2d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html ce1303cd1fd861a8e2b3c628b3d1245bc1ada14fddcc78340e0024fc10defe98 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html 7a2da77c83a77734f0aab7307ae6e1589632a26d19d3c6ee40cc544d5da5258d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html d76c85f105bace8e17ed2f853bda3826b515542e35806611bc5e2001015de724 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html fa34d274c005f7c2ac1c8543bda35a425f4570f6df345ce9a8112ff75279d940 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 22a8839c49179216104beaadf9b82301ccfb15dfac7d2cef370331861d72af18 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html b07f89dec3cc9cfad43452cf0473ab250b6afe3a71245fecbb702ce55836e786 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html fb10565fa47ba137d711715cd863f40ec8c611c6e023490e459f4fcaa441edc7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 55e8a06c32c9092f560ad6e8c25ca88d7bf5f54cb3cffa5afdd3f5aa0818d39d 2 @@ -3566 +3566 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 4b99c1b17b4bf840940ed2ecdb2a604399036aa193a7c442179e559e4111d140 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 49096a2a15cbf94037635abe1c1041ce5a46af639da58f398658f70233a2176f 2 @@ -3606 +3606 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub ecefacdd0c723ade79251a55d23d5b14a84b354675c3f24a2670cdcb2152d31d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub 90eba714957c946180a420a5b1b9cc311219aac7646eed551fbe645f7f499135 2 @@ -3611,2 +3611,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html 3dee411f2c91a6e7f4abe5b5984b1f2014ede94d03f8413184b8c969329310e1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 53d9c365c33d32c1eae5bd1c658a581232932bbefc220ac9dae400f9eebd2ea4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html 1ace0452fdc27a8d6d003988324c29f650bb7e682bc30587cd81e848bbe8cca8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html d955eafeae6d5f12e3c9a3e0115720e3dfe5a721c08f52c10c2f90fef90366d3 2 @@ -3643 +3643 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html f95a1ed23b3e9e0a0e132a9b4acdc9cffdb32db47ca693499a82c6734230cb01 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html 3dd3b57f953bcf47d633b582f18bfc1780e38c1fdceb1c96a3b1e524ff9c5e4c 2 @@ -3647 +3647 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub a996e81577449833829a0f0106ec7dff5a9502029764544bf626229b88647acc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub ed63918e4df4fd3e53222c02011acf43c1c8933e395897586f3f8b1183ba5602 2 @@ -3677 +3677 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js 7389a6a0f3f42837b9c3da8d78d3e567cd874e0c8db42ccdb34739007a84df56 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js 1ff27256c3328b68489c643d06652a8c0221f170d4e7ee7518bf016fd201b985 2 @@ -3683 +3683 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub c16c2eb25de361bb9062381c953e64f5399be99e4077d4fbcd5663327b27d0ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub 67e1ab5f57427836b5dd4564b8e86a560e9ea804659e0b79f2d5eb566efca657 2 @@ -3686 +3686 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html ca6002ae5694916bc530f45220b40072b2b1e734796ee748d8a9cec0909c1484 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html b3d1a6b517be75bd7fa9d3a17c2db402654a197320d194bb57a30506cd490052 2 @@ -3715 +3715 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 819097b5b07b59419370b3e74bced5313a4105e853140dd4b3113738b1a67da8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 45054b24b0e9dd6802684243933055af85dadd322ce6fb6fea14810a49b6ab69 2 @@ -3717 +3717 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub c99189880323be5f8de01248ec10f46a9c6186c3be0bbfd77b81daa277210a6d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub f455299207344775642527a959d98f1ca0e48614b156011f611a6cdd8b68bec3 2 @@ -3719 +3719 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 9c66930ce4a61a8f6d5f3e57f9e996d1d5389e39c539543f035c590c177ad075 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html d651b8280e29b89c171fe11d26adc4e64325a6605df67f7b71d579e60b43cf52 2 @@ -3749,2 +3749,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub 5d2b8e6e6c80480a89871d4bf17a1ce39b51755914dc1f3fcc7cc1aa2858a83b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html d41a4d6f1af722f41870458aa2e2dc259743c888a42a9fc8a5506fb05e7175d1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub 75043256b06e6f61f17e4e112e3a6b9dd65bd07bc779a9dd6a9e7739a03a4a23 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html 2a11f140e9461c92718480426f08445caecbd3344c1c964cbabdbe40fc360675 2 @@ -3752 +3752 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html 27cb380098f89877656afffc99f4d0fd502514337b53d8d67c8e5c08a78180b3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html 51ffeaac02f6fe2d6122b4cc952a1bd88cdd1d97e46733ff63bf947b32d3dc78 2 @@ -3754 +3754 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html 9678a8c96f8ad187e94bdbf529c1d93b13c5414c4fb3e40f7f923df8d09efbaa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html 00ff89cd97ab8f7a806fdc94274f63804e688e38480c2e28e5b458cf14467551 2 @@ -3784 +3784 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub 72db3c8c4954eb94d43602eaa45861fc3284fba84c7acbfa9b0f3a2ea399a316 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub e839babd0e09e728481e7ce7acc1ab682aea3021403066987cb22f6d4cf4f3ed 2 @@ -3786 +3786 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html 6ecbb1c6fcc05a150428891d729bc5fdd42f2a1b0d5c9804a7bdf60f02386d5f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html 27a02767b5436572f5f6f5f300e0e4ca4435ebbcf40555750f55022e58fe0eac 2 @@ -3797 +3797 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html d6fd4cd416f3c571d19ac0464fd9f1d0c5c83e24e28c08f9ffd7c50aba97c8e2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html ba8c4b050ae4ded8bd23ecd49a5d5ea75d911e9812e958c28ae972b267706751 2 @@ -3816 +3816 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-7F27CE3F.js afc0acf16f291f2dd121cee0a5a3b4858588c2b9835c8dc79c5c48a10607cbad 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-B508ECAC.js c56958863a4168f539dcb8146148252484e0999ca4aa1b503785f99592d8e1ae 2 @@ -3819 +3819 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html a1f6cf137babbdc6a8532e9690a01ed7cf2189262720b538ef3eb9df139a42f7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html fc2fb332d933504d97f48407815877f2fa49570af743a43521022a95492fdf11 2 @@ -3821,3 +3821,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html b7352e90d9176d4e70768a931a2d7bb8fd47f8cdd1e8d14ce1f293b87fdb9924 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 4cee3da77ecbefe27bb4333c7a77ab4dc3c17dd5cd012237e417540053fee1a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html e436869c767965b0d87c8abf45b91b7109b8a5e903bf16eb4ddf24b1bf8ba23a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html ff21a1c4c25497b5f42151ee970ba93979f1e83aaf5bad2cf92596bdfdfd852d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 11c1cb7af1ef61f4b848bf88d8e56eac51fdd3b3c32b4c372d1ade9ad89869f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 6aa680338cc77d14accc9f0e287ffe3439dabe7b9efe75629c3b8af4c2ba88a0 2 @@ -3825 +3825 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub ecf10c3478ad87288a3628c1cdc29c2551fc02f5805421b99c11799c97e2ac4c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub f99c067b3a01131214c5689dc3e56a5f6b0f61a46d7c337ff1c93951e489e2eb 2 @@ -3827,2 +3827,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 667d2c64659ee579cdeb2a6744215413cfe7e4a8506619883e895645bce355ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 6d84b65535e740a4ac63dc3d567609bcf09f56345632e87b974ca4244da048c4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 72e6b3a0eeeb32c65943419e8a29eef3d2a247375a653af1efcf8ecec291a01b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 7443001600a37f4472eb699acf8b23de0c6dcbd322b7c98cdc3121a6348ee8ca 2 @@ -3837 +3837 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html c569752badc48ce68ed8d6934fabaacd4edafe1dfab2a6d597811a5c154915f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html b288c7c0598456c661f128e617cc9d69bcf5d7f4d79845ab00decd47249ce903 2 @@ -3860 +3860 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 3ae8748040f366cfb8402d0184eeedbc82a67d12b9567b0dcde1873216efb9b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 8715211e1d823d291927d2cd52af911f7ae953d9f169b7921ffe789c1b99ce1d 2 @@ -3864,4 +3864,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html a496598e5f27f2ed033a1d64d7085fd8967ebf3f2019da5478a03382cb610f7e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 77daaea151b3b2ec476186e616bf27281a7544dc1b4fa32ada0cb0239fa311dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 9f7547f6b14da4cad6de460656d0d8301a6f0c1099c1c8c7d182d8b795df6960 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub 4d20d31fd18b13e707d68fc9c43810a429a8841d74b8eda91e12ef21e6796543 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 2c697033335836fd727aa422a0e262a04c617c9efed9b9f9667595a1d8ded0a8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 950bec074d3ebbe6b7a42cf920e906ec582754544e55b9963ced78f275a9f25b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 77333c4422299c4f149434514bce036c108fca549601bc4bad0ed9c41a88bdba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub 1b4ecf72377e5f67b76e66d96c633ea193679c63a465f4b928f4bd5dc7ab2c3d 2 @@ -3870 +3870 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 4653b2918595f137e35b46de9b37fa99a3a0aefd09ecfebe40f39455d1bc1100 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html e327cce657e246f274fe0a391abba81d0fe3fe8af8b107a183bd700d69cdf35d 2 @@ -3913,5 +3913,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub c8757949679820900015138d01ca64e14d6bf9765ed8dae6f2ab4ff27fc50f94 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html 6c922491293cba4acad5273b349b6fa2a1dfe71b40f187ae6740fab9c60a3b43 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html bbfdfdbe43c29a28403b7cb7b62ac9f129c0239db58ff4847713a64cc70034ba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 0b2526943fc3b27181775fe30eb2df49494da8c5fbfe87346571c77a195d6d93 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 1d2a3e4250f0f715701f62c7cf19cc316c1fbc2514c32ef453267c822a4ef5dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub c791c745eaf8ff2d8f5f68ccabaff7096b8cee6d483323814cda8935296f0fa2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html 4fd451be32f4db8ade89c47e609c5f3d3c8f99ab4f2f295e3b1809b337e7ef56 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html b5b91806e2e7702a8281e27c68fbc98a8a7968bd331abf3e0944eee50a583f39 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 81ddb24e3628c7a1750b8eac781176b2aab2f27a32fea56da08df3a2af640c34 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html b50c56676d16ff03920f2c3895f07dc4ed52ccbd9dabe159afec330c156a8a7b 2 @@ -3919 +3919 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html f59e84bd4643ab9d86e7beb18c7c0945c53f48820877d7ad2ea9211c2a66bdc3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html 1cc9d0242b1e32be026e44e664a9cda3948fb5263dc1e4dcd85f66c0047279d4 2 @@ -3921 +3921 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 6a906b8dfc960c6141316541df55723419b7e61376e5952733e071195c9ad329 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html afdbeec7976c863c00e937da577207392bdc7c0f708dfc7148ba559c38bf1dd1 2 @@ -3925 +3925 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html a01599e6a5b76ad919d3046a2414c9c96404a18aa3a7a7fb94881e19ca667a84 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html df787ef9c4100be18a0dee38008db2c9fad9599da927560e75e9193e209692e5 2 @@ -3928,2 +3928,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html e9bf6a2e05d02081bd2833867b9beadd4fd11374e50f7d1a02da9e830d2b4667 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 0bcaf1b92a52f57958d4e2904eb35713c269ddfa3407776999d1b1fa2108cdc6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 16167388d899fa59646cb36646df7abb46b351f1e3a14d596764289738b0064d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html d0879ec114cbafa21f2031a31819866564c8fdf22c07918b5bf6121eb2f50485 2 @@ -3931,2 +3931,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html 2e11ac8c198d968e9283ce230d8e56886e0970d3f44a572b0a83d63226eb51d2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 174033f6b9a23ac951da13b8be4a57b3d7a922e57da3b5c8c575c841c3382c56 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html fa460262a332b30e39cac8e0ae3a3037c8a2f27df8c48ab85b014f505f28b41a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html f11437a5cefe7cd6059cb0b17f19c1fa235427b0497d92a118916575efef4627 2 @@ -3934 +3934 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 3161e40fc6123d1a6534706ca1e95b47882c7415704af66338d8ad3f1f54b882 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 62e4ac9f3bb7ab09e5bf874eb3d533083606ba25a5f8e9d425bcf488b27df49b 2 @@ -3937 +3937 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 3b676579a76c48e78be9d095f43e61cc8ca95446d94e8c7ce5934a39c2ebc2f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 2a776cf4e0c889045b6f0a75b8089ca7bcf3264d17a82857a127f4b4b07c2359 2 @@ -3939 +3939 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 26f490ea217a777d5b9284111b17ce179c6f6de919453ba439baed4e42d7fd1e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 19b56a3b1ba7b3d8bf13c0be81f9ca746d6cb5bbbd44411dfecbbfe0fdd4a937 2 @@ -3944 +3944 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html be95f391fafa8e4ec6ead5ae90c91bd08b24e3f6f0a1310a48bae972b6ae361a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html 126549f8380b8f83efef757670e5e5421c6dd183051233655ad9b2643ab3cef5 2 @@ -3961,2 +3961,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 597262eb276071173cf0cb53f43a68ce81c35169bf6f9645d789275ca8bf51da 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 90be065d077c5692415dea5fb5fc866e70e5290f4287627d18e375e41bc62e21 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 8299b01de16dd2b6acde4b3fc35b416022b1216e9ffd6b31d81dbb0b05071ab7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 2ff79fb41deb0737eb6e448b356f95cf66114da5fee47928e27ae62ed75661db 2 @@ -3976,2 +3976,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configurations.html 89ac6cd15ac62a4755825afb951d380ed105c32b1389c9485ad461b90526af76 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 2f7ab5757896380a9c771789b56b72de138891a90f9ee440ad2949b94c223898 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configurations.html e615c2ada165a86bc40815a4835c604405db14c96bca1f630df1c8cb35f52d25 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 80d7348334b8570985448eb8609577513410b6ed94b696672ca77207293ac5ad 2 @@ -3998 +3998 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/hardening.html 0b2bce4be43d9d313a13dccf13e9529a235a79236745778412b6c7d469aa70ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/hardening.html 9a79f86de71846448e16b6961ae9f739a88f05380cdd77737fc7b2ca4496a508 2 @@ -4003,3 +4003,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub 2431a62a3d4fb673a65f78b7bac67df6e6d3e839d1ee3cdcc8d62bc2169a5ac8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.html 2d9d372dba2963b1f3d4c9895ea7666dae69d195ccc0afeaa6e9dad79094af38 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 218c7702168e9f480086cdfb1e7d0d837169869f3943e2b2f0755209eae8b58e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub 7dc220db10afe210fc480a98de5fd9fd8a19e9a03a5ffd20afdd21bdd726dac9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.html 3e1ca162a376ca6d52312fb9544a832ab7f5687e012f8801f1cf3dffd246d3ed 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html ff9f4a121fafac00f9645d0b4d940ec0d8e92f5b78688e9a49b2ed6bba93abe7 2 @@ -4016 +4016 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html 9b42e3f73f1a28cc5fc83027294de424ada7d881794dc504e86c419ed283290c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html 2c918c47364f0849ac67114e6d1e8fa4fcd6c4fe57486f3783b73472592043dd 2 @@ -4042 +4042 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-932F883B.js d33bb597e6789d5992c8c645b01c575797ada16c96abd7853eb3a51a8c2fd042 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-4455BC45.js a0ce6eb144de7011bb764ff8c8d27b936e05b8d8d90ce6d3eea8232bd30a0503 2 @@ -4046,3 +4046,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html 136866f1061a9145b8f0dd73becb50fad8ab82b25cbdac3a322b7618ca03cbf7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub 25c755a32699a3e0180542ea2f123b919af94b4008cdc3e7229838d8249e92ef 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.html ae61880162a3fc41f69f4629641dcf952a63e5b4e4fba0ed1e238d438d637063 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html e32435949a407b522db002116e8accfe8879ea4858b4e33bb41b8e0e1a19b539 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub de85ce77fe0a7a7cad4c71600e679929b4f5c9c3402c8f45f30480551387715a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.html ae4a086f73652ea2711e83af04976ce667e61df6410ae5d455368bd698efbd08 2 @@ -4052 +4052 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html ab300d8933af7145b0cfc884d944d666b08ef87d8088b0b1d7c411fe505f0bff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 648138208c5abb9f597aa0ada91d6dbd3cd4449c292fcacd8c3badaa3d0cc3de 2 @@ -4056 +4056 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html 001b62f1423e448331b6ebd62d238cdf34e1ce147396d83ff0bd29d8c9ff824f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html ee68d4d992e37f00d04f33fdf3e90153b9c30ec0c03139c6a86ee8ba7c7e1cc5 2 @@ -4062,3 +4062,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 5536a8fc21b42a13cc7adcd113b1c817a4a96145069a167158bed543140bfbf4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html d6c0a721fd513e4e5fe5e5deddd89b4f9a4ec8f6cf1aa3a725fe637189e77e14 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 96075e58b0e3198bdf33a58caca2ceedc56aa0d1106f7997bec26cd7c3041810 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 4604837c81965524e50899378fb9d19fe01cf66e3d2edaf147b1aae6781d5455 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html 08a999c3ea3232af99708ab1e53d8f1af5892a5835ee85f0b5872271573fce4b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 6f4e86097c57c2d3e8d229c5e1b213c14052e943d0d237b1d9d689d3779f740f 2 @@ -4067,7 +4067,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html 585c43d6b97036dd3438367fe487528cc82f71d3e9e56032bcef0a08316ae25b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html 32db180f265423189082335ac59290d99ce5221b08f9341c8fd5d5c525b7c1b2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html 6ffadbd971625bf7f6217e6397b9c4a68e33b615a407c1930cc6516e282c43f6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html 4f7b2793df04d0fbd92444966e7dc33a9b891a39a633def9a4c72d21bbdd28eb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html c6e92bcd5197320246588cc92c1cea28f4130246133b0b1991ba8fac2efa9320 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html d9c6de9c4921c3ed2c22465a5ef2bc44c742b1129f1d7e2e2d37fc416f8ec49d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html bad42c1f7c652f31970c924f0ac17ecaf01abe1e275266d22650de8df4c6527f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html 013b7531991bf3fc1c66c08547bf4b0cb918b3fe759cf0a27ca71b01a8db0707 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html d5f6321d26c5df98d9d45bcb800fdb2e3cb2d11b103a0162d8d480c36dbe30d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html 0687fcee872752b6d9e40307d88e133299f800107ad7714de8eb681cdcda9485 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html fc9719233ab296c1642eeb20b5503a6f9de6e6800c7ccb3de481e549fbd3f49f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html ea846c9780b7835e4ee764fd084bc895ddab33da49537b325666a1864ae427bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html 5c27422a3115db47f52990730a004453f61fbac7a98c31c8db35d812c807d26e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html b91174725b8cae05371a6b7945b41221c585bc8c5f50522b1d738004753e2d5a 2 @@ -4094 +4094 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-F28A63F6.js 713b3d8b96111e5a6f91a15066cbc6da258086040051642ff0dc78c709a7926d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-0A973261.js e654d1fd1b078902ba5f1c396796f67f7400bf93582c693d7f69f8088b589ee8 2 @@ -4098 +4098 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 769b2f4911bb9e29ed53bed33ee343f70034c3817df42c63b6f1a69fdad5a743 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 1de8ecc55e6d064ee4bc8ef816b13f95a817c8c5fa1936c3bbbef85fcf3b6961 2 @@ -4100,2 +4100,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html 1ab102e321f791f94deda14914c8b16de914531e9b2d5770fb6a4b5297bf1674 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html fb81bf56bc059e9a6228258b523e02374a802ef3bf44265a16f73bc8714336c6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html ac6233f9c2a72f5a63f26463c02681afafcff0ddb73fda8bd554514d82f8b6b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html 31fe353a62919b546e2a94ce51241447583b09fa947a805a13cd344c09433cac 2 @@ -4106,2 +4106,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html 9deb7bfc83b68712dea1fb73c67ab84018fb4ea4c92d9ea4ba7905c8128b9603 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 43f2f3d23c7f73997295c8d2c61b6f6e364a1405d1d40294542c823c83e8dc69 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html 2895f5c01a7ffa500a809e4b5db038f0a5e1f1f572ecf983200d7ab565275ae9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 0b923ff6347591593ce2e3c3ce5849b82a73bc08f6f0989db8eab60fabd00be1 2 @@ -4109,7 +4109,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html 9162d38aabe118f589dddd07e056acfa69bb15778b85baa9e2a47e8d15d08b35 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html d4ac0ba8da264929d716fa5750f9112abc8d4d9f08f5e2adb58f9b466940a0d9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html 6d6b3ad409094c3bb65d6a4ad35aa5b345d74d674f9c9047ba1976da3dc915dd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html eb3197fb20be9e15aecb81affd30a953319de5bca7d0a578b47dcef9d495da00 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html 7ac0cdace106eaee0a6defb7d367efa7b207352519b1d87d3c32249eff376f9c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html 3481aee2634702bdd186ac6bf96fdbffaa0b9c2ca809f16c60c76366a131db22 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html 0510192d4fcb05bc976ad1c37b9d8a18169e0368ac1484fa0e1c98f91c81718d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html ad87729c3995cb7d807fad2971931ec25deecf86841dc629c4ff6a9c0f51b68b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html 3b9d9f1a45720594e447cf97c7e028cc987eae10481f1f4259e045adf90bba2e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html 768beccf4c8a09c47690cffc508f3d203ecaad1dd696be387cc68e7c96541e82 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html 571bd2def0168f13acf99e8d6e05845d475ecc0b7f9a5f1ccb938929c9cc3472 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html 691ddbaf8980d6dd4eee02e5ba2f5e63552bfffcb60955da4cbe500978d9d68e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html ae7c42dcb6b4cbae76a987cb31a8815980d8ddfda6ac7c6bbee3f4be77635df2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html 18765b0e4f6ac86e6fa2b7a7018ce8feb3dfea4e1b5e7786b2e2139ef580fff3 2 @@ -4118,4 +4118,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html 0b6aefa349497b4e0dc26c2a2c67f7e9a8aeea4e2e84b7ea192c1110e2edf4f4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 2a1fc1afab5c33d0d22a51c0142f555417b63c9a9bf69bfeb55d852fb2ed1e2d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html cb0377554d3ea0a8e45cd791e2b5cfc6b62656216fdc2ffaf6b92370d203e9fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html 8e817cfcde4f85c06fe4b4ef8dfd1de1b80b09a7b19e5f54ccbeba5d82ea0dd4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html 17caebe3578b47727e4c8d71580d7cdfcc90d7ff8cc9e5309f4c7ecf09858515 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 6eb884ad20c2b0e86e14b8b1e1266f6a5bcff94682cb6385e059f862aeaad7b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html 434897e1cace7337275bb93e5c8da554dc1dd93b99da3c40e7aabeaa7e384645 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html bab94731c6fd7012b64ba133de160eecf420c1af4cc02079b821737cf38b04bd 2 @@ -4124,5 +4124,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html 76e2cf91c058cb4de05f370e081a1747254f95e38d577b717a243ea0988d41ab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html a27db44e67288aa3347434f775ed9d1a261bfadc292cf8e4e161628218e8497f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html d3090ecc0e9c51c772320268ac1e85293eeb816877ef75fe6b81cde117a3ed38 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html 94c93cbc62fbfd923678de13a9219bd4700e748a91c6f7fa0786202a7b5fa5e5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html 500c9874bbbe5f19ff5d86ef7dc80c90bf9f39a7b2489bf8b0a8ae4302e3b65f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html 5bb4e2473596d6a3fb3322340a177dbcdfc0be54f1370c195494271bc45473fb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html 08c72da70a003fa46c1a4cd8213583df415d26a49fef3f30c241b7f9fa3cd52c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html e7e17ad25bbda8f83a3c4fb1d4546092a0f80a50ebab6292d90a2830a2fa710f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html ad543a44995d24a61d8c102303f93027a31cf20d30d7a71e2abb34abcf7fc721 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html 4255774e8ae2d7279f3a785af3501540382e5fb2d908039ff989aec3afaab9c6 2 @@ -4130 +4130 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html 0a6be45c87960aebb3d789b7541da1528d6fe30c500d260f1a71c97cce36ec7c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html 65f00d12552b440a33d670e322dd4cb083fdd3def3864cc67f12c93c562e6595 2 @@ -4132,3 +4132,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html 294d5560661b0af5456b48ae1ef44a8dccade2b4c8927f0dd788c06ab18512e7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 038b62c0c438dc92bf23776a4c0e8844c37232ab18e70a0579e4745ffb94909a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html f3d4f831d70bbf69d9fd526cbfeb802dd0d8e2748b270d486a90945612fda506 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html 84a0704bd7780630c3a230f496b5a9fbb305a6d40c906610e559aaaa8f0557fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html d4e6aab8908fbd7afc39a658460fefbeb0547ec123cf3ddd33e4790c5c712f8c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html 866249b1c90db89766f7c99fcc432a7eb911810c0ea519163a65b358d6d1c798 2 @@ -4136 +4136 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html 8bbbe1123a618ac7b669228a471810bed249b73b491c3d86706654d2895f02fa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html fc837d7ab52d2930d4af9763a0698cf2aa974223f6239fa0affacf566cc55115 2 @@ -4138,11 +4138,11 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 1784f4842dfca2c448dcc517b539c3a59150612a6927d47109c83bdb715562ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html 195ba40784c8296a3105f93bd090fd92b53da6c9a530f5571763b5e4be48393c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 9a126caa533862a19cf212393c7703408acaabe53da18107530bd0f9c3c75cb7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html a7123cf7da6b1ec2c6b4c53bf85309cc17175daeb8a92abc8f7b8d3a79be13c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html de03a9ba5cecff64fd013a3c41dfdba3c4bfbcd7e7332ddfe4704c2a86c68b8d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html 48fc01db89dda8559975f9a4beefc6b8eaf781819c3a96db595511e500289d9a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html 87cef7e6e5924a666031042337ca51aea85f712bb3298ff9b8649fe38120e602 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 2c49968b6632353792f733498857629571afe74533f1b8efb32a9eb9340edcea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sets.html 16e7b5bb7399e56cc9b365bedf412d2240e8856ae73448800becb392242d782d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell.html 13aa293193f34c7fd41929d3bf780e1fa125e4393fc607077e6d39cd6b4f1b68 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_default.html ebd2b31c4354c3306d497bfd2675941f1757fd769a927812bb5fdde5963f8e5b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 04e4a53f9dabfea4dc17ec10f62320a4dce638694c75c6391d9734e6df0289a4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html b526eadce30a726208897e98dba4e3a0839e2d41dce37bec33381fd82fd2ef7d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 3f05b971828eab7b0d86e5b8fa835b4a00257ee80b96eb15709d374a196e2746 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html a3dd62689f7aa2f4ed2bb1767d0dfe559bac1e12d13b2c96c730dd1ccee59a5a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html faa1a16c4350f9fed658de0e46a7540a084412d15447477476752c53739ef621 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html a623508ababbb7936f4e2f9ff3cc17d81186b9b20a8093e9458cd79f39b76750 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html f95974e4f3ba17be758262852d5e3ba7ceae286b6853c2931cc40f6a21520351 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 7b81bfeebc3dd691e5bca781a2b3d9de65efe19b441b6b85b5490fdfc58d0eb8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sets.html 7c730dc47bc68f39e64c712ba71ed7b421a9427542f617c339fb00de8c04e7d9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell.html ee8c82adc570d7fee97a0c3885dc65e2a566e71baab022e8ac1bf434c979840b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/shell_default.html e0bbe5b39d68ec340af6911f774b355d8ea81e2d561a08832b3f82d00b1dd29e 2 @@ -4150,6 +4150,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/slave.html 5b5ed5e1ef7b4b0a763bc16c730ec5ce476983968c884d4916fc6403d939fc97 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sofs.html 6522aca9970de99e10eceea8f7bfe3acd29d7d30821a246583dc69df3d3779b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub bc900a1fe8579d66a1c1121ffbb1d71562b26c8c5b2e2a834ef793cd1a645e20 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib_app.html 3d54934976be1c730a3b54ad3ffc0f8c28e2f9ea1a34e4fda7a42e7035e353b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/string.html f2078c5cff1f391fdc2c40066c154983f7295f47f7b97ecf8bb5c86852723b40 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor.html 9f5496645cc21218d21475e1352d653cd0981cfd28c0829bc4062ffa71dd0856 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/slave.html daabb6e368f6ffd98ed03de10a2270eb2734e4016c0f66a92a155beb152a7c88 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/sofs.html 81e18e277b0361660cc4af399ca97de498647ea5f93da73ed3c5d46b11d3813b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib.epub a349a8b809605dedf83b7fe9642c661d0430253d8d9d71159e5f2a42d3d9eba9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/stdlib_app.html 8f1285e7bb27cf138b7cd6c056594325d717ab003f31c3e4ae40eb851b8cc2bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/string.html 56191959d88a14f69eb20d8c9c3b1ec1a8c4957827a6f7edc0750881a0c9d776 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/supervisor.html 1ee73631b5bcf3812acb8fb9ff90059fa51f343e4b194779187b56682e9879bd 2 @@ -4158,5 +4158,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/timer.html 71c0a91b152dccae87cc9d415448129da638ffaceb414b599649bbd86bfc29da 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode.html 5ad2110f1c3756673cb9eea7718845ae03303d2242dce1a8b134123c63b6e22f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 3db953c079c1a61f0e9884e626c0dfdd65f312c9d2d5d490bba0a20c6341d00c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string.html c3baca1eb95435daa7d94bcf3891f3eb7a54a146001224361e04e72d65ab6bf2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html d328eb77e91183c547af757e81f4b0bf3929a412a0fcc569d5be58e78173acc1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/timer.html bd898c95d52fc4d0536a5b667b8c42d240c104931e86643525c68ba44cbec42d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode.html 4cdc7c4334428ba88eede7b81d3f2c046f098c8866ae76a41a3b0e29c5c4e37a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/unicode_usage.html caa87a90876a8b1275fd1865e02a174a43d928d05be7ef15f81307e8ec6f6d31 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string.html 81f3358bcc19cf66e211dda7e520c4d8a94554117b87fdcf8f8786f070aa557a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html 9e0f532ce21cf0bfb360b0a0dcae87bd29023589b8ba64151dabe9aa4601815b 2 @@ -4164 +4164 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/zip.html 57ab50e2508b54c3c941024cade164553bb45153789a9007504752bb04d93687 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/zip.html f5bb14ae85fbacf16acd2a9361f04515f4aebd59d1aa01c50f14b4a01d733087 2 @@ -4192 +4192 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-CF5A7DBD.js 28dcacd0345168e03a9fcb693dc3375d901667dfd5a15307fbbaac0b46a62252 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-5AC9C9DB.js fea0c160ae67a5742835793d6845f8e8779107c7848cae2235a99ab6a645308b 2 @@ -4198 +4198 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 1d7289b74d1d9430c5623e851e7d149a64708fa0bb5b3a9ab9a38f5c0a01f534 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 2180f50ad3ca619ed79b8af630f3712e2be69532417d5bd3af4b57f5fecc6976 2 @@ -4201 +4201 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl.html 9bac58f77fd722c5495a6efedb8e61eb0bb4ddcb13d0c067063725ef3679a0ae 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/merl.html 819bcc5f044af1a9adac8b253f16820dddd693160748f43b3ecebe5dcb307fc2 2 @@ -4205 +4205 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/search.html fbddacb415387b47d3e4ce09ecde6498d32a0d5c8e775ca1c9c909327fbd145c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/search.html 8eb41908d31736504f54e57d192e328de8d53b103b8a1909d23a5c3a768b73d8 2 @@ -4233 +4233 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html e75a2cf13b73c53b9938f7e3b7043cfbd6f50a1a94dd53e6fdab300862430d4b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/getting_started.html fb693c17cceb8d38751d7805812e77845173045fb3072290f60a9a79b7aae0e0 2 @@ -4238,2 +4238,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub 6e917e48a61cf1bf12fa5fec1f283c495a8261ba0be839140d8e2ae45b312227 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.html b113f673e51f3d5d4b6d600649a6bfc0149c07e1cb5c0a23f876ae3c52b46299 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.epub e9492bf0c1e91cc6ea8f74bdcb82aa553dee52513e60dd0dab3936d19b6c1cc0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.1/doc/html/tftp.html 6379d4b2650a4aec764597cf2a66d1c2758fde03e9bbbb5d957ff01c753087f5 2 @@ -4250,4 +4250,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover.html e1162ddb8904237fda08d5c2e426b1c276efba16a7401d26695bdbd3bea6ac58 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 76be101e73fdac61f4ed925b57af581d93716545678a52d55c6934db72889d74 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof.html 970bea93136c876ef63167565a316fff4e698aaa33a4aaf975cfbe23a886f9e8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 14ddec94a4c17a14c8057c2f75421136f666a0e0268ad1bef82716d3ddc0ebb4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover.html 5247aa214ee6c19120d032a0fa5c3a1eb49b48b91b1ca0f30c2fbf787b795035 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 40aa3b80d557f5a841c7ec275fca55e685b610b029e4b930674f902e8d6f8a6e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof.html d792c909f609b6c6664c0712b246bfe2409b11f6a26639f364f1e2c646a5194b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 3a822532e2864956c75509c666d56295eb54e0dd539f8291d4c6987dc02c6c9d 2 @@ -4275 +4275 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html 44476933a6d79292f2de57689975bdbef6b4cecef2ecbdacd707b07cb34a096b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html 00b42fc4a07a89f9b79bd0d7e93105307d04c54b92d9c293d11683f732309c07 2 @@ -4277,2 +4277,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof.html e6426baf9910868e1c3ef9ad210f222f69fabcdf6e1d504f261e88e5396ffceb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html 2d25408f3041899df688c86a3eac885240d47cb37d7d92ca6e9dd4e77ef92b3a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof.html bbfe0a6d9b982f7171ddd77913ece4390b24fec57ecf0284d3084e90b0bbe59b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html 514d3760888fc52273ab5200114f8013add79d2721b2003636a8cb6fbce8df3e 2 @@ -4281,3 +4281,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html 24c00ab49a116f023c9a2c81771efb760ebd14a279b572da432f76c3266ce467 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/make.html 29dec7ca5d54fddff15342aa6699179f9598f03398d8238d220ca986eb2bc15c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/notes.html 398caa98164ce35e7f6dd1ffb994a459e1293ee8dc499b509fadb8f28a32caf3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html af80d0b7a750625882f00e325832570646e98bee1e5225fd173931b0cd54f299 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/make.html 3acde604617bc54e1a37726c9ea3dfb244c701c0a97abbc8312aecf8dc592796 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/notes.html 8e2fad74f847603b15637ac834400d40b526e370f1dfdc51e30fe2ff23d8f9bd 2 @@ -4286,2 +4286,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub ae02e5f46324438bf54c0a4eff1b3f07c007d3e16b04d7de398f21e2d94f2f7a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tprof.html 50c28d4a606df9fc10975bfe8940a830c8b1ba3131e9bb03dfc371f57f4c0f9e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tools.epub 2454ea5e52416e2585287cdbfdec516b8605b05e6c0de41365d58a4011f2d99d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/tprof.html 990def51feb6562c79b1dc387edb1f1cb08a6fb051be9c9a5de8b1b9eae5c612 2 @@ -4289 +4289 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html acaabbb94a6fa01555ed2b457c0c5c6ca89208a4f87afa323b9e5ef03268d5a2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/tools-4.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html 30cbc5a2fa00cbba9e0c6c72a3264ea69ca25272baf6fd88d97efe9412c43865 2 @@ -4297 +4297 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 858f69f9cda061410cb249f58044d0c5f01462d4d48f7f6f843c7b17b83f831d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 7a904544d25ef6aace93177f46ddcc24134ca9c4a4360e3fde18d5748cd203d8 2 @@ -4323 +4323 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub 24cdc426c03d76d69fffa7a9581f0b39e8df7258b331a44cf3f2481229ee88c4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub 319110adb7bf8baa5943acdd2d0db418a6606e8140e8031d871f6e7f33681f6b 2 @@ -4559 +4559 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html a6720c04252611402120c7029a74b3a57f2ed46bdce85248004572b7c69c63fa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html e1073523116e324a04522fe3630becc739205c0e9006de67988f003fae8c5809 2 @@ -4596 +4596 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9CA46B9F.js b79e5f714f257de4e235c41dcd1ff9c6da9b1ed6ae340c4eeab642091ff5c4cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-736664A5.js 307a92f822a6a28ea2c7bdff31d3faa286e5cbab5992c7a116b36f957ff39b0c 2 @@ -4600 +4600 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/search.html ecbbaa26ca2f45c8d54bd3dcaefa9b1be940d38cf0fb3612d828ff0d08898eb8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/search.html e0f37cdbce3c19e8befdf45a76a86fda5efaabe5376eba20eabc1c5c321778a0 2 @@ -4603 +4603 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html 1e92a9192abaa7733afa25f313ca010e2c4c969f34b53fb95d7515e66da8a3a1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html 32c19f131a40cf701abab99cc2ad91bc3214cfacaf8293af666b0bb6e8991636 2 @@ -4606 +4606 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 227184bf66b539686fc186631f2cb79de09039bdd7e8d6b7545e734beef66cf8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 774bb01145b862c1ba325ed4ddfdd0a7532c06bcea0794dafebb5a8de5d15c3b 2 @@ -4609,2 +4609,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html 4b88e5655ae0871d2fd28baea58e89a5ac4f5195dde052ad8ff67b3d290a301d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 1311b3c9719b13f16031c345335542331d54a5593b32ac3c0cc557e10be762f0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html a23951af3a1837b069d39f4be283ab0ecd30848f3355f4c700a8023e0e9b9094 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 62270508b002faac6116e7b616d4c5109c8c8e60f27ac5b37612bd4ae6581584 2 comparing rpmtags comparing RELEASE comparing PROVIDES comparing scripts comparing filelist --- old-filelist +++ new-filelist @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-63958327.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-DB78BA3A.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-4C553487.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-492AF504.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-2DB78EC4.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-50746EC9.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-457E211A.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-1750AF81.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/memsup.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-7F27CE3F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-B508ECAC.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-E5CACCF4.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-932F883B.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-4455BC45.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-428F6128.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/notes.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-F28A63F6.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-0A973261.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-2A9A3D7D.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/edlin_expand.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-CF5A7DBD.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-5AC9C9DB.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-6D4858AF.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.1/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-9CA46B9F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-736664A5.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-3D61D2C0.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 comparing file checksum creating rename script RPM meta information is different Extracting packages /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (996)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ Application Callback Module

How to start and stop the code for the application, including its supervision -tree, is described by two callback functions:

start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
-stop(State)

Example:

-moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
--moduledoc #{since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
--moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

+of the format.

Example:

-moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
+-moduledoc #{since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
+-moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ We use a special number here so that we know that this number comes from this module. """. --opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. +-opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. -doc """ Adds two numbers. @@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ 1> arith:add(arith:number(1), arith:number(2)). {number, 3} ``` """. --spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). -add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

+-spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). +add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ automatically insert this key if there is a -deprecated attribute marking a function as deprecated.

  • equiv => unicode:chardata() | F/A | F(...) - Notes that this function is equivalent to another function in this module. The equivalence can be described using either -Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

    -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
    -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    or

    -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
    --spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
    -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is +Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

    -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
    +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    or

    -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
    +-spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
    +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is the value converted to a string.

  • exported => boolean() - A boolean/0 signifying if the entry is exported or not. This value is automatically set by the compiler and should not be set by the user.

  • @@ -169,20 +169,20 @@

    The doc signature is a short text shown to describe the function and its arguments. By default it is determined by looking at the names of the arguments in the --spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
    +-spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
     
    --spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    -sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback -specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
    +-spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    +sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback +specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
     %% signature will be `number(Value)`
     
    --opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
    +-opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
     %% signature will be `number()`
     
    --callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
    +-callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`
     
    --callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
    +-callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`

    If it is not possible to "easily" figure out a nice signature from the code, the MFA syntax is used instead. For example: add/2, number/1, increment/1

    It is possible to supply a custom signature by placing it as the first line of the -doc attribute. The provided signature must be in the form of a function @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Adds two numbers. """. -add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the +add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the documentation string, so in the example above only the text "Adds two numbers" will be part of the documentation. This works for functions, types, and callbacks.

    @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@ rebar3_ex_doc plugin. To set up a rebar3 project to use ExDoc to generate documentation add the following to your rebar3.config.

    %% Enable the plugin
    -{plugins, [rebar3_ex_doc]}.
    +{plugins, [rebar3_ex_doc]}.
     
    -{ex_doc, [
    -  {extras, ["README.md"]},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (841))
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -31,15 +31,15 @@
     running.

    A driver can be configured to have one lock for each port instead.

    If a driver is used in a functional way (that is, holds no state, but only does some heavy calculation and returns a result), several ports with registered names can be opened beforehand, and the port to be used can be chosen based on -the scheduler ID as follows:

    -define(PORT_NAMES(),
    -	{some_driver_01, some_driver_02, some_driver_03, some_driver_04,
    +the scheduler ID as follows:

    -define(PORT_NAMES(),
    +	{some_driver_01, some_driver_02, some_driver_03, some_driver_04,
     	 some_driver_05, some_driver_06, some_driver_07, some_driver_08,
     	 some_driver_09, some_driver_10, some_driver_11, some_driver_12,
    -	 some_driver_13, some_driver_14, some_driver_15, some_driver_16}).
    +	 some_driver_13, some_driver_14, some_driver_15, some_driver_16}).
     
    -client_port() ->
    -    element(erlang:system_info(scheduler_id) rem tuple_size(?PORT_NAMES()) + 1,
    -	    ?PORT_NAMES()).

    As long as there are no more than 16 schedulers, there will never be any lock +client_port() -> + element(erlang:system_info(scheduler_id) rem tuple_size(?PORT_NAMES()) + 1, + ?PORT_NAMES()).

    As long as there are no more than 16 schedulers, there will never be any lock contention on the port lock for the driver.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1276)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ rearranging clauses.

    One exception is pattern matching of binaries. The compiler does not rearrange clauses that match binaries. Placing the clause that matches against the empty binary last is usually slightly faster than placing it first.

    The following is a rather unnatural example to show another exception where -rearranging clauses is beneficial:

    DO NOT

    atom_map1(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map1(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map1(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map1(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    -atom_map1(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map1(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map1(six) -> 6.

    The problem is the clause with the variable Int. As a variable can match +rearranging clauses is beneficial:

    DO NOT

    atom_map1(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map1(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map1(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map1(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    +atom_map1(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map1(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map1(six) -> 6.

    The problem is the clause with the variable Int. As a variable can match anything, including the atoms four, five, and six, which the following clauses also match, the compiler must generate suboptimal code that executes as follows:

    Rewriting to either:

    DO

    atom_map2(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map2(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map2(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map2(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map2(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map2(six) -> 6;
    -atom_map2(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int.

    or:

    DO

    atom_map3(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    -atom_map3(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map3(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map3(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map3(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map3(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map3(six) -> 6.

    gives slightly more efficient matching code.

    Another example:

    DO NOT

    map_pairs1(_Map, [], Ys) ->
    +exception if none of the values matched.)

    Rewriting to either:

    DO

    atom_map2(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map2(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map2(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map2(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map2(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map2(six) -> 6;
    +atom_map2(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int.

    or:

    DO

    atom_map3(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    +atom_map3(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map3(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map3(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map3(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map3(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map3(six) -> 6.

    gives slightly more efficient matching code.

    Another example:

    DO NOT

    map_pairs1(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
    +map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in +map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) -> + [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in all clauses. The problem is the variable in the second argument, Xs, in the middle clause. Because the variable can match anything, the compiler is not allowed to rearrange the clauses, but must generate code that matches them in the order written.

    If the function is rewritten as follows, the compiler is free to rearrange the -clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
    +clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
    +map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
    +map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    +    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
         case Xs0 of
    -	[X|Xs] ->
    +	[X|Xs] ->
     	    case Ys0 of
    -		[Y|Ys] ->
    -		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    -		[] ->
    +		[Y|Ys] ->
    +		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    +		[] ->
     		    Xs0
     	    end;
    -	[] ->
    +	[] ->
     	    Ys0
         end.

    This is slightly faster for probably the most common case that the input lists are not empty or very short. (Another advantage is that Dialyzer can deduce a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1653)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,37 +28,37 @@

    An Erlang process is lightweight compared to threads and processes in operating systems.

    A newly spawned Erlang process uses 327 words of memory. The size can be found -as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
    +as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
     
    -Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
    +Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.43.39164016>
    -2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    -{memory,2616}
    -3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
    +2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    +{memory,2616}
    +3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
     327

    The size includes 233 words for the heap area (which includes the stack). The garbage collector increases the heap as needed.

    The main (outer) loop for a process must be tail-recursive. Otherwise, the -stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
    +stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
       receive
    -     {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -     {From, Msg} ->
    -          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +     {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +     {From, Msg} ->
    +          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
               From ! Reply,
    -          loop()
    +          loop()
       end,
    -  io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will + io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will still be pushed to the stack each time loop/0 is called recursively. The -correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
    +correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
        receive
    -      {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -      {From, Msg} ->
    -         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +      {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +      {From, Msg} ->
    +         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
              From ! Reply,
    -         loop()
    +         loop()
      end.

    @@ -98,22 +98,22 @@

    The cost of receiving messages depends on how complicated the receive expression is. A simple expression that matches any message is very cheap because it retrieves the first message in the message queue:

    DO

    receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    However, this is not always convenient: we can receive a message that we do not know how to handle at this point, so it is common to only match the messages we expect:

    receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    While this is convenient it means that the entire message queue must be searched until it finds a matching message. This is very expensive for processes with long message queues, so there is an optimization for the common case of -sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
     receive
    -    {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -        handle_error(Reason)
    +    {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +        handle_error(Reason)
     end.

    Since the compiler knows that the reference created by monitor/2 cannot exist before the call (since it is a globally unique identifier), and that the receive only matches messages that contain @@ -137,45 +137,45 @@ efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1

    To make it clearer exactly what code the warnings refer to, the warnings in the following examples are inserted as comments after the clause they refer to, for example:

    %% DO
    -simple_receive() ->
    +simple_receive() ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:194: Warning: INFO: not a selective receive, this is always fast
     receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO NOT, unless Tag is known to be a suitable reference: see
     %% cross_function_receive/0 further down.
    -selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
    +selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:200: Warning: NOT OPTIMIZED: all clauses do not match a suitable reference
     receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO
    -optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
    +optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:206: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:208: Warning: OPTIMIZED: matches reference created by monitor/2 at efficiency_guide.erl:206
         receive
    -        {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -    handle_error(Reason)
    +        {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +    handle_error(Reason)
         end.
     
     %% DO
    -cross_function_receive() ->
    +cross_function_receive() ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:218: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    Ref = make_ref(),
    +    Ref = make_ref(),
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:219: Warning: INFO: passing reference created by make_ref/0 at efficiency_guide.erl:218
    -    cross_function_receive(Ref).
    +    cross_function_receive(Ref).
     
    -cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
    +cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1
         receive
    -        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
         end.

    @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ each loaded module has its own pool. The following function does not build the tuple every time it is called (only to have it discarded the next time the garbage collector was run), but the tuple is located in the module's literal -pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    -    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, +pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    +    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, it is copied. The reason is that the module containing the literal can be unloaded in the future.

    When a literal is sent to another process, it is not copied. When a module holding a literal is unloaded, the literal will be copied to the heap of all @@ -202,28 +202,28 @@ Loss of Sharing

    -

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared -subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    -    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
    +

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared +subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    +    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
     
    -kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
    +kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
         Acc;
    -kilo_byte(N, Acc) ->
    -    kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 +kilo_byte(N, Acc) -> + kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 is called, the deep list can be converted to a binary of 1024 bytes:

    1> byte_size(list_to_binary(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte())).
     1024

    Using the erts_debug:size/1 BIF, it can be seen that the deep list only -requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     22

    Using the erts_debug:flat_size/1 BIF, the size of the deep list can be calculated if sharing is ignored. It becomes the size of the list when it has -been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     4094

    It can be verified that sharing will be lost if the data is inserted into an Ets -table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
    +table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214181>
    -5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
    +5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2648))
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -29,111 +29,111 @@
       Erlang Program
     

    The following example shows an Erlang program communicating with a C program -over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.
     
    -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
    +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
     
    -decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the +decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the example in Ports, using only the plain port:

    • As Erl_Interface operates on the Erlang external term format, the port must be set to use binaries.
    • Instead of inventing an encoding/decoding scheme, the term_to_binary/1 and -binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    -end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    -end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.

    Notice that calling complex2:foo/1 and complex2:bar/1 results in the tuple {foo,X} or {bar,Y} being sent to the complex process, which codes them as binaries and sends them to the port. This means that the C program must be able @@ -153,53 +153,53 @@ typedef unsigned char byte; -int read_cmd(byte *buf); -int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); -int foo(int x); -int bar(int y); - -static void fail(int place) { - fprintf(stderr, "Something went wrong %d\n", place); - exit(1); -} +int read_cmd(byte *buf); +int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); +int foo(int x); +int bar(int y); /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1788)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ logger_sasl_compatible to true. For more information, see SASL Error Logging in the SASL User's Guide.

    % erl -kernel logger_level info
    -Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
    +Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
     
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.916404 ===
         application: kernel
    @@ -61,22 +61,22 @@
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.925755 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_sup},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,1000},
    -              {child_type,supervisor}]
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_sup},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,1000},
    +              {child_type,supervisor}]
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.926056 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_server},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,2000},
    -              {child_type,worker}]
    -Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_server},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,2000},
    +              {child_type,worker}]
    +Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
     1>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1230)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ Exit Reason), and a stack trace (which aids in finding the code location of the exception).

    The stack trace can be bound to a variable from within a try expression for any exception class, or as part of the exit reason when a run-time error is -caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]
    -> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]

    +caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]
    +> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (784)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,35 +44,35 @@ Example

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to the terminal -can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.
     
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +terminate(_Args, _State) ->
         ok.

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to a file can -look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    -
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    +init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
    +
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +terminate(_Args, Fd) -> + file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    @@ -93,19 +93,19 @@ Adding an Event Handler

    The following example shows how to start an event manager and add an event -handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    -{ok,<0.31.0>}
    -2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    +{ok,<0.31.0>}
    +2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to add the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:init([]), where the argument [] is the third argument to add_handler. init/1 is expected to return {ok, State}, -where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For +where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For terminal_logger, the internal state is not used. For file_logger, the -internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    @@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ is received, the event manager calls handle_event(Event, State) for each installed event handler, in the same order as they were added. The function is expected to return a tuple {ok,State1}, where State1 is a new value for the -state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    Deleting an Event Handler

    -
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to delete the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:terminate([], State), where the argument [] is the third argument to delete_handler. terminate/2 is to be the opposite of init/1 and do any necessary cleaning up. Its return value is -ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    -    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    +ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    +    file:close(Fd).

    @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Standalone Event Managers

    -

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
    +

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
     ok

    @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages if the event manager is linked to other processes than the supervisor (for example via gen_event:add_sup_handler/3) and is -trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (359)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ code, solving a complex problem, in your Erlang program. Suppose for example, that you have the following C functions that you would like to call from Erlang:

    /* complex.c */
     
    -int foo(int x) {
    +int foo(int x) {
       return x+1;
    -}
    +}
     
    -int bar(int y) {
    +int bar(int y) {
       return y*2;
    -}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability +}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability reasons.

    From an Erlang perspective, it is preferable to be able to call foo and bar without having to bother about that they are C functions:

    % Erlang code
     ...
    -Res = complex:foo(X),
    +Res = complex:foo(X),
     ...

    Here, the communication with C is hidden in the implementation of complex.erl. In the following sections, it is shown how this module can be implemented using the different interoperability mechanisms.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1490)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ single assignment, that is, a variable can only be bound once.

    The anonymous variable is denoted by underscore (_) and can be used when a variable is required but its value can be ignored.

    Example:

    [H|_] = [1,2,3]

    Variables starting with underscore (_), for example, _Height, are normal variables, not anonymous. However, they are ignored by the compiler in the sense -that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    -    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, -the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the -following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of +that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    +    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, +the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the +following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of an if, case, or receive expression must be bound in all branches to have a value outside the expression. Otherwise they are regarded as unsafe outside the expression.

    For the try expression variable scoping is limited so that variables bound in @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ Patterns

    A pattern has the same structure as a term but can contain unbound variables.

    Example:

    Name1
    -[H|T]
    -{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, +[H|T] +{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, receive expressions, and match expressions.

    @@ -87,13 +87,13 @@

    If Pattern1 and Pattern2 are valid patterns, the following is also a valid pattern:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2

    When matched against a term, both Pattern1 and Pattern2 are matched against -the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    -    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
    +the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    +    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    -    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
    +    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
         ignore.

    The compound pattern operator does not imply that its operands are matched in any particular order. That means that it is not legal to bind a variable in Pattern1 and use it in Pattern2, or vice versa.

    @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ String Prefix in Patterns

    -

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    +

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    Expressions in Patterns

    An arithmetic expression can be used within a pattern if it meets both of the -following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    -    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    +following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    +    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    @@ -118,15 +118,15 @@

    The following matches Pattern against Expr:

    Pattern = Expr

    If the matching succeeds, any unbound variable in the pattern becomes bound and the value of Expr is returned.

    If multiple match operators are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from -right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    -{answer,42}
    +right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    +{answer,42}
     2> A.
     answer
     3> B.
     42
     4> T.
    -{answer,42}
    -5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
    +{answer,42}
    +5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
     ** exception error: no match of right-hand side value [1,2]

    Because multiple match operators are evaluated from right to left, it means that:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2 = . . . = PatternN = Expression

    is equivalent to:

    Temporary = Expression,
     PatternN = Temporary,
    @@ -148,20 +148,20 @@
     compound pattern matches if all of its constituent patterns match. It is not
     legal for a pattern that is part of a compound pattern to use variables (as keys
     in map patterns or sizes in binary patterns) bound in other sub patterns of the
    -same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
    +same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
     * 1:7: variable 'Key' is unbound
    -2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}).
    -{{1,2},3}
    -3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>).
    -{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used +2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}). +{{1,2},3} +3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>). +{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used to match the value of an expression to a pattern. If multiple match operators -are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    -#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    -2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
    +are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    +#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    +2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
     value
    -3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
    +3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
     value
    -4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
    +4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
     * 1:12: variable 'Key' is unbound
     5> <<X:Y>> = begin Y = 8, <<42:8>> end, X.
     42

    The expression at prompt 2> first matches the value of variable M against @@ -185,22 +185,22 @@ Function Calls -

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    -ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of +

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    +ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of ExprM and ExprF must be an atom or an expression that evaluates to an atom. The function is said to be called by using the fully qualified function name. -This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be +This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be an atom or evaluate to a fun.

    If ExprF is an atom, the function is said to be called by using the implicitly qualified function name. If the function ExprF is locally defined, it is called. Alternatively, if ExprF is explicitly imported from the M module, M:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN) is called. If ExprF is neither declared locally nor explicitly imported, ExprF must be the name of an automatically -imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    -spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    -Fun1(3).
    +imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    +spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    +Fun1(3).
     4
    -2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    -[1,2,3,4]
    +2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    +[1,2,3,4]
     3>

    Notice that when calling a local function, there is a difference between using the implicitly or fully qualified function name. The latter always refers to the latest version of the module. See @@ -225,32 +225,32 @@ (ERTS version 5.8) and have an implicitly qualified call to that function in your code, you either need to explicitly remove the auto-import using a compiler directive, or replace the call with a fully qualified function call. Otherwise -you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
    +you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    -length([]) ->
    +length([]) ->
         0;
    -length([H|T]) ->
    -    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
    +length([H|T]) ->
    +    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                       %% which is allowed in guards
         long.

    The same logic applies to explicitly imported functions from other modules, as to locally defined functions. It is not allowed to both import a function from -another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
    +another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    --import(mod,[length/1]).
    +-import(mod,[length/1]).
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                        %% which is allowed in guards
     
    -    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
    +    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
     
    -f(X) ->
    -    length(X).                     %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the +f(X) -> + length(X). %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the name with a local function or explicit import is always allowed. However, if the -compile({no_auto_import,[F/A]) directive is not used, the compiler issues a warning whenever the function is called in the module using the implicitly @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ sequence GuardSeq that evaluates to true is found. Then the corresponding /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2205)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ map -

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    -double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    -[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    -add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used -by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as -follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    -add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as +

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    +double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    +[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    +add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used +by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as +follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    +add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as arguments and returns a new list, obtained by applying F to each of the elements in L.

    The process of abstracting out the common features of a number of different programs is called procedural abstraction. Procedural abstraction can be used @@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ foreach

    This section illustrates procedural abstraction. Initially, the following two -examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    -    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    -    print_list(Stream, T);
    -print_list(Stream, []) ->
    -    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
    +examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    +    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    +    print_list(Stream, T);
    +print_list(Stream, []) ->
    +    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
         Pid ! Msg,
    -    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    -broadcast(_, []) ->
    +    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    +broadcast(_, []) ->
         true.

    These two functions have a similar structure. They both iterate over a list and do something to each element in the list. The "something" is passed on as an -extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    -    F(H),
    -    foreach(F, T);
    -foreach(F, []) ->
    -    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) +extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    +    F(H),
    +    foreach(F, T);
    +foreach(F, []) ->
    +    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) calls Fun(X) for each element X in L and the processing occurs in the order that the elements were defined in L. map does not define the order in which its elements are processed.

    @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ Syntax of Funs

    Funs are written with the following syntax (see -Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
    +Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
             ...
         end

    This creates an anonymous function of N arguments and binds it to the variable F.

    Another function, FunctionName, written in the same module, can be passed as an argument, using the following syntax:

    F = fun FunctionName/Arity

    With this form of function reference, the function that is referred to does not need to be exported from the module.

    It is also possible to refer to a function defined in a different module, with -the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    --export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    --import(lists, [map/2]).
    +the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    +-export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    +-import(lists, [map/2]).
     
    -t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test -is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    -   apply(F, Args);
    -f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
    +double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test +is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    +   apply(F, Args);
    +f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
        N.

    Funs are a distinct type. The BIFs erlang:fun_info/1,2 can be used to retrieve information about a fun, and the BIF erlang:fun_to_list/1 returns a textual representation of a fun. The check_process_code/2 @@ -101,18 +101,18 @@

    The scope rules for variables that occur in funs are as follows:

    • All variables that occur in the head of a fun are assumed to be "fresh" variables.
    • Variables that are defined before the fun, and that occur in function calls or -guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.
    • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.

    The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The +guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.

  • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.
  • The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The variable Stream, which is used within the fun, gets its value from the file:open line.

    As any variable that occurs in the head of a fun is considered a new variable, -it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(File) ->
    -                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    -            end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise +it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(File) ->
    +                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    +            end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise because code in the fun body cannot refer to the variable File, which is defined outside of the fun. Compiling this example gives the following diagnostic:

    ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'File'
    @@ -121,20 +121,20 @@
     pattern matching operations must be moved into guard expressions and cannot be
     written in the head of the fun. For example, you might write the following code
     if you intend the first clause of F to be evaluated when the value of its
    -argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
    +argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
    +    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    -    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
    +        end, ...)
    +    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(Y) ->
    +    map(fun(Y) ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    +        end, ...)
         ...

    @@ -148,58 +148,58 @@ map

    -

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the +

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the list.

    When a new fun is defined in the shell, the value of the fun is printed as -Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
    +Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[2,4,6,8,10]

    +> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]). +[2,4,6,8,10]

    any

    -

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    -    case Pred(H) of
    +

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    +    case Pred(H) of
             true  ->  true;
    -        false ->  any(Pred, T)
    +        false ->  any(Pred, T)
         end;
    -any(Pred, []) ->
    +any(Pred, []) ->
         false.

    A predicate is a function that returns true or false. any is true if there is a term X in the list such that P(X) is true.

    A predicate Big(X) is defined, which is true if its argument is greater that -10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
    +10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
     false
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
     true

    all

    -

    lists:all/2 has the same arguments as any:

    all(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1295))
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -66,40 +66,40 @@
     
     

    An example of a simple server written in plain Erlang is provided in Overview. The server can be reimplemented using -gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
    +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
     
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    Starting a Gen_Server

    In the example in the previous section, gen_server is started by calling -ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function +ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function spawns and links to a new process, a gen_server.

    • The first argument, {local, ch3}, specifies the name. The gen_server is then locally registered as ch3.

      If the name is omitted, the gen_server is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be given as {global, Name}, in which case @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ for the available options.

    If name registration succeeds, the new gen_server process calls the callback function ch3:init([]). init is expected to return {ok, State}, where State is the internal state of the gen_server. In this case, the state is -the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the +the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_server has been initialized and is ready to receive requests.

    gen_server:start_link/4 must be used if the gen_server is part of a supervision tree, meaning that it was started by a supervisor. There is another function, gen_server:start/4, to start a standalone @@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_call(Request, From, State), which is expected to return a tuple {reply,Reply,State1}. Reply is the reply that is to be sent back -to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the +to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the set of remaining available channels Chs2.

    Thus, the call ch3:alloc() returns the allocated channel Ch and the gen_server then waits for new requests, now with an updated list of available channels.

    @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ Asynchronous Requests - Cast

    -

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. +

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. cast, and thus free, then returns ok.

    When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_cast(Request, State), which is expected to return a tuple -{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. +{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    +    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    +    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. The gen_server is now ready for new requests.

    @@ -166,15 +166,15 @@ set in the supervisor.

    If it is necessary to clean up before termination, the shutdown strategy must be a time-out value and the gen_server must be set to trap exit signals in function init. When ordered to shutdown, the gen_server then calls -the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
    +the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
         ...,
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
         ...,
    -    {ok, State}.
    +    {ok, State}.
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(shutdown, State) ->
    +terminate(shutdown, State) ->
         %% Code for cleaning up here
         ...
         ok.

    @@ -185,21 +185,21 @@

    If the gen_server is not part of a supervision tree, a stop function can be useful, for example:

    ...
    -export([stop/0]).
    +export([stop/0]).
     ...
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
     ...
     
    -handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    -    {stop, normal, State};
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
    +handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    +    {stop, normal, State};
    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
         ...
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(normal, State) ->
    +terminate(normal, State) ->
         ok.

    The callback function handling the stop request returns a tuple {stop,normal,State1}, where normal specifies that it is a normal termination and State1 is a new value for the state @@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ the callback function handle_info(Info, State) must be implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages, if the gen_server is linked to other processes than the supervisor -and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (931)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ Specifying Included Applications

    Which applications to include is defined by the included_applications key in -the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.

    +the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.

    @@ -93,27 +93,27 @@ term.

    The value of the mod key of the including application must be set to {application_starter,[Module,StartArgs]}, where Module as usual is the application callback module. StartArgs is a term provided as argument to the -callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.
    +callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.
     
    -{application, incl_app,
    - [{description, "Included application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    -  {registered, []},
    -  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    - ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary +{application, incl_app, + [{description, "Included application"}, + {vsn, "1"}, + {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]}, + {registered, []}, + {start_phases, [{go,[]}]}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]}, + {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}} + ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary application is started the normal way, that is:

    • The application controller creates an application master for the application
    • The application master calls Module:start(normal, StartArgs) to start the top supervisor.

    Then, for the primary application and each included application in top-down, left-to-right order, the application master calls @@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ of specified phases must be a subset of the set of phases specified for the primary application.

    When starting prim_app as defined above, the application controller calls the following callback functions before application:start(prim_app) returns a -value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    - => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    - => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    +value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    + => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    + => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (579)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

    and sometimes

    $ cd $ERL_TOP
     $ make local_setup
     

    So now when you run $ERL_TOP/erl.exe, you should have a debug compiled -emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you +emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you got a debug compiled emulator.

    To hack the erlang libraries, you simply do a make opt in the specific "applications" directory, like:

    $ cd $ERL_TOP/lib/stdlib
     $ make opt
    @@ -227,11 +227,11 @@
     

    Remember that:

    • Windows specific C-code goes in the $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/sys/win32, $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/drivers/win32 or $ERL_TOP/erts/etc/win32.

    • Windows specific erlang code should be used conditionally and the host OS tested in runtime, the exactly same beam files should be -distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      -    {win32,_} ->
      -        do_windows_specific();
      +distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      +    {win32,_} ->
      +        do_windows_specific();
           Other ->
      -        do_fallback_or_exit()
      +        do_fallback_or_exit()
       end,

    That's basically all you need to get going.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2031)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,25 +26,25 @@ Simple Examples

    -

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    -[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list +

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    +[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list [1,2,a,...] and X is greater than 3.

    The notation X <- [1,2,a,...] is a generator and the expression X > 3 is a filter.

    An additional filter, is_integer(X), can be added to -restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    -[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can -be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    -[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    +restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    +[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can +be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    +[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    Quick Sort

    -

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    -sort([_] = L) -> L;
    -sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    -    [Pivot] ++
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T +

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    +sort([_] = L) -> L;
    +sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    +    [Pivot] ++
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are less than Pivot.

    [X || X <- T, X >= Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are greater than or equal to Pivot.

    With the algorithm above, a list is sorted as follows:

    • A list with zero or one element is trivially sorted.
    • For lists with more than one element:
      1. The first element in the list is isolated as the pivot element.
      2. The remaining list is partitioned into two sublists, such that:
      • The first sublist contains all elements that are smaller than the pivot element.
      • The second sublist contains all elements that are greater than or equal to @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ Permutations -

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        -perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists +

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        +perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists [H|T], where T is the set of all possible permutations of L, with H -removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        -[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        +removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        +[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        @@ -73,47 +73,47 @@

        Pythagorean triplets are sets of integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2.

        The function pyth(N) generates a list of all integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2 and where the sum of the sides is equal to, or less than, -N:

        pyth(N) ->
        -    [ {A,B,C} ||
        -        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +N:

        pyth(N) ->
        +    [ {A,B,C} ||
        +        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
                 A+B+C =< N,
                 A*A+B*B == C*C
        -    ].
        > pyth(3).
        -[].
        -> pyth(11).
        -[].
        -> pyth(12).
        -[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        -> pyth(50).
        -[{3,4,5},
        - {4,3,5},
        - {5,12,13},
        - {6,8,10},
        - {8,6,10},
        - {8,15,17},
        - {9,12,15},
        - {12,5,13},
        - {12,9,15},
        - {12,16,20},
        - {15,8,17},
        - {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        -   [{A,B,C} ||
        -       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        -       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        -       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
        +    ].
        > pyth(3).
        +[].
        +> pyth(11).
        +[].
        +> pyth(12).
        +[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        +> pyth(50).
        +[{3,4,5},
        + {4,3,5},
        + {5,12,13},
        + {6,8,10},
        + {8,6,10},
        + {8,15,17},
        + {9,12,15},
        + {12,5,13},
        + {12,9,15},
        + {12,16,20},
        + {15,8,17},
        + {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        +   [{A,B,C} ||
        +       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        +       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        +       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
                A+B+C =< N,
        -       A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        + A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        Simplifications With List Comprehensions

        As an example, list comprehensions can be used to simplify some of the functions -in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        -map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        -filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        +in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        +map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        +filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        @@ -125,20 +125,20 @@ which selects certain elements from a list of tuples. Suppose you write select(X, L) -> [Y || {X, Y} <- L]. with the intention of extracting all tuples from L, where the first item is X.

        Compiling this gives the following diagnostic:

        ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'X' shadowed in generate

        This diagnostic warns that the variable X in the pattern is not the same as -the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be -written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into -the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the -same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        -[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is +the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be +written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into +the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the +same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        +[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is that certain pattern matching operations must be moved into the filters and -cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        -    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        +    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
             ...
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1446)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,47 +29,47 @@

        Lists can only be built starting from the end and attaching list elements at the beginning. If you use the ++ operator as follows, a new list is created that is a copy of the elements in List1, followed by List2:

        List1 ++ List2

        Looking at how lists:append/2 or ++ would be implemented in plain Erlang, -clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        -    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        -append([], Tail) ->
        +clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        +    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        +append([], Tail) ->
             Tail.

        When recursing and building a list, it is important to ensure that you attach the new elements to the beginning of the list. In this way, you will build one -list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        -    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        +    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        +bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
             Fibs;
        -bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created +bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created that is one element longer than the new previous list.

        To avoid copying the result in each iteration, build the list in reverse order -and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        +    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        -    lists:reverse(Fibs);
        -tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        +tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) -> + lists:reverse(Fibs); +tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        List Comprehensions

        -

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list -will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list +will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        or in this code:

        case Var of
             ... ->
        -        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
        +        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
             ... ->
         end,
        -some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not +some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not returned. This means that there is no need to construct a list and the compiler -will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    Expr(E),
        -    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will -not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    Expr(E),
        +    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will +not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ to flatten the list before sending it to the port.

      • When calling BIFs that accept deep lists, such as list_to_binary/1 or iolist_to_binary/1.
      • When you know that your list is only one level deep. Use lists:append/1 -instead.

      Examples:

      DO

      port_command(Port, DeepList)

      DO NOT

      port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

      A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

      DO NOT

      TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      Instead:

      DO

      TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      DO

      1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      DO NOT

      1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      +instead.

    Examples:

    DO

    port_command(Port, DeepList)

    DO NOT

    port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

    A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

    DO NOT

    TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    Instead:

    DO

    TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    DO

    1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    DO NOT

    1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@

    There are two basic ways to write a function that traverses a list and produces a new list.

    The first way is writing a body-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    -    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    -add_42_body([]) ->
    -    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_tail(List) ->
    -    add_42_tail(List, []).
    +add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    +    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    +add_42_body([]) ->
    +    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    +add_42_tail(List) ->
    +    add_42_tail(List, []).
     
    -add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    -    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    -add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    -    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically +add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) -> + add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]); +add_42_tail([], Acc) -> + lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically be more efficient. In modern versions of Erlang, there is usually not much difference in performance between a body-recursive list function and tail-recursive function that reverses the list at the end. Therefore, @@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ function that does not construct a list runs in constant space, while the corresponding body-recursive function uses stack space proportional to the length of the list.

    For example, a function that sums a list of integers, is not to be written as -follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    -recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    +recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
     
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.
    +
    sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1348)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ File Inclusion -

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    --include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included +

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    +-include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included as is, at the position of the directive.

    Include files are typically used for record and macro definitions that are shared by several modules. It is recommended to use the file name extension .hrl for include files.

    File can start with a path component $VAR, for some string VAR. If that is @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ $VAR is left as is.

    If the filename File is absolute (possibly after variable substitution), the include file with that name is included. Otherwise, the specified file is searched for in the following directories, and in this order:

    1. The current working directory
    2. The directory where the module is being compiled
    3. The directories given by the include option

    For details, see erlc in ERTS and -compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    --include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    --include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    --include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. +compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    +-include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. Instead, the first path component (possibly after variable substitution) is -assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current +assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current (latest) version of Kernel, and then the subdirectory include is searched for the file file.hrl.

    @@ -49,25 +49,25 @@ Defining and Using Macros

    -

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    --define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function +

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    +-define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the macro.

    If a macro is used in several modules, it is recommended that the macro definition is placed in an include file.

    A macro is used as follows:

    ?Const
     ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN)

    Macros are expanded during compilation. A simple macro ?Const is replaced with -Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
    +Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
     ...
    -call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all +call(Request) -> + server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    +    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all occurrences of a variable Var from the macro definition are replaced with the -corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
    +corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
     ...
    -bar(X) ->
    -    ?MACRO1(a, b),
    -    ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    -    {a,a,b,b},
    -    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro +bar(X) -> + ?MACRO1(a, b), + ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    +    {a,a,b,b},
    +    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro definition is a valid Erlang syntactic form.

    To view the result of macro expansion, a module can be compiled with the 'P' option. compile:file(File, ['P']). This produces a listing of the parsed code after preprocessing and parse transforms, in the file File.P.

    @@ -94,21 +94,21 @@

    It is possible to overload macros, except for predefined macros. An overloaded macro has more than one definition, each with a different number of arguments.

    Change

    Support for overloading of macros was added in Erlang 5.7.5/OTP R13B04.

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) with a (possibly empty) list of arguments results in an error message if there is at least one definition of Func with -arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    --define(F1(A), A).
    --define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
    +arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    +-define(F1(A), A).
    +-define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
         ?F0. % No, an empty list of arguments expected.
     
    -f1(A) ->
    -    ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    -    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    -    m:f().

    +f1(A) -> + ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    +    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    +    m:f().

    Removing a macro definition

    -

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    +

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    @@ -128,13 +128,13 @@ elif also supports calling the psuedo-function defined(Name), which tests whether the Name argument is the name of a previously defined macro. defined(Name) evaluates to true if the macro is defined and false -otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
    +otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
     ...
     
    --ifdef(debug).
    --define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
    +-ifdef(debug).
    +-define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
     -else.
    --define(LOG(X), true).
    +-define(LOG(X), true).
     -endif.
     
     ...

    When trace output is desired, debug is to be defined when the module m is @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ or -1> c(m, {d, debug}). -{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user -with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +1> c(m, {d, debug}).
    +{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user +with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 25 or higher
    --elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
    +-elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 26 or higher
     -else.
     %% Code that will work in OTP 24 or lower.
     -endif.
     ...

    This code uses the OTP_RELEASE macro to conditionally select code depending on -release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
     %% Debugging code that requires OTP 26 or later.
     -else.
     %% Non-debug code that works in any release.
    @@ -179,23 +179,23 @@
       
       -error() and -warning() directives
     

    -

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifdef(VERSION).
    -version() -> ?VERSION.
    +-ifdef(VERSION).
    +version() -> ?VERSION.
     -else.
    --error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    -version() -> "".
    +-error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    +version() -> "".
     -endif.

    The error message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    -t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifndef(VERSION).
    --warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    --define(VERSION, "0").
    +-ifndef(VERSION).
    +-warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    +-define(VERSION, "0").
     -endif.
    -version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    +version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
     t.erl:5: Warning: -warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").

    Change

    The -error() and -warning() directives were added in Erlang/OTP 19.

    @@ -204,11 +204,11 @@

    The construction ??Arg, where Arg is a macro argument, is expanded to a string containing the tokens of the argument. This is similar to the #arg -stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
    +stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
     
    -?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)),
    -?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    -io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    +
    ?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)), +?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    +io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1572)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ values, sharing of keys between different instances of the map will be less effective, and it is not possible to match multiple elements having default values in one go.

  • To avoid having to deal with a map that may lack some keys, maps:merge/2 can -efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)
  • +efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

    @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ Using Maps as Sets

    Starting in OTP 24, the sets module has an option to represent sets as maps. -Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    -#{}
    -2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    -#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a +Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    +#{}
    +2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    +#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a few possible exceptions:

    • ordsets:intersection/2 can be more efficient than sets:intersection/2. If the intersection operation is frequently used and operations that operate on a single element in a set (such as is_element/2) are avoided, ordsets can @@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ allowing the key tuple to be shared with other instances of the map that have the same keys. In fact, the key tuple can be shared between all maps with the same keys with some care. To arrange that, define a function that returns a map. -For example:

      new() ->
      -    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure +For example:

      new() ->
      +    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure that the key tuple is shared when creating an instance of the map, always call -new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the +new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the keys are known at compile-time, the map is updated in one go, making the time to update a map essentially constant regardless of the number of keys updated. The same goes for matching. (When the keys are variables, one or more of the keys @@ -150,13 +150,13 @@

      Using the map syntax is usually slightly more efficient than using the corresponding function in the maps module.

      The gain in efficiency for the map syntax is more noticeable for the following -operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#{x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      -Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      -Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to -right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from -left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      -Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      -Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more +operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#{x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      +Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      +Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to +right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from +left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      +Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      +Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more efficient than using the => operator for a small map.

      @@ -215,15 +215,15 @@

      As an optimization, the compiler will rewrite a call to maps:get/3 to Erlang code similar to the following:

      Result = case Map of
      -             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      -             #{} -> Default
      +             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      +             #{} -> Default
                end

      This is reasonably efficient, but if a small map is used as an alternative to using a record it is often better not to rely on default values as it prevents sharing of keys, which may in the end use more memory than what you save from not storing default values in the map.

      If default values are nevertheless required, instead of calling maps:get/3 multiple times, consider putting the default values in a map and merging that -map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults +map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults to, as long as the default map contains all the keys that will ever be used and not just the ones with default values. Whether this is faster than calling maps:get/3 multiple times depends on the size of the map and the number of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1097)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ Module Syntax

      Erlang code is divided into modules. A module consists of a sequence of -attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      --export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
      +attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      +-export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
       
      -fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      -    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      -fact(0) ->           %  |
      +fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      +    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      +fact(0) ->           %  |
           1.               % end of function declaration

      For a description of function declarations, see Function Declaration Syntax.

      @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ Behaviour Module Attribute

      It is possible to specify that the module is the callback module for a -behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a +behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a user-defined behaviour or one of the following OTP standard behaviours:

      • gen_server
      • gen_statem
      • gen_event
      • supervisor

      The spelling behavior is also accepted.

      The callback functions of the module can be specified either directly by the -exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute +exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute is to be preferred since the extra type information can be used by tools to produce documentation or find discrepancies.

      Read more about behaviours and callback modules in OTP Design Principles.

      @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Record Definitions

      -

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function +

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function declarations. Read more in Records.

      @@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ Preprocessor

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used by the preprocessor, which -supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      --define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      +supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      +-define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      Setting File and Line

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for changing the pre-defined -macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the +macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the source program is generated by another tool. It also indicates the correspondence of source files to lines of the original user-written file, from which the source program is produced.

      @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ Types and function specifications

      A similar syntax as for module attributes is used for specifying types and -function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      --spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on +function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      +-spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on EEP8 - Types and function specifications, which is not to be further updated.

      @@ -132,16 +132,16 @@ Documentation attributes

      The module attribute -doc(Documentation) is used to provide user documentation -for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      -example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The +for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      +example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The parenthesis are optional around Documentation. The allowed values for Documentation are:

      • literal string or utf-8 encoded binary string - The string documenting the entity. Any literal string is allowed, so both triple quoted strings and sigils that translate to literal strings can be used. -The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        --doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
        +The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        +-doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
         -doc ~S/Example "docs"/.
         -doc """
            Example "docs"
        @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
         
         

        While not a module attribute, but rather a directive (since it might affect syntax), there is the -feature(..) directive used for enabling and disabling -features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear +features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear in a prefix of the module.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1558)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ they can also be used as fallback implementations for functions that do not have native implementations on some architectures.

        NIF libraries are loaded by calling erlang:load_nif/2, with the name of the shared library as argument. The second argument can be any term that will be -passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --on_load(init/0).
        -
        -init() ->
        -    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        -
        -foo(_X) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        -bar(_Y) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically +passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-on_load(init/0).
        +
        +init() ->
        +    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        +
        +foo(_X) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        +bar(_Y) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically called when the module is loaded. If init returns anything other than ok, such when the loading of the NIF library fails in this example, the module is unloaded and calls to functions within it, fail.

        Loading the NIF library overrides the stub implementations and cause calls to @@ -74,35 +74,35 @@ API functions. The environment contains information about the calling Erlang process:

        #include <erl_nif.h>
         
        -extern int foo(int x);
        -extern int bar(int y);
        +extern int foo(int x);
        +extern int bar(int y);
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int x, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = foo(x);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = foo(x);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int y, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = bar(y);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        -
        -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        -    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        -    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        -};
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = bar(y);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
        +
        +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        +    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        +    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        +};
         
        -ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It +ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It will be stringified by the macro.
        • The second argument is the array of ErlNifFunc structures containing name, arity, and function pointer of each NIF.
        • The remaining arguments are pointers to callback functions that can be used to initialize the library. They are not used in this simple example, hence they @@ -118,15 +118,15 @@

          Step 1. Compile the C code:

          unix> gcc -o complex6_nif.so -fpic -shared complex.c complex6_nif.c
           windows> cl -LD -MD -Fe complex6_nif.dll complex.c complex6_nif.c

          Step 2: Start Erlang and compile the Erlang code:

          > erl
          -Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
           
          -Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          -1> c(complex6).
          -{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
          +Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          +1> c(complex6).
          +{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
           4
          -4> complex6:bar(5).
          +4> complex6:bar(5).
           10
          -5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
          +5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
           ** exception error: bad argument
                in function  complex6:foo/1
                   called as comlpex6:foo("not an integer")
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1391)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ The runtime does not check opacity. Dialyzer provides some opacity-checking, but the rest is up to convention.

          This document explains what Erlang opacity is (and the trade-offs involved) via the example of the sets:set() data type. This type was -defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in -this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had +defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in +this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had been defined with -type instead of -opaque. Here is why: when a module defines an -opaque, the contract is that only the defining module should rely on the definition of the type: no other modules should rely on the definition.

          This means that code that pattern-matched on set as a record/tuple technically broke the contract, and opted in to being potentially broken when the definition of set() changed. Before OTP 24, this code printed ok. In OTP 24 it may -error:

          case sets:new() of
          -    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          -        io:format("ok")
          +error:

          case sets:new() of
          +    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          +        io:format("ok")
           end.

          When working with an opaque defined in another module, here are some recommendations:

          • Don't examine the underlying type using pattern-matching, guards, or functions that reveal the type, such as tuple_size/1 .
          • Instead, use functions provided by the module for working with the type. For /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (391)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Application dependencies are verified among installed applications by otp_patch_apply, but these are not necessarily those actually loaded. By calling system_information:sanity_check() one can validate -dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
            +dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
             ok

            Please take a look at the reference of sanity_check() for more information.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (531)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
            2 3> X + 1. 3 -4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. +4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {1,2} -5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. -{2,3} +5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. +{2,3} 6> Y. 3
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1278)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ To illustrate these differences, suppose that you want to represent a person with the tuple {Name, Address, Phone}.

            To write functions that manipulate this data, remember the following:

            • The Name field is the first element of the tuple.
            • The Address field is the second element.
            • The Phone field is the third element.

            For example, to extract data from a variable P that contains such a tuple, you can write the following code and then use pattern matching to extract the -relevant fields:

            Name = element(1, P),
            -Address = element(2, P),
            +relevant fields:

            Name = element(1, P),
            +Address = element(2, P),
             ...

            Such code is difficult to read and understand, and errors occur if the numbering of the elements in the tuple is wrong. If the data representation of the fields is changed, by re-ordering, adding, or removing fields, all references to the person tuple must be checked and possibly modified.

            Records allow references to the fields by name, instead of by position. In the -following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

            This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P +following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

            This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P is a variable whose value is a person record, the following code access the name and address fields of the records:

            Name = P#person.name,
             Address = P#person.address,
            -...

            Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

            {person, Name, Phone, Address}

            +...

            Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

            {person, Name, Phone, Address}

            @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ section. Three fields are included, name, phone, and address. The default values for name and phone is "" and [], respectively. The default value for address is the atom undefined, since no default value is supplied for this -field:

            -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

            The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in -the examples:

            > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
            +field:

            -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

            The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in +the examples:

            > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
             person

            This is because record definitions are only available at compile time, not at runtime. For details on records in the shell, see the shell manual page in STDLIB.

            @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ Creating a Record

            -

            A new person record is created as follows:

            > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
            -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

            As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

            From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the -special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

            Example:

            > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
            -#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

            It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and +

            A new person record is created as follows:

            > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
            +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

            As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

            From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the +special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

            Example:

            > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
            +#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

            It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and mnesia:match_object/3, to set record fields to the atom '_'. (This is a wildcard in ets:match/2.)

            @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ Accessing a Record Field

            -

            The following example shows how to access a record field:

            > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
            +

            The following example shows how to access a record field:

            > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
             > P#person.name.
             "Joe"

            @@ -81,33 +81,33 @@ Updating a Record

            -

            The following example shows how to update a record:

            > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
            -> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
            -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

            +

            The following example shows how to update a record:

            > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
            +> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
            +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

            Type Testing

            The following example shows that the guard succeeds if P is record of type -person:

            foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
            -foo(_) -> not_a_person.

            +person:

            foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
            +foo(_) -> not_a_person.

            Pattern Matching

            Matching can be used in combination with records, as shown in the following -example:

            > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
            -> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
            +example:

            > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
            +> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
             "Joe"

            The following function takes a list of person records and searches for the -phone number of a person with a particular name:

            find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
            -    {found,  Phone};
            -find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
            -    find_phone(T, Name);
            -find_phone([], Name) ->
            +phone number of a person with a particular name:

            find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
            +    {found,  Phone};
            +find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
            +    find_phone(T, Name);
            +find_phone([], Name) ->
                 not_found.

            The fields referred to in the pattern can be given in any order.

            @@ -116,12 +116,12 @@

            The value of a field in a record can be an instance of a record. Retrieval of nested data can be done stepwise, or in a single step, as shown in the following -example:

            -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
            --record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
            +example:

            -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
            +-record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
             
            -demo() ->
            -  P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123},
            -  First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

            Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

            +demo() -> + P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123}, + First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

            Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

            @@ -139,40 +139,40 @@ %% about the person. %% A {Key, Value} list (default is the empty list). %%------------------------------------------------------------ --record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).

            -module(person).
            --include("person.hrl").
            --compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
            +-record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).
            -module(person).
            +-include("person.hrl").
            +-compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
             
             %% This creates an instance of a person.
             %%   Note: The phone number is not supplied so the
             %%         default value [] will be used.
             
            -make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
            -   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
            -           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
            -                   {drinks, coke}]}.
            +make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
            +   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
            +           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
            +                   {drinks, coke}]}.
             
             %% This demonstrates matching in arguments
             
            -print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
            -              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
            -  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
            -            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
            +print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
            +              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
            +  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
            +            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
             
             %% Demonstrates type testing, selector, updating.
             
            -birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            -   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
            +birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            +   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
             
            -register_two_hackers() ->
            -   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
            -   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
            +register_two_hackers() ->
            +   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
            +   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
                % The central_register_server should have
                % an interface function for this.
            -   central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1},
            -   central_register_server ! {register_person,
            -             OldHacker#person{name = "Robert",
            -                              phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
            +
            central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1}, + central_register_server ! {register_person, + OldHacker#person{name = "Robert", + phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2706)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ introduced:

            %%%----FILE mess_config.hrl----
             
             %%% Configure the location of the server node,
            --define(server_node, messenger@super).
            +-define(server_node, messenger@super).
             
             %%%----END FILE----
            %%%----FILE mess_interface.hrl----
             
            @@ -41,24 +41,24 @@
             %%% messenger program
             
             %%%Messages from Client to server received in server/1 function.
            --record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
            --record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
            +-record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
            +-record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
             %%% {'EXIT', ClientPid, Reason}  (client terminated or unreachable.
             
             %%% Messages from Server to Client, received in await_result/0 function
            --record(abort_client,{message}).
            +-record(abort_client,{message}).
             %%% Messages are: user_exists_at_other_node,
             %%%               you_are_not_logged_on
            --record(server_reply,{message}).
            +-record(server_reply,{message}).
             %%% Messages are: logged_on
             %%%               receiver_not_found
             %%%               sent  (Message has been sent (no guarantee)
             %%% Messages from Server to Client received in client/1 function
            --record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
            +-record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
             
             %%% Messages from shell to Client received in client/1 function
             %%% spawn(mess_client, client, [server_node(), Name])
            --record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
            +-record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
             %%% logoff
             
             %%%----END FILE----
            %%%----FILE user_interface.erl----
            @@ -79,27 +79,27 @@
             %%%     function is not logged on or if ToName is not logged on at
             %%%     any node.
             
            --module(user_interface).
            --export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            --include("mess_config.hrl").
            +-module(user_interface).
            +-export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +-include("mess_config.hrl").
             
            -logon(Name) ->
            -    case whereis(mess_client) of
            +logon(Name) ->
            +    case whereis(mess_client) of
                     undefined ->
            -            register(mess_client,
            -                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
            +            register(mess_client,
            +                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
                     _ -> already_logged_on
                 end.
             
            -logoff() ->
            +logoff() ->
                 mess_client ! logoff.
             
            -message(ToName, Message) ->
            -    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
            +message(ToName, Message) ->
            +    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
                     undefined ->
                         not_logged_on;
            -        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            +        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
                          ok
             end.
             
            @@ -107,107 +107,107 @@
             
             %%% The client process which runs on each user node
             
            --module(mess_client).
            --export([client/2]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            -
            -client(Server_Node, Name) ->
            -    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
            -    await_result(),
            -    client(Server_Node).
            +-module(mess_client).
            +-export([client/2]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +
            +client(Server_Node, Name) ->
            +    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
            +    await_result(),
            +    client(Server_Node).
             
            -client(Server_Node) ->
            +client(Server_Node) ->
                 receive
                     logoff ->
            -            exit(normal);
            -        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
            -            {messenger, Server_Node} !
            -                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            -            await_result();
            -        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
            -            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
            +            exit(normal);
            +        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
            +            {messenger, Server_Node} !
            +                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            +            await_result();
            +        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
            +            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
                 end,
            -    client(Server_Node).
            +    client(Server_Node).
             
             %%% wait for a response from the server
            -await_result() ->
            +await_result() ->
                 receive
            -        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
            -            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
            -            exit(normal);
            -        #server_reply{message=What} ->
            -            io:format("~p~n", [What])
            +        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
            +            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
            +            exit(normal);
            +        #server_reply{message=What} ->
            +            io:format("~p~n", [What])
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
            -            exit(timeout)
            +            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
            +            exit(timeout)
                 end.
             
             %%%----END FILE---
            %%%----FILE mess_server.erl----
             
             %%% This is the server process of the messenger service
             
            --module(mess_server).
            --export([start_server/0, server/0]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            -
            -server() ->
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    server([]).
            +-module(mess_server).
            +-export([start_server/0, server/0]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +
            +server() ->
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    server([]).
             
             %%% the user list has the format [{ClientPid1, Name1},{ClientPid22, Name2},...]
            -server(User_List) ->
            -    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
            +server(User_List) ->
            +    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
                 receive
            -        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
            -            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
            -            server(New_User_List);
            -        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
            -            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
            -            server(New_User_List);
            -        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
            -            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
            -            server(User_List)
            +        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
            +            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
            +            server(New_User_List);
            +        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
            +            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
            +            server(New_User_List);
            +        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
            +            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
            +            server(User_List)
                 end.
             
             %%% Start the server
            -start_server() ->
            -    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
            +start_server() ->
            +    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
             
             %%% Server adds a new user to the user list
            -server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
            +server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (831))
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
             

            A function declaration is a sequence of function clauses separated by semicolons, and terminated by a period (.).

            A function clause consists of a clause head and a clause body, separated by ->.

            A clause head consists of the function name, an argument list, and an optional -guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

            Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
            +guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

            Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
                 Body1;
             ...;
            -Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
            +Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
                 BodyK.

            The function name is an atom. Each argument is a pattern.

            The number of arguments N is the arity of the function. A function is uniquely defined by the module name, function name, and arity. That is, two functions with the same name and in the same module, but with different arities @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ mod:f/N.

            A clause body consists of a sequence of expressions separated by comma (,):

            Expr1,
             ...,
             ExprN

            Valid Erlang expressions and guard sequences are described in -Expressions.

            Example:

            fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
            -    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
            +Expressions.

            Example:

            fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
            +    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
             
            -fact(0) ->             % second clause head
            +fact(0) ->             % second clause head
                 1.                 % second clause body

            @@ -56,16 +56,16 @@ clause is found that fulfills both of the following two conditions:

            1. The patterns in the clause head can be successfully matched against the given arguments.
            2. The guard sequence, if any, is true.

            If such a clause cannot be found, a function_clause runtime error occurs.

            If such a clause is found, the corresponding clause body is evaluated. That is, the expressions in the body are evaluated sequentially and the value of the last -expression is returned.

            Consider the function fact:

            -module(mod).
            --export([fact/1]).
            +expression is returned.

            Consider the function fact:

            -module(mod).
            +-export([fact/1]).
             
            -fact(N) when N > 0 ->
            -    N * fact(N - 1);
            -fact(0) ->
            +fact(N) when N > 0 ->
            +    N * fact(N - 1);
            +fact(0) ->
                 1.

            Assume that you want to calculate the factorial for 1:

            1> mod:fact(1).

            Evaluation starts at the first clause. The pattern N is matched against argument 1. The matching succeeds and the guard (N > 0) is true, thus N is -bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

            N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
            -1 * fact(0)

            Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned +bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

            N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
            +1 * fact(0)

            Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned sequentially again. First, the pattern N is matched against 0. The matching succeeds, but the guard (N > 0) is false. Second, the pattern 0 is matched against the argument 0. The matching succeeds @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ tail-recursive call is done. This is to ensure that no system resources, for example, call stack, are consumed. This means that an infinite loop using tail-recursive calls will not exhaust the call -stack and can (in principle) run forever.

            Example:

            loop(N) ->
            -    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
            -    loop(N+1).

            The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not +stack and can (in principle) run forever.

            Example:

            loop(N) ->
            +    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
            +    loop(N+1).

            The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not tail-recursive, since a multiplication is done on the result of the recursive call to fact(N-1).

            @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ not need to be prefixed with the module name. Which BIFs that are auto-imported is specified in the erlang module in ERTS. For example, standard-type conversion BIFs like atom_to_list and BIFs allowed in guards can be called -without specifying the module name.

            Examples:

            1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
            +without specifying the module name.

            Examples:

            1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
             3
            -2> atom_to_list('Erlang').
            +2> atom_to_list('Erlang').
             "Erlang"
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1285)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Process Creation

            -

            A process is created by calling spawn():

            spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
            -  Module = Name = atom()
            -  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
            -    ArgI = term()

            spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

            The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the +

            A process is created by calling spawn():

            spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
            +  Module = Name = atom()
            +  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
            +    ArgI = term()

            spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

            The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the arguments are the elements of the (possible empty) Args argument list.

            There exist a number of different spawn BIFs:

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (977)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@

            A record definition consists of the name of the record, followed by the field names of the record. Record and field names must be atoms. Each field can be given an optional default value. If no default value is supplied, undefined is -used.

            -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
            +used.

            -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
                            ...
            -               FieldN [= ExprN]}).

            The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must + FieldN [= ExprN]}).

            The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must not use any variables.

            A record definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the record.

            If a record is used in several modules, it is recommended that the record @@ -52,24 +52,24 @@ default value instead.

            If several fields are to be assigned the same value, the following construction can be used:

            #Name{Field1=Expr1, ..., FieldK=ExprK, _=ExprL}

            Omitted fields then get the value of evaluating ExprL instead of their default values. This feature is primarily intended to be used to create patterns for ETS -and Mnesia match functions.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +and Mnesia match functions.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
            -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

            +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

            Accessing Record Fields

            Expr#Name.Field

            Returns the value of the specified field. Expr is to evaluate to a Name -record.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +record.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -get_person_name(Person) ->
            +get_person_name(Person) ->
                 Person#person.name.

            The following expression returns the position of the specified field in the -tuple representation of the record:

            #Name.Field

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +tuple representation of the record:

            #Name.Field

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -lookup(Name, List) ->
            -    lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

            +lookup(Name, List) -> + lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

            @@ -87,13 +87,13 @@

            Since record expressions are expanded to tuple expressions, creating records and accessing record fields are allowed in guards. However, all subexpressions (for initializing fields), must be valid guard -expressions as well.

            Examples:

            handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
            +expressions as well.

            Examples:

            handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
                 ...
             
            -handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
            -    ...

            There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

            Example:

            is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            +handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
            +    ...

            There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

            Example:

            is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
                 true;
            -is_person(_P) ->
            +is_person(_P) ->
                 false.

            @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ Nested Records

            -

            Assume the following record definitions:

            -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
            --record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
            --record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
            +

            Assume the following record definitions:

            -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
            +-record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
            +-record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
             
            -N2 = #nrec2{},

            Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

            "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
            +N2 = #nrec2{},

            Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

            "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
                 N0n = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

            which is equivalent to:

            "nested0" = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0.name,
             N0n = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

            Change

            Before Erlang/OTP R14, parentheses were necessary when accessing or updating nested records.

            @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ Internal Representation of Records

            Record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. A -record defined as:

            -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

            is internally represented by the tuple:

            {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

            Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

            To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to -obtain information about records:

            record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
            -record_info(size, Record) -> Size

            Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the +record defined as:

            -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

            is internally represented by the tuple:

            {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

            Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

            To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to +obtain information about records:

            record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
            +record_info(size, Record) -> Size

            Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the number of fields.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1111)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -132,15 +132,15 @@ Instead, it is necessary to:

            • Suspend the processes using the module (to avoid that they try to handle any requests before the code replacement is completed).
            • Ask them to transform the internal state format and switch to the new version of the module.
            • Remove the old version.
            • Resume the processes.

            This is called synchronized code replacement and for this the following -instructions are used:

            {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
            -{update, Module, supervisor}

            update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal +instructions are used:

            {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
            +{update, Module, supervisor}

            update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal state of a behaviour as described above. It causes behaviour processes to call the callback function code_change/3, passing the term Extra and some other information as arguments. See the manual pages for the respective behaviours and Appup Cookbook.

            update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start specification of a supervisor. See Appup Cookbook.

            When a module is to be updated, the release handler finds which processes that are using the module by traversing the supervision tree of each running -application and checking all the child specifications:

            {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

            A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child +application and checking all the child specifications:

            {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

            A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child specification for the process.

            If Modules=dynamic, which is the case for event managers, the event manager process informs the release handler about the list of currently installed event handlers (gen_event), and it is checked if the module name is in this list @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ add_module and delete_module

            -

            If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

            {add_module, Module}

            This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in +

            If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

            {add_module, Module}

            This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in embedded mode it is necessary to use this this instruction. It is not strictly required when running Erlang in interactive mode, since the -code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

            The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

            {delete_module, Module}

            Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is +code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

            The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

            {delete_module, Module}

            Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is killed when the instruction is evaluated. Therefore, the user must ensure that all such processes are terminated before deleting module Module to avoid a situation with failing supervisor restarts.

            @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@

            To define how to upgrade/downgrade between the current version and previous versions of an application, an application upgrade file, or in short .appup file is created. The file is to be called Application.appup, where -Application is the application name:

            {Vsn,
            - [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
            +Application is the application name:

            {Vsn,
            + [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
               ...,
            -  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
            - [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
            +  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
            + [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
               ...,
            -  {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
            • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the + {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
            • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the .app file.
            • Each UpFromVsn is a previous version of the application to upgrade from.
            • Each DownToVsn is a previous version of the application to downgrade to.
            • Each Instructions is a list of release handling instructions.

            UpFromVsn and DownToVsn can also be specified as regular expressions. For more information about the syntax and contents of the .appup file, see appup in SASL.

            Appup Cookbook includes examples of .appup files for @@ -250,52 +250,52 @@ Releases. Assume you want to add a function available/0 to server ch3, which returns the number of available channels (when trying out the example, make the change in a copy of the original -directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

            -module(ch3).
            --behaviour(gen_server).
            +directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

            -module(ch3).
            +-behaviour(gen_server).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([available/0]).
            --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([available/0]).
            +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
            +alloc() ->
            +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
             
            -available() ->
            -    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
            +available() ->
            +    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    {ok, channels()}.
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    {ok, channels()}.
             
            -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
            -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
            -handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
            -    N = available(Chs),
            -    {reply, N, Chs}.
            +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
            +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
            +handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
            +    N = available(Chs),
            +    {reply, N, Chs}.
             
            -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
            -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -    {noreply, Chs2}.

            A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is -updated:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "2"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            - ]}.

            To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

            A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is +updated:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "2"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            + ]}.

            To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), you only need to load the new (old) version of the ch3 callback module. Create -the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            +the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            +}.

            @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ relup in SASL.

            Example, continued from the previous section: You have a new version "2" of ch_app and an .appup file. A new version of the .rel file is also needed. This time the file is called ch_rel-2.rel and the release version string is -changed from "A" to "B":

            {release,
            - {"ch_rel", "B"},
            - {erts, "14.2.5"},
            - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            -  {ch_app, "2"}]
            -}.

            Now the relup file can be generated:

            1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
            +changed from "A" to "B":

            {release,
            + {"ch_rel", "B"},
            + {erts, "14.2.5"},
            + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            +  {ch_app, "2"}]
            +}.

            Now the relup file can be generated:

            1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
             ok

            This generates a relup file with instructions for how to upgrade from version "A" ("ch_rel-1") to version "B" ("ch_rel-2") and how to downgrade from version "B" to version "A".

            Both the old and new versions of the .app and .rel files must be in the code @@ -342,17 +342,17 @@ packages. The release_handler module communicates with this process.

            Assuming there is an operational target system with installation root directory $ROOT, the release package with the new version of the release is to be copied to $ROOT/releases.

            First, unpack the release package. The files are then extracted from the -package:

            release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
            • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz +package:

              release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
              • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz extension.
              • Vsn is the version of the unpacked release, as defined in its .rel file.

              A directory $ROOT/lib/releases/Vsn is created, where the .rel file, the boot script start.boot, the system configuration file sys.config, and relup are placed. For applications with new version numbers, the application directories are placed under $ROOT/lib. Unchanged applications are not affected.

              An unpacked release can be installed. The release handler then evaluates the -instructions in relup, step by step:

              release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

              If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old +instructions in relup, step by step:

              release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

              If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old version of the release. If installation succeeds, the system is afterwards using the new version of the release, but if anything happens and the system is rebooted, it starts using the previous version again.

              To be made the default version, the newly installed release must be made permanent, which means the previous version becomes old:

              release_handler:make_permanent(Vsn) => ok

              The system keeps information about which versions are old and permanent in the -files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

              To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

              release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

              An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the +files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

              To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

              release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

              An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the release is then deleted from $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and the release-specific code, that is, the new application directories and the $ROOT/releases/Vsn directory, are removed.

              release_handler:remove_release(Vsn) => ok

              @@ -371,9 +371,9 @@ ...

            $ROOT is the installation directory of the target system.

            Step 3) In another Erlang shell, generate start scripts and create a release package for the new version "B". Remember to include (a possible updated) sys.config and the relup file. For more information, see -Release Upgrade File.

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
            +Release Upgrade File.

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
             ok
            -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
            +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
             ok

            The new release package now also contains version "2" of ch_app and the relup file:

            % tar tf ch_rel-2.tar
             lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
            @@ -394,23 +394,23 @@
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (787))
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            @@ -45,29 +45,29 @@
             

            To define a release, create a release resource file, or in short a .rel file. In the file, specify the name and version of the release, which ERTS -version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

            {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
            - [{Application1, AppVsn1},
            +version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

            {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
            + [{Application1, AppVsn1},
                ...
            -  {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

            Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

            The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

            Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application + {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

            Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

            The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

            Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application included in the release. The minimal release based on Erlang/OTP consists of the Kernel and STDLIB applications, so these applications must be included in the list.

            If the release is to be upgraded, it must also include the SASL application.

            Here is an example showing the .app file for a release of ch_app from -the Applications section:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "1"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            - ]}.

            The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these -applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

            {release,
            - {"ch_rel", "A"},
            - {erts, "14.2.5"},
            - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            -  {ch_app, "1"}]
            -}.

            +the Applications section:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "1"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            + ]}.

            The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these +applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

            {release,
            + {"ch_rel", "A"},
            + {erts, "14.2.5"},
            + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            +  {ch_app, "1"}]
            +}.

            @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@

            The systools:make_tar/1,2 function takes a .rel file as input and creates a zipped tar file with the code for -the specified applications, a release package:

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
            +the specified applications, a release package:

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
             ok
            -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
            +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
             ok

            The release package by default contains:

            • The .app files
            • The .rel file
            • The object code for all applications, structured according to the application directory structure
            • The binary boot script renamed to start.boot
            % tar tf ch_rel-1.tar
             lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (835))
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            @@ -37,36 +37,36 @@
             "pong" so that "pong" can also finish. Another way to let "pong" finish is to
             make "pong" exit if it does not receive a message from ping within a certain
             time. This can be done by adding a time-out to pong as shown in the
            -following example:

            -module(tut19).
            +following example:

            -module(tut19).
             
            --export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
            -    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
            +    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
            +    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
            +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
                 end.
             
            -start_pong() ->
            -    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
            +start_pong() ->
            +    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
             
            -start_ping(Pong_Node) ->
            -    spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

            After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary +start_ping(Pong_Node) -> + spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

            After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary directories, the following is seen on (pong@kosken):

            (pong@kosken)1> tut19:start_pong().
             true
             Pong received ping
            @@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
             Ping received pong
             Ping received pong
             Ping received pong
            -ping finished

            The time-out is set in:

            pong() ->
            +ping finished

            The time-out is set in:

            pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
            +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
                 end.

            The time-out (after 5000) is started when receive is entered. The time-out is canceled if {ping,Ping_PID} is received. If {ping,Ping_PID} is not received, the actions following the time-out are done after 5000 milliseconds. after must be last in the receive, that is, preceded by all other message reception specifications in the receive. It is also possible to call a -function that returned an integer for the time-out:

            after pong_timeout() ->

            In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a +function that returned an integer for the time-out:

            after pong_timeout() ->

            In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a distributed Erlang system. Time-outs are usually appropriate to supervise external events, for example, if you have expected a message from some external system within a specified time. For example, a time-out can be used to log a @@ -118,36 +118,36 @@ If one of the processes exits abnormally, all the processes in the transaction are killed. As it is often wanted to create a process and link to it at the same time, there is a special BIF, spawn_link that does the -same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

            Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

            -module(tut20).
            +same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

            Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

            -module(tut20).
             
            --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    link(Pong_Pid),
            -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
            +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    link(Pong_Pid),
            +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
             
            -ping1(0, _) ->
            -    exit(ping);
            +ping1(0, _) ->
            +    exit(ping);
             
            -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
            +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
            +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 end.
             
            -start(Ping_Node) ->
            -    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
            -    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
            (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
            +start(Ping_Node) ->
            +    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
            +    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
            (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
             Pong received ping
             <3820.41.0>
             Ping received pong
            @@ -161,45 +161,45 @@
             sent to "pong", which also terminates.

            It is possible to modify the default behaviour of a process so that it does not get killed when it receives abnormal exit signals. Instead, all signals are turned into normal messages on the format {'EXIT',FromPID,Reason} and added to -the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

            process_flag(trap_exit, true)

            There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). +the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

            process_flag(trap_exit, true)

            There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). Changing the default behaviour of a process in this way is usually not done in standard user programs, but is left to the supervisory programs in OTP. However, -the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

            -module(tut21).
            +the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

            -module(tut21).
             
            --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    link(Pong_Pid),
            -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
            +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    link(Pong_Pid),
            +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
             
            -ping1(0, _) ->
            -    exit(ping);
            +ping1(0, _) ->
            +    exit(ping);
             
            -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
            +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
            +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
             
            -pong() ->
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    pong1().
            +pong() ->
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    pong1().
             
            -pong1() ->
            +pong1() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong1();
            -        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
            -            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
            +            pong1();
            +        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
            +            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
                 end.
             
            -start(Ping_Node) ->
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1535))
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@
             more editing commands in the shell (see
             tty - A command line interface in ERTS User's Guide).

            (Notice that many line numbers given by the shell in the following examples are out of sequence. This is because this tutorial was written and code-tested in -separate sessions).

            Here is a bit more complex calculation:

            2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
            +separate sessions).

            Here is a bit more complex calculation:

            2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
             2618.0

            Notice the use of brackets, the multiplication operator *, and the division operator /, as in normal arithmetic (see Expressions).

            Press Control-C to shut down the Erlang system and the Erlang shell.

            The following output is shown:

            BREAK: (a)bort (c)ontinue (p)roc info (i)nfo (l)oaded
                    (v)ersion (k)ill (D)b-tables (d)istribution
             a
            -$

            Type a to leave the Erlang system.

            Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

            3> halt().
            +$

            Type a to leave the Erlang system.

            Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

            3> halt().
             $

            @@ -65,55 +65,55 @@ editor has an Erlang mode that makes it easier for you to enter and format your code nicely (see The Erlang mode for Emacs in Tools User's Guide), but you can manage perfectly well without. Here is the -code to enter:

            -module(tut).
            --export([double/1]).
            +code to enter:

            -module(tut).
            +-export([double/1]).
             
            -double(X) ->
            +double(X) ->
                 2 * X.

            It is not hard to guess that this program doubles the value of numbers. The first two lines of the code are described later. Let us compile the program. -This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

            3> c(tut).
            -{ok,tut}

            The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means +This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

            3> c(tut).
            +{ok,tut}

            The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means that there is some mistake in the text that you entered. Additional error messages gives an idea to what is wrong so you can modify the text and then try -to compile the program again.

            Now run the program:

            4> tut:double(10).
            +to compile the program again.

            Now run the program:

            4> tut:double(10).
             20

            As expected, double of 10 is 20.

            Now let us get back to the first two lines of the code. Erlang programs are written in files. Each file contains an Erlang module. The first line of code -in the module is the module name (see Modules):

            -module(tut).

            Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the +in the module is the module name (see Modules):

            -module(tut).

            Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the line. The files which are used to store the module must have the same name as the module but with the extension .erl. In this case the file name is tut.erl. When using a function in another module, the syntax module_name:function_name(arguments) is used. So the following means call -function double in module tut with argument 10.

            4> tut:double(10).

            The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, -which takes one argument (X in our example):

            -export([double/1]).

            The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the +function double in module tut with argument 10.

            4> tut:double(10).

            The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, +which takes one argument (X in our example):

            -export([double/1]).

            The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the module tut. More about this later. Again, notice the . at the end of the line.

            Now for a more complicated example, the factorial of a number. For example, the -factorial of 4 is 4 3 2 * 1, which equals 24.

            Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

            -module(tut1).
            --export([fac/1]).
            +factorial of 4 is 4  3  2 * 1, which equals 24.

            Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

            -module(tut1).
            +-export([fac/1]).
             
            -fac(1) ->
            +fac(1) ->
                 1;
            -fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).

            So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which -takes one argument, N.

            The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

            fac(1) ->
            +fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).

            So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which +takes one argument, N.

            The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

            fac(1) ->
                 1;

            Notice that this part ends with a semicolon ; that indicates that there is more of the function fac> to come.

            The second part says that the factorial of N is N multiplied by the factorial of -N - 1:

            fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).

            Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of -this function.

            Compile the file:

            5> c(tut1).
            -{ok,tut1}

            And now calculate the factorial of 4.

            6> tut1:fac(4).
            +N - 1:

            fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).

            Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of +this function.

            Compile the file:

            5> c(tut1).
            +{ok,tut1}

            And now calculate the factorial of 4.

            6> tut1:fac(4).
             24

            Here the function fac> in module tut1 is called with argument 4.

            A function can have many arguments. Let us expand the module tut1 with the -function to multiply two numbers:

            -module(tut1).
            --export([fac/1, mult/2]).
            +function to multiply two numbers:

            -module(tut1).
            +-export([fac/1, mult/2]).
             
            -fac(1) ->
            +fac(1) ->
                 1;
            -fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).
            +fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).
             
            -mult(X, Y) ->
            +mult(X, Y) ->
                 X * Y.

            Notice that it is also required to expand the -export line with the -information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

            Compile:

            7> c(tut1).
            -{ok,tut1}

            Try out the new function mult:

            8> tut1:mult(3,4).
            +information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

            Compile:

            7> c(tut1).
            +{ok,tut1}

            Try out the new function mult:

            8> tut1:mult(3,4).
             12

            In this example the numbers are integers and the arguments in the functions in the code N, X, and Y are called variables. Variables must start with a capital letter (see Variables). Examples of @@ -127,56 +127,56 @@ Atom), for example, charles, centimeter, and inch. Atoms are simply names, nothing else. They are not like variables, which can have a value.

            Enter the next program in a file named tut2.erl). It can be useful for -converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

            -module(tut2).
            --export([convert/2]).
            +converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

            -module(tut2).
            +-export([convert/2]).
             
            -convert(M, inch) ->
            +convert(M, inch) ->
                 M / 2.54;
             
            -convert(N, centimeter) ->
            -    N * 2.54.

            Compile:

            9> c(tut2).
            -{ok,tut2}

            Test:

            10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
            +convert(N, centimeter) ->
            +    N * 2.54.

            Compile:

            9> c(tut2).
            +{ok,tut2}

            Test:

            10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
             1.1811023622047243
            -11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
            +11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
             17.78

            Notice the introduction of decimals (floating point numbers) without any explanation. Hopefully you can cope with that.

            Let us see what happens if something other than centimeter or inch is -entered in the convert function:

            12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
            +entered in the convert function:

            12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
             ** exception error: no function clause matching tut2:convert(3,miles) (tut2.erl, line 4)

            The two parts of the convert function are called its clauses. As shown, miles is not part of either of the clauses. The Erlang system cannot match either of the clauses so an error message function_clause is returned. The shell formats the error message nicely, but the error tuple is saved in the -shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

            13> v(12).
            -{'EXIT',{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
            -                                [3,miles],
            -                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
            -                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
            -                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
            -                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
            -                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
            -                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
            -                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

            +shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

            13> v(12).
            +{'EXIT',{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
            +                                [3,miles],
            +                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
            +                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
            +                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
            +                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
            +                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
            +                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
            +                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

            Tuples

            -

            Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

            tut2:convert(3, inch).

            Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and +

            Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

            tut2:convert(3, inch).

            Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and is to be converted to inches? Erlang has a way to group things together to make things more understandable. These are called tuples and are surrounded by curly brackets, { and }.

            So, {inch,3} denotes 3 inches and {centimeter,5} denotes 5 centimeters. Now let us write a new program that converts centimeters to inches and conversely. -Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

            -module(tut3).
            --export([convert_length/1]).
            +Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

            -module(tut3).
            +-export([convert_length/1]).
             
            -convert_length({centimeter, X}) ->
            -    {inch, X / 2.54};
            -convert_length({inch, Y}) ->
            -    {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

            Compile and test:

            14> c(tut3).
            -{ok,tut3}
            -15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
            -{centimeter,12.7}
            -16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
            -{inch,5.0}

            Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and +convert_length({centimeter, X}) -> + {inch, X / 2.54}; +convert_length({inch, Y}) -> + {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

            Compile and test:

            14> c(tut3).
            +{ok,tut3}
            +15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
            +{centimeter,12.7}
            +16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
            +{inch,5.0}

            Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and reassuringly get back to the original value. That is, the argument to a function can be the result of another function. Consider how line 16 (above) works. The argument given to the function {inch,5} is first matched against the first @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ before the ->). This having failed, let us try the head of the next clause that is, convert_length({inch,Y}). This matches, and Y gets the value 5.

            Tuples can have more than two parts, in fact as many parts as you want, and contain any valid Erlang term. For example, to represent the temperature of -various cities of the world:

            {moscow, {c, -10}}
            -{cape_town, {f, 70}}
            -{paris, {f, 28}}

            Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an +various cities of the world:

            {moscow, {c, -10}}
            +{cape_town, {f, 70}}
            +{paris, {f, 28}}

            Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an element. In the tuple {moscow,{c,-10}}, element 1 is moscow and element 2 is {c,-10}. Here c represents Celsius and f Fahrenheit.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1676)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,64 +32,64 @@

            The sys module has functions for simple debugging of processes implemented using behaviours. The code_lock example from -gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

            Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
            +gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

            Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
             
            -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
            -1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
            +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
            +1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
             Lock
            -{ok,<0.90.0>}
            -2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
            +{ok,<0.90.0>}
            +2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
             ok
            -3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
            +3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
             ok
            -4> code_lock:button(1).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
            +4> code_lock:button(1).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
            -5> code_lock:button(2).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
            +5> code_lock:button(2).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
            -6> code_lock:button(3).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
            +6> code_lock:button(3).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
            -7> code_lock:button(4).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
            +7> code_lock:button(4).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
             ok
             Unlock
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
            -*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
            +*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
             *DBG* code_lock receive state_timeout lock in state open
             Lock
             *DBG* code_lock consume state_timeout lock in state open => locked
            -8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
            -{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
            -     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
            -     {reductions,4098},
            -     {messages_in,5},
            -     {messages_out,0}]}
            -9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
            +8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
            +{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
            +     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
            +     {reductions,4098},
            +     {messages_in,5},
            +     {messages_out,0}]}
            +9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
             ok
            -10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
            +10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
             ok
            -11> sys:get_status(code_lock).
            -{status,<0.90.0>,
            -        {module,gen_statem},
            -        [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}},
            -          {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>,
            -                         <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}],
            -         running,<0.88.0>,[],
            -         [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"},
            -          {data,[{"Status",running},
            -                 {"Parent",<0.88.0>},
            -                 {"Modules",[code_lock]},
            -                 {"Time-outs",{0,[]}},
            -                 {"Logged Events",[]},
            -                 {"Postponed",[]}]},
            -          {data,[{"State",
            -                  {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4],
            -                            length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

            +11> sys:get_status(code_lock). +{status,<0.90.0>, + {module,gen_statem}, + [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}}, + {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>, + <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}], + running,<0.88.0>,[], + [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"}, + {data,[{"Status",running}, + {"Parent",<0.88.0>}, + {"Modules",[code_lock]}, + {"Time-outs",{0,[]}}, + {"Logged Events",[]}, + {"Postponed",[]}]}, + {data,[{"State", + {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4], + length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

            @@ -107,109 +107,109 @@

            Here follows the simple server from Overview, -implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

            -module(ch4).
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/1]).
            --export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
            +implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

            -module(ch4).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/1]).
            +-export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
                      write_debug/3,
            -         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
            +         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
            +start_link() ->
            +    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
            +alloc() ->
            +    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
                 receive
            -        {ch4, Res} ->
            +        {ch4, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
                 ok.
             
            -init(Parent) ->
            -    register(ch4, self()),
            -    Chs = channels(),
            -    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
            -    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
            -    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
            +init(Parent) ->
            +    register(ch4, self()),
            +    Chs = channels(),
            +    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
            +    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
            +    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
             
            -loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
            +loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
                 receive
            -        {From, alloc} ->
            -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
            -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -            From ! {ch4, Ch},
            -            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
            -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
            -        {free, Ch} ->
            -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
            -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
            -
            -        {system, From, Request} ->
            -            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
            -                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
            +        {From, alloc} ->
            +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
            +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +            From ! {ch4, Ch},
            +            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
            +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
            +        {free, Ch} ->
            +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
            +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
            +
            +        {system, From, Request} ->
            +            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
            +                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1044))
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
             a state transition and the output is actions executed during
             the state transition.  Analogously to the mathematical model
             of a Finite State Machine, it can be described as a set of relations
            -of the following form:

            State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

            These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, +of the following form:

            State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

            These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, and event E occurs, we are to perform actions A, and make a transition to state S'. Notice that S' can be equal to S, and that A can be empty.

            In gen_statem we define a state change as a state transition in which the @@ -314,12 +314,12 @@ mode, automatically call the state callback with special arguments whenever the state changes, so you can write state enter actions near the rest of the state transition rules. -It typically looks like this:

            StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
            +It typically looks like this:

            StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
                 ... code for state enter actions here ...
            -    {keep_state, NewData};
            -StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
            +    {keep_state, NewData};
            +StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
                 ... code for actions here ...
            -    {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

            Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the + {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

            Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the allowed return value and state transition actions. You must not change the state, postpone this non-event, insert any events, or change the @@ -408,55 +408,55 @@ open --> open : {button, Digit} open --> locked : state_timeout\n* do_lock()

            This code lock state machine can be implemented using gen_statem with -the following callback module:

            -module(code_lock).
            --behaviour(gen_statem).
            --define(NAME, code_lock).
            +the following callback module:

            -module(code_lock).
            +-behaviour(gen_statem).
            +-define(NAME, code_lock).
             
            --export([start_link/1]).
            --export([button/1]).
            --export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
            --export([locked/3,open/3]).
            -
            -start_link(Code) ->
            -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
            -
            -button(Button) ->
            -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
            -
            -init(Code) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            -    {ok, locked, Data}.
            -
            -callback_mode() ->
            -    state_functions.
            locked(
            -  cast, {button,Button},
            -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
            +-export([start_link/1]).
            +-export([button/1]).
            +-export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
            +-export([locked/3,open/3]).
            +
            +start_link(Code) ->
            +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
            +
            +button(Button) ->
            +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
            +
            +init(Code) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            +    {ok, locked, Data}.
            +
            +callback_mode() ->
            +    state_functions.
            locked(
            +  cast, {button,Button},
            +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                 NewButtons =
                     if
            -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
            +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                             Buttons;
                         true ->
            -                tl(Buttons)
            -        end ++ [Button],
            +                tl(Buttons)
            +        end ++ [Button],
                 if
                     NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
            -	    do_unlock(),
            -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
            +	    do_unlock(),
            +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
             	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
            -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            -    end.
            open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    {next_state, locked, Data};
            -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
            -    {next_state, open, Data}.
            do_lock() ->
            -    io:format("Lock~n", []).
            -do_unlock() ->
            -    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
            +            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            +    end.
            open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    {next_state, locked, Data};
            +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
            +    {next_state, open, Data}.
            do_lock() ->
            +    io:format("Lock~n", []).
            +do_unlock() ->
            +    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
             
            -terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
            -    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
            +terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
            +    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
                 ok.

            The code is explained in the next sections.

            @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ Starting gen_statem

            In the example in the previous section, gen_statem is started by calling -code_lock:start_link(Code):

            start_link(Code) ->
            -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

            start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, +code_lock:start_link(Code):

            start_link(Code) ->
            +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

            start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, which spawns and links to a new process, a gen_statem.

            • The first argument, {local,?NAME}, specifies the name. In this case, the gen_statem is locally registered as code_lock through the macro ?NAME.

              If the name is omitted, the gen_statem is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be specified as {global, Name}, then the @@ -483,10 +483,10 @@ Data is the internal server data of the gen_statem. Here the server data is a map() with key code that stores the correct button sequence, key length store its length, and key buttons -that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

              init(Code) ->
              -    do_lock(),
              -    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
              -    {ok, locked, Data}.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 +that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

              init(Code) ->
              +    do_lock(),
              +    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
              +    {ok, locked, Data}.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_statem is initialized and is ready to receive events.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 must be used if the gen_statem is part of a supervision tree, that is, @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ a standalone gen_statem, meaning it is not part of a supervision tree.

              Function Module:callback_mode/0 selects the CallbackMode for the callback module, in this case state_functions. -That is, each state has its own handler function:

              callback_mode() ->
              +That is, each state has its own handler function:

              callback_mode() ->
                   state_functions.

              @@ -503,8 +503,8 @@ Handling Events

              The function notifying the code lock about a button event is implemented using -gen_statem:cast/2:

              button(Button) ->
              -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

              The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with +gen_statem:cast/2:

              button(Button) ->
              +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

              The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with the name used to start it. So, we use the same macro ?NAME as when starting. {button, Button} is the event content.

              The event is sent to the gen_statem. When the event is received, the gen_statem calls StateName(cast, Event, Data), which is expected @@ -512,30 +512,30 @@ {next_state, NewStateName, NewData, Actions}. StateName is the name of the current state and NewStateName is the name of the next state. NewData is a new value for the server data of the gen_statem, -and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

              locked(
              -  cast, {button,Button},
              -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
              +and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

              locked(
              +  cast, {button,Button},
              +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                   NewButtons =
                       if
              -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
              +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                               Buttons;
                           true ->
              -                tl(Buttons)
              -        end ++ [Button],
              +                tl(Buttons)
              +        end ++ [Button],
                   if
                       NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
              -	    do_unlock(),
              -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
              -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
              +	    do_unlock(),
              +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
              +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
               	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
              -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1319))
              --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
              +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
              @@ -37,24 +37,24 @@
                 Example
               

            The callback module for a supervisor starting the server from -gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

            -module(ch_sup).
            --behaviour(supervisor).
            +gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

            -module(ch_sup).
            +-behaviour(supervisor).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
            +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
                                 restart => permanent,
                                 shutdown => brutal_kill,
                                 type => worker,
            -                    modules => [ch3]}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the + modules => [ch3]}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the supervisor flags.

            The ChildSpecs variable in the return value from init/1 is a list of child specifications.

            @@ -62,15 +62,15 @@ Supervisor Flags

            -

            This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

            sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
            -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
            -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
            -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
            -    strategy() = one_for_all
            +

            This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

            sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
            +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
            +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
            +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
            +    strategy() = one_for_all
                            | one_for_one
                            | rest_for_one
                            | simple_one_for_one
            -    auto_shutdown() = never
            +    auto_shutdown() = never
                                 | any_significant
                                 | all_significant

            -

            The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

            child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
            -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
            -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
            -                 significant => significant(), % optional
            -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
            -                 type => worker(),             % optional
            -                 modules => modules()}         % optional
            -    child_id() = term()
            -    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
            -    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
            -    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
            -    significant() = boolean()
            -    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
            -    worker() = worker | supervisor
            • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

              The id key is mandatory.

              Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as +

              The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

              child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
              +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
              +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
              +                 significant => significant(), % optional
              +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
              +                 type => worker(),             % optional
              +                 modules => modules()}         % optional
              +    child_id() = term()
              +    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
              +    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
              +    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
              +    significant() = boolean()
              +    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
              +    worker() = worker | supervisor
              • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

                The id key is mandatory.

                Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but in order to keep backwards compatibility, some occurrences of "name" can still be found, for example in error messages.

              • start defines the function call used to start the child process. It is a @@ -366,32 +366,32 @@ name of the callback module.

              This information is used by the release handler during upgrades and downgrades; see Release Handling.

              The modules key is optional. If it is not given, it defaults to [M], where M comes from the child's start {M,F,A}.

            Example: The child specification to start the server ch3 in the previous -example look as follows:

            #{id => ch3,
            -  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +example look as follows:

            #{id => ch3,
            +  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
               restart => permanent,
               shutdown => brutal_kill,
               type => worker,
            -  modules => [ch3]}

            or simplified, relying on the default values:

            #{id => ch3,
            +  modules => [ch3]}

            or simplified, relying on the default values:

            #{id => ch3,
               start => {ch3, start_link, []},
               shutdown => brutal_kill}

            Example: A child specification to start the event manager from the chapter about -gen_event:

            #{id => error_man,
            -  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
            -  modules => dynamic}

            Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to +gen_event:

            #{id => error_man,
            +  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
            +  modules => dynamic}

            Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to be always accessible. Thus they are specified to be permanent.

            ch3 does not need to do any cleaning up before termination. Thus, no shutdown time is needed, but brutal_kill is sufficient. error_man can need some time for the event handlers to clean up, thus the shutdown time is set to 5000 ms -(which is the default value).

            Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

            #{id => sup,
            -  start => {sup, start_link, []},
            +(which is the default value).

            Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

            #{id => sup,
            +  start => {sup, start_link, []},
               restart => transient,
            -  type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

            + type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

            Starting a Supervisor

            In the previous example, the supervisor is started by calling -ch_sup:start_link():

            start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

            ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and +ch_sup:start_link():

            start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

            ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and links to a new process, a supervisor.

            • The first argument, ch_sup, is the name of the callback module, that is, the module where the init callback function is located.
            • The second argument, [], is a term that is passed as is to the callback function init. Here, init does not need any data and ignores the argument.

            In this case, the supervisor is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. A @@ -399,12 +399,12 @@ supervisor:start_link({local, Name}, Module, Args) or supervisor:start_link({global, Name}, Module, Args).

            The new supervisor process calls the callback function ch_sup:init([]). init -has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

            init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child +has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

            init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{},
            +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            +    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child specifications in the start specification. In this case there is a single child process, called ch3.

            supervisor:start_link/3 is synchronous. It does not return until all child processes have been started.

            @@ -441,23 +441,23 @@

            A supervisor with restart strategy simple_one_for_one is a simplified one_for_one supervisor, where all child processes are dynamically added instances of the same process.

            The following is an example of a callback module for a simple_one_for_one -supervisor:

            -module(simple_sup).
            --behaviour(supervisor).
            +supervisor:

            -module(simple_sup).
            +-behaviour(supervisor).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
                              intensity => 0,
            -                 period => 1},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => call,
            -                    start => {call, start_link, []},
            -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            When started, the supervisor does not start any child + period => 1}, + ChildSpecs = [#{id => call, + start => {call, start_link, []}, + shutdown => brutal_kill}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            When started, the supervisor does not start any child processes. Instead, all child processes need to be added dynamically by calling supervisor:start_child(Sup, List).

            Sup is the pid, or name, of the supervisor. List is an arbitrary list of terms, which are added to the list of arguments specified in the child /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1432)) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml" 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@

            The delete operation is considered successful if the element was not present in the table. Hence all attempts to check that the element is present in the Ets/Mnesia table before deletion are unnecessary. Here follows an example for -Ets tables:

            DO

            ets:delete(Tab, Key),

            DO NOT

            case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
            -    [] ->
            +Ets tables:

            DO

            ets:delete(Tab, Key),

            DO NOT

            case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
            +    [] ->
                     ok;
            -    [_|_] ->
            -        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
            +    [_|_] ->
            +        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
             end,

            @@ -71,49 +71,49 @@ functions print_name/1, print_age/1, and print_occupation/1.

            Note

            If the function print_name/1, and so on, had been interface functions, the situation would have been different, as you do not want the user of the interface to know about the internal data representation.

            DO

            %%% Interface function
            -print_person(PersonId) ->
            +print_person(PersonId) ->
                 %% Look up the person in the named table person,
            -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            -        [Person] ->
            -            print_name(Person),
            -            print_age(Person),
            -            print_occupation(Person);
            -        [] ->
            -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
            +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            +        [Person] ->
            +            print_name(Person),
            +            print_age(Person),
            +            print_occupation(Person);
            +        [] ->
            +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
                 end.
             
             %%% Internal functions
            -print_name(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
            +print_name(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
             
            -print_age(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
            +print_age(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
             
            -print_occupation(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            DO NOT

            %%% Interface function
            -print_person(PersonId) ->
            +print_occupation(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            DO NOT

            %%% Interface function
            +print_person(PersonId) ->
                 %% Look up the person in the named table person,
            -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            -        [Person] ->
            -            print_name(PersonID),
            -            print_age(PersonID),
            -            print_occupation(PersonID);
            -        [] ->
            -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
            +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            +        [Person] ->
            +            print_name(PersonID),
            +            print_age(PersonID),
            +            print_occupation(PersonID);
            +        [] ->
            +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
                 end.
             
             %%% Internal functions
            -print_name(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
            -
            -print_age(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
            -
            -print_occupation(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            +print_name(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]). + +print_age(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]). + +print_occupation(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            @@ -135,30 +135,30 @@ #person{idno = 4, name = "Carl", age = 25, occupation = "mailman"}]

            If you must return all data stored in the Ets table, you can use ets:tab2list/1. However, usually you are only interested in a subset of the information in which case ets:tab2list/1 is expensive. If you only want to -extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name='_',
                                       age='$1',
            -                          occupation = '_'},
            -                [],
            -                ['$1']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

            If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +                          occupation = '_'},
            +                [],
            +                ['$1']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

            If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name="Bryan",
                                       age='$1',
            -                          occupation = '_'},
            -                [],
            -                ['$1']}])

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
            +                          occupation = '_'},
            +                [],
            +                ['$1']}])

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
                                             "Bryan" ->
            -                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
            +                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
                                              _ ->
                                                  Acc
                                        end
            -             end, [], TabList)

            If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", -then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +             end, [], TabList)

            If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", +then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name="Bryan",
                                       age='_',
            -                          occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

            + occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

            @@ -202,12 +202,12 @@ #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=2}, #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=3}, #index_entry{name="Carl", idno=4}]

            Given this index table, a lookup of the age fields for all persons named -"Bryan" can be done as follows:

            MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
            -lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
            -                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
            +"Bryan" can be done as follows:

            MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
            +lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
            +                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
                              Age
                       end,
            -          MatchingIDs),

            Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the + MatchingIDs),

            Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the ets:lookup/2 call. The lists:map/2 call is only used to traverse the idnos matching the name "Bryan" in the table; thus the number of lookups in the master table is minimized.

            Keeping an index table introduces some overhead when inserting records in the @@ -230,17 +230,17 @@ mnesia:match_object() as these function traverse the whole table. Instead, you can create a secondary index and use mnesia:index_read/3 to get faster access at the expense of using more -memory.

            Example:

            -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
            +memory.

            Example:

            -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
                     ...
            -{atomic, ok} =
            -mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
            -                              {attributes,
            -                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
            -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
            +{atomic, ok} =
            +mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
            +                              {attributes,
            +                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
            +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
             ...
             
             PersonsAge42 =
            -     mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

            + mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

            @@ -254,19 +254,19 @@ the table. Other processes must send update requests to that process.

            Example:

            ...
             %% Using transaction
             
            -Fun = fun() ->
            -          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
            -           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
            +Fun = fun() ->
            +          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
            +           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
                   end,
             
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (7202))
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml"	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
            @@ -146,11 +146,11 @@
             predefined aliases for the type unions also shown in the table.

            Built-in typeDefined as
            term/0any/0
            binary/0<<_:_*8>>
            nonempty_binary/0<<_:8, _:_*8>>
            bitstring/0<<_:_*1>>
            nonempty_bitstring/0<<_:1, _:_*1>>
            boolean/0'false' | 'true'
            byte/00..255
            char/00..16#10ffff
            nil/0[]
            number/0integer/0 | float/0
            list/0[any()]
            maybe_improper_list/0maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            nonempty_list/0nonempty_list(any())
            string/0[char()]
            nonempty_string/0[char(),...]
            iodata/0iolist() | binary()
            iolist/0maybe_improper_list(byte() | binary() | iolist(), binary() | [])
            map/0#{any() => any()}
            function/0fun()
            module/0atom/0
            mfa/0{module(),atom(),arity()}
            arity/00..255
            identifier/0pid() | port() | reference()
            node/0atom/0
            timeout/0'infinity' | non_neg_integer()
            no_return/0none/0

            Table: Built-in types, predefined aliases

            In addition, the following three built-in types exist and can be thought as defined below, though strictly their "type definition" is not valid syntax according to the type language defined above.

            Built-in typeCan be thought defined by the syntax
            non_neg_integer/00..
            pos_integer/01..
            neg_integer/0..-1

            Table: Additional built-in types

            Note

            The following built-in list types also exist, but they are expected to be -rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

            nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            -nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
            -nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

            where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

            Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are -shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

            Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
            -        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

            Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in +rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

            nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            +nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
            +nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

            where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

            Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are +shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

            Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
            +        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

            Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in Type Information in Record Declarations.

            @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ name as a built-in type.

            It is recommended to avoid deliberately reusing built-in names because it can be confusing. However, when an Erlang/OTP release introduces a new type, code that happened to define its own type having the same name will continue to work.

            As an example, imagine that the Erlang/OTP 42 release introduces a new type -gadget() defined like this:

            -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

            Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), -for example:

            -type gadget() :: #{}.

            Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a +gadget() defined like this:

            -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

            Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), +for example:

            -type gadget() :: #{}.

            Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a warning), and Dialyzer will not emit any additional warnings.

            @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@

            As seen, the basic syntax of a type is an atom followed by closed parentheses. New types are declared using -type and -opaque attributes as in the -following:

            -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
            --opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

            The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a +following:

            -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
            +-opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

            The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a type as defined in the previous section. A current restriction is that Type can contain only predefined types, or user-defined types which are either of the following:

            • Module-local type, that is, with a definition that is present in the code of @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ similar restriction currently exists for records.)

              Type declarations can also be parameterized by including type variables between the parentheses. The syntax of type variables is the same as Erlang variables, that is, starts with an upper-case letter. These variables is to -appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

              -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

              A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to -refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

              -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

              Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

              Example:

              -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

              Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to -them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

              mod:my_struct_type()
              -mod:orddict(atom(), term())

              It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

              Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not +appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

              -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

              A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to +refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

              -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

              Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

              Example:

              -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

              Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to +them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

              mod:my_struct_type()
              +mod:orddict(atom(), term())

              It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

              Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not supposed to be visible from outside of their defining module. That is, only the module defining them is allowed to depend on their term structure. Consequently, such types do not make much sense as module local - module local types are not @@ -196,33 +196,33 @@ Type Information in Record Declarations

            The types of record fields can be specified in the declaration of the record. -The syntax for this is as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

            For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the -previous example is a shorthand for the following:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

            In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after -the initialization, as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

            The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) +The syntax for this is as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

            For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the +previous example is a shorthand for the following:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

            In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after +the initialization, as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

            The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) the corresponding types. This is checked by the compiler and results in a compilation error if a violation is detected.

            Change

            Before Erlang/OTP 19, for fields without initial values, the singleton type 'undefined' was added to all declared types. In other words, the following -two record declarations had identical effects:

            -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            -             f2      :: float(),
            -             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
            +two record declarations had identical effects:

            -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            +             f2      :: float(),
            +             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
             
            --record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            -              f2      :: 'undefined' | float(),
            -              f3      :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

            This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field +-record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(), + f2 :: 'undefined' | float(), + f3 :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

            This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field type, you must explicitly add it to the typespec, as in the 2nd example.

            Any record, containing type information or not, once defined, can be used as a type using the following syntax:

            #rec{}

            In addition, the record fields can be further specified when using a record type by adding type information about the field as follows:

            #rec{some_field :: Type}

            Any unspecified fields are assumed to have the type in the original record declaration.

            Note

            When records are used to create patterns for ETS and Mnesia match functions, -Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

            -type height() :: pos_integer().
            --record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
            +Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

            -type height() :: pos_integer().
            +-record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
             
            -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
            -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

            Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

            Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field height.

            The recommended way of dealing with this is to declare the smallest record field types to accommodate all your needs, and then create refinements as -needed. The modified example:

            -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
            +needed. The modified example:

            -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
             
            --type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

            In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred +-type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

            In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred before #person{}.

            @@ -235,27 +235,27 @@ arguments, otherwise the compilation fails.

            The following longer format with module name is also valid as long as Module is the name of the current module. This can be useful for documentation purposes.

            -spec Module:Function(ArgType1, ..., ArgTypeN) -> ReturnType.

            Also, for documentation purposes, argument names can be given:

            -spec Function(ArgName1 :: Type1, ..., ArgNameN :: TypeN) -> RT.

            A function specification can be overloaded. That is, it can have several types, -separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

            -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
            -         (T4, T5) -> T6.

            A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that +separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

            -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
            +         (T4, T5) -> T6.

            A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that the domains of the argument types cannot overlap. For example, the following -specification results in a warning:

            -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
            -         (integer()) -> integer().

            Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input +specification results in a warning:

            -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
            +         (integer()) -> integer().

            Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input and output arguments of a function. For example, the following specification defines the type of a polymorphic identity function:

            -spec id(X) -> X.

            Notice that the above specification does not restrict the input and output type in any way. These types can be constrained by guard-like subtype constraints and -provide bounded quantification:

            -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

            Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard +provide bounded quantification:

            -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

            Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard constraint that can be used in the when part of a -spec attribute.

            Note

            The above function specification uses multiple occurrences of the same type variable. That provides more type information than the following function -specification, where the type variables are missing:

            -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

            The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns +specification, where the type variables are missing:

            -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

            The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns some tuple. The specification with the X type variable specifies that the function takes a tuple and returns the same tuple.

            However, it is up to the tools that process the specifications to choose whether to take this extra information into account or not.

            The scope of a :: constraint is the (...) -> RetType specification after which it appears. To avoid confusion, it is suggested that different variables are used in different constituents of an overloaded contract, as shown in the -following example:

            -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
            -         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

            Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define +following example:

            -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
            +         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

            Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define servers or because they are used to throw exceptions, as in the following -function:

            my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

            For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type +function:

            my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

            For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type for their "return", through a contract of the following form:

            -spec my_error(term()) -> no_return().

            Note

            Erlang uses the shorthand version _ as an anonymous type variable equivalent to term/0 or any/0. For example, the following function

            -spec Function(string(), _) -> string().

            is equivalent to:

            -spec Function(string(), any()) -> string().
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/applications.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (996)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/applications.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.256104713 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/applications.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.257104718 +0000 @@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ Application Callback Module

            How to start and stop the code for the application, including its supervision -tree, is described by two callback functions:

            start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
            -stop(State)
            • start/2 is called when starting the application and is to create the +tree, is described by two callback functions:

              start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
              +stop(State)
              • start/2 is called when starting the application and is to create the supervision tree by starting the top supervisor. It is expected to return the pid of the top supervisor and an optional term, State, which defaults to []. This term is passed as is to stop/1.
              • StartType is usually the atom normal. It has other values only in the case @@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ necessary cleaning up. The actual stopping of the application, that is, shutting down the supervision tree, is handled automatically as described in Starting and Stopping Applications.

              Example of an application callback module for packaging the supervision tree -from Supervisor Behaviour:

              -module(ch_app).
              --behaviour(application).
              +from Supervisor Behaviour:

              -module(ch_app).
              +-behaviour(application).
               
              --export([start/2, stop/1]).
              +-export([start/2, stop/1]).
               
              -start(_Type, _Args) ->
              -    ch_sup:start_link().
              +start(_Type, _Args) ->
              +    ch_sup:start_link().
               
              -stop(_State) ->
              +stop(_State) ->
                   ok.

              A library application that cannot be started or stopped does not need any application callback module.

              @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ in this case ch_app and [], respectively. This means that the following is called when the application is to be started:

              ch_app:start(normal, [])

              The following is called when the application is stopped:

              ch_app:stop([])

              When using systools, the Erlang/OTP tools for packaging code (see Section Releases), the keys description, vsn, modules, -registered, and applications are also to be specified:

              {application, ch_app,
              - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
              -  {vsn, "1"},
              -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
              -  {registered, [ch3]},
              -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
              -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
              - ]}.
              • description - A short description, a string. Defaults to "".
              • vsn - Version number, a string. Defaults to "".
              • modules - All modules introduced by this application. systools uses +registered, and applications are also to be specified:

                {application, ch_app,
                + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
                +  {vsn, "1"},
                +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
                +  {registered, [ch3]},
                +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
                +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
                + ]}.
                • description - A short description, a string. Defaults to "".
                • vsn - Version number, a string. Defaults to "".
                • modules - All modules introduced by this application. systools uses this list when generating boot scripts and tar files. A module must only be included in one application. Defaults to [].
                • registered - All names of registered processes in the application. systools uses this list to detect name clashes between applications. @@ -304,30 +304,30 @@ Loading and Unloading Applications

              Before an application can be started, it must be loaded. The application -controller reads and stores the information from the .app file:

              1> application:load(ch_app).
              +controller reads and stores the information from the .app file:

              1> application:load(ch_app).
               ok
              -2> application:loaded_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"},
              - {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              An application that has been stopped, or has never been started, can be +2> application:loaded_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}, + {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              An application that has been stopped, or has never been started, can be unloaded. The information about the application is erased from the internal -database of the application controller.

              3> application:unload(ch_app).
              +database of the application controller.

              3> application:unload(ch_app).
               ok
              -4> application:loaded_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}]

              Note

              Loading/unloading an application does not load/unload the code used by the +4> application:loaded_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}]

              Note

              Loading/unloading an application does not load/unload the code used by the application. Code loading is handled in the usual way by the code server.

              Starting and Stopping Applications

              -

              An application is started by calling:

              5> application:start(ch_app).
              +

              An application is started by calling:

              5> application:start(ch_app).
               ok
              -6> application:which_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"},
              - {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              If the application is not already loaded, the application controller first loads +6> application:which_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}, + {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              If the application is not already loaded, the application controller first loads it using application:load/1. It checks the value of the applications key to ensure that all applications that are to be started before this application are running.

              Following that, the application controller creates an application master for @@ -351,47 +351,47 @@ Configuring an Application

            An application can be configured using configuration parameters. These are a -list of {Par,Val} tuples specified by a key env in the .app file:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "1"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}},
            -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
            - ]}.

            Par is to be an atom. Val is any term. The application can retrieve the +list of {Par,Val} tuples specified by a key env in the .app file:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "1"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}},
            +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
            + ]}.

            Par is to be an atom. Val is any term. The application can retrieve the value of a configuration parameter by calling application:get_env(App, Par) or a number of similar functions. For more information, see module application in Kernel.

            Example:

            % erl
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"/usr/local/log"}

            The values in the .app file can be overridden by values in a system +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"/usr/local/log"}

            The values in the .app file can be overridden by values in a system configuration file. This is a file that contains configuration parameters for -relevant applications:

            [{Application1, [{Par11,Val11},...]},
            +relevant applications:

            [{Application1, [{Par11,Val11},...]},
              ...,
            - {ApplicationN, [{ParN1,ValN1},...]}].

            The system configuration is to be called Name.config and Erlang is to be + {ApplicationN, [{ParN1,ValN1},...]}].

            The system configuration is to be called Name.config and Erlang is to be started with the command-line argument -config Name. For details, see config in Kernel.

            Example:

            A file test.config is created with the following contents:

            [{ch_app, [{file, "testlog"}]}].

            The value of file overrides the value of file as defined in the .app file:

            % erl -config test
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"testlog"}

            If release handling is used, exactly one system +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"testlog"}

            If release handling is used, exactly one system configuration file is to be used and that file is to be called sys.config.

            The values in the .app file and the values in a system configuration file can be overridden directly from the command line:

            % erl -ApplName Par1 Val1 ... ParN ValN

            Example:

            % erl -ch_app file '"testlog"'
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"testlog"}

            +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"testlog"}

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1058)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.282104866 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.282104866 +0000 @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@

            When a functional module has been changed, for example, if a new function has been added or a bug has been corrected, simple code replacement is sufficient, -for example:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}]
            -}.

            +for example:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}]
            +}.

            @@ -146,10 +146,10 @@

            A callback module is a functional module, and for code extensions simple code replacement is sufficient.

            Example

            When adding a function to ch3, as described in the example in -Release Handling, ch_app.appup looks as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            OTP also supports changing the internal state of behaviour processes; see +Release Handling, ch_app.appup looks as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            +}.

            OTP also supports changing the internal state of behaviour processes; see Changing Internal State.

            @@ -163,21 +163,21 @@ gen_server Behaviour. The internal state is a term Chs representing the available channels. Assume you want to add a counter N, which keeps track of the number of alloc requests so far. This means that the -format must be changed to {Chs,N}.

            The .appup file can look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}],
            - [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}]
            -}.

            The third element of the update instruction is a tuple {advanced,Extra}, +format must be changed to {Chs,N}.

            The .appup file can look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}],
            + [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}]
            +}.

            The third element of the update instruction is a tuple {advanced,Extra}, which says that the affected processes are to do a state transformation before loading the new version of the module. This is done by the processes calling the callback function code_change/3 (see gen_server in STDLIB). -The term Extra, in this case [], is passed as is to the function:

            -module(ch3).
            +The term Extra, in this case [], is passed as is to the function:

            -module(ch3).
             ...
            --export([code_change/3]).
            +-export([code_change/3]).
             ...
            -code_change({down, _Vsn}, {Chs, N}, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, Chs};
            -code_change(_Vsn, Chs, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, {Chs, 0}}.

            The first argument is {down,Vsn} if there is a downgrade, or Vsn if there is +code_change({down, _Vsn}, {Chs, N}, _Extra) -> + {ok, Chs}; +code_change(_Vsn, Chs, _Extra) -> + {ok, {Chs, 0}}.

            The first argument is {down,Vsn} if there is a downgrade, or Vsn if there is a upgrade. The term Vsn is fetched from the 'original' version of the module, that is, the version you are upgrading from, or downgrading to.

            The version is defined by the module attribute vsn, if any. There is no such attribute in ch3, so in this case the version is the checksum (a huge integer) @@ -194,29 +194,29 @@ can occur during release upgrade if the new version of m1 is loaded first and calls ch3:available/0 before the new version of ch3 is loaded.

            Thus, ch3 must be loaded before m1, in the upgrade case, and conversely in the downgrade case. m1 is said to be dependent on ch3. In a release -handling instruction, this is expressed by the DepMods element:

            {load_module, Module, DepMods}
            -{update, Module, {advanced, Extra}, DepMods}

            DepMods is a list of modules, on which Module is dependent.

            Example

            The module m1 in application myapp is dependent on ch3 when +handling instruction, this is expressed by the DepMods element:

            {load_module, Module, DepMods}
            +{update, Module, {advanced, Extra}, DepMods}

            DepMods is a list of modules, on which Module is dependent.

            Example

            The module m1 in application myapp is dependent on ch3 when upgrading from "1" to "2", or downgrading from "2" to "1":

            myapp.appup:
             
            -{"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            -}.
            +{"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            +}.
             
             ch_app.appup:
             
            -{"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            If instead m1 and ch3 belong to the same application, the .appup file can -look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1",
            -   [{load_module, ch3},
            -    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            - [{"1",
            -   [{load_module, ch3},
            -    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            -}.

            m1 is dependent on ch3 also when downgrading. systools knows the +{"2", + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}], + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}] +}.

            If instead m1 and ch3 belong to the same application, the .appup file can +look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1",
            +   [{load_module, ch3},
            +    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            + [{"1",
            +   [{load_module, ch3},
            +    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            +}.

            m1 is dependent on ch3 also when downgrading. systools knows the difference between up- and downgrading and generates a correct relup, where ch3 is loaded before m1 when upgrading, but m1 is loaded before ch3 when downgrading.

            @@ -231,22 +231,22 @@ synchronized code replacement must be used.

            Note

            The name(s) of the user-defined residence module(s) must be listed in the Modules part of the child specification for the special process. Otherwise the release handler cannot find the process.

            Example

            Consider the example ch4 in sys and proc_lib. -When started by a supervisor, the child specification can look as follows:

            {ch4, {ch4, start_link, []},
            - permanent, brutal_kill, worker, [ch4]}

            If ch4 is part of the application sp_app and a new version of the module is +When started by a supervisor, the child specification can look as follows:

            {ch4, {ch4, start_link, []},
            + permanent, brutal_kill, worker, [ch4]}

            If ch4 is part of the application sp_app and a new version of the module is to be loaded when upgrading from version "1" to "2" of this application, -sp_app.appup can look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}],
            - [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}]
            -}.

            The update instruction must contain the tuple {advanced,Extra}. The +sp_app.appup can look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}],
            + [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}]
            +}.

            The update instruction must contain the tuple {advanced,Extra}. The instruction makes the special process call the callback function system_code_change/4, a function the user must implement. The term Extra, in -this case [], is passed as is to system_code_change/4:

            -module(ch4).
            +this case [], is passed as is to system_code_change/4:

            -module(ch4).
             ...
            --export([system_code_change/4]).
            +-export([system_code_change/4]).
             ...
             
            -system_code_change(Chs, _Module, _OldVsn, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, Chs}.
            • The first argument is the internal state State, passed from +system_code_change(Chs, _Module, _OldVsn, _Extra) -> + {ok, Chs}.
            • The first argument is the internal state State, passed from function sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent, Module, Deb, State), and called by the special process when a system message is received. In ch4, the internal state is the set of available channels Chs.
            • The second argument is the name of the module (ch4).
            • The third argument is Vsn or {down,Vsn}, as described for @@ -275,24 +275,24 @@ of upgrade and downgrade. Then the new return value of init/1 can be checked and the internal state be changed accordingly.

              The following upgrade instruction is used for supervisors:

              {update, Module, supervisor}

              Example

              To change the restart strategy of ch_sup (from Supervisor Behaviour) from one_for_one to one_for_all, -change the callback function init/1 in ch_sup.erl:

              -module(ch_sup).
              +change the callback function init/1 in ch_sup.erl:

              -module(ch_sup).
               ...
               
              -init(_Args) ->
              -    {ok, {#{strategy => one_for_all, ...}, ...}}.

              The file ch_app.appup:

              {"2",
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              -}.

              +init(_Args) -> + {ok, {#{strategy => one_for_all, ...}, ...}}.

              The file ch_app.appup:

              {"2",
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              +}.

              Changing Child Specifications

              The instruction, and thus the .appup file, when changing an existing child -specification, is the same as when changing properties as described earlier:

              {"2",
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              -}.

              The changes do not affect existing child processes. For example, changing the +specification, is the same as when changing properties as described earlier:

              {"2",
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              +}.

              The changes do not affect existing child processes. For example, changing the start function only specifies how the child process is to be restarted, if needed later on.

              The id of the child specification cannot be changed.

              Changing the Modules field of the child specification can affect the release handling process itself, as this field is used to identify which processes are @@ -307,34 +307,34 @@ Child processes are not automatically started or terminated, this must be done using apply instructions.

              Example

              Assume a new child process m1 is to be added to ch_sup when upgrading ch_app from "1" to "2". This means m1 is to be deleted when -downgrading from "2" to "1":

              {"2",
              - [{"1",
              -   [{update, ch_sup, supervisor},
              -    {apply, {supervisor, restart_child, [ch_sup, m1]}}
              -   ]}],
              - [{"1",
              -   [{apply, {supervisor, terminate_child, [ch_sup, m1]}},
              -    {apply, {supervisor, delete_child, [ch_sup, m1]}},
              -    {update, ch_sup, supervisor}
              -   ]}]
              -}.

              The order of the instructions is important.

              The supervisor must be registered as ch_sup for the script to work. If the +downgrading from "2" to "1":

              {"2",
              + [{"1",
              +   [{update, ch_sup, supervisor},
              +    {apply, {supervisor, restart_child, [ch_sup, m1]}}
              +   ]}],
              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (788))
              --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.299104967 +0000
              +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.300104973 +0000
              @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@
               crypto:strong_rand_bytes(100).          1    1915 Ki     522 ns   90%

              rand:bytes/1 is still faster when we generate 100 bytes at the time, but the relative difference is smaller.

              % erlperf 'rand:bytes(1000).' 'crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000).'
               Code                                    ||        QPS       Time   Rel
              -crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000).          1    1518 Ki     658 ns  100%
              -rand:bytes(1000).                        1     284 Ki    3521 ns   19%

              When we generate 1000 bytes at the time, crypto:strong_rand_bytes/1 is +crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000). 1 1518 Ki 658 ns 100% +rand:bytes(1000). 1 284 Ki 3521 ns 19%

            When we generate 1000 bytes at the time, crypto:strong_rand_bytes/1 is now the fastest.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (885)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.317105073 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.318105079 +0000 @@ -118,35 +118,35 @@

            This section gives a few examples on how to handle binaries in an efficient way. The sections that follow take an in-depth look at how binaries are implemented and how to best take advantages of the optimizations done by the compiler and -runtime system.

            Binaries can be efficiently built in the following way:

            DO

            my_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    my_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
            +runtime system.

            Binaries can be efficiently built in the following way:

            DO

            my_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    my_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
             
            -my_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    my_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            -my_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +my_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    my_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            +my_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            Appending data to a binary as in the example is efficient because it is specially optimized by the runtime system to avoid copying the Acc binary -every time.

            Prepending data to a binary in a loop is not efficient:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
            +every time.

            Prepending data to a binary in a loop is not efficient:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
             
            -rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<H,Acc/binary>>);
            -rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<H,Acc/binary>>);
            +rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            This is not efficient for long lists because the Acc binary is copied every -time. One way to make the function more efficient is like this:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(lists:reverse(List), <<>>).
            +time. One way to make the function more efficient is like this:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(lists:reverse(List), <<>>).
             
            -rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            -rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            -    Acc.

            Another way to avoid copying the binary each time is like this:

            DO

            rev_list_to_binary([H|T]) ->
            -    RevTail = rev_list_to_binary(T),
            +rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            +rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +    Acc.

            Another way to avoid copying the binary each time is like this:

            DO

            rev_list_to_binary([H|T]) ->
            +    RevTail = rev_list_to_binary(T),
                 <<RevTail/binary,H>>;
            -rev_list_to_binary([]) ->
            +rev_list_to_binary([]) ->
                 <<>>.

            Note that in each of the DO examples, the binary to be appended to is always -given as the first segment.

            Binaries can be efficiently matched in the following way:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            -    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            -my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            +given as the first segment.

            Binaries can be efficiently matched in the following way:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            +    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            +my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Bin2 = <<Bin1/binary,4,5,6>>, %% 3 Bin3 = <<Bin2/binary,7,8,9>>, %% 4 Bin4 = <<Bin1/binary,17>>, %% 5 !!! -{Bin4,Bin3} %% 6

            • Line 1 (marked with the %% 1 comment), assigns a +{Bin4,Bin3} %% 6

            • Line 1 (marked with the %% 1 comment), assigns a heap binary to the Bin0 variable.

            • Line 2 is an append operation. As Bin0 has not been involved in an append operation, a new refc binary is created and the contents of Bin0 is copied into it. The ProcBin part of the refc @@ -257,15 +257,15 @@ for every append operation, the runtime system must create a sub binary.

              When the compiler can determine that none of those situations need to be handled and that the append operation cannot possibly fail, the compiler generates code that causes the runtime system to apply a more efficient variant of the -optimization.

              Example:

              -module(repack).
              --export([repack/1]).
              +optimization.

              Example:

              -module(repack).
              +-export([repack/1]).
               
              -repack(Bin) when is_binary(Bin) ->
              -    repack(Bin, <<>>).
              +repack(Bin) when is_binary(Bin) ->
              +    repack(Bin, <<>>).
               
              -repack(<<C:8,T/binary>>, Result) ->
              -    repack(T, <<Result/binary,C:16>>);
              -repack(<<>>, Result) ->
              +repack(<<C:8,T/binary>>, Result) ->
              +    repack(T, <<Result/binary,C:16>>);
              +repack(<<>>, Result) ->
                   Result.

              The repack/2 function only keeps a single version of the binary, so there is never any need to copy the binary. The compiler rewrites the creation of the empty binary in repack/1 to instead create a refc binary with 256 bytes @@ -308,9 +308,9 @@ Matching Binaries

            -

            Let us revisit the example in the beginning of the previous section:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            -    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            -my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            The first time my_binary_to_list/1 is called, a +

            Let us revisit the example in the beginning of the previous section:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            +    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            +my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            The first time my_binary_to_list/1 is called, a match context is created. The match context points to the first byte of the binary. 1 byte is matched out and the match context is updated to point to the second byte in the binary.

            At this point it would make sense to create a @@ -325,24 +325,24 @@ there is no longer any reference to it).

            To summarize, my_binary_to_list/1 only needs to create one match context and no sub binaries.

            Notice that the match context in my_binary_to_list/1 was discarded when the entire binary had been traversed. What happens if the iteration stops before it -has reached the end of the binary? Will the optimization still work?

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +has reached the end of the binary? Will the optimization still work?

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                 T;
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            -    after_zero(T);
            -after_zero(<<>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +after_zero(<<>>) ->
                 <<>>.

            Yes, it will. The compiler will remove the building of the sub binary in the second clause:

            ...
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            -    after_zero(T);
            -...

            But it will generate code that builds a sub binary in the first clause:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +...

            But it will generate code that builds a sub binary in the first clause:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                 T;
             ...

            Therefore, after_zero/1 builds one match context and one sub binary (assuming -it is passed a binary that contains a zero byte).

            Code like the following will also be optimized:

            all_but_zeroes_to_list(Buffer, Acc, 0) ->
            -    {lists:reverse(Acc),Buffer};
            -all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<0,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            -    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, Acc, Remaining-1);
            -all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<Byte,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            -    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, [Byte|Acc], Remaining-1).

            The compiler removes building of sub binaries in the second and third clauses, +it is passed a binary that contains a zero byte).

            Code like the following will also be optimized:

            all_but_zeroes_to_list(Buffer, Acc, 0) ->
            +    {lists:reverse(Acc),Buffer};
            +all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<0,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            +    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, Acc, Remaining-1);
            +all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<Byte,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            +    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, [Byte|Acc], Remaining-1).

            The compiler removes building of sub binaries in the second and third clauses, and it adds an instruction to the first clause that converts Buffer from a match context to a sub binary (or do nothing if Buffer is a binary already).

            But in more complicated code, how can one know whether the optimization is applied or not?

            @@ -358,13 +358,13 @@ practical approach.

            The warnings look as follows:

            ./efficiency_guide.erl:60: Warning: NOT OPTIMIZED: binary is returned from the function
             ./efficiency_guide.erl:62: Warning: OPTIMIZED: match context reused

            To make it clearer exactly what code the warnings refer to, the warnings in the following examples are inserted as comments after the clause they refer to, for -example:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +example:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                      %% BINARY CREATED: binary is returned from the function
                 T;
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
                      %% OPTIMIZED: match context reused
            -    after_zero(T);
            -after_zero(<<>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +after_zero(<<>>) ->
                 <<>>.

            The warning for the first clause says that the creation of a sub binary cannot be delayed, because it will be returned. The warning for the second clause says that a sub binary will not be created (yet).

            @@ -374,14 +374,14 @@ Unused Variables

            The compiler figures out if a variable is unused. The same code is generated for -each of the following functions:

            count1(<<_,T/binary>>, Count) -> count1(T, Count+1);
            -count1(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
            +each of the following functions:

            count1(<<_,T/binary>>, Count) -> count1(T, Count+1);
            +count1(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
             
            -count2(<<H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count2(T, Count+1);
            -count2(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
            +count2(<<H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count2(T, Count+1);
            +count2(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
             
            -count3(<<_H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count3(T, Count+1);
            -count3(<<>>, Count) -> Count.

            In each iteration, the first 8 bits in the binary will be skipped, not matched +count3(<<_H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count3(T, Count+1); +count3(<<>>, Count) -> Count.

            In each iteration, the first 8 bits in the binary will be skipped, not matched out.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1328)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.336105186 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.337105192 +0000 @@ -145,17 +145,17 @@ variables, and Bin2 is bound, as in Example 2:

            <<D:16, E, F/binary>> = Bin2

            This gives D = 273, E = 00, and F binds to a binary of size 1: binary_to_list(F) = [42].

            Example 4: The following is a more elaborate example of matching. Here, Dgram is bound to the consecutive bytes of an IP datagram of IP protocol -version 4. The ambition is to extract the header and the data of the datagram:

            -define(IP_VERSION, 4).
            --define(IP_MIN_HDR_LEN, 5).
            +version 4. The ambition is to extract the header and the data of the datagram:

            -define(IP_VERSION, 4).
            +-define(IP_MIN_HDR_LEN, 5).
             
            -DgramSize = byte_size(Dgram),
            +DgramSize = byte_size(Dgram),
             case Dgram of
                 <<?IP_VERSION:4, HLen:4, SrvcType:8, TotLen:16,
                   ID:16, Flgs:3, FragOff:13,
                   TTL:8, Proto:8, HdrChkSum:16,
                   SrcIP:32,
                   DestIP:32, RestDgram/binary>> when HLen>=5, 4*HLen=<DgramSize ->
            -        OptsLen = 4*(HLen - ?IP_MIN_HDR_LEN),
            +        OptsLen = 4*(HLen - ?IP_MIN_HDR_LEN),
                     <<Opts:OptsLen/binary,Data/binary>> = RestDgram,
                 ...
             end.

            Here, the segment corresponding to the Opts variable has a type modifier, @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ However, for syntactical reasons, both Value and Size must be enclosed in parenthesis if the expression consists of anything more than a single literal or a variable. The following gives a compiler syntax error:

            <<X+1:8>>

            This expression must be rewritten into the following, to be accepted by the -compiler:

            <<(X+1):8>>

            +compiler:

            <<(X+1):8>>

            @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ restrictions on the size. A segment of type float must have size 64 or 32.

            As mentioned earlier, segments have the following general syntax:

            Value:Size/TypeSpecifierList

            When matching Value, value must be either a variable or an integer, or a floating point literal. Expressions are not allowed.

            Size must be a guard expression, which can use -literals and previously bound variables. The following is not allowed:

            foo(N, <<X:N,T/binary>>) ->
            -   {X,T}.

            The two occurrences of N are not related. The compiler will complain that the -N in the size field is unbound.

            The correct way to write this example is as follows:

            foo(N, Bin) ->
            +literals and previously bound variables. The following is not allowed:

            foo(N, <<X:N,T/binary>>) ->
            +   {X,T}.

            The two occurrences of N are not related. The compiler will complain that the +N in the size field is unbound.

            The correct way to write this example is as follows:

            foo(N, Bin) ->
                <<X:N,T/binary>> = Bin,
            -   {X,T}.

            Note

            Before OTP 23, Size was restricted to be an integer or a variable bound to + {X,T}.

            Note

            Before OTP 23, Size was restricted to be an integer or a variable bound to an integer.

            @@ -266,28 +266,28 @@

            There is one exception to the rule that a variable that is used as size must be previously bound. It is possible to match and bind a variable, and use it as a -size within the same binary pattern. For example:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:Sz/binary-unit:8,Rest/binary>>) ->
            -   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is bound to the value in the first byte of the binary. Sz is then -used at the number of bytes to match out as a binary.

            Starting in OTP 23, the size can be a guard expression:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:((Sz-1)*8)/binary,Rest/binary>>) ->
            -   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is the combined size of the header and the payload, so we will need to +size within the same binary pattern. For example:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:Sz/binary-unit:8,Rest/binary>>) ->
            +   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is bound to the value in the first byte of the binary. Sz is then +used at the number of bytes to match out as a binary.

            Starting in OTP 23, the size can be a guard expression:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:((Sz-1)*8)/binary,Rest/binary>>) ->
            +   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is the combined size of the header and the payload, so we will need to subtract one byte to get the size of the payload.

            Getting the Rest of the Binary or Bitstring

            -

            To match out the rest of a binary, specify a binary field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/binary>>) ->

            The size of the tail must be evenly divisible by 8.

            To match out the rest of a bitstring, specify a field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/bitstring>>) ->

            There are no restrictions on the number of bits in the tail.

            +

            To match out the rest of a binary, specify a binary field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/binary>>) ->

            The size of the tail must be evenly divisible by 8.

            To match out the rest of a bitstring, specify a field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/bitstring>>) ->

            There are no restrictions on the number of bits in the tail.

            Appending to a Binary

            -

            Appending to a binary in an efficient way can be done as follows:

            triples_to_bin(T) ->
            -    triples_to_bin(T, <<>>).
            +

            Appending to a binary in an efficient way can be done as follows:

            triples_to_bin(T) ->
            +    triples_to_bin(T, <<>>).
             
            -triples_to_bin([{X,Y,Z} | T], Acc) ->
            -    triples_to_bin(T, <<Acc/binary,X:32,Y:32,Z:32>>);
            -triples_to_bin([], Acc) ->
            +triples_to_bin([{X,Y,Z} | T], Acc) ->
            +    triples_to_bin(T, <<Acc/binary,X:32,Y:32,Z:32>>);
            +triples_to_bin([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_port.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1758)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.357105310 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.358105316 +0000 @@ -152,93 +152,93 @@ length indicator is to be used to simplify the communication between C and Erlang. The Erlang port automatically adds the length indicator, but this must be done explicitly in the external C program.

            The process is also set to trap exits, which enables detection of failure of the -external program:

            -module(complex1).
            --export([start/1, init/1]).
            +external program:

            -module(complex1).
            +-export([start/1, init/1]).
             
            -start(ExtPrg) ->
            -  spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            +start(ExtPrg) ->
            +  spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
             
            -init(ExtPrg) ->
            -  register(complex, self()),
            -  process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -  Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            -  loop(Port).

            Now complex1:foo/1 and complex1:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a -message to the complex process and receive the following replies:

            foo(X) ->
            -  call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -  call_port({bar, Y}).
            +init(ExtPrg) ->
            +  register(complex, self()),
            +  process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +  Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            +  loop(Port).

            Now complex1:foo/1 and complex1:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a +message to the complex process and receive the following replies:

            foo(X) ->
            +  call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +  call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -  complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +  complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
               receive
            -    {complex, Result} ->
            +    {complex, Result} ->
                   Result
            -  end.

            The complex process does the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
            +  end.

            The complex process does the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
               receive
            -    {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -      Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +    {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +      Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
                   receive
            -        {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -          Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +        {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +          Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
                   end,
            -      loop(Port)
            +      loop(Port)
               end.

            Assuming that both the arguments and the results from the C functions are less than 256, a simple encoding/decoding scheme is employed. In this scheme, foo is represented by byte 1, bar is represented by 2, and the argument/result is -represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functionality for stopping the port and -detecting port failures, is as follows:

            -module(complex1).
            --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            -
            -start(ExtPrg) ->
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            -stop() ->
            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functionality for stopping the port and +detecting port failures, is as follows:

            -module(complex1).
            +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            +
            +start(ExtPrg) ->
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            +stop() ->
                 complex ! stop.
             
            -foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -	{complex, Result} ->
            +	{complex, Result} ->
             	    Result
                 end.
             
            -init(ExtPrg) ->
            -    register(complex, self()),
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            -    loop(Port).
            +init(ExtPrg) ->
            +    register(complex, self()),
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            +    loop(Port).
             
            -loop(Port) ->
            +loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
             	    end,
            -	    loop(Port);
            +	    loop(Port);
             	stop ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), close},
            +	    Port ! {self(), close},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, closed} ->
            -		    exit(normal)
            +		{Port, closed} ->
            +		    exit(normal)
             	    end;
            -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            -	    exit(port_terminated)
            +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            +	    exit(port_terminated)
                 end.
             
            -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            @@ -255,55 +255,55 @@ typedef unsigned char byte; -int read_exact(byte *buf, int len) -{ +int read_exact(byte *buf, int len) +{ int i, got=0; - do { - if ((i = read(0, buf+got, len-got)) <= 0){ - return(i); - } + do { + if ((i = read(0, buf+got, len-got)) <= 0){ + return(i); + } got += i; - } while (got<len); + } while (got<len); - return(len); -} + return(len); +} -int write_exact(byte *buf, int len) -{ +int write_exact(byte *buf, int len) +{ int i, wrote = 0; - do { - if ((i = write(1, buf+wrote, len-wrote)) <= 0) - return (i); + do { + if ((i = write(1, buf+wrote, len-wrote)) <= 0) + return (i); wrote += i; - } while (wrote<len); + } while (wrote<len); - return (len); -} + return (len); /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1758)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.381105452 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.382105458 +0000 @@ -155,104 +155,104 @@ argument.

            The port is then created using the BIF open_port/2, with the tuple {spawn, DriverName} as the first argument. The string SharedLib is the name of the port driver. The second argument is a list of options, none in this -case:

            -module(complex5).
            --export([start/1, init/1]).
            +case:

            -module(complex5).
            +-export([start/1, init/1]).
             
            -start(SharedLib) ->
            -    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
            +start(SharedLib) ->
            +    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
                     ok -> ok;
            -        {error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            -        _ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
            +        {error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            +        _ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
                 end,
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
             
            -init(SharedLib) ->
            -  register(complex, self()),
            -  Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            -  loop(Port).

            Now complex5:foo/1 and complex5:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a -message to the complex process and receive the following reply:

            foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +init(SharedLib) ->
            +  register(complex, self()),
            +  Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            +  loop(Port).

            Now complex5:foo/1 and complex5:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a +message to the complex process and receive the following reply:

            foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -        {complex, Result} ->
            +        {complex, Result} ->
                         Result
            -    end.

            The complex process performs the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
            +    end.

            The complex process performs the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -        {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -            Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +        {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +            Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
                         receive
            -                {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -                    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +                {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +                    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
                         end,
            -            loop(Port)
            +            loop(Port)
                 end.

            Assuming that both the arguments and the results from the C functions are less than 256, a simple encoding/decoding scheme is employed. In this scheme, foo is represented by byte 1, bar is represented by 2, and the argument/result is -represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functions for stopping the port and +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functions for stopping the port and detecting port failures, is as follows:

            
            --module(complex5).
            --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            +-module(complex5).
            +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
             
            -start(SharedLib) ->
            -    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
            +start(SharedLib) ->
            +    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
             	ok -> ok;
            -	{error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            -	_ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
            +	{error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            +	_ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
                 end,
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
             
            -init(SharedLib) ->
            -    register(complex, self()),
            -    Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            -    loop(Port).
            +init(SharedLib) ->
            +    register(complex, self()),
            +    Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            +    loop(Port).
             
            -stop() ->
            +stop() ->
                 complex ! stop.
             
            -foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -	{complex, Result} ->
            +	{complex, Result} ->
             	    Result
                 end.
             
            -loop(Port) ->
            +loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
             	    end,
            -	    loop(Port);
            +	    loop(Port);
             	stop ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), close},
            +	    Port ! {self(), close},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, closed} ->
            -		    exit(normal)
            +		{Port, closed} ->
            +		    exit(normal)
             	    end;
            -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            -	    io:format("~p ~n", [Reason]),
            -	    exit(port_terminated)
            +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            +	    io:format("~p ~n", [Reason]),
            +	    exit(port_terminated)
                 end.
             
            -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            @@ -277,36 +277,36 @@ #include <stdio.h> #include "erl_driver.h" -typedef struct { +typedef struct { ErlDrvPort port; -} example_data; +} example_data; -static ErlDrvData example_drv_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff) -{ - example_data* d = (example_data*)driver_alloc(sizeof(example_data)); +static ErlDrvData example_drv_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff) +{ + example_data* d = (example_data*)driver_alloc(sizeof(example_data)); d->port = port; - return (ErlDrvData)d; -} + return (ErlDrvData)d; +} -static void example_drv_stop(ErlDrvData handle) -{ - driver_free((char*)handle); -} - -static void example_drv_output(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, - ErlDrvSizeT bufflen) -{ - example_data* d = (example_data*)handle; /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (544)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.401105570 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.403105582 +0000 @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@

            Erlang programs must be compiled to object code. The compiler can generate a new file that contains the object code. The current abstract machine, which runs the object code, is called BEAM, therefore the object files get the suffix -.beam. The compiler can also generate a binary which can be loaded directly.

            The compiler is located in the module compile in Compiler.

            compile:file(Module)
            -compile:file(Module, Options)

            The Erlang shell understands the command c(Module), which both compiles and +.beam. The compiler can also generate a binary which can be loaded directly.

            The compiler is located in the module compile in Compiler.

            compile:file(Module)
            +compile:file(Module, Options)

            The Erlang shell understands the command c(Module), which both compiles and loads Module.

            There is also a module make, which provides a set of functions similar to the UNIX type Make functions, see module make in Tools.

            The compiler can also be accessed from the OS prompt using the erl executable in ERTS.

            % erl -compile Module1...ModuleN
            @@ -160,16 +160,16 @@
             evaluated because of processes lingering in the old code.

            If a third instance of the module is loaded, the code server removes (purges) the old code and any processes lingering in it is terminated. Then the third instance becomes 'current' and the previously current code becomes 'old'.

            To change from old code to current code, a process must make a fully qualified -function call.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --export([loop/0]).
            +function call.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-export([loop/0]).
             
            -loop() ->
            +loop() ->
                 receive
                     code_switch ->
            -            m:loop();
            +            m:loop();
                     Msg ->
                         ...
            -            loop()
            +            loop()
                 end.

            To make the process change code, send the message code_switch to it. The process then makes a fully qualified call to m:loop() and changes to current code. Notice that m:loop/0 must be exported.

            For code replacement of funs to work, use the syntax @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Running a Function When a Module is Loaded

            The -on_load() directive names a function that is to be run automatically when -a module is loaded.

            Its syntax is as follows:

            -on_load(Name/0).

            It is not necessary to export the function. It is called in a freshly spawned +a module is loaded.

            Its syntax is as follows:

            -on_load(Name/0).

            It is not necessary to export the function. It is called in a freshly spawned process (which terminates as soon as the function returns).

            The function must return ok if the module is to become the new current code for the module and become callable.

            Returning any other value or generating an exception causes the new code to be unloaded. If the return value is not an atom, a warning error report is sent to @@ -193,13 +193,13 @@ code would become old, essentially leaving the system without any working and reachable instance of the module.

            In embedded mode, first all modules are loaded. Then all on_load functions are called. The system is terminated unless all of the on_load functions return -ok.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --on_load(load_my_nifs/0).
            +ok.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-on_load(load_my_nifs/0).
             
            -load_my_nifs() ->
            +load_my_nifs() ->
                 NifPath = ...,    %Set up the path to the NIF library.
                 Info = ...,       %Initialize the Info term
            -    erlang:load_nif(NifPath, Info).

            If the call to erlang:load_nif/2 fails, the module is unloaded and a warning + erlang:load_nif(NifPath, Info).

            If the call to erlang:load_nif/2 fails, the module is unloaded and a warning report is sent to the error loader.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1393)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.420105682 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.421105688 +0000 @@ -122,23 +122,23 @@ Operator ++

            The ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand. That is clearly -seen if we do our own implementation in Erlang:

            my_plus_plus([H|T], Tail) ->
            -    [H|my_plus_plus(T, Tail)];
            -my_plus_plus([], Tail) ->
            -    Tail.

            We must be careful how we use ++ in a loop. First is how not to use it:

            DO NOT

            naive_reverse([H|T]) ->
            -    naive_reverse(T) ++ [H];
            -naive_reverse([]) ->
            -    [].

            As the ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand, the growing -result is copied repeatedly, leading to quadratic complexity.

            On the other hand, using ++ in loop like this is perfectly fine:

            OK

            naive_but_ok_reverse(List) ->
            -    naive_but_ok_reverse(List, []).
            +seen if we do our own implementation in Erlang:

            my_plus_plus([H|T], Tail) ->
            +    [H|my_plus_plus(T, Tail)];
            +my_plus_plus([], Tail) ->
            +    Tail.

            We must be careful how we use ++ in a loop. First is how not to use it:

            DO NOT

            naive_reverse([H|T]) ->
            +    naive_reverse(T) ++ [H];
            +naive_reverse([]) ->
            +    [].

            As the ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand, the growing +result is copied repeatedly, leading to quadratic complexity.

            On the other hand, using ++ in loop like this is perfectly fine:

            OK

            naive_but_ok_reverse(List) ->
            +    naive_but_ok_reverse(List, []).
             
            -naive_but_ok_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    naive_but_ok_reverse(T, [H] ++ Acc);
            -naive_but_ok_reverse([], Acc) ->
            +naive_but_ok_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    naive_but_ok_reverse(T, [H] ++ Acc);
            +naive_but_ok_reverse([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            Each list element is copied only once. The growing result Acc is the right-hand -side operand, which it is not copied.

            Experienced Erlang programmers would probably write as follows:

            DO

            vanilla_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    vanilla_reverse(T, [H|Acc]);
            -vanilla_reverse([], Acc) ->
            +side operand, which it is not copied.

            Experienced Erlang programmers would probably write as follows:

            DO

            vanilla_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    vanilla_reverse(T, [H|Acc]);
            +vanilla_reverse([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            In principle, this is slightly more efficient because the list element [H] is not built before being copied and discarded. In practice, the compiler rewrites [H] ++ Acc to [H|Acc].

            @@ -164,41 +164,41 @@ Accidental Copying and Loss of Sharing

            When spawning a new process using a fun, one can accidentally copy more data to -the process than intended. For example:

            DO NOT

            accidental1(State) ->
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [State#state.info])
            -          end).

            The code in the fun will extract one element from the record and print it. The +the process than intended. For example:

            DO NOT

            accidental1(State) ->
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [State#state.info])
            +          end).

            The code in the fun will extract one element from the record and print it. The rest of the state record is not used. However, when the spawn/1 -function is executed, the entire record is copied to the newly created process.

            The same kind of problem can happen with a map:

            DO NOT

            accidental2(State) ->
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [map_get(info, State)])
            -          end).

            In the following example (part of a module implementing the gen_server -behavior) the created fun is sent to another process:

            DO NOT

            handle_call(give_me_a_fun, _From, State) ->
            -    Fun = fun() -> State#href_anchor"ss">state.size =:= 42 end,
            -    {reply, Fun, State}.

            How bad that unnecessary copy is depends on the contents of the record or the -map.

            For example, if the state record is initialized like this:

            init1() ->
            -    #state{data=lists:seq(1, 10000)}.

            a list with 10000 elements (or about 20000 heap words) will be copied to the +function is executed, the entire record is copied to the newly created process.

            The same kind of problem can happen with a map:

            DO NOT

            accidental2(State) ->
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [map_get(info, State)])
            +          end).

            In the following example (part of a module implementing the gen_server +behavior) the created fun is sent to another process:

            DO NOT

            handle_call(give_me_a_fun, _From, State) ->
            +    Fun = fun() -> State#href_anchor"ss">state.size =:= 42 end,
            +    {reply, Fun, State}.

            How bad that unnecessary copy is depends on the contents of the record or the +map.

            For example, if the state record is initialized like this:

            init1() ->
            +    #state{data=lists:seq(1, 10000)}.

            a list with 10000 elements (or about 20000 heap words) will be copied to the newly created process.

            An unnecessary copy of 10000 element list can be bad enough, but it can get even worse if the state record contains shared subterms. Here is a simple example -of a term with a shared subterm:

            {SubTerm, SubTerm}

            When a term is copied to another process, sharing of subterms will be lost and -the copied term can be many times larger than the original term. For example:

            init2() ->
            -    SharedSubTerms = lists:foldl(fun(_, A) -> [A|A] end, [0], lists:seq(1, 15)),
            -    #state{data=Shared}.

            In the process that calls init2/0, the size of the data field in the state +of a term with a shared subterm:

            {SubTerm, SubTerm}

            When a term is copied to another process, sharing of subterms will be lost and +the copied term can be many times larger than the original term. For example:

            init2() ->
            +    SharedSubTerms = lists:foldl(fun(_, A) -> [A|A] end, [0], lists:seq(1, 15)),
            +    #state{data=Shared}.

            In the process that calls init2/0, the size of the data field in the state record will be 32 heap words. When the record is copied to the newly created process, sharing will be lost and the size of the copied data field will be 131070 heap words. More details about loss off sharing are found in a later section.

            To avoid the problem, outside of the fun extract only the fields of the record -that are actually used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental1(State) ->
            +that are actually used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental1(State) ->
                 Info = State#state.info,
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            -          end).

            Similarly, outside of the fun extract only the map elements that are actually -used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental2(State) ->
            -    Info = map_get(info, State),
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            -          end).

            + spawn(fun() -> + io:format("~p\n", [Info]) + end).

            Similarly, outside of the fun extract only the map elements that are actually +used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental2(State) ->
            +    Info = map_get(info, State),
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            +          end).

            @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ to guard against a denial-of-service attack. (All atoms that are allowed must have been created earlier, for example, by using all of them in a module and loading that module.)

            Using list_to_atom/1 to construct an atom that -is passed to apply/3 is quite expensive.

            DO NOT

            apply(list_to_atom("some_prefix"++Var), foo, Args)

            +is passed to apply/3 is quite expensive.

            DO NOT

            apply(list_to_atom("some_prefix"++Var), foo, Args)

            @@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ execute in constant time.

            Normally, there is no need to worry about the speed of length/1, because it is efficiently implemented in C. In time-critical code, you might want to avoid it if the input list could potentially be very long.

            Some uses of length/1 can be replaced by matching. For example, -the following code:

            foo(L) when length(L) >= 3 ->
            -    ...

            can be rewritten to:

            foo([_,_,_|_]=L) ->
            +the following code:

            foo(L) when length(L) >= 3 ->
            +    ...

            can be rewritten to:

            foo([_,_,_|_]=L) ->
                ...

            One slight difference is that length(L) fails if L is an improper list, while the pattern in the second code fragment accepts an improper list.

            @@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ as if the tuple was copied, the call to setelement/3 is replaced with a special destructive setelement instruction. In the following code sequence, the first setelement/3 call copies the tuple -and modifies the ninth element:

            multiple_setelement(T0) when tuple_size(T0) =:= 9 ->
            -    T1 = setelement(9, T0, bar),
            -    T2 = setelement(7, T1, foobar),
            -    setelement(5, T2, new_value).

            The two following setelement/3 calls modify the tuple in +and modifies the ninth element:

            multiple_setelement(T0) when tuple_size(T0) =:= 9 ->
            +    T1 = setelement(9, T0, bar),
            +    T2 = setelement(7, T1, foobar),
            +    setelement(5, T2, new_value).

            The two following setelement/3 calls modify the tuple in place.

            For the optimization to be applied, all the following conditions must be true:

            • The tuple argument must be known to be a tuple of a known size.
            • The indices must be integer literals, not variables or expressions.
            • The indices must be given in descending order.
            • There must be no calls to another function in between the calls to setelement/3.
            • The tuple returned from one setelement/3 call must only be used in the subsequent call to setelement/3.

            If the code cannot be structured as in the multiple_setelement/1 example, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1347)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.452105872 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.455105889 +0000 @@ -136,21 +136,21 @@ Threads of execution in Erlang share no data, that is why they are called processes).

            The Erlang BIF spawn is used to create a new process: spawn(Module, Exported_Function, List of Arguments). Consider the following -module:

            -module(tut14).
            +module:

            -module(tut14).
             
            --export([start/0, say_something/2]).
            +-export([start/0, say_something/2]).
             
            -say_something(What, 0) ->
            +say_something(What, 0) ->
                 done;
            -say_something(What, Times) ->
            -    io:format("~p~n", [What]),
            -    say_something(What, Times - 1).
            -
            -start() ->
            -    spawn(tut14, say_something, [hello, 3]),
            -    spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).
            5> c(tut14).
            -{ok,tut14}
            -6> tut14:say_something(hello, 3).
            +say_something(What, Times) ->
            +    io:format("~p~n", [What]),
            +    say_something(What, Times - 1).
            +
            +start() ->
            +    spawn(tut14, say_something, [hello, 3]),
            +    spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).
            5> c(tut14).
            +{ok,tut14}
            +6> tut14:say_something(hello, 3).
             hello
             hello
             hello
            @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
             processes, one that writes "hello" three times and one that writes "goodbye"
             three times. Both processes use the function say_something. Notice that a
             function used in this way by spawn, to start a process, must be exported from
            -the module (that is, in the -export at the start of the module).

            9> tut14:start().
            +the module (that is, in the -export at the start of the module).

            9> tut14:start().
             hello
             goodbye
             <0.63.0>
            @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
             Instead, the first process wrote a "hello", the second a "goodbye", the first
             another "hello" and so forth. But where did the <0.63.0> come from? The return
             value of a function is the return value of the last "thing" in the function. The
            -last thing in the function start is

            spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).

            spawn returns a process identifier, or pid, which uniquely identifies the +last thing in the function start is

            spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).

            spawn returns a process identifier, or pid, which uniquely identifies the process. So <0.63.0> is the pid of the spawn function call above. The next example shows how to use pids.

            Notice also that ~p is used instead of ~w in io:format/2. To quote the manual:

            ~p Writes the data with standard syntax in the same way as ~w, but breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents @@ -182,37 +182,37 @@ Message Passing

            In the following example two processes are created and they send messages to -each other a number of times.

            -module(tut15).
            +each other a number of times.

            -module(tut15).
             
            --export([start/0, ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/0, ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
            +ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
                 Pong_PID ! finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N, Pong_PID) ->
            -    Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N, Pong_PID) ->
            +    Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1, Pong_PID).
            +    ping(N - 1, Pong_PID).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
                     finished ->
            -            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 end.
             
            -start() ->
            -    Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, []),
            -    spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]).
            1> c(tut15).
            -{ok,tut15}
            -2> tut15: start().
            +start() ->
            +    Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, []),
            +    spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]).
            1> c(tut15).
            +{ok,tut15}
            +2> tut15: start().
             <0.36.0>
             Pong received ping
             Ping received pong
            @@ -221,14 +221,14 @@
             Pong received ping
             Ping received pong
             ping finished
            -Pong finished

            The function start first creates a process, let us call it "pong":

            Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, [])

            This process executes tut15:pong(). Pong_PID is the process identity of the -"pong" process. The function start now creates another process "ping":

            spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]),

            This process executes:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            <0.36.0> is the return value from the start function.

            The process "pong" now does:

            receive
            +Pong finished

            The function start first creates a process, let us call it "pong":

            Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, [])

            This process executes tut15:pong(). Pong_PID is the process identity of the +"pong" process. The function start now creates another process "ping":

            spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]),

            This process executes:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            <0.36.0> is the return value from the start function.

            The process "pong" now does:

            receive
                 finished ->
            -        io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -    {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -        io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +    {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +        io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                     Ping_PID ! pong,
            -        pong()
            +        pong()
             end.

            The receive construct is used to allow processes to wait for messages from other processes. It has the following format:

            receive
                pattern1 ->
            @@ -257,21 +257,21 @@
             procedure is repeated.

            The Erlang implementation is "clever" and minimizes the number of times each message is tested against the patterns in each receive.

            Now back to the ping pong example.

            "Pong" is waiting for messages. If the atom finished is received, "pong" writes "Pong finished" to the output and, as it has nothing more to do, -terminates. If it receives a message with the format:

            {ping, Ping_PID}

            it writes "Pong received ping" to the output and sends the atom pong to the +terminates. If it receives a message with the format:

            {ping, Ping_PID}

            it writes "Pong received ping" to the output and sends the atom pong to the process "ping":

            Ping_PID ! pong

            Notice how the operator "!" is used to send messages. The syntax of "!" is:

            Pid ! Message

            That is, Message (any Erlang term) is sent to the process with identity Pid.

            After sending the message pong to the process "ping", "pong" calls the pong function again, which causes it to get back to the receive again and wait for -another message.

            Now let us look at the process "ping". Recall that it was started by executing:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            Looking at the function ping/2, the second clause of ping/2 is executed +another message.

            Now let us look at the process "ping". Recall that it was started by executing:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            Looking at the function ping/2, the second clause of ping/2 is executed since the value of the first argument is 3 (not 0) (first clause head is -ping(0,Pong_PID), second clause head is ping(N,Pong_PID), so N becomes 3).

            The second clause sends a message to "pong":

            Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},

            self/0 returns the pid of the process that executes self/0, in this case the +ping(0,Pong_PID), second clause head is ping(N,Pong_PID), so N becomes 3).

            The second clause sends a message to "pong":

            Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},

            self/0 returns the pid of the process that executes self/0, in this case the pid of "ping". (Recall the code for "pong", this lands up in the variable Ping_PID in the receive previously explained.)

            "Ping" now waits for a reply from "pong":

            receive
                 pong ->
            -        io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +        io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
             end,

            It writes "Ping received pong" when this reply arrives, after which "ping" calls -the ping function again.

            ping(N - 1, Pong_PID)

            N-1 causes the first argument to be decremented until it becomes 0. When this -occurs, the first clause of ping/2 is executed:

            ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
            +the ping function again.

            ping(N - 1, Pong_PID)

            N-1 causes the first argument to be decremented until it becomes 0. When this +occurs, the first clause of ping/2 is executed:

            ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
                 Pong_PID !  finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);

            The atom finished is sent to "pong" (causing it to terminate as described + io:format("ping finished~n", []);

            The atom finished is sent to "pong" (causing it to terminate as described above) and "ping finished" is written to the output. "Ping" then terminates as it has nothing left to do.

            @@ -285,38 +285,38 @@ processes which need to know each other's identities are started independently of each other. Erlang thus provides a mechanism for processes to be given names so that these names can be used as identities instead of pids. This is done by -using the register BIF:

            register(some_atom, Pid)

            Let us now rewrite the ping pong example using this and give the name pong to -the "pong" process:

            -module(tut16).
            +using the register BIF:

            register(some_atom, Pid)

            Let us now rewrite the ping pong example using this and give the name pong to +the "pong" process:

            -module(tut16).
             
            --export([start/0, ping/1, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/0, ping/1, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0) ->
            +ping(0) ->
                 pong ! finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N) ->
            -    pong ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N) ->
            +    pong ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1).
            +    ping(N - 1).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
                     finished ->
            -            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/create_target.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (788))
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/create_target.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.482106049 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/create_target.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.483106055 +0000
            @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@
             SASL), which specifies the ERTS version and lists all applications that are to
             be included in the new basic target system. An example is the following
             mysystem.rel file:

            %% mysystem.rel
            -{release,
            - {"MYSYSTEM", "FIRST"},
            - {erts, "5.10.4"},
            - [{kernel, "2.16.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "1.19.4"},
            -  {sasl, "2.3.4"},
            -  {pea, "1.0"}]}.

            The listed applications are not only original Erlang/OTP applications but +{release, + {"MYSYSTEM", "FIRST"}, + {erts, "5.10.4"}, + [{kernel, "2.16.4"}, + {stdlib, "1.19.4"}, + {sasl, "2.3.4"}, + {pea, "1.0"}]}.

            The listed applications are not only original Erlang/OTP applications but possibly also new applications that you have written (here exemplified by the application Pea (pea)).

            Step 2. Start Erlang/OTP from the directory where the mysystem.rel file resides:

            % erl -pa /home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-1.0/ebin

            The -pa argument prepends the path to the ebin directory for @@ -246,17 +246,17 @@

            In this example the Pea application has been changed, and so are the applications ERTS, Kernel, STDLIB and SASL.

            Step 1. Create the file .rel:

            %% mysystem2.rel
            -{release,
            - {"MYSYSTEM", "SECOND"},
            - {erts, "6.0"},
            - [{kernel, "3.0"},
            -  {stdlib, "2.0"},
            -  {sasl, "2.4"},
            -  {pea, "2.0"}]}.

            Step 2. Create the application upgrade file (see +{release, + {"MYSYSTEM", "SECOND"}, + {erts, "6.0"}, + [{kernel, "3.0"}, + {stdlib, "2.0"}, + {sasl, "2.4"}, + {pea, "2.0"}]}.

            Step 2. Create the application upgrade file (see appup in SASL) for Pea, for example:

            %% pea.appup
            -{"2.0",
            - [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}],
            - [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}]}.

            Step 3. From the directory where the file mysystem2.rel resides, start the +{"2.0", + [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}], + [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}]}.

            Step 3. From the directory where the file mysystem2.rel resides, start the Erlang/OTP system, giving the path to the new version of Pea:

            % erl -pa /home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-2.0/ebin

            Step 4. Create the release upgrade file (see relup in SASL):

            1> systools:make_relup("mysystem2",["mysystem"],["mysystem"],
                 [{path,["/home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-1.0/ebin",
            @@ -296,21 +296,21 @@
             release_handler:install_release/1 means that the release_handler has
             restarted the node by using heart. This is always done when the upgrade
             involves a change of the applications ERTS, Kernel, STDLIB, or SASL. For more
            -information, see Upgrade when Erlang/OTP has Changed.

            The node is accessible through a new pipe:

            % /usr/local/erl-target/bin/to_erl /tmp/erlang.pipe.2

            List the available releases in the system:

            1> release_handler:which_releases().
            -[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            -  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            -  current},
            - {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            -  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            -  permanent}]

            Our new release, "SECOND", is now the current release, but we can also see that +information, see Upgrade when Erlang/OTP has Changed.

            The node is accessible through a new pipe:

            % /usr/local/erl-target/bin/to_erl /tmp/erlang.pipe.2

            List the available releases in the system:

            1> release_handler:which_releases().
            +[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            +  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            +  current},
            + {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            +  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            +  permanent}]

            Our new release, "SECOND", is now the current release, but we can also see that our "FIRST" release is still permanent. This means that if the node would be -restarted now, it would come up running the "FIRST" release again.

            Step 3. Make the new release permanent:

            2> release_handler:make_permanent("SECOND").

            Check the releases again:

            3> release_handler:which_releases().
            -[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            -  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            -  permanent},
            - {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            -  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            -  old}]

            We see that the new release version is permanent, so it would be safe to +restarted now, it would come up running the "FIRST" release again.

            Step 3. Make the new release permanent:

            2> release_handler:make_permanent("SECOND").

            Check the releases again:

            3> release_handler:which_releases().
            +[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            +  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            +  permanent},
            + {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            +  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            +  old}]

            We see that the new release version is permanent, so it would be safe to restart the node.

            @@ -319,8 +319,8 @@

            This module can also be found in the examples directory of the SASL application.

            
            --module(target_system).
            --export([create/1, create/2, install/2]).
            +-module(target_system).
            +-export([create/1, create/2, install/2]).
             
             %% Note: RelFileName below is the *stem* without trailing .rel,
             %% .script etc.
            @@ -328,176 +328,176 @@
             
             %% create(RelFileName)
             %%
            -create(RelFileName) ->
            -    create(RelFileName,[]).
            +create(RelFileName) ->
            +    create(RelFileName,[]).
             
            -create(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts) ->
            +create(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts) ->
                 RelFile = RelFileName ++ ".rel",
            -    Dir = filename:dirname(RelFileName),
            -    PlainRelFileName = filename:join(Dir,"plain"),
            +    Dir = filename:dirname(RelFileName),
            +    PlainRelFileName = filename:join(Dir,"plain"),
                 PlainRelFile = PlainRelFileName ++ ".rel",
            -    io:fwrite("Reading file: ~ts ...~n", [RelFile]),
            -    {ok, [RelSpec]} = file:consult(RelFile),
            -    io:fwrite("Creating file: ~ts from ~ts ...~n",
            -              [PlainRelFile, RelFile]),
            -    {release,
            -     {RelName, RelVsn},
            -     {erts, ErtsVsn},
            -     AppVsns} = RelSpec,
            -    PlainRelSpec = {release,
            -                    {RelName, RelVsn},
            -                    {erts, ErtsVsn},
            -                    lists:filter(fun({kernel, _}) ->
            +    io:fwrite("Reading file: ~ts ...~n", [RelFile]),
            +    {ok, [RelSpec]} = file:consult(RelFile),
            +    io:fwrite("Creating file: ~ts from ~ts ...~n",
            +              [PlainRelFile, RelFile]),
            +    {release,
            +     {RelName, RelVsn},
            +     {erts, ErtsVsn},
            +     AppVsns} = RelSpec,
            +    PlainRelSpec = {release,
            +                    {RelName, RelVsn},
            +                    {erts, ErtsVsn},
            +                    lists:filter(fun({kernel, _}) ->
                                                      true;
            -                                    ({stdlib, _}) ->
            +                                    ({stdlib, _}) ->
                                                      true;
            -                                    (_) ->
            +                                    (_) ->
                                                      false
            -                                 end, AppVsns)
            -                   },
            -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(PlainRelFile, [write]),
            -    io:fwrite(Fd, "~p.~n", [PlainRelSpec]),
            -    file:close(Fd),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            -	      [PlainRelFileName,PlainRelFileName]),
            -    make_script(PlainRelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            -              [RelFileName, RelFileName]),
            -    make_script(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +                                 end, AppVsns)
            +                   },
            +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(PlainRelFile, [write]),
            +    io:fwrite(Fd, "~p.~n", [PlainRelSpec]),
            +    file:close(Fd),
            +
            +    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            +	      [PlainRelFileName,PlainRelFileName]),
            +    make_script(PlainRelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +
            +    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            +              [RelFileName, RelFileName]),
            +    make_script(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
             
                 TarFileName = RelFileName ++ ".tar.gz",
            -    io:fwrite("Creating tar file ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName]),
            -    make_tar(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +    io:fwrite("Creating tar file ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName]),
            +    make_tar(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
             
            -    TmpDir = filename:join(Dir,"tmp"),
            -    io:fwrite("Creating directory ~tp ...~n",[TmpDir]),
            -    file:make_dir(TmpDir),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Extracting ~ts into directory ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName,TmpDir]),
            -    extract_tar(TarFileName, TmpDir),
            -
            -    TmpBinDir = filename:join([TmpDir, "bin"]),
            -    ErtsBinDir = filename:join([TmpDir, "erts-" ++ ErtsVsn, "bin"]),
            -    io:fwrite("Deleting \"erl\" and \"start\" in directory ~ts ...~n",
            -              [ErtsBinDir]),
            -    file:delete(filename:join([ErtsBinDir, "erl"])),
            -    file:delete(filename:join([ErtsBinDir, "start"])),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Creating temporary directory ~ts ...~n", [TmpBinDir]),
            -    file:make_dir(TmpBinDir),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Copying file \"~ts.boot\" to ~ts ...~n",
            -              [PlainRelFileName, filename:join([TmpBinDir, "start.boot"])]),
            -    copy_file(PlainRelFileName++".boot",filename:join([TmpBinDir, "start.boot"])),
            +    TmpDir = filename:join(Dir,"tmp"),
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/data_types.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (3751))
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/data_types.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.507106197 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/data_types.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.508106203 +0000
            @@ -196,10 +196,10 @@
             arithmetic operations. This is because floats are represented by a fixed number
             of bits in a base-2 system while printed floats are represented with a base-10
             system. Erlang uses 64-bit floats. Here are examples of this phenomenon:

            1> 0.1+0.2.
            -0.30000000000000004

            The real numbers 0.1 and 0.2 cannot be represented exactly as floats.

            1> {36028797018963968.0, 36028797018963968 == 36028797018963968.0,
            -  36028797018963970.0, 36028797018963970 == 36028797018963970.0}.
            -{3.602879701896397e16, true,
            - 3.602879701896397e16, false}.

            The value 36028797018963968 can be represented exactly as a float value but +0.30000000000000004

            The real numbers 0.1 and 0.2 cannot be represented exactly as floats.

            1> {36028797018963968.0, 36028797018963968 == 36028797018963968.0,
            +  36028797018963970.0, 36028797018963970 == 36028797018963970.0}.
            +{3.602879701896397e16, true,
            + 3.602879701896397e16, false}.

            The value 36028797018963968 can be represented exactly as a float value but Erlang's pretty printer rounds 36028797018963968.0 to 3.602879701896397e16 (=36028797018963970.0) as all values in the range [36028797018963966.0, 36028797018963972.0] are represented by @@ -240,11 +240,11 @@ 3> <<1:1,0:1>>. <<2:2>>

            The is_bitstring/1 BIF tests whether a term is a bit string, and the is_binary/1 -BIF tests whether a term is a binary.

            Examples:

            1> is_bitstring(<<1:1>>).
            +BIF tests whether a term is a binary.

            Examples:

            1> is_bitstring(<<1:1>>).
             true
            -2> is_binary(<<1:1>>).
            +2> is_binary(<<1:1>>).
             false
            -3> is_binary(<<42>>).
            +3> is_binary(<<42>>).
             true
             

            For more examples, see Programming Examples.

            @@ -256,9 +256,9 @@ among connected nodes. A reference is created by calling the make_ref/0 BIF. The is_reference/1 BIF tests whether a term -is a reference.

            Examples:

            1> Ref = make_ref().
            +is a reference.

            Examples:

            1> Ref = make_ref().
             #Ref<0.76482849.3801088007.198204>
            -2> is_reference(Ref).
            +2> is_reference(Ref).
             true

            @@ -267,17 +267,17 @@

            A fun is a functional object. Funs make it possible to create an anonymous function and pass the function itself — not its name — as argument to other -functions.

            Examples:

            1> Fun1 = fun (X) -> X+1 end.
            +functions.

            Examples:

            1> Fun1 = fun (X) -> X+1 end.
             #Fun<erl_eval.6.39074546>
            -2> Fun1(2).
            +2> Fun1(2).
             3

            The is_function/1 and is_function/2 -BIFs tests whether a term is a fun.

            Examples:

            1> F = fun() -> ok end.
            +BIFs tests whether a term is a fun.

            Examples:

            1> F = fun() -> ok end.
             #Fun<erl_eval.43.105768164>
            -2> is_function(F).
            +2> is_function(F).
             true
            -3> is_function(F, 0).
            +3> is_function(F, 0).
             true
            -4> is_function(F, 1).
            +4> is_function(F, 1).
             false

            Read more about funs in Fun Expressions. For more examples, see Programming Examples.

            @@ -303,17 +303,17 @@ a message, which is the case when calling the spawn_request/5 BIF. A Pid is typically used when when sending a process a signal. The -is_pid/1 BIF tests whether a term is a Pid.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --export([loop/0]).
            +is_pid/1 BIF tests whether a term is a Pid.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-export([loop/0]).
             
            -loop() ->
            +loop() ->
                 receive
                     who_are_you ->
            -            io:format("I am ~p~n", [self()]),
            -            loop()
            +            io:format("I am ~p~n", [self()]),
            +            loop()
                 end.
             
            -1> P = spawn(m, loop, []).
            +1> P = spawn(m, loop, []).
             <0.58.0>
             2> P ! who_are_you.
             I am <0.58.0>
            @@ -324,19 +324,19 @@
               Tuple
             

            A tuple is a compound data type with a fixed number of terms:

            {Term1,...,TermN}

            Each term Term in the tuple is called an element. The number of elements is -said to be the size of the tuple.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate tuples.

            Examples:

            1> P = {adam,24,{july,29}}.
            -{adam,24,{july,29}}
            -2> element(1,P).
            +said to be the size of the tuple.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate tuples.

            Examples:

            1> P = {adam,24,{july,29}}.
            +{adam,24,{july,29}}
            +2> element(1,P).
             adam
            -3> element(3,P).
            -{july,29}
            -4> P2 = setelement(2,P,25).
            -{adam,25,{july,29}}
            -5> tuple_size(P).
            +3> element(3,P).
            +{july,29}
            +4> P2 = setelement(2,P,25).
            +{adam,25,{july,29}}
            +5> tuple_size(P).
             3
            -6> tuple_size({}).
            +6> tuple_size({}).
             0
            -7> is_tuple({a,b,c}).
            +7> is_tuple({a,b,c}).
             true

            @@ -345,17 +345,17 @@

            A map is a compound data type with a variable number of key-value associations:

            #{Key1 => Value1, ..., KeyN => ValueN}

            Each key-value association in the map is called an association pair. The key and value parts of the pair are called elements. The number of association -pairs is said to be the size of the map.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate maps.

            Examples:

            1> M1 = #{name => adam, age => 24, date => {july,29}}.
            -#{age => 24,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            -2> maps:get(name, M1).
            +pairs is said to be the size of the map.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate maps.

            Examples:

            1> M1 = #{name => adam, age => 24, date => {july,29}}.
            +#{age => 24,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            +2> maps:get(name, M1).
             adam
            -3> maps:get(date, M1).
            -{july,29}
            -4> M2 = maps:update(age, 25, M1).
            -#{age => 25,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            -5> map_size(M).
            +3> maps:get(date, M1).
            +{july,29}
            +4> M2 = maps:update(age, 25, M1).
            +#{age => 25,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            +5> map_size(M).
             3
            -6> map_size(#{}).
            +6> map_size(#{}).
             0

            A collection of maps processing functions are found in module maps in STDLIB.

            Read more about maps in Map Expressions.

            Change

            Maps were introduced as an experimental feature in Erlang/OTP R17. Their functionality was extended and became fully supported in Erlang/OTP 18.

            @@ -370,19 +370,19 @@ latter can be expressed as [H|T]. The notation [Term1,...,TermN] above is equivalent with the list [Term1|[...|[TermN|[]]]].

            Example:

            [] is a list, thus
            [c|[]] is a list, thus
            [b|[c|[]]] is a list, thus
            [a|[b|[c|[]]]] is a list, or in short [a,b,c]

            A list where the tail is a list is sometimes called a proper list. It is allowed to have a list where the tail is not a list, for example, [a|b]. -However, this type of list is of little practical use.

            Examples:

            1> L1 = [a,2,{c,4}].
            -[a,2,{c,4}]
            -2> [H|T] = L1.
            -[a,2,{c,4}]
            +However, this type of list is of little practical use.

            Examples:

            1> L1 = [a,2,{c,4}].
            +[a,2,{c,4}]
            +2> [H|T] = L1.
            +[a,2,{c,4}]
             3> H.
             a
             4> T.
            -[2,{c,4}]
            -5> L2 = [d|T].
            -[d,2,{c,4}]
            -6> length(L1).
            +[2,{c,4}]
            +5> L2 = [d|T].
            +[d,2,{c,4}]
            +6> length(L1).
             3
            -7> length([]).
            +7> length([]).
             0

            A collection of list processing functions are found in module lists in STDLIB.

            @@ -510,16 +510,16 @@ data type. Instead, record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. Therefore, record expressions are not understood by the shell unless special actions are taken. For details, see module shell -in STDLIB.

            Examples:

            -module(person).
            --export([new/2]).
            +in STDLIB.

            Examples:

            -module(person).
            +-export([new/2]).
             
            --record(person, {name, age}).
            +-record(person, {name, age}).
             
            -new(Name, Age) ->
            -    #href_anchor"ss">person{name=Name, age=Age}.
            +new(Name, Age) ->
            +    #href_anchor"ss">person{name=Name, age=Age}.
             
            -1> person:new(ernie, 44).
            -{person,ernie,44}

            Read more about records in Records. More examples are +1> person:new(ernie, 44). +{person,ernie,44}

            Read more about records in Records. More examples are found in Programming Examples.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (847)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.532106345 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.533106351 +0000 @@ -156,94 +156,94 @@ specific part. Consider the following code (written in plain Erlang) for a simple server, which keeps track of a number of "channels". Other processes can allocate and free the channels by calling the functions alloc/0 and free/1, -respectively.

            -module(ch1).
            --export([start/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/0]).
            +respectively.

            -module(ch1).
            +-export([start/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/0]).
             
            -start() ->
            -    spawn(ch1, init, []).
            +start() ->
            +    spawn(ch1, init, []).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    ch1 ! {self(), alloc},
            +alloc() ->
            +    ch1 ! {self(), alloc},
                 receive
            -        {ch1, Res} ->
            +        {ch1, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    ch1 ! {free, Ch},
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    ch1 ! {free, Ch},
                 ok.
             
            -init() ->
            -    register(ch1, self()),
            -    Chs = channels(),
            -    loop(Chs).
            +init() ->
            +    register(ch1, self()),
            +    Chs = channels(),
            +    loop(Chs).
             
            -loop(Chs) ->
            +loop(Chs) ->
                 receive
            -        {From, alloc} ->
            -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -            From ! {ch1, Ch},
            -            loop(Chs2);
            -        {free, Ch} ->
            -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -            loop(Chs2)
            -    end.

            The code for the server can be rewritten into a generic part server.erl:

            -module(server).
            --export([start/1]).
            --export([call/2, cast/2]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +        {From, alloc} ->
            +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +            From ! {ch1, Ch},
            +            loop(Chs2);
            +        {free, Ch} ->
            +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            +            loop(Chs2)
            +    end.

            The code for the server can be rewritten into a generic part server.erl:

            -module(server).
            +-export([start/1]).
            +-export([call/2, cast/2]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start(Mod) ->
            -    spawn(server, init, [Mod]).
            +start(Mod) ->
            +    spawn(server, init, [Mod]).
             
            -call(Name, Req) ->
            -    Name ! {call, self(), Req},
            +call(Name, Req) ->
            +    Name ! {call, self(), Req},
                 receive
            -        {Name, Res} ->
            +        {Name, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -cast(Name, Req) ->
            -    Name ! {cast, Req},
            +cast(Name, Req) ->
            +    Name ! {cast, Req},
                 ok.
             
            -init(Mod) ->
            -    register(Mod, self()),
            -    State = Mod:init(),
            -    loop(Mod, State).
            +init(Mod) ->
            +    register(Mod, self()),
            +    State = Mod:init(),
            +    loop(Mod, State).
             
            -loop(Mod, State) ->
            +loop(Mod, State) ->
                 receive
            -        {call, From, Req} ->
            -            {Res, State2} = Mod:handle_call(Req, State),
            -            From ! {Mod, Res},
            -            loop(Mod, State2);
            -        {cast, Req} ->
            -            State2 = Mod:handle_cast(Req, State),
            -            loop(Mod, State2)
            -    end.

            And a callback module ch2.erl:

            -module(ch2).
            --export([start/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/0, handle_call/2, handle_cast/2]).
            -
            -start() ->
            -    server:start(ch2).
            -
            -alloc() ->
            -    server:call(ch2, alloc).
            -
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    server:cast(ch2, {free, Ch}).
            +        {call, From, Req} ->
            +            {Res, State2} = Mod:handle_call(Req, State),
            +            From ! {Mod, Res},
            +            loop(Mod, State2);
            +        {cast, Req} ->
            +            State2 = Mod:handle_cast(Req, State),
            +            loop(Mod, State2)
            +    end.

            And a callback module ch2.erl:

            -module(ch2).
            +-export([start/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/0, handle_call/2, handle_cast/2]).
            +
            +start() ->
            +    server:start(ch2).
            +
            +alloc() ->
            +    server:call(ch2, alloc).
            +
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    server:cast(ch2, {free, Ch}).
             
            -init() ->
            -    channels().
            +init() ->
            +    channels().
             
            -handle_call(alloc, Chs) ->
            -    alloc(Chs). % => {Ch,Chs2}
            +handle_call(alloc, Chs) ->
            +    alloc(Chs). % => {Ch,Chs2}
             
            -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
            -    free(Ch, Chs). % => Chs2

            Notice the following:

            • The code in server can be reused to build many different servers.
            • The server name, in this example the atom ch2, is hidden from the users of +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + free(Ch, Chs). % => Chs2

            Notice the following:

            Example:

            -moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
            --moduledoc #href_anchor"ss">since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
            --moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

            +of the format.

          Example:

          -moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
          +-moduledoc #href_anchor"ss">since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
          +-moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

          @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ We use a special number here so that we know that this number comes from this module. """. --opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. +-opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. -doc """ Adds two numbers. @@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ 1> arith:add(arith:number(1), arith:number(2)). {number, 3} ``` """. --spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). -add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

          +-spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). +add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

        @@ -248,12 +248,12 @@ automatically insert this key if there is a -deprecated attribute marking a function as deprecated.

      • equiv => unicode:chardata() | F/A | F(...) - Notes that this function is equivalent to another function in this module. The equivalence can be described using either -Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

        -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
        -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
        -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

        or

        -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
        --spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
        -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
        -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

        The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is +Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

        -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
        +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
        +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

        or

        -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
        +-spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
        +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
        +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

        The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is the value converted to a string.

      • exported => boolean() - A boolean/0 signifying if the entry is exported or not. This value is automatically set by the compiler and should not be set by the user.

      @@ -264,20 +264,20 @@

      The doc signature is a short text shown to describe the function and its arguments. By default it is determined by looking at the names of the arguments in the --spec or function. For example:

      add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
      +-spec or function. For example:

      add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
       
      --spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
      -sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

      will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

      For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback -specification. For example:

      -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
      +-spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
      +sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

      will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

      For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback +specification. For example:

      -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
       %% signature will be `number(Value)`
       
      --opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
      +-opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
       %% signature will be `number()`
       
      --callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
      +-callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
       %% signature will be `increment(In)`
       
      --callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
      +-callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
       %% signature will be `increment(In)`

      If it is not possible to "easily" figure out a nice signature from the code, the MFA syntax is used instead. For example: add/2, number/1, increment/1

      It is possible to supply a custom signature by placing it as the first line of the -doc attribute. The provided signature must be in the form of a function @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Adds two numbers. """. -add(A, B) -> A + B.

      Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the +add(A, B) -> A + B.

      Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the documentation string, so in the example above only the text "Adds two numbers" will be part of the documentation. This works for functions, types, and callbacks.

    Rewriting to either:

    DO

    atom_map2(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map2(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map2(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map2(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map2(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map2(six) -> 6;
    +atom_map2(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int.

    or:

    DO

    atom_map3(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    +atom_map3(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map3(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map3(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map3(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map3(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map3(six) -> 6.

    gives slightly more efficient matching code.

    Another example:

    DO NOT

    map_pairs1(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
    +map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in +map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) -> + [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in all clauses. The problem is the variable in the second argument, Xs, in the middle clause. Because the variable can match anything, the compiler is not allowed to rearrange the clauses, but must generate code that matches them in the order written.

    If the function is rewritten as follows, the compiler is free to rearrange the -clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
    +clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
    +map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
    +map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    +    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
         case Xs0 of
    -	[X|Xs] ->
    +	[X|Xs] ->
     	    case Ys0 of
    -		[Y|Ys] ->
    -		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    -		[] ->
    +		[Y|Ys] ->
    +		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    +		[] ->
     		    Xs0
     	    end;
    -	[] ->
    +	[] ->
     	    Ys0
         end.

    This is slightly faster for probably the most common case that the input lists are not empty or very short. (Another advantage is that Dialyzer can deduce a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1653)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.646107019 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.647107025 +0000 @@ -123,37 +123,37 @@

    An Erlang process is lightweight compared to threads and processes in operating systems.

    A newly spawned Erlang process uses 327 words of memory. The size can be found -as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
    +as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
     
    -Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
    +Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.43.39164016>
    -2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    -{memory,2616}
    -3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
    +2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    +{memory,2616}
    +3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
     327

    The size includes 233 words for the heap area (which includes the stack). The garbage collector increases the heap as needed.

    The main (outer) loop for a process must be tail-recursive. Otherwise, the -stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
    +stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
       receive
    -     {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -     {From, Msg} ->
    -          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +     {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +     {From, Msg} ->
    +          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
               From ! Reply,
    -          loop()
    +          loop()
       end,
    -  io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will + io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will still be pushed to the stack each time loop/0 is called recursively. The -correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
    +correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
        receive
    -      {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -      {From, Msg} ->
    -         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +      {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +      {From, Msg} ->
    +         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
              From ! Reply,
    -         loop()
    +         loop()
      end.

    @@ -193,22 +193,22 @@

    The cost of receiving messages depends on how complicated the receive expression is. A simple expression that matches any message is very cheap because it retrieves the first message in the message queue:

    DO

    receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    However, this is not always convenient: we can receive a message that we do not know how to handle at this point, so it is common to only match the messages we expect:

    receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    While this is convenient it means that the entire message queue must be searched until it finds a matching message. This is very expensive for processes with long message queues, so there is an optimization for the common case of -sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
     receive
    -    {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -        handle_error(Reason)
    +    {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +        handle_error(Reason)
     end.

    Since the compiler knows that the reference created by monitor/2 cannot exist before the call (since it is a globally unique identifier), and that the receive only matches messages that contain @@ -232,45 +232,45 @@ efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1

    To make it clearer exactly what code the warnings refer to, the warnings in the following examples are inserted as comments after the clause they refer to, for example:

    %% DO
    -simple_receive() ->
    +simple_receive() ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:194: Warning: INFO: not a selective receive, this is always fast
     receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO NOT, unless Tag is known to be a suitable reference: see
     %% cross_function_receive/0 further down.
    -selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
    +selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:200: Warning: NOT OPTIMIZED: all clauses do not match a suitable reference
     receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO
    -optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
    +optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:206: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:208: Warning: OPTIMIZED: matches reference created by monitor/2 at efficiency_guide.erl:206
         receive
    -        {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -    handle_error(Reason)
    +        {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +    handle_error(Reason)
         end.
     
     %% DO
    -cross_function_receive() ->
    +cross_function_receive() ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:218: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    Ref = make_ref(),
    +    Ref = make_ref(),
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:219: Warning: INFO: passing reference created by make_ref/0 at efficiency_guide.erl:218
    -    cross_function_receive(Ref).
    +    cross_function_receive(Ref).
     
    -cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
    +cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1
         receive
    -        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
         end.

    @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ each loaded module has its own pool. The following function does not build the tuple every time it is called (only to have it discarded the next time the garbage collector was run), but the tuple is located in the module's literal -pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    -    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, +pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    +    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, it is copied. The reason is that the module containing the literal can be unloaded in the future.

    When a literal is sent to another process, it is not copied. When a module holding a literal is unloaded, the literal will be copied to the heap of all @@ -297,28 +297,28 @@ Loss of Sharing

    -

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared -subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    -    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
    +

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared +subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    +    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
     
    -kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
    +kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
         Acc;
    -kilo_byte(N, Acc) ->
    -    kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 +kilo_byte(N, Acc) -> + kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 is called, the deep list can be converted to a binary of 1024 bytes:

    1> byte_size(list_to_binary(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte())).
     1024

    Using the erts_debug:size/1 BIF, it can be seen that the deep list only -requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     22

    Using the erts_debug:flat_size/1 BIF, the size of the deep list can be calculated if sharing is ignored. It becomes the size of the list when it has -been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     4094

    It can be verified that sharing will be lost if the data is inserted into an Ets -table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
    +table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214181>
    -5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
    +5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2640))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.671107167 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.672107173 +0000
    @@ -124,111 +124,111 @@
       Erlang Program
     
     

    The following example shows an Erlang program communicating with a C program -over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.
     
    -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
    +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
     
    -decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the +decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the example in Ports, using only the plain port:

    • As Erl_Interface operates on the Erlang external term format, the port must be set to use binaries.
    • Instead of inventing an encoding/decoding scheme, the term_to_binary/1 and -binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    -end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    -end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.

    Notice that calling complex2:foo/1 and complex2:bar/1 results in the tuple {foo,X} or {bar,Y} being sent to the complex process, which codes them as binaries and sends them to the port. This means that the C program must be able @@ -248,53 +248,53 @@ typedef unsigned char byte; -int read_cmd(byte *buf); -int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); -int foo(int x); -int bar(int y); - -static void fail(int place) { - fprintf(stderr, "Something went wrong %d\n", place); - exit(1); -} +int read_cmd(byte *buf); +int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); +int foo(int x); +int bar(int y); /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1788)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.691107285 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.691107285 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ logger_sasl_compatible to true. For more information, see SASL Error Logging in the SASL User's Guide.

    % erl -kernel logger_level info
    -Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
    +Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
     
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.916404 ===
         application: kernel
    @@ -156,22 +156,22 @@
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.925755 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_sup},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,1000},
    -              {child_type,supervisor}]
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_sup},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,1000},
    +              {child_type,supervisor}]
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.926056 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_server},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,2000},
    -              {child_type,worker}]
    -Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_server},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,2000},
    +              {child_type,worker}]
    +Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
     1>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/errors.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1234)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/errors.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.708107386 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/errors.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.709107392 +0000 @@ -155,14 +155,14 @@ Exit Reason), and a stack trace (which aids in finding the code location of the exception).

    The stack trace can be bound to a variable from within a try expression for any exception class, or as part of the exit reason when a run-time error is -caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]
    -> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]

    +caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]
    +> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/events.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (784)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/events.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.725107486 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/events.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.726107492 +0000 @@ -139,35 +139,35 @@ Example

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to the terminal -can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.
     
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +terminate(_Args, _State) ->
         ok.

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to a file can -look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    -
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    +init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
    +
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +terminate(_Args, Fd) -> + file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    @@ -188,19 +188,19 @@ Adding an Event Handler

    The following example shows how to start an event manager and add an event -handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    -{ok,<0.31.0>}
    -2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    +{ok,<0.31.0>}
    +2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to add the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:init([]), where the argument [] is the third argument to add_handler. init/1 is expected to return {ok, State}, -where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For +where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For terminal_logger, the internal state is not used. For file_logger, the -internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    @@ -212,25 +212,25 @@ is received, the event manager calls handle_event(Event, State) for each installed event handler, in the same order as they were added. The function is expected to return a tuple {ok,State1}, where State1 is a new value for the -state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    Deleting an Event Handler

    -
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to delete the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:terminate([], State), where the argument [] is the third argument to delete_handler. terminate/2 is to be the opposite of init/1 and do any necessary cleaning up. Its return value is -ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    -    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    +ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    +    file:close(Fd).

    @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Standalone Event Managers

    -

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
    +

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
     ok

    @@ -265,13 +265,13 @@ implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages if the event manager is linked to other processes than the supervisor (for example via gen_event:add_sup_handler/3) and is -trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/example.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (359)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/example.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.741107581 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/example.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.741107581 +0000 @@ -125,17 +125,17 @@ code, solving a complex problem, in your Erlang program. Suppose for example, that you have the following C functions that you would like to call from Erlang:

    /* complex.c */
     
    -int foo(int x) {
    +int foo(int x) {
       return x+1;
    -}
    +}
     
    -int bar(int y) {
    +int bar(int y) {
       return y*2;
    -}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability +}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability reasons.

    From an Erlang perspective, it is preferable to be able to call foo and bar without having to bother about that they are C functions:

    % Erlang code
     ...
    -Res = complex:foo(X),
    +Res = complex:foo(X),
     ...

    Here, the communication with C is hidden in the implementation of complex.erl. In the following sections, it is shown how this module can be implemented using the different interoperability mechanisms.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/expressions.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1490)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/expressions.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.781107817 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/expressions.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.782107823 +0000 @@ -155,12 +155,12 @@ single assignment, that is, a variable can only be bound once.

    The anonymous variable is denoted by underscore (_) and can be used when a variable is required but its value can be ignored.

    Example:

    [H|_] = [1,2,3]

    Variables starting with underscore (_), for example, _Height, are normal variables, not anonymous. However, they are ignored by the compiler in the sense -that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    -    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, -the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the -following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of +that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    +    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, +the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the +following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of an if, case, or receive expression must be bound in all branches to have a value outside the expression. Otherwise they are regarded as unsafe outside the expression.

    For the try expression variable scoping is limited so that variables bound in @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ Patterns

    A pattern has the same structure as a term but can contain unbound variables.

    Example:

    Name1
    -[H|T]
    -{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, +[H|T] +{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, receive expressions, and match expressions.

    @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@

    If Pattern1 and Pattern2 are valid patterns, the following is also a valid pattern:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2

    When matched against a term, both Pattern1 and Pattern2 are matched against -the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    -    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
    +the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    +    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    -    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
    +    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
         ignore.

    The compound pattern operator does not imply that its operands are matched in any particular order. That means that it is not legal to bind a variable in Pattern1 and use it in Pattern2, or vice versa.

    @@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ String Prefix in Patterns

    -

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    +

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    Expressions in Patterns

    An arithmetic expression can be used within a pattern if it meets both of the -following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    -    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    +following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    +    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    @@ -213,15 +213,15 @@

    The following matches Pattern against Expr:

    Pattern = Expr

    If the matching succeeds, any unbound variable in the pattern becomes bound and the value of Expr is returned.

    If multiple match operators are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from -right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    -{answer,42}
    +right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    +{answer,42}
     2> A.
     answer
     3> B.
     42
     4> T.
    -{answer,42}
    -5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
    +{answer,42}
    +5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
     ** exception error: no match of right-hand side value [1,2]

    Because multiple match operators are evaluated from right to left, it means that:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2 = . . . = PatternN = Expression

    is equivalent to:

    Temporary = Expression,
     PatternN = Temporary,
    @@ -243,20 +243,20 @@
     compound pattern matches if all of its constituent patterns match. It is not
     legal for a pattern that is part of a compound pattern to use variables (as keys
     in map patterns or sizes in binary patterns) bound in other sub patterns of the
    -same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
    +same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
     * 1:7: variable 'Key' is unbound
    -2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}).
    -{{1,2},3}
    -3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>).
    -{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used +2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}). +{{1,2},3} +3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>). +{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used to match the value of an expression to a pattern. If multiple match operators -are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    -#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    -2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
    +are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    +#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    +2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
     value
    -3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
    +3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
     value
    -4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
    +4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
     * 1:12: variable 'Key' is unbound
     5> <<X:Y>> = begin Y = 8, <<42:8>> end, X.
     42

    The expression at prompt 2> first matches the value of variable M against @@ -280,22 +280,22 @@ Function Calls -

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    -ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of +

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    +ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of ExprM and ExprF must be an atom or an expression that evaluates to an atom. The function is said to be called by using the fully qualified function name. -This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be +This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be an atom or evaluate to a fun.

    If ExprF is an atom, the function is said to be called by using the implicitly qualified function name. If the function ExprF is locally defined, it is called. Alternatively, if ExprF is explicitly imported from the M module, M:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN) is called. If ExprF is neither declared locally nor explicitly imported, ExprF must be the name of an automatically -imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    -spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    -Fun1(3).
    +imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    +spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    +Fun1(3).
     4
    -2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    -[1,2,3,4]
    +2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    +[1,2,3,4]
     3>

    Notice that when calling a local function, there is a difference between using the implicitly or fully qualified function name. The latter always refers to the latest version of the module. See @@ -320,32 +320,32 @@ (ERTS version 5.8) and have an implicitly qualified call to that function in your code, you either need to explicitly remove the auto-import using a compiler directive, or replace the call with a fully qualified function call. Otherwise -you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
    +you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    -length([]) ->
    +length([]) ->
         0;
    -length([H|T]) ->
    -    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
    +length([H|T]) ->
    +    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                       %% which is allowed in guards
         long.

    The same logic applies to explicitly imported functions from other modules, as to locally defined functions. It is not allowed to both import a function from -another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
    +another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    --import(mod,[length/1]).
    +-import(mod,[length/1]).
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                        %% which is allowed in guards
     
    -    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
    +    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
     
    -f(X) ->
    -    length(X).                     %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the +f(X) -> + length(X). %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the name with a local function or explicit import is always allowed. However, if the -compile({no_auto_import,[F/A]) directive is not used, the compiler issues a warning whenever the function is called in the module using the implicitly @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ sequence GuardSeq that evaluates to true is found. Then the corresponding /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/funs.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2205)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/funs.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.814108013 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/funs.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.815108018 +0000 @@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ map -

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    -double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    -[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    -add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used -by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as -follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    -add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as +

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    +double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    +[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    +add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used +by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as +follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    +add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as arguments and returns a new list, obtained by applying F to each of the elements in L.

    The process of abstracting out the common features of a number of different programs is called procedural abstraction. Procedural abstraction can be used @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ foreach

    This section illustrates procedural abstraction. Initially, the following two -examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    -    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    -    print_list(Stream, T);
    -print_list(Stream, []) ->
    -    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
    +examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    +    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    +    print_list(Stream, T);
    +print_list(Stream, []) ->
    +    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
         Pid ! Msg,
    -    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    -broadcast(_, []) ->
    +    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    +broadcast(_, []) ->
         true.

    These two functions have a similar structure. They both iterate over a list and do something to each element in the list. The "something" is passed on as an -extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    -    F(H),
    -    foreach(F, T);
    -foreach(F, []) ->
    -    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) +extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    +    F(H),
    +    foreach(F, T);
    +foreach(F, []) ->
    +    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) calls Fun(X) for each element X in L and the processing occurs in the order that the elements were defined in L. map does not define the order in which its elements are processed.

    @@ -166,24 +166,24 @@ Syntax of Funs

    Funs are written with the following syntax (see -Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
    +Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
             ...
         end

    This creates an anonymous function of N arguments and binds it to the variable F.

    Another function, FunctionName, written in the same module, can be passed as an argument, using the following syntax:

    F = fun FunctionName/Arity

    With this form of function reference, the function that is referred to does not need to be exported from the module.

    It is also possible to refer to a function defined in a different module, with -the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    --export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    --import(lists, [map/2]).
    +the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    +-export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    +-import(lists, [map/2]).
     
    -t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test -is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    -   apply(F, Args);
    -f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
    +double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test +is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    +   apply(F, Args);
    +f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
        N.

    Funs are a distinct type. The BIFs erlang:fun_info/1,2 can be used to retrieve information about a fun, and the BIF erlang:fun_to_list/1 returns a textual representation of a fun. The check_process_code/2 @@ -196,18 +196,18 @@

    The scope rules for variables that occur in funs are as follows:

    • All variables that occur in the head of a fun are assumed to be "fresh" variables.
    • Variables that are defined before the fun, and that occur in function calls or -guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.
    • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.

    The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The +guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.

  • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.
  • The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The variable Stream, which is used within the fun, gets its value from the file:open line.

    As any variable that occurs in the head of a fun is considered a new variable, -it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(File) ->
    -                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    -            end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise +it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(File) ->
    +                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    +            end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise because code in the fun body cannot refer to the variable File, which is defined outside of the fun. Compiling this example gives the following diagnostic:

    ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'File'
    @@ -216,20 +216,20 @@
     pattern matching operations must be moved into guard expressions and cannot be
     written in the head of the fun. For example, you might write the following code
     if you intend the first clause of F to be evaluated when the value of its
    -argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
    +argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
    +    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    -    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
    +        end, ...)
    +    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(Y) ->
    +    map(fun(Y) ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    +        end, ...)
         ...

    @@ -243,58 +243,58 @@ map

    -

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the +

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the list.

    When a new fun is defined in the shell, the value of the fun is printed as -Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
    +Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[2,4,6,8,10]

    +> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]). +[2,4,6,8,10]

    any

    -

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    -    case Pred(H) of
    +

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    +    case Pred(H) of
             true  ->  true;
    -        false ->  any(Pred, T)
    +        false ->  any(Pred, T)
         end;
    -any(Pred, []) ->
    +any(Pred, []) ->
         false.

    A predicate is a function that returns true or false. any is true if there is a term X in the list such that P(X) is true.

    A predicate Big(X) is defined, which is true if its argument is greater that -10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
    +10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
     false
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
     true

    all

    -

    lists:all/2 has the same arguments as any:

    all(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1297))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.838108154 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html	2026-10-15 00:56:23.838108154 +0000
    @@ -161,40 +161,40 @@
     
     

    An example of a simple server written in plain Erlang is provided in Overview. The server can be reimplemented using -gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
    +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
     
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    Starting a Gen_Server

    In the example in the previous section, gen_server is started by calling -ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function +ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function spawns and links to a new process, a gen_server.

    • The first argument, {local, ch3}, specifies the name. The gen_server is then locally registered as ch3.

      If the name is omitted, the gen_server is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be given as {global, Name}, in which case @@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ for the available options.

    If name registration succeeds, the new gen_server process calls the callback function ch3:init([]). init is expected to return {ok, State}, where State is the internal state of the gen_server. In this case, the state is -the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the +the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_server has been initialized and is ready to receive requests.

    gen_server:start_link/4 must be used if the gen_server is part of a supervision tree, meaning that it was started by a supervisor. There is another function, gen_server:start/4, to start a standalone @@ -225,9 +225,9 @@ When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_call(Request, From, State), which is expected to return a tuple {reply,Reply,State1}. Reply is the reply that is to be sent back -to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the +to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the set of remaining available channels Chs2.

    Thus, the call ch3:alloc() returns the allocated channel Ch and the gen_server then waits for new requests, now with an updated list of available channels.

    @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ Asynchronous Requests - Cast

    -

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. +

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. cast, and thus free, then returns ok.

    When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_cast(Request, State), which is expected to return a tuple -{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. +{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    +    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    +    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. The gen_server is now ready for new requests.

    @@ -261,15 +261,15 @@ set in the supervisor.

    If it is necessary to clean up before termination, the shutdown strategy must be a time-out value and the gen_server must be set to trap exit signals in function init. When ordered to shutdown, the gen_server then calls -the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
    +the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
         ...,
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
         ...,
    -    {ok, State}.
    +    {ok, State}.
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(shutdown, State) ->
    +terminate(shutdown, State) ->
         %% Code for cleaning up here
         ...
         ok.

    @@ -280,21 +280,21 @@

    If the gen_server is not part of a supervision tree, a stop function can be useful, for example:

    ...
    -export([stop/0]).
    +export([stop/0]).
     ...
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
     ...
     
    -handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    -    {stop, normal, State};
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
    +handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    +    {stop, normal, State};
    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
         ...
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(normal, State) ->
    +terminate(normal, State) ->
         ok.

    The callback function handling the stop request returns a tuple {stop,normal,State1}, where normal specifies that it is a normal termination and State1 is a new value for the state @@ -309,13 +309,13 @@ the callback function handle_info(Info, State) must be implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages, if the gen_server is linked to other processes than the supervisor -and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (931)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.860108285 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.861108291 +0000 @@ -165,16 +165,16 @@ Specifying Included Applications

    Which applications to include is defined by the included_applications key in -the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.

    +the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.

    @@ -188,27 +188,27 @@ term.

    The value of the mod key of the including application must be set to {application_starter,[Module,StartArgs]}, where Module as usual is the application callback module. StartArgs is a term provided as argument to the -callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.
    +callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.
     
    -{application, incl_app,
    - [{description, "Included application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    -  {registered, []},
    -  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    - ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary +{application, incl_app, + [{description, "Included application"}, + {vsn, "1"}, + {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]}, + {registered, []}, + {start_phases, [{go,[]}]}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]}, + {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}} + ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary application is started the normal way, that is:

    • The application controller creates an application master for the application
    • The application master calls Module:start(normal, StartArgs) to start the top supervisor.

    Then, for the primary application and each included application in top-down, left-to-right order, the application master calls @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ of specified phases must be a subset of the set of phases specified for the primary application.

    When starting prim_app as defined above, the application controller calls the following callback functions before application:start(prim_app) returns a -value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    - => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    - => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    +value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    + => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    + => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (579)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.880108403 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.881108409 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

    and sometimes

    $ cd $ERL_TOP
     $ make local_setup
     

    So now when you run $ERL_TOP/erl.exe, you should have a debug compiled -emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you +emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you got a debug compiled emulator.

    To hack the erlang libraries, you simply do a make opt in the specific "applications" directory, like:

    $ cd $ERL_TOP/lib/stdlib
     $ make opt
    @@ -322,11 +322,11 @@
     

    Remember that:

    • Windows specific C-code goes in the $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/sys/win32, $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/drivers/win32 or $ERL_TOP/erts/etc/win32.

    • Windows specific erlang code should be used conditionally and the host OS tested in runtime, the exactly same beam files should be -distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      -    {win32,_} ->
      -        do_windows_specific();
      +distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      +    {win32,_} ->
      +        do_windows_specific();
           Other ->
      -        do_fallback_or_exit()
      +        do_fallback_or_exit()
       end,

    That's basically all you need to get going.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2031)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.898108509 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.899108515 +0000 @@ -121,25 +121,25 @@ Simple Examples

    -

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    -[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list +

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    +[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list [1,2,a,...] and X is greater than 3.

    The notation X <- [1,2,a,...] is a generator and the expression X > 3 is a filter.

    An additional filter, is_integer(X), can be added to -restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    -[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can -be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    -[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    +restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    +[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can +be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    +[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    Quick Sort

    -

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    -sort([_] = L) -> L;
    -sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    -    [Pivot] ++
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T +

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    +sort([_] = L) -> L;
    +sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    +    [Pivot] ++
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are less than Pivot.

    [X || X <- T, X >= Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are greater than or equal to Pivot.

    With the algorithm above, a list is sorted as follows:

    • A list with zero or one element is trivially sorted.
    • For lists with more than one element:
      1. The first element in the list is isolated as the pivot element.
      2. The remaining list is partitioned into two sublists, such that:
      • The first sublist contains all elements that are smaller than the pivot element.
      • The second sublist contains all elements that are greater than or equal to @@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ Permutations -

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        -perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists +

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        +perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists [H|T], where T is the set of all possible permutations of L, with H -removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        -[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        +removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        +[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        @@ -168,47 +168,47 @@

        Pythagorean triplets are sets of integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2.

        The function pyth(N) generates a list of all integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2 and where the sum of the sides is equal to, or less than, -N:

        pyth(N) ->
        -    [ {A,B,C} ||
        -        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +N:

        pyth(N) ->
        +    [ {A,B,C} ||
        +        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
                 A+B+C =< N,
                 A*A+B*B == C*C
        -    ].
        > pyth(3).
        -[].
        -> pyth(11).
        -[].
        -> pyth(12).
        -[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        -> pyth(50).
        -[{3,4,5},
        - {4,3,5},
        - {5,12,13},
        - {6,8,10},
        - {8,6,10},
        - {8,15,17},
        - {9,12,15},
        - {12,5,13},
        - {12,9,15},
        - {12,16,20},
        - {15,8,17},
        - {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        -   [{A,B,C} ||
        -       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        -       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        -       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
        +    ].
        > pyth(3).
        +[].
        +> pyth(11).
        +[].
        +> pyth(12).
        +[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        +> pyth(50).
        +[{3,4,5},
        + {4,3,5},
        + {5,12,13},
        + {6,8,10},
        + {8,6,10},
        + {8,15,17},
        + {9,12,15},
        + {12,5,13},
        + {12,9,15},
        + {12,16,20},
        + {15,8,17},
        + {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        +   [{A,B,C} ||
        +       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        +       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        +       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
                A+B+C =< N,
        -       A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        + A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        Simplifications With List Comprehensions

        As an example, list comprehensions can be used to simplify some of the functions -in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        -map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        -filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        +in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        +map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        +filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        @@ -220,20 +220,20 @@ which selects certain elements from a list of tuples. Suppose you write select(X, L) -> [Y || {X, Y} <- L]. with the intention of extracting all tuples from L, where the first item is X.

        Compiling this gives the following diagnostic:

        ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'X' shadowed in generate

        This diagnostic warns that the variable X in the pattern is not the same as -the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be -written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into -the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the -same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        -[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is +the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be +written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into +the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the +same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        +[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is that certain pattern matching operations must be moved into the filters and -cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        -    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        +    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
             ...
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1446)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.917108622 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.918108628 +0000 @@ -124,47 +124,47 @@

        Lists can only be built starting from the end and attaching list elements at the beginning. If you use the ++ operator as follows, a new list is created that is a copy of the elements in List1, followed by List2:

        List1 ++ List2

        Looking at how lists:append/2 or ++ would be implemented in plain Erlang, -clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        -    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        -append([], Tail) ->
        +clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        +    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        +append([], Tail) ->
             Tail.

        When recursing and building a list, it is important to ensure that you attach the new elements to the beginning of the list. In this way, you will build one -list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        -    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        +    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        +bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
             Fibs;
        -bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created +bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created that is one element longer than the new previous list.

        To avoid copying the result in each iteration, build the list in reverse order -and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        +    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        -    lists:reverse(Fibs);
        -tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        +tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) -> + lists:reverse(Fibs); +tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        List Comprehensions

        -

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list -will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list +will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        or in this code:

        case Var of
             ... ->
        -        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
        +        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
             ... ->
         end,
        -some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not +some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not returned. This means that there is no need to construct a list and the compiler -will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    Expr(E),
        -    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will -not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    Expr(E),
        +    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will +not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ to flatten the list before sending it to the port.

      • When calling BIFs that accept deep lists, such as list_to_binary/1 or iolist_to_binary/1.
      • When you know that your list is only one level deep. Use lists:append/1 -instead.

      Examples:

      DO

      port_command(Port, DeepList)

      DO NOT

      port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

      A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

      DO NOT

      TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      Instead:

      DO

      TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      DO

      1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      DO NOT

      1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      +instead.

    Examples:

    DO

    port_command(Port, DeepList)

    DO NOT

    port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

    A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

    DO NOT

    TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    Instead:

    DO

    TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    DO

    1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    DO NOT

    1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    @@ -189,17 +189,17 @@

    There are two basic ways to write a function that traverses a list and produces a new list.

    The first way is writing a body-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    -    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    -add_42_body([]) ->
    -    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_tail(List) ->
    -    add_42_tail(List, []).
    +add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    +    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    +add_42_body([]) ->
    +    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    +add_42_tail(List) ->
    +    add_42_tail(List, []).
     
    -add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    -    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    -add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    -    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically +add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) -> + add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]); +add_42_tail([], Acc) -> + lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically be more efficient. In modern versions of Erlang, there is usually not much difference in performance between a body-recursive list function and tail-recursive function that reverses the list at the end. Therefore, @@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ function that does not construct a list runs in constant space, while the corresponding body-recursive function uses stack space proportional to the length of the list.

    For example, a function that sums a list of integers, is not to be written as -follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    -recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    +recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
     
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.
    +
    sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/macros.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1348)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/macros.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.937108740 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/macros.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.937108740 +0000 @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ File Inclusion -

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    --include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included +

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    +-include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included as is, at the position of the directive.

    Include files are typically used for record and macro definitions that are shared by several modules. It is recommended to use the file name extension .hrl for include files.

    File can start with a path component $VAR, for some string VAR. If that is @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ $VAR is left as is.

    If the filename File is absolute (possibly after variable substitution), the include file with that name is included. Otherwise, the specified file is searched for in the following directories, and in this order:

    1. The current working directory
    2. The directory where the module is being compiled
    3. The directories given by the include option

    For details, see erlc in ERTS and -compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    --include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    --include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    --include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. +compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    +-include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. Instead, the first path component (possibly after variable substitution) is -assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current +assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current (latest) version of Kernel, and then the subdirectory include is searched for the file file.hrl.

    @@ -144,25 +144,25 @@ Defining and Using Macros

    -

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    --define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function +

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    +-define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the macro.

    If a macro is used in several modules, it is recommended that the macro definition is placed in an include file.

    A macro is used as follows:

    ?Const
     ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN)

    Macros are expanded during compilation. A simple macro ?Const is replaced with -Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
    +Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
     ...
    -call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all +call(Request) -> + server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    +    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all occurrences of a variable Var from the macro definition are replaced with the -corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
    +corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
     ...
    -bar(X) ->
    -    ?MACRO1(a, b),
    -    ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    -    {a,a,b,b},
    -    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro +bar(X) -> + ?MACRO1(a, b), + ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    +    {a,a,b,b},
    +    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro definition is a valid Erlang syntactic form.

    To view the result of macro expansion, a module can be compiled with the 'P' option. compile:file(File, ['P']). This produces a listing of the parsed code after preprocessing and parse transforms, in the file File.P.

    @@ -189,21 +189,21 @@

    It is possible to overload macros, except for predefined macros. An overloaded macro has more than one definition, each with a different number of arguments.

    Change

    Support for overloading of macros was added in Erlang 5.7.5/OTP R13B04.

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) with a (possibly empty) list of arguments results in an error message if there is at least one definition of Func with -arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    --define(F1(A), A).
    --define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
    +arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    +-define(F1(A), A).
    +-define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
         ?F0. % No, an empty list of arguments expected.
     
    -f1(A) ->
    -    ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    -    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    -    m:f().

    +f1(A) -> + ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    +    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    +    m:f().

    Removing a macro definition

    -

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    +

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ elif also supports calling the psuedo-function defined(Name), which tests whether the Name argument is the name of a previously defined macro. defined(Name) evaluates to true if the macro is defined and false -otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
    +otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
     ...
     
    --ifdef(debug).
    --define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
    +-ifdef(debug).
    +-define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
     -else.
    --define(LOG(X), true).
    +-define(LOG(X), true).
     -endif.
     
     ...

    When trace output is desired, debug is to be defined when the module m is @@ -237,21 +237,21 @@ or -1> c(m, {d, debug}). -{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user -with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +1> c(m, {d, debug}).
    +{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user +with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 25 or higher
    --elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
    +-elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 26 or higher
     -else.
     %% Code that will work in OTP 24 or lower.
     -endif.
     ...

    This code uses the OTP_RELEASE macro to conditionally select code depending on -release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
     %% Debugging code that requires OTP 26 or later.
     -else.
     %% Non-debug code that works in any release.
    @@ -274,23 +274,23 @@
       
       -error() and -warning() directives
     

    -

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifdef(VERSION).
    -version() -> ?VERSION.
    +-ifdef(VERSION).
    +version() -> ?VERSION.
     -else.
    --error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    -version() -> "".
    +-error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    +version() -> "".
     -endif.

    The error message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    -t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifndef(VERSION).
    --warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    --define(VERSION, "0").
    +-ifndef(VERSION).
    +-warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    +-define(VERSION, "0").
     -endif.
    -version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    +version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
     t.erl:5: Warning: -warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").

    Change

    The -error() and -warning() directives were added in Erlang/OTP 19.

    @@ -299,11 +299,11 @@

    The construction ??Arg, where Arg is a macro argument, is expanded to a string containing the tokens of the argument. This is similar to the #arg -stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
    +stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
     
    -?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)),
    -?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    -io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    +
    ?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)), +?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    +io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/maps.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1567)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/maps.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.964108900 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/maps.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.964108900 +0000 @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ values, sharing of keys between different instances of the map will be less effective, and it is not possible to match multiple elements having default values in one go.

  • To avoid having to deal with a map that may lack some keys, maps:merge/2 can -efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)
  • +efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

    @@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ Using Maps as Sets

    Starting in OTP 24, the sets module has an option to represent sets as maps. -Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    -#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="8844944808-4">}
    -2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    -#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a +Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    +#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="5545595632-4">}
    +2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    +#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a few possible exceptions:

    • ordsets:intersection/2 can be more efficient than sets:intersection/2. If the intersection operation is frequently used and operations that operate on a single element in a set (such as is_element/2) are avoided, ordsets can @@ -207,10 +207,10 @@ allowing the key tuple to be shared with other instances of the map that have the same keys. In fact, the key tuple can be shared between all maps with the same keys with some care. To arrange that, define a function that returns a map. -For example:

      new() ->
      -    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure +For example:

      new() ->
      +    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure that the key tuple is shared when creating an instance of the map, always call -new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the +new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the keys are known at compile-time, the map is updated in one go, making the time to update a map essentially constant regardless of the number of keys updated. The same goes for matching. (When the keys are variables, one or more of the keys @@ -245,13 +245,13 @@

      Using the map syntax is usually slightly more efficient than using the corresponding function in the maps module.

      The gain in efficiency for the map syntax is more noticeable for the following -operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#href_anchor"ss">x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      -Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      -Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to -right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from -left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      -Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      -Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more +operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#href_anchor"ss">x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      +Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      +Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to +right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from +left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      +Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      +Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more efficient than using the => operator for a small map.

      @@ -310,15 +310,15 @@

      As an optimization, the compiler will rewrite a call to maps:get/3 to Erlang code similar to the following:

      Result = case Map of
      -             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      -             #{} -> Default
      +             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      +             #{} -> Default
                end

      This is reasonably efficient, but if a small map is used as an alternative to using a record it is often better not to rely on default values as it prevents sharing of keys, which may in the end use more memory than what you save from not storing default values in the map.

      If default values are nevertheless required, instead of calling maps:get/3 multiple times, consider putting the default values in a map and merging that -map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults +map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults to, as long as the default map contains all the keys that will ever be used and not just the ones with default values. Whether this is faster than calling maps:get/3 multiple times depends on the size of the map and the number of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/modules.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1097)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/modules.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.983109012 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/modules.html 2026-10-15 00:56:23.984109018 +0000 @@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ Module Syntax

      Erlang code is divided into modules. A module consists of a sequence of -attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      --export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
      +attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      +-export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
       
      -fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      -    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      -fact(0) ->           %  |
      +fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      +    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      +fact(0) ->           %  |
           1.               % end of function declaration

      For a description of function declarations, see Function Declaration Syntax.

      @@ -180,9 +180,9 @@ Behaviour Module Attribute

      It is possible to specify that the module is the callback module for a -behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a +behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a user-defined behaviour or one of the following OTP standard behaviours:

      • gen_server
      • gen_statem
      • gen_event
      • supervisor

      The spelling behavior is also accepted.

      The callback functions of the module can be specified either directly by the -exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute +exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute is to be preferred since the extra type information can be used by tools to produce documentation or find discrepancies.

      Read more about behaviours and callback modules in OTP Design Principles.

      @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Record Definitions

      -

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function +

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function declarations. Read more in Records.

      @@ -199,15 +199,15 @@ Preprocessor

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used by the preprocessor, which -supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      --define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      +supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      +-define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      Setting File and Line

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for changing the pre-defined -macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the +macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the source program is generated by another tool. It also indicates the correspondence of source files to lines of the original user-written file, from which the source program is produced.

      @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ Types and function specifications

      A similar syntax as for module attributes is used for specifying types and -function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      --spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on +function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      +-spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on EEP8 - Types and function specifications, which is not to be further updated.

      @@ -227,16 +227,16 @@ Documentation attributes

      The module attribute -doc(Documentation) is used to provide user documentation -for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      -example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The +for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      +example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The parenthesis are optional around Documentation. The allowed values for Documentation are:

      • literal string or utf-8 encoded binary string - The string documenting the entity. Any literal string is allowed, so both triple quoted strings and sigils that translate to literal strings can be used. -The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        --doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
        +The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        +-doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
         -doc ~S/Example "docs"/.
         -doc """
            Example "docs"
        @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
         
         

        While not a module attribute, but rather a directive (since it might affect syntax), there is the -feature(..) directive used for enabling and disabling -features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear +features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear in a prefix of the module.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/nif.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1558)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/nif.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.002109125 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/nif.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.003109131 +0000 @@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ they can also be used as fallback implementations for functions that do not have native implementations on some architectures.

        NIF libraries are loaded by calling erlang:load_nif/2, with the name of the shared library as argument. The second argument can be any term that will be -passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --on_load(init/0).
        -
        -init() ->
        -    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        -
        -foo(_X) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        -bar(_Y) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically +passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-on_load(init/0).
        +
        +init() ->
        +    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        +
        +foo(_X) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        +bar(_Y) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically called when the module is loaded. If init returns anything other than ok, such when the loading of the NIF library fails in this example, the module is unloaded and calls to functions within it, fail.

        Loading the NIF library overrides the stub implementations and cause calls to @@ -169,35 +169,35 @@ API functions. The environment contains information about the calling Erlang process:

        #include <erl_nif.h>
         
        -extern int foo(int x);
        -extern int bar(int y);
        +extern int foo(int x);
        +extern int bar(int y);
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int x, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = foo(x);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = foo(x);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int y, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = bar(y);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        -
        -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        -    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        -    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        -};
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = bar(y);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
        +
        +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        +    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        +    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        +};
         
        -ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It +ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It will be stringified by the macro.
        • The second argument is the array of ErlNifFunc structures containing name, arity, and function pointer of each NIF.
        • The remaining arguments are pointers to callback functions that can be used to initialize the library. They are not used in this simple example, hence they @@ -213,15 +213,15 @@

          Step 1. Compile the C code:

          unix> gcc -o complex6_nif.so -fpic -shared complex.c complex6_nif.c
           windows> cl -LD -MD -Fe complex6_nif.dll complex.c complex6_nif.c

          Step 2: Start Erlang and compile the Erlang code:

          > erl
          -Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
           
          -Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          -1> c(complex6).
          -{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
          +Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          +1> c(complex6).
          +{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
           4
          -4> complex6:bar(5).
          +4> complex6:bar(5).
           10
          -5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
          +5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
           ** exception error: bad argument
                in function  complex6:foo/1
                   called as comlpex6:foo("not an integer")
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/opaques.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1383)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.020109231 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.021109237 +0000 @@ -126,16 +126,16 @@ The runtime does not check opacity. Dialyzer provides some opacity-checking, but the rest is up to convention.

          This document explains what Erlang opacity is (and the trade-offs involved) via the example of the sets:set() data type. This type was -defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in -this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #href_anchor"ss">set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had +defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in +this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #href_anchor"ss">set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had been defined with -type instead of -opaque. Here is why: when a module defines an -opaque, the contract is that only the defining module should rely on the definition of the type: no other modules should rely on the definition.

          This means that code that pattern-matched on set as a record/tuple technically broke the contract, and opted in to being potentially broken when the definition of set() changed. Before OTP 24, this code printed ok. In OTP 24 it may -error:

          case sets:new() of
          -    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          -        io:format("ok")
          +error:

          case sets:new() of
          +    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          +        io:format("ok")
           end.

          When working with an opaque defined in another module, here are some recommendations:

          • Don't examine the underlying type using pattern-matching, guards, or functions that reveal the type, such as tuple_size/1 .
          • Instead, use functions provided by the module for working with the type. For /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (391)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.035109320 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.036109325 +0000 @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Application dependencies are verified among installed applications by otp_patch_apply, but these are not necessarily those actually loaded. By calling system_information:sanity_check() one can validate -dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
            +dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
             ok

            Please take a look at the reference of sanity_check() for more information.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/patterns.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (531)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.050109408 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.051109414 +0000 @@ -132,10 +132,10 @@
    2 3> X + 1. 3 -4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. +4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {1,2} -5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. -{2,3} +5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. +{2,3} 6> Y. 3
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1278)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.068109515 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.069109521 +0000 @@ -126,17 +126,17 @@ To illustrate these differences, suppose that you want to represent a person with the tuple {Name, Address, Phone}.

    To write functions that manipulate this data, remember the following:

    • The Name field is the first element of the tuple.
    • The Address field is the second element.
    • The Phone field is the third element.

    For example, to extract data from a variable P that contains such a tuple, you can write the following code and then use pattern matching to extract the -relevant fields:

    Name = element(1, P),
    -Address = element(2, P),
    +relevant fields:

    Name = element(1, P),
    +Address = element(2, P),
     ...

    Such code is difficult to read and understand, and errors occur if the numbering of the elements in the tuple is wrong. If the data representation of the fields is changed, by re-ordering, adding, or removing fields, all references to the person tuple must be checked and possibly modified.

    Records allow references to the fields by name, instead of by position. In the -following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

    This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P +following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

    This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P is a variable whose value is a person record, the following code access the name and address fields of the records:

    Name = P#person.name,
     Address = P#person.address,
    -...

    Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

    {person, Name, Phone, Address}

    +...

    Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

    {person, Name, Phone, Address}

    @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ section. Three fields are included, name, phone, and address. The default values for name and phone is "" and [], respectively. The default value for address is the atom undefined, since no default value is supplied for this -field:

    -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

    The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in -the examples:

    > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
    +field:

    -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

    The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in +the examples:

    > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
     person

    This is because record definitions are only available at compile time, not at runtime. For details on records in the shell, see the shell manual page in STDLIB.

    @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ Creating a Record

    -

    A new person record is created as follows:

    > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
    -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

    As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

    From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the -special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

    Example:

    > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
    -#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

    It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and +

    A new person record is created as follows:

    > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
    +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

    As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

    From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the +special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

    Example:

    > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
    +#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

    It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and mnesia:match_object/3, to set record fields to the atom '_'. (This is a wildcard in ets:match/2.)

    @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ Accessing a Record Field

    -

    The following example shows how to access a record field:

    > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
    -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
    +

    The following example shows how to access a record field:

    > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
    +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
     > P#person.name.
     "Joe"

    @@ -176,33 +176,33 @@ Updating a Record

    -

    The following example shows how to update a record:

    > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
    -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
    -> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
    -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

    +

    The following example shows how to update a record:

    > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
    +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
    +> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
    +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

    Type Testing

    The following example shows that the guard succeeds if P is record of type -person:

    foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
    -foo(_) -> not_a_person.

    +person:

    foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
    +foo(_) -> not_a_person.

    Pattern Matching

    Matching can be used in combination with records, as shown in the following -example:

    > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
    -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
    -> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
    +example:

    > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
    +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
    +> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
     "Joe"

    The following function takes a list of person records and searches for the -phone number of a person with a particular name:

    find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
    -    {found,  Phone};
    -find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
    -    find_phone(T, Name);
    -find_phone([], Name) ->
    +phone number of a person with a particular name:

    find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
    +    {found,  Phone};
    +find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
    +    find_phone(T, Name);
    +find_phone([], Name) ->
         not_found.

    The fields referred to in the pattern can be given in any order.

    @@ -211,12 +211,12 @@

    The value of a field in a record can be an instance of a record. Retrieval of nested data can be done stepwise, or in a single step, as shown in the following -example:

    -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
    --record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
    +example:

    -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
    +-record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
     
    -demo() ->
    -  P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123},
    -  First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

    Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

    +demo() -> + P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123}, + First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

    Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

    @@ -234,40 +234,40 @@ %% about the person. %% A {Key, Value} list (default is the empty list). %%------------------------------------------------------------ --record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).

    -module(person).
    --include("person.hrl").
    --compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
    +-record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).
    -module(person).
    +-include("person.hrl").
    +-compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
     
     %% This creates an instance of a person.
     %%   Note: The phone number is not supplied so the
     %%         default value [] will be used.
     
    -make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
    -   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
    -           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
    -                   {drinks, coke}]}.
    +make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
    +   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
    +           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
    +                   {drinks, coke}]}.
     
     %% This demonstrates matching in arguments
     
    -print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
    -              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
    -  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
    -            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
    +print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
    +              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
    +  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
    +            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
     
     %% Demonstrates type testing, selector, updating.
     
    -birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
    -   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
    +birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
    +   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
     
    -register_two_hackers() ->
    -   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
    -   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
    +register_two_hackers() ->
    +   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
    +   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
        % The central_register_server should have
        % an interface function for this.
    -   central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1},
    -   central_register_server ! {register_person,
    -             OldHacker#person{name = "Robert",
    -                              phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
    +
    central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1}, + central_register_server ! {register_person, + OldHacker#person{name = "Robert", + phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2706)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.088109633 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.088109633 +0000 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ introduced:

    %%%----FILE mess_config.hrl----
     
     %%% Configure the location of the server node,
    --define(server_node, messenger@super).
    +-define(server_node, messenger@super).
     
     %%%----END FILE----
    %%%----FILE mess_interface.hrl----
     
    @@ -136,24 +136,24 @@
     %%% messenger program
     
     %%%Messages from Client to server received in server/1 function.
    --record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
    --record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
    +-record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
    +-record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
     %%% {'EXIT', ClientPid, Reason}  (client terminated or unreachable.
     
     %%% Messages from Server to Client, received in await_result/0 function
    --record(abort_client,{message}).
    +-record(abort_client,{message}).
     %%% Messages are: user_exists_at_other_node,
     %%%               you_are_not_logged_on
    --record(server_reply,{message}).
    +-record(server_reply,{message}).
     %%% Messages are: logged_on
     %%%               receiver_not_found
     %%%               sent  (Message has been sent (no guarantee)
     %%% Messages from Server to Client received in client/1 function
    --record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
    +-record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
     
     %%% Messages from shell to Client received in client/1 function
     %%% spawn(mess_client, client, [server_node(), Name])
    --record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
    +-record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
     %%% logoff
     
     %%%----END FILE----
    %%%----FILE user_interface.erl----
    @@ -174,27 +174,27 @@
     %%%     function is not logged on or if ToName is not logged on at
     %%%     any node.
     
    --module(user_interface).
    --export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
    --include("mess_interface.hrl").
    --include("mess_config.hrl").
    +-module(user_interface).
    +-export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
    +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
    +-include("mess_config.hrl").
     
    -logon(Name) ->
    -    case whereis(mess_client) of
    +logon(Name) ->
    +    case whereis(mess_client) of
             undefined ->
    -            register(mess_client,
    -                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
    +            register(mess_client,
    +                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
             _ -> already_logged_on
         end.
     
    -logoff() ->
    +logoff() ->
         mess_client ! logoff.
     
    -message(ToName, Message) ->
    -    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
    +message(ToName, Message) ->
    +    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
             undefined ->
                 not_logged_on;
    -        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
    +        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
                  ok
     end.
     
    @@ -202,107 +202,107 @@
     
     %%% The client process which runs on each user node
     
    --module(mess_client).
    --export([client/2]).
    --include("mess_interface.hrl").
    -
    -client(Server_Node, Name) ->
    -    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
    -    await_result(),
    -    client(Server_Node).
    +-module(mess_client).
    +-export([client/2]).
    +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
    +
    +client(Server_Node, Name) ->
    +    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
    +    await_result(),
    +    client(Server_Node).
     
    -client(Server_Node) ->
    +client(Server_Node) ->
         receive
             logoff ->
    -            exit(normal);
    -        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
    -            {messenger, Server_Node} !
    -                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
    -            await_result();
    -        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
    -            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
    +            exit(normal);
    +        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
    +            {messenger, Server_Node} !
    +                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
    +            await_result();
    +        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
    +            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
         end,
    -    client(Server_Node).
    +    client(Server_Node).
     
     %%% wait for a response from the server
    -await_result() ->
    +await_result() ->
         receive
    -        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
    -            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
    -            exit(normal);
    -        #server_reply{message=What} ->
    -            io:format("~p~n", [What])
    +        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
    +            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
    +            exit(normal);
    +        #server_reply{message=What} ->
    +            io:format("~p~n", [What])
         after 5000 ->
    -            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
    -            exit(timeout)
    +            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
    +            exit(timeout)
         end.
     
     %%%----END FILE---
    %%%----FILE mess_server.erl----
     
     %%% This is the server process of the messenger service
     
    --module(mess_server).
    --export([start_server/0, server/0]).
    --include("mess_interface.hrl").
    -
    -server() ->
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    server([]).
    +-module(mess_server).
    +-export([start_server/0, server/0]).
    +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
    +
    +server() ->
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    server([]).
     
     %%% the user list has the format [{ClientPid1, Name1},{ClientPid22, Name2},...]
    -server(User_List) ->
    -    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
    +server(User_List) ->
    +    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
         receive
    -        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
    -            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
    -            server(New_User_List);
    -        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
    -            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
    -            server(New_User_List);
    -        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
    -            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
    -            server(User_List)
    +        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
    +            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
    +            server(New_User_List);
    +        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
    +            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
    +            server(New_User_List);
    +        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
    +            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
    +            server(User_List)
         end.
     
     %%% Start the server
    -start_server() ->
    -    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
    +start_server() ->
    +    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
     
     %%% Server adds a new user to the user list
    -server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
    +server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (831))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.107109745 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.108109752 +0000
    @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@
     

    A function declaration is a sequence of function clauses separated by semicolons, and terminated by a period (.).

    A function clause consists of a clause head and a clause body, separated by ->.

    A clause head consists of the function name, an argument list, and an optional -guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

    Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
    +guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

    Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
         Body1;
     ...;
    -Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
    +Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
         BodyK.

    The function name is an atom. Each argument is a pattern.

    The number of arguments N is the arity of the function. A function is uniquely defined by the module name, function name, and arity. That is, two functions with the same name and in the same module, but with different arities @@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ mod:f/N.

    A clause body consists of a sequence of expressions separated by comma (,):

    Expr1,
     ...,
     ExprN

    Valid Erlang expressions and guard sequences are described in -Expressions.

    Example:

    fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
    -    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
    +Expressions.

    Example:

    fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
    +    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
     
    -fact(0) ->             % second clause head
    +fact(0) ->             % second clause head
         1.                 % second clause body

    @@ -151,16 +151,16 @@ clause is found that fulfills both of the following two conditions:

    1. The patterns in the clause head can be successfully matched against the given arguments.
    2. The guard sequence, if any, is true.

    If such a clause cannot be found, a function_clause runtime error occurs.

    If such a clause is found, the corresponding clause body is evaluated. That is, the expressions in the body are evaluated sequentially and the value of the last -expression is returned.

    Consider the function fact:

    -module(mod).
    --export([fact/1]).
    +expression is returned.

    Consider the function fact:

    -module(mod).
    +-export([fact/1]).
     
    -fact(N) when N > 0 ->
    -    N * fact(N - 1);
    -fact(0) ->
    +fact(N) when N > 0 ->
    +    N * fact(N - 1);
    +fact(0) ->
         1.

    Assume that you want to calculate the factorial for 1:

    1> mod:fact(1).

    Evaluation starts at the first clause. The pattern N is matched against argument 1. The matching succeeds and the guard (N > 0) is true, thus N is -bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

    N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
    -1 * fact(0)

    Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned +bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

    N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
    +1 * fact(0)

    Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned sequentially again. First, the pattern N is matched against 0. The matching succeeds, but the guard (N > 0) is false. Second, the pattern 0 is matched against the argument 0. The matching succeeds @@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ tail-recursive call is done. This is to ensure that no system resources, for example, call stack, are consumed. This means that an infinite loop using tail-recursive calls will not exhaust the call -stack and can (in principle) run forever.

    Example:

    loop(N) ->
    -    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
    -    loop(N+1).

    The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not +stack and can (in principle) run forever.

    Example:

    loop(N) ->
    +    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
    +    loop(N+1).

    The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not tail-recursive, since a multiplication is done on the result of the recursive call to fact(N-1).

    @@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ not need to be prefixed with the module name. Which BIFs that are auto-imported is specified in the erlang module in ERTS. For example, standard-type conversion BIFs like atom_to_list and BIFs allowed in guards can be called -without specifying the module name.

    Examples:

    1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
    +without specifying the module name.

    Examples:

    1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
     3
    -2> atom_to_list(&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="3974751595-3">).
    +2> atom_to_list(&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="5453298087-3">).
     "Erlang"

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1276)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.128109870 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.129109876 +0000 @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ Process Creation

    -

    A process is created by calling spawn():

    spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
    -  Module = Name = atom()
    -  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
    -    ArgI = term()

    spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

    The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the +

    A process is created by calling spawn():

    spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
    +  Module = Name = atom()
    +  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
    +    ArgI = term()

    spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

    The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the arguments are the elements of the (possible empty) Args argument list.

    There exist a number of different spawn BIFs:

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (977)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.146109976 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.147109982 +0000 @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@

    A record definition consists of the name of the record, followed by the field names of the record. Record and field names must be atoms. Each field can be given an optional default value. If no default value is supplied, undefined is -used.

    -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
    +used.

    -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
                    ...
    -               FieldN [= ExprN]}).

    The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must + FieldN [= ExprN]}).

    The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must not use any variables.

    A record definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the record.

    If a record is used in several modules, it is recommended that the record @@ -147,24 +147,24 @@ default value instead.

    If several fields are to be assigned the same value, the following construction can be used:

    #Name{Field1=Expr1, ..., FieldK=ExprK, _=ExprL}

    Omitted fields then get the value of evaluating ExprL instead of their default values. This feature is primarily intended to be used to create patterns for ETS -and Mnesia match functions.

    Example:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
    +and Mnesia match functions.

    Example:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
     
    -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
    -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

    +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

    Accessing Record Fields

    Expr#Name.Field

    Returns the value of the specified field. Expr is to evaluate to a Name -record.

    Example:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
    +record.

    Example:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
     
    -get_person_name(Person) ->
    +get_person_name(Person) ->
         Person#person.name.

    The following expression returns the position of the specified field in the -tuple representation of the record:

    #Name.Field

    Example:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
    +tuple representation of the record:

    #Name.Field

    Example:

    -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
     
    -lookup(Name, List) ->
    -    lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

    +lookup(Name, List) -> + lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

    @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@

    Since record expressions are expanded to tuple expressions, creating records and accessing record fields are allowed in guards. However, all subexpressions (for initializing fields), must be valid guard -expressions as well.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
    +expressions as well.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
         ...
     
    -handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
    -    ...

    There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

    Example:

    is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
    +handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
    +    ...

    There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

    Example:

    is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
         true;
    -is_person(_P) ->
    +is_person(_P) ->
         false.

    @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ Nested Records

    -

    Assume the following record definitions:

    -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
    --record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
    --record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
    +

    Assume the following record definitions:

    -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
    +-record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
    +-record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
     
    -N2 = #nrec2{},

    Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

    "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
    +N2 = #nrec2{},

    Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

    "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
         N0n = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

    which is equivalent to:

    "nested0" = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0.name,
     N0n = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

    Change

    Before Erlang/OTP R14, parentheses were necessary when accessing or updating nested records.

    @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ Internal Representation of Records

    Record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. A -record defined as:

    -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

    is internally represented by the tuple:

    {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

    Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

    To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to -obtain information about records:

    record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
    -record_info(size, Record) -> Size

    Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the +record defined as:

    -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

    is internally represented by the tuple:

    {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

    Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

    To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to +obtain information about records:

    record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
    +record_info(size, Record) -> Size

    Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the number of fields.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1111)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.172110130 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.173110136 +0000 @@ -227,15 +227,15 @@ Instead, it is necessary to:

    • Suspend the processes using the module (to avoid that they try to handle any requests before the code replacement is completed).
    • Ask them to transform the internal state format and switch to the new version of the module.
    • Remove the old version.
    • Resume the processes.

    This is called synchronized code replacement and for this the following -instructions are used:

    {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
    -{update, Module, supervisor}

    update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal +instructions are used:

    {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
    +{update, Module, supervisor}

    update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal state of a behaviour as described above. It causes behaviour processes to call the callback function code_change/3, passing the term Extra and some other information as arguments. See the manual pages for the respective behaviours and Appup Cookbook.

    update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start specification of a supervisor. See Appup Cookbook.

    When a module is to be updated, the release handler finds which processes that are using the module by traversing the supervision tree of each running -application and checking all the child specifications:

    {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

    A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child +application and checking all the child specifications:

    {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

    A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child specification for the process.

    If Modules=dynamic, which is the case for event managers, the event manager process informs the release handler about the list of currently installed event handlers (gen_event), and it is checked if the module name is in this list @@ -247,10 +247,10 @@ add_module and delete_module

    -

    If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

    {add_module, Module}

    This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in +

    If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

    {add_module, Module}

    This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in embedded mode it is necessary to use this this instruction. It is not strictly required when running Erlang in interactive mode, since the -code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

    The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

    {delete_module, Module}

    Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is +code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

    The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

    {delete_module, Module}

    Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is killed when the instruction is evaluated. Therefore, the user must ensure that all such processes are terminated before deleting module Module to avoid a situation with failing supervisor restarts.

    @@ -331,13 +331,13 @@

    To define how to upgrade/downgrade between the current version and previous versions of an application, an application upgrade file, or in short .appup file is created. The file is to be called Application.appup, where -Application is the application name:

    {Vsn,
    - [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
    +Application is the application name:

    {Vsn,
    + [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
       ...,
    -  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
    - [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
    +  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
    + [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
       ...,
    -  {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
    • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the + {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
    • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the .app file.
    • Each UpFromVsn is a previous version of the application to upgrade from.
    • Each DownToVsn is a previous version of the application to downgrade to.
    • Each Instructions is a list of release handling instructions.

    UpFromVsn and DownToVsn can also be specified as regular expressions. For more information about the syntax and contents of the .appup file, see appup in SASL.

    Appup Cookbook includes examples of .appup files for @@ -345,52 +345,52 @@ Releases. Assume you want to add a function available/0 to server ch3, which returns the number of available channels (when trying out the example, make the change in a copy of the original -directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

    -module(ch3).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

    -module(ch3).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([available/0]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([available/0]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
     
    -available() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
    +available() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
    -handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
    -    N = available(Chs),
    -    {reply, N, Chs}.
    +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
    +handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
    +    N = available(Chs),
    +    {reply, N, Chs}.
     
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is -updated:

    {application, ch_app,
    - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
    -  {vsn, "2"},
    -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
    -  {registered, [ch3]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
    - ]}.

    To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

    A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is +updated:

    {application, ch_app,
    + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
    +  {vsn, "2"},
    +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
    +  {registered, [ch3]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
    + ]}.

    To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), you only need to load the new (old) version of the ch3 callback module. Create -the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

    {"2",
    - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
    - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
    -}.

    +the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

    {"2",
    + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
    + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
    +}.

    @@ -409,14 +409,14 @@ relup in SASL.

    Example, continued from the previous section: You have a new version "2" of ch_app and an .appup file. A new version of the .rel file is also needed. This time the file is called ch_rel-2.rel and the release version string is -changed from "A" to "B":

    {release,
    - {"ch_rel", "B"},
    - {erts, "14.2.5"},
    - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
    -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
    -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
    -  {ch_app, "2"}]
    -}.

    Now the relup file can be generated:

    1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
    +changed from "A" to "B":

    {release,
    + {"ch_rel", "B"},
    + {erts, "14.2.5"},
    + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
    +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
    +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
    +  {ch_app, "2"}]
    +}.

    Now the relup file can be generated:

    1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
     ok

    This generates a relup file with instructions for how to upgrade from version "A" ("ch_rel-1") to version "B" ("ch_rel-2") and how to downgrade from version "B" to version "A".

    Both the old and new versions of the .app and .rel files must be in the code @@ -437,17 +437,17 @@ packages. The release_handler module communicates with this process.

    Assuming there is an operational target system with installation root directory $ROOT, the release package with the new version of the release is to be copied to $ROOT/releases.

    First, unpack the release package. The files are then extracted from the -package:

    release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
    • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz +package:

      release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
      • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz extension.
      • Vsn is the version of the unpacked release, as defined in its .rel file.

      A directory $ROOT/lib/releases/Vsn is created, where the .rel file, the boot script start.boot, the system configuration file sys.config, and relup are placed. For applications with new version numbers, the application directories are placed under $ROOT/lib. Unchanged applications are not affected.

      An unpacked release can be installed. The release handler then evaluates the -instructions in relup, step by step:

      release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

      If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old +instructions in relup, step by step:

      release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

      If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old version of the release. If installation succeeds, the system is afterwards using the new version of the release, but if anything happens and the system is rebooted, it starts using the previous version again.

      To be made the default version, the newly installed release must be made permanent, which means the previous version becomes old:

      release_handler:make_permanent(Vsn) => ok

      The system keeps information about which versions are old and permanent in the -files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

      To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

      release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

      An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the +files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

      To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

      release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

      An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the release is then deleted from $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and the release-specific code, that is, the new application directories and the $ROOT/releases/Vsn directory, are removed.

      release_handler:remove_release(Vsn) => ok

      @@ -466,9 +466,9 @@ ...

    $ROOT is the installation directory of the target system.

    Step 3) In another Erlang shell, generate start scripts and create a release package for the new version "B". Remember to include (a possible updated) sys.config and the relup file. For more information, see -Release Upgrade File.

    1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
    +Release Upgrade File.

    1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
     ok
    -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
    +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
     ok

    The new release package now also contains version "2" of ch_app and the relup file:

    % tar tf ch_rel-2.tar
     lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
    @@ -489,23 +489,23 @@
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (787))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.191110242 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.191110242 +0000
    @@ -140,29 +140,29 @@
     

    To define a release, create a release resource file, or in short a .rel file. In the file, specify the name and version of the release, which ERTS -version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

    {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
    - [{Application1, AppVsn1},
    +version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

    {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
    + [{Application1, AppVsn1},
        ...
    -  {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

    Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

    The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

    Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application + {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

    Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

    The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

    Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application included in the release. The minimal release based on Erlang/OTP consists of the Kernel and STDLIB applications, so these applications must be included in the list.

    If the release is to be upgraded, it must also include the SASL application.

    Here is an example showing the .app file for a release of ch_app from -the Applications section:

    {application, ch_app,
    - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
    -  {registered, [ch3]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
    - ]}.

    The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these -applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

    {release,
    - {"ch_rel", "A"},
    - {erts, "14.2.5"},
    - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
    -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
    -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
    -  {ch_app, "1"}]
    -}.

    +the Applications section:

    {application, ch_app,
    + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
    +  {registered, [ch3]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
    + ]}.

    The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these +applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

    {release,
    + {"ch_rel", "A"},
    + {erts, "14.2.5"},
    + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
    +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
    +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
    +  {ch_app, "1"}]
    +}.

    @@ -194,9 +194,9 @@

    The systools:make_tar/1,2 function takes a .rel file as input and creates a zipped tar file with the code for -the specified applications, a release package:

    1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
    +the specified applications, a release package:

    1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
     ok
    -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
    +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
     ok

    The release package by default contains:

    • The .app files
    • The .rel file
    • The object code for all applications, structured according to the application directory structure
    • The binary boot script renamed to start.boot
    % tar tf ch_rel-1.tar
     lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/robustness.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (805))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/robustness.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.215110384 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/robustness.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.216110390 +0000
    @@ -132,36 +132,36 @@
     "pong" so that "pong" can also finish. Another way to let "pong" finish is to
     make "pong" exit if it does not receive a message from ping within a certain
     time. This can be done by adding a time-out to pong as shown in the
    -following example:

    -module(tut19).
    +following example:

    -module(tut19).
     
    --export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
    +-export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
     
    -ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
    -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
    +ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
    +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
     
    -ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
    -    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
    +ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
    +    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
         receive
             pong ->
    -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
    +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
         end,
    -    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
    +    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
     
    -pong() ->
    +pong() ->
         receive
    -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
    +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                 Ping_PID ! pong,
    -            pong()
    +            pong()
         after 5000 ->
    -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
    +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
         end.
     
    -start_pong() ->
    -    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
    +start_pong() ->
    +    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
     
    -start_ping(Pong_Node) ->
    -    spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

    After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary +start_ping(Pong_Node) -> + spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

    After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary directories, the following is seen on (pong@kosken):

    (pong@kosken)1> tut19:start_pong().
     true
     Pong received ping
    @@ -172,20 +172,20 @@
     Ping received pong
     Ping received pong
     Ping received pong
    -ping finished

    The time-out is set in:

    pong() ->
    +ping finished

    The time-out is set in:

    pong() ->
         receive
    -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
    +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                 Ping_PID ! pong,
    -            pong()
    +            pong()
         after 5000 ->
    -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
    +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
         end.

    The time-out (after 5000) is started when receive is entered. The time-out is canceled if {ping,Ping_PID} is received. If {ping,Ping_PID} is not received, the actions following the time-out are done after 5000 milliseconds. after must be last in the receive, that is, preceded by all other message reception specifications in the receive. It is also possible to call a -function that returned an integer for the time-out:

    after pong_timeout() ->

    In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a +function that returned an integer for the time-out:

    after pong_timeout() ->

    In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a distributed Erlang system. Time-outs are usually appropriate to supervise external events, for example, if you have expected a message from some external system within a specified time. For example, a time-out can be used to log a @@ -213,36 +213,36 @@ If one of the processes exits abnormally, all the processes in the transaction are killed. As it is often wanted to create a process and link to it at the same time, there is a special BIF, spawn_link that does the -same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

    Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

    -module(tut20).
    +same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

    Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

    -module(tut20).
     
    --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
    +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
     
    -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    -    link(Pong_Pid),
    -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
    +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    +    link(Pong_Pid),
    +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
     
    -ping1(0, _) ->
    -    exit(ping);
    +ping1(0, _) ->
    +    exit(ping);
     
    -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
    +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
         receive
             pong ->
    -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
    +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
         end,
    -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
    +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
     
    -pong() ->
    +pong() ->
         receive
    -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
    +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                 Ping_PID ! pong,
    -            pong()
    +            pong()
         end.
     
    -start(Ping_Node) ->
    -    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
    -    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
    (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
    +start(Ping_Node) ->
    +    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
    +    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
    (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
     Pong received ping
     <3820.41.0>
     Ping received pong
    @@ -256,45 +256,45 @@
     sent to "pong", which also terminates.

    It is possible to modify the default behaviour of a process so that it does not get killed when it receives abnormal exit signals. Instead, all signals are turned into normal messages on the format {'EXIT',FromPID,Reason} and added to -the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

    process_flag(trap_exit, true)

    There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). +the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

    process_flag(trap_exit, true)

    There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). Changing the default behaviour of a process in this way is usually not done in standard user programs, but is left to the supervisory programs in OTP. However, -the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

    -module(tut21).
    +the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

    -module(tut21).
     
    --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
    +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
     
    -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    -    link(Pong_Pid),
    -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
    +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    +    link(Pong_Pid),
    +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
     
    -ping1(0, _) ->
    -    exit(ping);
    +ping1(0, _) ->
    +    exit(ping);
     
    -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
    +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
    +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
         receive
             pong ->
    -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
    +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
         end,
    -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
    +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
     
    -pong() ->
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    pong1().
    +pong() ->
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    pong1().
     
    -pong1() ->
    +pong1() ->
         receive
    -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
    +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
    +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                 Ping_PID ! pong,
    -            pong1();
    -        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
    -            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
    +            pong1();
    +        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
    +            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
         end.
     
    -start(Ping_Node) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1535))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.270110709 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.269110704 +0000
    @@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
     more editing commands in the shell (see
     tty - A command line interface in ERTS User's Guide).

    (Notice that many line numbers given by the shell in the following examples are out of sequence. This is because this tutorial was written and code-tested in -separate sessions).

    Here is a bit more complex calculation:

    2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
    +separate sessions).

    Here is a bit more complex calculation:

    2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
     2618.0

    Notice the use of brackets, the multiplication operator *, and the division operator /, as in normal arithmetic (see Expressions).

    Press Control-C to shut down the Erlang system and the Erlang shell.

    The following output is shown:

    BREAK: (a)bort (c)ontinue (p)roc info (i)nfo (l)oaded
            (v)ersion (k)ill (D)b-tables (d)istribution
     a
    -$

    Type a to leave the Erlang system.

    Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

    3> halt().
    +$

    Type a to leave the Erlang system.

    Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

    3> halt().
     $

    @@ -160,55 +160,55 @@ editor has an Erlang mode that makes it easier for you to enter and format your code nicely (see The Erlang mode for Emacs in Tools User's Guide), but you can manage perfectly well without. Here is the -code to enter:

    -module(tut).
    --export([double/1]).
    +code to enter:

    -module(tut).
    +-export([double/1]).
     
    -double(X) ->
    +double(X) ->
         2 * X.

    It is not hard to guess that this program doubles the value of numbers. The first two lines of the code are described later. Let us compile the program. -This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

    3> c(tut).
    -{ok,tut}

    The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means +This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

    3> c(tut).
    +{ok,tut}

    The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means that there is some mistake in the text that you entered. Additional error messages gives an idea to what is wrong so you can modify the text and then try -to compile the program again.

    Now run the program:

    4> tut:double(10).
    +to compile the program again.

    Now run the program:

    4> tut:double(10).
     20

    As expected, double of 10 is 20.

    Now let us get back to the first two lines of the code. Erlang programs are written in files. Each file contains an Erlang module. The first line of code -in the module is the module name (see Modules):

    -module(tut).

    Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the +in the module is the module name (see Modules):

    -module(tut).

    Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the line. The files which are used to store the module must have the same name as the module but with the extension .erl. In this case the file name is tut.erl. When using a function in another module, the syntax module_name:function_name(arguments) is used. So the following means call -function double in module tut with argument 10.

    4> tut:double(10).

    The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, -which takes one argument (X in our example):

    -export([double/1]).

    The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the +function double in module tut with argument 10.

    4> tut:double(10).

    The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, +which takes one argument (X in our example):

    -export([double/1]).

    The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the module tut. More about this later. Again, notice the . at the end of the line.

    Now for a more complicated example, the factorial of a number. For example, the -factorial of 4 is 4 3 2 * 1, which equals 24.

    Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

    -module(tut1).
    --export([fac/1]).
    +factorial of 4 is 4  3  2 * 1, which equals 24.

    Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

    -module(tut1).
    +-export([fac/1]).
     
    -fac(1) ->
    +fac(1) ->
         1;
    -fac(N) ->
    -    N * fac(N - 1).

    So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which -takes one argument, N.

    The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

    fac(1) ->
    +fac(N) ->
    +    N * fac(N - 1).

    So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which +takes one argument, N.

    The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

    fac(1) ->
         1;

    Notice that this part ends with a semicolon ; that indicates that there is more of the function fac> to come.

    The second part says that the factorial of N is N multiplied by the factorial of -N - 1:

    fac(N) ->
    -    N * fac(N - 1).

    Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of -this function.

    Compile the file:

    5> c(tut1).
    -{ok,tut1}

    And now calculate the factorial of 4.

    6> tut1:fac(4).
    +N - 1:

    fac(N) ->
    +    N * fac(N - 1).

    Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of +this function.

    Compile the file:

    5> c(tut1).
    +{ok,tut1}

    And now calculate the factorial of 4.

    6> tut1:fac(4).
     24

    Here the function fac> in module tut1 is called with argument 4.

    A function can have many arguments. Let us expand the module tut1 with the -function to multiply two numbers:

    -module(tut1).
    --export([fac/1, mult/2]).
    +function to multiply two numbers:

    -module(tut1).
    +-export([fac/1, mult/2]).
     
    -fac(1) ->
    +fac(1) ->
         1;
    -fac(N) ->
    -    N * fac(N - 1).
    +fac(N) ->
    +    N * fac(N - 1).
     
    -mult(X, Y) ->
    +mult(X, Y) ->
         X * Y.

    Notice that it is also required to expand the -export line with the -information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

    Compile:

    7> c(tut1).
    -{ok,tut1}

    Try out the new function mult:

    8> tut1:mult(3,4).
    +information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

    Compile:

    7> c(tut1).
    +{ok,tut1}

    Try out the new function mult:

    8> tut1:mult(3,4).
     12

    In this example the numbers are integers and the arguments in the functions in the code N, X, and Y are called variables. Variables must start with a capital letter (see Variables). Examples of @@ -222,56 +222,56 @@ Atom), for example, charles, centimeter, and inch. Atoms are simply names, nothing else. They are not like variables, which can have a value.

    Enter the next program in a file named tut2.erl). It can be useful for -converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

    -module(tut2).
    --export([convert/2]).
    +converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

    -module(tut2).
    +-export([convert/2]).
     
    -convert(M, inch) ->
    +convert(M, inch) ->
         M / 2.54;
     
    -convert(N, centimeter) ->
    -    N * 2.54.

    Compile:

    9> c(tut2).
    -{ok,tut2}

    Test:

    10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
    +convert(N, centimeter) ->
    +    N * 2.54.

    Compile:

    9> c(tut2).
    +{ok,tut2}

    Test:

    10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
     1.1811023622047243
    -11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
    +11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
     17.78

    Notice the introduction of decimals (floating point numbers) without any explanation. Hopefully you can cope with that.

    Let us see what happens if something other than centimeter or inch is -entered in the convert function:

    12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
    +entered in the convert function:

    12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
     ** exception error: no function clause matching tut2:convert(3,miles) (tut2.erl, line 4)

    The two parts of the convert function are called its clauses. As shown, miles is not part of either of the clauses. The Erlang system cannot match either of the clauses so an error message function_clause is returned. The shell formats the error message nicely, but the error tuple is saved in the -shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

    13> v(12).
    -{&#href_anchor"p">,{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
    -                                [3,miles],
    -                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
    -                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
    -                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
    -                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
    -                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
    -                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
    -                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

    +shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

    13> v(12).
    +{&#href_anchor"p">,{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
    +                                [3,miles],
    +                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
    +                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
    +                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
    +                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
    +                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
    +                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
    +                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

    Tuples

    -

    Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

    tut2:convert(3, inch).

    Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and +

    Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

    tut2:convert(3, inch).

    Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and is to be converted to inches? Erlang has a way to group things together to make things more understandable. These are called tuples and are surrounded by curly brackets, { and }.

    So, {inch,3} denotes 3 inches and {centimeter,5} denotes 5 centimeters. Now let us write a new program that converts centimeters to inches and conversely. -Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

    -module(tut3).
    --export([convert_length/1]).
    +Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

    -module(tut3).
    +-export([convert_length/1]).
     
    -convert_length({centimeter, X}) ->
    -    {inch, X / 2.54};
    -convert_length({inch, Y}) ->
    -    {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

    Compile and test:

    14> c(tut3).
    -{ok,tut3}
    -15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
    -{centimeter,12.7}
    -16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
    -{inch,5.0}

    Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and +convert_length({centimeter, X}) -> + {inch, X / 2.54}; +convert_length({inch, Y}) -> + {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

    Compile and test:

    14> c(tut3).
    +{ok,tut3}
    +15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
    +{centimeter,12.7}
    +16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
    +{inch,5.0}

    Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and reassuringly get back to the original value. That is, the argument to a function can be the result of another function. Consider how line 16 (above) works. The argument given to the function {inch,5} is first matched against the first @@ -280,9 +280,9 @@ before the ->). This having failed, let us try the head of the next clause that is, convert_length({inch,Y}). This matches, and Y gets the value 5.

    Tuples can have more than two parts, in fact as many parts as you want, and contain any valid Erlang term. For example, to represent the temperature of -various cities of the world:

    {moscow, {c, -10}}
    -{cape_town, {f, 70}}
    -{paris, {f, 28}}

    Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an +various cities of the world:

    {moscow, {c, -10}}
    +{cape_town, {f, 70}}
    +{paris, {f, 28}}

    Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an element. In the tuple {moscow,{c,-10}}, element 1 is moscow and element 2 is {c,-10}. Here c represents Celsius and f Fahrenheit.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1679)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.298110875 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.298110875 +0000 @@ -127,64 +127,64 @@

    The sys module has functions for simple debugging of processes implemented using behaviours. The code_lock example from -gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
    +gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
     
    -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
    +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
     Lock
    -{ok,<0.90.0>}
    -2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
    +{ok,<0.90.0>}
    +2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
     ok
    -3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
    +3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
     ok
    -4> code_lock:button(1).
    -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
    +4> code_lock:button(1).
    +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
     ok
    -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
    -5> code_lock:button(2).
    -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
    +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
    +5> code_lock:button(2).
    +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
     ok
    -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
    -6> code_lock:button(3).
    -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
    +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
    +6> code_lock:button(3).
    +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
     ok
    -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
    -7> code_lock:button(4).
    -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
    +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
    +7> code_lock:button(4).
    +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
     ok
     Unlock
    -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
    -*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
    +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
    +*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
     *DBG* code_lock receive state_timeout lock in state open
     Lock
     *DBG* code_lock consume state_timeout lock in state open => locked
    -8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
    -{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
    -     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
    -     {reductions,4098},
    -     {messages_in,5},
    -     {messages_out,0}]}
    -9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
    +8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
    +{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
    +     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
    +     {reductions,4098},
    +     {messages_in,5},
    +     {messages_out,0}]}
    +9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
     ok
    -10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
    +10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
     ok
    -11> sys:get_status(code_lock).
    -{status,<0.90.0>,
    -        {module,gen_statem},
    -        [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}},
    -          {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>,
    -                         <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}],
    -         running,<0.88.0>,[],
    -         [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"},
    -          {data,[{"Status",running},
    -                 {"Parent",<0.88.0>},
    -                 {"Modules",[code_lock]},
    -                 {"Time-outs",{0,[]}},
    -                 {"Logged Events",[]},
    -                 {"Postponed",[]}]},
    -          {data,[{"State",
    -                  {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4],
    -                            length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

    +11> sys:get_status(code_lock). +{status,<0.90.0>, + {module,gen_statem}, + [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}}, + {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>, + <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}], + running,<0.88.0>,[], + [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"}, + {data,[{"Status",running}, + {"Parent",<0.88.0>}, + {"Modules",[code_lock]}, + {"Time-outs",{0,[]}}, + {"Logged Events",[]}, + {"Postponed",[]}]}, + {data,[{"State", + {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4], + length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

    @@ -202,109 +202,109 @@

    Here follows the simple server from Overview, -implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

    -module(ch4).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([init/1]).
    --export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
    +implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

    -module(ch4).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([init/1]).
    +-export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
              write_debug/3,
    -         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
    +         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
    +alloc() ->
    +    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
         receive
    -        {ch4, Res} ->
    +        {ch4, Res} ->
                 Res
         end.
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
         ok.
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    register(ch4, self()),
    -    Chs = channels(),
    -    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
    -    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
    -    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    register(ch4, self()),
    +    Chs = channels(),
    +    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
    +    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
    +    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
     
    -loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
    +loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
         receive
    -        {From, alloc} ->
    -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
    -                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
    -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -            From ! {ch4, Ch},
    -            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
    -                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
    -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
    -        {free, Ch} ->
    -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
    -                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
    -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
    -
    -        {system, From, Request} ->
    -            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
    -                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
    +        {From, alloc} ->
    +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
    +                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
    +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +            From ! {ch4, Ch},
    +            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
    +                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
    +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
    +        {free, Ch} ->
    +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
    +                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
    +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
    +
    +        {system, From, Request} ->
    +            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
    +                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/statem.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1044))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/statem.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.340111124 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/statem.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.340111124 +0000
    @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
     a state transition and the output is actions executed during
     the state transition.  Analogously to the mathematical model
     of a Finite State Machine, it can be described as a set of relations
    -of the following form:

    State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

    These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, +of the following form:

    State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

    These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, and event E occurs, we are to perform actions A, and make a transition to state S'. Notice that S' can be equal to S, and that A can be empty.

    In gen_statem we define a state change as a state transition in which the @@ -409,12 +409,12 @@ mode, automatically call the state callback with special arguments whenever the state changes, so you can write state enter actions near the rest of the state transition rules. -It typically looks like this:

    StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
    +It typically looks like this:

    StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
         ... code for state enter actions here ...
    -    {keep_state, NewData};
    -StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    +    {keep_state, NewData};
    +StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
         ... code for actions here ...
    -    {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

    Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the + {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

    Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the allowed return value and state transition actions. You must not change the state, postpone this non-event, insert any events, or change the @@ -503,55 +503,55 @@ open --> open : {button, Digit} open --> locked : state_timeout\n* do_lock()

    This code lock state machine can be implemented using gen_statem with -the following callback module:

    -module(code_lock).
    --behaviour(gen_statem).
    --define(NAME, code_lock).
    +the following callback module:

    -module(code_lock).
    +-behaviour(gen_statem).
    +-define(NAME, code_lock).
     
    --export([start_link/1]).
    --export([button/1]).
    --export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
    --export([locked/3,open/3]).
    -
    -start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    -
    -button(Button) ->
    -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
    -
    -init(Code) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
    -    {ok, locked, Data}.
    -
    -callback_mode() ->
    -    state_functions.
    locked(
    -  cast, {button,Button},
    -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
    +-export([start_link/1]).
    +-export([button/1]).
    +-export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
    +-export([locked/3,open/3]).
    +
    +start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    +
    +button(Button) ->
    +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
    +
    +init(Code) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
    +    {ok, locked, Data}.
    +
    +callback_mode() ->
    +    state_functions.
    locked(
    +  cast, {button,Button},
    +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
         NewButtons =
             if
    -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
    +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                     Buttons;
                 true ->
    -                tl(Buttons)
    -        end ++ [Button],
    +                tl(Buttons)
    +        end ++ [Button],
         if
             NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
    -	    do_unlock(),
    -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
    -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
    +	    do_unlock(),
    +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
    +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
     	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
    -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
    -    end.
    open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    {next_state, locked, Data};
    -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    -    {next_state, open, Data}.
    do_lock() ->
    -    io:format("Lock~n", []).
    -do_unlock() ->
    -    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
    +            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
    +    end.
    open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    {next_state, locked, Data};
    +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    +    {next_state, open, Data}.
    do_lock() ->
    +    io:format("Lock~n", []).
    +do_unlock() ->
    +    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
     
    -terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
    -    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
    +terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
    +    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
         ok.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    @@ -559,8 +559,8 @@ Starting gen_statem

    In the example in the previous section, gen_statem is started by calling -code_lock:start_link(Code):

    start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

    start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, +code_lock:start_link(Code):

    start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

    start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, which spawns and links to a new process, a gen_statem.

    • The first argument, {local,?NAME}, specifies the name. In this case, the gen_statem is locally registered as code_lock through the macro ?NAME.

      If the name is omitted, the gen_statem is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be specified as {global, Name}, then the @@ -578,10 +578,10 @@ Data is the internal server data of the gen_statem. Here the server data is a map() with key code that stores the correct button sequence, key length store its length, and key buttons -that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

      init(Code) ->
      -    do_lock(),
      -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
      -    {ok, locked, Data}.

      Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 +that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

      init(Code) ->
      +    do_lock(),
      +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
      +    {ok, locked, Data}.

      Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_statem is initialized and is ready to receive events.

      Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 must be used if the gen_statem is part of a supervision tree, that is, @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ a standalone gen_statem, meaning it is not part of a supervision tree.

      Function Module:callback_mode/0 selects the CallbackMode for the callback module, in this case state_functions. -That is, each state has its own handler function:

      callback_mode() ->
      +That is, each state has its own handler function:

      callback_mode() ->
           state_functions.

      @@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ Handling Events

      The function notifying the code lock about a button event is implemented using -gen_statem:cast/2:

      button(Button) ->
      -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

      The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with +gen_statem:cast/2:

      button(Button) ->
      +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

      The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with the name used to start it. So, we use the same macro ?NAME as when starting. {button, Button} is the event content.

      The event is sent to the gen_statem. When the event is received, the gen_statem calls StateName(cast, Event, Data), which is expected @@ -607,30 +607,30 @@ {next_state, NewStateName, NewData, Actions}. StateName is the name of the current state and NewStateName is the name of the next state. NewData is a new value for the server data of the gen_statem, -and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

      locked(
      -  cast, {button,Button},
      -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
      +and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

      locked(
      +  cast, {button,Button},
      +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
           NewButtons =
               if
      -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
      +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                       Buttons;
                   true ->
      -                tl(Buttons)
      -        end ++ [Button],
      +                tl(Buttons)
      +        end ++ [Button],
           if
               NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
      -	    do_unlock(),
      -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
      -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
      +	    do_unlock(),
      +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
      +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
       	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
      -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1319))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.363111260 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.363111260 +0000
      @@ -132,24 +132,24 @@
         Example
       

    The callback module for a supervisor starting the server from -gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

    -module(ch_sup).
    --behaviour(supervisor).
    +gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

    -module(ch_sup).
    +-behaviour(supervisor).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    SupFlags = #href_anchor"ss">strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
    -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
    -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    SupFlags = #href_anchor"ss">strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
    +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
    +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
                         restart => permanent,
                         shutdown => brutal_kill,
                         type => worker,
    -                    modules => [ch3]}],
    -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

    The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the + modules => [ch3]}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

    The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the supervisor flags.

    The ChildSpecs variable in the return value from init/1 is a list of child specifications.

    @@ -157,15 +157,15 @@ Supervisor Flags

    -

    This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
    -    strategy() = one_for_all
    +

    This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
    +    strategy() = one_for_all
                    | one_for_one
                    | rest_for_one
                    | simple_one_for_one
    -    auto_shutdown() = never
    +    auto_shutdown() = never
                         | any_significant
                         | all_significant

    -

    The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    -                 significant => significant(), % optional
    -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    -                 type => worker(),             % optional
    -                 modules => modules()}         % optional
    -    child_id() = term()
    -    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
    -    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
    -    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
    -    significant() = boolean()
    -    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
    -    worker() = worker | supervisor
    • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

      The id key is mandatory.

      Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as +

      The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

      child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
      +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
      +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
      +                 significant => significant(), % optional
      +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
      +                 type => worker(),             % optional
      +                 modules => modules()}         % optional
      +    child_id() = term()
      +    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
      +    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
      +    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
      +    significant() = boolean()
      +    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
      +    worker() = worker | supervisor
      • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

        The id key is mandatory.

        Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but in order to keep backwards compatibility, some occurrences of "name" can still be found, for example in error messages.

      • start defines the function call used to start the child process. It is a @@ -461,32 +461,32 @@ name of the callback module.

      This information is used by the release handler during upgrades and downgrades; see Release Handling.

      The modules key is optional. If it is not given, it defaults to [M], where M comes from the child's start {M,F,A}.

    Example: The child specification to start the server ch3 in the previous -example look as follows:

    #href_anchor"ss">id => ch3,
    -  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
    +example look as follows:

    #href_anchor"ss">id => ch3,
    +  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
       restart => permanent,
       shutdown => brutal_kill,
       type => worker,
    -  modules => [ch3]}

    or simplified, relying on the default values:

    #{id => ch3,
    +  modules => [ch3]}

    or simplified, relying on the default values:

    #{id => ch3,
       start => {ch3, start_link, []},
       shutdown => brutal_kill}

    Example: A child specification to start the event manager from the chapter about -gen_event:

    #{id => error_man,
    -  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
    -  modules => dynamic}

    Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to +gen_event:

    #{id => error_man,
    +  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
    +  modules => dynamic}

    Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to be always accessible. Thus they are specified to be permanent.

    ch3 does not need to do any cleaning up before termination. Thus, no shutdown time is needed, but brutal_kill is sufficient. error_man can need some time for the event handlers to clean up, thus the shutdown time is set to 5000 ms -(which is the default value).

    Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

    #{id => sup,
    -  start => {sup, start_link, []},
    +(which is the default value).

    Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

    #{id => sup,
    +  start => {sup, start_link, []},
       restart => transient,
    -  type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

    + type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

    Starting a Supervisor

    In the previous example, the supervisor is started by calling -ch_sup:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

    ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and +ch_sup:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

    ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and links to a new process, a supervisor.

    • The first argument, ch_sup, is the name of the callback module, that is, the module where the init callback function is located.
    • The second argument, [], is a term that is passed as is to the callback function init. Here, init does not need any data and ignores the argument.

    In this case, the supervisor is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. A @@ -494,12 +494,12 @@ supervisor:start_link({local, Name}, Module, Args) or supervisor:start_link({global, Name}, Module, Args).

    The new supervisor process calls the callback function ch_sup:init([]). init -has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

    init(_Args) ->
    -    SupFlags = #{},
    -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
    -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
    -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
    -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

    Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child +has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

    init(_Args) ->
    +    SupFlags = #{},
    +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
    +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
    +                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
    +    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

    Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child specifications in the start specification. In this case there is a single child process, called ch3.

    supervisor:start_link/3 is synchronous. It does not return until all child processes have been started.

    @@ -536,23 +536,23 @@

    A supervisor with restart strategy simple_one_for_one is a simplified one_for_one supervisor, where all child processes are dynamically added instances of the same process.

    The following is an example of a callback module for a simple_one_for_one -supervisor:

    -module(simple_sup).
    --behaviour(supervisor).
    +supervisor:

    -module(simple_sup).
    +-behaviour(supervisor).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
                      intensity => 0,
    -                 period => 1},
    -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => call,
    -                    start => {call, start_link, []},
    -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
    -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

    When started, the supervisor does not start any child + period => 1}, + ChildSpecs = [#{id => call, + start => {call, start_link, []}, + shutdown => brutal_kill}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

    When started, the supervisor does not start any child processes. Instead, all child processes need to be added dynamically by calling supervisor:start_child(Sup, List).

    Sup is the pid, or name, of the supervisor. List is an arbitrary list of terms, which are added to the list of arguments specified in the child /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1432)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.383111378 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.383111378 +0000 @@ -150,11 +150,11 @@

    The delete operation is considered successful if the element was not present in the table. Hence all attempts to check that the element is present in the Ets/Mnesia table before deletion are unnecessary. Here follows an example for -Ets tables:

    DO

    ets:delete(Tab, Key),

    DO NOT

    case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
    -    [] ->
    +Ets tables:

    DO

    ets:delete(Tab, Key),

    DO NOT

    case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
    +    [] ->
             ok;
    -    [_|_] ->
    -        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
    +    [_|_] ->
    +        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
     end,

    @@ -166,49 +166,49 @@ functions print_name/1, print_age/1, and print_occupation/1.

    Note

    If the function print_name/1, and so on, had been interface functions, the situation would have been different, as you do not want the user of the interface to know about the internal data representation.

    DO

    %%% Interface function
    -print_person(PersonId) ->
    +print_person(PersonId) ->
         %% Look up the person in the named table person,
    -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
    -        [Person] ->
    -            print_name(Person),
    -            print_age(Person),
    -            print_occupation(Person);
    -        [] ->
    -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
    +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
    +        [Person] ->
    +            print_name(Person),
    +            print_age(Person),
    +            print_occupation(Person);
    +        [] ->
    +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
         end.
     
     %%% Internal functions
    -print_name(Person) ->
    -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
    +print_name(Person) ->
    +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
     
    -print_age(Person) ->
    -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
    +print_age(Person) ->
    +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
     
    -print_occupation(Person) ->
    -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

    DO NOT

    %%% Interface function
    -print_person(PersonId) ->
    +print_occupation(Person) ->
    +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

    DO NOT

    %%% Interface function
    +print_person(PersonId) ->
         %% Look up the person in the named table person,
    -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
    -        [Person] ->
    -            print_name(PersonID),
    -            print_age(PersonID),
    -            print_occupation(PersonID);
    -        [] ->
    -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
    +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
    +        [Person] ->
    +            print_name(PersonID),
    +            print_age(PersonID),
    +            print_occupation(PersonID);
    +        [] ->
    +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
         end.
     
     %%% Internal functions
    -print_name(PersonID) ->
    -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
    -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
    -
    -print_age(PersonID) ->
    -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
    -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
    -
    -print_occupation(PersonID) ->
    -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
    -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

    +print_name(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]). + +print_age(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]). + +print_occupation(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

    @@ -230,30 +230,30 @@ #person{idno = 4, name = "Carl", age = 25, occupation = "mailman"}]

    If you must return all data stored in the Ets table, you can use ets:tab2list/1. However, usually you are only interested in a subset of the information in which case ets:tab2list/1 is expensive. If you only want to -extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

    DO

    ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
    +extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

    DO

    ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                               name='_',
                               age='$1',
    -                          occupation = '_'},
    -                [],
    -                ['$1']}]),

    DO NOT

    TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
    -lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

    If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

    DO

    ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
    +                          occupation = '_'},
    +                [],
    +                ['$1']}]),

    DO NOT

    TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
    +lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

    If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

    DO

    ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                               name="Bryan",
                               age='$1',
    -                          occupation = '_'},
    -                [],
    -                ['$1']}])

    DO NOT

    TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
    -lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
    +                          occupation = '_'},
    +                [],
    +                ['$1']}])

    DO NOT

    TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
    +lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
                                     "Bryan" ->
    -                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
    +                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
                                      _ ->
                                          Acc
                                end
    -             end, [], TabList)

    If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", -then:

    DO

    ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
    +             end, [], TabList)

    If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", +then:

    DO

    ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                               name="Bryan",
                               age='_',
    -                          occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

    DO NOT

    TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
    -lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

    + occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

    DO NOT

    TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
    +lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

    @@ -297,12 +297,12 @@ #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=2}, #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=3}, #index_entry{name="Carl", idno=4}]

    Given this index table, a lookup of the age fields for all persons named -"Bryan" can be done as follows:

    MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
    -lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
    -                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
    +"Bryan" can be done as follows:

    MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
    +lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
    +                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
                      Age
               end,
    -          MatchingIDs),

    Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the + MatchingIDs),

    Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the ets:lookup/2 call. The lists:map/2 call is only used to traverse the idnos matching the name "Bryan" in the table; thus the number of lookups in the master table is minimized.

    Keeping an index table introduces some overhead when inserting records in the @@ -325,17 +325,17 @@ mnesia:match_object() as these function traverse the whole table. Instead, you can create a secondary index and use mnesia:index_read/3 to get faster access at the expense of using more -memory.

    Example:

    -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
    +memory.

    Example:

    -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
             ...
    -{atomic, ok} =
    -mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
    -                              {attributes,
    -                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
    -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
    +{atomic, ok} =
    +mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
    +                              {attributes,
    +                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
    +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
     ...
     
     PersonsAge42 =
    -     mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

    + mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

    @@ -349,19 +349,19 @@ the table. Other processes must send update requests to that process.

    Example:

    ...
     %% Using transaction
     
    -Fun = fun() ->
    -          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
    -           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
    +Fun = fun() ->
    +          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
    +           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
           end,
     
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/typespec.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (7081))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/typespec.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.403111496 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/system/typespec.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.403111496 +0000
    @@ -241,11 +241,11 @@
     predefined aliases for the type unions also shown in the table.

    Built-in typeDefined as
    term/0any/0
    binary/0<<_:_*8>>
    nonempty_binary/0<<_:8, _:_*8>>
    bitstring/0<<_:_*1>>
    nonempty_bitstring/0<<_:1, _:_*1>>
    boolean/0'false' | 'true'
    byte/00..255
    char/00..16#10ffff
    nil/0[]
    number/0integer/0 | float/0
    list/0[any()]
    maybe_improper_list/0maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
    nonempty_list/0nonempty_list(any())
    string/0[char()]
    nonempty_string/0[char(),...]
    iodata/0iolist() | binary()
    iolist/0maybe_improper_list(byte() | binary() | iolist(), binary() | [])
    map/0#{any() => any()}
    function/0fun()
    module/0atom/0
    mfa/0{module(),atom(),arity()}
    arity/00..255
    identifier/0pid() | port() | reference()
    node/0atom/0
    timeout/0'infinity' | non_neg_integer()
    no_return/0none/0

    Table: Built-in types, predefined aliases

    In addition, the following three built-in types exist and can be thought as defined below, though strictly their "type definition" is not valid syntax according to the type language defined above.

    Built-in typeCan be thought defined by the syntax
    non_neg_integer/00..
    pos_integer/01..
    neg_integer/0..-1

    Table: Additional built-in types

    Note

    The following built-in list types also exist, but they are expected to be -rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

    nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
    -nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
    -nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

    where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

    Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are -shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

    Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
    -        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

    Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in +rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

    nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
    +nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
    +nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

    where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

    Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are +shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

    Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
    +        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

    Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in Type Information in Record Declarations.

    @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ name as a built-in type.

    It is recommended to avoid deliberately reusing built-in names because it can be confusing. However, when an Erlang/OTP release introduces a new type, code that happened to define its own type having the same name will continue to work.

    As an example, imagine that the Erlang/OTP 42 release introduces a new type -gadget() defined like this:

    -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

    Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), -for example:

    -type gadget() :: #{}.

    Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a +gadget() defined like this:

    -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

    Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), +for example:

    -type gadget() :: #{}.

    Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a warning), and Dialyzer will not emit any additional warnings.

    @@ -266,8 +266,8 @@

    As seen, the basic syntax of a type is an atom followed by closed parentheses. New types are declared using -type and -opaque attributes as in the -following:

    -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
    --opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

    The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a +following:

    -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
    +-opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

    The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a type as defined in the previous section. A current restriction is that Type can contain only predefined types, or user-defined types which are either of the following:

    • Module-local type, that is, with a definition that is present in the code of @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ similar restriction currently exists for records.)

      Type declarations can also be parameterized by including type variables between the parentheses. The syntax of type variables is the same as Erlang variables, that is, starts with an upper-case letter. These variables is to -appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

      -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

      A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to -refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

      -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

      Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

      Example:

      -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

      Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to -them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

      mod:my_struct_type()
      -mod:orddict(atom(), term())

      It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

      Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not +appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

      -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

      A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to +refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

      -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

      Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

      Example:

      -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

      Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to +them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

      mod:my_struct_type()
      +mod:orddict(atom(), term())

      It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

      Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not supposed to be visible from outside of their defining module. That is, only the module defining them is allowed to depend on their term structure. Consequently, such types do not make much sense as module local - module local types are not @@ -291,33 +291,33 @@ Type Information in Record Declarations

    The types of record fields can be specified in the declaration of the record. -The syntax for this is as follows:

    -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

    For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the -previous example is a shorthand for the following:

    -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

    In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after -the initialization, as follows:

    -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

    The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) +The syntax for this is as follows:

    -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

    For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the +previous example is a shorthand for the following:

    -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

    In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after +the initialization, as follows:

    -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

    The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) the corresponding types. This is checked by the compiler and results in a compilation error if a violation is detected.

    Change

    Before Erlang/OTP 19, for fields without initial values, the singleton type 'undefined' was added to all declared types. In other words, the following -two record declarations had identical effects:

    -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
    -             f2      :: float(),
    -             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
    +two record declarations had identical effects:

    -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
    +             f2      :: float(),
    +             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
     
    --record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
    -              f2      :: 'undefined' | float(),
    -              f3      :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

    This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field +-record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(), + f2 :: 'undefined' | float(), + f3 :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

    This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field type, you must explicitly add it to the typespec, as in the 2nd example.

    Any record, containing type information or not, once defined, can be used as a type using the following syntax:

    #rec{}

    In addition, the record fields can be further specified when using a record type by adding type information about the field as follows:

    #rec{some_field :: Type}

    Any unspecified fields are assumed to have the type in the original record declaration.

    Note

    When records are used to create patterns for ETS and Mnesia match functions, -Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

    -type height() :: pos_integer().
    --record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
    +Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

    -type height() :: pos_integer().
    +-record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
     
    -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
    -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

    Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

    Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field height.

    The recommended way of dealing with this is to declare the smallest record field types to accommodate all your needs, and then create refinements as -needed. The modified example:

    -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
    +needed. The modified example:

    -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
     
    --type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

    In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred +-type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

    In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred before #person{}.

    @@ -330,27 +330,27 @@ arguments, otherwise the compilation fails.

    The following longer format with module name is also valid as long as Module is the name of the current module. This can be useful for documentation purposes.

    -spec Module:Function(ArgType1, ..., ArgTypeN) -> ReturnType.

    Also, for documentation purposes, argument names can be given:

    -spec Function(ArgName1 :: Type1, ..., ArgNameN :: TypeN) -> RT.

    A function specification can be overloaded. That is, it can have several types, -separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

    -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
    -         (T4, T5) -> T6.

    A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that +separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

    -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
    +         (T4, T5) -> T6.

    A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that the domains of the argument types cannot overlap. For example, the following -specification results in a warning:

    -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
    -         (integer()) -> integer().

    Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input +specification results in a warning:

    -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
    +         (integer()) -> integer().

    Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input and output arguments of a function. For example, the following specification defines the type of a polymorphic identity function:

    -spec id(X) -> X.

    Notice that the above specification does not restrict the input and output type in any way. These types can be constrained by guard-like subtype constraints and -provide bounded quantification:

    -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

    Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard +provide bounded quantification:

    -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

    Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard constraint that can be used in the when part of a -spec attribute.

    Note

    The above function specification uses multiple occurrences of the same type variable. That provides more type information than the following function -specification, where the type variables are missing:

    -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

    The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns +specification, where the type variables are missing:

    -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

    The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns some tuple. The specification with the X type variable specifies that the function takes a tuple and returns the same tuple.

    However, it is up to the tools that process the specifications to choose whether to take this extra information into account or not.

    The scope of a :: constraint is the (...) -> RetType specification after which it appears. To avoid confusion, it is suggested that different variables are used in different constituents of an overloaded contract, as shown in the -following example:

    -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
    -         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

    Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define +following example:

    -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
    +         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

    Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define servers or because they are used to throw exceptions, as in the following -function:

    my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

    For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type +function:

    my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

    For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type for their "return", through a contract of the following form:

    -spec my_error(term()) -> no_return().

    Note

    Erlang uses the shorthand version _ as an anonymous type variable equivalent to term/0 or any/0. For example, the following function

    -spec Function(string(), _) -> string().

    is equivalent to:

    -spec Function(string(), any()) -> string().
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (982)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.422111608 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.422111608 +0000 @@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ Singleton type variables will become a compile-time error

    -

    Before Erlang/OTP 26, the compiler would silenty accept the following spec:

    -spec f(Opts) -> term() when
    -    Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
    -f(_) -> error.

    In OTP 26, the compiler emits a warning pointing out that the type variable -Unknown is unbound:

    t.erl:6:18: Warning: type variable 'Unknown' is only used once (is unbound)
    +

    Before Erlang/OTP 26, the compiler would silenty accept the following spec:

    -spec f(Opts) -> term() when
    +    Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
    +f(_) -> error.

    In OTP 26, the compiler emits a warning pointing out that the type variable +Unknown is unbound:

    t.erl:6:18: Warning: type variable 'Unknown' is only used once (is unbound)
     %    6|     Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
     %     |                  ^

    In OTP 27, that warning will become an error.

    @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

    Escripts will be compiled by default instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be available.

    The old behavior of interpreting escripts can be restored by adding the -following line to the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    In OTP 28, support for interpreting an escript will be removed.

    +following line to the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    In OTP 28, support for interpreting an escript will be removed.

    @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ %% In OTP 27 it is instead interpreted as a %% Triple-Quoted String equivalent to "String Content"

    """"
    -++ foo() ++
    +++ foo() ++
     """"
     %% Became
    -"" ++ foo() ++ ""
    +"" ++ foo() ++ ""
     %%
     %% In OTP 27 it is instead interpreted as a
     %% Triple-Quoted String (triple-or-more) equivalent to
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1274))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.457111816 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.458111821 +0000
    @@ -241,10 +241,10 @@
       
       Exported Callback Functions
     

    -

    The following functions are mandatory:

    • listen(Name) ->
      -  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}
      -listen(Name,Host) ->
      -  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}

      listen/2 is called once in order to listen for incoming connection requests. +

      The following functions are mandatory:

      • listen(Name) ->
        +  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}
        +listen(Name,Host) ->
        +  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}

        listen/2 is called once in order to listen for incoming connection requests. The call is made when the distribution is brought up. The argument Name is the part of the node name before the @ sign in the full node name. It can be either an atom or a string. The argument Host is the part of the node name @@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ #net_address{} record is defined in kernel/include/net_address.hrl), and Creation which (currently) is an integer 1, 2, or 3.

        If epmd is to be used for node discovery, you typically want to use the erl_epmd module (part of the kernel application) in order to -register the listen port with epmd and retrieve Creation to use.

      • address() ->
        +register the listen port with epmd and retrieve Creation to use.

      • address() ->
           Address

        address/0 is called in order to get the Address part of the listen/2 function without creating a listen socket. -All fields except address have to be set in the returned record

        Example:

        address() ->
        -    {ok, Host} = inet:gethostname(),
        -    #net_address{ host = Host, protocol = tcp, family = inet6 }.
      • accept(Listen) ->
        +All fields except address have to be set in the returned record

        Example:

        address() ->
        +    {ok, Host} = inet:gethostname(),
        +    #net_address{ host = Host, protocol = tcp, family = inet6 }.
      • accept(Listen) ->
           AcceptorPid

        accept/1 should spawn a process that accepts connections. This process should preferably execute on max priority. The process identifier of this process should be returned.

        The Listen argument will be the same as the Listen handle part of the @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ may not be the process registered as net_kernel) and is in this document identified as Kernel. When a connection has been accepted by the acceptor process, it needs to inform Kernel about the accepted connection. This is -done by passing a message on the form:

        Kernel ! {accept, AcceptorPid, DistController, Family, Proto}

        DistController is either the process or port identifier of the distribution +done by passing a message on the form:

        Kernel ! {accept, AcceptorPid, DistController, Family, Proto}

        DistController is either the process or port identifier of the distribution controller for the connection. The distribution controller should be created by the acceptor processes when a new connection is accepted. Its job is to dispatch traffic on the connection.

        Kernel responds with one of the following messages:

        • {Kernel, controller, SupervisorPid} - The request was accepted and @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ process (which is created in the accept_connection/5 callback).

        • {Kernel, unsupported_protocol} - The request was rejected. This is a fatal error. The acceptor process should terminate.

        When an accept sequence has been completed the acceptor process is expected to -continue accepting further requests.

      • accept_connection(AcceptorPid, DistCtrl, MyNode, Allowed, SetupTime) ->
        +continue accepting further requests.

      • accept_connection(AcceptorPid, DistCtrl, MyNode, Allowed, SetupTime) ->
           ConnectionSupervisorPid

        accept_connection/5 should spawn a process that will perform the Erlang distribution handshake for the connection. If the handshake successfully completes it should continue to function as a connection supervisor. This @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ the handshake in a #hs_data{} record and call dist_util:handshake_other_started(HsData) with this record.

        dist_util:handshake_other_started(HsData) will perform the handshake and if the handshake successfully completes this process will then continue in a -connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

      • setup(Node, Type, MyNode, LongOrShortNames, SetupTime) ->
        +connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

      • setup(Node, Type, MyNode, LongOrShortNames, SetupTime) ->
           ConnectionSupervisorPid

        setup/5 should spawn a process that connects to Node. When connection has been established it should perform the Erlang distribution handshake for the connection. If the handshake successfully completes it should continue to @@ -324,15 +324,15 @@ the handshake in a #hs_data{} record and call dist_util:handshake_we_started(HsData) with this record.

        dist_util:handshake_we_started(HsData) will perform the handshake and the handshake successfully completes this process will then continue in a -connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

      • close(Listen) ->
        -  void()

        Called in order to close the Listen handle that originally was passed from -the listen/1 callback.

      • select(NodeName) ->
        -  boolean()

        Return true if the host name part of the NodeName is valid for use with -this protocol; otherwise, false.

      There are also two optional functions that may be exported:

      • setopts(Listen, Opts) ->
        -  ok | {error, Error}

        The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the +connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

      • close(Listen) ->
        +  void()

        Called in order to close the Listen handle that originally was passed from +the listen/1 callback.

      • select(NodeName) ->
        +  boolean()

        Return true if the host name part of the NodeName is valid for use with +this protocol; otherwise, false.

      There are also two optional functions that may be exported:

      • setopts(Listen, Opts) ->
        +  ok | {error, Error}

        The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the listen/1 callback. The argument Opts is a list of -options to set on future connections.

      • getopts(Listen, Opts) ->
        -  {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

        The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the +options to set on future connections.

      • getopts(Listen, Opts) ->
        +  {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

        The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the listen/1 callback. The argument Opts is a list of options to read for future connections.

      @@ -354,36 +354,36 @@ dist_util:start_timer/1.

    • allowed - Information passed as Allowed to accept_connection/5. This field is only mandatory when the remote node initiated the connection. That is, when the connection is set up via -accept_connection/5.

    • f_send - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Data) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Data -is io data to pass to the other side.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_recv - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Length) -> {ok, Packet} | {error, Reason}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. If +accept_connection/5.

    • f_send - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Data) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Data +is io data to pass to the other side.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_recv - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Length) -> {ok, Packet} | {error, Reason}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. If Length is 0, all available bytes should be returned. If Length > 0, exactly Length bytes should be returned, or an error; possibly discarding less than Length bytes of data when the connection is closed from the other side. It is used for passive receive of data from the other end.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_setopts_pre_nodeup - A fun with the -following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called +following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called just before the distribution channel is taken up for normal traffic.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_setopts_post_nodeup - A fun with -the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called -just after distribution channel has been taken up for normal traffic.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_getll - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> ID

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and ID is +the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called +just after distribution channel has been taken up for normal traffic.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_getll - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> ID

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and ID is the identifier of the low level entity that handles the connection (often -DistCtrlr itself).

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_address - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Node) -> NetAddress

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is +DistCtrlr itself).

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • f_address - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Node) -> NetAddress

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is the node name of the node on the other end, and NetAddress is a #net_address{} record with information about the address for the Node on the other end of the connection. The #net_address{} record is defined in -kernel/include/net_address.hrl.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • mf_tick - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> void()

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. This +kernel/include/net_address.hrl.

      Only used during handshake phase.

    • mf_tick - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> void()

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. This function should send information over the connection that is not interpreted by the other end while increasing the statistics of received packets on the other end. This is usually implemented by sending an empty packet.

      Note

      It is of vital importance that this operation does not block the caller for -a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

      Used when connection is up.

    • mf_getstat - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> {ok, Received, Sent, PendSend}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Received +a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

      Used when connection is up.

    • mf_getstat - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr) -> {ok, Received, Sent, PendSend}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Received is received packets, Sent is sent packets, and PendSend is amount of data in queue to be sent (typically in bytes, but dist_util only checks whether the value is non-zero to know there is data in queue) or a boolean/0 indicating whether there are packets in queue to be sent.

      Note

      It is of vital importance that this operation does not block the caller for a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

      Used when connection is up.

    • request_type - The request Type as passed to setup/5. This is only mandatory when the connection has -been initiated by this node. That is, the connection is set up via setup/5.

    • mf_setopts - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts -is a list of options to set on the connection.

      This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

    • mf_getopts - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts +been initiated by this node. That is, the connection is set up via setup/5.

    • mf_setopts - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> ok | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts +is a list of options to set on the connection.

      This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

    • mf_getopts - A fun with the following signature:

      fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts is a list of options to read for the connection.

      This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

    • f_handshake_complete - A fun with the -following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Node, DHandle) -> void()

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is +following signature:

      fun (DistCtrlr, Node, DHandle) -> void()

      where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is the node name of the node connected at the other end, and DHandle is a distribution handle needed by a distribution controller process when calling the following BIFs:

      This function is called when the handshake has completed and the distribution @@ -519,62 +519,62 @@ because in most situation you need to do it. Unix domain sockets are reliable and order maintaining, so we do not need to implement resends and such in the driver.

      We start writing the example Unix domain sockets driver by declaring prototypes -and filling in a static ErlDrvEntry structure:

      ( 1) #include <stdio.h>
      -( 2) #include <stdlib.h>
      -( 3) #include <string.h>
      -( 4) #include <unistd.h>
      -( 5) #include <errno.h>
      -( 6) #include <sys/types.h>
      -( 7) #include <sys/stat.h>
      -( 8) #include <sys/socket.h>
      -( 9) #include <sys/un.h>
      -(10) #include <fcntl.h>
      +and filling in a static ErlDrvEntry structure:

      ( 1) #include <stdio.h>
      +( 2) #include <stdlib.h>
      +( 3) #include <string.h>
      +( 4) #include <unistd.h>
      +( 5) #include <errno.h>
      +( 6) #include <sys/types.h>
      +( 7) #include <sys/stat.h>
      +( 8) #include <sys/socket.h>
      +( 9) #include <sys/un.h>
      +(10) #include <fcntl.h>
       
      -(11) #define HAVE_UIO_H
      -(12) #include "erl_driver.h"
      +(11) #define HAVE_UIO_H
      +(12) #include "erl_driver.h"
       
      -(13) /*
      +(13) /*
       (14) ** Interface routines
       (15) */
      -(16) static ErlDrvData uds_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff);
      -(17) static void uds_stop(ErlDrvData handle);
      -(18) static void uds_command(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, int bufflen);
      -(19) static void uds_input(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
      -(20) static void uds_output(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
      -(21) static void uds_finish(void);
      -(22) static int uds_control(ErlDrvData handle, unsigned int command,
      -(23)                        char* buf, int count, char** res, int res_size);
      -
      -(24) /* The driver entry */
      -(25) static ErlDrvEntry uds_driver_entry = {
      -(26)     NULL,                            /* init, N/A */
      -(27)     uds_start,                       /* start, called when port is opened */
      -(28)     uds_stop,                        /* stop, called when port is closed */
      -(29)     uds_command,                     /* output, called when erlang has sent */
      -(30)     uds_input,                       /* ready_input, called when input
      +(16) static ErlDrvData uds_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff);
      +(17) static void uds_stop(ErlDrvData handle);
      +(18) static void uds_command(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, int bufflen);
      +(19) static void uds_input(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +(20) static void uds_output(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +(21) static void uds_finish(void);
      +(22) static int uds_control(ErlDrvData handle, unsigned int command,
      +(23)                        char* buf, int count, char** res, int res_size);
      +
      +(24) /* The driver entry */
      +(25) static ErlDrvEntry uds_driver_entry = {
      +(26)     NULL,                            /* init, N/A */
      +(27)     uds_start,                       /* start, called when port is opened */
      +(28)     uds_stop,                        /* stop, called when port is closed */
      +(29)     uds_command,                     /* output, called when erlang has sent */
      +(30)     uds_input,                       /* ready_input, called when input
       (31)                                         descriptor ready */
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (918))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.476111928 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.476111928 +0000
      @@ -213,9 +213,9 @@
       function is used, the convention is to "comment out" the source for the
       function by surrounding it with the following #ifdef (this way, one
       will not get warnings about unused functions):

      #ifdef INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS
      -void my_fun() {
      +void my_fun() {
           ...
      -}
      +}
       #endif /* INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS */

      While editing the function one can define INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS so that one can see errors and warnings in the non-transformed source.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1041)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.520112188 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.521112194 +0000 @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ BEAM interpreter. For the BeamAsm JIT introduced in OTP 24, the implementation of instructions are defined in emitter functions written in C++.

    Generic instructions have typed operands. Here are a few examples of -operands for move/2:

    {move,{atom,id},{x,5}}.
    -{move,{x,3},{x,0}}.
    -{move,{x,2},{y,1}}.

    When those instructions are loaded, the loader rewrites them +operands for move/2:

    {move,{atom,id},{x,5}}.
    +{move,{x,3},{x,0}}.
    +{move,{x,2},{y,1}}.

    When those instructions are loaded, the loader rewrites them to specific instructions:

    move_cx id 5
     move_xx 3 0
     move_xy 2 1

    Corresponding to each generic instruction, there is a family of @@ -189,9 +189,9 @@ an integer, an atom, or a literal).

    Now let's look at the implementation of the move instruction. There are multiple files containing implementations of instructions in the erts/emulator/beam/emu directory. The move instruction is defined -in instrs.tab. It looks like this:

    move(Src, Dst) {
    +in instrs.tab.  It looks like this:

    move(Src, Dst) {
         $Dst = $Src;
    -}

    The implementation for an instruction largely follows the C syntax, +}

    The implementation for an instruction largely follows the C syntax, except that the variables in the function head don't have any types. The $ before an identifier denotes a macro expansion. Thus, $Src will expand to the code to pick up the source operand for @@ -208,14 +208,14 @@ is stored in the lower 32 bits of the word. In the upper 32 bits is the byte offset to the X register; the register number 5 has been multiplied by the word size size 8.

    In the next word the tagged atom id is stored.

    With that background, we can look at the generated code for move_cx -in beam_hot.h:

    OpCase(move_cx):
    -{
    -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]);
    -  xb(BeamExtraData(I[0])) = I[1];
    +in beam_hot.h:

    OpCase(move_cx):
    +{
    +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]);
    +  xb(BeamExtraData(I[0])) = I[1];
       I += 2;
    -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
    -  GotoPF(next_pf);
    -}

    We will go through each line in turn.

    • OpCase(move_cx): defines a label for the instruction. The + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

    We will go through each line in turn.

    • OpCase(move_cx): defines a label for the instruction. The OpCase() macro is defined in beam_emu.c. It will expand this line to lb_move_cx:.

    • BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]); fetches the pointer to code for the next instruction to be executed. The BeamCodeAddr() @@ -229,15 +229,15 @@ this case).

    • I += 2 advances the instruction pointer to the next instruction.

    • In a debug-compiled emulator, ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); makes sure that next_pf is a valid instruction (that is, that it points -within the process_main() function in beam_emu.c).

    • GotoPF(next_pf); transfers control to the next instruction.

    Now let's look at the implementation of move_xx:

    OpCase(move_xx):
    -{
    -  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
    -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
    -  xb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
    +within the process_main() function in beam_emu.c).

  • GotoPF(next_pf); transfers control to the next instruction.

  • Now let's look at the implementation of move_xx:

    OpCase(move_xx):
    +{
    +  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
    +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
    +  xb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
       I += 1;
    -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
    -  GotoPF(next_pf);
    -}

    We will go through the lines that are new or have changed compared to + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

    We will go through the lines that are new or have changed compared to move_cx.

    • Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]); picks up both X register numbers packed into the upper 32 bits of the instruction word.

    • BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]); pre-fetches the address of the next instruction. Note that because both X registers operands fits @@ -246,15 +246,15 @@ copies the source to the destination. (For a 64-bit architecture, BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT is 16 and BEAM_TIGHT_MASK is 0xFFFF.)

    • I += 1; advances the instruction pointer to the next instruction.

    move_xy is almost identical to move_xx. The only difference is the use of the yb() macro instead of xb() to reference the -destination register:

    OpCase(move_xy):
    -{
    -  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
    -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
    -  yb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
    +destination register:

    OpCase(move_xy):
    +{
    +  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
    +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
    +  yb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
       I += 1;
    -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
    -  GotoPF(next_pf);
    -}

    + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

    @@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ move2 x y x y // In instrs.tab -move2(S1, D1, S2, D2) { +move2(S1, D1, S2, D2) { Eterm V1, V2; V1 = $S1; V2 = $S2; $D1 = V1; $D2 = V2; -}

    When the loader has found a match and replaced the matched instructions, +}

    When the loader has found a match and replaced the matched instructions, it will match the new instructions against the transformation rules. Because of that, we can define the rule for a move3/6 instruction as follows:

    move2 X1=x Y1=y X2=x Y2=y | move X3=x Y3=y =>
    @@ -437,21 +437,21 @@
     i_fcheckerror
     fclearerror
     %endif

    It is also possible to add an %else clause:

    %if ARCH_64
    -BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    -    Uint64 res = ($A) * ($B);
    -    if (res / $B != $A) {
    +BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    +    Uint64 res = ($A) * ($B);
    +    if (res / $B != $A) {
             $Fail;
    -    }
    +    }
         $Dst = res;
    -}
    +}
     %else
    -BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    -    Uint64 res = (Uint64)($A) * (Uint64)($B);
    -    if ((res >> (8*sizeof(Uint))) != 0) {
    +BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    +    Uint64 res = (Uint64)($A) * (Uint64)($B);
    +    if ((res >> (8*sizeof(Uint))) != 0) {
             $Fail;
    -    }
    +    }
         $Dst = res;
    -}
    +}
     %endif

    Symbols that are defined in directives

    The following symbols are always defined.

    • ARCH_64 - is 1 for a 64-bit machine, and 0 otherwise.
    • ARCH_32 - is 1 for 32-bit machine, and 0 otherwise.

    The Makefile for building the emulator currently defines the following symbols by using the -D option on the command line for beam_makeops.

    • USE_VM_PROBES - 1 if the runtime system is compiled to use VM @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ a non-zero value, the matching of the rule will continue, otherwise the match will fail. Such guard functions are hereafter called predicates.

      The most commonly used guard constraints is equal(). It can be used -to remove a redundant move instructio like this:

      move R1 R2 | equal(R1, R2) => _

      or remove a redundant is_eq_exact instruction like this:

      is_eq_exact Lbl Src1 Src2 | equal(Src1, Src2) => _

      At the time of writing, all predicates are defined in files named +to remove a redundant move instructio like this:

      move R1 R2 | equal(R1, R2) => _

      or remove a redundant is_eq_exact instruction like this:

      is_eq_exact Lbl Src1 Src2 | equal(Src1, Src2) => _

      At the time of writing, all predicates are defined in files named predicates.tab in several directories. In predicates.tab directly in $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/beam, predicates that are used by both the traditinal emulator and the JIT implementations are contained. @@ -696,33 +696,33 @@ internal loader data structures, but here is quick look at the implementation of a simple predicate called literal_is_map().

      Here is first an example how it is used:

      ismap Fail Lit=q | literal_is_map(Lit) =>

      If the Lit operand is a literal, then the literal_is_map() predicate is called to determine whether it is a map literal. -If it is, the instruction is not needed and can be removed.

      literal_is_map() is implemented like this (in emu/predicates.tab):

      pred.literal_is_map(Lit) {
      +If it is, the instruction is not needed and can be removed.

      literal_is_map() is implemented like this (in emu/predicates.tab):

      pred.literal_is_map(Lit) {
           Eterm term;
       
      -    ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q);
      -    term = beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val);
      -    return is_map(term);
      -}

      The pred. prefix tells beam_makeops that this function is a + ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q); + term = beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val); + return is_map(term); +}

      The pred. prefix tells beam_makeops that this function is a predicate. Without the prefix, it would have been interpreted as the implementation of an instruction (described in Defining the implementation).

      Predicate functions have a magic variabled called S, which is a pointer to a state struct. In the example, beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val); is used to retrieve the actual term for the literal.

      At the time of writing, the expanded C code generated by -beam_makeops looks like this:

      static int literal_is_map(LoaderState* S, BeamOpArg Lit) {
      +beam_makeops looks like this:

      static int literal_is_map(LoaderState* S, BeamOpArg Lit) {
         Eterm term;
       
      -  ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q);
      -  term = S->literals[Lit.val].term;
      -  return is_map(term);;
      -}

      Handling instructions with variable number of operands

      Some instructions, such as select_val/3, essentially has a variable + ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q); + term = S->literals[Lit.val].term; + return is_map(term);; +}

      Handling instructions with variable number of operands

      Some instructions, such as select_val/3, essentially has a variable number of operands. Such instructions have a {list,[...]} operand -as their last operand in the BEAM assembly code. For example:

      {select_val,{x,0},
      -            {f,1},
      -            {list,[{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}]}}.

      The loader will convert a {list,[...]} operand to an u operand whose +as their last operand in the BEAM assembly code. For example:

      {select_val,{x,0},
      +            {f,1},
      +            {list,[{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}]}}.

      The loader will convert a {list,[...]} operand to an u operand whose value is the number of elements in the list, followed by each element in the list. The instruction above would be translated to the following -generic instruction:

      {select_val,{x,0},{f,1},{u,4},{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}}

      To match a variable number of arguments we need to use the special +generic instruction:

      {select_val,{x,0},{f,1},{u,4},{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}}

      To match a variable number of arguments we need to use the special operand type * like this:

      select_val Src=aiq Fail=f Size=u List=* =>
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1750))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.548112354 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/beamasm.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.549112360 +0000
      @@ -149,10 +149,10 @@
       used in BeamAsm are much simpler than the interpreter's, as most of the
       transformations for the interpreter are done only to eliminate the instruction
       dispatch overhead.

      Then each instruction is encoded using the C++ functions in the -jit/$ARCH/instr_*.cpp files. For example:

      void BeamModuleAssembler::emit_is_nonempty_list(const ArgVal &Fail, const ArgVal &Src) {
      -  a.test(getArgRef(Src), imm(_TAG_PRIMARY_MASK - TAG_PRIMARY_LIST));
      -  a.jne(labels[Fail.getLabel()]);
      -}

      asmjit provides a fairly straightforward +jit/$ARCH/instr_*.cpp files. For example:

      void BeamModuleAssembler::emit_is_nonempty_list(const ArgVal &Fail, const ArgVal &Src) {
      +  a.test(getArgRef(Src), imm(_TAG_PRIMARY_MASK - TAG_PRIMARY_LIST));
      +  a.jne(labels[Fail.getLabel()]);
      +}

      asmjit provides a fairly straightforward mapping from a C++ function call to the x86 assembly instruction. The above instruction tests if the value in the Src register is a non-empty list and if it is not then it jumps to the fail label.

      For comparison, the interpreter has 8 combinations and specializations of @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ common patterns.

      The original register allocation done by the Erlang compiler is used to manage the liveness of values and the physical registers are statically allocated to keep the necessary process state. At the moment this is the static register -allocation on x86-64:

      rbx: ErtsSchedulerRegisters struct (contains x/float registers and some metadata)
      +allocation on x86-64:

      rbx: ErtsSchedulerRegisters struct (contains x/float registers and some metadata)
       rbp: Current frame pointer when `perf` support is enabled, otherwise this
            is an optional save slot for the Erlang stack pointer when executing C
            code.
      @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@
       used about double the amount of memory for code as the interpreter, while current
       versions use about 10% more. How was this achieved?

      In BeamAsm we heavily use shared code fragments to try to emit as much code as possible as global shared fragments instead of duplicating the code unnecessarily. -For instance, the return instruction looks something like this:

      Label yield = a.newLabel();
      +For instance, the return instruction looks something like this:

      Label yield = a.newLabel();
       
       /* Decrement reduction counter */
      -a.dec(FCALLS);
      +a.dec(FCALLS);
       /* If FCALLS < 0, jump to the yield-on-return fragment */
      -a.jl(resolve_fragment(ga->get_dispatch_return()));
      -a.ret();

      The code above is not exactly what is emitted, but close enough. The thing to note +a.jl(resolve_fragment(ga->get_dispatch_return())); +a.ret();

      The code above is not exactly what is emitted, but close enough. The thing to note is that the code for doing the context switch is never emitted. Instead, we jump to a global fragment that all return instructions share. This greatly reduces the amount of code that has to be emitted for each module.

      @@ -243,24 +243,24 @@

      As Erlang stacks can be very small, we have to switch over to a different stack when we need to execute C code (which may expect a much larger stack). This is -done through emit_enter_runtime and emit_leave_runtime, for example:

      mov_arg(ARG4, NumFree);
      +done through emit_enter_runtime and emit_leave_runtime, for example:

      mov_arg(ARG4, NumFree);
       
       /* Move to the C stack and swap out our current reductions, stack-, and
        * heap pointer to the process structure. */
      -emit_enter_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
      +emit_enter_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
       
      -a.mov(ARG1, c_p);
      -load_x_reg_array(ARG2);
      -make_move_patch(ARG3, lambdas[Fun.getValue()].patches);
      +a.mov(ARG1, c_p);
      +load_x_reg_array(ARG2);
      +make_move_patch(ARG3, lambdas[Fun.getValue()].patches);
       
       /* Call `new_fun`, asserting that we're on the C stack. */
      -runtime_call<4>(new_fun);
      +runtime_call<4>(new_fun);
       
       /* Move back to the C stack, and read the updated values from the process
        * structure */
      -emit_leave_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
      +emit_leave_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
       
      -a.mov(getXRef(0), RET);

      All combinations of the Update constants are legal, but the ones given to +a.mov(getXRef(0), RET);

      All combinations of the Update constants are legal, but the ones given to emit_leave_runtime must be the same as those given to emit_enter_runtime.

      @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ any function call. In the interpreter, this is done by rewriting the loaded BEAM code, but this is more complicated in BeamAsm as we want to have a fast and compact way to do this. This is solved by emitting the code below at the -start of each function (x86 variant below):

        0x0: short jmp 6 (address 0x8)
      +start of each function (x86 variant below):

        0x0: short jmp 6 (address 0x8)
         0x2: nop
         0x3: relative near call to shared breakpoint fragment
         0x8: actual code for function

      When code starts to execute it will simply see the short jmp 6 instruction @@ -293,23 +293,23 @@ executable page and once with a writable page. Since they're backed by the same memory, writes to the writable page appear magically in the executable one.

      The erts_writable_code_ptr function can be used to get writable pointers -given a module instance, provided that it has been unsealed first:

      for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
      +given a module instance, provided that it has been unsealed first:

      for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
           const ErtsCodeInfo* ci_exec;
           ErtsCodeInfo* ci_rw;
           void *w_ptr;
       
      -    erts_unseal_module(&modp->curr);
      +    erts_unseal_module(&modp->curr);
       
      -    ci_exec = code_hdr->functions[i];
      -    w_ptr = erts_writable_code_ptr(&modp->curr, ci_exec);
      -    ci_rw = (ErtsCodeInfo*)w_ptr;
      -
      -    uninstall_breakpoint(ci_rw, ci_exec);
      -    consolidate_bp_data(modp, ci_rw, 1);
      -    ASSERT(ci_rw->gen_bp == NULL);
      +    ci_exec = code_hdr->functions[i];
      +    w_ptr = erts_writable_code_ptr(&modp->curr, ci_exec);
      +    ci_rw = (ErtsCodeInfo*)w_ptr;
      +
      +    uninstall_breakpoint(ci_rw, ci_exec);
      +    consolidate_bp_data(modp, ci_rw, 1);
      +    ASSERT(ci_rw->gen_bp == NULL);
       
      -    erts_seal_module(&modp->curr);
      -}

      Without the module instance there's no reliable way to figure out the writable + erts_seal_module(&modp->curr); +}

      Without the module instance there's no reliable way to figure out the writable address of a code page, and we rely on address space layout randomization (ASLR) to make it difficult to guess. On some platforms, security is further enhanced by protecting the writable area from writes until the module has been @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ flamegraph.pl out.folded > out.svg

      We get a graph that would look something like this:

      Linux Perf FlameGraph: dialyzer PLT build

      You can view a larger version here. It contains the same information, but it is easier to share with others as it does not need the symbols in the executable.

      Using the same data we can also produce a graph where the scheduler profile data -has been merged by using sed:

      #href_anchor"p"># Strip [0-9]+_ and/or _[0-9]+ from all scheduler names
      +has been merged by using sed:

      #href_anchor"p"># Strip [0-9]+_ and/or _[0-9]+ from all scheduler names
       ## scheduler names changed in OTP26, hence two expressions
       sed -e 's/^[0-9]\+_//' -e 's/^erts_\([^_]\+\)_[0-9]\+/erts_\1/' out.folded > out.folded_sched
       ## Create the svg
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (562))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.565112454 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/codeloading.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.565112454 +0000
      @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
       erts_try_seize_code_load_permission and
       erts_release_code_load_permission).

      The ability to prepare several modules in parallel is not currently used as almost all code loading is serialized by the code_server -process. The BIF interface is however prepared for this.

        erlang:prepare_loading(Module, Code) -> LoaderState
      -  erlang:finish_loading([LoaderState])

      The idea is that prepare_loading could be called in parallel for +process. The BIF interface is however prepared for this.

        erlang:prepare_loading(Module, Code) -> LoaderState
      +  erlang:finish_loading([LoaderState])

      The idea is that prepare_loading could be called in parallel for different modules and returns a "magic binary" containing the internal state of each prepared module. Function finish_loading could take a list of such states and do the finishing of all of them in one go.

      Currently we use the legacy BIF erlang:load_module which is now /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1161)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.582112555 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.583112561 +0000 @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@ interesting. One has to "guess" what is what, but as the information is symbolic, thorough reading of this information can be useful. As an example, we can find the state variable of the Erlang primitive loader online (5) and -(6) in the following example:

      (1)  3cac44   Return addr 0x13BF58 (<terminate process normally>)
      -(2)  y(0)     ["/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/kernel/ebin",
      -(3)            "/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/stdlib/ebin"]
      -(4)  y(1)     <0.1.0>
      -(5)  y(2)     {state,[],none,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.6.7085890>,undefined,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.7.9000327>,
      -(6)            #Fun<erl_prim_loader.8.116480692>,#Port<0.2>,infinity,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.9.10708760>}
      -(7)  y(3)     infinity

      When interpreting the data for a process, it is helpful to know that anonymous +(6) in the following example:

      (1)  3cac44   Return addr 0x13BF58 (<terminate process normally>)
      +(2)  y(0)     ["/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/kernel/ebin",
      +(3)            "/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/stdlib/ebin"]
      +(4)  y(1)     <0.1.0>
      +(5)  y(2)     {state,[],none,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.6.7085890>,undefined,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.7.9000327>,
      +(6)            #Fun<erl_prim_loader.8.116480692>,#Port<0.2>,infinity,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.9.10708760>}
      +(7)  y(3)     infinity

      When interpreting the data for a process, it is helpful to know that anonymous function objects (funs) are given the following:

      • A name constructed from the name of the function in which they are created
      • A number (starting with 0) indicating the number of that fun within that function

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (845)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.611112727 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.612112732 +0000 @@ -180,12 +180,12 @@ terms, so binary_to_term is called in Erlang to convert the result to term form.

      The code is available in pg_sync.c in the sample directory of erts.

      The driver entry contains the functions that will be called by the emulator. In this example, only start, stop, and control are provided:

      /* Driver interface declarations */
      -static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      -static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      -static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      -                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen);
      +static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      +static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      +                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen);
       
      -static ErlDrvEntry pq_driver_entry = {
      +static ErlDrvEntry pq_driver_entry = {
           NULL,                        /* init */
           start,
           stop,
      @@ -202,10 +202,10 @@
           NULL,                        /* flush */
           NULL,                        /* call */
           NULL                         /* event */
      -};

      We have a structure to store state needed by the driver, in this case we only -need to keep the database connection:

      typedef struct our_data_s {
      +};

      We have a structure to store state needed by the driver, in this case we only +need to keep the database connection:

      typedef struct our_data_s {
           PGconn* conn;
      -} our_data_t;

      The control codes that we have defined are as follows:

      /* Keep the following definitions in alignment with the
      +} our_data_t;

      The control codes that we have defined are as follows:

      /* Keep the following definitions in alignment with the
        * defines in erl_pq_sync.erl
        */
       
      @@ -221,130 +221,130 @@
        * the driver entry.
        */
       
      -DRIVER_INIT(pq_drv)
      -{
      +DRIVER_INIT(pq_drv)
      +{
           return &pq_driver_entry;
      -}

      Here some initialization is done, start is called from open_port/2. The data +}

      Here some initialization is done, start is called from open_port/2. The data will be passed to control and stop.

      /* DRIVER INTERFACE */
      -static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command)
      -{
      +static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command)
      +{
           our_data_t* data;
       
      -    data = (our_data_t*)driver_alloc(sizeof(our_data_t));
      +    data = (our_data_t*)driver_alloc(sizeof(our_data_t));
           data->conn = NULL;
      -    set_port_control_flags(port, PORT_CONTROL_FLAG_BINARY);
      -    return (ErlDrvData)data;
      -}

      We call disconnect to log out from the database. (This should have been done -from Erlang, but just in case.)

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      -
      -static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data)
      -{
      -    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      -
      -    do_disconnect(data, NULL);
      -    driver_free(data);
      -}

      We use the binary format only to return data to the emulator; input data is a + set_port_control_flags(port, PORT_CONTROL_FLAG_BINARY); + return (ErlDrvData)data; +}

      We call disconnect to log out from the database. (This should have been done +from Erlang, but just in case.)

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +
      +static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data)
      +{
      +    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      +
      +    do_disconnect(data, NULL);
      +    driver_free(data);
      +}

      We use the binary format only to return data to the emulator; input data is a string parameter for connect and select. The returned data consists of Erlang terms.

      The functions get_s and ei_x_to_new_binary are utilities that are used to make the code shorter. get_s duplicates the string and zero-terminates it, as the postgres client library wants that. ei_x_to_new_binary takes an ei_x_buff buffer, allocates a binary, and copies the data there. This binary is returned in *rbuf. (Notice that this binary is freed by the emulator, not -by us.)

      static char* get_s(const char* buf, int len);
      -static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      -static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +by us.)

      static char* get_s(const char* buf, int len);
      +static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
       
       /* As we are operating in binary mode, the return value from control
        * is irrelevant, as long as it is not negative.
        */
      -static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      -                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen)
      -{
      +static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      +                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen)
      +{
           int r;
           ei_x_buff x;
      -    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      -    char* s = get_s(buf, len);
      -    ei_x_new_with_version(&x);
      -    switch (command) {
      -        case DRV_CONNECT:    r = do_connect(s, data, &x);  break;
      -        case DRV_DISCONNECT: r = do_disconnect(data, &x);  break;
      -        case DRV_SELECT:     r = do_select(s, data, &x);   break;
      +    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      +    char* s = get_s(buf, len);
      +    ei_x_new_with_version(&x);
      +    switch (command) {
      +        case DRV_CONNECT:    r = do_connect(s, data, &x);  break;
      +        case DRV_DISCONNECT: r = do_disconnect(data, &x);  break;
      +        case DRV_SELECT:     r = do_select(s, data, &x);   break;
               default:             r = -1;        break;
      -    }
      -    *rbuf = (char*)ei_x_to_new_binary(&x);
      -    ei_x_free(&x);
      -    driver_free(s);
      +    }
      +    *rbuf = (char*)ei_x_to_new_binary(&x);
      +    ei_x_free(&x);
      +    driver_free(s);
           return r;
      -}

      do_connect is where we log in to the database. If the connection was +}

      do_connect is where we log in to the database. If the connection was successful, we store the connection handle in the driver data, and return 'ok'. Otherwise, we return the error message from postgres and store NULL in -the driver data.

      static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -    PGconn* conn = PQconnectdb(s);
      -    if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK) {
      -        encode_error(x, conn);
      -        PQfinish(conn);
      +the driver data.

      static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +    PGconn* conn = PQconnectdb(s);
      +    if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK) {
      +        encode_error(x, conn);
      +        PQfinish(conn);
               conn = NULL;
      -    } else {
      -        encode_ok(x);
      -    }
      +    } else {
      +        encode_ok(x);
      +    }
           data->conn = conn;
           return 0;
      -}

      If we are connected (and if the connection handle is not NULL), we log out +}

      If we are connected (and if the connection handle is not NULL), we log out from the database. We need to check if we should encode an 'ok', as we can get -here from function stop, which does not return data to the emulator:

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -    if (data->conn == NULL)
      +here from function stop, which does not return data to the emulator:

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +    if (data->conn == NULL)
               return 0;
      -    PQfinish(data->conn);
      +    PQfinish(data->conn);
           data->conn = NULL;
      -    if (x != NULL)
      -        encode_ok(x);
      +    if (x != NULL)
      +        encode_ok(x);
           return 0;
      -}

      We execute a query and encode the result. Encoding is done in another C module, -pg_encode.c, which is also provided as sample code.

      static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -   PGresult* res = PQexec(data->conn, s);
      -    encode_result(x, res, data->conn);
      -    PQclear(res);
      +}

      We execute a query and encode the result. Encoding is done in another C module, +pg_encode.c, which is also provided as sample code.

      static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +   PGresult* res = PQexec(data->conn, s);
      +    encode_result(x, res, data->conn);
      +    PQclear(res);
           return 0;
      -}

      Here we check the result from postgres. If it is data, we encode it as lists of +}

      Here we check the result from postgres. If it is data, we encode it as lists of lists with column data. Everything from postgres is C strings, so we use ei_x_encode_string to send the result as strings to Erlang. (The head of the -list contains the column names.)

      void encode_result(ei_x_buff* x, PGresult* res, PGconn* conn)
      -{
      +list contains the column names.)

      void encode_result(ei_x_buff* x, PGresult* res, PGconn* conn)
      +{
           int row, n_rows, col, n_cols;
      -    switch (PQresultStatus(res)) {
      +    switch (PQresultStatus(res)) {
           case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
      -        n_rows = PQntuples(res);
      -        n_cols = PQnfields(res);
      -        ei_x_encode_tuple_header(x, 2);
      -        encode_ok(x);
      -        ei_x_encode_list_header(x, n_rows+1);
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (772))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.632112851 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.633112856 +0000
      @@ -176,54 +176,54 @@
         
         Data Types
       

      -

      ErlDrvEntry

      typedef struct erl_drv_entry {
      -    int (*init)(void);          /* Called at system startup for statically
      +

      ErlDrvEntry

      typedef struct erl_drv_entry {
      +    int (*init)(void);          /* Called at system startup for statically
                                          linked drivers, and after loading for
                                          dynamically loaded drivers */
       #ifndef ERL_SYS_DRV
      -    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      +    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
                                       /* Called when open_port/2 is invoked,
                                          return value -1 means failure */
       #else
      -    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command, SysDriverOpts* opts);
      +    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command, SysDriverOpts* opts);
                                       /* Special options, only for system driver */
       #endif
      -    void (*stop)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*stop)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Called when port is closed, and when the
                                          emulator is halted */
      -    void (*output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len);
      +    void (*output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len);
                                       /* Called when we have output from Erlang to
                                          the port */
      -    void (*ready_input)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +    void (*ready_input)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
                                       /* Called when we have input from one of
                                          the driver's handles */
      -    void (*ready_output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +    void (*ready_output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
                                       /* Called when output is possible to one of
                                          the driver's handles */
           char *driver_name;          /* Name supplied as command in
                                          erlang:open_port/2 */
      -    void (*finish)(void);       /* Called before unloading the driver -
      +    void (*finish)(void);       /* Called before unloading the driver -
                                          dynamic drivers only */
           void *handle;               /* Reserved, used by emulator internally */
      -    ErlDrvSSizeT (*control)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
      +    ErlDrvSSizeT (*control)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
                                   char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len,
      -			    char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen);
      +			    char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen);
                                       /* "ioctl" for drivers - invoked by
                                          port_control/3 */
      -    void (*timeout)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*timeout)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Handling of time-out in driver */
      -    void (*outputv)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlIOVec *ev);
      +    void (*outputv)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlIOVec *ev);
                                       /* Called when we have output from Erlang
                                          to the port */
      -    void (*ready_async)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvThreadData thread_data);
      -    void (*flush)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*ready_async)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvThreadData thread_data);
      +    void (*flush)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Called when the port is about to be
                                          closed, and there is data in the
                                          driver queue that must be flushed
                                          before 'stop' can be called */
      -    ErlDrvSSizeT (*call)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
      +    ErlDrvSSizeT (*call)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
                                char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len,
      -			 char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen, unsigned int *flags);
      +			 char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen, unsigned int *flags);
                                       /* Works mostly like 'control', a synchronous
                                          call into the driver */
           void* unused_event_callback;
      @@ -232,11 +232,11 @@
           int minor_version;          /* ERL_DRV_EXTENDED_MINOR_VERSION */
           int driver_flags;           /* ERL_DRV_FLAGs */
           void *handle2;              /* Reserved, used by emulator internally */
      -    void (*process_exit)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);
      +    void (*process_exit)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);
                                       /* Called when a process monitor fires */
      -    void (*stop_select)(ErlDrvEvent event, void* reserved);
      +    void (*stop_select)(ErlDrvEvent event, void* reserved);
                                       /* Called to close an event object */
      - } ErlDrvEntry;
      • int (*init)(void) - Called directly after the driver has been + } ErlDrvEntry;

      • int (*init)(void) - Called directly after the driver has been loaded by erl_ddll:load_driver/2 (actually when the driver is added to the driver list). The driver is to return 0, or, if the driver cannot initialize, -1.

      • ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char* command) - Called /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (663)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.662113028 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.663113034 +0000 @@ -154,18 +154,18 @@ init process and can be retrieved by calling init:get_plain_arguments/0. Plain arguments can occur before the first flag, or after a -- flag. Also, the -extra flag causes everything that follows to become plain arguments.

      Examples:

      % erl +W w -sname arnie +R 9 -s my_init -extra +bertie
      -(arnie@host)1> init:get_argument(sname).
      -{ok,[["arnie"]]}
      -(arnie@host)2> init:get_plain_arguments().
      -["+bertie"]

      Here +W w and +R 9 are emulator flags. -s my_init is an init flag, +(arnie@host)1> init:get_argument(sname). +{ok,[["arnie"]]} +(arnie@host)2> init:get_plain_arguments(). +["+bertie"]

      Here +W w and +R 9 are emulator flags. -s my_init is an init flag, interpreted by init. -sname arnie is a user flag, stored by init. It is read by Kernel and causes the Erlang runtime system to become distributed. Finally, everything after -extra (that is, +bertie) is considered as plain arguments.

      % erl -myflag 1
      -1> init:get_argument(myflag).
      -{ok,[["1"]]}
      -2> init:get_plain_arguments().
      -[]

      Here the user flag -myflag 1 is passed to and stored by the init process. It +1> init:get_argument(myflag). +{ok,[["1"]]} +2> init:get_plain_arguments(). +[]

      Here the user flag -myflag 1 is passed to and stored by the init process. It is a user-defined flag, presumably used by some user-defined application.

      @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ also balances scheduler utilization between schedulers.

    • +sct CpuTopology - Sets a user-defined CPU topology. The user-defined CPU topology overrides any automatically detected CPU topology. The CPU topology is used when -binding schedulers to logical processors.

      <Id> = integer(); when 0 =< <Id> =< 65535
      +binding schedulers to logical processors.

      <Id> = integer(); when 0 =< <Id> =< 65535
       <IdRange> = <Id>-<Id>
       <IdOrIdRange> = <Id> | <IdRange>
       <IdList> = <IdOrIdRange>,<IdOrIdRange> | <IdOrIdRange>
      @@ -735,22 +735,22 @@
       NUMA node. If <ProcessorIds> is omitted, its default position is before
       <NodeIds>. That is, the default is processor external NUMA nodes.

      If a list of identifiers is used in an <IdDefs>:

      • <LogicalIds> must be a list of identifiers.
      • At least one other identifier type besides <LogicalIds> must also have a list of identifiers.
      • All lists of identifiers must produce the same number of identifiers.

      A simple example. A single quad core processor can be described as follows:

      % erl +sct L0-3c0-3
      -1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology).
      -[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}},
      -             {core,{logical,1}},
      -             {core,{logical,2}},
      -             {core,{logical,3}}]}]

      A more complicated example with two quad core processors, each processor in +1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology). +[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}}, + {core,{logical,1}}, + {core,{logical,2}}, + {core,{logical,3}}]}]

      A more complicated example with two quad core processors, each processor in its own NUMA node. The ordering of logical processors is a bit weird. This to give a better example of identifier lists:

      % erl +sct L0-1,3-2c0-3p0N0:L7,4,6-5c0-3p1N1
      -1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology).
      -[{node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}},
      -                    {core,{logical,1}},
      -                    {core,{logical,3}},
      -                    {core,{logical,2}}]}]},
      - {node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,7}},
      -                    {core,{logical,4}},
      -                    {core,{logical,6}},
      -                    {core,{logical,5}}]}]}]

      As long as real identifiers are correct, it is OK to pass a CPU topology +1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology). +[{node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}}, + {core,{logical,1}}, + {core,{logical,3}}, + {core,{logical,2}}]}]}, + {node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,7}}, + {core,{logical,4}}, + {core,{logical,6}}, + {core,{logical,5}}]}]}]

      As long as real identifiers are correct, it is OK to pass a CPU topology that is not a correct description of the CPU topology. When used with care this can be very useful. This to trick the emulator to bind its schedulers as you want. For example, if you want to run multiple Erlang runtime systems @@ -925,10 +925,10 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang").

      If an .erlang file is found, it is assumed to contain valid Erlang expressions. These expressions are evaluated as if they were input to the -shell.

      A typical .erlang file contains a set of search paths, for example:

      io:format("executing user profile in $HOME/.erlang\n",[]).
      -code:add_path("/home/calvin/test/ebin").
      -code:add_path("/home/hobbes/bigappl-1.2/ebin").
      -io:format(".erlang rc finished\n",[]).
    • user_default and shell_default - Functions in the shell that are not +shell.

      A typical .erlang file contains a set of search paths, for example:

      io:format("executing user profile in $HOME/.erlang\n",[]).
      +code:add_path("/home/calvin/test/ebin").
      +code:add_path("/home/hobbes/bigappl-1.2/ebin").
      +io:format(".erlang rc finished\n",[]).
    • user_default and shell_default - Functions in the shell that are not prefixed by a module name are assumed to be functional objects (funs), built-in functions (BIFs), or belong to the module user_default or shell_default.

      To include private shell commands, define them in a module user_default and /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2327)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.687113176 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.688113182 +0000 @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ client ->> EPMD: NAMES_REQ EPMD -->> client: NAMES_RESP

    1
    110

    Table: NAMES_REQ (110)

    The response for a NAMES_REQ is as follows:

    4
    EPMDPortNoNodeInfo*

    Table: NAMES_RESP

    NodeInfo is a string written for each active node. When all NodeInfo has -been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("name ~ts at port ~p~n", [NodeName, Port]).

    +been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("name ~ts at port ~p~n", [NodeName, Port]).

    @@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ client ->> EPMD: DUMP_REQ EPMD -->> client: DUMP_RESP

    1
    100

    Table: DUMP_REQ

    The response for a DUMP_REQ is as follows:

    4
    EPMDPortNoNodeInfo*

    Table: DUMP_RESP

    NodeInfo is a string written for each node kept in the EPMD. When all -NodeInfo has been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("active name     ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p~n",
    -          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    or

    io:format("old/unused name ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p ~n",
    -          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    +NodeInfo has been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("active name     ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p~n",
    +          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    or

    io:format("old/unused name ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p ~n",
    +          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Semigraphic View

    -
    A (initiator)                                      B (acceptor)
    +
    A (initiator)                                      B (acceptor)
     
     TCP connect ------------------------------------>
                                                        TCP accept
    @@ -421,36 +421,36 @@
     
       <---------------------------------------------- send_status
     recv_status
    -(if status was 'alive'
    +(if status was 'alive'
      send_status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ->
    -                                                   recv_status)
    +                                                   recv_status)
     
    -                          (ChB)                      ChB = gen_challenge()
    +                          (ChB)                      ChB = gen_challenge()
       <---------------------------------------------- send_challenge
     recv_challenge
     
    -(if old send_name
    +(if old send_name
      send_complement - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ->
    -                                                   recv_complement)
    +                                                   recv_complement)
     
    -ChA = gen_challenge(),
    -OCA = out_cookie(B),
    -DiA = gen_digest(ChB, OCA)
    -                          (ChA, DiA)
    +ChA = gen_challenge(),
    +OCA = out_cookie(B),
    +DiA = gen_digest(ChB, OCA)
    +                          (ChA, DiA)
     send_challenge_reply --------------------------->
                                                        recv_challenge_reply
    -                                                   ICB = in_cookie(A),
    +                                                   ICB = in_cookie(A),
                                                        check:
    -                                                   DiA == gen_digest (ChB, ICB)?
    +                                                   DiA == gen_digest (ChB, ICB)?
                                                        - if OK:
    -                                                    OCB = out_cookie(A),
    -                                                    DiB = gen_digest (ChA, OCB)
    -                          (DiB)
    +                                                    OCB = out_cookie(A),
    +                                                    DiB = gen_digest (ChA, OCB)
    +                          (DiB)
       <----------------------------------------------- send_challenge_ack
     recv_challenge_ack                                  DONE
    -ICA = in_cookie(B),                                - else:
    +ICA = in_cookie(B),                                - else:
     check:                                              CLOSE
    -DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)?
    +DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)?
     - if OK:
      DONE
     - else:
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (815))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.724113395 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.724113395 +0000
    @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
     
     
    • ErlDrvSizeT - An unsigned integer type to be used as size_t.

    • ErlDrvSSizeT - A signed integer type, the size of -ErlDrvSizeT.

    • ErlDrvSysInfo

      typedef struct ErlDrvSysInfo {
      +ErlDrvSizeT.

    • ErlDrvSysInfo

      typedef struct ErlDrvSysInfo {
          int driver_major_version;
          int driver_minor_version;
          char *erts_version;
      @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
          int nif_major_version;
          int nif_minor_version;
          int dirty_scheduler_support;
      -} ErlDrvSysInfo;

      The ErlDrvSysInfo structure is used for storage of information about the +} ErlDrvSysInfo;

    The ErlDrvSysInfo structure is used for storage of information about the Erlang runtime system. driver_system_info writes the system information when passed a reference to a ErlDrvSysInfo structure. The fields @@ -401,12 +401,12 @@ aligned for storage of an array of doubles (usually 8-byte aligned).

  • ErlDrvData - A handle to driver-specific data, passed to the driver callbacks. It is a pointer, and is most often type cast to a specific pointer in the driver.

  • SysIOVec - A system I/O vector, as used by writev on Unix and -WSASend on Win32. It is used in ErlIOVec.

  • ErlIOVec

    typedef struct ErlIOVec {
    +WSASend on Win32. It is used in ErlIOVec.

  • ErlIOVec

    typedef struct ErlIOVec {
       int vsize;
       ErlDrvSizeT size;
       SysIOVec* iov;
       ErlDrvBinary** binv;
    -} ErlIOVec;

    The I/O vector used by the emulator and drivers is a list of binaries, with a +} ErlIOVec;

  • The I/O vector used by the emulator and drivers is a list of binaries, with a SysIOVec pointing to the buffers of the binaries. It is used in driver_outputv and the outputv driver callback. Also, the driver queue is an ErlIOVec.

  • ErlDrvMonitor - When a driver creates a monitor for a process, a @@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ add_driver_entry() -

    void add_driver_entry(ErlDrvEntry
    -        *de);

    Adds a driver entry to the list of drivers known by Erlang. The +

    void add_driver_entry(ErlDrvEntry
    +        *de);

    Adds a driver entry to the list of drivers known by Erlang. The init function of parameter de is called.

    Note

    To use this function for adding drivers residing in dynamically loaded code is dangerous. If the driver code for the added driver resides in the same dynamically loaded module (that is, .so file) as a normal dynamically loaded @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ driver_alloc() -

    void * driver_alloc(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a memory block of the size specified in size, and returns it. This +

    void * driver_alloc(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a memory block of the size specified in size, and returns it. This fails only on out of memory, in which case NULL is returned. (This is most often a wrapper for malloc).

    Memory allocated must be explicitly freed with a corresponding call to driver_free (unless otherwise stated).

    This function is thread-safe.

    @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ driver_alloc_binary()

    -
    ErlDrvBinary * driver_alloc_binary(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a driver binary with a memory block of at least size bytes, and +

    ErlDrvBinary * driver_alloc_binary(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a driver binary with a memory block of at least size bytes, and returns a pointer to it, or NULL on failure (out of memory). When a driver binary has been sent to the emulator, it must not be changed. Every allocated binary is to be freed by a corresponding call to @@ -521,9 +521,9 @@ driver_async() -

    long driver_async(ErlDrvPort port, unsigned
    -        int* key, void (*async_invoke)(void*), void* async_data, void
    -        (*async_free)(void*));

    Performs an asynchronous call. The function async_invoke is invoked in a +

    long driver_async(ErlDrvPort port, unsigned
    +        int* key, void (*async_invoke)(void*), void* async_data, void
    +        (*async_free)(void*));

    Performs an asynchronous call. The function async_invoke is invoked in a thread separate from the emulator thread. This enables the driver to perform time-consuming, blocking operations without blocking the emulator.

    The async thread pool size can be set with command-line argument +A in erl(1). If an async @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ driver_async_port_key() -

    unsigned int driver_async_port_key(ErlDrvPort port);

    Calculates a key for later use in driver_async. +

    unsigned int driver_async_port_key(ErlDrvPort port);

    Calculates a key for later use in driver_async. The keys are evenly distributed so that a fair mapping between port IDs and async thread IDs is achieved.

    Note

    Before Erlang/OTP R16, the port ID could be used as a key with proper casting, but after the rewrite of the port subsystem, this is no longer the case. With @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ driver_binary_dec_refc() -

    long driver_binary_dec_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Decrements the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached +

    long driver_binary_dec_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Decrements the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached after the decrement.

    This function is thread-safe.

    Note

    The reference count of driver binary is normally to be decremented by calling driver_free_binary.

    driver_binary_dec_refc does not free the binary if the reference count reaches zero. Only use driver_binary_dec_refc when you are sure not to @@ -576,21 +576,21 @@ driver_binary_get_refc() -

    long driver_binary_get_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Returns the current reference count on bin.

    This function is thread-safe.

    +
    long driver_binary_get_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Returns the current reference count on bin.

    This function is thread-safe.

    driver_binary_inc_refc()

    -
    long driver_binary_inc_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Increments the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached +

    long driver_binary_inc_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Increments the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached after the increment.

    This function is thread-safe.

    driver_caller()

    -
    ErlDrvTermData driver_caller(ErlDrvPort
    -        port);

    Returns the process ID of the process that made the current call to the driver. +

    ErlDrvTermData driver_caller(ErlDrvPort
    +        port);

    Returns the process ID of the process that made the current call to the driver. The process ID can be used with driver_send_term to send back data to the caller. driver_caller only returns valid data when currently executing in one @@ -603,14 +603,14 @@ driver_cancel_timer() -

    int driver_cancel_timer(ErlDrvPort port);

    Cancels a timer set with driver_set_timer.

    The return value is 0.

    +
    int driver_cancel_timer(ErlDrvPort port);

    Cancels a timer set with driver_set_timer.

    The return value is 0.

    driver_compare_monitors()

    -
    int driver_compare_monitors(const ErlDrvMonitor
    -        *monitor1, const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor2);

    Compares two ErlDrvMonitors. Can also be used to imply some artificial order +

    int driver_compare_monitors(const ErlDrvMonitor
    +        *monitor1, const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor2);

    Compares two ErlDrvMonitors. Can also be used to imply some artificial order on monitors, for whatever reason.

    Returns 0 if monitor1 and monitor2 are equal, < 0 if monitor1 < monitor2, and > 0 if monitor1 > monitor2.

    @@ -618,16 +618,16 @@ driver_connected()

    -
    ErlDrvTermData driver_connected(ErlDrvPort
    -        port);

    Returns the port owner process.

    Notice that this function is not thread-safe.

    +
    ErlDrvTermData driver_connected(ErlDrvPort
    +        port);

    Returns the port owner process.

    Notice that this function is not thread-safe.

    driver_create_port()

    -
    ErlDrvPort driver_create_port(ErlDrvPort port,
    +
    ErlDrvPort driver_create_port(ErlDrvPort port,
             ErlDrvTermData owner_pid, char* name,
    -        ErlDrvData drv_data);

    Creates a new port executing the same driver code as the port creating the new + ErlDrvData drv_data);

    Creates a new port executing the same driver code as the port creating the new port.

    • port - The port handle of the port (driver instance) creating the new port.

    • owner_pid - The process ID of the Erlang process to become owner of the new port. This process will be linked to the new port. You usually want to use @@ -648,15 +648,15 @@ driver_demonitor_process() -

      int driver_demonitor_process(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);

      Cancels a monitor created earlier.

      Returns 0 if a monitor was removed and > 0 if the monitor no longer exists.

      +
      int driver_demonitor_process(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);

      Cancels a monitor created earlier.

      Returns 0 if a monitor was removed and > 0 if the monitor no longer exists.

      driver_deq()

      -
      ErlDrvSizeT driver_deq(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        ErlDrvSizeT size);

      Dequeues data by moving the head pointer forward in the driver queue by size +

      ErlDrvSizeT driver_deq(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        ErlDrvSizeT size);

      Dequeues data by moving the head pointer forward in the driver queue by size bytes. The data in the queue is deallocated.

      Returns the number of bytes remaining in the queue on success, otherwise -1.

      This function can be called from any thread if a port data lock associated with the port is locked by the calling thread during the call.

      @@ -665,8 +665,8 @@ driver_enq()

      -
      int driver_enq(ErlDrvPort port, char* buf,
      -        ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues data in the driver queue. The data in buf is copied (len bytes) and +

      int driver_enq(ErlDrvPort port, char* buf,
      +        ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues data in the driver queue. The data in buf is copied (len bytes) and placed at the end of the driver queue. The driver queue is normally used in a FIFO way.

      The driver queue is available to queue output from the emulator to the driver (data from the driver to the emulator is queued by the emulator in normal Erlang @@ -681,8 +681,8 @@ driver_enq_bin() -

      int driver_enq_bin(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        ErlDrvBinary *bin, ErlDrvSizeT offset, ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues a driver binary in the driver queue. The data in bin at offset with +

      int driver_enq_bin(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        ErlDrvBinary *bin, ErlDrvSizeT offset, ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues a driver binary in the driver queue. The data in bin at offset with length len is placed at the end of the queue. This function is most often /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1873)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.746113525 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.746113525 +0000 @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ positive and 1 if it is negative. The digits are stored with the least significant byte stored first. To calculate the integer, the following formula can be used:

      B = 256
      -(d0*B^0 + d1*B^1 + d2*B^2 + ... d(N-1)*B^(n-1))

      +(d0*B^0 + d1*B^1 + d2*B^2 + ... d(N-1)*B^(n-1))

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1770)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.793113803 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.795113815 +0000 @@ -155,29 +155,29 @@

    A minimal example of a NIF library can look as follows:

    /* niftest.c */
     #include <erl_nif.h>
     
    -static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    -{
    -    return enif_make_string(env, "Hello world!", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    -}
    -
    -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] =
    -{
    -    {"hello", 0, hello}
    -};
    +static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    +{
    +    return enif_make_string(env, "Hello world!", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    +}
    +
    +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] =
    +{
    +    {"hello", 0, hello}
    +};
     
    -ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest,nif_funcs,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL)

    The Erlang module can look as follows:

    -module(niftest).
    +ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest,nif_funcs,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL)

    The Erlang module can look as follows:

    -module(niftest).
     
    --export([init/0, hello/0]).
    +-export([init/0, hello/0]).
     
    --nifs([hello/0]).
    +-nifs([hello/0]).
     
    --on_load(init/0).
    +-on_load(init/0).
     
    -init() ->
    -      erlang:load_nif("./niftest", 0).
    +init() ->
    +      erlang:load_nif("./niftest", 0).
     
    -hello() ->
    -      erlang:nif_error("NIF library not loaded").

    Compile and test can look as follows (on Linux):

    $> gcc -fPIC -shared -o niftest.so niftest.c -I $ERL_ROOT/usr/include/
    +hello() ->
    +      erlang:nif_error("NIF library not loaded").

    Compile and test can look as follows (on Linux):

    $> gcc -fPIC -shared -o niftest.so niftest.c -I $ERL_ROOT/usr/include/
     $> erl
     
     1> c(niftest).
    @@ -223,21 +223,21 @@
     
     ERL_NIF_TERM world_atom;
     
    -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
    -{
    -    world_atom = enif_make_atom(env, "world");
    +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
    +{
    +    world_atom = enif_make_atom(env, "world");
         return 0;
    -}
    +}
     
    -static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    -{
    -    ERL_NIF_TERM hello_string = enif_make_string(env, "Hello", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    -    return enif_make_tuple2(env, hello_string, world_atom);
    -}
    +static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    +{
    +    ERL_NIF_TERM hello_string = enif_make_string(env, "Hello", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    +    return enif_make_tuple2(env, hello_string, world_atom);
    +}
     
    -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = { { "hello", 0, hello } };
    +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = { { "hello", 0, hello } };
     
    -ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest, nif_funcs, load, NULL, NULL, NULL)
  • Binaries - Terms of type binary are accessed with the help of struct type +ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest, nif_funcs, load, NULL, NULL, NULL)

  • Binaries - Terms of type binary are accessed with the help of struct type ErlNifBinary, which contains a pointer (data) to the raw binary data and the length (size) of the data in bytes. Both data and size are read-only and are only to be written using calls to API @@ -275,19 +275,19 @@ garbage collector or enif_release_resource). Resource types are uniquely identified by a supplied name string and the name of the implementing module.

    The following is a template example of how to create and return a resource object.

    ERL_NIF_TERM term;
    -MyStruct* obj = enif_alloc_resource(my_resource_type, sizeof(MyStruct));
    +MyStruct* obj = enif_alloc_resource(my_resource_type, sizeof(MyStruct));
     
     /* initialize struct ... */
     
    -term = enif_make_resource(env, obj);
    +term = enif_make_resource(env, obj);
     
    -if (keep_a_reference_of_our_own) {
    +if (keep_a_reference_of_our_own) {
         /* store &#href_anchor"w">
    -}
    -else {
    -    enif_release_resource(obj);
    +}
    +else {
    +    enif_release_resource(obj);
         /* resource now only owned by "Erlang" */
    -}
    +}
     return term;

    Notice that once enif_make_resource creates the term to return to Erlang, the code can choose to either keep its own native pointer to the allocated struct and release it later, or release it immediately and rely only on the @@ -339,50 +339,50 @@ libraries can however fail if deprecated features are used.

  • Time Measurement - Support for time measurement in NIF libraries:

  • I/O Queues
    The Erlang nif library contains function for easily working with I/O vectors as used by the unix system call writev. The I/O Queue is not thread safe, so -some other synchronization mechanism has to be used.

    Typical usage when writing to a file descriptor looks like this:

    int writeiovec(ErlNifEnv *env, ERL_NIF_TERM term, ERL_NIF_TERM *tail,
    -               ErlNifIOQueue *q, int fd) {
    +some other synchronization mechanism has to be used.

    Typical usage when writing to a file descriptor looks like this:

    int writeiovec(ErlNifEnv *env, ERL_NIF_TERM term, ERL_NIF_TERM *tail,
    +               ErlNifIOQueue *q, int fd) {
     
         ErlNifIOVec vec, *iovec = &vec;
         SysIOVec *sysiovec;
         int saved_errno;
         int iovcnt, n;
     
    -    if (!enif_inspect_iovec(env, 64, term, tail, &iovec))
    +    if (!enif_inspect_iovec(env, 64, term, tail, &iovec))
             return -2;
     
    -    if (enif_ioq_size(q) > 0) {
    +    if (enif_ioq_size(q) > 0) {
             /* If the I/O queue contains data we enqueue the iovec and
                then peek the data to write out of the queue. */
    -        if (!enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, 0))
    +        if (!enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, 0))
                 return -3;
     
    -        sysiovec = enif_ioq_peek(q, &iovcnt);
    -    } else {
    +        sysiovec = enif_ioq_peek(q, &iovcnt);
    +    } else {
             /* If the I/O queue is empty we skip the trip through it. */
             iovcnt = iovec->iovcnt;
             sysiovec = iovec->iov;
    -    }
    +    }
     
         /* Attempt to write the data */
    -    n = writev(fd, sysiovec, iovcnt);
    +    n = writev(fd, sysiovec, iovcnt);
         saved_errno = errno;
     
    -    if (enif_ioq_size(q) == 0) {
    +    if (enif_ioq_size(q) == 0) {
             /* If the I/O queue was initially empty we enqueue any
                remaining data into the queue for writing later. */
    -        if (n >= 0 && !enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, n))
    +        if (n >= 0 && !enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, n))
                 return -3;
    -    } else {
    +    } else {
             /* Dequeue any data that was written from the queue. */
    -        if (n > 0 && !enif_ioq_deq(q, n, NULL))
    +        if (n > 0 && !enif_ioq_deq(q, n, NULL))
                 return -4;
    -    }
    +    }
     
         /* return n, which is either number of bytes written or -1 if
            some error happened */
         errno = saved_errno;
         return n;
    -}
  • Long-running NIFs
    As mentioned in the warning text at the beginning of +}

  • Long-running NIFs
    As mentioned in the warning text at the beginning of this manual page, it is of vital importance that a native function returns relatively fast. It is difficult to give an exact maximum amount of time that a native function is allowed to work, but usually a well-behaving native @@ -512,12 +512,12 @@ with all its terms is valid until you explicitly invalidate it with enif_free_env or enif_send.

  • All contained terms of a list/tuple/map must belong to the same environment as the list/tuple/map itself. Terms can be copied between environments with -enif_make_copy.

  • ErlNifFunc

    typedef struct {
    +enif_make_copy.

  • ErlNifFunc

    typedef struct {
         const char* name;
         unsigned arity;
    -    ERL_NIF_TERM (*fptr)(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
    +    ERL_NIF_TERM (*fptr)(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
         unsigned flags;
    -} ErlNifFunc;

    Describes a NIF by its name, arity, and implementation.

    • fptr - A pointer to the function that implements the NIF.

    • argv - Contains the function arguments passed to the NIF.

    • argc - The array length, that is, the function arity. argv[N-1] thus +} ErlNifFunc;

  • Describes a NIF by its name, arity, and implementation.

    • fptr - A pointer to the function that implements the NIF.

    • argv - Contains the function arguments passed to the NIF.

    • argc - The array length, that is, the function arity. argv[N-1] thus denotes the Nth argument to the NIF. Notice that the argument argc allows for the same C function to implement several Erlang functions with different arity (but probably with the same name).

    • flags - Is 0 for a regular NIF (and so its value can be omitted for @@ -561,25 +561,25 @@ type. It can be copied, moved in memory, forgotten, and so on.

    • ErlNifResourceType - Each instance of ErlNifResourceType represents a class of memory-managed resource objects that can be garbage collected. Each resource type has a unique name and a -destructor function that is called when objects of its type are released.

    • ErlNifResourceTypeInit

      typedef struct {
      +destructor function that is called when objects of its type are released.

    • ErlNifResourceTypeInit

      typedef struct {
           ErlNifResourceDtor* dtor;       // #1 Destructor
           ErlNifResourceStop* stop;       // #2 Select stop
           ErlNifResourceDown* down;       // #3 Monitor down
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (588))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.814113927 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html	2026-10-15 00:56:24.815113933 +0000
      @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
       

      Retrieves information about a file.

      Returns {ok, FileInfo} if successful, otherwise error. FileInfo is a record file_info, defined in the Kernel include file file.hrl. Include the following directive in the module from which the -function is called:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

      For more information about the record see file:read_file_info/2.

      Filename can also be a file in an archive, for example, +function is called:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

      For more information about the record see file:read_file_info/2.

      Filename can also be a file in an archive, for example, $OTPROOT/lib/mnesia-4.4.7.ez/mnesia-4.4.7/ebin/mnesia. For information about archive files, see code.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1889)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.840114081 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 2026-10-15 00:56:24.841114087 +0000 @@ -149,107 +149,107 @@ module, a much more lightweight message tracer is used, which only records who sent messages to who.

      The following is an example session using it on Linux:

      $ gcc -I erts-8.0/include/ -fPIC -shared -o erl_msg_tracer.so erl_msg_tracer.c
       $ erl
      -Erlang/OTP 19 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-8.0] [source-ed2b56b] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang/OTP 19 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-8.0] [source-ed2b56b] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V8.0  (abort with ^G)
      -1> c(erl_msg_tracer), erl_msg_tracer:load().
      +Eshell V8.0  (abort with ^G)
      +1> c(erl_msg_tracer), erl_msg_tracer:load().
       ok
      -2> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +2> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.37.0>
      -3> erlang:trace(new, true, [send,{tracer, erl_msg_tracer, Tracer}]).
      +3> erlang:trace(new, true, [send,{tracer, erl_msg_tracer, Tracer}]).
       0
      -{trace,<0.39.0>,<0.27.0>}
      -4> {ok, D} = file:open("/tmp/tmp.data",[write]).
      -{trace,#Port<0.486>,<0.40.0>}
      -{trace,<0.40.0>,<0.21.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.487>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.488>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.489>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.490>,<0.4.0>}
      -{ok,<0.40.0>}
      -{trace,<0.41.0>,<0.27.0>}
      -5>

      erl_msg_tracer.erl:

      -module(erl_msg_tracer).
      +{trace,<0.39.0>,<0.27.0>}
      +4> {ok, D} = file:open("/tmp/tmp.data",[write]).
      +{trace,#Port<0.486>,<0.40.0>}
      +{trace,<0.40.0>,<0.21.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.487>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.488>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.489>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.490>,<0.4.0>}
      +{ok,<0.40.0>}
      +{trace,<0.41.0>,<0.27.0>}
      +5>

      erl_msg_tracer.erl:

      -module(erl_msg_tracer).
       
      --export([enabled/3, trace/5, load/0]).
      +-export([enabled/3, trace/5, load/0]).
       
      -load() ->
      -    erlang:load_nif("erl_msg_tracer", []).
      +load() ->
      +    erlang:load_nif("erl_msg_tracer", []).
       
      -enabled(_, _, _) ->
      +enabled(_, _, _) ->
           error.
       
      -trace(_, _, _, _, _) ->
      +trace(_, _, _, _, _) ->
           error.

      erl_msg_tracer.c:

      #include <erl_nif.h>
       
       /* NIF interface declarations */
      -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      -static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      -static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data);
      +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      +static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      +static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data);
       
       /* The NIFs: */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
       
      -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      -    {"enabled", 3, enabled},
      -    {"trace", 5, trace}
      -};
      +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      +    {"enabled", 3, enabled},
      +    {"trace", 5, trace}
      +};
       
      -ERL_NIF_INIT(erl_msg_tracer, nif_funcs, load, NULL, upgrade, unload)
      +ERL_NIF_INIT(erl_msg_tracer, nif_funcs, load, NULL, upgrade, unload)
       
      -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      -{
      +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      +{
           *priv_data = NULL;
           return 0;
      -}
      +}
       
      -static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data)
      -{
      +static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data)
      +{
       
      -}
      +}
       
      -static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data,
      -		   ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      -{
      -    if (*old_priv_data != NULL || *priv_data != NULL) {
      +static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data,
      +		   ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      +{
      +    if (*old_priv_data != NULL || *priv_data != NULL) {
       	return -1; /* Don't know how to do that */
      -    }
      -    if (load(env, priv_data, load_info)) {
      +    }
      +    if (load(env, priv_data, load_info)) {
       	return -1;
      -    }
      +    }
           return 0;
      -}
      +}
       
       /*
        * argv[0]: TraceTag
        * argv[1]: TracerState
        * argv[2]: Tracee
        */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           ErlNifPid to_pid;
      -    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid))
      -        if (!enif_is_process_alive(env, &to_pid))
      -            if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      +    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid))
      +        if (!enif_is_process_alive(env, &to_pid))
      +            if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
                       /* tracer is dead so we should remove this tracepoint */
      -                return enif_make_atom(env, "remove");
      +                return enif_make_atom(env, "remove");
                   else
      -                return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +                return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
       
           /* Only generate trace for when tracer != tracee */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(argv[1], argv[2]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(argv[1], argv[2]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
       
           /* Only trigger trace messages on 'send' */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "send"), argv[0]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "send"), argv[0]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
       
           /* Have to answer trace_status */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
       
      -    return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      -}
      +    return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +}
       
       /*
        * argv[0]: TraceTag, should only be 'send'
      @@ -258,20 +258,20 @@
        * argv[3]: Message
        * argv[4]: Options, map containing Recipient
        */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           ErlNifPid to_pid;
           ERL_NIF_TERM recipient, msg;
       
      -    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid)) {
      -      if (enif_get_map_value(env, argv[4], enif_make_atom(env, "extra"), &recipient)) {
      -        msg = enif_make_tuple3(env, enif_make_atom(env, "trace"), argv[2], recipient);
      -        enif_send(env, &to_pid, NULL, msg);
      -      }
      -    }
      +    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid)) {
      +      if (enif_get_map_value(env, argv[4], enif_make_atom(env, "extra"), &recipient)) {
      +        msg = enif_make_tuple3(env, enif_make_atom(env, "trace"), argv[2], recipient);
      +        enif_send(env, &to_pid, NULL, msg);
      +      }
      +    }
       
      -    return enif_make_atom(env, "ok");
      -}
      +
      return enif_make_atom(env, "ok"); +}
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.009115080 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlang.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.011115092 +0000 @@ -7035,8 +7035,8 @@

      Continues computing the adler32 checksum by combining the previous checksum, -OldAdler, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:adler32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:adler32([Data1,Data2]).
      +OldAdler, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:adler32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:adler32([Data1,Data2]).
      @@ -7069,10 +7069,10 @@

      Combines two previously computed adler32 checksums.

      This computation requires the size of the data object for the second checksum -to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Z = erlang:adler32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:adler32(Data2),
      -Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      +to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Z = erlang:adler32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:adler32(Data2),
      +Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      @@ -7129,8 +7129,8 @@

      Continues computing the crc32 checksum by combining the previous checksum, -OldCrc, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:crc32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:crc32([Data1,Data2]).
      +OldCrc, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:crc32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:crc32([Data1,Data2]).
      @@ -7163,10 +7163,10 @@

      Combines two previously computed crc32 checksums.

      This computation requires the size of the data object for the second checksum -to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Z = erlang:crc32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:crc32(Data2),
      -Z = erlang:crc32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      +to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Z = erlang:crc32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:crc32(Data2),
      +Z = erlang:crc32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      @@ -8390,11 +8390,11 @@ in the result returned by nodes/0.

    • hidden - The node is connected to the node of the calling process through a hidden connection. That is, the node name would not appear in the result returned by nodes/0.

    • this - This is the node of the calling process.

    • known - The node is not connected but known to the node of the calling -process.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> nodes([this, connected], #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>true}).
    -[{c@localhost,#{connection_id => 13892108,node_type => hidden}},
    - {b@localhost,#{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}},
    - {a@localhost,#{connection_id => undefined,node_type => this}}]
    -(a@localhost)2>
    +process.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> nodes([this, connected], #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>true}).
    +[{c@localhost,#{connection_id => 13892108,node_type => hidden}},
    + {b@localhost,#{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}},
    + {a@localhost,#{connection_id => undefined,node_type => this}}]
    +(a@localhost)2>
    @@ -8504,9 +8504,9 @@

    Returns an integer or float that is the arithmetical absolute value of Float -or Int.

    For example:

    > abs(-3.33).
    +or Int.

    For example:

    > abs(-3.33).
     3.33
    -> abs(-3).
    +> abs(-3).
     3
    @@ -8538,8 +8538,8 @@

    Returns a new tuple that has one element more than Tuple1, and contains the elements in Tuple1 followed by Term as the last element.

    Semantically equivalent to list_to_tuple(tuple_to_list(Tuple1) ++ [Term]), but much -faster.

    For example:

    > erlang:append_element({one, two}, three).
    -{one,two,three}
    +faster.

    For example:

    > erlang:append_element({one, two}, three).
    +{one,two,three}
    @@ -8606,7 +8606,7 @@ representation. If Encoding is utf8 or unicode, the characters are encoded using UTF-8 where characters may require multiple bytes.

    Change

    As from Erlang/OTP 20, atoms can contain any Unicode character and atom_to_binary(Atom, latin1) may fail if the text -representation for Atom contains a Unicode character > 255.

    Example:

    > atom_to_binary('Erlang', latin1).
    +representation for Atom contains a Unicode character > 255.

    Example:

    > atom_to_binary('Erlang', latin1).
     <<"Erlang">>
    @@ -8638,9 +8638,9 @@

    Returns a list of unicode code points corresponding to the text representation -of Atom.

    For example:

    > atom_to_list('Erlang').
    -"Erlang"
    > atom_to_list('你好').
    -[20320,22909]

    See unicode for how to convert the resulting list to different formats.

    +of Atom.

    For example:

    > atom_to_list('Erlang').
    +"Erlang"
    > atom_to_list('你好').
    +[20320,22909]

    See unicode for how to convert the resulting list to different formats.

    @@ -8678,9 +8678,9 @@

    Extracts the part of the binary described by PosLen.

    Negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary.

    For example:

    1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
    -2> binary_part(Bin,{byte_size(Bin), -5}).
    +2> binary_part(Bin,{byte_size(Bin), -5}).
     <<6,7,8,9,10>>

    Failure: badarg if PosLen in any way references outside the binary.

    Start is zero-based, that is:

    1> Bin = <<1,2,3>>
    -2> binary_part(Bin,{0,2}).
    +2> binary_part(Bin,{0,2}).
     <<1,2>>

    For details about the PosLen semantics, see binary.

    @@ -8788,8 +8788,8 @@ garbage collected. Therefore, it is recommended to consider whether binary_to_existing_atom/2 is a better option than binary_to_atom/2. The default limits can be found -in Efficiency Guide (section System Limits).

    Examples:

    > binary_to_atom(<<"Erlang">>, latin1).
    -'Erlang'
    > binary_to_atom(<<1024/utf8>>, utf8).
    +in Efficiency Guide (section System Limits).

    Examples:

    > binary_to_atom(<<"Erlang">>, latin1).
    +'Erlang'
    > binary_to_atom(<<1024/utf8>>, utf8).
     'Ѐ'
    @@ -8902,7 +8902,7 @@ -

    Returns the float whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_float(<<"2.2017764e+0">>).
    +

    Returns the float whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_float(<<"2.2017764e+0">>).
     2.2017764

    The float string format is the same as the format for Erlang float literals except for that underscores are not permitted.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of a float.

    @@ -8937,7 +8937,7 @@ -

    Returns an integer whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"123">>).
    +

    Returns an integer whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"123">>).
     123

    binary_to_integer/1 accepts the same string formats as list_to_integer/1.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of an integer.

    @@ -8971,7 +8971,7 @@ -

    Returns an integer whose text representation in base Base is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"3FF">>, 16).
    +

    Returns an integer whose text representation in base Base is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"3FF">>, 16).
     1023

    binary_to_integer/2 accepts the same string formats as list_to_integer/2.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of an integer.

    @@ -9070,9 +9070,9 @@

    Returns an Erlang term that is the result of decoding binary object Binary, which must be encoded according to the -Erlang external term format.

    > Bin = term_to_binary(hello).
    +Erlang external term format.

    > Bin = term_to_binary(hello).
     <<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111>>
    -> hello = binary_to_term(Bin).
    +> hello = binary_to_term(Bin).
     hello

    Warning

    When decoding binaries from untrusted sources, the untrusted source may submit data in a way to create resources, such as atoms and remote references, that cannot be garbage collected and lead to Denial of Service attack. In such @@ -9121,11 +9121,11 @@ (as they are embedded in certain structures, such as process identifiers, refs, and funs), and creation of new external function references. None of those resources are garbage collected, so unchecked creation of them can -exhaust available memory.

    > binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
    +exhaust available memory.

    > binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
     ** exception error: bad argument
     > hello.
     hello
    -> binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
    +> binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
     hello

    Warning

    The safe option ensures the data is safely processed by the Erlang runtime but it does not guarantee the data is safe to your application. You must always validate data from untrusted sources. If the binary is stored or @@ -9133,10 +9133,10 @@ cryptographically signing it.

  • used - Changes the return value to {Term, Used} where Used is the number of bytes actually read from Binary.

    > Input = <<131,100,0,5,"hello","world">>.
     <<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111,119,111,114,108,100>>
    -> {Term, Used} = binary_to_term(Input, [used]).
    -{hello, 9}
    -> split_binary(Input, Used).
    -{<<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111>>, <<"world">>}
  • Failure: badarg if safe is specified and unsafe data is decoded.

    See also term_to_binary/1, binary_to_term/1, and list_to_existing_atom/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (413)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.037115246 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.038115252 +0000 @@ -315,28 +315,28 @@ ** A Console control handler that ignores the log off events, ** and lets the default handler take care of other events. */
    -BOOL WINAPI service_aware_handler(DWORD ctrl){ - if(ctrl == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT) +BOOL WINAPI service_aware_handler(DWORD ctrl){ + if(ctrl == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT) return TRUE; - if(ctrl == CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT) + if(ctrl == CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT) return TRUE; return FALSE; -} +} -void initialize_handler(void){ - char buffer[2]; +void initialize_handler(void){ + char buffer[2]; /* * We assume we are running as a service if this * environment variable is defined. */ - if(GetEnvironmentVariable("ERLSRV_SERVICE_NAME",buffer, - (DWORD) 2)){ + if(GetEnvironmentVariable("ERLSRV_SERVICE_NAME",buffer, + (DWORD) 2)){ /* ** Actually set the control handler */ - SetConsoleCtrlHandler(&service_aware_handler, TRUE); - } -}

    + SetConsoleCtrlHandler(&service_aware_handler, TRUE); + } +}

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (627)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.054115347 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.055115352 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    script-name [arg1 arg2...]

    +
    script-name [arg1 arg2...]

    @@ -143,24 +143,24 @@ $ cat factorial

    #!/usr/bin/env escript
     %% -*- erlang -*-
     %%! -sname factorial -mnesia debug verbose
    -main([String]) ->
    +main([String]) ->
         try
    -        N = list_to_integer(String),
    -        F = fac(N),
    -        io:format("factorial ~w = ~w\n", [N,F])
    +        N = list_to_integer(String),
    +        F = fac(N),
    +        io:format("factorial ~w = ~w\n", [N,F])
         catch
             _:_ ->
    -            usage()
    +            usage()
         end;
    -main(_) ->
    -    usage().
    +main(_) ->
    +    usage().
     
    -usage() ->
    -    io:format("usage: factorial integer\n"),
    -    halt(1).
    +usage() ->
    +    io:format("usage: factorial integer\n"),
    +    halt(1).
     
    -fac(0) -> 1;
    -fac(N) -> N * fac(N-1).
    $ ./factorial 5
    +fac(0) -> 1;
    +fac(N) -> N * fac(N-1).
    $ ./factorial 5
     factorial 5 = 120
     $ ./factorial
     usage: factorial integer
    @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
     If the directive is present, it must be located on the second line.

    If a comment selecting the encoding exists, it can be located on the second line.

    Note

    The encoding specified by the above mentioned comment applies to the script itself. The encoding of the I/O-server, however, must be set explicitly as -follows:

    io:setopts([{encoding, latin1}])

    The default encoding of the I/O-server for +follows:

    io:setopts([{encoding, latin1}])

    The default encoding of the I/O-server for standard_io is unicode if its supported. (see section Summary of Options) in @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ script (the pathname is usually, but not always, absolute).

    If the file contains source code (as in the example above), it is processed by the epp preprocessor. This means that you, for example, can use predefined macros (such as ?MODULE) and include directives like the -include_lib -directive. For example, use

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    to include the record definitions for the records used by function +directive. For example, use

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    to include the record definitions for the records used by function file:read_link_info/1. You can also select encoding by including an encoding comment here, but if a valid encoding comment exists on the second line, it takes precedence.

    The script is checked for syntactic and semantic correctness before it is run. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ script will still be run. If there are errors, they are printed and the script will not be run and its exit status is 127.

    Both the module declaration and the export declaration of the main/1 function are optional.

    By default, the script will be compiled by the Erlang compiler.

    It is possible to force it to be interpreted by including the following line -somewhere in the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    Execution of interpreted code is slower than compiled code, and some language +somewhere in the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    Execution of interpreted code is slower than compiled code, and some language constructs will not work, but there is no requirement for the Erlang compiler application to be available.

    Change

    Before Erlang/OTP 27 the script would be interpreted by default.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (3699)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.072115453 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.073115459 +0000 @@ -137,25 +137,25 @@ Creating Data

    -

    Terms are created on the heap by evaluating expressions. There are two major types of terms: immediate terms which require no heap space (small integers, atoms, pids, port ids etc) and cons or boxed terms (tuple, big num, binaries etc) that do require heap space. Immediate terms do not need any heap space because they are embedded into the containing structure.

    Let's look at an example that returns a tuple with the newly created data.

    data(Foo) ->
    -   Cons = [42|Foo],
    -   Literal = {text, "hello world!"},
    -   {tag, Cons, Literal}.

    In this example we first create a new cons cell with an integer and a tuple with some text. Then a tuple of size three wrapping the other values with an atom tag is created and returned.

    On the heap tuples require a word size for each of its elements as well as for the header. Cons cells always require two words. Adding these things together, we get seven words for the tuples and 26 words for the cons cells. The string "hello world!" is a list of cons cells and thus requires 24 words. The atom tag and the integer 42 do not require any additional heap memory since it is an immediate. Adding all the terms together, the heap space required in this example should be 33 words.

    Compiling this code to beam assembly (erlc -S) shows exactly what is happening.

    ...
    -{test_heap,6,1}.
    -{put_list,{integer,42},{x,0},{x,1}}.
    -{put_tuple,3,{x,0}}.
    -{put,{atom,tag}}.
    -{put,{x,1}}.
    -{put,{literal,{text,"hello world!"}}}.
    +

    Terms are created on the heap by evaluating expressions. There are two major types of terms: immediate terms which require no heap space (small integers, atoms, pids, port ids etc) and cons or boxed terms (tuple, big num, binaries etc) that do require heap space. Immediate terms do not need any heap space because they are embedded into the containing structure.

    Let's look at an example that returns a tuple with the newly created data.

    data(Foo) ->
    +   Cons = [42|Foo],
    +   Literal = {text, "hello world!"},
    +   {tag, Cons, Literal}.

    In this example we first create a new cons cell with an integer and a tuple with some text. Then a tuple of size three wrapping the other values with an atom tag is created and returned.

    On the heap tuples require a word size for each of its elements as well as for the header. Cons cells always require two words. Adding these things together, we get seven words for the tuples and 26 words for the cons cells. The string "hello world!" is a list of cons cells and thus requires 24 words. The atom tag and the integer 42 do not require any additional heap memory since it is an immediate. Adding all the terms together, the heap space required in this example should be 33 words.

    Compiling this code to beam assembly (erlc -S) shows exactly what is happening.

    ...
    +{test_heap,6,1}.
    +{put_list,{integer,42},{x,0},{x,1}}.
    +{put_tuple,3,{x,0}}.
    +{put,{atom,tag}}.
    +{put,{x,1}}.
    +{put,{literal,{text,"hello world!"}}}.
     return.

    Looking at the assembler code we can see three things: The heap requirement in this function turns out to be only six words, as seen by the {test_heap,6,1} instruction. All the allocations are combined to a single instruction. The bulk of the data {text, "hello world!"} is a literal. Literals, sometimes referred to as constants, are not allocated in the function since they are a part of the module and allocated at load time.

    If there is not enough space available on the heap to satisfy the test_heap instructions request for memory, then a garbage collection is initiated. It may happen immediately in the test_heap instruction, or it can be delayed until a later time depending on what state the process is in. If the garbage collection is delayed, any memory needed will be allocated in heap fragments. Heap fragments are extra memory blocks that are a part of the young heap, but are not allocated in the contiguous area where terms normally reside. See The young heap for more details.

    The collector

    -

    Erlang has a copying semi-space garbage collector. This means that when doing a garbage collection, the terms are copied from one distinct area, called the from space, to a new clean area, called the to space. The collector starts by scanning the root-set (stack, registers, etc).

    Garbage collection: initial values

    It follows all the pointers from the root-set to the heap and copies each term word by word to the to space.

    After the header word has been copied a move marker is destructively placed in it pointing to the term in the to space. Any other term that points to the already moved term will see this move marker and copy the referring pointer instead. For example, if the have the following Erlang code:

    foo(Arg) ->
    -    T = {test, Arg},
    -    {wrapper, T, T, T}.

    Only one copy of T exists on the heap and during the garbage collection only the first time T is encountered will it be copied.

    Garbage collection: root set scan

    After all terms referenced by the root-set have been copied, the collector scans the to space and copies all terms that these terms reference. When scanning, the collector steps through each term on the to space and any term still referencing the from space is copied over to the to space. Some terms contain non-term data (the payload of a on heap binary for instance). When encountered by the collector, these values are simply skipped.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    Every term object we can reach is copied to the to space and stored on top off the scan stop line, and then the scan stop is moved to the end of the last object.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    When scan stop marker catches up to the scan start marker, the garbage collection is done. At this point we can deallocate the entire from space and therefore reclaim the entire young heap.

    +

    Erlang has a copying semi-space garbage collector. This means that when doing a garbage collection, the terms are copied from one distinct area, called the from space, to a new clean area, called the to space. The collector starts by scanning the root-set (stack, registers, etc).

    Garbage collection: initial values

    It follows all the pointers from the root-set to the heap and copies each term word by word to the to space.

    After the header word has been copied a move marker is destructively placed in it pointing to the term in the to space. Any other term that points to the already moved term will see this move marker and copy the referring pointer instead. For example, if the have the following Erlang code:

    foo(Arg) ->
    +    T = {test, Arg},
    +    {wrapper, T, T, T}.

    Only one copy of T exists on the heap and during the garbage collection only the first time T is encountered will it be copied.

    Garbage collection: root set scan

    After all terms referenced by the root-set have been copied, the collector scans the to space and copies all terms that these terms reference. When scanning, the collector steps through each term on the to space and any term still referencing the from space is copied over to the to space. Some terms contain non-term data (the payload of a on heap binary for instance). When encountered by the collector, these values are simply skipped.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    Every term object we can reach is copied to the to space and stored on top off the scan stop line, and then the scan stop is moved to the end of the last object.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    When scan stop marker catches up to the scan start marker, the garbage collection is done. At this point we can deallocate the entire from space and therefore reclaim the entire young heap.

    @@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ Literals

    -

    When garbage collecting a heap (young or old) all literals are left in place and not copied. To figure out if a term should be copied or not when doing a garbage collection the following pseudo code is used:

    if (erts_is_literal(ptr) || (on_old_heap(ptr) && !fullsweep)) {
    +

    When garbage collecting a heap (young or old) all literals are left in place and not copied. To figure out if a term should be copied or not when doing a garbage collection the following pseudo code is used:

    if (erts_is_literal(ptr) || (on_old_heap(ptr) && !fullsweep)) {
       /* literal or non fullsweep - do not copy */
    -} else {
    -  copy(ptr);
    -}

    The erts_is_literal check works differently on different architectures and operating systems.

    On 64 bit systems that allow mapping of unreserved virtual memory areas (most operating systems except Windows), an area of size 1 GB (by default) is mapped and then all literals are placed within that area. Then all that has to be done to determine if something is a literal or not is two quick pointer checks. This system relies on the fact that a memory page that has not been touched yet does not take any actual space. So even if 1 GB of virtual memory is mapped, only the memory which is actually needed for literals is allocated in ram. The size of the literal area is configurable through the +MIscs erts_alloc option.

    On 32 bit systems, there is not enough virtual memory space to allocate 1 GB for just literals, so instead small 256 KB sized literal regions are created on demand and a card mark bit-array of the entire 32 bit memory space is then used to determine if a term is a literal or not. Since the total memory space is only 32 bits, the card mark bit-array is only 256 words large. On a 64 bit system the same bit-array would have to be 1 tera words large, so this technique is only viable on 32 bit systems. Doing lookups in the array is a little more expensive then just doing the pointer checks that can be done in 64 bit systems, but not extremely so.

    On 64 bit windows, on which erts_alloc cannot do unreserved virtual memory mappings, a special tag within the Erlang term object is used to determine if something is a literal or not. This is very cheap, however, the tag is only available on 64 bit machines, and it is possible to do a great deal of other nice optimizations with this tag in the future (like for instance a more compact list implementation) so it is not used on operating systems where it is not needed.

    This behaviour is different from how it worked prior to Erlang/OTP 19.0. Before 19.0 the literal check was done by checking if the pointer pointed to the young or old heap block. If it did not, then it was considered a literal. This lead to considerable overhead and strange memory usage scenarios, so it was removed in 19.0.

    +} else { + copy(ptr); +}

    The erts_is_literal check works differently on different architectures and operating systems.

    On 64 bit systems that allow mapping of unreserved virtual memory areas (most operating systems except Windows), an area of size 1 GB (by default) is mapped and then all literals are placed within that area. Then all that has to be done to determine if something is a literal or not is two quick pointer checks. This system relies on the fact that a memory page that has not been touched yet does not take any actual space. So even if 1 GB of virtual memory is mapped, only the memory which is actually needed for literals is allocated in ram. The size of the literal area is configurable through the +MIscs erts_alloc option.

    On 32 bit systems, there is not enough virtual memory space to allocate 1 GB for just literals, so instead small 256 KB sized literal regions are created on demand and a card mark bit-array of the entire 32 bit memory space is then used to determine if a term is a literal or not. Since the total memory space is only 32 bits, the card mark bit-array is only 256 words large. On a 64 bit system the same bit-array would have to be 1 tera words large, so this technique is only viable on 32 bit systems. Doing lookups in the array is a little more expensive then just doing the pointer checks that can be done in 64 bit systems, but not extremely so.

    On 64 bit windows, on which erts_alloc cannot do unreserved virtual memory mappings, a special tag within the Erlang term object is used to determine if something is a literal or not. This is very cheap, however, the tag is only available on 64 bit machines, and it is possible to do a great deal of other nice optimizations with this tag in the future (like for instance a more compact list implementation) so it is not used on operating systems where it is not needed.

    This behaviour is different from how it worked prior to Erlang/OTP 19.0. Before 19.0 the literal check was done by checking if the pointer pointed to the young or old heap block. If it did not, then it was considered a literal. This lead to considerable overhead and strange memory usage scenarios, so it was removed in 19.0.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (948)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.094115583 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.095115589 +0000 @@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ The user configuration file is always examined last in the configuration process, making it possible for the user to override any default values or previously made settings. Call inet:get_rc() to view the state of the inet -configuration database.

    The valid configuration parameters are as follows:

    • {file, Format, File}.
      -  Format = atom()
      -  File = string()

      Specify a system file that Erlang is to read configuration data from. Format -tells the parser how the file is to be interpreted:

      • resolv (Unix resolv.conf)
      • host_conf_freebsd (FreeBSD host.conf)
      • host_conf_bsdos (BSDOS host.conf)
      • host_conf_linux (Linux host.conf)
      • nsswitch_conf (Unix nsswitch.conf)
      • hosts (Unix hosts)

      File is to specify the filename with full path.

    • {resolv_conf, File}.
      -  File = string()

      Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for +configuration database.

      The valid configuration parameters are as follows:

      • {file, Format, File}.
        +  Format = atom()
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read configuration data from. Format +tells the parser how the file is to be interpreted:

        • resolv (Unix resolv.conf)
        • host_conf_freebsd (FreeBSD host.conf)
        • host_conf_bsdos (BSDOS host.conf)
        • host_conf_linux (Linux host.conf)
        • nsswitch_conf (Unix nsswitch.conf)
        • hosts (Unix hosts)

        File is to specify the filename with full path.

      • {resolv_conf, File}.
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for the internal DNS client inet_res, and monitor for changes, even if it does not exist. The path must be absolute.

        This can override the configuration parameters nameserver and search depending on the contents of the specified file. They can also change any time @@ -177,61 +177,61 @@ in the future. This emulates the old behavior of not configuring the DNS client when the node is started in short name distributed mode.

        If this parameter is not specified, it defaults to /etc/resolv.conf unless environment variable ERL_INET_ETC_DIR is set, which defines the directory -for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {hosts_file, File}.
        -  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for +for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {hosts_file, File}.
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for the internal hosts file resolver, and monitor for changes, even if it does not exist. The path must be absolute.

        These host entries are searched after all added with {file, hosts, File} above or {host, IP, Aliases} below when lookup option file is used.

        If the file is specified as an empty string "", no file is read or monitored in the future. This emulates the old behavior of not configuring the DNS client when the node is started in short name distributed mode.

        If this parameter is not specified, it defaults to /etc/hosts unless environment variable ERL_INET_ETC_DIR is set, which defines the directory -for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {registry, Type}.
        -  Type = atom()

        Specify a system registry that Erlang is to read configuration data from. -win32 is the only valid option.

      • {host, IP, Aliases}.
        -  IP = tuple()

        Aliases = [string()]

        Add host entry to the hosts table.

      • {domain, Domain}.
        -  Domain = string()

        Set domain name.

      • {nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        -  IP = tuple()
        -  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the primary nameserver to use -for inet_res.

      • {alt_nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        -  IP = tuple()
        -  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the secondary nameserver for -inet_res.

      • {search, Domains}.
        -  Domains = [string()]

        Add search domains for inet_res.

      • {lookup, Methods}.
        -  Methods = [atom()]

        Specify lookup methods and in which order to try them. The valid methods are +for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {registry, Type}.
        +  Type = atom()

        Specify a system registry that Erlang is to read configuration data from. +win32 is the only valid option.

      • {host, IP, Aliases}.
        +  IP = tuple()

        Aliases = [string()]

        Add host entry to the hosts table.

      • {domain, Domain}.
        +  Domain = string()

        Set domain name.

      • {nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        +  IP = tuple()
        +  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the primary nameserver to use +for inet_res.

      • {alt_nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        +  IP = tuple()
        +  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the secondary nameserver for +inet_res.

      • {search, Domains}.
        +  Domains = [string()]

        Add search domains for inet_res.

      • {lookup, Methods}.
        +  Methods = [atom()]

        Specify lookup methods and in which order to try them. The valid methods are as follows:

        • native (use system calls)
        • file (use host data retrieved from system configuration files and/or the user configuration file)
        • dns (use the Erlang DNS client inet_res for nameserver queries)

        The lookup method string tries to parse the hostname as an IPv4 or IPv6 string and return the resulting IP address. It is automatically tried first when native is not in the Methods list. To skip it in this case, the pseudo lookup method nostring can be inserted anywhere in the Methods -list.

      • {cache_size, Size}.
        -  Size = integer()

        Set the resolver cache size for dns lookups. native lookups are not -cached. Defaults to 100 DNS records.

      • {cache_refresh, Time}.
        -  Time = integer()

        Set how often (in milliseconds) the resolver cache for inet_res is -refreshed (that is, expired DNS records are deleted). Defaults to 1 hour.

      • {timeout, Time}.
        -  Time = integer()

        Set the time to wait until retry (in milliseconds) for DNS queries made by -inet_res. Defaults to 2 seconds.

      • {retry, N}.
        -  N = integer()

        Set the number of DNS queries inet_res will try before giving up. Defaults -to 3.

      • {servfail_retry_timeout, Time}.
        -  Time = non_neg_integer()

        After all name servers have been tried, there is a timeout before the name +list.

      • {cache_size, Size}.
        +  Size = integer()

        Set the resolver cache size for dns lookups. native lookups are not +cached. Defaults to 100 DNS records.

      • {cache_refresh, Time}.
        +  Time = integer()

        Set how often (in milliseconds) the resolver cache for inet_res is +refreshed (that is, expired DNS records are deleted). Defaults to 1 hour.

      • {timeout, Time}.
        +  Time = integer()

        Set the time to wait until retry (in milliseconds) for DNS queries made by +inet_res. Defaults to 2 seconds.

      • {retry, N}.
        +  N = integer()

        Set the number of DNS queries inet_res will try before giving up. Defaults +to 3.

      • {servfail_retry_timeout, Time}.
        +  Time = non_neg_integer()

        After all name servers have been tried, there is a timeout before the name servers are tried again. This is to prevent the server from answering the query with what's in the servfail cache, inet_res. Defaults to 1500 milli -seconds .

      • {inet6, Bool}.
        +seconds .

      • {inet6, Bool}.
           Bool = true | false

        Tells the DNS client inet_res to look up IPv6 addresses. Defaults to -false.

      • {usevc, Bool}.
        +false.

      • {usevc, Bool}.
           Bool = true | false

        Tells the DNS client inet_res to use TCP (Virtual Circuit) instead of UDP. -Defaults to false.

      • {edns, Version}.
        +Defaults to false.

      • {edns, Version}.
           Version = false | 0

        Sets the EDNS version that inet_res will use. The only allowed version is -zero. Defaults to false, which means not to use EDNS.

      • {udp_payload_size, Size}.
        -  N = integer()

        Sets the allowed UDP payload size inet_res will advertise in EDNS queries. +zero. Defaults to false, which means not to use EDNS.

      • {udp_payload_size, Size}.
        +  N = integer()

        Sets the allowed UDP payload size inet_res will advertise in EDNS queries. Also sets the limit when the DNS query will be deemed too large for UDP forcing a TCP query instead; this is not entirely correct, as the advertised UDP payload size of the individual nameserver is what is to be used, but this simple strategy will do until a more intelligent (probing, caching) algorithm needs to be implemented. Default to 1280, which stems from the standard -Ethernet MTU size.

      • {udp, Module}.
        -  Module = atom()

        Tell Erlang to use another primitive UDP module than inet_udp.

      • {tcp, Module}.
        -  Module = atom()

        Tell Erlang to use another primitive TCP module than inet_tcp.

      • clear_hosts.

        Clear the hosts table.

      • clear_ns.

        Clear the list of recorded nameservers (primary and secondary).

      • clear_search.

        Clear the list of search domains.

      +Ethernet MTU size.

    • {udp, Module}.
      +  Module = atom()

      Tell Erlang to use another primitive UDP module than inet_udp.

    • {tcp, Module}.
      +  Module = atom()

      Tell Erlang to use another primitive TCP module than inet_tcp.

    • clear_hosts.

      Clear the hosts table.

    • clear_ns.

      Clear the list of recorded nameservers (primary and secondary).

    • clear_search.

      Clear the list of search domains.

    @@ -246,19 +246,19 @@ (in this example named erl_inetrc, stored in directory ./cfg_files) can then look as follows (Unix):

    %% -- ERLANG INET CONFIGURATION FILE --
     %% read the hosts file
    -{file, hosts, "/etc/hosts"}.
    +{file, hosts, "/etc/hosts"}.
     %% add a particular host
    -{host, {134,138,177,105}, ["finwe"]}.
    +{host, {134,138,177,105}, ["finwe"]}.
     %% do not monitor the hosts file
    -{hosts_file, ""}.
    +{hosts_file, ""}.
     %% read and monitor nameserver config from here
    -{resolv_conf, "/usr/local/etc/resolv.conf"}.
    +{resolv_conf, "/usr/local/etc/resolv.conf"}.
     %% enable EDNS
    -{edns,0}.
    +{edns,0}.
     %% disable caching
    -{cache_size, 0}.
    +{cache_size, 0}.
     %% specify lookup method
    -{lookup, [file, dns]}.

    And Erlang can, for example, be started as follows:

    % erl -sname my_node -kernel inetrc '"./cfg_files/erl_inetrc"'
    +{lookup, [file, dns]}.

    And Erlang can, for example, be started as follows:

    % erl -sname my_node -kernel inetrc '"./cfg_files/erl_inetrc"'
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (906)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.114115701 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/init.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.115115707 +0000 @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ initialization process.

  • -extra - Everything following -extra is considered plain arguments and can be retrieved using get_plain_arguments/0.

    Example:

    % erl -extra +A 1 --
     ...
    -1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    -["+A","1","--"]

    The -extra flag can be passed on the command line, through ERL_*FLAGS or +1> init:get_plain_arguments(). +["+A","1","--"]

  • The -extra flag can be passed on the command line, through ERL_*FLAGS or -args_file. It only effects the remaining command-line flags in the entity in which it is passed. If multiple -extra flags are passed they are concatenated using the same order rules as ERL_*FLAGS or -args_file in @@ -216,13 +216,13 @@

    % erl -- a b -children thomas claire -ages 7 3 -- x y
     ...
     
    -1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    -["a","b","x","y"]
    -2> init:get_argument(children).
    -{ok,[["thomas","claire"]]}
    -3> init:get_argument(ages).
    -{ok, [["7","3"]]}
    -4> init:get_argument(silly).
    +1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    +["a","b","x","y"]
    +2> init:get_argument(children).
    +{ok,[["thomas","claire"]]}
    +3> init:get_argument(ages).
    +{ok, [["7","3"]]}
    +4> init:get_argument(silly).
     error

    @@ -524,12 +524,12 @@

    Returns all values associated with the command-line user flag Flag.

    If Flag is provided several times, each Values is returned in preserved order. Example:

    % erl -a b c -a d
     ...
    -1> init:get_argument(a).
    -{ok,[["b","c"],["d"]]}

    The following flags are defined automatically and can be retrieved using this +1> init:get_argument(a). +{ok,[["b","c"],["d"]]}

    The following flags are defined automatically and can be retrieved using this function:

    Returns error if no value is associated with Flag.

    +{ok,[["/usr/local/otp/releases/otp_beam_solaris8_r10b_patched"]]}
  • progname - The name of the program which started Erlang:

    3> init:get_argument(progname).
    +{ok,[["erl"]]}
  • home - The home directory (on Unix, the value of $HOME):

    4> init:get_argument(home).
    +{ok,[["/home/harry"]]}
  • Returns error if no value is associated with Flag.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2186)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.136115831 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.137115838 +0000 @@ -371,70 +371,70 @@ Tracing Examples -

    Match an argument list of three, where the first and third arguments are equal:

    [{['$1', '_', '$1'],
    -  [],
    -  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the second argument is a number > 3:

    [{['_', '$1', '_'],
    -  [{ '>', '$1', 3}],
    -  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the third argument is either a tuple +

    Match an argument list of three, where the first and third arguments are equal:

    [{['$1', '_', '$1'],
    +  [],
    +  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the second argument is a number > 3:

    [{['_', '$1', '_'],
    +  [{ '>', '$1', 3}],
    +  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the third argument is either a tuple containing argument one and two, or a list beginning with argument one and two -(that is, [a,b,[a,b,c]] or [a,b,{a,b}]):

    [{['$1', '$2', '$3'],
    -  [{'orelse',
    -      {'=:=', '$3', {{'$1','$2'}}},
    -      {'and',
    -        {'=:=', '$1', {hd, '$3'}},
    -        {'=:=', '$2', {hd, {tl, '$3'}}}}}],
    -  []}]

    The above problem can also be solved as follows:

    [{['$1', '$2', {'$1', '$2}], [], []},
    - {['$1', '$2', ['$1', '$2' | '_']], [], []}]

    Match two arguments, where the first is a tuple beginning with a list that in +(that is, [a,b,[a,b,c]] or [a,b,{a,b}]):

    [{['$1', '$2', '$3'],
    +  [{'orelse',
    +      {'=:=', '$3', {{'$1','$2'}}},
    +      {'and',
    +        {'=:=', '$1', {hd, '$3'}},
    +        {'=:=', '$2', {hd, {tl, '$3'}}}}}],
    +  []}]

    The above problem can also be solved as follows:

    [{['$1', '$2', {'$1', '$2}], [], []},
    + {['$1', '$2', ['$1', '$2' | '_']], [], []}]

    Match two arguments, where the first is a tuple beginning with a list that in turn begins with the second argument times two (that is, [{[4,x],y},2] or -[{[8], y, z},4]):

    [{['$1', '$2'],[{'=:=', {'*', 2, '$2'}, {hd, {element, 1, '$1'}}}],
    -  []}]

    Match three arguments. When all three are equal and are numbers, append the +[{[8], y, z},4]):

    [{['$1', '$2'],[{'=:=', {'*', 2, '$2'}, {hd, {element, 1, '$1'}}}],
    +  []}]

    Match three arguments. When all three are equal and are numbers, append the process dump to the trace message, otherwise let the trace message be "as is", -but set the sequential trace token label to 4711:

    [{['$1', '$1', '$1'],
    -  [{is_number, '$1'}],
    -  [{message, {process_dump}}]},
    - {'_', [], [{set_seq_token, label, 4711}]}]

    As can be noted above, the parameter list can be matched against a single +but set the sequential trace token label to 4711:

    [{['$1', '$1', '$1'],
    +  [{is_number, '$1'}],
    +  [{message, {process_dump}}]},
    + {'_', [], [{set_seq_token, label, 4711}]}]

    As can be noted above, the parameter list can be matched against a single MatchVariable or an '_'. To replace the whole parameter list with a single variable is a special case. In all other cases the MatchHead must be a -proper list.

    Generate a trace message only if the trace control word is set to 1:

    [{'_',
    -  [{'==',{get_tcw},{const, 1}}],
    -  []}]

    Generate a trace message only if there is a seq_trace token:

    [{'_',
    -  [{'==',{is_seq_trace},{const, 1}}],
    -  []}]

    Remove the 'silent' trace flag when the first argument is 'verbose', and add -it when it is 'silent':

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},verbose}],
    -  [{trace, [silent],[]}]},
    - {'$1',
    -  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},silent}],
    -  [{trace, [],[silent]}]}]

    Add a return_trace message if the function is of arity 3:

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==',{length, '$1'},3}],
    -  [{return_trace}]},
    - {'_',[],[]}]

    Generate a trace message only if the function is of arity 3 and the first -argument is 'trace':

    [{['trace','$2','$3'],
    -  [],
    -  []},
    - {'_',[],[]}]

    +proper list.

    Generate a trace message only if the trace control word is set to 1:

    [{'_',
    +  [{'==',{get_tcw},{const, 1}}],
    +  []}]

    Generate a trace message only if there is a seq_trace token:

    [{'_',
    +  [{'==',{is_seq_trace},{const, 1}}],
    +  []}]

    Remove the 'silent' trace flag when the first argument is 'verbose', and add +it when it is 'silent':

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},verbose}],
    +  [{trace, [silent],[]}]},
    + {'$1',
    +  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},silent}],
    +  [{trace, [],[silent]}]}]

    Add a return_trace message if the function is of arity 3:

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==',{length, '$1'},3}],
    +  [{return_trace}]},
    + {'_',[],[]}]

    Generate a trace message only if the function is of arity 3 and the first +argument is 'trace':

    [{['trace','$2','$3'],
    +  [],
    +  []},
    + {'_',[],[]}]

    ETS Examples

    Match all objects in an ETS table, where the first element is the atom -'strider' and the tuple arity is 3, and return the whole object:

    [{{strider,'_','_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']}]

    Match all objects in an ETS table with arity > 1 and the first element is -'gandalf', and return element 2:

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==', gandalf, {element, 1, '$1'}},{'>=',{size, '$1'},2}],
    -  [{element,2,'$1'}]}]

    In this example, if the first element had been the key, it is much more +'strider' and the tuple arity is 3, and return the whole object:

    [{{strider,'_','_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']}]

    Match all objects in an ETS table with arity > 1 and the first element is +'gandalf', and return element 2:

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==', gandalf, {element, 1, '$1'}},{'>=',{size, '$1'},2}],
    +  [{element,2,'$1'}]}]

    In this example, if the first element had been the key, it is much more efficient to match that key in the MatchHead part than in the MatchConditions part. The search space of the tables is restricted with regards to the MatchHead so that only objects with the matching key are searched.

    Match tuples of three elements, where the second element is either 'merry' or -'pippin', and return the whole objects:

    [{{'_',merry,'_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']},
    - {{'_',pippin,'_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']}]

    Function ets:test_ms/2 can be useful for testing complicated ETS matches.

    +'pippin', and return the whole objects:

    [{{'_',merry,'_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']},
    + {{'_',pippin,'_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']}]

    Function ets:test_ms/2 can be useful for testing complicated ETS matches.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (9882)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.260116565 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.261116571 +0000 @@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions -
    • The erl -man example has been corrected to not consider values set in ERL_ZFLAGS and stop parsing arguments when a -- is encountered.

      Own Id: OTP-19098 Aux Id: PR-8478

    • Compiler warnings for Windows I/O back-end have been silenced.

      Own Id: OTP-19113

    • Bugs related to return_to trace have been fixed. It did not work for more than once trace session and it did sometimes not trigger for exceptions.

      Own Id: OTP-19122

    • Potential deadlocks while writing a crash dump have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19133 Aux Id: PR-8521, GH-8498

    • When loading a damaged or too old BEAM file, the runtime system could crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19153 Aux Id: PR-8623

    • A scheduler thread could get stuck when deleting a memory allocator carrier when adjacent carriers were deleted and/or inserted simultaneously by other schedulers. This in turn could cause the other schedulers to get stuck as well.

      Own Id: OTP-19154 Aux Id: GH-8613, PR-8627

    • Statistics for number of carriers in a shared pool after calling instrument:allocations or instrument:carriers are now correct. Also, a potential bug in carrier block scanning was eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19166 Aux Id: PR-8636

    • A race in the kTLS flavour of SSL distribution has been fixed so that inet_drv.c doesn't read ahead too much data, which could cause the kTLS encryption to be activated too late when some encrypted data had already been read into the inet_drv.c buffer as unencrypted.

      Own Id: OTP-19175 Aux Id: GH-8561, PR-8690

    • Fixed an emulator crash relating to compressed ETS tables.

      Own Id: OTP-19176 Aux Id: PR-8683

    • A function (encode_sockaddr) was called with superfluous argument, on Windows, in the net nif.

      Own Id: OTP-19181

    • Fixed a crash that could happen on reallocation failure.

      Own Id: OTP-19192

    • Man pages are now available for erl, erlc, dialyzer, and all other programs that are included in Erlang/OTP.

      Own Id: OTP-19201 Aux Id: PR-8740

    • A previous correction in the Erlang/OTP 27.0.1 emergency patch had the unfortunate side effect of sometimes causing an unnecessary fullsweep (major) garbage collection instead of a generation (minor) garbage collection. This has been corrected.

      Own Id: OTP-19209 Aux Id: PR-8751, PR-8539

    • Fixed trace matchspec functions trace and enable_trace to use the session tracer when enabling trace flags on untraced processes.

      Own Id: OTP-19211 Aux Id: GH-8657

    • Fixed a typo in the type spec for erlang:garbage_collection_defaults/0.

      Own Id: OTP-19215 Aux Id: PR-8757

    • Corrected socket:ioctl for genaddr (SIOCGENADDR).

      Own Id: OTP-19216

    • The support for Transparent Huge Pages has been disabled on non-amd64 Linux systems.

      Own Id: OTP-19219 Aux Id: PR-8702

    • Fixed a race condition on Windows when upgrading from -noshell to a shell that would cause Erlang to crash with the error:

      {&#href_anchor"p">,
      -  'The I/O operation has been aborted because of either a thread exit or an application request.'}.

      Own Id: OTP-19220 Aux Id: PR-8774

    +
    • The erl -man example has been corrected to not consider values set in ERL_ZFLAGS and stop parsing arguments when a -- is encountered.

      Own Id: OTP-19098 Aux Id: PR-8478

    • Compiler warnings for Windows I/O back-end have been silenced.

      Own Id: OTP-19113

    • Bugs related to return_to trace have been fixed. It did not work for more than once trace session and it did sometimes not trigger for exceptions.

      Own Id: OTP-19122

    • Potential deadlocks while writing a crash dump have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19133 Aux Id: PR-8521, GH-8498

    • When loading a damaged or too old BEAM file, the runtime system could crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19153 Aux Id: PR-8623

    • A scheduler thread could get stuck when deleting a memory allocator carrier when adjacent carriers were deleted and/or inserted simultaneously by other schedulers. This in turn could cause the other schedulers to get stuck as well.

      Own Id: OTP-19154 Aux Id: GH-8613, PR-8627

    • Statistics for number of carriers in a shared pool after calling instrument:allocations or instrument:carriers are now correct. Also, a potential bug in carrier block scanning was eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19166 Aux Id: PR-8636

    • A race in the kTLS flavour of SSL distribution has been fixed so that inet_drv.c doesn't read ahead too much data, which could cause the kTLS encryption to be activated too late when some encrypted data had already been read into the inet_drv.c buffer as unencrypted.

      Own Id: OTP-19175 Aux Id: GH-8561, PR-8690

    • Fixed an emulator crash relating to compressed ETS tables.

      Own Id: OTP-19176 Aux Id: PR-8683

    • A function (encode_sockaddr) was called with superfluous argument, on Windows, in the net nif.

      Own Id: OTP-19181

    • Fixed a crash that could happen on reallocation failure.

      Own Id: OTP-19192

    • Man pages are now available for erl, erlc, dialyzer, and all other programs that are included in Erlang/OTP.

      Own Id: OTP-19201 Aux Id: PR-8740

    • A previous correction in the Erlang/OTP 27.0.1 emergency patch had the unfortunate side effect of sometimes causing an unnecessary fullsweep (major) garbage collection instead of a generation (minor) garbage collection. This has been corrected.

      Own Id: OTP-19209 Aux Id: PR-8751, PR-8539

    • Fixed trace matchspec functions trace and enable_trace to use the session tracer when enabling trace flags on untraced processes.

      Own Id: OTP-19211 Aux Id: GH-8657

    • Fixed a typo in the type spec for erlang:garbage_collection_defaults/0.

      Own Id: OTP-19215 Aux Id: PR-8757

    • Corrected socket:ioctl for genaddr (SIOCGENADDR).

      Own Id: OTP-19216

    • The support for Transparent Huge Pages has been disabled on non-amd64 Linux systems.

      Own Id: OTP-19219 Aux Id: PR-8702

    • Fixed a race condition on Windows when upgrading from -noshell to a shell that would cause Erlang to crash with the error:

      {&#href_anchor"p">,
      +  'The I/O operation has been aborted because of either a thread exit or an application request.'}.

      Own Id: OTP-19220 Aux Id: PR-8774

    @@ -211,17 +211,17 @@ Improvements and New Features

    -
    • Refactored how the JIT handles POSIX signals and how they affect thread stacks, allowing us to use the native stack register for Erlang stacks on more platforms.

      Notably, containers built on 64-bit x86 Alpine Linux images will now perform much better in sequential code. As an example, running dialyzer over the OTP code base finishes about 15% quicker.

      Own Id: OTP-18568 Aux Id: PR-7174

    • The instrument module can now track allocations on a per-process or per-port basis.

      Own Id: OTP-18577 Aux Id: PR-7236

    • The pid field returned from erlang:fun_info/1,2 is now always the pid for the init process of the local node, not the pid for the actual process that created the fun.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18594 Aux Id: PR-7274

    • By default, escripts will now be compiled instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be installed.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18639 Aux Id: PR-7348

    • A binary returned from the socket receive functions is no longer created as a sub binary of an often large receive buffer binary (socket option {otp,rcvbuf}). This avoids space waste, trusting the allocators to implement reallocation efficiently.

      Own Id: OTP-18642 Aux Id: GH-6152, PR-7465

    • The default process limit has been raised to 1048576 processes.

      Own Id: OTP-18699 Aux Id: PR-7388

    • The erlang:system_monitor/2 functionality is now able to monitor long message queues in the system.

      Own Id: OTP-18709 Aux Id: PR-7651

    • The erl command now supports the -S flag, which is similar to the -run flag, except that it will pass all arguments up to end of the command line to the called function. (The -run flag will not pass arguments beginning with a hyphen.) Another difference is that -S will always call a function with one argument, passing an empty list if no arguments were given.

      Own Id: OTP-18744 Aux Id: PR-7470

    • When implementing an alternative carrier for the Erlang distribution, a separate input handler process may now be registered, using erlang:dist_ctrl_input_handler/2, also in the case when the distribution controller is a port.

      Own Id: OTP-18774 Aux Id: PR-7110

    • The call stack trace has now been added to the error reported by erlang:process_flag/2 when max_heap_size limit has been exceeded.

      Own Id: OTP-18779 Aux Id: PR-7592

    • -callback attributes have been added to erl_tracer.

      Own Id: OTP-18794 Aux Id: PR-7703

    • For inet_backend = socket, setting the active socket option alone, to once, true or N has been optimized, as well as the corresponding data delivery.

      Own Id: OTP-18835

    • New functions socket:sendv/* for sending I/O vectors have been added.

      Own Id: OTP-18845

    • Socket options that take string now also accept binaries.

      Own Id: OTP-18849 Aux Id: PR-6510

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • Changed the default value of the command line flag -code_path_choice to strict.

      Note that for application systems using archives, it is necessary to add the code_path_choice relaxed to the command line that invokes erl.

      Own Id: OTP-18894 Aux Id: PR-7243

    • Added module loading to erl -init_debug printouts.

      Own Id: OTP-18929 Aux Id: PR-8004

    • When the runtime system halts, it performs various flush operations before terminating. By default there is no limit on how much time the flush operations are allowed to take. A new halt flush timeout functionality has been introduced which can be used for limiting the amount of time that the flushing operations are allowed to take. For more information see the documentation of the flush_timeout option of the erlang:halt/2 BIF and the documentation of the erl +zhft <Timeout> command line flag.

      Own Id: OTP-18938 Aux Id: PR-8035, GH-7438

    • Optimized code loading by moving certain operations from the code server to the caller.

      Own Id: OTP-18941 Aux Id: PR-7981

    • Updated asmjit to version a465fe71ab3d0e224b2b4bd0fac69ae68ab9239d

      Own Id: OTP-18942

    • The deprecated functions in zlib have been removed. That includes inflateChunk/{1,2}, getBufSize/1, setBufSize/2, the CRC32 functions, and the Adler checksum functions.

      Own Id: OTP-18950

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +
      • Refactored how the JIT handles POSIX signals and how they affect thread stacks, allowing us to use the native stack register for Erlang stacks on more platforms.

        Notably, containers built on 64-bit x86 Alpine Linux images will now perform much better in sequential code. As an example, running dialyzer over the OTP code base finishes about 15% quicker.

        Own Id: OTP-18568 Aux Id: PR-7174

      • The instrument module can now track allocations on a per-process or per-port basis.

        Own Id: OTP-18577 Aux Id: PR-7236

      • The pid field returned from erlang:fun_info/1,2 is now always the pid for the init process of the local node, not the pid for the actual process that created the fun.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18594 Aux Id: PR-7274

      • By default, escripts will now be compiled instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be installed.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18639 Aux Id: PR-7348

      • A binary returned from the socket receive functions is no longer created as a sub binary of an often large receive buffer binary (socket option {otp,rcvbuf}). This avoids space waste, trusting the allocators to implement reallocation efficiently.

        Own Id: OTP-18642 Aux Id: GH-6152, PR-7465

      • The default process limit has been raised to 1048576 processes.

        Own Id: OTP-18699 Aux Id: PR-7388

      • The erlang:system_monitor/2 functionality is now able to monitor long message queues in the system.

        Own Id: OTP-18709 Aux Id: PR-7651

      • The erl command now supports the -S flag, which is similar to the -run flag, except that it will pass all arguments up to end of the command line to the called function. (The -run flag will not pass arguments beginning with a hyphen.) Another difference is that -S will always call a function with one argument, passing an empty list if no arguments were given.

        Own Id: OTP-18744 Aux Id: PR-7470

      • When implementing an alternative carrier for the Erlang distribution, a separate input handler process may now be registered, using erlang:dist_ctrl_input_handler/2, also in the case when the distribution controller is a port.

        Own Id: OTP-18774 Aux Id: PR-7110

      • The call stack trace has now been added to the error reported by erlang:process_flag/2 when max_heap_size limit has been exceeded.

        Own Id: OTP-18779 Aux Id: PR-7592

      • -callback attributes have been added to erl_tracer.

        Own Id: OTP-18794 Aux Id: PR-7703

      • For inet_backend = socket, setting the active socket option alone, to once, true or N has been optimized, as well as the corresponding data delivery.

        Own Id: OTP-18835

      • New functions socket:sendv/* for sending I/O vectors have been added.

        Own Id: OTP-18845

      • Socket options that take string now also accept binaries.

        Own Id: OTP-18849 Aux Id: PR-6510

      • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

        There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

        To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

        To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

        $ erl +JPcover true

        There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

        Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

      • Changed the default value of the command line flag -code_path_choice to strict.

        Note that for application systems using archives, it is necessary to add the code_path_choice relaxed to the command line that invokes erl.

        Own Id: OTP-18894 Aux Id: PR-7243

      • Added module loading to erl -init_debug printouts.

        Own Id: OTP-18929 Aux Id: PR-8004

      • When the runtime system halts, it performs various flush operations before terminating. By default there is no limit on how much time the flush operations are allowed to take. A new halt flush timeout functionality has been introduced which can be used for limiting the amount of time that the flushing operations are allowed to take. For more information see the documentation of the flush_timeout option of the erlang:halt/2 BIF and the documentation of the erl +zhft <Timeout> command line flag.

        Own Id: OTP-18938 Aux Id: PR-8035, GH-7438

      • Optimized code loading by moving certain operations from the code server to the caller.

        Own Id: OTP-18941 Aux Id: PR-7981

      • Updated asmjit to version a465fe71ab3d0e224b2b4bd0fac69ae68ab9239d

        Own Id: OTP-18942

      • The deprecated functions in zlib have been removed. That includes inflateChunk/{1,2}, getBufSize/1, setBufSize/2, the CRC32 functions, and the Adler checksum functions.

        Own Id: OTP-18950

      • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

        Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

      • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

        Example:

        -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
         
        -update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
        -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
        +update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
        +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
             if
                 N < 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=negative};
        +            R#rec{c=negative};
                 N == 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=zero};
        +            R#rec{c=zero};
                 N > 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=positive}
        +            R#rec{c=positive}
             end.

        The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

        Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

      • The obsolete and undocumented support for opening a port to an external resource by passing an atom (or a string) as first argument to open_port(), implemented by the vanilla driver, @@ -3059,9 +3059,9 @@ has now been removed.

        * POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *

        Own Id: OTP-16329 Aux Id: OTP-15621

      • The return value when using the httph and httph_bin option to erlang:decode_packet/3 and inet:setopts/2 has been changed to also include the original header unmodified. See erlang:decode_packet/3. Example:

         >
        -      erlang:decode_packet(httph_bin,<<"HELLO:
        -      hi\r\n\r\n">>,[]).
        -      {ok,{http_header,0,<<"Hello">>,<<"HELLO">>,<<"hi">>},<<"\r\n">>}

        Own Id: OTP-16347 Aux Id: PR-2466

      • Ensure net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 sends nodedown messages of a failed + erlang:decode_packet(httph_bin,<<"HELLO: + hi\r\n\r\n">>,[]). + {ok,{http_header,0,<<"Hello">>,<<"HELLO">>,<<"hi">>},<<"\r\n">>}

      Own Id: OTP-16347 Aux Id: PR-2466

    • Ensure net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 sends nodedown messages of a failed connection before nodeup messages of a reestablished connection toward the same node.

      Own Id: OTP-16362

    • Update of sequential tracing to also support other information transfers than message passing.

      Own Id: OTP-16370 Aux Id: OTP-15251, OTP-15232

    • socket: It is now possible to create a socket from an already existing file @@ -10772,12 +10772,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

      NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                  Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
      +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                  Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                   %% ...
      -            exit(Pid, bang),
      -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
      +            exit(Pid, bang),
      +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                   receive
      -                {'DOWN', Mon , process, Pid, _} -> ok
      +                {'DOWN', Mon , process, Pid, _} -> ok
                   %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                   %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                   %% in this case leave out:
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (609))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.287116724 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.288116731 +0000
      @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@
       

      The following example shows how lock contention for ETS tables can be minimized by having one ETS table for each scheduler. The table identifiers for the ETS tables are stored as a single persistent term:

          %% There is one ETS table for each scheduler.
      -    Sid = erlang:system_info(scheduler_id),
      -    Tid = element(Sid, persistent_term:get(?MODULE)),
      -    ets:update_counter(Tid, Key, 1).
      +
      Sid = erlang:system_info(scheduler_id), + Tid = element(Sid, persistent_term:get(?MODULE)), + ets:update_counter(Tid, Key, 1).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (448)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.303116819 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.304116825 +0000 @@ -229,12 +229,12 @@ and free entire pages and we don't want to waste an entire page just to hold the block header of the following pages.

    Instead we store the meta information about all the free segments in a dedicated area apart from the sa and sua areas. Every free segment is -represented by a descriptor struct (ErtsFreeSegDesc).

    typedef struct {
    +represented by a descriptor struct (ErtsFreeSegDesc).

    typedef struct {
         RBTNode snode;      /* node in 'stree' */
         RBTNode anode;      /* node in 'atree' */
         char* start;
         char* end;
    -}ErtsFreeSegDesc;

    To find the smallest free segment that will satisfy a carrier allocation +}ErtsFreeSegDesc;

    To find the smallest free segment that will satisfy a carrier allocation (best fit), the free segments are organized in a tree sorted by size (stree). We search in this tree at allocation. If no free segment of sufficient size was found, the area (sa or sua) is instead expanded. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2450)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.322116931 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.322116931 +0000 @@ -547,9 +547,9 @@ the event occurs.

    Do

    Determine the order of events by saving a tuple containing monotonic time and a strictly monotonically increasing integer as -follows:

    Time = erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -UMI = erlang:unique_integer([monotonic]),
    -EventTag = {Time, UMI}

    These tuples are strictly monotonically ordered on the current runtime system +follows:

    Time = erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +UMI = erlang:unique_integer([monotonic]),
    +EventTag = {Time, UMI}

    These tuples are strictly monotonically ordered on the current runtime system instance according to creation time. It is important that the monotonic time is in the first element (the most significant element when comparing two-tuples). Using the monotonic time in the tuples, you can calculate time /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (352)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.342117050 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/tracing.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.342117050 +0000 @@ -149,23 +149,23 @@ to inspecting the stack we can only say where we're going to return to, which is not quite the same thing.

    As an illustration, when the caller option is enabled all trace messages from bar/1 will say that they were called from foo/0, even though it -went through a bunch of other functions on the way:

    foo() ->
    -    lots(),
    +went through a bunch of other functions on the way:

    foo() ->
    +    lots(),
         ok.
     
    -lots() ->
    -    'of'().
    +lots() ->
    +    'of'().
     
    -'of'() ->
    -    indirections().
    +'of'() ->
    +    indirections().
     
    -indirections() ->
    -    bar(10).
    +indirections() ->
    +    bar(10).
     
    -bar(0) ->
    +bar(0) ->
         done;
    -bar(N) ->
    -    bar(N - 1).

    +bar(N) -> + bar(N - 1).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (775)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.367117198 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/erts-15.1.3/doc/html/zlib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.368117203 +0000 @@ -133,18 +133,18 @@ data. The data format is described by RFC 1950, RFC 1951, and -RFC 1952.

    A typical (compress) usage is as follows:

    Z = zlib:open(),
    -ok = zlib:deflateInit(Z,default),
    +RFC 1952.

    A typical (compress) usage is as follows:

    Z = zlib:open(),
    +ok = zlib:deflateInit(Z,default),
     
    -Compress = fun(end_of_data, _Cont) -> [];
    -              (Data, Cont) ->
    -                 [zlib:deflate(Z, Data)|Cont(Read(),Cont)]
    +Compress = fun(end_of_data, _Cont) -> [];
    +              (Data, Cont) ->
    +                 [zlib:deflate(Z, Data)|Cont(Read(),Cont)]
                end,
    -Compressed = Compress(Read(),Compress),
    -Last = zlib:deflate(Z, [], finish),
    -ok = zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
    -zlib:close(Z),
    -list_to_binary([Compressed|Last])

    In all functions errors, {'EXIT',{Reason,Backtrace}}, can be thrown, where +Compressed = Compress(Read(),Compress), +Last = zlib:deflate(Z, [], finish), +ok = zlib:deflateEnd(Z), +zlib:close(Z), +list_to_binary([Compressed|Last])

    In all functions errors, {'EXIT',{Reason,Backtrace}}, can be thrown, where Reason describes the error.

    Typical Reasons:

    • badarg - Bad argument.

    • not_initialized - The stream hasn't been initialized, eg. if inflateInit/1 wasn't called prior to a call to inflate/2.

    • not_on_controlling_process - The stream was used by a process that doesn't control it. Use set_controlling_process/2 if you need to transfer a @@ -853,11 +853,11 @@ full too often can seriously degrade the compression.

      If Flush is set to finish, pending input is processed, pending output is flushed, and deflate/3 returns. Afterwards the only possible operations on the stream are deflateReset/1 or deflateEnd/1.

      Flush can be set to finish immediately after -deflateInit if all compression is to be done in one step.

      Example:

      zlib:deflateInit(Z),
      -B1 = zlib:deflate(Z,Data),
      -B2 = zlib:deflate(Z,<< >>,finish),
      -zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
      -list_to_binary([B1,B2])
      +deflateInit if all compression is to be done in one step.

      Example:

      zlib:deflateInit(Z),
      +B1 = zlib:deflate(Z,Data),
      +B2 = zlib:deflate(Z,<< >>,finish),
      +zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
      +list_to_binary([B1,B2])
      @@ -1409,20 +1409,20 @@ {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,Adler},_StackTrace}} exception.

      The dictionary chosen by the compressor can be determined from the Adler value returned or thrown by the call to the inflate function. The compressor and decompressor must use the same dictionary (See deflateSetDictionary/2).

      After setting the dictionary the inflate operation should be retried without new -input.

      Example:

      deprecated_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      -     case catch zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed) of
      -          {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,_DictID},_}} ->
      -                 ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      -                 Uncompressed = zlib:inflate(Z, []);
      +input.

      Example:

      deprecated_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      +     case catch zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed) of
      +          {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,_DictID},_}} ->
      +                 ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      +                 Uncompressed = zlib:inflate(Z, []);
                 Uncompressed ->
                        Uncompressed
            end.
       
      -new_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      -    case zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed, [{exception_on_need_dict, false}]) of
      -        {need_dictionary, _DictId, Output} ->
      -            ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      -            [Output | zlib:inflate(Z, [])];
      +new_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      +    case zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed, [{exception_on_need_dict, false}]) of
      +        {need_dictionary, _DictId, Output} ->
      +            ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      +            [Output | zlib:inflate(Z, [])];
               Uncompressed ->
                   Uncompressed
           end.
      @@ -1498,18 +1498,18 @@ desired, and the function will return {finished, Output} once all queued data has been decompressed.

      This function can introduce some output latency (reading input without producing any output).

      If a preset dictionary is required for further decompression, this function -returns a need_dictionary tuple. See inflateSetDictionary/2) for details.

      Example:

      walk(Compressed, Handler) ->
      -    Z = zlib:open(),
      -    zlib:inflateInit(Z),
      -    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, Compressed)),
      -    zlib:inflateEnd(Z),
      -    zlib:close(Z).
      -
      -loop(Z, Handler, {continue, Output}) ->
      -    Handler(Output),
      -    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, []));
      -loop(Z, Handler, {finished, Output}) ->
      -    Handler(Output).
      +returns a need_dictionary tuple. See inflateSetDictionary/2) for details.

      Example:

      walk(Compressed, Handler) ->
      +    Z = zlib:open(),
      +    zlib:inflateInit(Z),
      +    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, Compressed)),
      +    zlib:inflateEnd(Z),
      +    zlib:close(Z).
      +
      +loop(Z, Handler, {continue, Output}) ->
      +    Handler(Output),
      +    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, []));
      +loop(Z, Handler, {finished, Output}) ->
      +    Handler(Output).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1292)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -379,9 +379,9 @@ mostly work for old specifications based on the 1997 standard for ASN.1, but not for most modern-style applications. Another limitation is that the test functions may not work if options that change code generations strategies such -as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    -{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    -{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they +as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    +{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    +{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they are located in a different directory than the current working directory, use the include option to add paths. This is only needed when automatically generating values. For static values using Value no options are needed.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2578)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,37 +38,37 @@ the syntax is correct and that the text represents proper ASN.1 code before generating an abstract syntax tree. The code generator then uses the abstract syntax tree to generate code.

    The generated Erlang files are placed in the current directory or in the -directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    -ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
    +directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    +ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
     Erlang ASN.1 compiling "People.asn"
    ---{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    ---{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    ---{generated,"People.erl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    +--{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.erl"}--
     ok

    ASN.1 module People is now accepted and the abstract syntax tree is saved in file People.asn1db. The generated Erlang code is compiled using the Erlang compiler and loaded into the Erlang runtime system. There is now an API for -encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 +encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 defined type Person, modifies, and sends them back again:

    receive
    -   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    -       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    -           {ok,P} ->
    -               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    -               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    -           {error,Reason} ->
    -               exit({error,Reason})
    +   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    +       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    +           {ok,P} ->
    +               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    +               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    +           {error,Reason} ->
    +               exit({error,Reason})
            end
         end,

    In this example, a series of bytes is received from an external source and the bytes are then decoded into a valid Erlang term. This was achieved with the call 'People':decode('Person',Bytes), which returned an Erlang value of the ASN.1 type Person. Then an answer was constructed and encoded using 'People':encode('Person',Answer), which takes an instance of a defined ASN.1 -type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    -{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    -3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    -{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    -      2,1,50>>}
    -4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    -{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    +type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    +{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    +3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    +{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    +      2,1,50>>}
    +4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    +{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    @@ -166,16 +166,16 @@ to manually add tags to certain constructs in order for the ASN.1 specification to be valid. Example of an old-style specification:

    Tags DEFINITIONS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    -                      dessert [1] IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    +                      dessert [1] IA5String }
     END

    Without the tags (the numbers in square brackets) the ASN.1 compiler refused to compile the file.

    In 1994 the global tagging mode AUTOMATIC TAGS was introduced. By putting AUTOMATIC TAGS in the module header, the ASN.1 compiler automatically adds tags when needed. The following is the same specification in AUTOMATIC TAGS mode:

    Tags DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    -                      dessert IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    +                      dessert IA5String }
     END

    @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ and how values are assigned in Erlang.

    ASN.1 has both primitive and constructed types:

    Primitive TypesConstructed Types
    BOOLEANSEQUENCE
    INTEGERSET
    REALCHOICE
    NULLSET OF and SEQUENCE OF
    ENUMERATEDANY
    BIT STRINGANY DEFINED BY
    OCTET STRINGEXTERNAL
    Character StringsEMBEDDED PDV
    OBJECT IDENTIFIERCHARACTER STRING
    Object Descriptor
    TIME Types

    Table: Supported ASN.1 Types

    Note

    The values of each ASN.1 type have their own representation in Erlang, as described in the following sections. Users must provide these values for encoding according to the representation, as shown in the following example:

    Operational ::= BOOLEAN --ASN.1 definition

    In Erlang code it can look as follows:

    Val = true,
    -{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode('Operational', Val),

    +{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode('Operational', Val),

    @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@

    An ASN.1 INTEGER is represented by an integer in Erlang.

    The concept of subtyping can be applied to integers and to other ASN.1 types. The details of subtyping are not explained here; for more information, see X.680. Various syntaxes are allowed when defining a type as an integer:

    T1 ::= INTEGER
    -T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7)
    -T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
    -T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX)
    -T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99)
    -T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a +T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7) +T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX) +T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX) +T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99) +T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a Named Number List (see T6 in the previous list) is specified.

    The following is an example of Erlang code that assigns values for the types in the previous list:

    T1value = 0,
     T2value = 6,
    @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
     

    The type BIT STRING can be used to model information that is made up of arbitrary length series of bits. It is intended to be used for selection of flags, not for binary files.

    In ASN.1, BIT STRING definitions can look as follows:

    Bits1 ::= BIT STRING
    -Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING +Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING values in Erlang and as input to the encode functions:

    1. A bitstring. By default, a BIT STRING with no symbolic names is decoded to an Erlang bitstring.
    2. A list of atoms corresponding to atoms in the NamedBitList in the BIT STRING definition. A BIT STRING with symbolic names is always decoded @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

      OCTET STRING is the simplest of all ASN.1 types. OCTET STRING only moves or transfers, for example, binary files or other unstructured information complying with two rules: the bytes consist of octets and encoding is not required.

      It is possible to have the following ASN.1 type definitions:

      O1 ::= OCTET STRING
      -O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
      +O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
       O2Val = <<"must be exactly 28 chars....">>,

      By default, an OCTET STRING is always represented as an Erlang binary. If the specification has been compiled with option legacy_erlang_types, the encode functions accept both lists and binaries, and the decode functions decode an @@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ of view, octets are very similar to character strings and are compiled in the same way.

      When PER is used, there is a significant difference in the encoding scheme for OCTET STRINGs and other strings. The constraints specified for a type -are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      -TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
      +are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      +TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
       DigsVal2 = "123",
       TextFileVal1 = "abc...xyz...",
      -TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list +TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list of ASCII values or a list of quadruples. The quadruple representation associates to the Unicode standard representation of characters. The ASCII characters are all represented by quadruples beginning with three zeros like {0,0,0,65} for @@ -316,26 +316,26 @@ in file PrimStrings.asn1:

      PrimStrings DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
       BEGIN
          BMP ::= BMPString
      -END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
      +END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
       ok
      -2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>}
      -3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]}
      -4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>}
      -5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]}
      -6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string").
      -{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>}
      -7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3).
      -{ok,"BMP string"}

      Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such +2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>} +3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]} +4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>} +5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]} +6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string"). +{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>} +7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3). +{ok,"BMP string"}

    Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such binaries can be created directly using the binary syntax or by converting from a list of Unicode code points using function unicode:characters_to_binary/1.

    The following shows examples of how UTF-8 encoded binaries can be created and manipulated:

    1> Gs = "Мой маленький Гном".
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    -2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    +2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    @@ -343,22 +343,22 @@
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    -4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
    +4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
        UTF ::= UTF8String
    -END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile('UTF', [ber]).
    +END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile('UTF', [ber]).
     ok
    -6> {ok,Bytes1} = 'UTF':encode('UTF', <<"Гном"/utf8>>).
    -{ok,<<12,8,208,147,208,189,208,190,208,188>>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1074))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -60,37 +60,37 @@
     exclusive decode is enabled. This function decodes the parts that
     were left undecoded during the exclusive decode.

    Both functions are described in the following.

    If the exclusive decode function has, for example, the name decode_exclusive and an ASN.1 encoded message Bin is to be exclusive decoded, the call is as -follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a +follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a complete decode would have, except for the parts of the top type that were not decoded. The undecoded parts are on their places in the structure on format {TypeKey,UndecodedValue}.

    Each undecoded part that is to be decoded must be fed into function -decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    +decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    Writing an Exclusive Decode Instruction

    -

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
     
    -ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
    +ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
     
    -TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
    +TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
     
    -ElementList = [Element]+
    +ElementList = [Element]+
     
    -Element = {Name,parts} |
    -          {Name,undecoded} |
    -          {Name,ElementList}
    +Element = {Name,parts} |
    +          {Name,undecoded} |
    +          {Name,ElementList}
     
    -TopType = atom()
    +TopType = atom()
     
    -Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is +Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is described. TopType is the name of a top-level type in the ASN.1 specification. The action for each component in ElementList is described by one of:

    • {Name,parts}
    • {Name,undecoded}
    • {Name,ElementList}

    The use and effect of the actions are as follows:

    • {Name,undecoded} - Leaves the element undecoded. The type of Name can be any ASN.1 type. The value of element Name is returned as a tuple (as @@ -156,78 +156,78 @@ ['Button',[{number,undecoded}]]}]}}.

    The following figure shows the bytes of a Window:status message. The components buttonList and actions are excluded from decode. Only state and enabled are decoded when decode__Window_exclusive is called.

    Bytes of a Window:status Message

    Here follows an example of how the module. Note that option no_ok_wrapper is -used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
    +used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
     ok
    -2> rr('GUI').
    -['Action','Button','Status']
    -3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    -#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    -4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
    +2> rr('GUI').
    +['Action','Button','Status']
    +3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    +#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    +4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
     <<48,6,128,1,123,129,1,255>>
    -5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    -#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    -          on = true}
    -6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    -{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    -7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
    +5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    +#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    +          on = true}
    +6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    +{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    +7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
     123
     8> WindowMsg =
    -{status,{'Status',35,
    -   [{'Button',3,true},
    -    {'Button',4,false},
    -    {'Button',5,true},
    -    {'Button',6,true},
    -    {'Button',7,false}],
    +{status,{'Status',35,
    +   [{'Button',3,true},
    +    {'Button',4,false},
    +    {'Button',5,true},
    +    {'Button',6,true},
    +    {'Button',7,false}],
        false,
    -   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
    +   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
             enabled = false,
    -        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    -9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
    +        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    +                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    +9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
     <<161,65,128,1,35,161,40,48,6,128,1,3,129,1,255,48,6,128,
       1,4,129,1,0,48,6,128,1,5,129,...>>
    -10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    -'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    +'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    -[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    - #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    -12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    -#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    -13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +                                                1,255>>}}}
    +11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    +[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    + #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    +12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    +#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    +13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec).
    -{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                            handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    + 1,255>>}}} +14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec). +{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16, + handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    @@ -264,23 +264,23 @@ Writing a Selective Decode Instruction

    One or more selective decode functions can be described in a configuration file. -Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         asn1 - 5.3.1
    -    urn:uuid:9973d496-6113-5287-87d4-d07da1b79b1c
    +    urn:uuid:a3f22f3f-bb40-bc68-1cf5-707df3a131d2
         en
     
    -    2026-10-15T00:51:43Z
    +    2042-11-16T14:09:38Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2585))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.477117848 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.478117854 +0000
    @@ -143,37 +143,37 @@
     the syntax is correct and that the text represents proper ASN.1 code before
     generating an abstract syntax tree. The code generator then uses the abstract
     syntax tree to generate code.

    The generated Erlang files are placed in the current directory or in the -directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    -ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
    +directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    +ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
     Erlang ASN.1 compiling "People.asn"
    ---{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    ---{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    ---{generated,"People.erl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    +--{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.erl"}--
     ok

    ASN.1 module People is now accepted and the abstract syntax tree is saved in file People.asn1db. The generated Erlang code is compiled using the Erlang compiler and loaded into the Erlang runtime system. There is now an API for -encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 +encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 defined type Person, modifies, and sends them back again:

    receive
    -   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    -       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    -           {ok,P} ->
    -               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    -               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    -           {error,Reason} ->
    -               exit({error,Reason})
    +   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    +       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    +           {ok,P} ->
    +               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    +               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    +           {error,Reason} ->
    +               exit({error,Reason})
            end
         end,

    In this example, a series of bytes is received from an external source and the bytes are then decoded into a valid Erlang term. This was achieved with the call 'People':decode('Person',Bytes), which returned an Erlang value of the ASN.1 type Person. Then an answer was constructed and encoded using 'People':encode('Person',Answer), which takes an instance of a defined ASN.1 -type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    -{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    -3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    -{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    -      2,1,50>>}
    -4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    -{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    +type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    +{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    +3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    +{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    +      2,1,50>>}
    +4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    +{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    @@ -271,16 +271,16 @@ to manually add tags to certain constructs in order for the ASN.1 specification to be valid. Example of an old-style specification:

    Tags DEFINITIONS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    -                      dessert [1] IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    +                      dessert [1] IA5String }
     END

    Without the tags (the numbers in square brackets) the ASN.1 compiler refused to compile the file.

    In 1994 the global tagging mode AUTOMATIC TAGS was introduced. By putting AUTOMATIC TAGS in the module header, the ASN.1 compiler automatically adds tags when needed. The following is the same specification in AUTOMATIC TAGS mode:

    Tags DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    -                      dessert IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    +                      dessert IA5String }
     END

    @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ and how values are assigned in Erlang.

    ASN.1 has both primitive and constructed types:

    Primitive TypesConstructed Types
    BOOLEANSEQUENCE
    INTEGERSET
    REALCHOICE
    NULLSET OF and SEQUENCE OF
    ENUMERATEDANY
    BIT STRINGANY DEFINED BY
    OCTET STRINGEXTERNAL
    Character StringsEMBEDDED PDV
    OBJECT IDENTIFIERCHARACTER STRING
    Object Descriptor
    TIME Types

    Table: Supported ASN.1 Types

    Note

    The values of each ASN.1 type have their own representation in Erlang, as described in the following sections. Users must provide these values for encoding according to the representation, as shown in the following example:

    Operational ::= BOOLEAN --ASN.1 definition

    In Erlang code it can look as follows:

    Val = true,
    -{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode(&#href_anchor"p">, Val),

    +{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode(&#href_anchor"p">, Val),

    @@ -308,11 +308,11 @@

    An ASN.1 INTEGER is represented by an integer in Erlang.

    The concept of subtyping can be applied to integers and to other ASN.1 types. The details of subtyping are not explained here; for more information, see X.680. Various syntaxes are allowed when defining a type as an integer:

    T1 ::= INTEGER
    -T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7)
    -T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
    -T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX)
    -T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99)
    -T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a +T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7) +T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX) +T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX) +T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99) +T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a Named Number List (see T6 in the previous list) is specified.

    The following is an example of Erlang code that assigns values for the types in the previous list:

    T1value = 0,
     T2value = 6,
    @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
     

    The type BIT STRING can be used to model information that is made up of arbitrary length series of bits. It is intended to be used for selection of flags, not for binary files.

    In ASN.1, BIT STRING definitions can look as follows:

    Bits1 ::= BIT STRING
    -Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING +Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING values in Erlang and as input to the encode functions:

    1. A bitstring. By default, a BIT STRING with no symbolic names is decoded to an Erlang bitstring.
    2. A list of atoms corresponding to atoms in the NamedBitList in the BIT STRING definition. A BIT STRING with symbolic names is always decoded @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

      OCTET STRING is the simplest of all ASN.1 types. OCTET STRING only moves or transfers, for example, binary files or other unstructured information complying with two rules: the bytes consist of octets and encoding is not required.

      It is possible to have the following ASN.1 type definitions:

      O1 ::= OCTET STRING
      -O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
      +O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
       O2Val = <<"must be exactly 28 chars....">>,

      By default, an OCTET STRING is always represented as an Erlang binary. If the specification has been compiled with option legacy_erlang_types, the encode functions accept both lists and binaries, and the decode functions decode an @@ -408,11 +408,11 @@ of view, octets are very similar to character strings and are compiled in the same way.

      When PER is used, there is a significant difference in the encoding scheme for OCTET STRINGs and other strings. The constraints specified for a type -are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      -TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
      +are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      +TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
       DigsVal2 = "123",
       TextFileVal1 = "abc...xyz...",
      -TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list +TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list of ASCII values or a list of quadruples. The quadruple representation associates to the Unicode standard representation of characters. The ASCII characters are all represented by quadruples beginning with three zeros like {0,0,0,65} for @@ -421,26 +421,26 @@ in file PrimStrings.asn1:

      PrimStrings DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
       BEGIN
          BMP ::= BMPString
      -END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
      +END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
       ok
      -2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>}
      -3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]}
      -4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>}
      -5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]}
      -6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string").
      -{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>}
      -7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3).
      -{ok,"BMP string"}

      Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such +2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>} +3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]} +4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>} +5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]} +6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string"). +{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>} +7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3). +{ok,"BMP string"}

    Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such binaries can be created directly using the binary syntax or by converting from a list of Unicode code points using function unicode:characters_to_binary/1.

    The following shows examples of how UTF-8 encoded binaries can be created and manipulated:

    1> Gs = "Мой маленький Гном".
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    -2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    +2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    @@ -448,22 +448,22 @@
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    -4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
    +4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
        UTF ::= UTF8String
    -END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile(&#href_anchor"p">, [ber]).
    +END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile(&#href_anchor"p">, [ber]).
     ok
    -6> {ok,Bytes1} = 'UTF':encode('UTF', <<"Гном"/utf8>>).
    -{ok,<<12,8,208,147,208,189,208,190,208,188>>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (955))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.501117990 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1_spec.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.501117990 +0000
    @@ -165,37 +165,37 @@
     exclusive decode is enabled. This function decodes the parts that
     were left undecoded during the exclusive decode.

    Both functions are described in the following.

    If the exclusive decode function has, for example, the name decode_exclusive and an ASN.1 encoded message Bin is to be exclusive decoded, the call is as -follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a +follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a complete decode would have, except for the parts of the top type that were not decoded. The undecoded parts are on their places in the structure on format {TypeKey,UndecodedValue}.

    Each undecoded part that is to be decoded must be fed into function -decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = &#href_anchor"p">:decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    +decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = &#href_anchor"p">:decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    Writing an Exclusive Decode Instruction

    -

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
     
    -ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
    +ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
     
    -TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
    +TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
     
    -ElementList = [Element]+
    +ElementList = [Element]+
     
    -Element = {Name,parts} |
    -          {Name,undecoded} |
    -          {Name,ElementList}
    +Element = {Name,parts} |
    +          {Name,undecoded} |
    +          {Name,ElementList}
     
    -TopType = atom()
    +TopType = atom()
     
    -Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is +Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is described. TopType is the name of a top-level type in the ASN.1 specification. The action for each component in ElementList is described by one of:

    • {Name,parts}
    • {Name,undecoded}
    • {Name,ElementList}

    The use and effect of the actions are as follows:

    • {Name,undecoded} - Leaves the element undecoded. The type of Name can be any ASN.1 type. The value of element Name is returned as a tuple (as @@ -261,78 +261,78 @@ ['Button',[{number,undecoded}]]}]}}.

    The following figure shows the bytes of a Window:status message. The components buttonList and actions are excluded from decode. Only state and enabled are decoded when decode__Window_exclusive is called.

    Bytes of a Window:status Message

    Here follows an example of how the module. Note that option no_ok_wrapper is -used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
    +used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
     ok
    -2> rr('GUI').
    -['Action','Button','Status']
    -3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    -#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    -4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
    +2> rr('GUI').
    +['Action','Button','Status']
    +3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    +#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    +4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
     <<48,6,128,1,123,129,1,255>>
    -5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    -#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    -          on = true}
    -6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    -{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    -7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
    +5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    +#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    +          on = true}
    +6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    +{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    +7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
     123
     8> WindowMsg =
    -{status,{'Status',35,
    -   [{'Button',3,true},
    -    {'Button',4,false},
    -    {'Button',5,true},
    -    {'Button',6,true},
    -    {'Button',7,false}],
    +{status,{'Status',35,
    +   [{'Button',3,true},
    +    {'Button',4,false},
    +    {'Button',5,true},
    +    {'Button',6,true},
    +    {'Button',7,false}],
        false,
    -   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
    +   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
             enabled = false,
    -        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    -9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
    +        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    +                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    +9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
     <<161,65,128,1,35,161,40,48,6,128,1,3,129,1,255,48,6,128,
       1,4,129,1,0,48,6,128,1,5,129,...>>
    -10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    -'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    +'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    -[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    - #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    -12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    -#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    -13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +                                                1,255>>}}}
    +11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    +[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    + #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    +12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    +#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    +13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec).
    -{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                            handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    + 1,255>>}}} +14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec). +{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16, + handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    @@ -369,23 +369,23 @@ Writing a Selective Decode Instruction

    One or more selective decode functions can be described in a configuration file. -Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1307))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.520118103 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.1/doc/html/asn1ct.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.521118109 +0000
    @@ -495,9 +495,9 @@
     mostly work for old specifications based on the 1997 standard for ASN.1, but
     not for most modern-style applications. Another limitation is that the test
     functions may not work if options that change code generations strategies such
    -as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    -{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    -{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they +as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    +{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    +{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they are located in a different directory than the current working directory, use the include option to add paths. This is only needed when automatically generating values. For static values using Value no options are needed.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (650)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.536118197 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.537118203 +0000 @@ -215,15 +215,15 @@ the reason for termination is. If you use Erlang pattern matching effectively, you can take advantage of this property. The result is concise and readable test case functions that look much more like scripts than actual programs. A simple -example:

    session(_Config) ->
    -    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    MyId = self(),
    -    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded +example:

    session(_Config) ->
    +    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    MyId = self(),
    +    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded in many different log files. A minimum of information is displayed in the user console (only start and stop information, plus a note for each failed test case).

    The result from each test case is recorded in a dedicated HTML log file, created /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (650)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -110,15 +110,15 @@ the reason for termination is. If you use Erlang pattern matching effectively, you can take advantage of this property. The result is concise and readable test case functions that look much more like scripts than actual programs. A simple -example:

    session(_Config) ->
    -    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    MyId = self(),
    -    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded +example:

    session(_Config) ->
    +    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    MyId = self(),
    +    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded in many different log files. A minimum of information is displayed in the user console (only start and stop information, plus a note for each failed test case).

    The result from each test case is recorded in a dedicated HTML log file, created /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1269)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Syntax -

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    -Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    +

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    +Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    @@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ any number of alias names, but each name must be unique within the same test suite. The two main uses for alias names follows:

    • To identify connections (described later).
    • To help adapt configuration data to a test suite (or test case) and improve readability.

    To read the value of a configuration variable, use function -get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
    +get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
     
     ...
     
    -testcase(Config) ->
    -    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
    +testcase(Config) ->
    +    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
         ...

    @@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ </ftp_host> <lm_directory>"/test/loadmodules"</lm_directory> </config>

    Once read, this file produces the same configuration variables as the following -text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    @@ -179,55 +179,55 @@ data being reloaded during test execution. The input argument is the same as for function check_parameter/1.

    The return value is to be either of the following:

    • {ok, Config} - if the configuration variables are read successfully.
    • {error, {Error, ErrorDetails}} - if the callback module fails to proceed with the specified configuration parameters.

    Config is the proper Erlang key-value list, with possible key-value sublists -as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    - {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    +as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    + {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    Examples of Configuration Data Handling

    A configuration file for using the FTP client to access files on a remote host -can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly specified that the ct_config_xml callback module is to be used by Common Test.

    The following is an example of how to assert that the configuration data is -available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
    +available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
         Config.
     
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    -    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    +    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
     
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
         ...

    The following is an example of how the functions in the previous example can be -rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    -
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    -                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    -
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
    +rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    +
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    +                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    +
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
         ...

    @@ -235,86 +235,86 @@ Example of User-Specific Configuration Handler

    A simple configuration handling driver, asking an external server for -configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    --export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
    +configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    +-export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
     
    -read_config(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    ServerModule:start(),
    -    ServerModule:get_config().
    -
    -check_parameter(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    -        {file, _}->
    -            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +read_config(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    ServerModule:start(),
    +    ServerModule:get_config().
    +
    +check_parameter(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    +        {file, _}->
    +            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
             false->
    -            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    -                {module, ServerModule}->
    -                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    -                {error, nofile}->
    -                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
    +            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    +                {module, ServerModule}->
    +                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +                {error, nofile}->
    +                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
                 end
         end.

    The configuration string for this driver can be config_server, if the config_server.erl module that follows is compiled and exists in the code path -during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    --export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
    +during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    +-export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
     
    --define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
    +-define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
     
    -start()->
    -    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
    +start()->
    +    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
             undefined->
    -            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    -            wait();
    +            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    +            wait();
             _Pid->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         common_test - 1.27.4
    -    urn:uuid:36f41cc0-c9cd-b24c-ceb6-8fa68caebc46
    +    urn:uuid:e7a8454d-90fa-0a99-1dc3-850efe1057ea
         en
     
    -    2026-10-15T00:51:24Z
    +    2042-11-16T14:09:18Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1159))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -96,44 +96,44 @@
     

    Here follows the general configuration terms that are allowed in a cover specification file:

    %% List of Nodes on which cover will be active during test.
     %% Nodes = [atom()]
    -{nodes, Nodes}.
    +{nodes, Nodes}.
     
     %% Files with previously exported cover data to include in analysis.
     %% CoverDataFiles = [string()]
    -{import, CoverDataFiles}.
    +{import, CoverDataFiles}.
     
     %% Cover data file to export from this session.
     %% CoverDataFile = string()
    -{export, CoverDataFile}.
    +{export, CoverDataFile}.
     
     %% Cover analysis level.
     %% Level = details | overview
    -{level, Level}.
    +{level, Level}.
     
     %% Directories to include in cover.
     %% Dirs = [string()]
    -{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to include.
    -{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to include in cover.
     %% Mods = [atom()]
    -{incl_mods, Mods}.
    +{incl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Directories to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to exclude.
    -{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_mods, Mods}.
    +{excl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Cross cover compilation
     %% Tag = atom(), an identifier for a test run
     %% Mod = [atom()], modules to compile for accumulated analysis
    -{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the +{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the specified directories recursively and include or exclude any module found during the search. The terms incl_dirs and excl_dirs result in a non-recursive search for modules (that is, only modules found in the specified directories are @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

    When using a cover specification in the testing of an OTP application itself, there is a special incl_app directive that includes the applications modules for -the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with +the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with this option you should insert the AppName in between the option and its value creating a three tuple.

    @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ {cross,[{s1,[m1]}]}.

    Then m1 is cover compiled in test run s2, but not shown in the coverage log. Instead, if ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2 is called after both s1 and s2 test runs are completed, the accumulated result for m1 is available in the -cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for +cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for each test respectively.

    Notice the tags s1 and s2, which are used in the cover specification file and in the call to ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2. The purpose of these is only to map the modules specified in the cover specification to the log /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (639)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -468,10 +468,10 @@

    Opens an FTP connection and sends a file to the remote host.

    LocalFile and RemoteFile must be absolute paths.

    If the target host is a "special" node, the FTP address must be specified in the -configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the -configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    -       {username,Username},
    -       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    +configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the +configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    +       {username,Username},
    +       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2151)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ always a combination of a result for the suite/group/test and an updated CTHState.

    To let the test suite continue on executing, return the configuration list that you want the test to use as the result.

    All pre hooks, except pre_end_per_testcase/4, can skip or fail the test by -returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:connect() of
    -    {error,_Reason} ->
    -      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    -    {ok, Handle} ->
    -      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
    +returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:connect() of
    +    {error,_Reason} ->
    +      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    +    {ok, Handle} ->
    +      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
       end.

    Note

    If you use multiple CTHs, the first part of the return tuple is used as input for the next CTH. So in the previous example the next CTH can get {fail,Reason} as the second parameter. If you have many CTHs interacting, do @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@ affect the outcome of the test, return the Return data as it is given to the CTH. You can also modify the test result. By returning the Config list with element tc_status removed, you can recover from a test failure. As in all the -pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:check_consistency() of
    +pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:check_consistency() of
         true ->
           %% DB is good, pass the test.
    -      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
    +      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
         false ->
           %% DB is not good, mark as skipped instead of failing
    -      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
    +      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
       end;
    -post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
    +post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
       %% Do nothing if tc does not crash.
    -  {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used + {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used wrongly, it can be very difficult to determine which tests that pass or fail in a test run.

    @@ -235,80 +235,80 @@ %%% ct_run -suite example_SUITE -pa . -ct_hooks example_cth %%% %%% Note `-pa .`: the hook beam file must be in the code path when installing. --module(example_cth). +-module(example_cth). %% Mandatory Callbacks --export([init/2]). +-export([init/2]). %% Optional Callbacks --export([id/1]). +-export([id/1]). --export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). --export([post_end_per_suite/4]). +-export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). +-export([post_end_per_suite/4]). --export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). --export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). +-export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). +-export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). --export([on_tc_skip/4]). +-export([on_tc_skip/4]). --export([terminate/1]). +-export([terminate/1]). %% This hook state is threaded through all the callbacks. --record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). +-record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). %% This example hook prints its results to a file, see terminate/1. --record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). +-record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). %% Return a unique id for this CTH. %% Using the filename means the hook can be used with different %% log files to separate timing data within the same test run. %% See Installing a CTH for more information. -id(Opts) -> +id(Opts) -> %% the path is relative to the test run directory - proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). + proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). %% Always called before any other callback function. Use this to initiate %% any common state. -init(Id, _Opts) -> - {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. +init(Id, _Opts) -> + {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. %% Called before init_per_suite is called. -pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> - {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. +pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> + {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. %% Called after end_per_suite. -post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> - Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, - lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, - {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], - total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. +post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> + Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, + lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, + {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], + total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. %% Called before each init_per_testcase. -pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. +pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. %% Called after each end_per_testcase. -post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, - {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. +post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, + {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. %% Called when a test case is skipped by either user action %% or due to an init function failing. -on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> - State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. +on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> + State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. %% Called when the scope of the CTH is done. -terminate(State) -> +terminate(State) -> %% use append to avoid data loss if the path is reused - {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), - io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), - file:close(File), + {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), + io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), + file:close(File), ok. -results(State) -> - #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, - #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    +results(State) -> + #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, + #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1303)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ of test specifications. If it is a list, the specifications are handled (and the corresponding tests executed) in sequence. An element in a TestSpecs list can also be list of test specifications. The specifications in such a list are -merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", +merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", and finally the tests specified by both "ts3" and "ts4".

    The InclNodes argument to run/3 is a list of node names. Function run/3 runs the tests in TestSpecs just like run/1, but also takes any test in TestSpecs, which is not explicitly tagged with a particular node name, and @@ -91,32 +91,32 @@ install an event handler).

    Consider the example in section Test Specifications in section Running Tests and Analysing Results, now extended with node information and -intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    -{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    -{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    -{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    -{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    -{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    -
    -{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    -{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    -
    -{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    -{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    -
    -{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -
    -{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    -{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
    +intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    +{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    +{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    +{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    +{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    +{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    +
    +{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    +{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    +
    +{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    +{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    +
    +{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +
    +{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    +{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
     
    -{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    -{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
    +{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    +{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
     
    -{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if +{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if started with a call to ct_master:run(TestSpecName), test t1 is executed on node ct_node@host_x (node1), test t2 on ct_node@host_y (node2) and test t3 on both node1 and node2. Configuration file t1 is only read on @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ Automatic Startup of Test Target Nodes

    Initial actions can be started and performed automatically on test target nodes -using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    -{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    -{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    -{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    -{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    -{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    -{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the +using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    +{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    +{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    +{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    +{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    +{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    +{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the user callback function callback_module:my_slave_callback/0, and nodes node1@host2 and node2@host2 are to be started with the default callback module ct_slave. The specified username and password are used to log on to /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (804)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test master event manager. The reference can be -used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1594)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ to the server.

    Alternately, open/1,2 can be used to establish a single session on a dedicated connection. (Or, equivalently, only_open/1,2 followed by hello/1-3.)

    Connect/session options can be specified in a configuration file with entries -like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to +like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to the aforementioned functions to use the referenced configuration.

    Signaling

    Protocol operations in the NETCONF protocol are realized as remote procedure calls (RPCs) from client to server and a corresponding reply from server to client. RPCs are sent using like-named functions (eg. @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ in most cases since a non-response by the server or a missing message-id causes the call to hang indefinitely.

    Logging

    The NETCONF server uses error_logger for logging of NETCONF traffic. A special purpose error handler is implemented in ct_conn_log_h. To use this error -handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the +handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, for example, ct_netconfc.

    Hook option log_type specifies the type of logging:

    • raw - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text file "as is" without any formatting. A link to the file is added to the test case HTML log.

    • pretty - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text @@ -57,17 +57,17 @@ option hosts and list the names of the servers/connections to be used in the suite. The connections must be named for this to work, that is, they must be opened with open/2.

      Option hosts has no effect if log_type is set to html or silent.

      The hook options can also be specified in a configuration file with -configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      -                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook +configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      +                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

      Logging Example 1:

      The following ct_hooks statement causes pretty printing of NETCONF traffic to separate logs for the connections named nc_server1 and nc_server2. Any other -connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      -   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      -                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      -                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      -open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to -one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML +connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      +   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      +                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      +                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      +open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to +one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML logging of all NETCONF connections in to the test case HTML log.

    @@ -2052,8 +2052,8 @@

    Edits configuration data.

    By default only the running target is available, unless the server includes :candidate or :startup in its list of capabilities.

    OptParams can be used for specifying optional parameters (default-operation, test-option, or error-option) to be added to the edit-config request. The -value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

    [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
    - {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

    If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

    +value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

    [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
    + {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

    If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (656)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,51 +42,51 @@ Introductory Example

    Assume that we want to test the lists:sort/1 function.

    We need a property to test the function. In normal way, we create -property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    --export([prop_sort/0]).
    +property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    +-export([prop_sort/0]).
     
     %%% This will include the .hrl file for the installed testing tool:
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
     %%% The property we want to check:
     %%%   For all possibly unsorted lists,
     %%%   the result of lists:sort/1 is sorted.
    -prop_sort() ->
    -    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    -            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    -           ).
    +prop_sort() ->
    +    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    +            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    +           ).
     
     %%% Function to check that a list is sorted:
    -is_sorted([]) ->
    +is_sorted([]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([_]) ->
    +is_sorted([_]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    -    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    -is_sorted(_) ->
    -    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
    +is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    +    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    +is_sorted(_) ->
    +    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_sort
    -         ].
    +all() -> [prop_sort
    +         ].
     
     %%% First prepare Config and compile the property tests for the found tool:
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         Config.
     
     %%%================================================================
     %%% Test suites
     %%%
    -prop_sort(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
    +prop_sort(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
           Config
    -     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
    +     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
     .....
     Common Test: Running make in test directories...
     
    @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
       A stateful testing example
     
     

    Assume a test that generates some parallel stateful commands, and runs 300 -tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    -    numtests(300,
    -             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
    +tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    +    numtests(300,
    +             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
                          begin
    -                         RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
    -                         ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
    -                     end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some + RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds), + ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config) + end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some statistics in the CommonTest log file.

    Our example test could for example be a simple test of an ftp server, where we perform get, put and delete requests, some of them in parallel. Per default, the result has three sections:

    *** User 2019-12-11 13:28:17.504 ***
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (850))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -30,30 +30,30 @@
     directory has a subdirectory property_test, where everything needed for the
     property tests are collected. The usual Erlang application directory structure
     is assumed.

    A typical Common Test test suite using ct_property_test is organized as -follows:

    -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +follows:

    -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
    +all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
     %%%---- test case
    -prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
    +prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
           Config
    -     ).

    and the the property test module (in this example + ).

    and the the property test module (in this example ftp_simple_client_server.erl) as almost a usual property testing module (More -examples are in the User's Guide):

    -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
    --export([prop_ftp/0...]).
    +examples are in the User's Guide):

    -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
    +-export([prop_ftp/0...]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
    -prop_ftp() ->
    -    ?FORALL( ....
    +
    prop_ftp() -> + ?FORALL( ....
    @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ 'EQC', 'PROPER' or 'TRIQ' set, depending on which tool that is first found. This could make parts of the Erlang property tests code to be included or excluded with the macro directives -ifdef(Macro). or -ifndef(Macro)..

    The file(s) in the property_test subdirectory could, or should, include the -ct_property_test include file:

    -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

    This included file will:

    • Include the correct tool's include file
    • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. +ct_property_test include file:

      -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

      This included file will:

      • Include the correct tool's include file
      • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. That is, the macro 'MOD_eqc' is set to either eqc, proper or triq.
      @@ -866,8 +866,8 @@

      Presents the result of stateful (statem) property testing using the aggregate function in PropEr, QuickCheck or other similar property testing tool.

      It is assumed to be called inside the property called by quickcheck/2:

      ...
      -RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
      -ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
      +RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
      +ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
       ...

      See the User's Guide for an example of the usage and of the default printout.

      The StatisticsSpec is a list of the tuples:

      • {Title::string(), CollectFun::fun/1}
      • {Title::string(), FrequencyFun::/0, CollectFun::fun/1}

      Each tuple will produce one table in the order of their places in the list.

      • Title will be the title of one result table

      • CollectFun is called with one argument: the Cmds. It should return a list of the values to be counted. The following pre-defined functions exist:

        • ct_property_test:cmnd_names/1 returns a list of commands (function calls) @@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ about sequential and parallel parts from Tool:parallel_commands/1,2
      • FrequencyFun/0 returns a fun/1 which is supposed to take a list of items as input, and return an iolist which will be printed as the table. Per default, the number of each item is counted and the percentage is printed for each. The -list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

        ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

        which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print +list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

        ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

        which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print it as:

        a 60%
         b 20%
        -c 20%

      The default StatisticsSpec is:

      • For sequential commands:

        [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
        - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
        -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
      • For parallel commands:

        [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
        - {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
        - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
        -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
      +c 20%

    The default StatisticsSpec is:

    • For sequential commands:

      [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    • For parallel commands:

      [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
      + {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (594)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -146,10 +146,10 @@ Run Common Test in Interactive Mode
     ct_run -shell
    -  [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN]
    -  [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2
    -   ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN]
    -  [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    + [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN] + [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2 + ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN] + [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2283)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ Optional.

  • {agent_target_param_def, [term()] | {data_dir_file, rel_path()}} - Optional.

  • Parameter MgrAgentConfName in the functions is to be a name you allocate in your test suite using a require statement. Example (where -MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be +MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be confused with users.

    SNMP traps, inform, and report messages are handled by the user callback module. For details, see the SNMP application.

    It is recommended to use the .hrl files created by the Erlang/OTP MIB compiler to define the Object Identifiers (OIDs). For example, to get the Erlang node -name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, +name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, config, server, net_if, and so on (for a list of valid parameters and types, see the User's Guide for the SNMP application). -This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    -            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the +This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    +            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the example above). Pass this name as argument SnmpAppConfName to ct_snmp:start/3. ct_snmp specifies default values for some SNMP application configuration parameters (such as {verbosity,trace} for /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (570)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ that have been started on existing SSH connections (that is, when the original connection type is ssh). Whenever the connection type is sftp, use the SSH connection reference only.

    The following options are valid for specifying an SSH/SFTP connection (that is, -can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    - {port, Port},
    - {user, UserName}
    - {password, Pwd}
    - {user_dir, String}
    - {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    - {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    - {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    +can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    + {port, Port},
    + {user, UserName}
    + {password, Pwd}
    + {user_dir, String}
    + {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    + {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    + {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1874)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ true
  • Polling limit (max number of times to poll to get a remaining string terminated) = 0
  • Polling interval (sleep time between polls) = 1 second
  • The TCP_NODELAY option for the telnet socket is disabled (set to false) per default
  • These parameters can be modified by the user with the following configuration -term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    -                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    -                   {poll_limit,N},
    -                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test +term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    +                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    +                   {poll_limit,N},
    +                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test and ct_telnet retrieves the information automatically.

    keep_alive can be specified per connection, if necessary. For details, see unix_telnet.

    @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ such as expect/3. However, ct_telnet can be configured to use a special purpose event handler, implemented in ct_conn_log_h, for logging all Telnet traffic. To use this handler, install a Common Test hook named -cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection +cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, that is, ct_telnet.

    The cth_conn_log hook performs unformatted logging of Telnet data to a separate text file. All Telnet communication is captured and printed, including any data sent from the server. The link to this text file is located at the top @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ disabled, which results with no prefix data. If the value is set to full prefix contains timestamp and additonal information. If the value is set to short prefix includes only human readable timestamp.

    All cth_conn_log hook options described can also be specified in a -configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    -                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook +configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    +                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

    Logging Example:

    The following ct_hooks statement causes printing of Telnet traffic to separate logs for the connections server1 and server2. Traffic for any other -connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks,
    -      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry -like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    +connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks,
    +      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry +like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    @@ -772,9 +772,9 @@ instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • sequence - All patterns must be matched in a sequence. A match is not concluded until all patterns are matched. This option can be interrupted by one or more HaltPatterns. MatchList is always returned, that is, a list of -Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the +Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

    Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the function returns {error,{nnn,["NNN"]}}. If both "ABC" and "XYZ" are -matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function +matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function returns HaltReason = {nnn,["NNN"]}.

    Options repeat and sequence can be combined to match a sequence multiple times.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (384)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -1857,17 +1857,17 @@

    Reads configuration data values.

    Returns the matching values or configuration elements, given a configuration variable key or its associated name (if one has been specified with -ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    -       {user,[{username,Username},
    -              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    - {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    -ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    -ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    -ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    -ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by +ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    +       {user,[{username,Username},
    +              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    + {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    +ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    +ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    +ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    +ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by ct:require/2 or a require statement), the name can be used -instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    -ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to +instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    +ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to access all possible values. The values are returned in a list. The order of the elements corresponds to the order that the configuration files were specified at startup.

    If configuration elements (key-value tuples) are to be returned as result @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test event manager. The reference can be used -to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ -

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    +

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    @@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@

    Checks if the required configuration is available. Arbitrarily deep tuples can be specified as Required. Only the last element of the tuple can be a list of -SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, +SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, ct:get_config/2, ct:get_config/3, ct:require/2.

    @@ -3073,8 +3073,8 @@ that the value of the element can be read with ct:get_config/1,2 provided Name is used instead of the whole Required term.

    Example:

    Require one node with a Telnet connection and an FTP connection. Name the node -a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over -FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To +a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over +FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To keep some backwards compatibility, it is still possible to do: ct:require(a,{node,[telnet,ftp]}). This associates the name a with the top-level node entry. For this to work, the configuration file must at least @@ -3449,12 +3449,12 @@ the Erlang shell. The interactive mode can also be started from the OS command line with ct_run -shell [-config File...].

    If any functions (for example, Telnet or FTP) using "required configuration data" are to be called from the Erlang shell, configuration data must first be -required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls","file1  ...",...]}
    +>
    ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls","file1 ...",...]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1170)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,65 +56,65 @@ start and stop functionality separately.) The configuration can also be implemented as a common function, maybe grouped with the start function. Finally, the testing of connecting and disconnecting a client can be grouped -into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
    +suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
     
    -init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
    +init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
         Config;
     
    -init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    -    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
    +init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    +    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
     
    -init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    configure_server(),
    -    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
    +init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    configure_server(),
    +    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
     
    -end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
    +end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
         ok;
     
    -end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
    +all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
     
     %% test that starting and stopping works
    -start_and_stop(_) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +start_and_stop(_) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% configuration test
    -config(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    configure_server(ServerPid).
    +config(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    configure_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% test connecting and disconnecting client
    -connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    -    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
    +connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    +    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
     
     %%% common functions...
     
    -start_server() ->
    -    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
    +start_server() ->
    +    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
         ServerPid.
     
    -stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ok = my_server:stop(),
    +stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ok = my_server:stop(),
         ok.
     
    -configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    -    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
    +configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    +    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
         ok.

    @@ -142,40 +142,40 @@ data is to be saved by finction end_per_suite and read by function init_per_suite in the suite that follows. When passing data between suites, Saver carries the name -of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% read config saved by previous test suite
    -    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    +    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
         %% extract server identity (comes from server_a_SUITE)
    -    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    -    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    -    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
    +    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    +    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    +    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% save config for server_c_SUITE (session_id and server_id)
    -    {save_config,Config}
    +    {save_config,Config}
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
    +all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
     
    -allocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
    +allocate(Config) ->
    +    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    +    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
         %% save handle for deallocation test
    -    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    -    {save_config,NewConfig}.
    +    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    +    {save_config,NewConfig}.
     
    -deallocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    -    Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig),
    -    ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple +deallocate(Config) -> + {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config), + {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), + Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig), + ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple {skip_and_save,Reason,ConfigList}.

    The result is that the test case is skipped with Reason printed to the log file (as described earlier) and ConfigList is saved for the next test case. ConfigList can be read using proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), as @@ -195,22 +195,22 @@ property. Test case groups are defined through function groups/0 in the test suite (for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    For example, to ensure that if allocate in server_b_SUITE crashes, -deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is -independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, +deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is +independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, dealloc is not executed but marked as SKIPPED in the HTML log. get_resource_status runs no matter what happens to the alloc_and_dealloc cases.

    Test cases in a sequence are executed in order until all succeed or one fails. If one fails, all following cases in the sequence are skipped. The cases in the sequence that have succeeded up to that point are reported as successful in the -log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    -             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
    +log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    +             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
     
    -all() -> [test1,
    +all() -> [test1,
               test2,
    -          {group,scenarioA},
    +          {group,scenarioA},
               test3,
    -          {group,scenarioB},
    -          test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that + {group,scenarioB}, + test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that is, they are not required to also be sequences. If you want the status of the subgroup to affect the sequence on the level above, return {return_group_result,Status} from /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1529)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ ct_run -event_handler_init instead of -event_handler.

    Note

    All event handler modules must have gen_event behavior. These modules must be precompiled and their locations must be added explicitly to the Erlang code server search path (as in the previous example).

    An event_handler tuple in argument Opts has the following definition (see -ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
    +ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
     
    -EventHandlers = EH | [EH]
    -EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs}
    -InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are -installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. +EventHandlers = EH | [EH] +EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs} +InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are +installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. Event handler my_evh2 is started with the name of the current node in the init argument list.

    Event handlers can also be plugged in using one of the following test specification terms:

    • {event_handler, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}

    EventHandlers is a list of module names. Before a test session starts, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (734)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,19 +26,19 @@ Test Suite Example

    -

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
    +

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
     %% Test server callbacks
    --export([suite/0, all/0,
    +-export([suite/0, all/0,
              init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1,
    -         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
    +         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
     
     %% Test cases
    --export([string/1, integer/1]).
    +-export([string/1, integer/1]).
     
    --define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
    +-define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS
    @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
     %% Description: Returns list of tuples to set default properties
     %%              for the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -suite() ->
    -    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
    +suite() ->
    +    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> Config1
    @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    -    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    -    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    +    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    +    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: end_per_suite(Config) -> term()
    @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    db:disconnect(Ref),
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    db:disconnect(Ref),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
    +init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
         Config.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -108,10 +108,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
    +end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -126,28 +126,28 @@
     %% Description: Returns the list of groups and test cases that
     %%              are to be executed.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -all() ->
    -    [string, integer].
    +all() ->
    +    [string, integer].
     
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% TEST CASES
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    -string(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
    +string(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
     
    -integer(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
    +integer(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
     
     
    -insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    -    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    +    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
         ok.

    @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ %%% %%% Created : %%%------------------------------------------------------------------- --module(example_SUITE). +-module(example_SUITE). %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites. --compile(export_all). +-compile(export_all). --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ %% Note: The suite/0 function is only meant to be used to return %% default data values, not perform any other operations. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -suite() -> - [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. +suite() -> + [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ %% Note: This function is free to add any key/value pairs to the Config %% variable, but should NOT alter/remove any existing entries. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_suite(Config) -> +init_per_suite(Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after the suite. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_suite(_Config) -> +end_per_suite(_Config) -> ok. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ %% %% Description: Initialization before each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> +init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> +end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> ok. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1623)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -64,14 +64,14 @@ the test suite module implements callback functions (mandatory or optional) for various purposes, for example:

    • Init/end configuration function for the test suite
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case group
    • Test cases

    The configuration functions are optional. The following example is a test suite without configuration functions, including one simple test case, to check that -module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    -all() ->
    -    [mod_exists].
    +all() ->
    +    [mod_exists].
     
    -mod_exists(_) ->
    -    {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    +mod_exists(_) -> + {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    @@ -84,33 +84,33 @@ through configuration functions on "lower level"). The data flow looks as follows:

    Configuration Data Flow in a Suite

    The following example shows a test suite that uses configuration functions to open and close a log file for the test cases (an operation that is unnecessary -and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    --export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    --export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
    +and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    +-export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    +-export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
     
    --define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
    +-define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
     
    -all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
    +all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
     
    -init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    -    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
    +init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    +    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
     
    -end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    -    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
    +end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    +    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
     
    -check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
    +check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
     
    -check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    -        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
    +check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    +        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
             nomatch -> ok
         end.

    The test cases verify, by parsing a log file, that our SUT has performed a successful restart and that no unexpected errors are printed.

    To execute the test cases in the recent test suite, type the following on the UNIX/Linux command line (assuming that the suite module is in the current -working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored +working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored in unique log directories on a different level). The following illustration shows the log file structure:

    HTML Log File Structure

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (3302)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

    With the ct_run flag, or ct:run_test/1 option group, one or more test case groups can be specified, optionally in combination with specific test cases. The -syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or +syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or more group paths. At startup, Common Test searches for matching groups in the group definitions tree (that is, the list returned from Suite:groups/0; for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    Given a group name, say g, Common Test searches for all paths leading to @@ -206,30 +206,30 @@ paths if an incomplete group path is specified.

    Note

    Group names and group paths can be combined with parameter group_names_or_paths. Each element is treated as an individual specification in combination with parameter cases. The following examples illustrates -this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
    +this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
     ...
     %% The group definitions:
    -groups() ->
    -  [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12,
    -             {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]},
    -             {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15,
    -       		 {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]},
    -
    -   {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]},
    -   {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]},
    -   {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under -top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under -top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that -this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same +groups() -> + [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12, + {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]}, + {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15, + {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]}, + + {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]}, + {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]}, + {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under +top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under +top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that +this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same result in this example.

    The following executes two tests, one including all cases and subgroups under -sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for +sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for the path from top2 to sub2X2 through sub21, and one from top2 to -sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path +sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path top2 -> sub21 -> sub2X2, only one test is executed. The second possible path, -from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order -compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is +from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order +compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is executed without a group specification, that is, simply by (using the command line):

    $ ct_run -suite "my_SUITE" -case my_tc

    or (using the Erlang shell):

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"my_SUITE"}, {testcase,my_tc}]).

    then Common Test ignores the group definition and executes the test case in the scope of the test suite only (no group configuration functions are called).

    The group specification feature, as presented in this section, can also be used @@ -257,12 +257,12 @@ configuration data with ct:require/1,2. This is equivalent to a require statement in the Test Suite Information Function or in the -Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls .","file1  ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the +2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls .","file1 ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the interactive mode written to a log named ctlog.html in directory ct_run.<timestamp>. A link to this file is available in the file named last_interactive.html in the directory from which you execute ct_run. @@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ included specification can either be joined with the source specification or used to produce a separate test run (as with start flag/option join_specs above).

    Example:

    %% In specification file "a.spec"
    -{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    -{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
    +{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    +{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
     %% Config and test terms follow
     ...

    In this example, the test terms defined in files "b.spec" and "c.spec" are joined with the terms in source specification "a.spec" (if any). The inclusion @@ -412,154 +412,154 @@ available start flags (as most flags have a corresponding configuration term)

  • Logging (for terms verbosity, stylesheet, basic_html and esc_chars)
  • External Configuration Data (for terms config and userconfig)
  • Event Handling (for the -event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
    +event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
     
    -{define, Constant, Value}.
    +{define, Constant, Value}.
     
    -{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
    +{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
     
    -{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
    +{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
     
    -{init, InitOptions}.
    -{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
    +{init, InitOptions}.
    +{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
     
    -{label, Label}.
    -{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
    +{label, Label}.
    +{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
     
    -{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    -{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
     
    -{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    -{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
     
    -{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    -{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
     
    -{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    -{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
     
    -{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    -{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    -{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
     
    -{cover_stop, Bool}.
    -{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{include, IncludeDirs}.
    -{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
     
    -{auto_compile, Bool},
    -{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{config, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
     
    -{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    -{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
     
    -{logdir, LogDir}.
    -{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
     
    -{logopts, LogOpts}.
    -{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
     
    -{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    -{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
     
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    +{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1667))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
     
           

    Callback module for ct_telnet, for connecting to a Telnet server on a UNIX -host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    -       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    -       {username,UserName},
    -       {password,Password},
    -       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, +host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    +       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    +       {username,UserName},
    +       {password,Password},
    +       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, use the interface functions in ct_telnet, for example, open(Name) and cmd(Name,Cmd).

    Name is the name you allocated to the Unix host in your require statement, -for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server +for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server every 10 seconds if the connection is idle) can be enabled or disabled for one particular connection as described here. It can be disabled for all connections using telnet_settings (see ct_telnet).

    The {port,PortNum} tuple is optional and if omitted, default Telnet port 23 is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1666)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -161,29 +161,29 @@ system configuration files, the test case is skipped.

    A required variable can also be given a default value to be used if the variable is not found in any configuration file. To specify a default value, add a tuple on the form {default_config,ConfigVariableName,Value} to the -test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    -    [{require, ftp},
    -     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    -                            {username, "aladdin"},
    -                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    -    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    -     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    -     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    -                             {username, "aladdin"},
    -                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section +test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    +    [{require, ftp},
    +     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    +                            {username, "aladdin"},
    +                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    +    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    +     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    +     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    +                             {username, "aladdin"},
    +                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section Requiring and Reading Configuration Data in section External Configuration Data and function ct:require/1/2.

    Note

    Specifying a default value for a required variable can result in a test case always getting executed. This might not be a desired behavior.

    If timetrap or require, or both, is not set specifically for a particular test case, default values specified by function -suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    -     {require,interfaces},
    -     {userdata,
    -         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    -          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    -    ].

    +suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    +     {require,interfaces},
    +     {userdata,
    +         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    +          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    +    ].

    @@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ Test Case Information Function and Test Case Groups.

    The following options can also be specified with the suite information list:

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    -     {require,global_names},
    -     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    -     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    -     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    -    ].

    +Silent Connections

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    +     {require,global_names},
    +     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    +     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    +     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    +    ].

    @@ -226,20 +226,20 @@ TCRepeatProps = [{repeat,N} | {repeat_until_ok,N} | {repeat_until_fail,N}]

    GroupName is the name of the group and must be unique within the test suite module. Groups can be nested, by including a group definition within the GroupsAndTestCases list of another group. Properties is the list of -execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    -Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    -Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
    +execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    +Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    +Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
     GroupRepeatType = repeat | repeat_until_all_ok | repeat_until_all_fail |
                       repeat_until_any_ok | repeat_until_any_fail
    -N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in +N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in parallel.

    • sequence - The cases are executed in a sequence as described in section Sequences in section Dependencies Between Test Cases and Suites.

    • shuffle - The cases in the group are executed in random order.

    • repeat, repeat_until_* - Orders Common Test to repeat execution of all the cases in the group a given number of times, or until any, or all, cases -fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    -             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test +fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    +             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test cases that are not part of any group), add tuples on the form -{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: +{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: {group,GroupName,Properties} can also be specified. These properties override those specified in the group definition (see groups/0 earlier). This way, the same set of tests can be run, but with different properties, without having to @@ -248,33 +248,33 @@ SubGroups is a list of tuples, {GroupName,Properties} or {GroupName,Properties,SubGroups} representing the subgroups. Any subgroups defined in groups/0 for a group, that are not specified in the SubGroups -list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    -                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each -time:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply -nested groups:

    groups() ->
    -   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    -    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    -    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    +list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    +                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each +time:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply +nested groups:

    groups() ->
    +   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    +    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    +    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default,
    -     [{tests2, default,
    -       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function -call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].
    -test_cases() ->
    -   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
    +all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default,
    +     [{tests2, default,
    +       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function +call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].
    +test_cases() ->
    +   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
     
    -shuffle_test() ->
    -   {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group +shuffle_test() -> + {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group properties at the time of execution, without having to edit the test suite. For more information, see section Test Specifications in section @@ -300,13 +300,13 @@ bottom of the log for end_per_group/2.

    Test case groups can be nested so sets of groups can be configured with the same init_per_group/2 and end_per_group/2 functions. Nested groups can be defined by including a group definition, or a group name reference, in the test case -list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    -                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    -                                  test1b]},
    -             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    -                           {group,group5}]},
    -             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    -             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order +list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    +                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    +                                  test1b]},
    +             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    +                           {group,group5}]},
    +             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    +             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order [{group,group1},{group,group3}], the order of the configuration functions and test cases becomes the following (notice that init_per_testcase/2 and end_per_testcase/2: are also always called, but not included in this example @@ -379,25 +379,25 @@ account by Common Test when evaluating if execution of a group is to be repeated or not (unless the basic repeat property is used).

    The value of tc_group_properties is a list of status tuples, each with the key ok, skipped, and failed. The value of a status tuple is a list with names -of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    -    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    -    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    -        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    -            {return_group_result,ok};
    +of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    +    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    +    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    +        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    +            {return_group_result,ok};
             _Failed ->                              % one or more failed
    -            {return_group_result,failed}
    +            {return_group_result,failed}
         end.

    It is also possible, in end_per_group/2, to check the status of a subgroup (maybe to determine what status the current group is to return). This is as /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1269)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.848120042 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.849120049 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ Syntax -

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    -Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    +

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    +Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ any number of alias names, but each name must be unique within the same test suite. The two main uses for alias names follows:

    • To identify connections (described later).
    • To help adapt configuration data to a test suite (or test case) and improve readability.

    To read the value of a configuration variable, use function -get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
    +get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
     
     ...
     
    -testcase(Config) ->
    -    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
    +testcase(Config) ->
    +    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
         ...

    @@ -261,11 +261,11 @@ </ftp_host> <lm_directory>"/test/loadmodules"</lm_directory> </config>

    Once read, this file produces the same configuration variables as the following -text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    @@ -284,55 +284,55 @@ data being reloaded during test execution. The input argument is the same as for function check_parameter/1.

    The return value is to be either of the following:

    • {ok, Config} - if the configuration variables are read successfully.
    • {error, {Error, ErrorDetails}} - if the callback module fails to proceed with the specified configuration parameters.

    Config is the proper Erlang key-value list, with possible key-value sublists -as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    - {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    +as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    + {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    Examples of Configuration Data Handling

    A configuration file for using the FTP client to access files on a remote host -can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly specified that the ct_config_xml callback module is to be used by Common Test.

    The following is an example of how to assert that the configuration data is -available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
    +available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
         Config.
     
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    -    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    +    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
     
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
         ...

    The following is an example of how the functions in the previous example can be -rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    -
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    -                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    -
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
    +rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    +
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    +                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    +
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
         ...

    @@ -340,86 +340,86 @@ Example of User-Specific Configuration Handler

    A simple configuration handling driver, asking an external server for -configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    --export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
    +configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    +-export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
     
    -read_config(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    ServerModule:start(),
    -    ServerModule:get_config().
    -
    -check_parameter(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    -        {file, _}->
    -            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +read_config(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    ServerModule:start(),
    +    ServerModule:get_config().
    +
    +check_parameter(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    +        {file, _}->
    +            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
             false->
    -            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    -                {module, ServerModule}->
    -                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    -                {error, nofile}->
    -                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
    +            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    +                {module, ServerModule}->
    +                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +                {error, nofile}->
    +                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
                 end
         end.

    The configuration string for this driver can be config_server, if the config_server.erl module that follows is compiled and exists in the code path -during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    --export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
    +during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    +-export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
     
    --define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
    +-define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
     
    -start()->
    -    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
    +start()->
    +    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
             undefined->
    -            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    -            wait();
    +            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    +            wait();
             _Pid->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1159))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.867120155 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/cover_chapter.html	2026-10-15 00:56:25.868120161 +0000
    @@ -201,44 +201,44 @@
     

    Here follows the general configuration terms that are allowed in a cover specification file:

    %% List of Nodes on which cover will be active during test.
     %% Nodes = [atom()]
    -{nodes, Nodes}.
    +{nodes, Nodes}.
     
     %% Files with previously exported cover data to include in analysis.
     %% CoverDataFiles = [string()]
    -{import, CoverDataFiles}.
    +{import, CoverDataFiles}.
     
     %% Cover data file to export from this session.
     %% CoverDataFile = string()
    -{export, CoverDataFile}.
    +{export, CoverDataFile}.
     
     %% Cover analysis level.
     %% Level = details | overview
    -{level, Level}.
    +{level, Level}.
     
     %% Directories to include in cover.
     %% Dirs = [string()]
    -{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to include.
    -{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to include in cover.
     %% Mods = [atom()]
    -{incl_mods, Mods}.
    +{incl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Directories to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to exclude.
    -{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_mods, Mods}.
    +{excl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Cross cover compilation
     %% Tag = atom(), an identifier for a test run
     %% Mod = [atom()], modules to compile for accumulated analysis
    -{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the +{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the specified directories recursively and include or exclude any module found during the search. The terms incl_dirs and excl_dirs result in a non-recursive search for modules (that is, only modules found in the specified directories are @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

    When using a cover specification in the testing of an OTP application itself, there is a special incl_app directive that includes the applications modules for -the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with +the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with this option you should insert the AppName in between the option and its value creating a three tuple.

    @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ {cross,[{s1,[m1]}]}.

    Then m1 is cover compiled in test run s2, but not shown in the coverage log. Instead, if ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2 is called after both s1 and s2 test runs are completed, the accumulated result for m1 is available in the -cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for +cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for each test respectively.

    Notice the tags s1 and s2, which are used in the cover specification file and in the call to ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2. The purpose of these is only to map the modules specified in the cover specification to the log /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (376)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.908120397 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.909120403 +0000 @@ -1978,17 +1978,17 @@

    Reads configuration data values.

    Returns the matching values or configuration elements, given a configuration variable key or its associated name (if one has been specified with -ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    -       {user,[{username,Username},
    -              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    - {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    -ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    -ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    -ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    -ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by +ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    +       {user,[{username,Username},
    +              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    + {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    +ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    +ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    +ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    +ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by ct:require/2 or a require statement), the name can be used -instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    -ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to +instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    +ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to access all possible values. The values are returned in a list. The order of the elements corresponds to the order that the configuration files were specified at startup.

    If configuration elements (key-value tuples) are to be returned as result @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test event manager. The reference can be used -to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ -

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    +

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    @@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@

    Checks if the required configuration is available. Arbitrarily deep tuples can be specified as Required. Only the last element of the tuple can be a list of -SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, +SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, ct:get_config/2, ct:get_config/3, ct:require/2.

    @@ -3194,8 +3194,8 @@ that the value of the element can be read with ct:get_config/1,2 provided Name is used instead of the whole Required term.

    Example:

    Require one node with a Telnet connection and an FTP connection. Name the node -a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over -FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To +a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over +FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To keep some backwards compatibility, it is still possible to do: ct:require(a,{node,[telnet,ftp]}). This associates the name a with the top-level node entry. For this to work, the configuration file must at least @@ -3570,12 +3570,12 @@ the Erlang shell. The interactive mode can also be started from the OS command line with ct_run -shell [-config File...].

    If any functions (for example, Telnet or FTP) using "required configuration data" are to be called from the Erlang shell, configuration data must first be -required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls","file1  ...",...]}
    +>
    ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls","file1 ...",...]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (639)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.934120551 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.935120557 +0000 @@ -589,10 +589,10 @@

    Opens an FTP connection and sends a file to the remote host.

    LocalFile and RemoteFile must be absolute paths.

    If the target host is a "special" node, the FTP address must be specified in the -configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the -configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    -       {username,Username},
    -       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    +configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the +configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    +       {username,Username},
    +       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2057)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.957120687 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.957120687 +0000 @@ -253,12 +253,12 @@ always a combination of a result for the suite/group/test and an updated CTHState.

    To let the test suite continue on executing, return the configuration list that you want the test to use as the result.

    All pre hooks, except pre_end_per_testcase/4, can skip or fail the test by -returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:connect() of
    -    {error,_Reason} ->
    -      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    -    {ok, Handle} ->
    -      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
    +returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:connect() of
    +    {error,_Reason} ->
    +      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    +    {ok, Handle} ->
    +      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
       end.

    Note

    If you use multiple CTHs, the first part of the return tuple is used as input for the next CTH. So in the previous example the next CTH can get {fail,Reason} as the second parameter. If you have many CTHs interacting, do @@ -280,18 +280,18 @@ affect the outcome of the test, return the Return data as it is given to the CTH. You can also modify the test result. By returning the Config list with element tc_status removed, you can recover from a test failure. As in all the -pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:check_consistency() of
    +pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:check_consistency() of
         true ->
           %% DB is good, pass the test.
    -      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
    +      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
         false ->
           %% DB is not good, mark as skipped instead of failing
    -      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
    +      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
       end;
    -post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
    +post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
       %% Do nothing if tc does not crash.
    -  {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used + {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used wrongly, it can be very difficult to determine which tests that pass or fail in a test run.

    @@ -340,80 +340,80 @@ %%% ct_run -suite example_SUITE -pa . -ct_hooks example_cth %%% %%% Note `-pa .`: the hook beam file must be in the code path when installing. --module(example_cth). +-module(example_cth). %% Mandatory Callbacks --export([init/2]). +-export([init/2]). %% Optional Callbacks --export([id/1]). +-export([id/1]). --export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). --export([post_end_per_suite/4]). +-export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). +-export([post_end_per_suite/4]). --export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). --export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). +-export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). +-export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). --export([on_tc_skip/4]). +-export([on_tc_skip/4]). --export([terminate/1]). +-export([terminate/1]). %% This hook state is threaded through all the callbacks. --record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). +-record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). %% This example hook prints its results to a file, see terminate/1. --record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). +-record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). %% Return a unique id for this CTH. %% Using the filename means the hook can be used with different %% log files to separate timing data within the same test run. %% See Installing a CTH for more information. -id(Opts) -> +id(Opts) -> %% the path is relative to the test run directory - proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). + proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). %% Always called before any other callback function. Use this to initiate %% any common state. -init(Id, _Opts) -> - {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. +init(Id, _Opts) -> + {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. %% Called before init_per_suite is called. -pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> - {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. +pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> + {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. %% Called after end_per_suite. -post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> - Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, - lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, - {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], - total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. +post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> + Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, + lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, + {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], + total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. %% Called before each init_per_testcase. -pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. +pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. %% Called after each end_per_testcase. -post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, - {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. +post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, + {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. %% Called when a test case is skipped by either user action %% or due to an init function failing. -on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> - State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. +on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> + State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. %% Called when the scope of the CTH is done. -terminate(State) -> +terminate(State) -> %% use append to avoid data loss if the path is reused - {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), - io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), - file:close(File), + {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), + io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), + file:close(File), ok. -results(State) -> - #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, - #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    +results(State) -> + #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, + #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (804)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.981120829 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.982120835 +0000 @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test master event manager. The reference can be -used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1303)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:25.999120936 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.000120942 +0000 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ of test specifications. If it is a list, the specifications are handled (and the corresponding tests executed) in sequence. An element in a TestSpecs list can also be list of test specifications. The specifications in such a list are -merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", +merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", and finally the tests specified by both "ts3" and "ts4".

    The InclNodes argument to run/3 is a list of node names. Function run/3 runs the tests in TestSpecs just like run/1, but also takes any test in TestSpecs, which is not explicitly tagged with a particular node name, and @@ -196,32 +196,32 @@ install an event handler).

    Consider the example in section Test Specifications in section Running Tests and Analysing Results, now extended with node information and -intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    -{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    -{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    -{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    -{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    -{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    -
    -{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    -{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    -
    -{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    -{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    -
    -{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -
    -{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    -{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
    +intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    +{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    +{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    +{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    +{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    +{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    +
    +{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    +{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    +
    +{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    +{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    +
    +{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +
    +{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    +{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
     
    -{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    -{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
    +{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    +{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
     
    -{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if +{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if started with a call to ct_master:run(TestSpecName), test t1 is executed on node ct_node@host_x (node1), test t2 on ct_node@host_y (node2) and test t3 on both node1 and node2. Configuration file t1 is only read on @@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ Automatic Startup of Test Target Nodes

    Initial actions can be started and performed automatically on test target nodes -using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    -{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    -{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    -{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    -{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    -{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    -{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the +using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    +{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    +{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    +{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    +{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    +{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    +{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the user callback function callback_module:my_slave_callback/0, and nodes node1@host2 and node2@host2 are to be started with the default callback module ct_slave. The specified username and password are used to log on to /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1594)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.035121149 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.036121154 +0000 @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ to the server.

    Alternately, open/1,2 can be used to establish a single session on a dedicated connection. (Or, equivalently, only_open/1,2 followed by hello/1-3.)

    Connect/session options can be specified in a configuration file with entries -like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to +like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to the aforementioned functions to use the referenced configuration.

    Signaling

    Protocol operations in the NETCONF protocol are realized as remote procedure calls (RPCs) from client to server and a corresponding reply from server to client. RPCs are sent using like-named functions (eg. @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ in most cases since a non-response by the server or a missing message-id causes the call to hang indefinitely.

    Logging

    The NETCONF server uses error_logger for logging of NETCONF traffic. A special purpose error handler is implemented in ct_conn_log_h. To use this error -handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the +handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, for example, ct_netconfc.

    Hook option log_type specifies the type of logging:

    • raw - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text file "as is" without any formatting. A link to the file is added to the test case HTML log.

    • pretty - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text @@ -162,17 +162,17 @@ option hosts and list the names of the servers/connections to be used in the suite. The connections must be named for this to work, that is, they must be opened with open/2.

      Option hosts has no effect if log_type is set to html or silent.

      The hook options can also be specified in a configuration file with -configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      -                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook +configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      +                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

      Logging Example 1:

      The following ct_hooks statement causes pretty printing of NETCONF traffic to separate logs for the connections named nc_server1 and nc_server2. Any other -connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      -   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      -                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      -                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      -open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to -one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML +connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      +   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      +                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      +                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      +open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to +one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML logging of all NETCONF connections in to the test case HTML log.

      @@ -2173,8 +2173,8 @@

      Edits configuration data.

      By default only the running target is available, unless the server includes :candidate or :startup in its list of capabilities.

      OptParams can be used for specifying optional parameters (default-operation, test-option, or error-option) to be added to the edit-config request. The -value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

      [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
      - {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

      If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

      +value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

      [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
      + {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

      If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (850)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.062121308 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.062121308 +0000 @@ -135,30 +135,30 @@ directory has a subdirectory property_test, where everything needed for the property tests are collected. The usual Erlang application directory structure is assumed.

      A typical Common Test test suite using ct_property_test is organized as -follows:

      -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
      --compile(export_all).
      +follows:

      -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
      +-compile(export_all).
       
      --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
      +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
       
      -all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
      +all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
       
      -init_per_suite(Config) ->
      -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
      +init_per_suite(Config) ->
      +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
       
       %%%---- test case
      -prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
      -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
      -      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
      +prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
      +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
      +      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
             Config
      -     ).

      and the the property test module (in this example + ).

      and the the property test module (in this example ftp_simple_client_server.erl) as almost a usual property testing module (More -examples are in the User's Guide):

      -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
      --export([prop_ftp/0...]).
      +examples are in the User's Guide):

      -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
      +-export([prop_ftp/0...]).
       
      --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
      +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
       
      -prop_ftp() ->
      -    ?FORALL( ....
      +
      prop_ftp() -> + ?FORALL( ....
      @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ 'EQC', 'PROPER' or 'TRIQ' set, depending on which tool that is first found. This could make parts of the Erlang property tests code to be included or excluded with the macro directives -ifdef(Macro). or -ifndef(Macro)..

      The file(s) in the property_test subdirectory could, or should, include the -ct_property_test include file:

      -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

      This included file will:

      • Include the correct tool's include file
      • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. +ct_property_test include file:

        -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

        This included file will:

        • Include the correct tool's include file
        • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. That is, the macro 'MOD_eqc' is set to either eqc, proper or triq.
        @@ -987,8 +987,8 @@

        Presents the result of stateful (statem) property testing using the aggregate function in PropEr, QuickCheck or other similar property testing tool.

        It is assumed to be called inside the property called by quickcheck/2:

        ...
        -RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
        -ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
        +RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
        +ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
         ...

        See the User's Guide for an example of the usage and of the default printout.

        The StatisticsSpec is a list of the tuples:

        • {Title::string(), CollectFun::fun/1}
        • {Title::string(), FrequencyFun::/0, CollectFun::fun/1}

        Each tuple will produce one table in the order of their places in the list.

        • Title will be the title of one result table

        • CollectFun is called with one argument: the Cmds. It should return a list of the values to be counted. The following pre-defined functions exist:

          • ct_property_test:cmnd_names/1 returns a list of commands (function calls) @@ -998,15 +998,15 @@ about sequential and parallel parts from Tool:parallel_commands/1,2
        • FrequencyFun/0 returns a fun/1 which is supposed to take a list of items as input, and return an iolist which will be printed as the table. Per default, the number of each item is counted and the percentage is printed for each. The -list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

          ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

          which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print +list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

          ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

          which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print it as:

          a 60%
           b 20%
          -c 20%

        The default StatisticsSpec is:

        • For sequential commands:

          [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
          - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
          -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
        • For parallel commands:

          [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
          - {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
          - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
          -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
        +c 20%

    The default StatisticsSpec is:

    • For sequential commands:

      [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    • For parallel commands:

      [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
      + {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (656)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.079121409 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.080121415 +0000 @@ -147,51 +147,51 @@ Introductory Example

    Assume that we want to test the lists:sort/1 function.

    We need a property to test the function. In normal way, we create -property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    --export([prop_sort/0]).
    +property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    +-export([prop_sort/0]).
     
     %%% This will include the .hrl file for the installed testing tool:
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
     %%% The property we want to check:
     %%%   For all possibly unsorted lists,
     %%%   the result of lists:sort/1 is sorted.
    -prop_sort() ->
    -    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    -            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    -           ).
    +prop_sort() ->
    +    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    +            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    +           ).
     
     %%% Function to check that a list is sorted:
    -is_sorted([]) ->
    +is_sorted([]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([_]) ->
    +is_sorted([_]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    -    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    -is_sorted(_) ->
    -    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
    +is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    +    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    +is_sorted(_) ->
    +    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_sort
    -         ].
    +all() -> [prop_sort
    +         ].
     
     %%% First prepare Config and compile the property tests for the found tool:
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         Config.
     
     %%%================================================================
     %%% Test suites
     %%%
    -prop_sort(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
    +prop_sort(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
           Config
    -     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
    +     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
     .....
     Common Test: Running make in test directories...
     
    @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@
       A stateful testing example
     
     

    Assume a test that generates some parallel stateful commands, and runs 300 -tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    -    numtests(300,
    -             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
    +tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    +    numtests(300,
    +             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
                          begin
    -                         RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
    -                         ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
    -                     end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some + RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds), + ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config) + end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some statistics in the CommonTest log file.

    Our example test could for example be a simple test of an ftp server, where we perform get, put and delete requests, some of them in parallel. Per default, the result has three sections:

    *** User 2019-12-11 13:28:17.504 ***
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (594))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html	2026-10-15 00:56:26.096121509 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html	2026-10-15 00:56:26.097121515 +0000
    @@ -251,10 +251,10 @@
       Run Common Test in Interactive Mode
     
     
     ct_run -shell
    -  [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN]
    -  [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2
    -   ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN]
    -  [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    + [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN] + [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2 + ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN] + [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2283)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.126121687 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.127121693 +0000 @@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ Optional.

  • {agent_target_param_def, [term()] | {data_dir_file, rel_path()}} - Optional.

  • Parameter MgrAgentConfName in the functions is to be a name you allocate in your test suite using a require statement. Example (where -MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be +MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be confused with users.

    SNMP traps, inform, and report messages are handled by the user callback module. For details, see the SNMP application.

    It is recommended to use the .hrl files created by the Erlang/OTP MIB compiler to define the Object Identifiers (OIDs). For example, to get the Erlang node -name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, +name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, config, server, net_if, and so on (for a list of valid parameters and types, see the User's Guide for the SNMP application). -This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    -            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the +This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    +            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the example above). Pass this name as argument SnmpAppConfName to ct_snmp:start/3. ct_snmp specifies default values for some SNMP application configuration parameters (such as {verbosity,trace} for /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (576)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.172121959 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.173121965 +0000 @@ -133,14 +133,14 @@ that have been started on existing SSH connections (that is, when the original connection type is ssh). Whenever the connection type is sftp, use the SSH connection reference only.

    The following options are valid for specifying an SSH/SFTP connection (that is, -can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    - {port, Port},
    - {user, UserName}
    - {password, Pwd}
    - {user_dir, String}
    - {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    - {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    - {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    +can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    + {port, Port},
    + {user, UserName}
    + {password, Pwd}
    + {user_dir, String}
    + {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    + {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    + {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1874)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.199122118 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.199122118 +0000 @@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ true
  • Polling limit (max number of times to poll to get a remaining string terminated) = 0
  • Polling interval (sleep time between polls) = 1 second
  • The TCP_NODELAY option for the telnet socket is disabled (set to false) per default
  • These parameters can be modified by the user with the following configuration -term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    -                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    -                   {poll_limit,N},
    -                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test +term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    +                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    +                   {poll_limit,N},
    +                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test and ct_telnet retrieves the information automatically.

    keep_alive can be specified per connection, if necessary. For details, see unix_telnet.

    @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ such as expect/3. However, ct_telnet can be configured to use a special purpose event handler, implemented in ct_conn_log_h, for logging all Telnet traffic. To use this handler, install a Common Test hook named -cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection +cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, that is, ct_telnet.

    The cth_conn_log hook performs unformatted logging of Telnet data to a separate text file. All Telnet communication is captured and printed, including any data sent from the server. The link to this text file is located at the top @@ -176,15 +176,15 @@ disabled, which results with no prefix data. If the value is set to full prefix contains timestamp and additonal information. If the value is set to short prefix includes only human readable timestamp.

    All cth_conn_log hook options described can also be specified in a -configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    -                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook +configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    +                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

    Logging Example:

    The following ct_hooks statement causes printing of Telnet traffic to separate logs for the connections server1 and server2. Traffic for any other -connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks,
    -      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry -like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    +connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks,
    +      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry +like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    @@ -893,9 +893,9 @@ instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • sequence - All patterns must be matched in a sequence. A match is not concluded until all patterns are matched. This option can be interrupted by one or more HaltPatterns. MatchList is always returned, that is, a list of -Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the +Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

    Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the function returns {error,{nnn,["NNN"]}}. If both "ABC" and "XYZ" are -matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function +matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function returns HaltReason = {nnn,["NNN"]}.

    Options repeat and sequence can be combined to match a sequence multiple times.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1170)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.218122231 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.219122237 +0000 @@ -161,65 +161,65 @@ start and stop functionality separately.) The configuration can also be implemented as a common function, maybe grouped with the start function. Finally, the testing of connecting and disconnecting a client can be grouped -into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
    +suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
     
    -init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
    +init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
         Config;
     
    -init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    -    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
    +init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    +    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
     
    -init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    configure_server(),
    -    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
    +init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    configure_server(),
    +    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
     
    -end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
    +end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
         ok;
     
    -end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
    +all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
     
     %% test that starting and stopping works
    -start_and_stop(_) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +start_and_stop(_) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% configuration test
    -config(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    configure_server(ServerPid).
    +config(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    configure_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% test connecting and disconnecting client
    -connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    -    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
    +connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    +    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
     
     %%% common functions...
     
    -start_server() ->
    -    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
    +start_server() ->
    +    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
         ServerPid.
     
    -stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ok = my_server:stop(),
    +stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ok = my_server:stop(),
         ok.
     
    -configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    -    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
    +configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    +    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
         ok.

    @@ -247,40 +247,40 @@ data is to be saved by finction end_per_suite and read by function init_per_suite in the suite that follows. When passing data between suites, Saver carries the name -of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% read config saved by previous test suite
    -    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    +    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
         %% extract server identity (comes from server_a_SUITE)
    -    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    -    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    -    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
    +    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    +    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    +    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% save config for server_c_SUITE (session_id and server_id)
    -    {save_config,Config}
    +    {save_config,Config}
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
    +all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
     
    -allocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
    +allocate(Config) ->
    +    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    +    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
         %% save handle for deallocation test
    -    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    -    {save_config,NewConfig}.
    +    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    +    {save_config,NewConfig}.
     
    -deallocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    -    Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig),
    -    ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple +deallocate(Config) -> + {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config), + {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), + Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig), + ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple {skip_and_save,Reason,ConfigList}.

    The result is that the test case is skipped with Reason printed to the log file (as described earlier) and ConfigList is saved for the next test case. ConfigList can be read using proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), as @@ -300,22 +300,22 @@ property. Test case groups are defined through function groups/0 in the test suite (for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    For example, to ensure that if allocate in server_b_SUITE crashes, -deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is -independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, +deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is +independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, dealloc is not executed but marked as SKIPPED in the HTML log. get_resource_status runs no matter what happens to the alloc_and_dealloc cases.

    Test cases in a sequence are executed in order until all succeed or one fails. If one fails, all following cases in the sequence are skipped. The cases in the sequence that have succeeded up to that point are reported as successful in the -log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    -             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
    +log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    +             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
     
    -all() -> [test1,
    +all() -> [test1,
               test2,
    -          {group,scenarioA},
    +          {group,scenarioA},
               test3,
    -          {group,scenarioB},
    -          test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that + {group,scenarioB}, + test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that is, they are not required to also be sequences. If you want the status of the subgroup to affect the sequence on the level above, return {return_group_result,Status} from /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1529)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.237122343 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.238122349 +0000 @@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ ct_run -event_handler_init instead of -event_handler.

    Note

    All event handler modules must have gen_event behavior. These modules must be precompiled and their locations must be added explicitly to the Erlang code server search path (as in the previous example).

    An event_handler tuple in argument Opts has the following definition (see -ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
    +ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
     
    -EventHandlers = EH | [EH]
    -EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs}
    -InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are -installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. +EventHandlers = EH | [EH] +EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs} +InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are +installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. Event handler my_evh2 is started with the name of the current node in the init argument list.

    Event handlers can also be plugged in using one of the following test specification terms:

    • {event_handler, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}

    EventHandlers is a list of module names. Before a test session starts, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (734)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.256122456 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/example_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.257122461 +0000 @@ -131,19 +131,19 @@ Test Suite Example

    -

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
    +

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
     %% Test server callbacks
    --export([suite/0, all/0,
    +-export([suite/0, all/0,
              init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1,
    -         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
    +         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
     
     %% Test cases
    --export([string/1, integer/1]).
    +-export([string/1, integer/1]).
     
    --define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
    +-define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS
    @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@
     %% Description: Returns list of tuples to set default properties
     %%              for the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -suite() ->
    -    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
    +suite() ->
    +    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> Config1
    @@ -169,10 +169,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    -    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    -    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    +    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    +    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: end_per_suite(Config) -> term()
    @@ -182,9 +182,9 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    db:disconnect(Ref),
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    db:disconnect(Ref),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
    +init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
         Config.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -213,10 +213,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
    +end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -231,28 +231,28 @@
     %% Description: Returns the list of groups and test cases that
     %%              are to be executed.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -all() ->
    -    [string, integer].
    +all() ->
    +    [string, integer].
     
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% TEST CASES
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    -string(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
    +string(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
     
    -integer(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
    +integer(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
     
     
    -insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    -    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    +    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
         ok.

    @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ %%% %%% Created : %%%------------------------------------------------------------------- --module(example_SUITE). +-module(example_SUITE). %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites. --compile(export_all). +-compile(export_all). --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS @@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ %% Note: The suite/0 function is only meant to be used to return %% default data values, not perform any other operations. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -suite() -> - [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. +suite() -> + [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ %% Note: This function is free to add any key/value pairs to the Config %% variable, but should NOT alter/remove any existing entries. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_suite(Config) -> +init_per_suite(Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after the suite. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_suite(_Config) -> +end_per_suite(_Config) -> ok. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ %% %% Description: Initialization before each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> +init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> +end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> ok. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1623)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.274122562 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.275122568 +0000 @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ the test suite module implements callback functions (mandatory or optional) for various purposes, for example:

    • Init/end configuration function for the test suite
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case group
    • Test cases

    The configuration functions are optional. The following example is a test suite without configuration functions, including one simple test case, to check that -module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    -all() ->
    -    [mod_exists].
    +all() ->
    +    [mod_exists].
     
    -mod_exists(_) ->
    -    {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    +mod_exists(_) -> + {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    @@ -189,33 +189,33 @@ through configuration functions on "lower level"). The data flow looks as follows:

    Configuration Data Flow in a Suite

    The following example shows a test suite that uses configuration functions to open and close a log file for the test cases (an operation that is unnecessary -and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    --export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    --export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
    +and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    +-export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    +-export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
     
    --define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
    +-define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
     
    -all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
    +all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
     
    -init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    -    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
    +init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    +    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
     
    -end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    -    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
    +end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    +    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
     
    -check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
    +check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
     
    -check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    -        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
    +check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    +        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
             nomatch -> ok
         end.

    The test cases verify, by parsing a log file, that our SUT has performed a successful restart and that no unexpected errors are printed.

    To execute the test cases in the recent test suite, type the following on the UNIX/Linux command line (assuming that the suite module is in the current -working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored +working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored in unique log directories on a different level). The following illustration shows the log file structure:

    HTML Log File Structure

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (3302)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.308122763 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.309122769 +0000 @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

    With the ct_run flag, or ct:run_test/1 option group, one or more test case groups can be specified, optionally in combination with specific test cases. The -syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or +syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or more group paths. At startup, Common Test searches for matching groups in the group definitions tree (that is, the list returned from Suite:groups/0; for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    Given a group name, say g, Common Test searches for all paths leading to @@ -311,30 +311,30 @@ paths if an incomplete group path is specified.

    Note

    Group names and group paths can be combined with parameter group_names_or_paths. Each element is treated as an individual specification in combination with parameter cases. The following examples illustrates -this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
    +this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
     ...
     %% The group definitions:
    -groups() ->
    -  [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12,
    -             {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]},
    -             {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15,
    -       		 {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]},
    -
    -   {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]},
    -   {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]},
    -   {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under -top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under -top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that -this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same +groups() -> + [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12, + {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]}, + {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15, + {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]}, + + {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]}, + {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]}, + {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under +top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under +top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that +this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same result in this example.

    The following executes two tests, one including all cases and subgroups under -sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for +sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for the path from top2 to sub2X2 through sub21, and one from top2 to -sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path +sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path top2 -> sub21 -> sub2X2, only one test is executed. The second possible path, -from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order -compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is +from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order +compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is executed without a group specification, that is, simply by (using the command line):

    $ ct_run -suite "my_SUITE" -case my_tc

    or (using the Erlang shell):

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"my_SUITE"}, {testcase,my_tc}]).

    then Common Test ignores the group definition and executes the test case in the scope of the test suite only (no group configuration functions are called).

    The group specification feature, as presented in this section, can also be used @@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ configuration data with ct:require/1,2. This is equivalent to a require statement in the Test Suite Information Function or in the -Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls .","file1  ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the +2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls .","file1 ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the interactive mode written to a log named ctlog.html in directory ct_run.<timestamp>. A link to this file is available in the file named last_interactive.html in the directory from which you execute ct_run. @@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ included specification can either be joined with the source specification or used to produce a separate test run (as with start flag/option join_specs above).

    Example:

    %% In specification file "a.spec"
    -{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    -{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
    +{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    +{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
     %% Config and test terms follow
     ...

    In this example, the test terms defined in files "b.spec" and "c.spec" are joined with the terms in source specification "a.spec" (if any). The inclusion @@ -517,154 +517,154 @@ available start flags (as most flags have a corresponding configuration term)

  • Logging (for terms verbosity, stylesheet, basic_html and esc_chars)
  • External Configuration Data (for terms config and userconfig)
  • Event Handling (for the -event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
    +event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
     
    -{define, Constant, Value}.
    +{define, Constant, Value}.
     
    -{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
    +{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
     
    -{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
    +{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
     
    -{init, InitOptions}.
    -{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
    +{init, InitOptions}.
    +{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
     
    -{label, Label}.
    -{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
    +{label, Label}.
    +{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
     
    -{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    -{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
     
    -{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    -{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
     
    -{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    -{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
     
    -{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    -{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
     
    -{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    -{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    -{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
     
    -{cover_stop, Bool}.
    -{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{include, IncludeDirs}.
    -{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
     
    -{auto_compile, Bool},
    -{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{config, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
     
    -{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    -{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
     
    -{logdir, LogDir}.
    -{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
     
    -{logopts, LogOpts}.
    -{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
     
    -{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    -{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
     
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    +{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1667))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html	2026-10-15 00:56:26.327122876 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/unix_telnet.html	2026-10-15 00:56:26.327122876 +0000
    @@ -129,14 +129,14 @@
     
         

    Callback module for ct_telnet, for connecting to a Telnet server on a UNIX -host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    -       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    -       {username,UserName},
    -       {password,Password},
    -       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, +host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    +       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    +       {username,UserName},
    +       {password,Password},
    +       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, use the interface functions in ct_telnet, for example, open(Name) and cmd(Name,Cmd).

    Name is the name you allocated to the Unix host in your require statement, -for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server +for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server every 10 seconds if the connection is idle) can be enabled or disabled for one particular connection as described here. It can be disabled for all connections using telnet_settings (see ct_telnet).

    The {port,PortNum} tuple is optional and if omitted, default Telnet port 23 is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1666)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.352123024 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.4/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.353123029 +0000 @@ -266,29 +266,29 @@ system configuration files, the test case is skipped.

    A required variable can also be given a default value to be used if the variable is not found in any configuration file. To specify a default value, add a tuple on the form {default_config,ConfigVariableName,Value} to the -test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    -    [{require, ftp},
    -     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    -                            {username, "aladdin"},
    -                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    -    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    -     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    -     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    -                             {username, "aladdin"},
    -                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section +test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    +    [{require, ftp},
    +     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    +                            {username, "aladdin"},
    +                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    +    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    +     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    +     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    +                             {username, "aladdin"},
    +                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section Requiring and Reading Configuration Data in section External Configuration Data and function ct:require/1/2.

    Note

    Specifying a default value for a required variable can result in a test case always getting executed. This might not be a desired behavior.

    If timetrap or require, or both, is not set specifically for a particular test case, default values specified by function -suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    -     {require,interfaces},
    -     {userdata,
    -         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    -          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    -    ].

    +suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    +     {require,interfaces},
    +     {userdata,
    +         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    +          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    +    ].

    @@ -302,14 +302,14 @@ Test Case Information Function and Test Case Groups.

    The following options can also be specified with the suite information list:

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    -     {require,global_names},
    -     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    -     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    -     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    -    ].

    +Silent Connections

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    +     {require,global_names},
    +     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    +     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    +     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    +    ].

    @@ -331,20 +331,20 @@ TCRepeatProps = [{repeat,N} | {repeat_until_ok,N} | {repeat_until_fail,N}]

    GroupName is the name of the group and must be unique within the test suite module. Groups can be nested, by including a group definition within the GroupsAndTestCases list of another group. Properties is the list of -execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    -Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    -Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
    +execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    +Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    +Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
     GroupRepeatType = repeat | repeat_until_all_ok | repeat_until_all_fail |
                       repeat_until_any_ok | repeat_until_any_fail
    -N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in +N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in parallel.

    • sequence - The cases are executed in a sequence as described in section Sequences in section Dependencies Between Test Cases and Suites.

    • shuffle - The cases in the group are executed in random order.

    • repeat, repeat_until_* - Orders Common Test to repeat execution of all the cases in the group a given number of times, or until any, or all, cases -fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    -             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test +fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    +             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test cases that are not part of any group), add tuples on the form -{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: +{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: {group,GroupName,Properties} can also be specified. These properties override those specified in the group definition (see groups/0 earlier). This way, the same set of tests can be run, but with different properties, without having to @@ -353,33 +353,33 @@ SubGroups is a list of tuples, {GroupName,Properties} or {GroupName,Properties,SubGroups} representing the subgroups. Any subgroups defined in groups/0 for a group, that are not specified in the SubGroups -list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    -                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each -time:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply -nested groups:

    groups() ->
    -   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    -    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    -    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    +list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    +                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each +time:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply +nested groups:

    groups() ->
    +   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    +    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    +    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default,
    -     [{tests2, default,
    -       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function -call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].
    -test_cases() ->
    -   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
    +all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default,
    +     [{tests2, default,
    +       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function +call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].
    +test_cases() ->
    +   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
     
    -shuffle_test() ->
    -   {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group +shuffle_test() -> + {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group properties at the time of execution, without having to edit the test suite. For more information, see section Test Specifications in section @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@ bottom of the log for end_per_group/2.

    Test case groups can be nested so sets of groups can be configured with the same init_per_group/2 and end_per_group/2 functions. Nested groups can be defined by including a group definition, or a group name reference, in the test case -list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    -                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    -                                  test1b]},
    -             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    -                           {group,group5}]},
    -             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    -             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order +list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    +                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    +                                  test1b]},
    +             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    +                           {group,group5}]},
    +             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    +             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order [{group,group1},{group,group3}], the order of the configuration functions and test cases becomes the following (notice that init_per_testcase/2 and end_per_testcase/2: are also always called, but not included in this example @@ -484,25 +484,25 @@ account by Common Test when evaluating if execution of a group is to be repeated or not (unless the basic repeat property is used).

    The value of tc_group_properties is a list of status tuples, each with the key ok, skipped, and failed. The value of a status tuple is a list with names -of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    -    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    -    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    -        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    -            {return_group_result,ok};
    +of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    +    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    +    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    +        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    +            {return_group_result,ok};
             _Failed ->                              % one or more failed
    -            {return_group_result,failed}
    +            {return_group_result,failed}
         end.

    It is also possible, in end_per_group/2, to check the status of a subgroup (maybe to determine what status the current group is to return). This is as /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (551)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.372123142 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.375123160 +0000 @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ br ^common_end_of_catch common_end_of_catch: - @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, - { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } + @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, + { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } @result_of_catch_expr = catch_end @tag, @tmp

    Just as for a try-catch expression all code that can cause an exception in one of the protected blocks must have explicit control flow edges to the landing pad block.

    @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Variable Naming

    A variable name in BEAM SSA is either an atom or a non-negative -integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler +integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler transforms maintain a counter, the cnt-field in the b_function and opt_st records, which is incremented each time a new variable or label is created. In the following description the value of the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1506)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.400123307 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compile.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.406123343 +0000 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

    Options given in the compile() attribute in the source code take precedence over options given to the compiler, which in turn take precedence over options given in the environment.

    A later compiler option takes precedence over an earlier one in the -option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless +option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless the source code for module something contains a compile(nowarn_missing_spec) attribute.

    Change

    In Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier, the option order was the opposite of what is described here.

    @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ which functions to inline, or {inline,[{Name,Arity},...]} to have the compiler inline all calls to the given functions. If the option is given inside a compile directive in an Erlang module, {Name,Arity} can be written as -Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
    +Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
     
    -pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to +pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to be inlined. Default is 24, which keeps the size of the inlined code roughly the same as the un-inlined version (only relatively small functions are inlined).

    Example:

    %% Aggressive inlining - will increase code size.
    --compile(inline).
    --compile({inline_size,100}).

    +-compile(inline). +-compile({inline_size,100}).

    @@ -932,10 +932,10 @@ function definitions. This is the preferred method of enabling and disabling features, since it is a local property of a module.

  • makedep - Produces a Makefile rule to track headers dependencies. No object file is produced.

    By default, this rule is written to <File>.Pbeam. However, if option -binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
    +binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
     
    --include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    --include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
    +-include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    +-include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
       /usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/eunit/include/eunit.hrl \
       header.hrl
  • makedep_side_effect - The dependencies are created as a side effect to the normal compilation process. This means that the object file will also be @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ before Erlang/OTP R14A when calling a local function with the same name as an auto-imported BIF without module prefix.

    If the BIF is to be called, use the erlang module prefix in the call, not {no_auto_import,[{F,A}, ...]}.

    If this option is written in the source code, as a -compile directive, the -syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly +syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly smaller output file.

  • no_lint - Skips the pass that checks for errors and warnings. Only applicable together with the from_abstr option. This is mainly for implementations of other languages on top of Erlang, which have already done /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (551)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ br ^common_end_of_catch common_end_of_catch: - @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, - { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } + @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, + { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } @result_of_catch_expr = catch_end @tag, @tmp

  • Just as for a try-catch expression all code that can cause an exception in one of the protected blocks must have explicit control flow edges to the landing pad block.

    @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Variable Naming

    A variable name in BEAM SSA is either an atom or a non-negative -integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler +integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler transforms maintain a counter, the cnt-field in the b_function and opt_st records, which is incremented each time a new variable or label is created. In the following description the value of the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1411)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Options given in the compile() attribute in the source code take precedence over options given to the compiler, which in turn take precedence over options given in the environment.

    A later compiler option takes precedence over an earlier one in the -option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless +option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless the source code for module something contains a compile(nowarn_missing_spec) attribute.

    Change

    In Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier, the option order was the opposite of what is described here.

    @@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ which functions to inline, or {inline,[{Name,Arity},...]} to have the compiler inline all calls to the given functions. If the option is given inside a compile directive in an Erlang module, {Name,Arity} can be written as -Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
    +Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
     
    -pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to +pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to be inlined. Default is 24, which keeps the size of the inlined code roughly the same as the un-inlined version (only relatively small functions are inlined).

    Example:

    %% Aggressive inlining - will increase code size.
    --compile(inline).
    --compile({inline_size,100}).

    +-compile(inline). +-compile({inline_size,100}).

    @@ -811,10 +811,10 @@ function definitions. This is the preferred method of enabling and disabling features, since it is a local property of a module.

  • makedep - Produces a Makefile rule to track headers dependencies. No object file is produced.

    By default, this rule is written to <File>.Pbeam. However, if option -binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
    +binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
     
    --include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    --include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
    +-include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    +-include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
       /usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/eunit/include/eunit.hrl \
       header.hrl
  • makedep_side_effect - The dependencies are created as a side effect to the normal compilation process. This means that the object file will also be @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ before Erlang/OTP R14A when calling a local function with the same name as an auto-imported BIF without module prefix.

    If the BIF is to be called, use the erlang module prefix in the call, not {no_auto_import,[{F,A}, ...]}.

    If this option is written in the source code, as a -compile directive, the -syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly +syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly smaller output file.

  • no_lint - Skips the pass that checks for errors and warnings. Only applicable together with the from_abstr option. This is mainly for implementations of other languages on top of Erlang, which have already done /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> compiler - 8.5.3 - urn:uuid:085224f5-5097-072f-2adc-06df68fc6cbe + urn:uuid:247a386f-79bf-733b-cb6c-db11dc0aad72 en - 2026-10-15T00:51:19Z + 2042-11-16T14:09:13Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (3131)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

  • -
    • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

      As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      +
      • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

        As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        +-export([f/0]).
         
        -f() ->
        -    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
        +f() ->
        +    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
         ** exception error: bad generator ok
        -     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
        +     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
         <<>>

        Own Id: OTP-18703 Aux Id: GH-7494, PR-7538

      • The documentation for the preprocessor now mentions that defined(Name) can be called in the condition for an -if or -elif directive to test whether Name is the name of a defined macro. (This feature was implemented in OTP 21.)

        If a function call in an -if or -elif with a name that is not the name of a guard BIF, there would not be a compilation error, but would instead cause the lines following the directive to be skipped. This has now been changed to be a compilation error.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18784 Aux Id: GH-7706, PR-7726

      @@ -82,39 +82,39 @@ Improvements and New Features

      Own Id: OTP-18680 Aux Id: PR-7491, PR-8086, ERIERL-967

    • Improved the performance of the alias analysis pass.

      Own Id: OTP-18714 Aux Id: PR-7528, GH-7432

    • -spec attributes are now used for documentation.

      Own Id: OTP-18801 Aux Id: PR-7739

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

      When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

      Example:

      If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

      -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

      and the compiler is invoked like so:

      % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

      no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

    When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

    Example:

    If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

    -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

    and the compiler is invoked like so:

    % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

    no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

  • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

    Example:

    -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
     
    -update(#rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
    +update(#rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
         if
             N < 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=negative};
    +            R#rec{c=negative};
             N == 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=zero};
    +            R#rec{c=zero};
             N > 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=positive}
    +            R#rec{c=positive}
         end.

    The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

    Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

  • Improved the match context reuse optimization slightly, allowing match contexts to be passed as-is to bit_size/1 and byte_size/1.

    Own Id: OTP-18987

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1093)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,32 +37,32 @@

    SSA checks are embedded in the source code as comments starting with with one of %ssa%, %%ssa% or %%%ssa%. This is a short introduction the syntax, for the full syntax please refer to the -ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
    +ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(#{}).
    -  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check -that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
    +  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check +that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
     %ssa% (X, _) when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(X).
       A.

    Note how we match the first formal parameter using X. The reason for having our own formal parameters for the SSA check, is that we don't want to introduce new identifiers at the Erlang level to support SSA-level checks. Consider if t1/2 had been defined as t1([A|As], B) we would have had to introduce a new identifier for the aggregate -value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must +value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must succeed), fail and xfail (the check must fail). Omitting <expected-result> is parsed as an implicit pass.

    <formals> is a comma-separated list of variables.

    <pipeline-location> specifies when in the compiler pipeline to run the checks. For now the only supported value for <pipeline-location> is post_ssa_opt which runs the checks after the ssa_opt pass.

    <checks> is a comma-separated list of matches against the BEAM SSA -code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA -representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
    +code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA +representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
     
    -switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
    +switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
     
    -ret(<value>)
    +ret(<value>)
     
     label <value>

    where <value> is a literal or a variable.

    A check can also include an assertion on operation annotations. The assertion is written as a map-like pattern following the argument -list, for example:

    t0() ->
    +list, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa% _ = call(fun return_int/0) { result_type => {t_integer,{17,17}},
     %ssa%                              location => {_,32} },
    @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@
     %ssa%    result_type => {t_tuple,2,true,#{1 => {t_integer,{1,1}},
     %ssa%                                     2 => {t_integer,{2,2}}}}
     %ssa% }.
    -    X = return_int(),
    -    Y = return_tuple(),
    -    {X, Y}.

    + X = return_int(), + Y = return_tuple(), + {X, Y}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (3131)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.548124183 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.549124189 +0000 @@ -173,13 +173,13 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

      As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      +
      • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

        As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        +-export([f/0]).
         
        -f() ->
        -    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
        +f() ->
        +    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
         ** exception error: bad generator ok
        -     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
        +     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
         <<>>

        Own Id: OTP-18703 Aux Id: GH-7494, PR-7538

      • The documentation for the preprocessor now mentions that defined(Name) can be called in the condition for an -if or -elif directive to test whether Name is the name of a defined macro. (This feature was implemented in OTP 21.)

        If a function call in an -if or -elif with a name that is not the name of a guard BIF, there would not be a compilation error, but would instead cause the lines following the directive to be skipped. This has now been changed to be a compilation error.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18784 Aux Id: GH-7706, PR-7726

      @@ -187,39 +187,39 @@ Improvements and New Features

      Own Id: OTP-18680 Aux Id: PR-7491, PR-8086, ERIERL-967

    • Improved the performance of the alias analysis pass.

      Own Id: OTP-18714 Aux Id: PR-7528, GH-7432

    • -spec attributes are now used for documentation.

      Own Id: OTP-18801 Aux Id: PR-7739

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

      When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

      Example:

      If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

      -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

      and the compiler is invoked like so:

      % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

      no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

    When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

    Example:

    If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

    -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

    and the compiler is invoked like so:

    % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

    no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

  • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

    Example:

    -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
     
    -update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
    +update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
         if
             N < 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=negative};
    +            R#rec{c=negative};
             N == 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=zero};
    +            R#rec{c=zero};
             N > 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=positive}
    +            R#rec{c=positive}
         end.

    The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

    Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

  • Improved the match context reuse optimization slightly, allowing match contexts to be passed as-is to bit_size/1 and byte_size/1.

    Own Id: OTP-18987

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1093)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.570124313 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/compiler-8.5.3/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.570124313 +0000 @@ -142,32 +142,32 @@

    SSA checks are embedded in the source code as comments starting with with one of %ssa%, %%ssa% or %%%ssa%. This is a short introduction the syntax, for the full syntax please refer to the -ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
    +ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(#{}).
    -  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check -that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
    +  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check +that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
     %ssa% (X, _) when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(X).
       A.

    Note how we match the first formal parameter using X. The reason for having our own formal parameters for the SSA check, is that we don't want to introduce new identifiers at the Erlang level to support SSA-level checks. Consider if t1/2 had been defined as t1([A|As], B) we would have had to introduce a new identifier for the aggregate -value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must +value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must succeed), fail and xfail (the check must fail). Omitting <expected-result> is parsed as an implicit pass.

    <formals> is a comma-separated list of variables.

    <pipeline-location> specifies when in the compiler pipeline to run the checks. For now the only supported value for <pipeline-location> is post_ssa_opt which runs the checks after the ssa_opt pass.

    <checks> is a comma-separated list of matches against the BEAM SSA -code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA -representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
    +code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA +representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
     
    -switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
    +switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
     
    -ret(<value>)
    +ret(<value>)
     
     label <value>

    where <value> is a literal or a variable.

    A check can also include an assertion on operation annotations. The assertion is written as a map-like pattern following the argument -list, for example:

    t0() ->
    +list, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa% _ = call(fun return_int/0) { result_type => {t_integer,{17,17}},
     %ssa%                              location => {_,32} },
    @@ -175,9 +175,9 @@
     %ssa%    result_type => {t_tuple,2,true,#{1 => {t_integer,{1,1}},
     %ssa%                                     2 => {t_integer,{2,2}}}}
     %ssa% }.
    -    X = return_int(),
    -    Y = return_tuple(),
    -    {X, Y}.

    + X = return_int(), + Y = return_tuple(), + {X, Y}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> crypto - 5.5.1 - urn:uuid:58652ac0-2c7c-1ca1-841a-9732d081f007 + urn:uuid:8fba88f3-1f55-ad08-75d6-24a83be5f8c8 en - 2026-10-15T00:52:11Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:05Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1823)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@

    -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -5340,9 +5340,9 @@ BN_rand_range).

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_s/0.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5408,9 +5408,9 @@ generate cryptographically strong random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_alg_s/1.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5442,12 +5442,12 @@

    Creates a state object for random number generation, in order to generate cryptographically unpredictable random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also -rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    -_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    +rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    @@ -5939,12 +5939,12 @@
    -

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    -#{compile_type => normal,
    +

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    +#{compile_type => normal,
       cryptolib_version_compiled => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       cryptolib_version_linked => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       link_type => dynamic,
    -  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
    +  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
     2>

    More association types than documented may be present in the map.

    @@ -6011,8 +6011,8 @@

    Get the name and version of the libraries used by crypto.

    Name is the name of the library. VerNum is the numeric version according to the library's own versioning scheme. VerStr contains a text variant of the -version.

    > info_lib().
    -[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL +version.

    > info_lib().
    +[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL header files (openssl/opensslv.h) used when crypto was compiled. The text variant represents the libcrypto library used at runtime. In earlier OTP versions both numeric and text was taken from the library.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (860)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ Sign with an engine stored private key

    This example shows how to construct a key reference that is used in a sign -operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
    +operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
     ...
    -{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    -2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
    +{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    +2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
    +3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
     <<65,6,125,254,54,233,84,77,83,63,168,28,169,214,121,76,
       207,177,124,183,156,185,160,243,36,79,125,230,231,...>>

    @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@

    Here the signature and message in the last example is verifyed using the public key. The public key is stored in an engine, only to exemplify that it is -possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
    +possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
    +5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
     true
     6>

    @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ Using a password protected private key

    The same example as the first sign example, except that a password protects the -key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
                       key_id => "id of the pwd protected private key in Engine",
    -		  password => "password"}.
    +		  password => "password"}.
     ...
    -7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
    +7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
     <<140,80,168,101,234,211,146,183,231,190,160,82,85,163,
       175,106,77,241,141,120,72,149,181,181,194,154,175,76,
       223,...>>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1041))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -47,35 +47,35 @@
       Dynamically load an engine from default directory
     

    If the engine is located in the OpenSSL/LibreSSL installation engines -directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine with the dynamic engine

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine by giving the path to the -library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine and replace some methods

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine and just replace some engine -methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    -{ok, #Ref}
    -4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
    +methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    +{ok, #Ref}
    +4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
     ok

    @@ -84,19 +84,19 @@

    This function makes sure the engine is loaded just once and the ID is added to the internal engine list of OpenSSL. The following calls to the function will -check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    -                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
    +check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    +                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
      ok

    To unload it use crypto:engine_unload/1 which removes the references to the -engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
    +engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
      ok

    List all engines currently loaded

    -
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    -[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    +
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    +[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2413)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -87,41 +87,41 @@ initialises the crypto context. One or more calls crypto_update/2 does the actual encryption or decryption for each block.

    This example shows first the encryption of two blocks and then decryptions of the cipher text, but divided into three blocks just to show that it is possible -to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
    +to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
     	ok
     	2> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
     	3> IV = <<0:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>>
    -	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
    +	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660993.124047>
    -	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
     	<<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162>>
    -	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
    +	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
     	<<16,79,94,115,234,197,94,253,16,144,151,41>>
     	7>
    -	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
    +	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660994.124255>
    -	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
    +	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
     	<<"First b">>
    -	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    -        94,253,16,144,151>>).
    +	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    +        94,253,16,144,151>>).
     	<<"ytesSecond byte">>
    -	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
    +	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
     	<<"s">>
     	11>

    Note that the internal data that the StateEnc and StateDec references are destructivly updated by the calls to crypto_update/2. This is to gain time in the calls of the nifs interfacing the cryptolib. In a loop where the state is saved in the loop's state, it also saves one update of the loop state per crypto operation.

    For example, a simple server receiving text parts to encrypt and send the result -back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    -	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
    +back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    +	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
     
    -	crypto_loop(State) ->
    +	crypto_loop(State) ->
     	receive
    -        {Text, Requester} ->
    -        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    -	loop(State)
    +        {Text, Requester} ->
    +        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    +	loop(State)
     	end.

    @@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] - 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234, 197,94,253,16,144,151,41>> 5>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one @@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] 4> AAD = <<"Some additional auth data">>. <<"Some additional auth data">> - 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). - {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, + 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). + {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, 192,103,176,90,104,15,71,158>>, - <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} + <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} 6>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one single binary: <<"First bytesSecond bytes">>.

    @@ -169,21 +169,21 @@

    	1> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
    -	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
    +	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
    +	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
    +	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
    +	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	8> v(7) == v(6).
    +	8> v(7) == v(6).
     	true
     	9>

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1823)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.719125194 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/crypto.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.720125200 +0000 @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@

    -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -5536,9 +5536,9 @@ BN_rand_range).

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_s/0.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5604,9 +5604,9 @@ generate cryptographically strong random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_alg_s/1.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5638,12 +5638,12 @@

    Creates a state object for random number generation, in order to generate cryptographically unpredictable random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also -rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    -_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    +rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    @@ -6140,12 +6140,12 @@
    -

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    -#{compile_type => normal,
    +

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    +#{compile_type => normal,
       cryptolib_version_compiled => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       cryptolib_version_linked => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       link_type => dynamic,
    -  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
    +  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
     2>

    More association types than documented may be present in the map.

    @@ -6212,8 +6212,8 @@

    Get the name and version of the libraries used by crypto.

    Name is the name of the library. VerNum is the numeric version according to the library's own versioning scheme. VerStr contains a text variant of the -version.

    > info_lib().
    -[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL +version.

    > info_lib().
    +[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL header files (openssl/opensslv.h) used when crypto was compiled. The text variant represents the libcrypto library used at runtime. In earlier OTP versions both numeric and text was taken from the library.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (860)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.740125318 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_keys.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.741125324 +0000 @@ -161,13 +161,13 @@ Sign with an engine stored private key

    This example shows how to construct a key reference that is used in a sign -operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
    +operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
     ...
    -{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    -2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
    +{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    +2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
    +3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
     <<65,6,125,254,54,233,84,77,83,63,168,28,169,214,121,76,
       207,177,124,183,156,185,160,243,36,79,125,230,231,...>>

    @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

    Here the signature and message in the last example is verifyed using the public key. The public key is stored in an engine, only to exemplify that it is -possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
    +possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
    +5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
     true
     6>

    @@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ Using a password protected private key

    The same example as the first sign example, except that a password protects the -key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
                       key_id => "id of the pwd protected private key in Engine",
    -		  password => "password"}.
    +		  password => "password"}.
     ...
    -7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
    +7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
     <<140,80,168,101,234,211,146,183,231,190,160,82,85,163,
       175,106,77,241,141,120,72,149,181,181,194,154,175,76,
       223,...>>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1041))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html	2026-10-15 00:56:26.758125425 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/engine_load.html	2026-10-15 00:56:26.759125431 +0000
    @@ -152,35 +152,35 @@
       Dynamically load an engine from default directory
     

    If the engine is located in the OpenSSL/LibreSSL installation engines -directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine with the dynamic engine

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine by giving the path to the -library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine and replace some methods

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine and just replace some engine -methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    -{ok, #Ref}
    -4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
    +methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    +{ok, #Ref}
    +4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
     ok

    @@ -189,19 +189,19 @@

    This function makes sure the engine is loaded just once and the ID is added to the internal engine list of OpenSSL. The following calls to the function will -check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    -                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
    +check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    +                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
      ok

    To unload it use crypto:engine_unload/1 which removes the references to the -engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
    +engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
      ok

    List all engines currently loaded

    -
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    -[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    +
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    +[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2413)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.779125549 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.1/doc/html/new_api.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.778125543 +0000 @@ -192,41 +192,41 @@ initialises the crypto context. One or more calls crypto_update/2 does the actual encryption or decryption for each block.

    This example shows first the encryption of two blocks and then decryptions of the cipher text, but divided into three blocks just to show that it is possible -to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
    +to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
     	ok
     	2> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
     	3> IV = <<0:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>>
    -	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
    +	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660993.124047>
    -	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
     	<<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162>>
    -	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
    +	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
     	<<16,79,94,115,234,197,94,253,16,144,151,41>>
     	7>
    -	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
    +	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660994.124255>
    -	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
    +	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
     	<<"First b">>
    -	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    -        94,253,16,144,151>>).
    +	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    +        94,253,16,144,151>>).
     	<<"ytesSecond byte">>
    -	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
    +	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
     	<<"s">>
     	11>

    Note that the internal data that the StateEnc and StateDec references are destructivly updated by the calls to crypto_update/2. This is to gain time in the calls of the nifs interfacing the cryptolib. In a loop where the state is saved in the loop's state, it also saves one update of the loop state per crypto operation.

    For example, a simple server receiving text parts to encrypt and send the result -back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    -	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
    +back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    +	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
     
    -	crypto_loop(State) ->
    +	crypto_loop(State) ->
     	receive
    -        {Text, Requester} ->
    -        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    -	loop(State)
    +        {Text, Requester} ->
    +        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    +	loop(State)
     	end.

    @@ -239,9 +239,9 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] - 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234, 197,94,253,16,144,151,41>> 5>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one @@ -257,14 +257,14 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] 4> AAD = <<"Some additional auth data">>. <<"Some additional auth data">> - 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). - {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, + 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). + {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, 192,103,176,90,104,15,71,158>>, - <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} + <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} 6>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one single binary: <<"First bytesSecond bytes">>.

    @@ -274,21 +274,21 @@

    	1> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
    -	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
    +	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
    +	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
    +	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
    +	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	8> v(7) == v(6).
    +	8> v(7) == v(6).
     	true
     	9>

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> debugger - 5.4 - urn:uuid:932b8a4b-bfd8-5d6e-92f8-c362be554931 + urn:uuid:47036e2c-16cc-8b32-845f-8fcd305c96eb en - 2026-10-15T00:52:07Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:00Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1407)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@

    To have an effect, a breakpoint must be set at an executable line, which is a line of code containing an executable expression such as a matching or a function call. A blank line or a line containing a comment, function head, or -pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    -2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    -3:     {ok,File} ->
    -4:       case code:which(Module) of
    +pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    +2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    +3:     {ok,File} ->
    +4:       case code:which(Module) of
     5:         ?TAG ->
    -6:           {loaded,File};
    +6:           {loaded,File};
     7:         _ ->
     8:           unloaded
     9:       end;
    @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@
     returns unbound or {value,Value}.

    Conditional Break Dialog Window

    Right-click the Module entry to open a popup menu from which the appropriate module can be selected.

    Example:

    A conditional breakpoint calling c_test:c_break/1 is added at line 6 in module fact. Each time the breakpoint is reached, the function is called. When N is -equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    -6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    --export([c_break/1]).
    +equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    +6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    +-export([c_break/1]).
     
    -c_break(Bindings) ->
    -    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    -        {value, 3} ->
    +c_break(Bindings) ->
    +    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    +        {value, 3} ->
                 true;
             _ ->
                 false
    @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@
     

    The Erlang emulator keeps track of a stack trace, information about recent function calls. This information is used if an error occurs, for example:

    1> catch a+1.
    -{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]},
    -                   {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]},
    -                   {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]},
    -                   {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section +{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]}, + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]}, + {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]}, + {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]}, + {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]}, + {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section Errors and Error Handling in the Erlang Reference Manual.

    Debugger emulates the stack trace by keeping track of recently called interpreted functions. (The real stack trace cannot be used, as it shows which /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (962)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@

    Sets when and how to attach automatically to a process executing code in interpreted modules.

    By default when the interpreter is started, automatic attach is disabled.

    If Flags is an empty list, automatic attach is disabled.

    Otherwise Flags should be a list containing at least one of the following flags:

    • init - Attach when a process for the first time calls an interpreted -function.
    • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
    • exit - Attach when a process terminates.

    When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    +function.
  • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
  • exit - Attach when a process terminates.
  • When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (374)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ interpreted processes and break points.

    It is possible to attach to interpreted processes by only giving the corresponding process identity. By default, an attachment window is displayed. Processes at other Erlang nodes can be attached manually or automatically.

    The functions in this module are defined in the Erlang shell. That is, -they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    -{module,t}
    -2> iaa([init]).
    +they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    +{module,t}
    +2> iaa([init]).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1407)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.883126164 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.885126176 +0000 @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@

    To have an effect, a breakpoint must be set at an executable line, which is a line of code containing an executable expression such as a matching or a function call. A blank line or a line containing a comment, function head, or -pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    -2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    -3:     {ok,File} ->
    -4:       case code:which(Module) of
    +pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    +2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    +3:     {ok,File} ->
    +4:       case code:which(Module) of
     5:         ?TAG ->
    -6:           {loaded,File};
    +6:           {loaded,File};
     7:         _ ->
     8:           unloaded
     9:       end;
    @@ -208,13 +208,13 @@
     returns unbound or {value,Value}.

    Conditional Break Dialog Window

    Right-click the Module entry to open a popup menu from which the appropriate module can be selected.

    Example:

    A conditional breakpoint calling c_test:c_break/1 is added at line 6 in module fact. Each time the breakpoint is reached, the function is called. When N is -equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    -6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    --export([c_break/1]).
    +equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    +6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    +-export([c_break/1]).
     
    -c_break(Bindings) ->
    -    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    -        {value, 3} ->
    +c_break(Bindings) ->
    +    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    +        {value, 3} ->
                 true;
             _ ->
                 false
    @@ -235,12 +235,12 @@
     
     

    The Erlang emulator keeps track of a stack trace, information about recent function calls. This information is used if an error occurs, for example:

    1> catch a+1.
    -{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]},
    -                   {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]},
    -                   {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]},
    -                   {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section +{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]}, + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]}, + {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]}, + {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]}, + {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]}, + {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section Errors and Error Handling in the Erlang Reference Manual.

    Debugger emulates the stack trace by keeping track of recently called interpreted functions. (The real stack trace cannot be used, as it shows which /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (374)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.908126312 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/i.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.908126312 +0000 @@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ interpreted processes and break points.

    It is possible to attach to interpreted processes by only giving the corresponding process identity. By default, an attachment window is displayed. Processes at other Erlang nodes can be attached manually or automatically.

    The functions in this module are defined in the Erlang shell. That is, -they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    -{module,t}
    -2> iaa([init]).
    +they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    +{module,t}
    +2> iaa([init]).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (962)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.930126442 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/debugger-5.4/doc/html/int.html 2026-10-15 00:56:26.931126448 +0000 @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

    Sets when and how to attach automatically to a process executing code in interpreted modules.

    By default when the interpreter is started, automatic attach is disabled.

    If Flags is an empty list, automatic attach is disabled.

    Otherwise Flags should be a list containing at least one of the following flags:

    • init - Attach when a process for the first time calls an interpreted -function.
    • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
    • exit - Attach when a process terminates.

    When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    +function.
  • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
  • exit - Attach when a process terminates.
  • When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> dialyzer - 5.2.1 - urn:uuid:0a0e479f-729b-2689-80a3-fe2599f35569 + urn:uuid:12362df7-9f19-2446-7cde-61860611dc3b en - 2026-10-15T00:52:28Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:22Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1095)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -104,29 +104,29 @@ deduce). One implication of this is that if the user gives a spec for a function which overlaps with Dialyzer's inferred type, but is more restrictive, Dialyzer will trust those restrictions. This may then generate an error elsewhere that -follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
    +follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: foo(integer()) -> string().
    -foo(N) ->
    -    integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that +foo(N) -> + integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that Dialyzer inferred, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:7:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:foo/1.
      The success typing is some_module:foo
    -          (integer()) -> string()
    +          (integer()) -> string()
      But the spec is some_module:foo
    -          (boolean()) -> string()
    - They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
    +          (boolean()) -> string()
    + They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: bar(a | b) -> binary().
    -bar(a) -> <<"a">>;
    -bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are +bar(a) -> <<"a">>; +bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are different, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:11:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:bar/1.
      The success typing is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
      But the spec is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    - The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    + The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: baz(b | c | d) -> -1 | 0 | 1.
    -baz(b) -> -1;
    -baz(c) -> 0;
    -baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and +baz(b) -> -1; +baz(c) -> 0; +baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and inferred type:

    baz(b) -> 0 | 1.

    Notice how the c and d from the argument to baz/1 and the -1 in the return from the inferred type were dropped once the spec and inferred type were intersected. This could result in warnings being emitted for later functions.

    For example, if baz/1 is called like this:

    call_baz1(A) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2451))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -165,13 +165,13 @@
     repeating options which would otherwise need to be given explicitly to Dialyzer
     on every invocation.

    The location of the configuration file can be set via the DIALYZER_CONFIG environment variable, and defaults to within the user_config from -filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    -        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    -        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    -      }.
    -      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    -      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    -      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    +filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    +        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    +        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    +      }.
    +      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    +      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    +      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    @@ -179,13 +179,13 @@

    Attribute -dialyzer() can be used for turning off warnings in a module by specifying functions or warning options. For example, to turn off all warnings -for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source +for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source file:

    -dialyzer(no_improper_lists).

    Attribute -dialyzer() is allowed after function declarations. Lists of warning -options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in +options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in useful warnings, but often functions with specifications that are strictly more allowing than the success typing cannot easily be modified to be less allowing. To turn off the warning for underspecified function f/0, include the following -line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also +line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also enumerated, see type warn_option/0.

    Attribute -dialyzer() can also be used for turning on warnings. For example, if a module has been fixed regarding unmatched returns, adding the following line can help in assuring that no new unmatched return warnings are introduced:

    -dialyzer(unmatched_returns).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2451)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.008126903 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.009126909 +0000 @@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ repeating options which would otherwise need to be given explicitly to Dialyzer on every invocation.

    The location of the configuration file can be set via the DIALYZER_CONFIG environment variable, and defaults to within the user_config from -filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    -        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    -        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    -      }.
    -      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    -      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    -      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    +filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    +        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    +        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    +      }.
    +      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    +      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    +      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@

    Attribute -dialyzer() can be used for turning off warnings in a module by specifying functions or warning options. For example, to turn off all warnings -for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source +for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source file:

    -dialyzer(no_improper_lists).

    Attribute -dialyzer() is allowed after function declarations. Lists of warning -options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in +options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in useful warnings, but often functions with specifications that are strictly more allowing than the success typing cannot easily be modified to be less allowing. To turn off the warning for underspecified function f/0, include the following -line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also +line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also enumerated, see type warn_option/0.

    Attribute -dialyzer() can also be used for turning on warnings. For example, if a module has been fixed regarding unmatched returns, adding the following line can help in assuring that no new unmatched return warnings are introduced:

    -dialyzer(unmatched_returns).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1095)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.027127016 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.2.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.028127021 +0000 @@ -209,29 +209,29 @@ deduce). One implication of this is that if the user gives a spec for a function which overlaps with Dialyzer's inferred type, but is more restrictive, Dialyzer will trust those restrictions. This may then generate an error elsewhere that -follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
    +follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: foo(integer()) -> string().
    -foo(N) ->
    -    integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that +foo(N) -> + integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that Dialyzer inferred, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:7:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:foo/1.
      The success typing is some_module:foo
    -          (integer()) -> string()
    +          (integer()) -> string()
      But the spec is some_module:foo
    -          (boolean()) -> string()
    - They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
    +          (boolean()) -> string()
    + They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: bar(a | b) -> binary().
    -bar(a) -> <<"a">>;
    -bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are +bar(a) -> <<"a">>; +bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are different, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:11:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:bar/1.
      The success typing is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
      But the spec is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    - The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    + The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: baz(b | c | d) -> -1 | 0 | 1.
    -baz(b) -> -1;
    -baz(c) -> 0;
    -baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and +baz(b) -> -1; +baz(c) -> 0; +baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and inferred type:

    baz(b) -> 0 | 1.

    Notice how the c and d from the argument to baz/1 and the -1 in the return from the inferred type were dropped once the spec and inferred type were intersected. This could result in warnings being emitted for later functions.

    For example, if baz/1 is called like this:

    call_baz1(A) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         diameter - 2.4.1
    -    urn:uuid:9d4dde58-0690-5562-61ee-34be45b5ebda
    +    urn:uuid:838f41b6-ad40-ef24-8eaa-341ffa2c8e3b
         en
     
    -    2026-10-15T00:52:20Z
    +    2042-11-16T14:10:14Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (944))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -598,12 +598,12 @@
     diameter:start_service/2) is determined by the Application Identifier in the
     header of the incoming request message, the selected module being the one whose
     corresponding dictionary declares itself as defining either the application in
    -question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    -                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    -                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    -                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    -                 bin    = binary(),
    -                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the +question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    +                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    +                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    +                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    +                 bin    = binary(),
    +                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the relay application. Otherwise it contains the record representing the request as outlined in diameter_dict(4).

    The errors field specifies any results codes identifying errors found while decoding the request. This is used to set Result-Code and/or Failed-AVP in a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (460)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Synopsis -

    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    +
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (616)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ results may differ from those returned by the functions documented here, depending on configuration.

    The header() and packet() records below are defined in diameter.hrl, -which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from +which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from dictionary file compilation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (795)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -204,14 +204,14 @@ an incoming request.

    In cases in which there is a choice between string() and binary() types for OctetString() and derived types, the representation is determined by the value of diameter:service_opt() -string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    -Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    -Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    -Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    -Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    -Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large +string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    +Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    +Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    +Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    +Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    +Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large floats (in absolute value) are equivalent to infinity or '-infinity' and excessively large integers result in encode failure. The records for grouped AVPs are as discussed in the previous section.

    Derived AVP Data Formats

    Address() = OctetString()
    @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@
     while an IPv6 address is parsed in any of the formats specified by section 2.2
     of RFC 2373, "Text Representation of Addresses". An IPv4 tuple() has length 4
     and contains values of type 0..255. An IPv6 tuple() has length 8 and contains
    -values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
    +values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
     
     where
     
    -  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    -  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
    +  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    +  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
     
    -  Year   = integer()
    +  Year   = integer()
       Month  = 1..12
       Day    = 1..31
       Hour   = 0..23
    @@ -254,8 +254,8 @@
     diameter respectively. The grammar of an OctetString-valued DiameterURI() is as
     specified in section 4.3 of RFC 6733. The record representation is used on
     decode.

    Enumerated() = Integer32()

    On encode, values can be specified using the macros defined in a dictionary's -hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    -QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    +hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    +QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1004)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ containing only 0 (NO_INBAND_SECURITY). If 1 (TLS) is specified then TLS is selected if the CER/CEA received from the peer offers it.

  • {'Acct-Application-Id', [Unsigned32()]}

  • {'Vendor-Specific-Application-Id', [Grouped()]}

  • {'Firmware-Revision',Unsigned32()}

  • Note that each tuple communicates one or more AVP values. It is an error to specify duplicate tuples.

  • eval() = {M,F,A} | fun() | [eval() | A] - An expression that can be -evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    -    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    -eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    -    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    -eval([F|A]) ->
    -    apply(F, A);
    -eval(F) ->
    -    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant +evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    +    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    +eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    +    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    +eval([F|A]) ->
    +    apply(F, A);
    +eval(F) ->
    +    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant in the sense of eval([E|A]).

    Warning

    Beware of using fun expressions of the form fun Name/Arity in situations in which the fun is not short-lived and code is to be upgraded at runtime since any processes retaining such a fun will have a reference to old code. @@ -174,10 +174,10 @@ service_event() record. Can have one of the following types.

    • start

    • stop - The service is being started or stopped. No event precedes a start event. No event follows a stop event, and this event implies the -termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      -Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      -Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of +termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      +Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      +Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of (down) the OKAY state. If a #diameter_packet{} is present in an up event then there has been a capabilities exchange on a newly established transport connection and the record contains the received CER or CEA.

      Note that a single up or down event for a given peer corresponds to @@ -203,20 +203,20 @@ Pkt = #diameter_packet{}

  • An incoming CER contained errors and has been answered with the indicated result code. Caps contains values for the local node only. Pkt contains the CER in question.

  • {'CER', timeout} - An expected CER was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    -Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    -Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    -ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    +Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    +Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    +ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An integer-valued Result indicates the result code sent by the peer. Caps contains pairs of values for the local node and remote peer. Pkt contains the CEA in question. In the case of rejection by a capabilities callback, the tuple contains the rejecting callback.

  • {'CEA', Caps, Pkt}

    Caps = #diameter_caps{}
     Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}

    An incoming CEA contained errors and has been rejected. Caps contains only values for the local node. Pkt contains the CEA in question.

  • {'CEA', timeout} - An expected CEA was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    -PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
    +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    +PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
     From, To = initial | okay | suspect | down | reopen
    -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

    An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

  • An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared to receive info fields of forms other than the above.

  • service_name() = term() - Name of a service as passed to start_service/2 and with which the service is identified. There can be at most one service with a given name on a given node. Note that @@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ which a started transport process should be terminated if it has not yet established a connection. For example, the following options on a connecting transport request a connection with one peer over SCTP or another (typically -the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    -{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    -{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    -{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing +the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    +{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    +{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    +{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing a transport process as defined in diameter_transport. Defaults to diameter_tcp.

    Multiple transport_module and transport_config options are allowed. The @@ -2438,13 +2438,13 @@

    Remove previously added transports.

    Pred determines which transports to remove. An arity-3-valued Pred removes all transports for which Pred(Ref, Type, Opts) returns true, where Type and Opts are as passed to add_transport/2 and Ref is as returned by it. -The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    -Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    -Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    -Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    -Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    -Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    -Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be +The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    +Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    +Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    +Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    +Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    +Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    +Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be terminated. Whether or not a DPR message is sent to a peer is controlled by value of disconnect_cb configured on the transport.

    @@ -2488,52 +2488,52 @@ containing both configuration and information about established peer connections. An example return value with for a client service with Origin-Host "client.example.com" configured with a single transport connected -to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    -  {type,connect},
    -  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    -            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {rport,3868},
    -                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    -  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    -  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    -  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    -  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    -         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    -         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    -         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    -         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    -         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    -         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    -         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    -         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    -  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    -         {module,diameter_tcp},
    -         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    -         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    -         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    -                      {recv_cnt,6},
    -                      {recv_max,148},
    -                      {recv_avg,109},
    -                      {recv_dvi,19},
    -                      {send_oct,836},
    -                      {send_cnt,6},
    -                      {send_max,184},
    -                      {send_avg,139},
    -                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    -  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    -               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    -               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    -               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    -               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options +to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    +  {type,connect},
    +  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    +            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {rport,3868},
    +                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    +  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    +  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    +  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    +  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    +         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    +         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    +         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    +         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    +         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    +         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    +         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    +         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    +  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    +         {module,diameter_tcp},
    +         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    +         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    +         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    +                      {recv_cnt,6},
    +                      {recv_max,148},
    +                      {recv_avg,109},
    +                      {recv_dvi,19},
    +                      {send_oct,836},
    +                      {send_cnt,6},
    +                      {send_max,184},
    +                      {send_avg,139},
    +                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    +  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    +               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    +               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    +               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    +               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1002)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.170127861 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.171127867 +0000 @@ -229,14 +229,14 @@ containing only 0 (NO_INBAND_SECURITY). If 1 (TLS) is specified then TLS is selected if the CER/CEA received from the peer offers it.

  • {'Acct-Application-Id', [Unsigned32()]}

  • {'Vendor-Specific-Application-Id', [Grouped()]}

  • {'Firmware-Revision',Unsigned32()}

  • Note that each tuple communicates one or more AVP values. It is an error to specify duplicate tuples.

  • eval() = {M,F,A} | fun() | [eval() | A] - An expression that can be -evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    -    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    -eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    -    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    -eval([F|A]) ->
    -    apply(F, A);
    -eval(F) ->
    -    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant +evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    +    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    +eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    +    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    +eval([F|A]) ->
    +    apply(F, A);
    +eval(F) ->
    +    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant in the sense of eval([E|A]).

    Warning

    Beware of using fun expressions of the form fun Name/Arity in situations in which the fun is not short-lived and code is to be upgraded at runtime since any processes retaining such a fun will have a reference to old code. @@ -279,10 +279,10 @@ service_event() record. Can have one of the following types.

    • start

    • stop - The service is being started or stopped. No event precedes a start event. No event follows a stop event, and this event implies the -termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      -Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      -Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of +termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      +Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      +Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of (down) the OKAY state. If a #diameter_packet{} is present in an up event then there has been a capabilities exchange on a newly established transport connection and the record contains the received CER or CEA.

      Note that a single up or down event for a given peer corresponds to @@ -308,20 +308,20 @@ Pkt = #diameter_packet{}

  • An incoming CER contained errors and has been answered with the indicated result code. Caps contains values for the local node only. Pkt contains the CER in question.

  • {'CER', timeout} - An expected CER was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    -Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    -Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    -ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    +Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    +Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    +ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An integer-valued Result indicates the result code sent by the peer. Caps contains pairs of values for the local node and remote peer. Pkt contains the CEA in question. In the case of rejection by a capabilities callback, the tuple contains the rejecting callback.

  • {'CEA', Caps, Pkt}

    Caps = #diameter_caps{}
     Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}

    An incoming CEA contained errors and has been rejected. Caps contains only values for the local node. Pkt contains the CEA in question.

  • {'CEA', timeout} - An expected CEA was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    -PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
    +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    +PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
     From, To = initial | okay | suspect | down | reopen
    -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

    An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

  • An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared to receive info fields of forms other than the above.

  • service_name() = term() - Name of a service as passed to start_service/2 and with which the service is identified. There can be at most one service with a given name on a given node. Note that @@ -569,10 +569,10 @@ which a started transport process should be terminated if it has not yet established a connection. For example, the following options on a connecting transport request a connection with one peer over SCTP or another (typically -the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    -{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    -{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    -{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing +the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    +{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    +{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    +{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing a transport process as defined in diameter_transport. Defaults to diameter_tcp.

    Multiple transport_module and transport_config options are allowed. The @@ -2559,13 +2559,13 @@

    Remove previously added transports.

    Pred determines which transports to remove. An arity-3-valued Pred removes all transports for which Pred(Ref, Type, Opts) returns true, where Type and Opts are as passed to add_transport/2 and Ref is as returned by it. -The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    -Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    -Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    -Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    -Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    -Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    -Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be +The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    +Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    +Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    +Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    +Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    +Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    +Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be terminated. Whether or not a DPR message is sent to a peer is controlled by value of disconnect_cb configured on the transport.

    @@ -2609,52 +2609,52 @@ containing both configuration and information about established peer connections. An example return value with for a client service with Origin-Host "client.example.com" configured with a single transport connected -to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    -  {type,connect},
    -  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    -            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {rport,3868},
    -                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    -  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    -  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    -  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    -  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    -         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    -         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    -         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    -         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    -         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    -         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    -         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    -         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    -  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    -         {module,diameter_tcp},
    -         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    -         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    -         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    -                      {recv_cnt,6},
    -                      {recv_max,148},
    -                      {recv_avg,109},
    -                      {recv_dvi,19},
    -                      {send_oct,836},
    -                      {send_cnt,6},
    -                      {send_max,184},
    -                      {send_avg,139},
    -                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    -  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    -               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    -               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    -               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    -               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options +to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    +  {type,connect},
    +  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    +            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {rport,3868},
    +                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    +  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    +  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    +  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    +  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    +         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    +         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    +         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    +         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    +         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    +         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    +         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    +         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    +  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    +         {module,diameter_tcp},
    +         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    +         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    +         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    +                      {recv_cnt,6},
    +                      {recv_max,148},
    +                      {recv_avg,109},
    +                      {recv_dvi,19},
    +                      {send_oct,836},
    +                      {send_cnt,6},
    +                      {send_max,184},
    +                      {send_avg,139},
    +                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    +  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    +               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    +               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    +               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    +               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (944)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.198128027 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.198128027 +0000 @@ -719,12 +719,12 @@ diameter:start_service/2) is determined by the Application Identifier in the header of the incoming request message, the selected module being the one whose corresponding dictionary declares itself as defining either the application in -question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    -                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    -                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    -                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    -                 bin    = binary(),
    -                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the +question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    +                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    +                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    +                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    +                 bin    = binary(),
    +                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the relay application. Otherwise it contains the record representing the request as outlined in diameter_dict(4).

    The errors field specifies any results codes identifying errors found while decoding the request. This is used to set Result-Code and/or Failed-AVP in a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (616)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.217128139 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.217128139 +0000 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ results may differ from those returned by the functions documented here, depending on configuration.

    The header() and packet() records below are defined in diameter.hrl, -which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from +which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from dictionary file compilation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (795)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.240128275 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.241128281 +0000 @@ -309,14 +309,14 @@ an incoming request.

    In cases in which there is a choice between string() and binary() types for OctetString() and derived types, the representation is determined by the value of diameter:service_opt() -string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    -Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    -Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    -Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    -Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    -Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large +string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    +Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    +Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    +Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    +Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    +Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large floats (in absolute value) are equivalent to infinity or '-infinity' and excessively large integers result in encode failure. The records for grouped AVPs are as discussed in the previous section.

    Derived AVP Data Formats

    Address() = OctetString()
    @@ -324,14 +324,14 @@
     while an IPv6 address is parsed in any of the formats specified by section 2.2
     of RFC 2373, "Text Representation of Addresses". An IPv4 tuple() has length 4
     and contains values of type 0..255. An IPv6 tuple() has length 8 and contains
    -values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
    +values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
     
     where
     
    -  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    -  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
    +  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    +  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
     
    -  Year   = integer()
    +  Year   = integer()
       Month  = 1..12
       Day    = 1..31
       Hour   = 0..23
    @@ -344,8 +344,8 @@
     UTF8String() can be specified as a binary, or as a nested list of binaries and
     codepoints.

    DiameterIdentity() = OctetString()

    A value must have length at least 1.

    DiameterURI() = OctetString()
                   | #href_anchor"" id="Enumerated">

    Enumerated() = Integer32()

    On encode, values can be specified using the macros defined in a dictionary's -hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    -QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    +hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    +QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (460)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.256128370 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.257128376 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    +
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-DB78BA3A.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-DB78BA3A.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1208)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.278128500 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.279128506 +0000 @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@
    -

    Doclet converting an edoc application to use EEP-59 and Markdown.

    This doclet has to be used together with edoc_layout_chunks.

    Example:

     1> edoc:application(example, [{preprocess, true}, {doclet, edoc_doclet_markdown},
    -       {layout, edoc_layout_chunks}]).

    It will convert the overview to Markdown and any module documentation to use -doc attributes and Markdown. Any XHTML tags in the edoc documentation that are not part of the tags supported by Erlang Documentation Format will be added as HTML tags in the Markdown.

    It does not delete the old edoc documentation.

    See also: edoc_layout_chunks.

    +

    Doclet converting an edoc application to use EEP-59 and Markdown.

    This doclet has to be used together with edoc_layout_chunks.

    Example:

     1> edoc:application(example, [{preprocess, true}, {doclet, edoc_doclet_markdown},
    +       {layout, edoc_layout_chunks}]).

    It will convert the overview to Markdown and any module documentation to use -doc attributes and Markdown. Any XHTML tags in the edoc documentation that are not part of the tags supported by Erlang Documentation Format will be added as HTML tags in the Markdown.

    It does not delete the old edoc documentation.

    See also: edoc_layout_chunks.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.296423700 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.297128612 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
    - +

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> eldap - 1.2.13 - urn:uuid:b8b78377-2565-dcc3-5802-dbac5ab78aef + urn:uuid:572c8394-fadb-f3f4-ca0e-78453c857bbc en - 2026-10-15T00:52:27Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:21Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1144)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -856,13 +856,13 @@ -

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
    +

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
           "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -       [{"objectclass", ["person"]},
    -        {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]},
    -        {"sn", ["Valentine"]},
    -        {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}]
    -     )
    +
    [{"objectclass", ["person"]}, + {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]}, + {"sn", ["Valentine"]}, + {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}] + )
    @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ -

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and +

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and matches with the value "Bar". The default value of dnAttributes is false.

    @@ -1392,9 +1392,9 @@ -

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    -	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    +

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    +         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    +	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    @@ -1715,8 +1715,8 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size for use in -search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    -{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    +search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    +{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    @@ -1750,12 +1750,12 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size and cookie for use in search/3 to retrieve the next results page.

    For example:

    PageSize = 50,
    -Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    -{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
    +Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    +{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
     %% retrieve the returned cookie from the search results
    -{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    -Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    -{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
    +{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    +Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    +{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
     %% etc
    @@ -1875,8 +1875,8 @@

    Search the directory with the supplied the SearchOptions.

    The base and filter options must be supplied. Default values: scope is wholeSubtree/0, deref is -derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    -  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the +derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    +  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the timeout in eldap:open/2 is used for each individual request in the search operation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1144)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.374129068 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.13/doc/html/eldap.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.375129074 +0000 @@ -977,13 +977,13 @@ -

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
    +

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
           "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -       [{"objectclass", ["person"]},
    -        {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]},
    -        {"sn", ["Valentine"]},
    -        {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}]
    -     )
    +
    [{"objectclass", ["person"]}, + {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]}, + {"sn", ["Valentine"]}, + {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}] + )
    @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ -

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and +

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and matches with the value "Bar". The default value of dnAttributes is false.

    @@ -1513,9 +1513,9 @@ -

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    -	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    +

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    +         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    +	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    @@ -1836,8 +1836,8 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size for use in -search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    -{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    +search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    +{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    @@ -1871,12 +1871,12 @@

    paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie) -> {control, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.319", true, binary()}

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size and cookie for use in search/3 to retrieve the next results page.

    For example:

    PageSize = 50,
    -Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    -{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
    +Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    +{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
     %% retrieve the returned cookie from the search results
    -{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    -Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    -{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
    +{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    +Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    +{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
     %% etc
    @@ -1996,8 +1996,8 @@

    Search the directory with the supplied the SearchOptions.

    The base and filter options must be supplied. Default values: scope is wholeSubtree/0, deref is -derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    -  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the +derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    +  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the timeout in eldap:open/2 is used for each individual request in the search operation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2983)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.404129245 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.405129251 +0000 @@ -151,30 +151,30 @@ Data Types

    -
    • ei_term

      typedef struct {
      +
      • ei_term

        typedef struct {
             char ei_type;
             int arity;
             int size;
        -    union {
        +    union {
           long i_val;
           double d_val;
        -  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
        +  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
           erlang_pid pid;
           erlang_port port;
           erlang_ref ref;
        -    } value;
        -} ei_term;

        Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The + } value; +} ei_term;

      Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The ei_type field is the type of the term which equals to what ei_get_type() sets *type to.

    • ei_x_buff - A dynamically resized buffer. It is a struct with two fields of interest for the user:

      • char *buff - Pointer to the dynamically allocated buffer.

      • int index - Offset to the next byte to write which also equals the amount of bytes currently written.

      An ei_x_buff is initialized by calling either ei_x_new() or ei_x_new_with_version(). The memory used by an initialized ei_x_buff is released by calling -ei_x_free().

    • erlang_char_encoding

      typedef enum {
      +ei_x_free().

    • erlang_char_encoding

      typedef enum {
           ERLANG_ASCII = 1,
           ERLANG_LATIN1 = 2,
           ERLANG_UTF8 = 4
      -} erlang_char_encoding;

      The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. +} erlang_char_encoding;

    The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. Latin-1 and UTF-8 are different extensions of 7-bit ASCII. All 7-bit ASCII characters are valid Latin-1 and UTF-8 characters. ASCII and Latin-1 both represent each character by one byte. An UTF-8 character can consist of 1-4 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ ei_cmp_pids()

    -
    int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

    Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

    int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

    Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ ei_cmp_ports()

    -
    int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

    Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

    int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

    Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ei_cmp_refs()

    -
    int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

    Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a +

    int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

    Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ ei_decode_atom()

    -
    int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

    int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed at p. At most MAXATOMLEN bytes can be placed in the buffer.

    ei_decode_atom_as()

    -
    int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
    -  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

    int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
    +  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed in buffer at p of length plen bytes.

    The wanted string encoding is specified by want. The original encoding used in the binary format (Latin-1 or UTF-8) can be obtained from *was. The encoding of the resulting string (7-bit ASCII, @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ ei_decode_bignum() -

    int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

    Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this +

    int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

    Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this function, the ei library must be configured and compiled to use the GMP library.

    @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ ei_decode_binary()

    -
    int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

    Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual +

    int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

    Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual size of the binary. Notice that ei_decode_binary() assumes that there is enough room for the binary. The size required can be fetched by ei_get_type().

    @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ ei_decode_bitstring()

    -
    int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
    -  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

    Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

    • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the +

      int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
      +  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

      Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

      • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the bit string. The returned bit string is readable as long as the buffer pointed to by buf is readable and not written to.

      • bitoffsp - Either NULL or *bitoffsp returns the number of unused bits in the first byte pointed to by *pp. The value of *bitoffsp is @@ -273,14 +273,14 @@ ei_decode_boolean() -

        int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

        Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, +

        int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

        Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, true decodes 1 and false decodes 0.

        ei_decode_char()

        -
        int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

        Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For +

        int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

        Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For historical reasons the returned integer is of type char. Your C code is to consider the returned value to be of type unsigned char even if the C compilers and system can define char to be signed.

        @@ -289,14 +289,14 @@ ei_decode_double()

        -
        int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

        Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary +

        int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

        Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary format.

        ei_decode_ei_term()

        -
        int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

        Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in +

        int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

        Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in buf fits in the term union, it is decoded, and the appropriate field in term->value is set, and *index is incremented by the term size.

        The function returns 1 on successful decoding, -1 on error, and 0 if the term seems alright, but does not fit in the term structure. If 1 is @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ free_fun() -

        int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
        void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

        Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to +

        int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
        void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

        Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to an erlang_fun structure. This is the only decode function that allocates memory. When the erlang_fun is no longer needed, it is to be freed with free_fun. (This has to do with the arbitrary size of the environment for a @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ ei_decode_iodata() -

        int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

        Decodes a term of the type iodata(). +

        int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

        Decodes a term of the type iodata(). The iodata/0 term will be flattened an written into the buffer pointed to by the outbuf argument. The byte size of the iodata is written into the integer variable pointed to by the size argument. Both size and outbuf can be set @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ ei_decode_list_header() -

        int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned +

        int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned in arity. The arity+1 elements follow (the last one is the tail of the list, normally an empty list). If arity is 0, it is an empty list.

        Notice that lists are encoded as strings if they consist entirely of integers in the range 0..255. This function do not decode such strings, use @@ -355,21 +355,21 @@ ei_decode_long() -

        int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

        Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the +

        int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

        Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the function ei_decode_long() is the same as ei_decode_longlong().

        ei_decode_longlong()

        -
        int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

        Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the +

        int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

        Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the binary format.

        ei_decode_map_header()

        -
        int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is +

        int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is returned in *arity. Keys and values follow in this order: K1, V1, K2, V2, ..., Kn, Vn. This makes a total of arity*2 terms. If arity /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2659)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.440129458 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.440129458 +0000 @@ -241,36 +241,36 @@

        • ei_cnode - Opaque data type representing a C-node. A ei_cnode structure is initialized by calling -ei_connect_init() or friends.

        • ei_socket_callbacks

          typedef struct {
          +ei_connect_init() or friends.

        • ei_socket_callbacks

          typedef struct {
               int flags;
          -    int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx);
          -    int   (*close)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog);
          -    int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz);
          -    int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd);
          -} ei_socket_callbacks;

          Callbacks functions for a + int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx); + int (*close)(void *ctx); + int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog); + int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo); + int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz); + int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd); +} ei_socket_callbacks;

  • Callbacks functions for a User Supplied Socket Implementation. Documentation of each field can be -found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    -    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    -} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
    +found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    +    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    +    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    +} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
         unsigned s_addr; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
    +} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
         long msgtype;
         erlang_pid from;
         erlang_pid to;
    -    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    -    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
         erlang_trace token;
    -} erlang_msg;

    Information about a message received via +} erlang_msg;

  • Information about a message received via ei_receive_msg() or friends.

    @@ -295,15 +295,15 @@ ei_gethostbyname_r()

    -
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    -  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    -  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    +
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    +  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    +  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    ei_accept()

    -
    int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

    Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously +
      int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

      Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

      • ec is the C-node structure.
      • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously been called.
      • conp is a pointer to an ErlConnect struct.

      On success, conp is filled in with the address and node name of the connecting client and a file descriptor is returned. On failure, ERL_ERROR is returned and erl_errno is set to EIO.

      @@ -312,14 +312,14 @@ ei_accept_tmo()

      -
      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the +

      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

      ei_close_connection()

      -
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      +
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port()

      -
      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of +

      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of the remote node to be specified. ei_connect() provides an alternative interface and determines the information from the node name provided. The ei_xconnect_host_port() function provides yet another alternative that will @@ -359,12 +359,12 @@ #define IP_ADDR "150.236.14.75" /*** Variant 1 ***/ -int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); +int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); /*** Variant 2 ***/ struct in_addr addr; -addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); -fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    +addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); +fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -388,11 +388,11 @@ ei_connect_xinit_ussi()

    -
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    -  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    -  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    +  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
       const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation,
    -  ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the + ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the server. One of them must be called before other functions that works on the ei_cnode type or a file descriptor associated with a connection to another node is used.

    • ec is a structure containing information about the C-node. It is used in @@ -415,20 +415,20 @@ see the relevant system documentation.

      These functions return a negative value indicating that an error occurred.

      Example 1:

      unsigned n = 0;
       struct in_addr addr;
       ei_cnode ec;
      -addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      -if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
      +addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      +if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
                            "chivas",
                            "madonna",
                            "madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se",
                            &addr;
                            "cookie...",
      -                     n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Example 2:

      if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Available since OTP 21.3

      + n++) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno); + exit(-1); +}

    Example 2:

    if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
    +    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
    +    exit(-1);
    +}

    Available since OTP 21.3

    @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo()

    -
    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and +

    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and ei_xconnect_host_port with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ ei_set_tracelevel()

    -
    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity +

    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity levels. A higher level means more information. See also section Debug Information.

    These functions are not thread safe.

    Available since OTP R13B04

    @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ei_xlisten()

    -
    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for +

    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for accepting connections from client processes.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • adr is local interface to bind to.
    • port is a pointer to an integer containing the port number to bind to. If *port equals 0 when calling ei_listen(), the socket will be bound to an ephemeral port. On success, ei_listen() will update the value of *port to @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ ei_make_pid() /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1537)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.460129576 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.460129576 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ei_global_names() -
      char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

      Retrieves a list of all known global names.

      • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
      • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
      • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it +
        char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

        Retrieves a list of all known global names.

        • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it is set by the function to the number of names found.

        On success, the function returns an array of strings, each containing a single registered name, and sets count to the number of names found. The array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. On failure, the function returns NULL @@ -144,20 +144,20 @@ ei_global_register() -

        int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

        Registers a name in global.

        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • name is the name to register in global.
        • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned +
          int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

          Registers a name in global.

          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to register in global.
          • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned by global when processes request the location of name.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_unregister()

          -
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          +
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_whereis()

          -
          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update +

          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update with the pid associated with the global name, if successful.

          If node is not NULL, it is a pointer to a buffer where the function can fill in the name of the node where name is found. node can be passed directly to ei_connect() if necessary.

          On success, the function returns 0, updates the erlang_pid pointed to by the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (757)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.481129701 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.482129707 +0000 @@ -180,11 +180,11 @@ Erlang.

          The Erl_Interface library supports this activity. It has several C functions that create and manipulate Erlang data structures. The following example shows how to create and encode an Erlang tuple {tobbe,3928}:

          ei_x_buff buf;
          -ei_x_new(&buf);
          +ei_x_new(&buf);
           int i = 0;
          -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
          -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe");
          -ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

          For a complete description, see the ei module.

          +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2); +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe"); +ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

    For a complete description, see the ei module.

    @@ -193,18 +193,18 @@

    The previous example can be simplified by using the ei_x_format_wo_ver function to create an Erlang term:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the +ei_x_new(&buf); +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the ei_x_format_wo_ver function.

    The following example is more complex:

    ei_x_buff buf;
     int i = 0;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
    +ei_x_new(&buf);
    +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
                        "[{name,~a},{age,~i},{data,[{adr,~s,~i}]}]",
                        "madonna",
                        21,
    -                  "E-street", 42);
    -ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i);
    -ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory + "E-street", 42); +ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i); +ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory allocated for Erlang terms. In this example, ei_x_free() ensures that the data pointed to by buf is released.

    @@ -220,18 +220,18 @@ char *cookie="a secret cookie string"; /* An example */ const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; const char *cookie = NULL; -short creation = time(NULL) + 1; +short creation = time(NULL) + 1; ei_cnode ec; -ei_connect_init(&ec, +ei_connect_init(&ec, node_name, cookie, - creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify + creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify the Erlang node you want to connect to, use the ei_connect_*() family of functions. The following example sets up the connection and is to result in a valid socket file descriptor:

    int sockfd;
     const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; /* An example */
    -if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0)
    -  fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    +if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ connection is first made to epmd and, if the node is known, a connection is then made to the Erlang node.

    C nodes can also register themselves with epmd if they want other nodes in the system to be able to find and connect to them.

    Before registering with epmd, you must first create a listen socket and bind -it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other +it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other end of the connection. If it detects that the connection has been closed, the node becomes unregistered. So, if you explicitly close the descriptor or if your node fails, it becomes unregistered from epmd.

    Notice that on some systems a failed node is not detected by this mechanism, as @@ -269,13 +269,13 @@

    In the following example, {Pid, hello_world} is sent to a registered process my_server:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
    +ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
     
    -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
    +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    +ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
     
    -ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables +ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables my_server to reply. For more information about the primitives, see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -289,24 +289,24 @@ int arity = 0; erlang_pid pid; ei_x_buff buf; -ei_x_new(&buf); -for (;;) { - int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); - if (got == ERL_TICK) +ei_x_new(&buf); +for (;;) { + int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); + if (got == ERL_TICK) continue; - if (got == ERL_ERROR) { - fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); - exit(1); - } + if (got == ERL_ERROR) { + fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); + exit(1); + } break; -} -ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); -ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); -if (arity != 2) { - fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); - exit(1); -} -ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its +} +ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); +ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); +if (arity != 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); + exit(1); +} +ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its connected neighbors in an attempt to detect failed nodes or communication links. A node that receives such a message is expected to respond immediately with an ERL_TICK message. This is done automatically by ei_xreceive_msg(). However, @@ -324,19 +324,19 @@ a remote node and is called a remote procedure call.

    The following example checks if a specific Erlang process is alive:

    int index = 0, is_alive;
     ei_x_buff args, result;
     
    -ei_x_new(&result);
    -ei_x_new(&args);
    -ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid);
    -ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args);
    -
    -if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive",
    -           args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0)
    -    handle_error();
    -
    -if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0
    -    || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0)
    -    handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and +ei_x_new(&result); +ei_x_new(&args); +ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1); +ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid); +ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args); + +if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive", + args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0) + handle_error(); + +if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0 + || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0) + handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and ei_rpc_from(), see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -353,32 +353,32 @@ int count; int i; -names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); +names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); -if (names) - for (i=0; i<count; i++) - printf("%s\n",names[i]); +if (names) + for (i=0; i<count; i++) + printf("%s\n",names[i]); -free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer +free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer containing all the names known to the global module in Kernel. count is initialized to indicate the number of names in the array. The array of strings in names is terminated by a NULL pointer, so it is not necessary to use count to determine when the last name is reached.

    It is the caller's responsibility to free the array. ei_global_names allocates the array and all the strings using a single call to malloc(), so free(names) is all that is necessary.

    To look up one of the names:

    ETERM *pid;
    -char node[256];
    +char node[256];
     erlang_pid the_pid;
     
    -if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0)
    -   fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is +if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (769)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.501129819 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:27.502129825 +0000 @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ {<madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se,38,0>, []}]

    To forward standard output without printing the result term (again, the input ends with EOF (Control-D)):

    erl_call -s -e -sname madonna -fetch_stdout -no_result_term
    -io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
    -io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
    +io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
    +io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
     ^D
     Number of schedulers: 8
     Number of logical cores: 8
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> erl_interface - 5.5.2 - urn:uuid:e97c11a6-c038-8681-b4dc-a457e38ff7e1 + urn:uuid:6503d4d4-be32-ab88-46eb-aa0b632a600a en - 2026-10-15T00:51:42Z + 2042-11-16T14:09:37Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (3202)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -146,36 +146,36 @@
    • ei_cnode - Opaque data type representing a C-node. A ei_cnode structure is initialized by calling -ei_connect_init() or friends.

    • ei_socket_callbacks

      typedef struct {
      +ei_connect_init() or friends.

    • ei_socket_callbacks

      typedef struct {
           int flags;
      -    int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx);
      -    int   (*close)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog);
      -    int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz);
      -    int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd);
      -} ei_socket_callbacks;

      Callbacks functions for a + int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx); + int (*close)(void *ctx); + int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog); + int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo); + int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz); + int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd); +} ei_socket_callbacks;

    Callbacks functions for a User Supplied Socket Implementation. Documentation of each field can be -found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    -    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    -} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
    +found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    +    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    +    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    +} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
         unsigned s_addr; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
    +} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
         long msgtype;
         erlang_pid from;
         erlang_pid to;
    -    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    -    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
         erlang_trace token;
    -} erlang_msg;

    Information about a message received via +} erlang_msg;

  • Information about a message received via ei_receive_msg() or friends.

    @@ -200,15 +200,15 @@ ei_gethostbyname_r()

    -
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    -  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    -  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    +
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    +  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    +  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    ei_accept()

    -
    int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

    Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously +
      int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

      Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

      • ec is the C-node structure.
      • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously been called.
      • conp is a pointer to an ErlConnect struct.

      On success, conp is filled in with the address and node name of the connecting client and a file descriptor is returned. On failure, ERL_ERROR is returned and erl_errno is set to EIO.

      @@ -217,14 +217,14 @@ ei_accept_tmo()

      -
      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the +

      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

      ei_close_connection()

      -
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      +
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port()

      -
      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of +

      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of the remote node to be specified. ei_connect() provides an alternative interface and determines the information from the node name provided. The ei_xconnect_host_port() function provides yet another alternative that will @@ -264,12 +264,12 @@ #define IP_ADDR "150.236.14.75" /*** Variant 1 ***/ -int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); +int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); /*** Variant 2 ***/ struct in_addr addr; -addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); -fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    +addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); +fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -293,11 +293,11 @@ ei_connect_xinit_ussi()

    -
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    -  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    -  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    +  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
       const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation,
    -  ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the + ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the server. One of them must be called before other functions that works on the ei_cnode type or a file descriptor associated with a connection to another node is used.

    • ec is a structure containing information about the C-node. It is used in @@ -320,20 +320,20 @@ see the relevant system documentation.

      These functions return a negative value indicating that an error occurred.

      Example 1:

      unsigned n = 0;
       struct in_addr addr;
       ei_cnode ec;
      -addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      -if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
      +addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      +if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
                            "chivas",
                            "madonna",
                            "madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se",
                            &addr;
                            "cookie...",
      -                     n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Example 2:

      if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Available since OTP 21.3

      + n++) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno); + exit(-1); +}

    Example 2:

    if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
    +    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
    +    exit(-1);
    +}

    Available since OTP 21.3

    @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo()

    -
    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and +

    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and ei_xconnect_host_port with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ ei_set_tracelevel()

    -
    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity +

    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity levels. A higher level means more information. See also section Debug Information.

    These functions are not thread safe.

    Available since OTP R13B04

    @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ ei_xlisten()

    -
    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for +

    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for accepting connections from client processes.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • adr is local interface to bind to.
    • port is a pointer to an integer containing the port number to bind to. If *port equals 0 when calling ei_listen(), the socket will be bound to an ephemeral port. On success, ei_listen() will update the value of *port to @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ ei_make_pid() /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_global.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1537)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_global.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_global.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ ei_global_names() -
      char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

      Retrieves a list of all known global names.

      • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
      • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
      • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it +
        char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

        Retrieves a list of all known global names.

        • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it is set by the function to the number of names found.

        On success, the function returns an array of strings, each containing a single registered name, and sets count to the number of names found. The array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. On failure, the function returns NULL @@ -49,20 +49,20 @@ ei_global_register() -

        int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

        Registers a name in global.

        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • name is the name to register in global.
        • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned +
          int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

          Registers a name in global.

          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to register in global.
          • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned by global when processes request the location of name.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_unregister()

          -
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          +
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_whereis()

          -
          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update +

          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update with the pid associated with the global name, if successful.

          If node is not NULL, it is a pointer to a buffer where the function can fill in the name of the node where name is found. node can be passed directly to ei_connect() if necessary.

          On success, the function returns 0, updates the erlang_pid pointed to by the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_users_guide.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (757)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_users_guide.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_users_guide.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ Erlang.

          The Erl_Interface library supports this activity. It has several C functions that create and manipulate Erlang data structures. The following example shows how to create and encode an Erlang tuple {tobbe,3928}:

          ei_x_buff buf;
          -ei_x_new(&buf);
          +ei_x_new(&buf);
           int i = 0;
          -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
          -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe");
          -ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

          For a complete description, see the ei module.

          +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2); +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe"); +ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

    For a complete description, see the ei module.

    @@ -98,18 +98,18 @@

    The previous example can be simplified by using the ei_x_format_wo_ver function to create an Erlang term:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the +ei_x_new(&buf); +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the ei_x_format_wo_ver function.

    The following example is more complex:

    ei_x_buff buf;
     int i = 0;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
    +ei_x_new(&buf);
    +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
                        "[{name,~a},{age,~i},{data,[{adr,~s,~i}]}]",
                        "madonna",
                        21,
    -                  "E-street", 42);
    -ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i);
    -ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory + "E-street", 42); +ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i); +ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory allocated for Erlang terms. In this example, ei_x_free() ensures that the data pointed to by buf is released.

    @@ -125,18 +125,18 @@ char *cookie="a secret cookie string"; /* An example */ const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; const char *cookie = NULL; -short creation = time(NULL) + 1; +short creation = time(NULL) + 1; ei_cnode ec; -ei_connect_init(&ec, +ei_connect_init(&ec, node_name, cookie, - creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify + creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify the Erlang node you want to connect to, use the ei_connect_*() family of functions. The following example sets up the connection and is to result in a valid socket file descriptor:

    int sockfd;
     const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; /* An example */
    -if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0)
    -  fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    +if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ connection is first made to epmd and, if the node is known, a connection is then made to the Erlang node.

    C nodes can also register themselves with epmd if they want other nodes in the system to be able to find and connect to them.

    Before registering with epmd, you must first create a listen socket and bind -it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other +it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other end of the connection. If it detects that the connection has been closed, the node becomes unregistered. So, if you explicitly close the descriptor or if your node fails, it becomes unregistered from epmd.

    Notice that on some systems a failed node is not detected by this mechanism, as @@ -174,13 +174,13 @@

    In the following example, {Pid, hello_world} is sent to a registered process my_server:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
    +ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
     
    -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
    +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    +ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
     
    -ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables +ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables my_server to reply. For more information about the primitives, see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -194,24 +194,24 @@ int arity = 0; erlang_pid pid; ei_x_buff buf; -ei_x_new(&buf); -for (;;) { - int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); - if (got == ERL_TICK) +ei_x_new(&buf); +for (;;) { + int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); + if (got == ERL_TICK) continue; - if (got == ERL_ERROR) { - fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); - exit(1); - } + if (got == ERL_ERROR) { + fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); + exit(1); + } break; -} -ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); -ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); -if (arity != 2) { - fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); - exit(1); -} -ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its +} +ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); +ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); +if (arity != 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); + exit(1); +} +ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its connected neighbors in an attempt to detect failed nodes or communication links. A node that receives such a message is expected to respond immediately with an ERL_TICK message. This is done automatically by ei_xreceive_msg(). However, @@ -229,19 +229,19 @@ a remote node and is called a remote procedure call.

    The following example checks if a specific Erlang process is alive:

    int index = 0, is_alive;
     ei_x_buff args, result;
     
    -ei_x_new(&result);
    -ei_x_new(&args);
    -ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid);
    -ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args);
    -
    -if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive",
    -           args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0)
    -    handle_error();
    -
    -if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0
    -    || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0)
    -    handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and +ei_x_new(&result); +ei_x_new(&args); +ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1); +ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid); +ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args); + +if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive", + args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0) + handle_error(); + +if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0 + || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0) + handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and ei_rpc_from(), see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -258,32 +258,32 @@ int count; int i; -names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); +names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); -if (names) - for (i=0; i<count; i++) - printf("%s\n",names[i]); +if (names) + for (i=0; i<count; i++) + printf("%s\n",names[i]); -free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer +free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer containing all the names known to the global module in Kernel. count is initialized to indicate the number of names in the array. The array of strings in names is terminated by a NULL pointer, so it is not necessary to use count to determine when the last name is reached.

    It is the caller's responsibility to free the array. ei_global_names allocates the array and all the strings using a single call to malloc(), so free(names) is all that is necessary.

    To look up one of the names:

    ETERM *pid;
    -char node[256];
    +char node[256];
     erlang_pid the_pid;
     
    -if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0)
    -   fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is +if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2983)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,30 +56,30 @@ Data Types

    -
  • {log_format, common | combined}
    Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format + {fun logger_filters:domain/2, + {log, equal, + [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).

  • {log_format, common | combined}
    Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format or the extended common log format. The common format is one line looking like this: remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes.

    Here:

    • remotehost - Remote.

    • rfc931 - The remote username of the client (RFC 931).

    • authuser - The username used for authentication.

    • [date] - Date and time of the request @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes "referer" "user_agent"

      In addition to the earlier:

      • "referer" - The URL the client was on before requesting the URL (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

      • "user_agent" - The software the client claims to be using (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

      This affects the access logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

    • {error_log_format, pretty | compact}
      Default is pretty. If the error log is meant to be read directly by a human, -pretty is the best option.

      pretty has a format corresponding to:

      io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

      compact has a format corresponding to:

      io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

      This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

    +pretty is the best option.

    pretty has a format corresponding to:

    io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

    compact has a format corresponding to:

    io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

    This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

  • @@ -284,15 +284,15 @@
    • {alias, {Alias, RealName}}
      Alias = string() and RealName = string(). alias allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs with a path beginning with url-path is mapped to local files beginning with -directory-filename, for example:

      {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file +directory-filename, for example:

      {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file /ftp/pub/image/foo.gif.

    • {re_write, {Re, Replacement}}
      Re = string() and Replacement = string(). re_write allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs are rewritten by re:replace/3 to produce a path in the local -file-system, for example:

      {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file +file-system, for example:

      {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file /home/bob/public/foo.gif.

    • {directory_index, [string()]}
      directory_index specifies a list of resources to look for if a client requests a directory using a / at the end of the directory name. file depicts the name of a file in the directory. Several files can be given, in -which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

      {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

      Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return +which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

      {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

      Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return http://your.server.org/docs/index.html or http://your.server.org/docs/welcome.html if index.html does not exist.

    @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ method. The method is either GET or POST, as defined in RFC 1945. It propagates the URL and file path of the requested document using the standard CGI PATH_INFO and -PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

    Example:

    {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    +PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

    Example:

    {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@

    • {erl_script_alias, {URLPath, [AllowedModule]}}
      URLPath = string() and AllowedModule = atom(). erl_script_alias marks all URLs matching url-path as erl scheme scripts. A matching URL is mapped -into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would +into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would refer to httpd_example:yahoo/3 or, if that does not exist, httpd_example:yahoo/2 and http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/other:yahoo would not be allowed to execute.

    • {erl_script_nocache, boolean()}
      If erl_script_nocache is set to true, the server adds HTTP header fields @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Authentication Properties - Requires mod_auth

    -

    {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

    The properties for directories are as follows:

    • {allow_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
      Defines a set of hosts to be granted access to a given directory, for example:

      {allow_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

      The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are +

      {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

      The properties for directories are as follows:

      • {allow_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
        Defines a set of hosts to be granted access to a given directory, for example:

        {allow_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

        The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are allowed access.

      • {deny_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
        Defines a set of hosts to be denied access to a given directory, for example:

        {deny_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

        The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are not allowed access.

      • {auth_type, plain | dets | mnesia}
        Sets the type of authentication database that is used for the directory. The key difference between the different methods is that dynamic data can be saved @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Security Properties - Requires mod_security -

        {security_directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

        The properties for the security directories are as follows:

        • {data_file, path()}
          Name of the security data file. The filename can either be absolute or +

          {security_directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

          The properties for the security directories are as follows:

          • {data_file, path()}
            Name of the security data file. The filename can either be absolute or relative to the server_root. This file is used to store persistent data for module mod_security.

          • {max_retries, integer()}
            Specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user before the user is blocked out. If a user successfully authenticates while blocked, the @@ -433,10 +433,10 @@ Web server API data types -

            The Erlang web server API data types are as follows:

            ModData = #mod{}
            +

            The Erlang web server API data types are as follows:

            ModData = #mod{}
             
            --record(mod, {
            -    data = [],
            +-record(mod, {
            +    data = [],
                 socket_type = ip_comm,
                 socket,
                 config_db,
            @@ -445,10 +445,10 @@
                 request_uri,
                 http_version,
                 request_line,
            -    parsed_header = [],
            +    parsed_header = [],
                 entity_body,
                 connection
            -}).

            To access the record in your callback-module use:

            -include_lib("inets/include/httpd.hrl").

            The fields of record mod have the following meaning:

            • data - Type [{InteractionKey,InteractionValue}] is used to propagate +}).

            To access the record in your callback-module use:

            -include_lib("inets/include/httpd.hrl").

            The fields of record mod have the following meaning:

            • data - Type [{InteractionKey,InteractionValue}] is used to propagate data between modules. Depicted interaction_data() in function type declarations.

            • socket_type - socket_type() indicates whether it is an IP socket or an ssl socket.

            • socket - The socket, in format ip_comm or ssl, depending on /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> inets - 9.3 - urn:uuid:d2d4b896-9c9b-f5a0-9311-c9893a37be46 + urn:uuid:f8c988b1-48a2-b777-ff08-4b06b7ffb61d en - 2026-10-15T00:51:27Z + 2042-11-16T14:09:22Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2281)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,32 +33,32 @@ handle each request, unless a persistent connection can be used with or without pipelining. The client adds a host header and an empty te header if there are no such headers present in the request.

              The client supports IPv6 as long as the underlying mechanisms also do so.

              The following is to be put in the Erlang node application configuration file to -start a profile at application startup:

              [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

              For valid properties, see httpc.

              +start a profile at application startup:

              [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

              For valid properties, see httpc.

              Getting Started

              -

              Start Inets:

              1> inets:start().
              +

              Start Inets:

              1> inets:start().
               ok

              The following calls use the default client profile. Use the proxy "www-proxy.mycompany.com:8000", except from requests to localhost. This -applies to all the following requests.

              Example:

              2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
              -["localhost"]}}]).
              -ok

              The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

              3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
              -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

              With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as -follows:

              4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
              -.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

              The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

              5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
              -.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

              The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

              6> {ok, RequestId} =
              -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

              The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

              In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is -received:

              7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
              -ok

              This sends a request with a specified connection header:

              8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
              -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
              -.. [], []).

              This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

              9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
              -10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
              - .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

              Start an HTTP client profile:

              10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
              -{ok, <0.45.0>}

              The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

              11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
              -{error, econnrefused}

              Stop the HTTP client profile:

              12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
              -ok

              Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

              13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
              +applies to all the following requests.

              Example:

              2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
              +["localhost"]}}]).
              +ok

              The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

              3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
              +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

              With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as +follows:

              4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
              +.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

              The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

              5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
              +.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

              The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

              6> {ok, RequestId} =
              +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

              The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

              In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is +received:

              7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
              +ok

              This sends a request with a specified connection header:

              8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
              +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
              +.. [], []).

              This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

              9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
              +10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
              + .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

              Start an HTTP client profile:

              10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
              +{ok, <0.45.0>}

              The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

              11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
              +{error, econnrefused}

              Stop the HTTP client profile:

              12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
              +ok

              Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

              13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
               ok
              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (699)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -950,13 +950,13 @@ {http, ReplyInfo}.

            • function/1 - Information is delivered to the receiver through calls to the provided fun Receiver(ReplyInfo).

            • {Module, Function, Args} - Information is delivered to the receiver through calls to the callback function -apply(Module, Function, [ReplyInfo | Args]).

            In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

             {RequestId, saved_to_file}
            - {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
            - {RequestId, Result}
            - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
            - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
            - {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
            - {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

            Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

          • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an +apply(Module, Function, [ReplyInfo | Args]).

          In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

           {RequestId, saved_to_file}
          + {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
          + {RequestId, Result}
          + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
          + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
          + {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
          + {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

          Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

        • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an URI with an IPv6 address with brackets, if those brackets are to be retained (true) or stripped (false).

          Default is false.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2234)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/inets-9.3/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -131,36 +131,36 @@ level error under the hierarchical logger domain: [otp, inets, httpd, ServerID, error] The built in logger formatting function produces log entries from the error -reports:

        #{server_name => string()
        +reports:

        #{server_name => string()
           protocol => internal | 'TCP' | 'TLS' | 'HTTP',
           transport => "TCP" | "TLS", %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP'
        -  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
        -  peer => inet:peername(),
        -  host => inet:hostname(),
        -  reason => term()
        -}

        An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

        =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
        +  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
        +  peer => inet:peername(),
        +  host => inet:hostname(),
        +  reason => term()
        +}

        An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

        =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
            Server: My Server
          Protocol: HTTP
         Transport: TLS
               URI: /not_there
              Host: 127.0.1.1:80
              Peer: 127.0.0.1:45253
        -   Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

        Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

        Add the filter

        {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
        -    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

        to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the + Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

        Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

        Add the filter

        {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
        +    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

        to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the error log from an httpd server with a ServerID of my_server to a file -you can use the following sys.config:

        [{kernel,
        - [{logger,
        -  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
        -    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
        -      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
        -                                 {log, equal,
        -                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
        -                                 }}}],
        -      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

        or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

        logger:add_handler_filter(default,
        +you can use the following sys.config:

        [{kernel,
        + [{logger,
        +  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
        +    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
        +      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
        +                                 {log, equal,
        +                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
        +                                 }}}],
        +      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

        or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

        logger:add_handler_filter(default,
                                   inets_httpd,
        -                          {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
        -                           {log, equal,
        -                            [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).
    • {log_format, common | combined}
      Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format + {fun logger_filters:domain/2, + {log, equal, + [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).

  • {log_format, common | combined}
    Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format or the extended common log format. The common format is one line looking like this: remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes.

    Here:

    • remotehost - Remote.

    • rfc931 - The remote username of the client (RFC 931).

    • authuser - The username used for authentication.

    • [date] - Date and time of the request @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes "referer" "user_agent"

      In addition to the earlier:

      • "referer" - The URL the client was on before requesting the URL (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

      • "user_agent" - The software the client claims to be using (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

      This affects the access logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

    • {error_log_format, pretty | compact}
      Default is pretty. If the error log is meant to be read directly by a human, -pretty is the best option.

      pretty has a format corresponding to:

      io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

      compact has a format corresponding to:

      io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

      This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

    +pretty is the best option.

    pretty has a format corresponding to:

    io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

    compact has a format corresponding to:

    io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

    This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

  • @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@
    • {alias, {Alias, RealName}}
      Alias = string() and RealName = string(). alias allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs with a path beginning with url-path is mapped to local files beginning with -directory-filename, for example:

      {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file +directory-filename, for example:

      {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file /ftp/pub/image/foo.gif.

    • {re_write, {Re, Replacement}}
      Re = string() and Replacement = string(). re_write allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs are rewritten by re:replace/3 to produce a path in the local -file-system, for example:

      {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file +file-system, for example:

      {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

      Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file /home/bob/public/foo.gif.

    • {directory_index, [string()]}
      directory_index specifies a list of resources to look for if a client requests a directory using a / at the end of the directory name. file depicts the name of a file in the directory. Several files can be given, in -which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

      {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

      Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return +which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

      {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

      Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return http://your.server.org/docs/index.html or http://your.server.org/docs/welcome.html if index.html does not exist.

    @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ method. The method is either GET or POST, as defined in RFC 1945. It propagates the URL and file path of the requested document using the standard CGI PATH_INFO and -PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

    Example:

    {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    +PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

    Example:

    {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

    • {erl_script_alias, {URLPath, [AllowedModule]}}
      URLPath = string() and AllowedModule = atom(). erl_script_alias marks all URLs matching url-path as erl scheme scripts. A matching URL is mapped -into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would +into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would refer to httpd_example:yahoo/3 or, if that does not exist, httpd_example:yahoo/2 and http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/other:yahoo would not be allowed to execute.

    • {erl_script_nocache, boolean()}
      If erl_script_nocache is set to true, the server adds HTTP header fields @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Authentication Properties - Requires mod_auth

    -

    {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

    The properties for directories are as follows:

  • {sctp_events, #sctp_event_subscribe{}}

    #sctp_event_subscribe{
             data_io_event          = true | false,
             association_event      = true | false,
             address_event          = true | false,
    @@ -183,42 +183,42 @@
             shutdown_event         = true | false,
             partial_delivery_event = true | false,
             adaptation_layer_event = true | false
    -}

    This option determines which SCTP Events that are to be +}

    This option determines which SCTP Events that are to be received (through recv/*) along with the data. The only exception is data_io_event, which enables or disables receiving of #sctp_sndrcvinfo{} ancillary data, not events. By default, all flags except adaptation_layer_event are enabled, although sctp_data_io_event and association_event are used by the driver -itself and not exported to the user level.

  • {sctp_delayed_ack_time, #sctp_assoc_value{}}

    #sctp_assoc_value{
    -      assoc_id    = assoc_id(),
    -      assoc_value = integer()
    -}

    Rarely used. Determines the ACK time (specified by assoc_value, in +itself and not exported to the user level.

  • {sctp_delayed_ack_time, #sctp_assoc_value{}}

    #sctp_assoc_value{
    +      assoc_id    = assoc_id(),
    +      assoc_value = integer()
    +}

    Rarely used. Determines the ACK time (specified by assoc_value, in milliseconds) for the specified association or the whole endpoint if -assoc_value = 0 (default).

  • {sctp_status, #sctp_status{}}

    #sctp_status{
    -      assoc_id            = assoc_id(),
    -      state               = atom(),
    -      rwnd                = integer(),
    -      unackdata           = integer(),
    -      penddata            = integer(),
    -      instrms             = integer(),
    -      outstrms            = integer(),
    -      fragmentation_point = integer(),
    -      primary             = #sctp_paddrinfo{}
    -}

    This option is read-only. It determines the status of the SCTP association +assoc_value = 0 (default).

  • {sctp_status, #sctp_status{}}

    #sctp_status{
    +      assoc_id            = assoc_id(),
    +      state               = atom(),
    +      rwnd                = integer(),
    +      unackdata           = integer(),
    +      penddata            = integer(),
    +      instrms             = integer(),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (898))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -25,27 +25,27 @@
           

    Interface to TCP/IP sockets.

    This module provides functions for communicating over TCP/IP protocol sockets.

    The following code fragment is a simple example of a client connecting to a -server at port 5678, transferring a binary, and closing the connection:

    client() ->
    +server at port 5678, transferring a binary, and closing the connection:

    client() ->
         SomeHostInNet = "localhost", % to make it runnable on one machine
    -    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(SomeHostInNet, 5678,
    -                                 [binary, {packet, 0}]),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:send(Sock, "Some Data"),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock).

    At the other end, a server is listening on port 5678, accepts the connection, -and receives the binary:

    server() ->
    -    {ok, LSock} = gen_tcp:listen(5678, [binary, {packet, 0},
    -                                        {active, false}]),
    -    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:accept(LSock),
    -    {ok, Bin} = do_recv(Sock, []),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(LSock),
    +    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(SomeHostInNet, 5678,
    +                                 [binary, {packet, 0}]),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:send(Sock, "Some Data"),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock).

    At the other end, a server is listening on port 5678, accepts the connection, +and receives the binary:

    server() ->
    +    {ok, LSock} = gen_tcp:listen(5678, [binary, {packet, 0},
    +                                        {active, false}]),
    +    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:accept(LSock),
    +    {ok, Bin} = do_recv(Sock, []),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(LSock),
         Bin.
     
    -do_recv(Sock, Bs) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:recv(Sock, 0) of
    -        {ok, B} ->
    -            do_recv(Sock, [Bs, B]);
    -        {error, closed} ->
    -            {ok, list_to_binary(Bs)}
    +do_recv(Sock, Bs) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:recv(Sock, 0) of
    +        {ok, B} ->
    +            do_recv(Sock, [Bs, B]);
    +        {error, closed} ->
    +            {ok, list_to_binary(Bs)}
         end.

    For more examples, see section Examples.

    Note

    Functions that create sockets can take an optional option; {inet_backend, Backend} that, if specified, has to be the first option. This selects the implementation backend towards the platform's socket API.

    This is a temporary option that will be ignored in a future release.

    The default is Backend = inet that selects the traditional inet_drv.c @@ -84,48 +84,48 @@ a single listening socket. Function start/2 takes the number of worker processes and the port number on which to listen for incoming connections. If LPort is specified as 0, an ephemeral port number is used, which is why the -start function returns the actual port number allocated:

    start(Num,LPort) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:listen(LPort,[{active, false},{packet,2}]) of
    -        {ok, ListenSock} ->
    -            start_servers(Num,ListenSock),
    -            {ok, Port} = inet:port(ListenSock),
    +start function returns the actual port number allocated:

    start(Num,LPort) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:listen(LPort,[{active, false},{packet,2}]) of
    +        {ok, ListenSock} ->
    +            start_servers(Num,ListenSock),
    +            {ok, Port} = inet:port(ListenSock),
                 Port;
    -        {error,Reason} ->
    -            {error,Reason}
    +        {error,Reason} ->
    +            {error,Reason}
         end.
     
    -start_servers(0,_) ->
    +start_servers(0,_) ->
         ok;
    -start_servers(Num,LS) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE,server,[LS]),
    -    start_servers(Num-1,LS).
    +start_servers(Num,LS) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE,server,[LS]),
    +    start_servers(Num-1,LS).
     
    -server(LS) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:accept(LS) of
    -        {ok,S} ->
    -            loop(S),
    -            server(LS);
    +server(LS) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:accept(LS) of
    +        {ok,S} ->
    +            loop(S),
    +            server(LS);
             Other ->
    -            io:format("accept returned ~w - goodbye!~n",[Other]),
    +            io:format("accept returned ~w - goodbye!~n",[Other]),
                 ok
         end.
     
    -loop(S) ->
    -    inet:setopts(S,[{active,once}]),
    +loop(S) ->
    +    inet:setopts(S,[{active,once}]),
         receive
    -        {tcp,S,Data} ->
    -            Answer = process(Data), % Not implemented in this example
    -            gen_tcp:send(S,Answer),
    -            loop(S);
    -        {tcp_closed,S} ->
    -            io:format("Socket ~w closed [~w]~n",[S,self()]),
    +        {tcp,S,Data} ->
    +            Answer = process(Data), % Not implemented in this example
    +            gen_tcp:send(S,Answer),
    +            loop(S);
    +        {tcp_closed,S} ->
    +            io:format("Socket ~w closed [~w]~n",[S,self()]),
                 ok
    -    end.

    Example of a simple client:

    client(PortNo,Message) ->
    -    {ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost",PortNo,[{active,false},
    -                                                    {packet,2}]),
    -    gen_tcp:send(Sock,Message),
    -    A = gen_tcp:recv(Sock,0),
    -    gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    +    end.

    Example of a simple client:

    client(PortNo,Message) ->
    +    {ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost",PortNo,[{active,false},
    +                                                    {packet,2}]),
    +    gen_tcp:send(Sock,Message),
    +    A = gen_tcp:recv(Sock,0),
    +    gen_tcp:close(Sock),
         A.

    The send call does not accept a time-out option because time-outs on send is handled through socket option send_timeout. The behavior of a send operation with no receiver is mainly defined by the underlying TCP stack and the network @@ -135,32 +135,32 @@ does not get any acknowledge for each message it sends, but has to rely on the send time-out option to detect that the other end is unresponsive. Option send_timeout can be used when connecting:

    ...
    -{ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(HostAddress, Port,
    -                            [{active,false},
    -                             {send_timeout, 5000},
    -                             {packet,2}]),
    -                loop(Sock), % See below
    -...

    In the loop where requests are handled, send time-outs can now be detected:

    loop(Sock) ->
    +{ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(HostAddress, Port,
    +                            [{active,false},
    +                             {send_timeout, 5000},
    +                             {packet,2}]),
    +                loop(Sock), % See below
    +...

    In the loop where requests are handled, send time-outs can now be detected:

    loop(Sock) ->
         receive
    -        {Client, send_data, Binary} ->
    -            case gen_tcp:send(Sock,[Binary]) of
    -                {error, timeout} ->
    -                    io:format("Send timeout, closing!~n",
    -                              []),
    -                    handle_send_timeout(), % Not implemented here
    -                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, timeout}},
    +        {Client, send_data, Binary} ->
    +            case gen_tcp:send(Sock,[Binary]) of
    +                {error, timeout} ->
    +                    io:format("Send timeout, closing!~n",
    +                              []),
    +                    handle_send_timeout(), % Not implemented here
    +                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, timeout}},
                         %% Usually, it's a good idea to give up in case of a
                         %% send timeout, as you never know how much actually
                         %% reached the server, maybe only a packet header?!
    -                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    -                {error, OtherSendError} ->
    -                    io:format("Some other error on socket (~p), closing",
    -                              [OtherSendError]),
    -                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, OtherSendError}},
    -                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    +                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    +                {error, OtherSendError} ->
    +                    io:format("Some other error on socket (~p), closing",
    +                              [OtherSendError]),
    +                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, OtherSendError}},
    +                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
                     ok ->
    -                    Client ! {self(), data_sent},
    -                    loop(Sock)
    +                    Client ! {self(), data_sent},
    +                    loop(Sock)
                 end
         end.

    Usually it suffices to detect time-outs on receive, as most protocols include some sort of acknowledgment from the server, but if the protocol is strictly one /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (770)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ Leaves a multicast group.

  • option/0 - See inet:setopts/2.

  • UDP packets are sent with this socket using send(Socket, ...). When UDP packets arrive to the Socket's UDP port, and the socket is in an active mode, the packets are delivered as messages to the -controlling process (socket owner):

    {udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, Packet} % Without ancillary data
    -{udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, AncData, Packet} % With ancillary data

    PeerIP and PeerPort are the address from which Packet was sent. +controlling process (socket owner):

    {udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, Packet} % Without ancillary data
    +{udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, AncData, Packet} % With ancillary data

    PeerIP and PeerPort are the address from which Packet was sent. Packet is a list of bytes ([byte/0] if option list is active and a binary/0 if option binaryis active (they are mutually exclusive).

    The message contains an AncData field only if any of the socket @@ -848,8 +848,8 @@ recvtclass or recvttl are active.

    When a socket in {active, N} mode (see inet:setopts/2 for details), transitions to passive ({active, false}) mode (N counts down to 0), -the controlling process is notified by a message on this form:

    {udp_passive, Socket}

    If the OS protocol stack reports an error for the socket, the following -message is sent to the controlling process:

    {udp_error, Socket, Reason}

    Reason is mostly a POSIX Error Code.

    If the socket is in passive mode (not in an active mode), received data +the controlling process is notified by a message on this form:

    {udp_passive, Socket}

    If the OS protocol stack reports an error for the socket, the following +message is sent to the controlling process:

    {udp_error, Socket, Reason}

    Reason is mostly a POSIX Error Code.

    If the socket is in passive mode (not in an active mode), received data can be retrieved with therecv/2,3](recv/2) calls. Note that incoming UDP packets that are longer than the receive buffer option specifies can be truncated without warning.

    The default value for the receive buffer option is {recbuf, 8192}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (727)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ groups. Each global group has its own global namespace, see global.

    The main advantage of dividing systems into global groups is that the background load decreases while the number of nodes to be updated is reduced when manipulating globally registered names.

    The Kernel configuration parameter global_groups -defines the global groups:

    {global_groups, [GroupTuple :: group_tuple()]}

    For the processes and nodes to run smoothly using the global group +defines the global groups:

    {global_groups, [GroupTuple :: group_tuple()]}

    For the processes and nodes to run smoothly using the global group functionality, the following criteria must be met:

    • An instance of the global group server, global_group, must be running on each node. The processes are automatically started and synchronized when a node is started.
    • All involved nodes must agree on the global group definition, otherwise the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1007)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -74,15 +74,15 @@ Example

      This access functions example shows how lookup/3 can be implemented using -resolve/3 from outside the module:

      example_lookup(Name, Class, Type) ->
      -    case inet_res:resolve(Name, Class, Type) of
      -        {ok,Msg} ->
      -            [inet_dns:rr(RR, data)
      -             || RR <- inet_dns:msg(Msg, anlist),
      -                 inet_dns:rr(RR, type) =:= Type,
      -                 inet_dns:rr(RR, class) =:= Class];
      -        {error,_} ->
      -            []
      +resolve/3 from outside the module:

      example_lookup(Name, Class, Type) ->
      +    case inet_res:resolve(Name, Class, Type) of
      +        {ok,Msg} ->
      +            [inet_dns:rr(RR, data)
      +             || RR <- inet_dns:msg(Msg, anlist),
      +                 inet_dns:rr(RR, type) =:= Type,
      +                 inet_dns:rr(RR, class) =:= Class];
      +        {error,_} ->
      +            []
            end.
      @@ -478,57 +478,57 @@

      A DNS message.

      This is the start of a hierarchy of opaque data structures that can be examined with access functions in inet_dns, which return lists of {Field,Value} tuples. The arity 2 functions return the value -for a specified field.

      dns_msg() = DnsMsg
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg) ->
      -        [ {header, dns_header()}
      -        | {qdlist, dns_query()}
      -        | {anlist, dns_rr()}
      -        | {nslist, dns_rr()}
      -        | {arlist, dns_rr()} ]
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, header) -> dns_header() % for example
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, Field) -> Value
      -
      -dns_header() = DnsHeader
      -    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader) ->
      -        [ {id, integer()}
      -        | {qr, boolean()}
      -        | {opcode, query | iquery | status | integer()}
      -        | {aa, boolean()}
      -        | {tc, boolean()}
      -        | {rd, boolean()}
      -        | {ra, boolean()}
      -        | {pr, boolean()}
      -        | {rcode, integer(0..16)} ]
      -    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader, Field) -> Value
      -
      -query_type() = axfr | mailb | maila | any | dns_rr_type()
      -
      -dns_query() = DnsQuery
      -    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery) ->
      -        [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -        | {type, query_type()}
      -        | {class, dns_class()} ]
      -    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery, Field) -> Value
      -
      -dns_rr() = DnsRr
      -    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr) -> DnsRrFields | DnsRrOptFields
      -    DnsRrFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -                  | {type, dns_rr_type()}
      -                  | {class, dns_class()}
      -                  | {ttl, integer()}
      -                  | {data, dns_data()} ]
      -    DnsRrOptFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -                     | {type, opt}
      -                     | {udp_payload_size, integer()}
      -                     | {ext_rcode, integer()}
      -                     | {version, integer()}
      -                     | {z, integer()}
      -                     | {data, dns_data()} ]
      -    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr, Field) -> Value

      There is an information function for the types above:

      inet_dns:record_type(dns_msg()) -> msg;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_header()) -> header;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_query()) -> dns_query;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_rr()) -> rr;
      -inet_dns:record_type(_) -> undefined.

      So, inet_dns:(inet_dns:record_type(X))(X) converts any of these data +for a specified field.

      dns_msg() = DnsMsg
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg) ->
      +        [ {header, dns_header()}
      +        | {qdlist, dns_query()}
      +        | {anlist, dns_rr()}
      +        | {nslist, dns_rr()}
      +        | {arlist, dns_rr()} ]
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, header) -> dns_header() % for example
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, Field) -> Value
      +
      +dns_header() = DnsHeader
      +    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader) ->
      +        [ {id, integer()}
      +        | {qr, boolean()}
      +        | {opcode, query | iquery | status | integer()}
      +        | {aa, boolean()}
      +        | {tc, boolean()}
      +        | {rd, boolean()}
      +        | {ra, boolean()}
      +        | {pr, boolean()}
      +        | {rcode, integer(0..16)} ]
      +    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader, Field) -> Value
      +
      +query_type() = axfr | mailb | maila | any | dns_rr_type()
      +
      +dns_query() = DnsQuery
      +    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery) ->
      +        [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +        | {type, query_type()}
      +        | {class, dns_class()} ]
      +    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery, Field) -> Value
      +
      +dns_rr() = DnsRr
      +    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr) -> DnsRrFields | DnsRrOptFields
      +    DnsRrFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +                  | {type, dns_rr_type()}
      +                  | {class, dns_class()}
      +                  | {ttl, integer()}
      +                  | {data, dns_data()} ]
      +    DnsRrOptFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +                     | {type, opt}
      +                     | {udp_payload_size, integer()}
      +                     | {ext_rcode, integer()}
      +                     | {version, integer()}
      +                     | {z, integer()}
      +                     | {data, dns_data()} ]
      +    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr, Field) -> Value

      There is an information function for the types above:

      inet_dns:record_type(dns_msg()) -> msg;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_header()) -> header;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_query()) -> dns_query;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_rr()) -> rr;
      +inet_dns:record_type(_) -> undefined.

      So, inet_dns:(inet_dns:record_type(X))(X) converts any of these data structures into a {Field,Value} list.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (9617)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,19 +46,19 @@ or as a tuple {150, 236, 20, 73}.

      IPv4 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
       -------          ------------
       127.0.0.1        {127,0,0,1}
      -192.168.42.2     {192,168,42,2}

      IPv6 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
      +192.168.42.2     {192,168,42,2}

      IPv6 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
       -------          ------------
      -::1             {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}
      -::192.168.42.2  {0,0,0,0,0,0,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
      +::1             {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}
      +::192.168.42.2  {0,0,0,0,0,0,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
       ::FFFF:192.168.42.2
      -                {0,0,0,0,0,16#FFFF,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
      +                {0,0,0,0,0,16#FFFF,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
       3ffe:b80:1f8d:2:204:acff:fe17:bf38
      -                {16#3ffe,16#b80,16#1f8d,16#2,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}
      +                {16#3ffe,16#b80,16#1f8d,16#2,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}
       fe80::204:acff:fe17:bf38
      -                {16#fe80,0,0,0,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}

      Function parse_address/1 can be useful:

      1> inet:parse_address("192.168.42.2").
      -{ok,{192,168,42,2}}
      -2> inet:parse_address("::FFFF:192.168.42.2").
      -{ok,{0,0,0,0,0,65535,49320,10754}}

      + {16#fe80,0,0,0,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}

      Function parse_address/1 can be useful:

      1> inet:parse_address("192.168.42.2").
      +{ok,{192,168,42,2}}
      +2> inet:parse_address("::FFFF:192.168.42.2").
      +{ok,{0,0,0,0,0,65535,49320,10754}}

      @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

      A record describing a host; name and address.

      Corresponds to the C: struct hostent as returned by for example -gethostbyname(3).

      The record is defined in the Kernel include file "inet.hrl".

      Add the following directive to the module:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/inet.hrl").
      +gethostbyname(3).

      The record is defined in the Kernel include file "inet.hrl".

      Add the following directive to the module:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/inet.hrl").
      @@ -2001,8 +2001,8 @@ this information, you need to know the following:

      • The numeric value of protocol level IPPROTO_TCP
      • The numeric value of option TCP_INFO
      • The size of struct tcp_info
      • The size and offset of the specific field

      By inspecting the headers or writing a small C program, it is found that IPPROTO_TCP is 6, TCP_INFO is 11, the structure size is 92 (bytes), the offset of tcpi_sacked is 28 bytes, and the value is a 32-bit integer. The -following code can be used to retrieve the value:

      get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) ->
      -    {ok,[{raw,_,_,Info}]} = inet:getopts(Sock,[{raw,6,11,92}]),
      +following code can be used to retrieve the value:

      get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) ->
      +    {ok,[{raw,_,_,Info}]} = inet:getopts(Sock,[{raw,6,11,92}]),
           <<_:28/binary,TcpiSacked:32/native,_/binary>> = Info,
           TcpiSacked.

      Preferably, you would check the machine type, the operating system, and the Kernel version before executing anything similar to this code.

      @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket to monitor doesn't exist or when the monitor is triggered, -a 'DOWN' message is sent that has the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, Type, Object, Info}
      • MonitorRef - The return value from this function.

      • Type - The type of socket, can be one of the following +a 'DOWN' message is sent that has the following pattern:

        	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, Type, Object, Info}
        • MonitorRef - The return value from this function.

        • Type - The type of socket, can be one of the following atom/0s: port or socket.

        • Object - The monitored entity, the socket, which triggered the event.

        • Info - Either the termination reason of the socket or nosock (the Socket did not exist when this function was called).

        Making several calls to inet:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; one monitor is created per call.

        The monitor is triggered when the socket is closed in any way such as /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1531)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

        The API for logging consists of a set of macros, and a set of functions on the form logger:Level/1,2,3, which are all shortcuts for logger:log(Level,Arg1[,Arg2[,Arg3]]).

        The macros are defined in logger.hrl, which is included in a module with the -directive

        -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

        The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that +directive

        -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

        The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that macros add location (originator) information to the metadata, and performs lazy evaluation by wrapping the logger call in a case statement, so it is only evaluated if the log level of the event passes the primary log level check.

        @@ -107,23 +107,23 @@

        The log message contains the information to be logged. The message can consist of a format string and arguments (given as two separate parameters in the Logger -API), a string or a report.

        Example, format string and arguments:

        logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

        Example, string:

        logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

        A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log +API), a string or a report.

        Example, format string and arguments:

        logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

        Example, string:

        logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

        A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log using Logger as it makes it possible for different backends to filter and format -the log event as it needs to.

        Example, report:

        ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

        Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's +the log event as it needs to.

        Example, report:

        ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

        Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's metadata. The report callback is a convenience function that the formatter can use to convert the report to a format string and arguments, or directly to a string. The formatter can also use its own conversion function, if no callback is provided, or if a customized formatting is desired.

        The report callback must be a fun with one or two arguments. If it takes one argument, this is the report itself, and the fun returns a format string and -arguments:

        fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

        If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map -containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

        fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

        The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the +arguments:

        fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

        If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map +containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

        fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

        The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the second argument, as the formatter cannot do anything useful of these parameters with the returned string. The extra data also contains a field named single_line, indicating if the printed log message may contain line breaks or not. This variant is used when the formatting of the report depends on the size -or single line parameters.

        Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

        logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
        -             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

        The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun +or single line parameters.

        Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

        logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
        +             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

        The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun is only evaluated if the primary log level check passes, and is therefore recommended if it is expensive to generate the message. The lazy fun must return a string, a report, or a tuple with format string and arguments.

        @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ allows another application to add its own default handler.

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      • {handler, HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig} - If HandlerId is default, then this entry modifies the default handler, equivalent to calling

                logger:remove_handler(default)
        -

        followed by

                logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
        +

        followed by

                logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
         

        For all other values of HandlerId, this entry adds a new handler, -equivalent to calling

                logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
        +equivalent to calling

                logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
         

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {filters, FilterDefault, [Filter]} - Adds the specified primary -filters.

        • FilterDefault = log | stop

        • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

        Equivalent to calling

                logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
        +filters.

        • FilterDefault = log | stop

        • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

        Equivalent to calling

                logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
         

        for each Filter.

        FilterDefault specifies the behaviour if all primary filters return ignore, see section Filters.

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      • {module_level, Level, [Module]} - Sets module log level for the given -modules. Equivalent to calling

                logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

        for each Module.

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to +modules. Equivalent to calling

                logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

        for each Module.

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to calling

                logger:set_proxy_config(ProxyConfig)
         

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      See section Configuration Examples for examples using the logger parameter for system configuration.

    • logger_metadata = map() - Specifies the primary @@ -341,31 +341,31 @@ file. See the config(4) manual page for more information about this file.

      Each of the following examples shows a simple system configuration file that configures Logger according to the description.

      Modify the default handler to print to a file instead of -standard_io:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
      -      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log -event:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
      -                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to +standard_io:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
      +      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log +event:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
      +                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to "log/erlang.log", and add another handler to print all log events to -"log/debug.log".

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{level => error,
      -        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
      -     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
      -      #{level => debug,
      -        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      +"log/debug.log".

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{level => error,
      +        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
      +     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
      +      #{level => debug,
      +        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      @@ -406,9 +406,9 @@ This field can be used by filters to stop or allow the log events.

      See section SASL User's Guide for more information about the old SASL error logging functionality.

    • Legacy Event Handlers
      To use event handlers written for error_logger, just add your event handler with

      error_logger:add_report_handler/1,2.

      This automatically starts the error logger event manager, and adds -error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

      #{level => info,
      +error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

      #{level => info,
         filter_default => log,
      -  filters => []}.

      Note

      This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger + filters => []}.

      Note

      This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger API, or from within OTP. This means that if your code uses the Logger API for logging, then your log events will be discarded by this handler.

      The handler is not overload protected.

    @@ -434,19 +434,19 @@ level notice or more severe, are logged to the terminal via the default handler. To also log info events, you can either change the primary log level to info:

    1> logger:set_primary_config(level, info).
    -ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
    +ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
     ok

    This allows info events to pass through to the default handler, and be printed to the terminal as well. If there are many info events, it can be useful to print these to a file instead.

    First, set the log level of the default handler to notice, preventing it from -printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok

    Then, add a new handler which prints to file. You can use the handler module -logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #{config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    -#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    -5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
    +logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #{config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    +#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    +5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
     ok

    Since filter_default defaults to log, this handler now receives all log events. If you want info events only in the file, you must add a filter to stop -all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    -                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
    +all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    +                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
     ok

    See section Filters for more information about the filters and the filter_default configuration parameter.

    @@ -471,48 +471,48 @@ database.

    When logger:get_config/0 or logger:get_handler_config/0,1 is called, Logger calls HModule:filter_config(Config). This function must return the -handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    --export([log/2]).
    +handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    +-export([log/2]).
     
    -log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) ->
    -    io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log +log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) -> + io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log events are printed directly from the client process.

    For information and examples of overload protection, please refer to section Protecting the Handler from Overload, and the implementation of logger_std_h and logger_disk_log_h .

    The following is a simpler example of a handler which logs to a file through one -single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    --export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    +single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    +-export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -adding_handler(Config) ->
    -    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#{file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    -    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    -    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
    +adding_handler(Config) ->
    +    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#{file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    +    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    +    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
     
    -removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    -    gen_server:stop(Pid).
    +removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    +    gen_server:stop(Pid).
     
    -log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
    +log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
     
    -init(#{file := File}) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, [append, {encoding, utf8}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1412))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@
       
       Print the primary Logger configurations.
     

    -
    1> logger:i(primary).
    +
    1> logger:i(primary).
     Primary configuration:
         Level: notice
         Filter Default: log
         Filters:
    -        (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using + (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using logger:get_primary_config().

    See also

    -
    2> logger:i(handlers).
    +
    2> logger:i(handlers).
     Handler configuration:
         Id: default
             Module: logger_std_h
    @@ -68,10 +68,10 @@
                     Arg: stop
                 Id: domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
    +                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
                 Id: no_domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
    +                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
             Handler Config:
                 burst_limit_enable: true
                 burst_limit_max_count: 500
    @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 4-Nov-2019::16:33:11.746546 ===
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
    -Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    @@ -128,17 +128,17 @@

    Since single line logging is the default of the built-in formatter you only have to provide the empty map as the configuration. The example below uses the sys.config to change the formatter configuration.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
     1962-10-03T11:07:47.466763-04:00 error: Oh noes, an error

    However, if you just want to change it for the current session you can also do -that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
    +that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
     ok
    -2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
    +2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
     1962-10-04T15:34:02.648713-04:00 error: Oh noes, another error

    See also

    @@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ Add file and line number to log entries

    You can change what is printed to the log by using the formatter template:

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
     1962-10-05T07:37:44.104241+02:00 shell.erl:1 error: Oh noes, more errors

    Note that file and line have to be added in the metadata by the caller of logger:log/3 as otherwise Logger will not know from where it was called. The file and line number are automatically added if you use the ?LOG_ERROR macros @@ -170,18 +170,18 @@ Print logs to a file

    Instead of printing the logs to stdout we print them to a rotating file log.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
                           max_no_bytes => 4096,
    -                      max_no_files => 5},
    -         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
    +                      max_no_files => 5},
    +         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     ok
    -2> erlang:halt().
    +2> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/erlang.log
     2019-10-07T11:47:16.837958+02:00 error: Oh noes, even more errors

    See also

    @@ -191,24 +191,24 @@

    Add a handler that prints debug log events to a file, while the default handler prints only up to notice level events to standard out.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger_level, all},
    -   {logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ level => notice }},
    -     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    -    ]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger_level, all},
    +   {logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ level => notice }},
    +     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    +    ]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::14:40:54.784162 ===
     Oh noes, even more errors
     ok
    -2> logger:debug("A debug event").
    +2> logger:debug("A debug event").
     ok
    -3> erlang:halt().
    +3> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/debug.log
     2019-10-09T14:41:03.680541+02:00 debug: A debug event

    In the configuration above we first raise the primary log level to max in order for the debug log events to get to the handlers. Then we configure the default @@ -216,13 +216,13 @@ is all. Then the debug handler is configured with a filter to stop any log message that is not a debug level message.

    It is also possible to do the same changes in an already running system using the logger module. Then you do like this:

    $ erl
    -1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok
    -2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    -  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
    +2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    +  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
     ok
    -3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
    +3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
     ok

    It is important that you do not raise the primary log level before adjusting the default handler's level as otherwise your standard out may be flooded by debug log messages.

    See also

    @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ What to log and how

    The simplest way to log something is by using the Logger macros and give a -report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
    +report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
         dst: {8,8,4,4}
         src: {8,8,8,8}
         status: 418
    @@ -250,14 +250,14 @@
     

    If you want to do structured logging, but still want to have some control of how the final log message is formatted you can give a report_cb as part of the -metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = DstName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Dst),
    -                   {"What: ~p~nStatus: ~p~nSrc: ~s (~s)~nDst: ~s (~s)~n",
    -                    [What, Status, inet:ntoa(Src), SrcName, inet:ntoa(Dst), DstName]}
    +metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    +                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (463))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@
     and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the
     User's Guide.

    Notice that when changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the disk_log options (file, type, max_no_files, max_no_bytes) must not be -modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
    +modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
                                      type => wrap,
                                      max_no_files => 4,
                                      max_no_bytes => 10000,
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when + filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when starting an Erlang node, change the Kernel default logger to use logger_disk_log_h. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_disk_log_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./system_disk_log"}}}]'

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1103)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ events from, for example, a specific functional area. This allows filtering or other specialized treatment in a Logger handler.

    A domain field must be a list of atoms, creating smaller and more specialized domains as the list grows longer. The greatest domain is [], which comprises -all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    -D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 +all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    +D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 is a sub-domain D1. Both D1 and D2 are sub-domains of [].

    The above domains are used for logs originating from Erlang/OTP. D1 specifies that the log event comes from Erlang/OTP in general, and D2 indicates that the log event is a so called SASL report.

    The Extra parameter to the domain/2 function is specified when @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, decide if the event is allowed or not.

    Log events that do not contain any domain field, match only when Compare is -equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
    +equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
     ok
    -2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
    +2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
     ...
    -3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
    +3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ filter matches if the value of Operator is:

    • neq - and the compare function returns lt or gt.

    • eq - and the compare function returns eq.

    • lt - and the compare function returns lt.

    • gt - and the compare function returns gt.

    • lteq - and the compare function returns lt or eq.

    • gteq - and the compare function returns gt or eq.

    If the filter matches and Action is log, the log event is allowed. If the filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, will decide if the -event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    -Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    -logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
    +event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    +Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    +logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (610)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ protection behaviour. The same parameters are used both in the standard handler and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the User's Guide.

    Notice that if changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the type, -file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, +file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    +                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, to log to file instead of standard_io, change the Kernel default logger configuration. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_std_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./log.log"}}}]'

    An example of how to replace the standard handler with a disk_log handler at /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1841)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -25,18 +25,18 @@

    API module for Logger, the standard logging facility in Erlang/OTP.

    This module implements the main API for logging in Erlang/OTP. To create a log event, use the API functions or the log -macros, for example:

    ?LOG_ERROR("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]).   % With macro
    -logger:error("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]). % Without macro

    To configure the Logger backend, use +macros, for example:

    ?LOG_ERROR("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]).   % With macro
    +logger:error("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]). % Without macro

    To configure the Logger backend, use Kernel configuration parameters or configuration functions in the Logger API.

    By default, the Kernel application installs one log handler at system start. This handler is named default. It receives and processes standard log events produced by the Erlang runtime system, standard behaviours and different Erlang/OTP applications. The log events are by default printed to the terminal.

    If you want your systems logs to be printed to a file instead, you must configure the default handler to do so. The simplest way is to include the -following in your sys.config:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{config => #{file => "path/to/file.log"}}}]}]}].

    For more information about:

    Equivalent to log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args, #{}) if called as log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args).

    @@ -2310,12 +2310,12 @@ useful in scenarios when the message/metadata is very expensive to compute. This is because the fun is only evaluated when the message/metadata is actually needed, which may be not at all if the log event is not to be logged. Examples:

    %% A plain string with expensive metadata
    -1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
    +1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
     %% An expensive report
    -2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
    +2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
     %% A plain string with expensive metadata and normal metadata
    -3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[],
    -               #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are +3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[], + #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are merged. If equal keys exists the values are taken from the metadata returned by the fun.

    @@ -2633,26 +2633,26 @@ consistent no matter which handler the system uses. Normal usage is to add a call to logger:add_handlers/1 just after the processes that the handler needs are started, and pass the application's logger configuration as the argument. -For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    -start(_, []) ->
    -    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    -        {ok, Pid} ->
    -            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    -            {ok, Pid, []};
    +For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    +start(_, []) ->
    +    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    +        {ok, Pid} ->
    +            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    +            {ok, Pid, []};
             Error -> Error
          end.

    This reads the logger configuration parameter from the my_app application and starts the configured handlers. The contents of the configuration use the same rules as the logger handler configuration.

    If the handler is meant to replace the default handler, the Kernel's default handler have to be disabled before the new handler is added. A sys.config file -that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    +that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Disable the default Kernel handler
    -    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    - {my_app,
    -  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    + {my_app,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Enable this handler as the default
    -    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    +
    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    @@ -3607,8 +3607,8 @@ -

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    -	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    +

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    +	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    @@ -3671,8 +3671,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the specified handler. This function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    -logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    +logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_handler_config/2 .

    @@ -3765,8 +3765,8 @@

    Update primary configuration data for Logger. This function behaves as if it was -implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    -logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    +logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_primary_config/1 .

    @@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@

    Set or update metadata to use when logging from current process

    If process metadata exists for the current process, this function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as +it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as set_process_metadata/1 .

    @@ -3830,8 +3830,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the Logger proxy. This function behaves as if it -was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    -logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    +logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_proxy_config/1 .

    For more information about the proxy, see section Logger Proxy in the Kernel User's Guide.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (671)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -370,8 +370,8 @@

    Returns the names and associated port numbers of the Erlang nodes that epmd -registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    -{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    +registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    +{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1008)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ operational for distributed Erlang to work. The purpose of this process is to implement parts of the BIFs spawn/4 and spawn_link/4, and to provide monitoring of the network.

    An Erlang node is started using command-line flag -name or -sname:

    $ erl -sname foobar

    It is also possible to call net_kernel:start(foobar, #{}) -directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    -{ok,<0.64.0>}
    -(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is +directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    +{ok,<0.64.0>}
    +(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the short name of the host (not the fully qualified domain name). If started with flag -name, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the fully qualified domain name. For more @@ -547,13 +547,13 @@ delivered before a nodeup message due to a new connection to the same node. Prior to OTP 23.0, this was not guaranteed to be the case.

    The format of the node status change messages depends on Options. If Options is the empty list or if net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 is called, the format is as -follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    -  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe +follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    +  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe for status change messages for visible nodes. That is, only nodes that appear in the result of erlang:nodes/0.

    If Options equals anything other than the empty list, the format of the status -change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    -  Node = node()
    -  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. +change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    +  Node = node()
    +  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. If Options is a map, Info will also be a map. If Options is a list, Info will also be a list.

    When Options is a map, currently the following associations are allowed:

    • connection_id => boolean() - If the value of the association equals true, a connection_id => ConnectionId association will be included in the @@ -587,23 +587,23 @@ {node_type, visible} tuple will be included in the Info list.

    • nodedown_reason - The tuple {nodedown_reason, Reason} will be included in the Info list for nodedown messages.

      See the documentation of the nodedown_reason => boolean() association -above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
    +above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
     ok
    -(a@localhost)2> flush().
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    -                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    -                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
    +(a@localhost)2> flush().
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    +                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    +                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
     ok
    -(a@localhost)3>
    +
    (a@localhost)3>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (573)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -449,13 +449,13 @@

    Interface address filtering selector function/0.

    For each ifaddrs entry, return either true to keep the entry or false to discard the entry.

    For example, to get an interface list which only contains -non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    -    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    -            flags := Flags}) ->
    -          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    -        (_) ->
    +non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    +    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    +            flags := Flags}) ->
    +          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    +        (_) ->
               false
    -    end).
    +
    end).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (6253)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -3857,12 +3857,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

    NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
    +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                 %% ...
    -            exit(Pid, bang),
    -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
    +            exit(Pid, bang),
    +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                 receive
    -                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
    +                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
                 %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                 %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                 %% in this case leave out:
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1354))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -535,13 +535,13 @@
           
     
     

    Executes Command in a command shell of the target OS, captures the standard -output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    -DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another +output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    +DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another program can differ, compared with the standard output of the command when called directly from an OS command shell.

    The possible options are:

    • max_size - The maximum size of the data returned by the os:cmd call. This option is a safety feature that should be used when the command executed -can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

      > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
      -[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    +can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

    > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
    +[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ resolution timestamp.

    This counter is read directly from the hardware or operating system with the same guarantees. This means that two consecutive calls to the function are not guaranteed to be monotonic, though it most likely will be. The performance -counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
    +counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
     176525861
     2> T2 - T1.
     10004
    @@ -1002,16 +1002,16 @@ allows you to log time stamps in high resolution and consistent with the time in the rest of the OS.

    Example of code formatting a string in format "DD Mon YYYY HH:MM:SS.mmmmmm", where DD is the day of month, Mon is the textual month name, YYYY is the year, -HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    --export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    -format_utc_timestamp() ->
    -    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    -    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    -calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    -    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    -    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    -    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    -    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
    +HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    +-export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    +format_utc_timestamp() ->
    +    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    +    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    +calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    +    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    +    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    +    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    +    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
     29 Apr 2009  9:55:30.051711

    OS system time can also be retrieved by system_time/0 and system_time/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1156)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@

    Subscribes the caller to updates from the specified scope.

    Returns content of the entire scope and a reference to match the upcoming notifications.

    Whenever any group membership changes, an update message is sent to the -subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    +subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (954)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -958,10 +958,10 @@ return values, or {badrpc, Reason} for failing calls. Timeout is a time (integer) in milliseconds, or infinity.

    The following example is useful when new object code is to be loaded on all nodes in the network, and indicates some side effects that RPCs can produce:

    %% Find object code for module Mod
    -{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
    +{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
     
     %% and load it on all nodes including this one
    -{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
    +{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
     
     %% and then maybe check the ResL list.

    Note

    If you want the ability to distinguish between results, you may want to consider using the erpc:multicall() function from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (839)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ Trace Messages Sent to the System Tracer

    The format of the messages is one of the following, depending on if flag -timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

    or

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

    Where:

    Label = int()
    -TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
    -  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

    SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

    • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its +timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

      or

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

      Where:

      Label = int()
      +TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
      +  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

      SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

      • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its trace token flag send set to true has sent information. To may be a process identifier, a registered name on a node represented as {NameAtom, NodeAtom}, or a node name represented as an atom. From may be a @@ -182,68 +182,68 @@ Example of Use

        This example gives a rough idea of how the new primitives can be used and what -kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        --compile(export_all).
        +kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        +-compile(export_all).
         
        -loop(Port) ->
        +loop(Port) ->
             receive
        -        {Port,Message} ->
        -            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        -            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        -            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        -            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        -        {ack,Ack} ->
        +        {Port,Message} ->
        +            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        +            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        +            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        +            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        +        {ack,Ack} ->
                     ok
             end,
        -    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
        +    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
             receive
        -        {PortController,Message} ->
        -            Ack = {received, Message},
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        -            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
        +        {PortController,Message} ->
        +            Ack = {received, Message},
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        +            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
             end,
        -    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
        +    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
         "**** Trace Started ****"
        -17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        -{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        -17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
        +17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        +{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        +17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
         "We are here now"
        -17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        -{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can -look like this:

        tracer() ->
        +17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        +{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can +look like this:

        tracer() ->
             receive
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
                 _Other -> ignore
             end,
        -    tracer().
        +    tracer().
         
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) ->
        -    io:format("~p:",[Label]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo);
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) ->
        -    io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo).
        -
        -print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]);
        -print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [To,Serial,From,Message]);
        -print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that -process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        -    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        -    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        -    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        -    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        -    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        -    start(),
        -    P ! {port,message}.
        +
        print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) -> + io:format("~p:",[Label]), + print_trace(TraceInfo); +print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) -> + io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]), + print_trace(TraceInfo). + +print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) -> + io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]); +print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [To,Serial,From,Message]); +print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that +process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        +    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        +    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        +    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        +    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        +    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        +    start(),
        +    P ! {port,message}.
        @@ -816,11 +816,11 @@ tracing is disabled, otherwise Token should be an Erlang term returned from get_token/0 or set_token/1. set_token/1 can be used to temporarily exclude message passing from the trace by setting the -trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
        +trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
                                             % old value
         % do something that should not be part of the trace
        -io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        -seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
        +io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        +seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
         ...

        Returns the previous value of the trace token.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1001)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -81,47 +81,47 @@ Example

        This example is intended to show how to create a simple (echo) server -(and client).

        -module(example).
        +(and client).

        -module(example).
         
        --export([client/2, client/3]).
        --export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
        +-export([client/2, client/3]).
        +-export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
         
         
         %% ======================================================================
         
         %% === Client ===
         
        -client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
        -  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
        -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
        -    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
        -    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
        -    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
        +client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
        +  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
        +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
        +    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
        +    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
        +    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
         
        -client(ServerPort, Msg)
        -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
        +client(ServerPort, Msg)
        +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
             Family   = inet, % Default
        -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => ServerPort},
        -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
        +		 port   => ServerPort},
        +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
         
        -client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
        -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
        -       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
        -    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
        +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
        +       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
        +    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => ServerAddr,
        -		 port   => ServerPort},
        -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
        +		 port   => ServerPort},
        +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
         
         %% Send the message to the (echo) server and wait for the echo to come back.
        -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
        -    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
        -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
        -    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
        -    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
        +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
        +    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
        +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
        +    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
        +    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
             ok.
         
         
        @@ -129,188 +129,188 @@
         
         %% === Server ===
         
        -server() ->
        +server() ->
             %% Make system choose port (and address)
        -    server(0).
        +    server(0).
         
         %% This function return the port and address that it actually uses,
         %% in case server/0 or server/1 (with a port number) was used to start it.
         
        -server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
        -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
        -    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
        -    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
        -    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
        -    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
        -    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
        +server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
        +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
        +    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
        +    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
        +    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
        +    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
        +    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
         
        -server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
        +server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
             Family   = inet, % Default
        -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => Port},
        -    server(SockAddr).
        +		 port   => Port},
        +    server(SockAddr).
         
        -server(Port, Addr)
        -  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
        -       is_tuple(Addr) ->
        -    Family   = which_family(Addr),
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +server(Port, Addr)
        +  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
        +       is_tuple(Addr) ->
        +    Family   = which_family(Addr),
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => Port},
        -    server(SockAddr).
        +		 port   => Port},
        +    server(SockAddr).
         
         
         %% --- Echo Server - Acceptor ---
         
        -start_acceptor(LSock) ->
        -    Self = self(),
        -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
        -    receive
        -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
        -	{Pid, started} ->
        +start_acceptor(LSock) ->
        +    Self = self(),
        +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
        +    receive
        +	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        +	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
        +	{Pid, started} ->
         	    %% Transfer ownership
        -	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
        -	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
        -	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
        +	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
        +	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
        +	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
         	    Pid
             end.
             
        -acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
        -    Parent ! {self(), started},
        +acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
        +    Parent ! {self(), started},
             receive
        -	{Parent, continue} ->
        +	{Parent, continue} ->
         	    ok
             end,
        -    acceptor_loop(LSock).
        +    acceptor_loop(LSock).
         
        -acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
        -    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
        -	{ok, ASock} ->
        -	    start_handler(ASock),
        -	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
        -	{error, Reason} ->
        -	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
        +acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
        +    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
        +	{ok, ASock} ->
        +	    start_handler(ASock),
        +	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
        +	{error, Reason} ->
        +	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
             end.
         
         
         %% --- Echo Server - Handler ---
         
        -start_handler(Sock) ->
        -    Self = self(),
        -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
        -    receive
        -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_handler, Info});
        -	{Pid, started} ->
        +start_handler(Sock) ->
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (957))
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
        @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@
         completion_info/0 and the received completion message.

        The compiler may then optimize a following receive statement to only scan the messages that arrive after the reference/0 is created. If the message queue is large this is a big optimization.

        The reference/0 has to be unique for the call.

        Repeating an Operation on a select Systems

        Onselect systems, if a call would be repeated before the select -message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        -    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
        +message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        +    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
             :

        Above, Handle is no longer valid once the second accept/2, call has been made (the first call is automatically canceled). After the second accept/2 call returns {error, timeout}, @@ -101,28 +101,28 @@ Examples -

        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
        +
        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        +   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
                                        addr   => SAddr,
        -                               port   => SPort}),
        +                               port   => SPort}),
            Msg = <<"hello">>,
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        -
        -server(Addr, Port) ->
        -   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
        +   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        +   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        +   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        +   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        +
        +server(Addr, Port) ->
        +   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
                                      port   => Port,
        -                             addr   => Addr}),
        -   ok = socket:listen(LSock),
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(LSock).
        +
        addr => Addr}), + ok = socket:listen(LSock), + {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock), + {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock), + ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg), + ok = socket:close(Sock), + ok = socket:close(LSock).
        @@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a boolean/0.

      • tcp_info - Get miscellaneous TCP related information for a connected socket (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a map/0 with information items as key-value pairs.

      Note

      Not all requests are supported by all platforms. To see if a ioctl request is supported on the current platform:

            Request = nread,
      -      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
      +      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
             :
      @@ -4838,7 +4838,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports/0 has a {Key1, true} tuple or a {Key1, list()} tuple in its returned list, -otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      +otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      @@ -4869,7 +4869,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports(Key1) has a {Key2, true} tuple -in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      +in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      @@ -4967,7 +4967,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket doesn't exist or when later the monitor is triggered, a 'DOWN' message is sent to the process that called monitor/1 -with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if +with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if Socket did not exist when the monitor was started.

      Making several calls to socket:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; each call creates an independent monitor instance.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (4890)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,23 +41,23 @@ messages. Several sessions can exist at the same time without interfering with each other. When a trace session is destroyed, all its trace settings are automatically cleaned up.

      Example:

      %% Create a tracer process that will receive the trace events
      -1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.91.0>
       %% Create a session using the Tracer
      -2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      -{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
      +2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      +{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
       %% Setup call tracing on self()
      -3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
      +3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
       1
       %% Setup call tracing on lists:seq/2
      -4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
      +4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
       1
       %% Call the traced function
      -5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
      +5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
       %% Cleanup the trace session
      -6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
      +6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
       ok

      @@ -1201,9 +1201,9 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all received messages (to 'receive' traced processes). Any match specification is removed. This is the default.

    • false - Disable tracing for all received messages. Any match -specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_',Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
    +specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_',Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for 'receive' trace can use all guard and body functions except caller, is_seq_trace, get_seq_token, set_seq_token, enable_trace, disable_trace, trace, silent, and process_dump.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive @@ -1254,10 +1254,10 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all sent messages (from send traced processes). Any match specification is removed.

    • false - Disable tracing for all sent messages. Any match specification -is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
    +is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for send trace can use all guard and body functions except caller.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    Equivalent to log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args, #{}) if called as log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args).

    @@ -2431,12 +2431,12 @@ useful in scenarios when the message/metadata is very expensive to compute. This is because the fun is only evaluated when the message/metadata is actually needed, which may be not at all if the log event is not to be logged. Examples:

    %% A plain string with expensive metadata
    -1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
    +1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
     %% An expensive report
    -2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
    +2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
     %% A plain string with expensive metadata and normal metadata
    -3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[],
    -               #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are +3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[], + #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are merged. If equal keys exists the values are taken from the metadata returned by the fun.

    @@ -2759,26 +2759,26 @@ consistent no matter which handler the system uses. Normal usage is to add a call to logger:add_handlers/1 just after the processes that the handler needs are started, and pass the application's logger configuration as the argument. -For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    -start(_, []) ->
    -    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    -        {ok, Pid} ->
    -            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    -            {ok, Pid, []};
    +For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    +start(_, []) ->
    +    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    +        {ok, Pid} ->
    +            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    +            {ok, Pid, []};
             Error -> Error
          end.

    This reads the logger configuration parameter from the my_app application and starts the configured handlers. The contents of the configuration use the same rules as the logger handler configuration.

    If the handler is meant to replace the default handler, the Kernel's default handler have to be disabled before the new handler is added. A sys.config file -that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    +that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Disable the default Kernel handler
    -    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    - {my_app,
    -  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    + {my_app,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Enable this handler as the default
    -    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    +
    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    @@ -3733,8 +3733,8 @@ -

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    -	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    +

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    +	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    @@ -3797,8 +3797,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the specified handler. This function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    -logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    +logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_handler_config/2 .

    @@ -3891,8 +3891,8 @@

    Update primary configuration data for Logger. This function behaves as if it was -implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    -logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    +logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_primary_config/1 .

    @@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@

    Set or update metadata to use when logging from current process

    If process metadata exists for the current process, this function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as +it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as set_process_metadata/1 .

    @@ -3956,8 +3956,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the Logger proxy. This function behaves as if it -was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    -logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    +logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_proxy_config/1 .

    For more information about the proxy, see section Logger Proxy in the Kernel User's Guide.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1531)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.482147450 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.483147456 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

    The API for logging consists of a set of macros, and a set of functions on the form logger:Level/1,2,3, which are all shortcuts for logger:log(Level,Arg1[,Arg2[,Arg3]]).

    The macros are defined in logger.hrl, which is included in a module with the -directive

    -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

    The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that +directive

    -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

    The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that macros add location (originator) information to the metadata, and performs lazy evaluation by wrapping the logger call in a case statement, so it is only evaluated if the log level of the event passes the primary log level check.

    @@ -212,23 +212,23 @@

    The log message contains the information to be logged. The message can consist of a format string and arguments (given as two separate parameters in the Logger -API), a string or a report.

    Example, format string and arguments:

    logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

    Example, string:

    logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

    A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log +API), a string or a report.

    Example, format string and arguments:

    logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

    Example, string:

    logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

    A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log using Logger as it makes it possible for different backends to filter and format -the log event as it needs to.

    Example, report:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

    Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's +the log event as it needs to.

    Example, report:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

    Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's metadata. The report callback is a convenience function that the formatter can use to convert the report to a format string and arguments, or directly to a string. The formatter can also use its own conversion function, if no callback is provided, or if a customized formatting is desired.

    The report callback must be a fun with one or two arguments. If it takes one argument, this is the report itself, and the fun returns a format string and -arguments:

    fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

    If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map -containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

    fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

    The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the +arguments:

    fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

    If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map +containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

    fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

    The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the second argument, as the formatter cannot do anything useful of these parameters with the returned string. The extra data also contains a field named single_line, indicating if the printed log message may contain line breaks or not. This variant is used when the formatting of the report depends on the size -or single line parameters.

    Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

    logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
    -             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

    The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun +or single line parameters.

    Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

    logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
    +             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

    The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun is only evaluated if the primary log level check passes, and is therefore recommended if it is expensive to generate the message. The lazy fun must return a string, a report, or a tuple with format string and arguments.

    @@ -416,14 +416,14 @@ allows another application to add its own default handler.

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • {handler, HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig} - If HandlerId is default, then this entry modifies the default handler, equivalent to calling

            logger:remove_handler(default)
    -

    followed by

            logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
    +

    followed by

            logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
     

    For all other values of HandlerId, this entry adds a new handler, -equivalent to calling

            logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
    +equivalent to calling

            logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
     

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {filters, FilterDefault, [Filter]} - Adds the specified primary -filters.

    • FilterDefault = log | stop

    • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

    Equivalent to calling

            logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
    +filters.

    • FilterDefault = log | stop

    • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

    Equivalent to calling

            logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
     

    for each Filter.

    FilterDefault specifies the behaviour if all primary filters return ignore, see section Filters.

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • {module_level, Level, [Module]} - Sets module log level for the given -modules. Equivalent to calling

            logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

    for each Module.

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to +modules. Equivalent to calling

            logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

    for each Module.

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to calling

            logger:set_proxy_config(ProxyConfig)
     

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • See section Configuration Examples for examples using the logger parameter for system configuration.

  • logger_metadata = map() - Specifies the primary @@ -446,31 +446,31 @@ file. See the config(4) manual page for more information about this file.

    Each of the following examples shows a simple system configuration file that configures Logger according to the description.

    Modify the default handler to print to a file instead of -standard_io:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
    -      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log -event:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to +standard_io:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
    +      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log +event:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to "log/erlang.log", and add another handler to print all log events to -"log/debug.log".

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{level => error,
    -        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
    -     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
    -      #{level => debug,
    -        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    +"log/debug.log".

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{level => error,
    +        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
    +     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
    +      #{level => debug,
    +        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    @@ -511,9 +511,9 @@ This field can be used by filters to stop or allow the log events.

    See section SASL User's Guide for more information about the old SASL error logging functionality.

  • Legacy Event Handlers
    To use event handlers written for error_logger, just add your event handler with

    error_logger:add_report_handler/1,2.

    This automatically starts the error logger event manager, and adds -error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

    #href_anchor"ss">level => info,
    +error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

    #href_anchor"ss">level => info,
       filter_default => log,
    -  filters => []}.

    Note

    This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger + filters => []}.

    Note

    This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger API, or from within OTP. This means that if your code uses the Logger API for logging, then your log events will be discarded by this handler.

    The handler is not overload protected.

  • @@ -539,19 +539,19 @@ level notice or more severe, are logged to the terminal via the default handler. To also log info events, you can either change the primary log level to info:

    1> logger:set_primary_config(level, info).
    -ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
    +ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
     ok

    This allows info events to pass through to the default handler, and be printed to the terminal as well. If there are many info events, it can be useful to print these to a file instead.

    First, set the log level of the default handler to notice, preventing it from -printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok

    Then, add a new handler which prints to file. You can use the handler module -logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #href_anchor"ss">config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    -#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    -5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
    +logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #href_anchor"ss">config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    +#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    +5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
     ok

    Since filter_default defaults to log, this handler now receives all log events. If you want info events only in the file, you must add a filter to stop -all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    -                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
    +all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    +                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
     ok

    See section Filters for more information about the filters and the filter_default configuration parameter.

    @@ -576,48 +576,48 @@ database.

    When logger:get_config/0 or logger:get_handler_config/0,1 is called, Logger calls HModule:filter_config(Config). This function must return the -handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    --export([log/2]).
    +handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    +-export([log/2]).
     
    -log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) ->
    -    io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log +log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) -> + io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log events are printed directly from the client process.

    For information and examples of overload protection, please refer to section Protecting the Handler from Overload, and the implementation of logger_std_h and logger_disk_log_h .

    The following is a simpler example of a handler which logs to a file through one -single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    --export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    +single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    +-export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -adding_handler(Config) ->
    -    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#href_anchor"ss">file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    -    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    -    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
    +adding_handler(Config) ->
    +    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#href_anchor"ss">file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    +    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    +    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
     
    -removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    -    gen_server:stop(Pid).
    +removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    +    gen_server:stop(Pid).
     
    -log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
    +log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
     
    -init(#{file := File}) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, [append, {encoding, utf8}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1412))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.504147580 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.505147586 +0000
    @@ -144,19 +144,19 @@
       
       Print the primary Logger configurations.
     

    -
    1> logger:i(primary).
    +
    1> logger:i(primary).
     Primary configuration:
         Level: notice
         Filter Default: log
         Filters:
    -        (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using + (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using logger:get_primary_config().

    See also

    -
    2> logger:i(handlers).
    +
    2> logger:i(handlers).
     Handler configuration:
         Id: default
             Module: logger_std_h
    @@ -173,10 +173,10 @@
                     Arg: stop
                 Id: domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
    +                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
                 Id: no_domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
    +                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
             Handler Config:
                 burst_limit_enable: true
                 burst_limit_max_count: 500
    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 4-Nov-2019::16:33:11.746546 ===
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
    -Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    @@ -233,17 +233,17 @@

    Since single line logging is the default of the built-in formatter you only have to provide the empty map as the configuration. The example below uses the sys.config to change the formatter configuration.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
     1962-10-03T11:07:47.466763-04:00 error: Oh noes, an error

    However, if you just want to change it for the current session you can also do -that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
    +that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
     ok
    -2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
    +2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
     1962-10-04T15:34:02.648713-04:00 error: Oh noes, another error

    See also

    @@ -251,14 +251,14 @@ Add file and line number to log entries

    You can change what is printed to the log by using the formatter template:

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
     1962-10-05T07:37:44.104241+02:00 shell.erl:1 error: Oh noes, more errors

    Note that file and line have to be added in the metadata by the caller of logger:log/3 as otherwise Logger will not know from where it was called. The file and line number are automatically added if you use the ?LOG_ERROR macros @@ -275,18 +275,18 @@ Print logs to a file

    Instead of printing the logs to stdout we print them to a rotating file log.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
                           max_no_bytes => 4096,
    -                      max_no_files => 5},
    -         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
    +                      max_no_files => 5},
    +         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     ok
    -2> erlang:halt().
    +2> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/erlang.log
     2019-10-07T11:47:16.837958+02:00 error: Oh noes, even more errors

    See also

    @@ -296,24 +296,24 @@

    Add a handler that prints debug log events to a file, while the default handler prints only up to notice level events to standard out.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger_level, all},
    -   {logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ level => notice }},
    -     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    -    ]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger_level, all},
    +   {logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ level => notice }},
    +     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    +    ]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::14:40:54.784162 ===
     Oh noes, even more errors
     ok
    -2> logger:debug("A debug event").
    +2> logger:debug("A debug event").
     ok
    -3> erlang:halt().
    +3> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/debug.log
     2019-10-09T14:41:03.680541+02:00 debug: A debug event

    In the configuration above we first raise the primary log level to max in order for the debug log events to get to the handlers. Then we configure the default @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ is all. Then the debug handler is configured with a filter to stop any log message that is not a debug level message.

    It is also possible to do the same changes in an already running system using the logger module. Then you do like this:

    $ erl
    -1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok
    -2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    -  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
    +2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    +  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
     ok
    -3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
    +3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
     ok

    It is important that you do not raise the primary log level before adjusting the default handler's level as otherwise your standard out may be flooded by debug log messages.

    See also

    @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ What to log and how

    The simplest way to log something is by using the Logger macros and give a -report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
    +report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
         dst: {8,8,4,4}
         src: {8,8,8,8}
         status: 418
    @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@
     

    If you want to do structured logging, but still want to have some control of how the final log message is formatted you can give a report_cb as part of the -metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = DstName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Dst),
    -                   {"What: ~p~nStatus: ~p~nSrc: ~s (~s)~nDst: ~s (~s)~n",
    -                    [What, Status, inet:ntoa(Src), SrcName, inet:ntoa(Dst), DstName]}
    +metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    +                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (463))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.522147687 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.522147687 +0000
    @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@
     and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the
     User's Guide.

    Notice that when changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the disk_log options (file, type, max_no_files, max_no_bytes) must not be -modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
    +modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
                                      type => wrap,
                                      max_no_files => 4,
                                      max_no_bytes => 10000,
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when + filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when starting an Erlang node, change the Kernel default logger to use logger_disk_log_h. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_disk_log_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./system_disk_log"}}}]'

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1103)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.542147805 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_filters.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.543147811 +0000 @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ events from, for example, a specific functional area. This allows filtering or other specialized treatment in a Logger handler.

    A domain field must be a list of atoms, creating smaller and more specialized domains as the list grows longer. The greatest domain is [], which comprises -all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    -D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 +all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    +D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 is a sub-domain D1. Both D1 and D2 are sub-domains of [].

    The above domains are used for logs originating from Erlang/OTP. D1 specifies that the log event comes from Erlang/OTP in general, and D2 indicates that the log event is a so called SASL report.

    The Extra parameter to the domain/2 function is specified when @@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, decide if the event is allowed or not.

    Log events that do not contain any domain field, match only when Compare is -equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
    +equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
     ok
    -2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
    +2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
     ...
    -3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
    +3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ filter matches if the value of Operator is:

    • neq - and the compare function returns lt or gt.

    • eq - and the compare function returns eq.

    • lt - and the compare function returns lt.

    • gt - and the compare function returns gt.

    • lteq - and the compare function returns lt or eq.

    • gteq - and the compare function returns gt or eq.

    If the filter matches and Action is log, the log event is allowed. If the filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, will decide if the -event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    -Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    -logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
    +event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    +Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    +logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (618)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.565147941 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/logger_std_h.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.566147947 +0000 @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ protection behaviour. The same parameters are used both in the standard handler and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the User's Guide.

    Notice that if changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the type, -file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, +file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    +                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, to log to file instead of standard_io, change the Kernel default logger configuration. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_std_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./log.log"}}}]'

    An example of how to replace the standard handler with a disk_log handler at /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (573)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.589148083 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.590148089 +0000 @@ -565,13 +565,13 @@

    Interface address filtering selector function/0.

    For each ifaddrs entry, return either true to keep the entry or false to discard the entry.

    For example, to get an interface list which only contains -non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    -    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    -            flags := Flags}) ->
    -          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    -        (_) ->
    +non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    +    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    +            flags := Flags}) ->
    +          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    +        (_) ->
               false
    -    end).
    +
    end).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (670)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.608148195 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_adm.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.609148201 +0000 @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@

    Returns the names and associated port numbers of the Erlang nodes that epmd -registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    -{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    +registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    +{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1008)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.632148337 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/net_kernel.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.635148355 +0000 @@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ operational for distributed Erlang to work. The purpose of this process is to implement parts of the BIFs spawn/4 and spawn_link/4, and to provide monitoring of the network.

    An Erlang node is started using command-line flag -name or -sname:

    $ erl -sname foobar

    It is also possible to call net_kernel:start(foobar, #{}) -directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    -{ok,<0.64.0>}
    -(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is +directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    +{ok,<0.64.0>}
    +(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the short name of the host (not the fully qualified domain name). If started with flag -name, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the fully qualified domain name. For more @@ -668,13 +668,13 @@ delivered before a nodeup message due to a new connection to the same node. Prior to OTP 23.0, this was not guaranteed to be the case.

    The format of the node status change messages depends on Options. If Options is the empty list or if net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 is called, the format is as -follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    -  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe +follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    +  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe for status change messages for visible nodes. That is, only nodes that appear in the result of erlang:nodes/0.

    If Options equals anything other than the empty list, the format of the status -change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    -  Node = node()
    -  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. +change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    +  Node = node()
    +  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. If Options is a map, Info will also be a map. If Options is a list, Info will also be a list.

    When Options is a map, currently the following associations are allowed:

    • connection_id => boolean() - If the value of the association equals true, a connection_id => ConnectionId association will be included in the @@ -708,23 +708,23 @@ {node_type, visible} tuple will be included in the Info list.

    • nodedown_reason - The tuple {nodedown_reason, Reason} will be included in the Info list for nodedown messages.

      See the documentation of the nodedown_reason => boolean() association -above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
    +above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
     ok
    -(a@localhost)2> flush().
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    -                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    -                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
    +(a@localhost)2> flush().
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    +                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    +                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
     ok
    -(a@localhost)3>
    +
    (a@localhost)3>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (6200)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.691148686 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.693148698 +0000 @@ -3961,12 +3961,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

    NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
    +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                 %% ...
    -            exit(Pid, bang),
    -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
    +            exit(Pid, bang),
    +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                 receive
    -                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
    +                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
                 %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                 %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                 %% in this case leave out:
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1354))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.719148851 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/os.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.721148863 +0000
    @@ -656,13 +656,13 @@
           
     
     

    Executes Command in a command shell of the target OS, captures the standard -output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    -DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another +output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    +DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another program can differ, compared with the standard output of the command when called directly from an OS command shell.

    The possible options are:

    • max_size - The maximum size of the data returned by the os:cmd call. This option is a safety feature that should be used when the command executed -can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

      > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
      -[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    +can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

    > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
    +[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ resolution timestamp.

    This counter is read directly from the hardware or operating system with the same guarantees. This means that two consecutive calls to the function are not guaranteed to be monotonic, though it most likely will be. The performance -counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
    +counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
     176525861
     2> T2 - T1.
     10004
    @@ -1123,16 +1123,16 @@ allows you to log time stamps in high resolution and consistent with the time in the rest of the OS.

    Example of code formatting a string in format "DD Mon YYYY HH:MM:SS.mmmmmm", where DD is the day of month, Mon is the textual month name, YYYY is the year, -HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    --export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    -format_utc_timestamp() ->
    -    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    -    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    -calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    -    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    -    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    -    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    -    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
    +HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    +-export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    +format_utc_timestamp() ->
    +    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    +    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    +calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    +    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    +    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    +    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    +    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
     29 Apr 2009  9:55:30.051711

    OS system time can also be retrieved by system_time/0 and system_time/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1156)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.742148988 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/pg.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.744148999 +0000 @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@

    Subscribes the caller to updates from the specified scope.

    Returns content of the entire scope and a reference to match the upcoming notifications.

    Whenever any group membership changes, an update message is sent to the -subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    +subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (954)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.771149159 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/rpc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.772149165 +0000 @@ -1079,10 +1079,10 @@ return values, or {badrpc, Reason} for failing calls. Timeout is a time (integer) in milliseconds, or infinity.

    The following example is useful when new object code is to be loaded on all nodes in the network, and indicates some side effects that RPCs can produce:

    %% Find object code for module Mod
    -{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
    +{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
     
     %% and load it on all nodes including this one
    -{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
    +{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
     
     %% and then maybe check the ResL list.

    Note

    If you want the ability to distinguish between results, you may want to consider using the erpc:multicall() function from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (839)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.794149295 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/seq_trace.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.795149301 +0000 @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ Trace Messages Sent to the System Tracer

    The format of the messages is one of the following, depending on if flag -timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

    or

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

    Where:

    Label = int()
    -TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
    -  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

    SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

    • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its +timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

      or

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

      Where:

      Label = int()
      +TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
      +  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

      SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

      • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its trace token flag send set to true has sent information. To may be a process identifier, a registered name on a node represented as {NameAtom, NodeAtom}, or a node name represented as an atom. From may be a @@ -287,68 +287,68 @@ Example of Use

        This example gives a rough idea of how the new primitives can be used and what -kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        --compile(export_all).
        +kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        +-compile(export_all).
         
        -loop(Port) ->
        +loop(Port) ->
             receive
        -        {Port,Message} ->
        -            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        -            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        -            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        -            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        -        {ack,Ack} ->
        +        {Port,Message} ->
        +            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        +            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        +            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        +            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        +        {ack,Ack} ->
                     ok
             end,
        -    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
        +    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
             receive
        -        {PortController,Message} ->
        -            Ack = {received, Message},
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        -            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
        +        {PortController,Message} ->
        +            Ack = {received, Message},
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        +            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
             end,
        -    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
        +    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
         "**** Trace Started ****"
        -17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        -{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        -17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
        +17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        +{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        +17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
         "We are here now"
        -17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        -{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can -look like this:

        tracer() ->
        +17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        +{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can +look like this:

        tracer() ->
             receive
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
                 _Other -> ignore
             end,
        -    tracer().
        +    tracer().
         
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) ->
        -    io:format("~p:",[Label]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo);
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) ->
        -    io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo).
        -
        -print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]);
        -print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [To,Serial,From,Message]);
        -print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that -process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        -    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        -    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        -    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        -    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        -    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        -    start(),
        -    P ! {port,message}.
        +
        print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) -> + io:format("~p:",[Label]), + print_trace(TraceInfo); +print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) -> + io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]), + print_trace(TraceInfo). + +print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) -> + io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]); +print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [To,Serial,From,Message]); +print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that +process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        +    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        +    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        +    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        +    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        +    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        +    start(),
        +    P ! {port,message}.
        @@ -937,11 +937,11 @@ tracing is disabled, otherwise Token should be an Erlang term returned from get_token/0 or set_token/1. set_token/1 can be used to temporarily exclude message passing from the trace by setting the -trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
        +trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
                                             % old value
         % do something that should not be part of the trace
        -io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        -seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
        +io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        +seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
         ...

        Returns the previous value of the trace token.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (948)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.866149721 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.867149727 +0000 @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ completion_info/0 and the received completion message.

        The compiler may then optimize a following receive statement to only scan the messages that arrive after the reference/0 is created. If the message queue is large this is a big optimization.

        The reference/0 has to be unique for the call.

        Repeating an Operation on a select Systems

        Onselect systems, if a call would be repeated before the select -message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        -    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
        +message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        +    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
             :

        Above, Handle is no longer valid once the second accept/2, call has been made (the first call is automatically canceled). After the second accept/2 call returns {error, timeout}, @@ -206,28 +206,28 @@ Examples -

        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
        +
        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        +   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
                                        addr   => SAddr,
        -                               port   => SPort}),
        +                               port   => SPort}),
            Msg = <<"hello">>,
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        -
        -server(Addr, Port) ->
        -   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
        +   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        +   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        +   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        +   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        +
        +server(Addr, Port) ->
        +   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
                                      port   => Port,
        -                             addr   => Addr}),
        -   ok = socket:listen(LSock),
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(LSock).
        +
        addr => Addr}), + ok = socket:listen(LSock), + {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock), + {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock), + ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg), + ok = socket:close(Sock), + ok = socket:close(LSock).
        @@ -4795,7 +4795,7 @@ (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a boolean/0.

      • tcp_info - Get miscellaneous TCP related information for a connected socket (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a map/0 with information items as key-value pairs.

      Note

      Not all requests are supported by all platforms. To see if a ioctl request is supported on the current platform:

            Request = nread,
      -      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
      +      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
             :
      @@ -4959,7 +4959,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports/0 has a {Key1, true} tuple or a {Key1, list()} tuple in its returned list, -otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      +otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      @@ -4990,7 +4990,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports(Key1) has a {Key2, true} tuple -in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      +in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      @@ -5088,7 +5088,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket doesn't exist or when later the monitor is triggered, a 'DOWN' message is sent to the process that called monitor/1 -with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if +with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if Socket did not exist when the monitor was started.

      Making several calls to socket:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; each call creates an independent monitor instance.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1001)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.898149910 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/socket_usage.html 2026-10-15 00:56:30.899149916 +0000 @@ -186,47 +186,47 @@ Example

      This example is intended to show how to create a simple (echo) server -(and client).

      -module(example).
      +(and client).

      -module(example).
       
      --export([client/2, client/3]).
      --export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
      +-export([client/2, client/3]).
      +-export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
       
       
       %% ======================================================================
       
       %% === Client ===
       
      -client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
      -  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
      -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
      -    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
      -    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
      -    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
      +client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
      +  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
      +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
      +    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
      +    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
      +    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
       
      -client(ServerPort, Msg)
      -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
      +client(ServerPort, Msg)
      +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
           Family   = inet, % Default
      -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => ServerPort},
      -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
      +		 port   => ServerPort},
      +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
       
      -client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
      -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
      -       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
      -    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
      +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
      +       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
      +    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => ServerAddr,
      -		 port   => ServerPort},
      -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
      +		 port   => ServerPort},
      +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
       
       %% Send the message to the (echo) server and wait for the echo to come back.
      -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
      -    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
      -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
      -    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
      -    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
      +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
      +    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
      +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
      +    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
      +    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
           ok.
       
       
      @@ -234,188 +234,188 @@
       
       %% === Server ===
       
      -server() ->
      +server() ->
           %% Make system choose port (and address)
      -    server(0).
      +    server(0).
       
       %% This function return the port and address that it actually uses,
       %% in case server/0 or server/1 (with a port number) was used to start it.
       
      -server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
      -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
      -    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
      -    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
      -    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
      -    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
      -    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
      +server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
      +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
      +    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
      +    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
      +    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
      +    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
      +    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
       
      -server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
      +server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
           Family   = inet, % Default
      -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => Port},
      -    server(SockAddr).
      +		 port   => Port},
      +    server(SockAddr).
       
      -server(Port, Addr)
      -  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
      -       is_tuple(Addr) ->
      -    Family   = which_family(Addr),
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +server(Port, Addr)
      +  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
      +       is_tuple(Addr) ->
      +    Family   = which_family(Addr),
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => Port},
      -    server(SockAddr).
      +		 port   => Port},
      +    server(SockAddr).
       
       
       %% --- Echo Server - Acceptor ---
       
      -start_acceptor(LSock) ->
      -    Self = self(),
      -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
      -    receive
      -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
      -	{Pid, started} ->
      +start_acceptor(LSock) ->
      +    Self = self(),
      +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
      +    receive
      +	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      +	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
      +	{Pid, started} ->
       	    %% Transfer ownership
      -	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
      -	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
      -	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
      +	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
      +	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
      +	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
       	    Pid
           end.
           
      -acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
      -    Parent ! {self(), started},
      +acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
      +    Parent ! {self(), started},
           receive
      -	{Parent, continue} ->
      +	{Parent, continue} ->
       	    ok
           end,
      -    acceptor_loop(LSock).
      +    acceptor_loop(LSock).
       
      -acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
      -    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
      -	{ok, ASock} ->
      -	    start_handler(ASock),
      -	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
      -	{error, Reason} ->
      -	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
      +acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
      +    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
      +	{ok, ASock} ->
      +	    start_handler(ASock),
      +	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
      +	{error, Reason} ->
      +	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
           end.
       
       
       %% --- Echo Server - Handler ---
       
      -start_handler(Sock) ->
      -    Self = self(),
      -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
      -    receive
      -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_handler, Info});
      -	{Pid, started} ->
      +start_handler(Sock) ->
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (4986))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.936150135 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/kernel-10.1.2/doc/html/trace.html	2026-10-15 00:56:30.937150141 +0000
      @@ -146,23 +146,23 @@
       messages. Several sessions can exist at the same time without interfering with
       each other. When a trace session is destroyed, all its trace settings are
       automatically cleaned up.

      Example:

      %% Create a tracer process that will receive the trace events
      -1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.91.0>
       %% Create a session using the Tracer
      -2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      -{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
      +2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      +{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
       %% Setup call tracing on self()
      -3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
      +3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
       1
       %% Setup call tracing on lists:seq/2
      -4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
      +4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
       1
       %% Call the traced function
      -5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
      +5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
       %% Cleanup the trace session
      -6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
      +6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
       ok

      @@ -1322,9 +1322,9 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all received messages (to 'receive' traced processes). Any match specification is removed. This is the default.

    • false - Disable tracing for all received messages. Any match -specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{[&#href_anchor"p">,Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
    +specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{[&#href_anchor"p">,Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for 'receive' trace can use all guard and body functions except caller, is_seq_trace, get_seq_token, set_seq_token, enable_trace, disable_trace, trace, silent, and process_dump.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive @@ -1375,10 +1375,10 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all sent messages (from send traced processes). Any match specification is removed.

    • false - Disable tracing for all sent messages. Any match specification -is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="7453546050-4">],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
    +is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="9717348925-4">],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for send trace can use all guard and body functions except caller.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive nesting which causes scheduler stack exhaustion for the scheduler that the Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-2DB78EC4.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/dist/search_data-2DB78EC4.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> megaco - 4.6 - urn:uuid:c432c63d-6fe0-1f7d-db26-90d5f30a7a3d + urn:uuid:64ca4f65-3869-390f-e46b-4d7578c3af6e en - 2026-10-15T00:52:23Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:17Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1148)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ can be expected by the different codecs provided by the megaco application.

      The measurement is done by iterating over the decode/encode function for approx 2 seconds per message and counting the number of decodes/encodes.

      Is best run by modifying the meas.sh.skel skeleton script provided by the tool.

      To run it manually do the following:

              % erl -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir>
      -        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
      +        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
       
      -        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
      -        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
      +        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
      +        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
               ...
      -        2> halt().

      or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs + 2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs (as above):

            % erl -noshell -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> \\
                   -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir> \\
                   -s megaco_codec_meas -s init stop

    When run as above (this will take some time), the measurement process is done @@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ value.

    Both these tools use the message package (time_test.msgs) provided with the tool(s), although it can run on any message package as long as it has the same structure.

    Message package file

    This is simply an erlang compatible text-file with the following structure: -{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    -messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    -message_name() = atom()
    -message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the +{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    +messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    +message_name() = atom()
    +message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the message_list() has been encoded.

    This file can be exported to a file structure by calling the export_messages function. This can be usefull if a measurement shall be done with an external tool. Exporting the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (783)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -53,75 +53,75 @@ format using long keywords and an indentation style like the text examples in the Megaco/H.248 specification).

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty, well -indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -   Transaction = 9998 {
    -           Context = - {
    -                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -                           Services {
    +indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +   Transaction = 9998 {
    +           Context = - {
    +                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +                           Services {
                                        Method = Restart,
                                        ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
                                        Profile = ResGW/1,
                                        Reason = "901 Cold Boot"
    -                           }
    -                   }
    -           }
    -   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
    +                           }
    +                   }
    +           }
    +   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
        !/1 [124.124.124.222]
        T=9998{C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 Cold Boot"}}}}

    And the programmers view of the same message. First a list of ActionRequest records are constructed and then it is sent with one of the send functions in -the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    -  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    -                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
    +the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    +  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    +                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
                                   serviceChangeReason  = "901 Cold Boot",
    -                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    -  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    -                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    -  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    -                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    -  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
    +                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    +  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    +                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    +  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    +                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    +  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
        asn1_NOVALUE,
    -   {'Message',
    +   {'Message',
         1,
    -    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    -    {transactions,
    -     [
    -      {transactionRequest,
    -       {'TransactionRequest',
    +    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    +    {transactions,
    +     [
    +      {transactionRequest,
    +       {'TransactionRequest',
              9998,
    -         [{'ActionRequest',
    +         [{'ActionRequest',
                0,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
    -           [
    -            {'CommandRequest',
    -             {serviceChangeReq,
    -              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    -               [
    -                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    -                {'ServiceChangeParm',
    +           [
    +            {'CommandRequest',
    +             {serviceChangeReq,
    +              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    +               [
    +                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    +                {'ServiceChangeParm',
                      restart,
    -                 {portNumber, 55555},
    +                 {portNumber, 55555},
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
    -                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
    +                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
                      "901 MG Cold Boot",
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE
    -                }
    -              }
    -             },
    +                }
    +              }
    +             },
                  asn1_NOVALUE,
                  asn1_NOVALUE
    -            }
    -           ]
    -          }
    -         ]
    -       }
    -      }
    -     ]
    -    }
    -   }
    -  }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes + } + ] + } + ] + } + } + ] + } + } + }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_compact_text_encoder - encodes messages into compact text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_binary_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages. This encoder implements the fastest of the BER encoders/decoders. Recommended binary codec.
    • megaco_ber_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages.
    • megaco_per_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 PER messages. N.B. that this format /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (558)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ erl -pa ../../../megaco/ebin -s megaco_filter -s megaco megaco_simple_mg:start().

    or simply 'gmake mg'.

    If you "only" want to start a single MG which tries to connect an MG on a host named "baidarka", you may use one of these functions (instead of the -megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be +megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be enabled and an interactive sequence chart tool to be started. This may be quite useful in order to visualize how your MG interacts with the Megaco/H.248 protocol stack.

    The event traces may alternatively be directed to a file for later analyze. By /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2969)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,19 +57,19 @@ built-in functions.

    The actual encoded messages have been collected in one directory per encoding type, containing one file per encoded message.

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty -printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -  Transaction = 9998 {
    -    Context = - {
    -      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -        Services {
    +printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +  Transaction = 9998 {
    +    Context = - {
    +      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +        Services {
               Method = Restart,
               ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
               Profile = ResGW/1,
               Reason = "901 MG Cold Boot"
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
    +        }
    +      }
    +    }
    +  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
       C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 MG Cold Boot"}}}}

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1117)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ list of the callback functions. For example, the handle_connect function takes by default two arguments:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as [SomePid,SomeTableRef], the callback function is expected to have these (in -this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. +this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. handle_unexpected_trans/4). The functions which takes this argument will be called if and only if one of the functions receive_message/5 or @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ DATA TYPES

    -
    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    -action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    -error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    -segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" +

    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    +action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    +error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    +segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" connection and may be reused after a reconnect (disconnect + connect).

    protocol_version() = integer()

    Is the actual protocol version. In most cases the protocol version is retrieved from the processed message, but there are exceptions:

    In these cases, the ProtocolVersion default version is obtained from the static /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1038)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@

    Utility function to produce a formated printout of the versions info generated by the versions1 and versions2 functions.

    The function print_version_info/0 uses the result of function version1/0 as -VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    +VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1035)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.108151152 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.109151158 +0000 @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@

    Utility function to produce a formated printout of the versions info generated by the versions1 and versions2 functions.

    The function print_version_info/0 uses the result of function version1/0 as -VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    +VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1148)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.127151265 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.127151265 +0000 @@ -172,12 +172,12 @@ can be expected by the different codecs provided by the megaco application.

    The measurement is done by iterating over the decode/encode function for approx 2 seconds per message and counting the number of decodes/encodes.

    Is best run by modifying the meas.sh.skel skeleton script provided by the tool.

    To run it manually do the following:

            % erl -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir>
    -        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
    +        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
     
    -        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
    -        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
    +        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
    +        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
             ...
    -        2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs + 2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs (as above):

            % erl -noshell -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> \\
                   -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir> \\
                   -s megaco_codec_meas -s init stop

    When run as above (this will take some time), the measurement process is done @@ -199,10 +199,10 @@ value.

    Both these tools use the message package (time_test.msgs) provided with the tool(s), although it can run on any message package as long as it has the same structure.

    Message package file

    This is simply an erlang compatible text-file with the following structure: -{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    -messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    -message_name() = atom()
    -message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the +{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    +messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    +message_name() = atom()
    +message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the message_list() has been encoded.

    This file can be exported to a file structure by calling the export_messages function. This can be usefull if a measurement shall be done with an external tool. Exporting the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (783)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.144151365 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.144151365 +0000 @@ -158,75 +158,75 @@ format using long keywords and an indentation style like the text examples in the Megaco/H.248 specification).

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty, well -indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -   Transaction = 9998 {
    -           Context = - {
    -                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -                           Services {
    +indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +   Transaction = 9998 {
    +           Context = - {
    +                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +                           Services {
                                        Method = Restart,
                                        ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
                                        Profile = ResGW/1,
                                        Reason = "901 Cold Boot"
    -                           }
    -                   }
    -           }
    -   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
    +                           }
    +                   }
    +           }
    +   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
        !/1 [124.124.124.222]
        T=9998{C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 Cold Boot"}}}}

    And the programmers view of the same message. First a list of ActionRequest records are constructed and then it is sent with one of the send functions in -the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    -  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    -                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
    +the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    +  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    +                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
                                   serviceChangeReason  = "901 Cold Boot",
    -                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    -  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    -                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    -  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    -                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    -  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
    +                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    +  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    +                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    +  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    +                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    +  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
        asn1_NOVALUE,
    -   {'Message',
    +   {'Message',
         1,
    -    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    -    {transactions,
    -     [
    -      {transactionRequest,
    -       {'TransactionRequest',
    +    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    +    {transactions,
    +     [
    +      {transactionRequest,
    +       {'TransactionRequest',
              9998,
    -         [{'ActionRequest',
    +         [{'ActionRequest',
                0,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
    -           [
    -            {'CommandRequest',
    -             {serviceChangeReq,
    -              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    -               [
    -                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    -                {'ServiceChangeParm',
    +           [
    +            {'CommandRequest',
    +             {serviceChangeReq,
    +              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    +               [
    +                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    +                {'ServiceChangeParm',
                      restart,
    -                 {portNumber, 55555},
    +                 {portNumber, 55555},
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
    -                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
    +                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
                      "901 MG Cold Boot",
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE
    -                }
    -              }
    -             },
    +                }
    +              }
    +             },
                  asn1_NOVALUE,
                  asn1_NOVALUE
    -            }
    -           ]
    -          }
    -         ]
    -       }
    -      }
    -     ]
    -    }
    -   }
    -  }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes + } + ] + } + ] + } + } + ] + } + } + }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_compact_text_encoder - encodes messages into compact text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_binary_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages. This encoder implements the fastest of the BER encoders/decoders. Recommended binary codec.
    • megaco_ber_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages.
    • megaco_per_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 PER messages. N.B. that this format /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (558)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.160151460 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.160151460 +0000 @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ erl -pa ../../../megaco/ebin -s megaco_filter -s megaco megaco_simple_mg:start().

    or simply 'gmake mg'.

    If you "only" want to start a single MG which tries to connect an MG on a host named "baidarka", you may use one of these functions (instead of the -megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be +megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be enabled and an interactive sequence chart tool to be started. This may be quite useful in order to visualize how your MG interacts with the Megaco/H.248 protocol stack.

    The event traces may alternatively be directed to a file for later analyze. By /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2969)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.177151561 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.178151566 +0000 @@ -162,19 +162,19 @@ built-in functions.

    The actual encoded messages have been collected in one directory per encoding type, containing one file per encoded message.

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty -printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -  Transaction = 9998 {
    -    Context = - {
    -      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -        Services {
    +printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +  Transaction = 9998 {
    +    Context = - {
    +      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +        Services {
               Method = Restart,
               ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
               Profile = ResGW/1,
               Reason = "901 MG Cold Boot"
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
    +        }
    +      }
    +    }
    +  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
       C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 MG Cold Boot"}}}}

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1092)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.203151714 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/megaco_user.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.204151720 +0000 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ list of the callback functions. For example, the handle_connect function takes by default two arguments:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as [SomePid,SomeTableRef], the callback function is expected to have these (in -this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. +this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

            handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. handle_unexpected_trans/4). The functions which takes this argument will be called if and only if one of the functions receive_message/5 or @@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ DATA TYPES

    -
    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    -action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    -error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    -segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" +

    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    +action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    +error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    +segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" connection and may be reused after a reconnect (disconnect + connect).

    protocol_version() = integer()

    Is the actual protocol version. In most cases the protocol version is retrieved from the processed message, but there are exceptions:

    In these cases, the ProtocolVersion default version is obtained from the static /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.218864840 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/megaco-4.6/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.219636755 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

    - +

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> mnesia - 4.23.2 - urn:uuid:48f3bd71-a71b-400c-e8be-9992a062762d + urn:uuid:b4780020-cbde-0297-19a3-67aa902eb2d0 en - 2026-10-15T00:52:09Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:03Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (953)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% --module(mnesia_backup). +-module(mnesia_backup). --include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). +-include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). --export([ +-export([ %% Write access open_write/1, write/2, @@ -69,105 +69,105 @@ open_read/1, read/1, close_read/1 - ]). + ]). %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Backup callback interface --record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). +-record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). %% Opens backup media for write %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_write(OpaqueData) -> +open_write(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), - file:delete(Tmp), - case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, - {file, Tmp}, - {repair, false}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), + file:delete(Tmp), + case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, + {file, Tmp}, + {repair, false}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Writes BackupItems to the backup media %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> +write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of + case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of ok -> - {ok, B}; - {error, Reason} -> - abort_write(B), - {error, Reason} + {ok, B}; + {error, Reason} -> + abort_write(B), + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after a successful backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -commit_write(OpaqueData) -> +commit_write(OpaqueData) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - file:delete(B#backup.file), - case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of + file:delete(B#backup.file), + case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of ok -> - {ok, B#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, B#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after an interrupted backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -abort_write(BackupRef) -> - Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), - file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), +abort_write(BackupRef) -> + Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), + file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), case Res of ok -> - {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Restore callback interface --record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). +-record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). %% Opens backup media for read %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_read(OpaqueData) -> +open_read(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - case file:read_file_info(File) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason}; + case file:read_file_info(File) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason}; _FileInfo -> %% file exists - case disk_log:open([{file, File}, - {name, make_ref()}, - {repair, false}, - {mode, read_only}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + case disk_log:open([{file, File}, + {name, make_ref()}, + {repair, false}, + {mode, read_only}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end end. @@ -176,30 +176,30 @@ %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData, BackupItems} or {error, Reason} %% %% BackupItems == [] is interpreted as eof -read(OpaqueData) -> +read(OpaqueData) -> R = OpaqueData, Fd = R#restore.file_desc, - case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; + case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; eof -> - {ok, R, []}; - {Cont, []} -> - read(R#restore{cont = Cont}); - {Cont, BackupItems, _BadBytes} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems}; - {Cont, BackupItems} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems} /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (960)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ mnesia_access Callback Behavior -

    -module(mnesia_frag).
    +
    -module(mnesia_frag).
     
     %% Callback functions when accessed within an activity
    --export([
    +-export([
     	 lock/4,
     	 write/5, delete/5, delete_object/5,
     	 read/5, match_object/5, all_keys/4,
    @@ -38,230 +38,230 @@
     	 foldl/6, foldr/6, table_info/4,
     	 first/3, next/4, prev/4, last/3,
     	 clear_table/4
    -       ]).
    %% Callback functions which provides transparent
    +       ]).
    %% Callback functions which provides transparent
     %% access of fragmented tables from any activity
     %% access context.
     
    -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
    -    case frag_names(Tab) of
    -	[Tab] ->
    -	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
    +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
    +    case frag_names(Tab) of
    +	[Tab] ->
    +	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
     	Frags ->
    -	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
    -			 F <- Frags],
    -	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
    +	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
    +			 F <- Frags],
    +	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
         end;
     
    -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
    -    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
    +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
    +    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
     
    -write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    -    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    +write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    +    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
     
    -delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    +delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
     
    -delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    -    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    +delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    +    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
     
    -read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    +read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
     
    -match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
    -    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
    -    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    +match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
    +    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
    +    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
     
    -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
    -    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
    +    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
     
     
    -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
    -    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
    +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
    +    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
     
     
    -all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
    -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    +all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
    +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
     
    -clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
    -    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
    +    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
         ok.
     
    -index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
    +index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
         Match =
    -	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
    -	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    +	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
    +	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
     
    -index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
    +index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
         Match =
    -	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
    -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    -
    -foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    -		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
    +	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
    +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
    +
    +foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    +		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
     	   end,
    -    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
    +    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
     
    -foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    -		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
    +foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    +		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
     	   end,
    -    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
    +    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
     
    -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
    -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
    -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
    +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
    +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
    +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
     
    -table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
    +table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
         case Item of
     	size ->
    -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
    +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
     	memory ->
    -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
    +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
     	base_table ->
    -	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
    +	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
     	node_pool ->
    -	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
    +	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
     	n_fragments ->
    -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
    +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
     	    FH#frag_state.n_fragments;
     	foreign_key ->
    -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
    +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
     	    FH#frag_state.foreign_key;
     	foreigners ->
    -	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
    +	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
     	n_ram_copies ->
    -	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
    +	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
     	n_disc_copies ->
    -	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
    +	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
     	n_disc_only_copies ->
    -	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
    +	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
     	n_external_copies ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1056))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -26,136 +26,136 @@
       
       mnesia_frag_hash Callback Behavior
     
    -
    -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
    --compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
    +
    -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
    +-compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
     
     %% Fragmented Table Hashing callback functions
    --export([
    +-export([
     	 init_state/2,
     	 add_frag/1,
     	 del_frag/1,
     	 key_to_frag_number/2,
     	 match_spec_to_frag_numbers/2
    -	]).
    -record(hash_state,
    -	{n_fragments,
    +	]).
    -record(hash_state,
    +	{n_fragments,
     	 next_n_to_split,
     	 n_doubles,
    -	 function}).
    +	 function}).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
    -      Tab :: atom(),
    -      State :: term(),
    -      NewState :: term().
    -init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
    -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
    +-spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
    +      Tab :: atom(),
    +      State :: term(),
    +      NewState :: term().
    +init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
    +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
     		next_n_to_split = 1,
     		n_doubles       = 0,
    -		function        = phash2}.
    +		function        = phash2}.
     
    -convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
    -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
    +convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
    +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
     		next_n_to_split = P,
     		n_doubles       = L,
    -		function        = phash}.
    +		function        = phash}.
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
     
    --spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    -      NewState :: term(),
    -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    -add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
    +-spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    +      NewState :: term(),
    +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    +add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
         P = SplitN + 1,
         NewN = N + 1,
    -    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
    +    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
     		 P2 when P2 == P ->
    -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
    +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
     				      n_doubles        = L + 1,
    -				      next_n_to_split = 1};
    +				      next_n_to_split = 1};
     		 _ ->
    -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
    -				      next_n_to_split = P}
    +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
    +				      next_n_to_split = P}
     	     end,
    -    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
    -add_frag(OldState) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    add_frag(State).
    +    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
    +add_frag(OldState) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    add_frag(State).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
     
    --spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    -      NewState :: term(),
    -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    -del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
    +-spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    +      NewState :: term(),
    +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    +del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
         P = SplitN - 1,
         if
     	P < 1 ->
     	    L2 = L - 1,
    -	    MergeN = power2(L2),
    -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    +	    MergeN = power2(L2),
    +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
     				      next_n_to_split = MergeN,
    -				      n_doubles       = L2},
    -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
    +				      n_doubles       = L2},
    +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
     	true ->
     	    MergeN = P,
    -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    -				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
    -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
    +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    +				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
    +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
     	end;
    -del_frag(OldState) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    del_frag(State).
    +del_frag(OldState) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    del_frag(State).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
    -      State :: term(),
    -      Key :: term(),
    -      Fragnum :: integer().
    -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    -    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
    +-spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
    +      State :: term(),
    +      Key :: term(),
    +      Fragnum :: integer().
    +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    +    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
         if
     	A > N ->
    -	    A - power2(L);
    +	    A - power2(L);
     	true ->
     	    A
         end;
    -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    -    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
    +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    +    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
         if
     	A > N ->
    -	    A - power2(L);
    +	    A - power2(L);
     	true ->
     	    A
         end;
    -key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
    +key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
    -      State :: term(),
    -      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
    -      Fragnums :: [integer()].
    -match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
    +-spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
    +      State :: term(),
    +      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
    +      Fragnums :: [integer()].
    +match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
         case MatchSpec of
    -	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
    -	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
    -	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
    +	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
    +	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
    +	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
     		false ->
    -		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
    +		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
     		true ->
    -		    lists:seq(1, N)
    +		    lists:seq(1, N)
     	    end;
     	_ ->
    -	    lists:seq(1, N)
    +	    lists:seq(1, N)
         end;
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (931))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -32,21 +32,21 @@
     
     

    This section provides a simplified demonstration of a Mnesia system startup. The dialogue from the Erlang shell is as follows:

    unix> erl -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"'
    -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
    +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
     
    -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
     1>
    -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
    +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
     ok
    -2> mnesia:start().
    +2> mnesia:start().
     ok
    -3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <---
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
    ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    ----> Active (local) transactions <---
    +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    +---> Active (local) transactions <---
     ---> Uncertain transactions <---
     ---> Active tables <---
     funky          : with 0 records occupying 269 words of mem
    @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@
     ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/tmp/funky" is used.
     use fall-back at restart = false
    -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes = []
    -remote           = []
    -ram_copies       = [funky]
    -disc_copies      = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
    +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes = []
    +remote           = []
    +ram_copies       = [funky]
    +disc_copies      = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
     1 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 1 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    In this example, the following actions are performed:

    • Step 1: The Erlang system is started from the UNIX prompt with a flag -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"', which indicates in which directory to store the data.
    • Step 2: A new empty schema is initialized on the local node by evaluating @@ -124,28 +124,28 @@ Defining Structure and Content

      First the record definitions are entered into a text file named company.hrl. -This file defines the following structure for the example database:

      -record(employee, {emp_no,
      +This file defines the following structure for the example database:

      -record(employee, {emp_no,
                          name,
                          salary,
                          sex,
                          phone,
      -                   room_no}).
      +                   room_no}).
       
      --record(dept, {id,
      -               name}).
      +-record(dept, {id,
      +               name}).
       
      --record(project, {name,
      -                  number}).
      +-record(project, {name,
      +                  number}).
       
       
      --record(manager, {emp,
      -                  dept}).
      +-record(manager, {emp,
      +                  dept}).
       
      --record(at_dep, {emp,
      -                 dept_id}).
      +-record(at_dep, {emp,
      +                 dept_id}).
       
      --record(in_proj, {emp,
      -                  proj_name}).

      The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function +-record(in_proj, {emp, + proj_name}).

      The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates tables. Name is the table name.

      Note

      The current version of Mnesia does not require that the name of the table is the same as the record name, see @@ -162,28 +162,28 @@

      The following shell interaction starts Mnesia and initializes the schema for the Company database:

      % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
      -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -2> mnesia:start().
      -ok

      The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

      -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
      --include("company.hrl").
      -
      -init() ->
      -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(project,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
      -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
      -                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
      -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

      +2> mnesia:start(). +ok

    The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
    +-include("company.hrl").
    +
    +init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    @@ -197,13 +197,13 @@ the format mnesia:create_schema(DiscNodeList) and initiates a new schema. In this example, a non-distributed system using only one node is created. Schemas are fully explained in Define a Schema.
  • mnesia:start(). This function starts Mnesia and is fully -explained in Start Mnesia.
  • Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +explained in Start Mnesia.

    Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <---
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
    ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    ----> Active (local) transactions <---
    +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    +---> Active (local) transactions <---
     ---> Uncertain transactions <---
     ---> Active tables <---
     in_proj        : with 0 records occuping 269 words of mem
    @@ -216,19 +216,19 @@
     ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company" is used.
     use fall-back at restart = false
    -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes = []
    -remote           = []
    +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes = []
    +remote           = []
     ram_copies       =
    -    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    -disc_copies      = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    -    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
    +    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    +disc_copies      = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    +    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
     6 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 6 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    A set of tables is created. The function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates the required database tables. The options available with ArgList are explained in @@ -242,32 +242,32 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1223)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -70,18 +70,18 @@ changes the format on all records in table Tab. It applies argument Fun to all records in the table. Fun must be a function that takes a record of the old type, and returns the record of the new type. The table key must not be -changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    --record(new, {key, val, extra}).
    +changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    +-record(new, {key, val, extra}).
     
     Transformer =
    -   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    -      #new{key = X#old.key,
    +   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    +      #new{key = X#old.key,
                val = X#old.val,
    -           extra = 42}
    +           extra = 42}
        end,
    -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer,
    -                                      record_info(fields, new),
    -                                      new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer, + record_info(fields, new), + new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the metadata about the table is updated. Use of ignore is not recommended (as it creates inconsistencies between the metadata and the actual data) but it is included as a possibility for the user do to an own (offline) transform.

  • mnesia:change_table_copy_type(Tab, Node, ToType) @@ -133,29 +133,29 @@ when starting the Erlang shell or in the application script. Previously, the following example was used to create the directory for the Company database:

    % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
  • If no command-line flag is entered, the Mnesia directory becomes the current working directory on the node where the Erlang shell is started.

  • To start the Company database and get it running on the two specified nodes, -enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two -nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -						   employee)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(project,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    -                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -							   manager)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    -                        [{type, bag},
    -                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because +enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two +nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +						   employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +							   manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    +                        [{type, bag},
    +                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because /ldisc/scratch (the "local" disc) exists on the two different nodes.

    By executing these commands, two Erlang nodes are configured to run the Company database, and therefore, initialize the database. This is required only once when setting up. The next time the system is started, @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Startup Procedure

    -

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. +

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. The alternatives are as follows:

    1. Tables that are only stored locally are initialized from the local Mnesia directory.
    2. Replicated tables that reside locally as well as somewhere else are either initiated from disc or by copying the entire table from the other node, @@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ from disc at a faster rate. The function forces tables to be loaded from disc regardless of the network situation.

      Thus, it can be assumed that if an application wants to use tables a and b, the application must perform some action similar to following before it can use -the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      -  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      -    panic(RemainingTabs);
      +the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      +  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      +    panic(RemainingTabs);
         ok ->
           synced
       end.

      Warning

      When tables are forcefully loaded from the local disc, all operations that @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ key, whereas a table of type bag can have an arbitrary number of records per key. The key for each record is always the first attribute of the record.

      The following example illustrates the difference between type set and -bag:

       f() ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      -          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
      +bag:

       f() ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      +          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type + mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type set. However, the list [{foo,1,2}, {foo,1,3}] is returned if the table is of type bag.

      Mnesia tables can never contain duplicates of the same record in the same table. Duplicate records have attributes with the same contents and key.

    3. {disc_copies, NodeList}, where NodeList is a list of the nodes where @@ -273,11 +273,11 @@ table. All records stored in the table must have this name as their first element. record_name defaults to the name of the table. For more information, see -Record Names versus Table Names.

    4. As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an -extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      -                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a +Record Names versus Table Names.

      As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an +extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      +                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a RAM copy on the local node, no extra indexes, and the attributes defaulted to -the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      +the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1903)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ and delete Mnesia records. The Fun is evaluated as a transaction that either commits or terminates. If a transaction succeeds in executing the Fun, it replicates the action on all nodes involved, or terminates if an error occurs.

      The following example shows a transaction that raises the salary of certain -employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
      +employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
                       Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
      -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(New)
      +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(New)
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is + mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is called by the statement mnesia:transaction(F) and returns a value.

      The Mnesia transaction system facilitates the construction of reliable, distributed systems by providing the following important properties:

      • The transaction handler ensures that a Fun, which is placed inside a transaction, does not interfere with operations embedded in other transactions @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ The Fun in the transaction is evaluated once more.

        It is therefore important that the code inside the Fun given to mnesia:transaction/1 is pure. Some strange results can occur if, for example, messages are sent by the transaction Fun. The following example illustrates this -situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        -    F = fun() ->
        -                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
        +situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        +    F = fun() ->
        +                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
                         Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
        -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        -                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        -                mnesia:write(New)
        +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        +                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        +                mnesia:write(New)
                 end,
        -    mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the + mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the terminal. However, Mnesia guarantees that each transaction will eventually run. As a result, Mnesia is not only deadlock free, but also livelock free.

        The Mnesia programmer cannot prioritize one particular transaction to execute before other transactions that are waiting to execute. As a result, the Mnesia @@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ fails. Such applications can benefit from using sticky locks instead of the normal locking scheme.

        A sticky lock is a lock that stays in place at a node, after the transaction that first acquired the lock has terminated. To illustrate this, assume that the -following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the +mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the function write/1 The function s_write/1 sets a sticky lock instead of a normal lock. If the table is not replicated, sticky locks have no special effect. If the table is replicated, and a sticky lock is set on node @@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ following two functions are used to set explicit table locks for read and write operations:

        Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

        mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
        -mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

        The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a +on table Tab.

      Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

      mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
      +mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

      The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a single record (when the key is bound in the pattern).

      @@ -320,78 +320,78 @@ necessarily have to be the same as the table name, although this is the case in most of the examples in this User's Guide. If a table is created without property record_name, the following code ensures that all records in the -tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as +tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as shown in the following example, subscriber records can be stored in both of the -tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      -mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      -mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot +tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      +mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      +mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot be used. For example, writing a subscriber record into a table requires the function mnesia:write/3 instead of the simplified functions mnesia:write/1 -and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      -mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      -mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified +and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      +mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      +mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified access functions used in most of the examples and their more flexible -counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
      +counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
      +mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
       
      -mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
      +mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
      +mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
      +mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
       
      -mnesia:write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
      +mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
       
      -mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
      +mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
       
      -mnesia:index_match_object(Pattern, Attr) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1275))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@
       whether the data resides on the local node or on a remote node.

      Notice that the program runs slower if the data is located on a remote node.

    5. The database can be reconfigured, and tables can be moved between nodes. These operations do not affect the user programs.

    6. It has previously been shown that each table has a number of system attributes, such as index and type.

      Table attributes are specified when the table is created. For example, the -following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      -                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list +following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      +                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list of Erlang nodes as its value:

      • ram_copies. The value of the node list is a list of Erlang nodes, and a RAM replica of the table resides on each node in the list.

        Notice that no disc operations are performed when a program executes write operations to these replicas. However, if permanent RAM replicas are required, @@ -117,52 +117,52 @@ searched for matching records.

        Notice that in ordered_set tables, the records are ordered per fragment, and the order is undefined in results returned by select and match_object, as well as first, next, prev and last.

        The following code illustrates how a Mnesia table is converted to be a -fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        -[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
        +(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        +[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
         (a@sam)3> Tab = dictionary.
         dictionary
        -(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
        +(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        -[{base_table,dictionary},
        - {foreign_key,undefined},
        - {n_doubles,0},
        - {n_fragments,1},
        - {next_n_to_split,1},
        - {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        +[{base_table,dictionary},
        + {foreign_key,undefined},
        + {n_doubles,0},
        + {n_fragments,1},
        + {next_n_to_split,1},
        + {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
        +(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,12,-12}]
        -(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,64},
        - {dictionary_frag2,64},
        - {dictionary_frag3,64},
        - {dictionary_frag4,64}]
        -(a@sam)19>

        +(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,12,-12}] +(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,64}, + {dictionary_frag2,64}, + {dictionary_frag3,64}, + {dictionary_frag4,64}] +(a@sam)19>

        @@ -204,64 +204,64 @@ This property can explicitly be set at table creation. Default is mnesia_frag_hash.

      • {hash_state, Term} - Enables a table-specific parameterization of a generic hash module. This property can explicitly be set at table creation. -Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        -[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        -                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        -[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        -(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        -(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
        +(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        +[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        +                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        +[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        +(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        +(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
         (a@sam)7> PrimKey = 11.
         11
         (a@sam)8> SecKey = 42.
         42
        -(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        -               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        +               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        -                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        -(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        +                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        +[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        +(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{prim_dict,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag2,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag3,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag4,1},
        - {prim_dict_frag5,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag6,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag7,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)16> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [sec_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag2,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag3,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag4,1},
        - {sec_dict_frag5,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag6,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag7,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)17>

      +(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, + [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{prim_dict,0}, + {prim_dict_frag2,0}, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1110)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -128,26 +128,26 @@ for starting Mnesia:

      • An Erlang session must be started and a Mnesia directory must be specified for the database.
      • A database schema must be initiated, using the function mnesia:create_schema/1.

      The following example shows how these tasks are performed:

      Step 1: Start an Erlang session and specify a Mnesia directory for the -database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      -(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -(klacke@gin)2>
      +(klacke@gin)2>
       ^Z
       Suspended

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been created:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff       247 Aug 12 15:06 FALLBACK.BUP

      The response shows that the file FALLBACK.BUP has been created. This is called a backup file, and it contains an initial schema. If more than one node in the function mnesia:create_schema/1 had been specified, identical backup files -would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
      +would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
       ok

      Step 4: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff         86 May 26 19:03 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff      34507 May 26 19:03 schema.DAT

      The schema in the backup file FALLBACK.BUP has been used to generate the file schema.DAT. Since there are no other disc resident tables than the schema, no other data files were created. The file FALLBACK.BUP was removed after the successful "restoration". You also see some files that are for internal use by -Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      -{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
      +Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      +{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    86 May 26 19:07 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    94 May 26 19:07 foo.DCD
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff  6679 May 26 19:07 schema.DAT

      The file foo.DCD has been created. This file will eventually store all data @@ -191,11 +191,11 @@ the Mnesia data files. For example, dets contains the function dets:traverse/2, which can be used to view the contents of a Mnesia DAT file. However, this can only be done when Mnesia is not running. So, to view -the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      -{keypos, 2}]),
      -F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      -dets:traverse(N, F),
      -dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This +the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      +{keypos, 2}]),
      +F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      +dets:traverse(N, F),
      +dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This ensures that these files are not automatically repaired. Without this option, the database can become inconsistent, because Mnesia can believe that the files were properly closed. For information about configuration parameter @@ -429,40 +429,40 @@ located first in the backup.

      The schema itself is a table and is possibly included in the backup. Each node where the schema table resides is regarded as a db_node.

      The following example shows how mnesia:traverse_backup can be used to rename a -db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
      +db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
           Switch =
      -        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      -           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      -           (Node) -> Node
      +        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      +           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      +           (Node) -> Node
               end,
           Convert =
      -        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      -                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
      +        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      +                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
                       OptSwitch =
      -                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      -                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      -                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      -                                false-> {Key, Val}
      +                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      +                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      +                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      +                                false-> {Key, Val}
                                   end
                           end,
      -                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      -           (Other, Acc) ->
      -                {[Other], Acc}
      +                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      +           (Other, Acc) ->
      +                {[Other], Acc}
               end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
      +    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
       
      -view(Source, Mod) ->
      -    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      -                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      -                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
      +view(Source, Mod) ->
      +    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      +                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      +                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
                  end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      + mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (966)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@

      Warning

      This function is deprecated. Do not use it.

      A wrapper function for mnesia:create_table/2, which creates a table (if there is no existing table) with an appropriate set of attributes. The attributes and TabDef are forwarded to mnesia:create_table/2. For example, if the table -is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      -          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      +is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      +          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (531)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ specifies the types of the SNMP keys.

    7. attributes. The names of the attributes for the records that are inserted in the table.

    8. For information about the complete set of table properties and their details, see mnesia:create_table/2.

      This Reference Manual uses a table of persons to illustrate various examples. -The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
      +The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
                        age = 0,
                        address = unknown,
                        salary = 0,
      -                 children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to + children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to start to read about mnesia:create_table/2, mnesia:lock/2, and mnesia:activity/4 before you continue and learn about the rest.

      Writing or deleting in transaction-context creates a local copy of each modified record during the transaction. During iteration, that is, mnesia:foldl/4, @@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ -

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at +

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at Node.

      This function can also be used to change the storage type of the table named schema. The schema table can only have ram_copies or disc_copies as the storage type. If the storage type of the schema is ram_copies, no other table @@ -2995,22 +2995,22 @@ back end storage. Backend can currently be ets or dets. Properties is a list of options sent to the back end storage during table creation. Properties cannot contain properties already used by Mnesia, such as type -or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      -       {storage_properties,
      -        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    9. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, +or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      +       {storage_properties,
      +        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    10. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, or bag. Default is set. In a set, all records have unique keys. In a bag, several records can have the same key, but the record content is unique. If a non-unique record is stored, the old conflicting records are overwritten.

      Notice that currently ordered_set is not supported for disc_only_copies.

    11. {local_content, Bool}, where Bool is true or false. Default is false.

    12. For example, the following call creates the person table (defined earlier) and -replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on +replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on attribute address of all the person records that are inserted in the table, -the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {index, [address]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as +the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {index, [address]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as {index, [2]} and {attributes, [name, age, address, salary, children]}, respectively.

      mnesia:create_table/2 writes records into the table schema. This function, and all other schema manipulation functions, are implemented with the normal @@ -5260,10 +5260,10 @@ argument. Default is read. The return value depends on MatchSpec.

      Notice that for best performance, select is to be used before any modifying operations are done on that table in the same transaction. That is, do not use write or delete before a select.

      In its simplest forms, the match_spec look as follows:

      • MatchSpec = [MatchFunction]
      • MatchFunction = {MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}
      • MatchHead = tuple() | record()

      • Guard = {"Guardtest name", ...}
      • Result = "Term construct"

      For a complete description of select, see the ERTS -User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      -Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
      +User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      +Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
       Result = '$1',
      -mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      +
      mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      @@ -5558,9 +5558,9 @@ specified as a tuple of atoms describing the types. The only significant type is fix_string. This means that a string has a fixed size.

      For example, the following causes table person to be ordered as an SNMP table:

      mnesia:snmp_open_table(person, [{key, string}])

      Consider the following schema for a table of company employees. Each employee is identified by department number and name. The other table column stores the -telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and +telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      +    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and telno.

      An option is to have table columns that are not visible through the SNMP protocol. These columns must be the last columns of the table. In the previous example, the SNMP table could have columns department and name only. The @@ -6163,17 +6163,17 @@ transaction is terminated and the function transaction/1 returns the tuple {aborted, Reason}.

      If all is going well, {atomic, ResultOfFun} is returned, where ResultOfFun is the value of the last expression in Fun.

      A function that adds a family to the database can be written as follows if there -is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      -    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      -    Trans = fun() ->
      -        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      -        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
      +is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      +    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      +    Trans = fun() ->
      +        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      +        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
           end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
      +    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
       
      -oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one +oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one transaction ensures that either the whole family is added to the database, or the whole transaction terminates. For example, if the last child is badly formatted, or the executing process terminates because of an 'EXIT' signal @@ -6181,17 +6181,17 @@ where half a family is added can never occur.

      It is also useful to update the database within a transaction if several processes concurrently update the same records. For example, the function raise(Name, Amount), which adds Amount to the salary field of a person, is -to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      -    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      -        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      -            [P] ->
      +to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      +    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      +        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      +            [P] ->
                       Salary = Amount + P#person.salary,
      -                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(P2);
      +                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(P2);
                   _ ->
      -                mnesia:abort("No such person")
      +                mnesia:abort("No such person")
               end
      -    end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on + end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on different nodes can concurrently execute the function raise/2 without interfering with each other.

      Since Mnesia detects deadlocks, a transaction can be restarted any number of times and therefore the Fun shall not have any side effects such as waiting /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (531)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.435153086 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.436153092 +0000 @@ -166,11 +166,11 @@ specifies the types of the SNMP keys.

    13. attributes. The names of the attributes for the records that are inserted in the table.

    14. For information about the complete set of table properties and their details, see mnesia:create_table/2.

      This Reference Manual uses a table of persons to illustrate various examples. -The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
      +The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
                        age = 0,
                        address = unknown,
                        salary = 0,
      -                 children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to + children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to start to read about mnesia:create_table/2, mnesia:lock/2, and mnesia:activity/4 before you continue and learn about the rest.

      Writing or deleting in transaction-context creates a local copy of each modified record during the transaction. During iteration, that is, mnesia:foldl/4, @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ -

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at +

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at Node.

      This function can also be used to change the storage type of the table named schema. The schema table can only have ram_copies or disc_copies as the storage type. If the storage type of the schema is ram_copies, no other table @@ -3116,22 +3116,22 @@ back end storage. Backend can currently be ets or dets. Properties is a list of options sent to the back end storage during table creation. Properties cannot contain properties already used by Mnesia, such as type -or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      -       {storage_properties,
      -        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    15. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, +or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      +       {storage_properties,
      +        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    16. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, or bag. Default is set. In a set, all records have unique keys. In a bag, several records can have the same key, but the record content is unique. If a non-unique record is stored, the old conflicting records are overwritten.

      Notice that currently ordered_set is not supported for disc_only_copies.

    17. {local_content, Bool}, where Bool is true or false. Default is false.

    18. For example, the following call creates the person table (defined earlier) and -replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on +replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on attribute address of all the person records that are inserted in the table, -the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {index, [address]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as +the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {index, [address]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as {index, [2]} and {attributes, [name, age, address, salary, children]}, respectively.

      mnesia:create_table/2 writes records into the table schema. This function, and all other schema manipulation functions, are implemented with the normal @@ -5381,10 +5381,10 @@ argument. Default is read. The return value depends on MatchSpec.

      Notice that for best performance, select is to be used before any modifying operations are done on that table in the same transaction. That is, do not use write or delete before a select.

      In its simplest forms, the match_spec look as follows:

      • MatchSpec = [MatchFunction]
      • MatchFunction = {MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}
      • MatchHead = tuple() | record()

      • Guard = {"Guardtest name", ...}
      • Result = "Term construct"

      For a complete description of select, see the ERTS -User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #href_anchor"ss">person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      -Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
      +User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #href_anchor"ss">person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      +Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
       Result = '$1',
      -mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      +
      mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      @@ -5679,9 +5679,9 @@ specified as a tuple of atoms describing the types. The only significant type is fix_string. This means that a string has a fixed size.

      For example, the following causes table person to be ordered as an SNMP table:

      mnesia:snmp_open_table(person, [{key, string}])

      Consider the following schema for a table of company employees. Each employee is identified by department number and name. The other table column stores the -telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and +telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      +    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and telno.

      An option is to have table columns that are not visible through the SNMP protocol. These columns must be the last columns of the table. In the previous example, the SNMP table could have columns department and name only. The @@ -6284,17 +6284,17 @@ transaction is terminated and the function transaction/1 returns the tuple {aborted, Reason}.

      If all is going well, {atomic, ResultOfFun} is returned, where ResultOfFun is the value of the last expression in Fun.

      A function that adds a family to the database can be written as follows if there -is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      -    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      -    Trans = fun() ->
      -        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      -        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
      +is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      +    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      +    Trans = fun() ->
      +        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      +        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
           end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
      +    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
       
      -oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one +oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one transaction ensures that either the whole family is added to the database, or the whole transaction terminates. For example, if the last child is badly formatted, or the executing process terminates because of an 'EXIT' signal @@ -6302,17 +6302,17 @@ where half a family is added can never occur.

      It is also useful to update the database within a transaction if several processes concurrently update the same records. For example, the function raise(Name, Amount), which adds Amount to the salary field of a person, is -to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      -    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      -        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      -            [P] ->
      +to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      +    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      +        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      +            [P] ->
                       Salary = Amount + P#person.salary,
      -                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(P2);
      +                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(P2);
                   _ ->
      -                mnesia:abort("No such person")
      +                mnesia:abort("No such person")
               end
      -    end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on + end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on different nodes can concurrently execute the function raise/2 without interfering with each other.

      Since Mnesia detects deadlocks, a transaction can be restarted any number of times and therefore the Fun shall not have any side effects such as waiting /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (953)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.456153210 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.457153217 +0000 @@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% --module(mnesia_backup). +-module(mnesia_backup). --include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). +-include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). --export([ +-export([ %% Write access open_write/1, write/2, @@ -174,105 +174,105 @@ open_read/1, read/1, close_read/1 - ]). + ]). %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Backup callback interface --record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). +-record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). %% Opens backup media for write %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_write(OpaqueData) -> +open_write(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), - file:delete(Tmp), - case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, - {file, Tmp}, - {repair, false}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), + file:delete(Tmp), + case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, + {file, Tmp}, + {repair, false}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Writes BackupItems to the backup media %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> +write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of + case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of ok -> - {ok, B}; - {error, Reason} -> - abort_write(B), - {error, Reason} + {ok, B}; + {error, Reason} -> + abort_write(B), + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after a successful backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -commit_write(OpaqueData) -> +commit_write(OpaqueData) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - file:delete(B#backup.file), - case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of + file:delete(B#backup.file), + case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of ok -> - {ok, B#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, B#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after an interrupted backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -abort_write(BackupRef) -> - Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), - file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), +abort_write(BackupRef) -> + Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), + file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), case Res of ok -> - {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Restore callback interface --record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). +-record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). %% Opens backup media for read %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_read(OpaqueData) -> +open_read(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - case file:read_file_info(File) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason}; + case file:read_file_info(File) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason}; _FileInfo -> %% file exists - case disk_log:open([{file, File}, - {name, make_ref()}, - {repair, false}, - {mode, read_only}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + case disk_log:open([{file, File}, + {name, make_ref()}, + {repair, false}, + {mode, read_only}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end end. @@ -281,30 +281,30 @@ %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData, BackupItems} or {error, Reason} %% %% BackupItems == [] is interpreted as eof -read(OpaqueData) -> +read(OpaqueData) -> R = OpaqueData, Fd = R#restore.file_desc, - case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; + case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; eof -> - {ok, R, []}; - {Cont, []} -> - read(R#restore{cont = Cont}); - {Cont, BackupItems, _BadBytes} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems}; - {Cont, BackupItems} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems} /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (960)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.480153353 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.481153358 +0000 @@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ mnesia_access Callback Behavior

      -
      -module(mnesia_frag).
      +
      -module(mnesia_frag).
       
       %% Callback functions when accessed within an activity
      --export([
      +-export([
       	 lock/4,
       	 write/5, delete/5, delete_object/5,
       	 read/5, match_object/5, all_keys/4,
      @@ -143,230 +143,230 @@
       	 foldl/6, foldr/6, table_info/4,
       	 first/3, next/4, prev/4, last/3,
       	 clear_table/4
      -       ]).
      %% Callback functions which provides transparent
      +       ]).
      %% Callback functions which provides transparent
       %% access of fragmented tables from any activity
       %% access context.
       
      -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
      -    case frag_names(Tab) of
      -	[Tab] ->
      -	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
      +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
      +    case frag_names(Tab) of
      +	[Tab] ->
      +	    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
       	Frags ->
      -	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
      -			 F <- Frags],
      -	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
      +	    DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
      +			 F <- Frags],
      +	    mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
           end;
       
      -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
      -    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
      +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
      +    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
       
      -write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      -    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      +write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      +    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
       
      -delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      +delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
       
      -delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      -    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      +delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      +    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
       
      -read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      +read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
       
      -match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
      -    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
      -    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      +match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
      +    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
      +    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
       
      -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
      -    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
      +    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
       
       
      -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
      -    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
      +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
      +    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
       
       
      -all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
      -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      +all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
      +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
       
      -clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
      -    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
      +    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
           ok.
       
      -index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
      +index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
           Match =
      -	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
      -	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      +	[mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
      +	 || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
       
      -index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
      +index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
           Match =
      -	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
      -	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      -
      -foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      -		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
      +	[mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
      +	     || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
      +
      +foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      +		   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
       	   end,
      -    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
      +    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
       
      -foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      -		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
      +foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      +		   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
       	   end,
      -    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
      +    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
       
      -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
      -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
      -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
      +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
      +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
      +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
       
      -table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
      +table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
           case Item of
       	size ->
      -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
      +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
       	memory ->
      -	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      -	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
      +	    SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      +	    lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_memory(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
       	base_table ->
      -	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
      +	    lookup_prop(Tab, base_table);
       	node_pool ->
      -	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
      +	    lookup_prop(Tab, node_pool);
       	n_fragments ->
      -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
      +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
       	    FH#frag_state.n_fragments;
       	foreign_key ->
      -	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
      +	    FH = lookup_frag_hash(Tab),
       	    FH#frag_state.foreign_key;
       	foreigners ->
      -	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
      +	    lookup_foreigners(Tab);
       	n_ram_copies ->
      -	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
      +	    length(val({Tab, ram_copies}));
       	n_disc_copies ->
      -	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
      +	    length(val({Tab, disc_copies}));
       	n_disc_only_copies ->
      -	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
      +	    length(val({Tab, disc_only_copies}));
       	n_external_copies ->
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1056))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.500153471 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.502153482 +0000
      @@ -131,136 +131,136 @@
         
         mnesia_frag_hash Callback Behavior
       

      -
      -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
      --compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
      +
      -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
      +-compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
       
       %% Fragmented Table Hashing callback functions
      --export([
      +-export([
       	 init_state/2,
       	 add_frag/1,
       	 del_frag/1,
       	 key_to_frag_number/2,
       	 match_spec_to_frag_numbers/2
      -	]).
      -record(hash_state,
      -	{n_fragments,
      +	]).
      -record(hash_state,
      +	{n_fragments,
       	 next_n_to_split,
       	 n_doubles,
      -	 function}).
      +	 function}).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
      -      Tab :: atom(),
      -      State :: term(),
      -      NewState :: term().
      -init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
      -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
      +-spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
      +      Tab :: atom(),
      +      State :: term(),
      +      NewState :: term().
      +init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
      +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
       		next_n_to_split = 1,
       		n_doubles       = 0,
      -		function        = phash2}.
      +		function        = phash2}.
       
      -convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
      -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
      +convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
      +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
       		next_n_to_split = P,
       		n_doubles       = L,
      -		function        = phash}.
      +		function        = phash}.
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
       
      --spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      -      NewState :: term(),
      -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      -add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
      +-spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      +      NewState :: term(),
      +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      +add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
           P = SplitN + 1,
           NewN = N + 1,
      -    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
      +    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
       		 P2 when P2 == P ->
      -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
      +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
       				      n_doubles        = L + 1,
      -				      next_n_to_split = 1};
      +				      next_n_to_split = 1};
       		 _ ->
      -		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
      -				      next_n_to_split = P}
      +		     State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
      +				      next_n_to_split = P}
       	     end,
      -    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
      -add_frag(OldState) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    add_frag(State).
      +    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
      +add_frag(OldState) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    add_frag(State).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
       
      --spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      -      NewState :: term(),
      -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      -del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
      +-spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      +      NewState :: term(),
      +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      +del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
           P = SplitN - 1,
           if
       	P < 1 ->
       	    L2 = L - 1,
      -	    MergeN = power2(L2),
      -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      +	    MergeN = power2(L2),
      +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
       				      next_n_to_split = MergeN,
      -				      n_doubles       = L2},
      -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
      +				      n_doubles       = L2},
      +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
       	true ->
       	    MergeN = P,
      -	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      -				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
      -	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
      +	    State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      +				      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
      +	    {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
       	end;
      -del_frag(OldState) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    del_frag(State).
      +del_frag(OldState) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    del_frag(State).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
      -      State :: term(),
      -      Key :: term(),
      -      Fragnum :: integer().
      -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      -    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
      +-spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
      +      State :: term(),
      +      Key :: term(),
      +      Fragnum :: integer().
      +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      +    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
           if
       	A > N ->
      -	    A - power2(L);
      +	    A - power2(L);
       	true ->
       	    A
           end;
      -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      -    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
      +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      +    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
           if
       	A > N ->
      -	    A - power2(L);
      +	    A - power2(L);
       	true ->
       	    A
           end;
      -key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
      +key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
      -      State :: term(),
      -      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
      -      Fragnums :: [integer()].
      -match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
      +-spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
      +      State :: term(),
      +      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
      +      Fragnums :: [integer()].
      +match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
           case MatchSpec of
      -	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
      -	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
      -	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
      +	[{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
      +	    KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
      +	    case has_var(KeyPat) of
       		false ->
      -		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
      +		    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
       		true ->
      -		    lists:seq(1, N)
      +		    lists:seq(1, N)
       	    end;
       	_ ->
      -	    lists:seq(1, N)
      +	    lists:seq(1, N)
           end;
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (931))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.526153625 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.527153630 +0000
      @@ -137,21 +137,21 @@
       

      This section provides a simplified demonstration of a Mnesia system startup. The dialogue from the Erlang shell is as follows:

      unix> erl -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"'
      -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
       1>
      -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -2> mnesia:start().
      +2> mnesia:start().
       ok
      -3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
      -{atomic,ok}
      -4> mnesia:info().
      +3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
      +{atomic,ok}
      +4> mnesia:info().
       ---> Processes holding locks <---
       ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
      ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
      ----> Active (local) transactions <---
      +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
      +---> Active (local) transactions <---
       ---> Uncertain transactions <---
       ---> Active tables <---
       funky          : with 0 records occupying 269 words of mem
      @@ -159,17 +159,17 @@
       ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
       opt_disc. Directory "/tmp/funky" is used.
       use fall-back at restart = false
      -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
      -stopped db nodes = []
      -remote           = []
      -ram_copies       = [funky]
      -disc_copies      = [schema]
      -disc_only_copies = []
      -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
      -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
      +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
      +stopped db nodes = []
      +remote           = []
      +ram_copies       = [funky]
      +disc_copies      = [schema]
      +disc_only_copies = []
      +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
      +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
       1 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 1 logged to disc
       0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
      -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
      +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
       ok

      In this example, the following actions are performed:

      • Step 1: The Erlang system is started from the UNIX prompt with a flag -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"', which indicates in which directory to store the data.
      • Step 2: A new empty schema is initialized on the local node by evaluating @@ -229,28 +229,28 @@ Defining Structure and Content

        First the record definitions are entered into a text file named company.hrl. -This file defines the following structure for the example database:

        -record(employee, {emp_no,
        +This file defines the following structure for the example database:

        -record(employee, {emp_no,
                            name,
                            salary,
                            sex,
                            phone,
        -                   room_no}).
        +                   room_no}).
         
        --record(dept, {id,
        -               name}).
        +-record(dept, {id,
        +               name}).
         
        --record(project, {name,
        -                  number}).
        +-record(project, {name,
        +                  number}).
         
         
        --record(manager, {emp,
        -                  dept}).
        +-record(manager, {emp,
        +                  dept}).
         
        --record(at_dep, {emp,
        -                 dept_id}).
        +-record(at_dep, {emp,
        +                 dept_id}).
         
        --record(in_proj, {emp,
        -                  proj_name}).

        The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function +-record(in_proj, {emp, + proj_name}).

        The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates tables. Name is the table name.

        Note

        The current version of Mnesia does not require that the name of the table is the same as the record name, see @@ -267,28 +267,28 @@

        The following shell interaction starts Mnesia and initializes the schema for the Company database:

        % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
        -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
        +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
         
        -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
        -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
        +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
        +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
         ok
        -2> mnesia:start().
        -ok

        The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

        -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
        --include("company.hrl").
        -
        -init() ->
        -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(project,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
        -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
        -                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
        -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

        +2> mnesia:start(). +ok

    The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
    +-include("company.hrl").
    +
    +init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    @@ -302,13 +302,13 @@ the format mnesia:create_schema(DiscNodeList) and initiates a new schema. In this example, a non-distributed system using only one node is created. Schemas are fully explained in Define a Schema.
  • mnesia:start(). This function starts Mnesia and is fully -explained in Start Mnesia.
  • Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +explained in Start Mnesia.

    Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <---
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <---
    ----> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    ----> Active (local) transactions <---
    +---> Pending (remote) transactions <---
    +---> Active (local) transactions <---
     ---> Uncertain transactions <---
     ---> Active tables <---
     in_proj        : with 0 records occuping 269 words of mem
    @@ -321,19 +321,19 @@
     ===> System info in version "1.0", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company" is used.
     use fall-back at restart = false
    -running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes = []
    -remote           = []
    +running db nodes = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes = []
    +remote           = []
     ram_copies       =
    -    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    -disc_copies      = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    -    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
    +    [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    +disc_copies      = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] =
    +    [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
     6 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 6 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    A set of tables is created. The function mnesia:create_table(Name, ArgList) creates the required database tables. The options available with ArgList are explained in @@ -347,32 +347,32 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1223)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.546153743 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.547153749 +0000 @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@ changes the format on all records in table Tab. It applies argument Fun to all records in the table. Fun must be a function that takes a record of the old type, and returns the record of the new type. The table key must not be -changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    --record(new, {key, val, extra}).
    +changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    +-record(new, {key, val, extra}).
     
     Transformer =
    -   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    -      #new{key = X#old.key,
    +   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    +      #new{key = X#old.key,
                val = X#old.val,
    -           extra = 42}
    +           extra = 42}
        end,
    -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer,
    -                                      record_info(fields, new),
    -                                      new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer, + record_info(fields, new), + new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the metadata about the table is updated. Use of ignore is not recommended (as it creates inconsistencies between the metadata and the actual data) but it is included as a possibility for the user do to an own (offline) transform.

  • mnesia:change_table_copy_type(Tab, Node, ToType) @@ -238,29 +238,29 @@ when starting the Erlang shell or in the application script. Previously, the following example was used to create the directory for the Company database:

    % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
  • If no command-line flag is entered, the Mnesia directory becomes the current working directory on the node where the Erlang shell is started.

  • To start the Company database and get it running on the two specified nodes, -enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two -nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -						   employee)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(project,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    -                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -							   manager)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    -                        [{type, bag},
    -                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because +enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two +nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +						   employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +							   manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    +                        [{type, bag},
    +                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because /ldisc/scratch (the "local" disc) exists on the two different nodes.

    By executing these commands, two Erlang nodes are configured to run the Company database, and therefore, initialize the database. This is required only once when setting up. The next time the system is started, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Startup Procedure

    -

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. +

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. The alternatives are as follows:

    1. Tables that are only stored locally are initialized from the local Mnesia directory.
    2. Replicated tables that reside locally as well as somewhere else are either initiated from disc or by copying the entire table from the other node, @@ -300,9 +300,9 @@ from disc at a faster rate. The function forces tables to be loaded from disc regardless of the network situation.

      Thus, it can be assumed that if an application wants to use tables a and b, the application must perform some action similar to following before it can use -the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      -  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      -    panic(RemainingTabs);
      +the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      +  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      +    panic(RemainingTabs);
         ok ->
           synced
       end.

      Warning

      When tables are forcefully loaded from the local disc, all operations that @@ -328,13 +328,13 @@ key, whereas a table of type bag can have an arbitrary number of records per key. The key for each record is always the first attribute of the record.

      The following example illustrates the difference between type set and -bag:

       f() ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      -          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
      +bag:

       f() ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      +          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type + mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type set. However, the list [{foo,1,2}, {foo,1,3}] is returned if the table is of type bag.

      Mnesia tables can never contain duplicates of the same record in the same table. Duplicate records have attributes with the same contents and key.

    3. {disc_copies, NodeList}, where NodeList is a list of the nodes where @@ -378,11 +378,11 @@ table. All records stored in the table must have this name as their first element. record_name defaults to the name of the table. For more information, see -Record Names versus Table Names.

    4. As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an -extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      -                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a +Record Names versus Table Names.

      As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an +extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      +                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a RAM copy on the local node, no extra indexes, and the attributes defaulted to -the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      +the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1020)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.571153891 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.571153891 +0000 @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ and delete Mnesia records. The Fun is evaluated as a transaction that either commits or terminates. If a transaction succeeds in executing the Fun, it replicates the action on all nodes involved, or terminates if an error occurs.

      The following example shows a transaction that raises the salary of certain -employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
      +employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
                       Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
      -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(New)
      +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(New)
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is + mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is called by the statement mnesia:transaction(F) and returns a value.

      The Mnesia transaction system facilitates the construction of reliable, distributed systems by providing the following important properties:

      • The transaction handler ensures that a Fun, which is placed inside a transaction, does not interfere with operations embedded in other transactions @@ -246,15 +246,15 @@ The Fun in the transaction is evaluated once more.

        It is therefore important that the code inside the Fun given to mnesia:transaction/1 is pure. Some strange results can occur if, for example, messages are sent by the transaction Fun. The following example illustrates this -situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        -    F = fun() ->
        -                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
        +situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        +    F = fun() ->
        +                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
                         Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
        -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        -                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        -                mnesia:write(New)
        +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        +                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        +                mnesia:write(New)
                 end,
        -    mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the + mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the terminal. However, Mnesia guarantees that each transaction will eventually run. As a result, Mnesia is not only deadlock free, but also livelock free.

        The Mnesia programmer cannot prioritize one particular transaction to execute before other transactions that are waiting to execute. As a result, the Mnesia @@ -301,13 +301,13 @@ fails. Such applications can benefit from using sticky locks instead of the normal locking scheme.

        A sticky lock is a lock that stays in place at a node, after the transaction that first acquired the lock has terminated. To illustrate this, assume that the -following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the +mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the function write/1 The function s_write/1 sets a sticky lock instead of a normal lock. If the table is not replicated, sticky locks have no special effect. If the table is replicated, and a sticky lock is set on node @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ following two functions are used to set explicit table locks for read and write operations:

        Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

        mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
        -mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

        The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a +on table Tab.

      Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

      mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
      +mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

      The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a single record (when the key is bound in the pattern).

      @@ -425,78 +425,78 @@ necessarily have to be the same as the table name, although this is the case in most of the examples in this User's Guide. If a table is created without property record_name, the following code ensures that all records in the -tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as +tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as shown in the following example, subscriber records can be stored in both of the -tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      -mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      -mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot +tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      +mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      +mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot be used. For example, writing a subscriber record into a table requires the function mnesia:write/3 instead of the simplified functions mnesia:write/1 -and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      -mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      -mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified +and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      +mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      +mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified access functions used in most of the examples and their more flexible -counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
      +counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
      +mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
       
      -mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
      +mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
      +mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
      +mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
       
      -mnesia:write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
      +mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
       
      -mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
      +mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
       
      -mnesia:index_match_object(Pattern, Attr) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1275))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.599154056 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.599154056 +0000
      @@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
       whether the data resides on the local node or on a remote node.

      Notice that the program runs slower if the data is located on a remote node.

    5. The database can be reconfigured, and tables can be moved between nodes. These operations do not affect the user programs.

    6. It has previously been shown that each table has a number of system attributes, such as index and type.

      Table attributes are specified when the table is created. For example, the -following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      -                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list +following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      +                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list of Erlang nodes as its value:

      • ram_copies. The value of the node list is a list of Erlang nodes, and a RAM replica of the table resides on each node in the list.

        Notice that no disc operations are performed when a program executes write operations to these replicas. However, if permanent RAM replicas are required, @@ -222,52 +222,52 @@ searched for matching records.

        Notice that in ordered_set tables, the records are ordered per fragment, and the order is undefined in results returned by select and match_object, as well as first, next, prev and last.

        The following code illustrates how a Mnesia table is converted to be a -fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        -[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
        +(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        +[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
         (a@sam)3> Tab = dictionary.
         dictionary
        -(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
        +(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        -[{base_table,dictionary},
        - {foreign_key,undefined},
        - {n_doubles,0},
        - {n_fragments,1},
        - {next_n_to_split,1},
        - {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        +[{base_table,dictionary},
        + {foreign_key,undefined},
        + {n_doubles,0},
        + {n_fragments,1},
        + {next_n_to_split,1},
        + {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
        +(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,12,-12}]
        -(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,64},
        - {dictionary_frag2,64},
        - {dictionary_frag3,64},
        - {dictionary_frag4,64}]
        -(a@sam)19>

        +(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,12,-12}] +(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,64}, + {dictionary_frag2,64}, + {dictionary_frag3,64}, + {dictionary_frag4,64}] +(a@sam)19>

        @@ -309,64 +309,64 @@ This property can explicitly be set at table creation. Default is mnesia_frag_hash.

      • {hash_state, Term} - Enables a table-specific parameterization of a generic hash module. This property can explicitly be set at table creation. -Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +Default is undefined.

        Eshell V4.7.3.3  (abort with ^G)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        -[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        -                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        -[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        -(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        -(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
        +(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        +[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        +                               {attributes,[prim_key,prim_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        +[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        +(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        +(a@sam)5>                      {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
         #href_anchor"n">Fun<erl_eval>
         (a@sam)7> PrimKey = 11.
         11
         (a@sam)8> SecKey = 42.
         42
        -(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        -               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        +               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        -                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        -(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        +                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        +[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        +(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{prim_dict,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag2,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag3,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag4,1},
        - {prim_dict_frag5,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag6,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag7,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)16> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [sec_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag2,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag3,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag4,1},
        - {sec_dict_frag5,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag6,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag7,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)17>

      +(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, + [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{prim_dict,0}, + {prim_dict_frag2,0}, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1110)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.624154204 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.625154210 +0000 @@ -233,26 +233,26 @@ for starting Mnesia:

      • An Erlang session must be started and a Mnesia directory must be specified for the database.
      • A database schema must be initiated, using the function mnesia:create_schema/1.

      The following example shows how these tasks are performed:

      Step 1: Start an Erlang session and specify a Mnesia directory for the -database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
      +database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 4.9
       
      -Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      -(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V4.9  (abort with ^G)
      +(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -(klacke@gin)2>
      +(klacke@gin)2>
       ^Z
       Suspended

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been created:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff       247 Aug 12 15:06 FALLBACK.BUP

      The response shows that the file FALLBACK.BUP has been created. This is called a backup file, and it contains an initial schema. If more than one node in the function mnesia:create_schema/1 had been specified, identical backup files -would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
      +would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3>mnesia:start( ).
       ok

      Step 4: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff         86 May 26 19:03 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff      34507 May 26 19:03 schema.DAT

      The schema in the backup file FALLBACK.BUP has been used to generate the file schema.DAT. Since there are no other disc resident tables than the schema, no other data files were created. The file FALLBACK.BUP was removed after the successful "restoration". You also see some files that are for internal use by -Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      -{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
      +Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      +{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    86 May 26 19:07 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    94 May 26 19:07 foo.DCD
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff  6679 May 26 19:07 schema.DAT

      The file foo.DCD has been created. This file will eventually store all data @@ -296,11 +296,11 @@ the Mnesia data files. For example, dets contains the function dets:traverse/2, which can be used to view the contents of a Mnesia DAT file. However, this can only be done when Mnesia is not running. So, to view -the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      -{keypos, 2}]),
      -F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      -dets:traverse(N, F),
      -dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This +the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      +{keypos, 2}]),
      +F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      +dets:traverse(N, F),
      +dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This ensures that these files are not automatically repaired. Without this option, the database can become inconsistent, because Mnesia can believe that the files were properly closed. For information about configuration parameter @@ -534,40 +534,40 @@ located first in the backup.

      The schema itself is a table and is possibly included in the backup. Each node where the schema table resides is regarded as a db_node.

      The following example shows how mnesia:traverse_backup can be used to rename a -db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
      +db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
           Switch =
      -        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      -           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      -           (Node) -> Node
      +        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      +           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      +           (Node) -> Node
               end,
           Convert =
      -        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      -                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
      +        fun({schema, db_nodes, Nodes}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, db_nodes, lists:map(Switch,Nodes)}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      +                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
                       OptSwitch =
      -                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      -                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      -                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      -                                false-> {Key, Val}
      +                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      +                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      +                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      +                                false-> {Key, Val}
                                   end
                           end,
      -                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      -           (Other, Acc) ->
      -                {[Other], Acc}
      +                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      +           (Other, Acc) ->
      +                {[Other], Acc}
               end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
      +    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
       
      -view(Source, Mod) ->
      -    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      -                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      -                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
      +view(Source, Mod) ->
      +    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      +                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      +                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
                  end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      + mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (966)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.643154317 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.2/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.644154322 +0000 @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@

      Warning

      This function is deprecated. Do not use it.

      A wrapper function for mnesia:create_table/2, which creates a table (if there is no existing table) with an appropriate set of attributes. The attributes and TabDef are forwarded to mnesia:create_table/2. For example, if the table -is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      -          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      +is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      +          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> observer - 2.16 - urn:uuid:f75d156a-e109-9ceb-ab17-0f3a5b2a6bbe + urn:uuid:88baa49a-4dfe-a501-be6d-3563a413dc8a en - 2026-10-15T00:52:18Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:11Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1157)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -67,56 +67,56 @@ Tracing Local Node from Erlang Shell

      -

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      --export([f/0]).
      -f() ->
      +

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +f() ->
          receive
      -      From when is_pid(From) ->
      -         Now = erlang:now(),
      -         From ! {self(),Now}
      +      From when is_pid(From) ->
      +         Now = erlang:now(),
      +         From ! {self(),Now}
          end.

      The following example shows the basic use of ttb from the Erlang shell. Default options are used both for starting the tracer and for formatting (the custom fetch directory is however provided). This gives a trace log named Node-ttb in the newly created directory, where Node is the node name. The default handler prints the formatted trace messages in the shell:

      (tiger@durin)47> %% First I spawn a process running my test function
      -(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
      +(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
       <0.125.0>
      -(tiger@durin)48>
      +(tiger@durin)48>
       (tiger@durin)48> %% Then I start a tracer...
      -(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)49>
      +(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)49>
       (tiger@durin)49> %% and activate the new process for tracing
       (tiger@durin)49> %% function calls and sent messages.
      -(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      -{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      -(tiger@durin)50>
      +(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      +{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      +(tiger@durin)50>
       (tiger@durin)50> %% Here I set a trace pattern on erlang:now/0
       (tiger@durin)50> %% The trace pattern is a simple match spec
       (tiger@durin)50> %% indicating that the return value should be
       (tiger@durin)50> %% traced. Refer to the reference_manual for
       (tiger@durin)50> %% the full list of match spec shortcuts
       (tiger@durin)50> %% available.
      -(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      -{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)52>
      +(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      +{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)52>
       (tiger@durin)52> %% I run my test (i.e. send a message to
       (tiger@durin)52> %% my new process)
      -(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
      +(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
       <0.72.0>
      -(tiger@durin)53>
      +(tiger@durin)53>
       (tiger@durin)53> %% And then I have to stop ttb in order to flush
       (tiger@durin)53> %% the trace port buffer
      -(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      -{stopped, "fetch"}
      -(tiger@durin)54>
      +(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      +{stopped, "fetch"}
      +(tiger@durin)54>
       (tiger@durin)54> %% Finally I format my trace log
      -(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      -{1031,133451,667611}
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      -{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
      +(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      +{1031,133451,667611}
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      +{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
       ok

      @@ -124,65 +124,65 @@ Build Your Own Tool

      The following example shows a simple tool for "debug tracing", that is, tracing -of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      --export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      --export([print/4]).
      +of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      +-export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      +-export([print/4]).
       %% Include ms_transform.hrl so that I can use dbg:fun2ms/2 to
       %% generate match specifications.
      --include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
      +-include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
       %%% -------------Tool API-------------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Star the "mydebug" tool
      -start() ->
      +start() ->
           %% The options specify that the binary log shall be named
           %% <Node>-debug_log and that the print/4 function in this
           %% module shall be used as format handler
      -    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
      +    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
           %% All processes (existing and new) shall trace function calls
           %% We want trace messages to be sorted upon format, which requires
           %% timestamp flag. The flag is however enabled by default in ttb.
      -    ttb:p(all,call).
      +    ttb:p(all,call).
       
       %%% Set trace pattern on function(s)
      -trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      -    trc({M,'_','_'});
      -trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      -    trc({M,F,'_'});
      -trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      +    trc({M,'_','_'});
      +trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +    trc({M,F,'_'});
      +trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
           %% This match spec shortcut specifies that return values shall
           %% be traced.
      -    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      -    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
      +    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      +    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
       
       %%% Format a binary trace log
      -format(Dir) ->
      -    ttb:format(Dir).
      +format(Dir) ->
      +    ttb:format(Dir).
       
       %%% Stop the "mydebug" tool
      -stop() ->
      -    ttb:stop(return).
      +stop() ->
      +    ttb:stop(return).
       
       %%% --------Internal functions--------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Format handler
      -print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
      +print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
           N;
      -print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      -    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
      +print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      +    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
           N+1.
       
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Call      : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Arguments :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Return from  : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Return value :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file + [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file is used in tracer/2. The logs are therefore fetched to a directory named ttb_upload_debug_log-YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS

      By using option handler when starting the tracer, the information about how to format the file is stored in the trace information file (.ti). This is not @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@

      If the traced node is diskless, ttb must be started from a trace control node with disk access, and option file must be specified to function tracer/2 -with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      -                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      -{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      +with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      +                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      +{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      @@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ Opts as argument.

      The timer is started with ttb:p/2, so any trace patterns must be set up in advance. ttb:start_trace/4 always sets up all patterns before invoking ttb:p/2.

      The following example shows how to set up a trace that is automatically stopped -and formatted after 5 seconds:

      (tiger@durin)1> ttb:start_trace([node()],
      -                                [{erlang, now,[]}],
      -                                {all, call},
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (518))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      @@ -1787,13 +1787,13 @@
       is "contaminated" with token seq_trace.

      If Flags = all, all possible flags are set.

      The possible values for SeqTraceFlag are available in seq_trace.

      For a description of the match_spec() syntax, see section Match Specifications in Erlang in ERTS, which explains the general match specification "language".

      Note

      The system tracer for sequential tracing is automatically initiated by ttb -when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      -{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      -(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      -{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the +when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      +{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      +(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      +{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the executing process.

      @@ -1832,14 +1832,14 @@

      start_trace(Nodes, Patterns, FlagSpec, Opts) -> Result

      This function is a shortcut allowing to start a trace with one command. Each tuple in Patterns is converted to a list, which in turn is passed to -ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      -                  {all, call},
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      -ttb:p(all, call).
      +ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      +                  {all, call},
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      +ttb:p(all, call).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (527)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.748154937 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.749154944 +0000 @@ -1908,13 +1908,13 @@ is "contaminated" with token seq_trace.

      If Flags = all, all possible flags are set.

      The possible values for SeqTraceFlag are available in seq_trace.

      For a description of the match_spec() syntax, see section Match Specifications in Erlang in ERTS, which explains the general match specification "language".

      Note

      The system tracer for sequential tracing is automatically initiated by ttb -when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      -{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      -(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      -{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the +when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      +{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      +(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      +{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the executing process.

      @@ -1953,14 +1953,14 @@

      start_trace(Nodes, Patterns, FlagSpec, Opts) -> Result

      This function is a shortcut allowing to start a trace with one command. Each tuple in Patterns is converted to a list, which in turn is passed to -ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      -                  {all, call},
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      -ttb:p(all, call).
      +ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      +                  {all, call},
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      +ttb:p(all, call).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1157)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.784155150 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/observer-2.16/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.785155157 +0000 @@ -172,56 +172,56 @@ Tracing Local Node from Erlang Shell

      -

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      --export([f/0]).
      -f() ->
      +

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +f() ->
          receive
      -      From when is_pid(From) ->
      -         Now = erlang:now(),
      -         From ! {self(),Now}
      +      From when is_pid(From) ->
      +         Now = erlang:now(),
      +         From ! {self(),Now}
          end.

      The following example shows the basic use of ttb from the Erlang shell. Default options are used both for starting the tracer and for formatting (the custom fetch directory is however provided). This gives a trace log named Node-ttb in the newly created directory, where Node is the node name. The default handler prints the formatted trace messages in the shell:

      (tiger@durin)47> %% First I spawn a process running my test function
      -(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
      +(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
       <0.125.0>
      -(tiger@durin)48>
      +(tiger@durin)48>
       (tiger@durin)48> %% Then I start a tracer...
      -(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)49>
      +(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)49>
       (tiger@durin)49> %% and activate the new process for tracing
       (tiger@durin)49> %% function calls and sent messages.
      -(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      -{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      -(tiger@durin)50>
      +(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      +{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      +(tiger@durin)50>
       (tiger@durin)50> %% Here I set a trace pattern on erlang:now/0
       (tiger@durin)50> %% The trace pattern is a simple match spec
       (tiger@durin)50> %% indicating that the return value should be
       (tiger@durin)50> %% traced. Refer to the reference_manual for
       (tiger@durin)50> %% the full list of match spec shortcuts
       (tiger@durin)50> %% available.
      -(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      -{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)52>
      +(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      +{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)52>
       (tiger@durin)52> %% I run my test (i.e. send a message to
       (tiger@durin)52> %% my new process)
      -(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
      +(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
       <0.72.0>
      -(tiger@durin)53>
      +(tiger@durin)53>
       (tiger@durin)53> %% And then I have to stop ttb in order to flush
       (tiger@durin)53> %% the trace port buffer
      -(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      -{stopped, "fetch"}
      -(tiger@durin)54>
      +(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      +{stopped, "fetch"}
      +(tiger@durin)54>
       (tiger@durin)54> %% Finally I format my trace log
      -(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      -{1031,133451,667611}
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      -{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
      +(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      +{1031,133451,667611}
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      +{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
       ok

      @@ -229,65 +229,65 @@ Build Your Own Tool

      The following example shows a simple tool for "debug tracing", that is, tracing -of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      --export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      --export([print/4]).
      +of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      +-export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      +-export([print/4]).
       %% Include ms_transform.hrl so that I can use dbg:fun2ms/2 to
       %% generate match specifications.
      --include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
      +-include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
       %%% -------------Tool API-------------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Star the "mydebug" tool
      -start() ->
      +start() ->
           %% The options specify that the binary log shall be named
           %% <Node>-debug_log and that the print/4 function in this
           %% module shall be used as format handler
      -    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
      +    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
           %% All processes (existing and new) shall trace function calls
           %% We want trace messages to be sorted upon format, which requires
           %% timestamp flag. The flag is however enabled by default in ttb.
      -    ttb:p(all,call).
      +    ttb:p(all,call).
       
       %%% Set trace pattern on function(s)
      -trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      -    trc({M,'_','_'});
      -trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      -    trc({M,F,'_'});
      -trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      +    trc({M,'_','_'});
      +trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +    trc({M,F,'_'});
      +trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
           %% This match spec shortcut specifies that return values shall
           %% be traced.
      -    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      -    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
      +    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      +    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
       
       %%% Format a binary trace log
      -format(Dir) ->
      -    ttb:format(Dir).
      +format(Dir) ->
      +    ttb:format(Dir).
       
       %%% Stop the "mydebug" tool
      -stop() ->
      -    ttb:stop(return).
      +stop() ->
      +    ttb:stop(return).
       
       %%% --------Internal functions--------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Format handler
      -print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
      +print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
           N;
      -print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      -    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
      +print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      +    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
           N+1.
       
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Call      : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Arguments :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Return from  : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Return value :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file + [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file is used in tracer/2. The logs are therefore fetched to a directory named ttb_upload_debug_log-YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS

      By using option handler when starting the tracer, the information about how to format the file is stored in the trace information file (.ti). This is not @@ -319,9 +319,9 @@

      If the traced node is diskless, ttb must be started from a trace control node with disk access, and option file must be specified to function tracer/2 -with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      -                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      -{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      +with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      +                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      +{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      @@ -341,10 +341,10 @@ Opts as argument.

      The timer is started with ttb:p/2, so any trace patterns must be set up in advance. ttb:start_trace/4 always sets up all patterns before invoking ttb:p/2.

      The following example shows how to set up a trace that is automatically stopped -and formatted after 5 seconds:

      (tiger@durin)1> ttb:start_trace([node()],
      -                                [{erlang, now,[]}],
      -                                {all, call},
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1738))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.811155310 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.811155310 +0000
      @@ -157,77 +157,77 @@
       relevance to anything that exist in reality, it is just a simple example. The
       example was created using sqlserver 7.0 with servicepack 1 as database and the
       ODBC driver for sqlserver with version 2000.80.194.00.

       1 > odbc:start().
      -      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      -      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
      +      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      +      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
             FIRSTNAME  char varying(20), LASTNAME  char varying(20), GENDER char(1),
             PRIMARY KEY(NR))").
             {updated,undefined}

      Insert some data

       4 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE VALUES(1, 'Jane', 'Doe', 'F')").
             {updated,1}

      Check what data types the database assigned for the columns. Hopefully this is not a surprise, some times it can be! These are the data types that you should -use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      -            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      -            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      -            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
      +use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      +            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      +            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      +            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
                         "LASTNAME, GENDER) VALUES(?, ?, ?, ?)",
      -                   [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]},
      -                    {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel",
      -                             "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]},
      -                   {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green",
      -                              "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]},
      -                   {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]).
      -      {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      -           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      -           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      -           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      -           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      -           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. -The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and -can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="4461345849-1">).
      -     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Rachel",5},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on -the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      -      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Louise",8},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all + [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel", + "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green", + "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]}, + {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]). + {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      +           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      +           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      +           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      +           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      +           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. +The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and +can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="9703441695-1">).
      +     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Rachel",5},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on +the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      +      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Louise",8},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all female employees to the connection. The number of rows in the result set is -returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports +returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports scrollable cursors. Note that next will work even without support for scrollable -cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      -      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      -      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
      +cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      +      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      +      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
             ok

      Shut down the application.

       26 > odbc:stop().
           =INFO REPORT==== 7-Jan-2004::17:00:59 ===
           application: odbc
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
                version="3.0">
         
           odbc - 2.15
      -    urn:uuid:7dec5074-44b1-4a6f-514f-6af1a9ab3c42
      +    urn:uuid:3aa55f1e-a36b-b2f5-adf2-f5bf67ed7014
           en
       
      -    2026-10-15T00:52:19Z
      +    2042-11-16T14:10:12Z
       
         
         
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1738))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      @@ -52,77 +52,77 @@
       relevance to anything that exist in reality, it is just a simple example. The
       example was created using sqlserver 7.0 with servicepack 1 as database and the
       ODBC driver for sqlserver with version 2000.80.194.00.

       1 > odbc:start().
      -      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      -      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
      +      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      +      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
             FIRSTNAME  char varying(20), LASTNAME  char varying(20), GENDER char(1),
             PRIMARY KEY(NR))").
             {updated,undefined}

      Insert some data

       4 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE VALUES(1, 'Jane', 'Doe', 'F')").
             {updated,1}

      Check what data types the database assigned for the columns. Hopefully this is not a surprise, some times it can be! These are the data types that you should -use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      -            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      -            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      -            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
      +use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      +            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      +            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      +            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
                         "LASTNAME, GENDER) VALUES(?, ?, ?, ?)",
      -                   [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]},
      -                    {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel",
      -                             "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]},
      -                   {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green",
      -                              "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]},
      -                   {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]).
      -      {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      -           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      -           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      -           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      -           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      -           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. -The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and -can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Rachel",5},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on -the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      -      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Louise",8},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all + [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel", + "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green", + "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]}, + {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]). + {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      +           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      +           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      +           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      +           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      +           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. +The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and +can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Rachel",5},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on +the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      +      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Louise",8},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all female employees to the connection. The number of rows in the result set is -returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports +returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports scrollable cursors. Note that next will work even without support for scrollable -cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      -      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      -      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
      +cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      +      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      +      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
             ok

      Shut down the application.

       26 > odbc:stop().
           =INFO REPORT==== 7-Jan-2004::17:00:59 ===
           application: odbc
      Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js
      Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/dist/search_data-5A173A4E.js
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
                version="3.0">
         
           os_mon - 2.10
      -    urn:uuid:bfb82335-dd79-b5a8-264b-d4186f933060
      +    urn:uuid:136428a8-43d1-75fd-d33c-21d364c42098
           en
       
      -    2026-10-15T00:52:12Z
      +    2042-11-16T14:10:05Z
       
         
         
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.927862426 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10/doc/html/search.html	2026-10-15 00:56:31.928614091 +0000
      @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
       
         

      - +

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2158)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.948156121 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 2026-10-15 00:56:31.949156126 +0000 @@ -173,13 +173,13 @@ next token. Note that pushing back a newline will mean the line numbering will no longer be correct.

      Note

      Pushing back characters gives you unexpected possibilities to cause the scanner to loop!

      The following example would match a simple Erlang integer or float and return a -token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
      +token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
       
      -{D}+ :
      -  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
      +{D}+ :
      +  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
       
      -{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? :
      -  {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file +{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? : + {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file directly after the module declaration and predefined exports declaration, making it possible to add extra exports, define imports, and other attributes, which are visible in the whole file.

      @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ the token. This is continued until a token has been scanned. Cont is initially [].

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but is used through the I/O system where it can typically be called in an -application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
      +application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
         -> TokenRet
      @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ like Erlang where there is an explicit end token, '.'. If no end token is found then the whole file will be scanned and returned. If an error occurs then all tokens up to and including the next end token will be skipped.

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but used through the -I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
      +I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
         -> TokensRet
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> parsetools - 2.6 - urn:uuid:97deb0a3-c489-da70-8745-354e7a6cf054 + urn:uuid:d62ad6b0-180d-bb7e-a663-2cc20a794de5 en - 2026-10-15T00:51:28Z + 2042-11-16T14:09:22Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2158)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ next token. Note that pushing back a newline will mean the line numbering will no longer be correct.

      Note

      Pushing back characters gives you unexpected possibilities to cause the scanner to loop!

      The following example would match a simple Erlang integer or float and return a -token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
      +token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
       
      -{D}+ :
      -  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
      +{D}+ :
      +  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
       
      -{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? :
      -  {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file +{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? : + {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file directly after the module declaration and predefined exports declaration, making it possible to add extra exports, define imports, and other attributes, which are visible in the whole file.

      @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ the token. This is continued until a token has been scanned. Cont is initially [].

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but is used through the I/O system where it can typically be called in an -application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
      +application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
         -> TokenRet
      @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ like Erlang where there is an explicit end token, '.'. If no end token is found then the whole file will be scanned and returned. If an error occurs then all tokens up to and including the next end token will be skipped.

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but used through the -I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
      +I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
         -> TokensRet
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1506)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ distinguished from all the terminal and non-terminal categories of the syntax rules. The Endsymbol can be declared in the grammar file.

      The simplest case is to segment the input string into a list of identifiers (atoms) and use those atoms both as categories and values of the tokens. For -example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is +example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is the distinguished end_of_input symbol.

      The Erlang scanner in the io module can be used as a starting point when writing a new scanner. Study yeccscan.erl in order to see how a filter can be added on top of io:scan_erl_form/3 to provide a scanner for Yecc that @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ element -> atom. element -> list.

      This grammar can be used to generate a parser which parses list expressions, such as (), (a), (peter charles), (a (b c) d (())), ... provided that your -scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as +scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as a grammatical phrase, the associated code is evaluated, and the value of the last expression becomes the value of the parsed phrase. This value may be used by the parser later to build structures that are values of higher phrases of @@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ element -> atom : '$1'. element -> list : '$1'.

      With this code added to the grammar rules, the parser produces the following value (structure) when parsing the input string (a b c).. This still assumes -that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      -                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', +that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      +                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', '$3', and so on. which refer to (are bound to) the values associated previously by the parser with the symbols of the right-hand side of the rule. When these symbols are terminal categories, the @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ Generating a Parser

      -

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type +

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type (for example too ambiguous). Shift/reduce conflicts are resolved in favor of shifting if there are no operator precedence declarations. Refer to the yacc documentation on the use of operator precedence.

      The output file contains Erlang source code for a parser module with module name equal to the Parserfile parameter. After compilation, the parser can be called -as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included +as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included when generating the parser instead of the default file lib/parsetools/include/yeccpre.hrl.

      With the standard prologue, this call will return either {ok, Result}, where Result is a structure that the Erlang code of the grammar file has built, or @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ the screen. The user will have to do this either by printing the returned error messages, or by inserting tests and print instructions in the Erlang code associated with the syntax rules of the grammar file.

      It is also possible to make the parser ask for more input tokens when needed if -the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      -myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call +the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      +myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call apply(Function, Args) or apply({Mod, Tokenizer}, Args) is executed whenever a new token is needed. This, for example, makes it possible to parse from a file, token by token.

      The tokenizer used above has to be implemented so as to return one of the -following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      -{eof, EndPosition}
      -{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library +following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      +{eof, EndPosition}
      +{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library module.

      If {eof, EndPosition} is returned immediately, the call to parse_and_scan/1 returns {ok, eof}. If {eof, EndPosition} is returned before the parser expects end of input, parse_and_scan/1 will, of course, return an error @@ -237,36 +237,36 @@ Endsymbol '$end'. grammar -> declaration : '$1'. grammar -> rule : '$1'. -declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. -rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], - '$4'}. +declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. +rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], + '$4'}. head -> symbol : '$1'. -symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. -symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. -attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. -attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, - [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. -tokens -> token : ['$1']. -tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. -symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). +symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. +symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. +attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. +attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, + [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. +tokens -> token : ['$1']. +tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. +symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). token -> var : '$1'. token -> atom : '$1'. token -> float : '$1'. token -> integer : '$1'. token -> string : '$1'. token -> char : '$1'. -token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. -token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. +token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. Erlang code. -value_of(Token) -> - element(3, Token). -line_of(Token) -> - element(2, Token).

      Note

      The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are +value_of(Token) -> + element(3, Token). +line_of(Token) -> + element(2, Token).

      Note

      The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are meta symbols of the grammar notation, as well as terminal symbols of the Yecc grammar.

      5. The file erl_parse.yrl in the lib/stdlib/src directory contains the grammar for Erlang.

      Note

      Syntactic tests are used in the code associated with some rules, and an error /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1506)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.022156558 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.023156564 +0000 @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ distinguished from all the terminal and non-terminal categories of the syntax rules. The Endsymbol can be declared in the grammar file.

      The simplest case is to segment the input string into a list of identifiers (atoms) and use those atoms both as categories and values of the tokens. For -example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is +example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is the distinguished end_of_input symbol.

      The Erlang scanner in the io module can be used as a starting point when writing a new scanner. Study yeccscan.erl in order to see how a filter can be added on top of io:scan_erl_form/3 to provide a scanner for Yecc that @@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ element -> atom. element -> list.

    This grammar can be used to generate a parser which parses list expressions, such as (), (a), (peter charles), (a (b c) d (())), ... provided that your -scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

    [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
    - {'$end', 1}]

    When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as +scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

    [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
    + {'$end', 1}]

    When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as a grammatical phrase, the associated code is evaluated, and the value of the last expression becomes the value of the parsed phrase. This value may be used by the parser later to build structures that are values of higher phrases of @@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ element -> atom : '$1'. element -> list : '$1'.

    With this code added to the grammar rules, the parser produces the following value (structure) when parsing the input string (a b c).. This still assumes -that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

    {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
    -                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

    The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', +that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

    {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
    +                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

    The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', '$3', and so on. which refer to (are bound to) the values associated previously by the parser with the symbols of the right-hand side of the rule. When these symbols are terminal categories, the @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ Generating a Parser -

    To call the parser generator, use the following command:

    yecc:file(Grammarfile).

    An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type +

    To call the parser generator, use the following command:

    yecc:file(Grammarfile).

    An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type (for example too ambiguous). Shift/reduce conflicts are resolved in favor of shifting if there are no operator precedence declarations. Refer to the yacc documentation on the use of operator precedence.

    The output file contains Erlang source code for a parser module with module name equal to the Parserfile parameter. After compilation, the parser can be called -as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

    myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

    The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included +as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

    myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

    The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included when generating the parser instead of the default file lib/parsetools/include/yeccpre.hrl.

    With the standard prologue, this call will return either {ok, Result}, where Result is a structure that the Erlang code of the grammar file has built, or @@ -284,15 +284,15 @@ the screen. The user will have to do this either by printing the returned error messages, or by inserting tests and print instructions in the Erlang code associated with the syntax rules of the grammar file.

    It is also possible to make the parser ask for more input tokens when needed if -the following call format is used:

    myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
    -myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

    The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call +the following call format is used:

    myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
    +myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

    The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call apply(Function, Args) or apply({Mod, Tokenizer}, Args) is executed whenever a new token is needed. This, for example, makes it possible to parse from a file, token by token.

    The tokenizer used above has to be implemented so as to return one of the -following:

    {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
    -{eof, EndPosition}
    -{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

    This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library +following:

    {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
    +{eof, EndPosition}
    +{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

    This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library module.

    If {eof, EndPosition} is returned immediately, the call to parse_and_scan/1 returns {ok, eof}. If {eof, EndPosition} is returned before the parser expects end of input, parse_and_scan/1 will, of course, return an error @@ -342,36 +342,36 @@ Endsymbol '$end'. grammar -> declaration : '$1'. grammar -> rule : '$1'. -declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. -rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], - '$4'}. +declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. +rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], + '$4'}. head -> symbol : '$1'. -symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. -symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. -attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. -attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, - [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. -tokens -> token : ['$1']. -tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. -symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). +symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. +symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. +attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. +attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, + [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. +tokens -> token : ['$1']. +tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. +symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). token -> var : '$1'. token -> atom : '$1'. token -> float : '$1'. token -> integer : '$1'. token -> string : '$1'. token -> char : '$1'. -token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. -token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. +token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. Erlang code. -value_of(Token) -> - element(3, Token). -line_of(Token) -> - element(2, Token).

    Note

    The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are +value_of(Token) -> + element(3, Token). +line_of(Token) -> + element(2, Token).

    Note

    The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are meta symbols of the grammar notation, as well as terminal symbols of the Yecc grammar.

    5. The file erl_parse.yrl in the lib/stdlib/src directory contains the grammar for Erlang.

    Note

    Syntactic tests are used in the code associated with some rules, and an error /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> public_key - 1.16.4 - urn:uuid:72be18f2-8bad-aa5e-b030-818649e71960 + urn:uuid:ab86d843-390a-fe6e-14d1-af6239653440 en - 2026-10-15T00:52:14Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:08Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (2715)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ used to handle public key infrastructure. The scope is to describe the data types of each component, not the semantics. For information on the semantics, refer to the relevant standards and RFCs linked in the sections below.

    Use the following include directive to get access to the records and constant -macros described in the following sections:

     -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

    +macros described in the following sections:

     -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

    @@ -32,48 +32,48 @@

    Common non-standard Erlang data types used to describe the record fields in the following sections and which are not defined in the Public Key -Reference Manual follows here:

    time() = utc_time() | general_time()
    +Reference Manual follows here:

    time() = utc_time() | general_time()
     
    -utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
    +utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
     
    -general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
    +general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
     
    -general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
    +general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
     
    -                 {dNSName, string()} |
    +                 {dNSName, string()} |
     
    -                 {x400Address, string() |
    +                 {x400Address, string() |
     
    -                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
    +                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
     
    -                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
    +                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
     
    -                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
    +                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
     
    -                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
    +                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
     
    -                 {iPAddress, string()} |
    +                 {iPAddress, string()} |
     
    -                 {registeredId, oid()} |
    +                 {registeredId, oid()} |
     
    -                 {otherName, term()}
    +                 {otherName, term()}
     
    -special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
    +special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
      
    -                   {printableString, string()} |
    +                   {printableString, string()} |
     
    -                   {universalString, string()} |
    +                   {universalString, string()} |
     
    -                   {utf8String, binary()} |
    +                   {utf8String, binary()} |
     
    -                   {bmpString, string()}
    +                   {bmpString, string()}
     
    -dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
    +dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
                     cessationOfOperation | certificateHold | privilegeWithdrawn | aACompromise
     
    -OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
    +OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
     
    -OID_name() = atom()

    +OID_name() = atom()

    @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@

    Erlang representation of Rivest-Shamir-Adleman cryptosystem (RSA) -keys follows:

    #'RSAPublicKey'{
    +keys follows:

    #'RSAPublicKey'{
        modulus,       % pos_integer()
        publicExponent % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'RSAPrivateKey'{
    +#'RSAPrivateKey'{
        version,         % two-prime | multi
        modulus,         % pos_integer()
        publicExponent,  % pos_integer()
    @@ -97,50 +97,50 @@
        exponent2,       % pos_integer()
        coefficient,     % pos_integer()
        otherPrimeInfos  % [#OtherPrimeInfo{}] | asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
    +#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
        prime,           % pos_integer()
        exponent,        % pos_integer()
        coefficient      % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
    +#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
        hashAlgorithm,     % #'HashAlgorithm'{}},
        maskGenAlgorithm,  % #'MaskGenAlgorithm'{}},
        saltLength,        % pos_integer(),
        trailerField,      % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'HashAlgorithm'{
    +#'HashAlgorithm'{
        algorithm,  % oid()
        parameters  % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
    +#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
        algorithm,  % oid()
        parameters, % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.

    + }.

    DSA

    Erlang representation of -Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

    #'DSAPrivateKey'{
    +Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

    #'DSAPrivateKey'{
        version,      % pos_integer()
        p,            % pos_integer()
        q,            % pos_integer()
        g,            % pos_integer()
        y,            % pos_integer()
        x             % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'Dss-Parms'{
    +#'Dss-Parms'{
        p,         % pos_integer()
        q,         % pos_integer()
        g          % pos_integer()
    -  }.

    + }.

    @@ -151,38 +151,38 @@ and Edwards-Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (EDDSA) where parameters in the private key will be -{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

    #'ECPrivateKey'{
    +{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

    #'ECPrivateKey'{
        version,       % pos_integer()
        privateKey,    % binary()
        parameters,    % {ecParameters, #'ECParameters'{}} |
                       % {namedCurve, Oid::tuple()} |
                       % {implicitlyCA, 'NULL'}
        publicKey      % bitstring()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'ECParameters'{
    +#'ECParameters'{
        version,    % pos_integer()
        fieldID,    % #'FieldID'{}
        curve,      % #'Curve'{}
        base,       % binary()
        order,      % pos_integer()
        cofactor    % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'Curve'{
    +#'Curve'{
        a,        % binary()
        b,        % binary()
        seed      % bitstring() - optional
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'FieldID'{
    +#'FieldID'{
        fieldType,    % oid()
        parameters    % Depending on fieldType
    -  }.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (403))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -3147,22 +3147,22 @@
     or also by the user when the option policy_set is provided to this
     function. The qualifiers convey information about the valid policy and
     is intended as information to end users.

    Available options:

    • {verify_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()} - The fun must be -defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded +defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded version is needed by the callback.

      If the verify callback fun returns {fail, Reason}, the verification process is immediately stopped. If the verify callback fun returns {valid, UserState}, the verification process is continued. This can be used @@ -3337,9 +3337,9 @@ about hostname verification. The User's Guide and code examples describes this -function more detailed.

      The option funs are described here:

      • match_fun

        fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
        -    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
        -                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

        This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should +function more detailed.

        The option funs are described here:

        • match_fun

          fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
          +    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
          +                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

          This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should return a boolean to tell if the Reference ID and Presented ID matches or not. The match fun can also return a third value, value, the atom default, if the default matching rules shall apply. This makes it possible to augment the @@ -3534,14 +3534,14 @@

          Performs CRL validation. It is intended to be called from the verify fun of -pkix_path_validation/3 .

          Available options:

          • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

             fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
            -        #'CertificateList'{}

            The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest +pkix_path_validation/3 .

            Available options:

            • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

               fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
              +        #'CertificateList'{}

              The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest possible version of the CRL. If this fun is not specified, Public Key uses the default implementation:

               fun(_DP, CRL) -> CRL end
            • {issuer_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()}} - The fun has the following type -specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              -    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              -  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the -CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation +specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              +    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              +  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the +CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation status cannot be determined, and this option is set to true, details of why no CRLs where accepted are included in the return value.

            @@ -3879,18 +3879,18 @@ generating an ECDSA key. Note this could fail if Erlang/OTP is compiled with a very old cryptolib.

          • {validity, {From::erlang:timestamp(), To::erlang:timestamp()}} - The validity period of the certificate.

          • {extensions, [#'Extension'{}]} - Extensions to include in the -certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            -             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            -             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified -are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            -             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            -             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where +certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            +             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            +             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified +are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            +             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            +             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where this function is called.

          Note

          Note that the generated certificates and keys does not provide a formally correct PKIX-trust-chain and they cannot be used to achieve real security. This function is provided for testing purposes only.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1122)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -43,30 +43,30 @@ DSA Private Key

    -

    A DSA private key can look as follows:

    Note

    File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
    -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

    2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
    +

    A DSA private key can look as follows:

    Note

    File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
    +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

    2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
                         179,230,217,37,99,144,157,21,228,204,
                         162,207,61,246,...>>,
    -                    not_encrypted}]
    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
    -#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
    +                    not_encrypted}]
    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
    +#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
                      p = 12900045185019966618...6593,
                      q = 1216700114794736143432235288305776850295620488937,
                      g = 10442040227452349332...47213,
                      y = 87256807980030509074...403143,
    -                 x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

    + x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

    RSA Private Key with Password

    -

    An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
    -{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

    2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
    +

    An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
    +{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

    2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
                         221,195,154,249,85,208,202,251,109,
                         119,120,57,29,89,19,9,...>>,
    -                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

    In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
    -#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
    +                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

    In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
    +#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
                      modulus = 1112355156729921663373...2737107,
                      publicExponent = 65537,
                      privateExponent = 58064406231183...2239766033,
    @@ -75,201 +75,201 @@
                      exponent1 = 77928819327425934607...22152984217,
                      exponent2 = 36287623121853605733...20588523793,
                      coefficient = 924840412626098444...41820968343,
    -                 otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

    + otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

    X509 Certificates

    -

    The following is an example of X509 certificates:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
    -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

    The following file includes two certificates:

    2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
    +

    The following is an example of X509 certificates:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
    +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

    The following file includes two certificates:

    2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
                       9,0,230,145,97,214,191,2,120,150,48,13,
                       ...>>,
    -                not_encrypted},
    - {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
    +                not_encrypted},
    + {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
                       1,48,13,6,9,42,134,72,134,247,...>>,
    -                not_encrypted}]

    Certificates can be decoded as usual:

    2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
    -#'Certificate'{
    +                not_encrypted}]

    Certificates can be decoded as usual:

    2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
    +#'Certificate'{
         tbsCertificate =
    -        #'TBSCertificate'{
    +        #'TBSCertificate'{
                 version = v3,serialNumber = 16614168075301976214,
                 signature =
    -                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    -                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
    -                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
    +                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    +                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
    +                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
                 issuer =
    -                {rdnSequence,
    -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
    +                {rdnSequence,
    +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
                 validity =
    -                #'Validity'{
    -                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
    -                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
    +                #'Validity'{
    +                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
    +                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
                 subject =
    -                {rdnSequence,
    -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
    +                {rdnSequence,
    +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
                 subjectPublicKeyInfo =
    -                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
    +                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
                         algorithm =
    -                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    -                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
    -                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
    +                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    +                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
    +                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
                         subjectPublicKey =
    -                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
    +                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
                 issuerUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                 subjectUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                 extensions =
    -                [#'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
    +                [#'Extension'{
    +                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
                          critical = true,
    -                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
    -                 #'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
    +                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
    +                 #'Extension'{
    +                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
                          critical = false,
    -                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
    -                 #'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,14},
    +                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (405))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.134157221 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.135157227 +0000
    @@ -3308,22 +3308,22 @@
     or also by the user when the option policy_set is provided to this
     function. The qualifiers convey information about the valid policy and
     is intended as information to end users.

    Available options:

    • {verify_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()} - The fun must be -defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded +defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded version is needed by the callback.

      If the verify callback fun returns {fail, Reason}, the verification process is immediately stopped. If the verify callback fun returns {valid, UserState}, the verification process is continued. This can be used @@ -3498,9 +3498,9 @@ about hostname verification. The User's Guide and code examples describes this -function more detailed.

      The option funs are described here:

      • match_fun

        fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
        -    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
        -                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

        This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should +function more detailed.

        The option funs are described here:

        • match_fun

          fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
          +    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
          +                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

          This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should return a boolean to tell if the Reference ID and Presented ID matches or not. The match fun can also return a third value, value, the atom default, if the default matching rules shall apply. This makes it possible to augment the @@ -3700,14 +3700,14 @@

          Performs CRL validation. It is intended to be called from the verify fun of -pkix_path_validation/3 .

          Available options:

          • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

             fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
            -        #'CertificateList'{}

            The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest +pkix_path_validation/3 .

            Available options:

            • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

               fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
              +        #'CertificateList'{}

              The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest possible version of the CRL. If this fun is not specified, Public Key uses the default implementation:

               fun(_DP, CRL) -> CRL end
            • {issuer_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()}} - The fun has the following type -specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              -    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              -  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the -CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation +specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              +    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              +  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the +CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation status cannot be determined, and this option is set to true, details of why no CRLs where accepted are included in the return value.

            @@ -4055,18 +4055,18 @@ generating an ECDSA key. Note this could fail if Erlang/OTP is compiled with a very old cryptolib.

          • {validity, {From::erlang:timestamp(), To::erlang:timestamp()}} - The validity period of the certificate.

          • {extensions, [#'Extension'{}]} - Extensions to include in the -certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            -             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            -             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified -are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            -             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            -             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where +certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            +             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            +             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified +are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            +             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            +             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where this function is called.

          Note

          Note that the generated certificates and keys does not provide a formally correct PKIX-trust-chain and they cannot be used to achieve real security. This function is provided for testing purposes only.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2715)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.158157363 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/public_key_records.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.158157363 +0000 @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ used to handle public key infrastructure. The scope is to describe the data types of each component, not the semantics. For information on the semantics, refer to the relevant standards and RFCs linked in the sections below.

          Use the following include directive to get access to the records and constant -macros described in the following sections:

           -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

          +macros described in the following sections:

           -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

          @@ -137,48 +137,48 @@

          Common non-standard Erlang data types used to describe the record fields in the following sections and which are not defined in the Public Key -Reference Manual follows here:

          time() = utc_time() | general_time()
          +Reference Manual follows here:

          time() = utc_time() | general_time()
           
          -utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
          +utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
           
          -general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
          +general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
           
          -general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
          +general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
           
          -                 {dNSName, string()} |
          +                 {dNSName, string()} |
           
          -                 {x400Address, string() |
          +                 {x400Address, string() |
           
          -                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#href_anchor"ss">'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
          +                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#href_anchor"ss">'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
           
          -                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
          +                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
           
          -                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
          +                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
           
          -                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
          +                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
           
          -                 {iPAddress, string()} |
          +                 {iPAddress, string()} |
           
          -                 {registeredId, oid()} |
          +                 {registeredId, oid()} |
           
          -                 {otherName, term()}
          +                 {otherName, term()}
           
          -special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
          +special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
            
          -                   {printableString, string()} |
          +                   {printableString, string()} |
           
          -                   {universalString, string()} |
          +                   {universalString, string()} |
           
          -                   {utf8String, binary()} |
          +                   {utf8String, binary()} |
           
          -                   {bmpString, string()}
          +                   {bmpString, string()}
           
          -dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
          +dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
                           cessationOfOperation | certificateHold | privilegeWithdrawn | aACompromise
           
          -OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
          +OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
           
          -OID_name() = atom()

          +OID_name() = atom()

          @@ -186,12 +186,12 @@

          Erlang representation of Rivest-Shamir-Adleman cryptosystem (RSA) -keys follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">'RSAPublicKey'{
          +keys follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">'RSAPublicKey'{
              modulus,       % pos_integer()
              publicExponent % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'RSAPrivateKey'{
          +#'RSAPrivateKey'{
              version,         % two-prime | multi
              modulus,         % pos_integer()
              publicExponent,  % pos_integer()
          @@ -202,50 +202,50 @@
              exponent2,       % pos_integer()
              coefficient,     % pos_integer()
              otherPrimeInfos  % [#OtherPrimeInfo{}] | asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
          +#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
              prime,           % pos_integer()
              exponent,        % pos_integer()
              coefficient      % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
          +#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
              hashAlgorithm,     % #'HashAlgorithm'{}},
              maskGenAlgorithm,  % #'MaskGenAlgorithm'{}},
              saltLength,        % pos_integer(),
              trailerField,      % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'HashAlgorithm'{
          +#'HashAlgorithm'{
              algorithm,  % oid()
              parameters  % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
          +#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
              algorithm,  % oid()
              parameters, % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.

          + }.

          DSA

          Erlang representation of -Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

          #href_anchor"ss">'DSAPrivateKey'{
          +Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

          #href_anchor"ss">'DSAPrivateKey'{
              version,      % pos_integer()
              p,            % pos_integer()
              q,            % pos_integer()
              g,            % pos_integer()
              y,            % pos_integer()
              x             % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'Dss-Parms'{
          +#'Dss-Parms'{
              p,         % pos_integer()
              q,         % pos_integer()
              g          % pos_integer()
          -  }.

          + }.

          @@ -256,38 +256,38 @@ and Edwards-Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (EDDSA) where parameters in the private key will be -{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

          #href_anchor"ss">'ECPrivateKey'{
          +{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

          #href_anchor"ss">'ECPrivateKey'{
              version,       % pos_integer()
              privateKey,    % binary()
              parameters,    % {ecParameters, #'ECParameters'{}} |
                             % {namedCurve, Oid::tuple()} |
                             % {implicitlyCA, 'NULL'}
              publicKey      % bitstring()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'ECParameters'{
          +#'ECParameters'{
              version,    % pos_integer()
              fieldID,    % #'FieldID'{}
              curve,      % #'Curve'{}
              base,       % binary()
              order,      % pos_integer()
              cofactor    % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'Curve'{
          +#'Curve'{
              a,        % binary()
              b,        % binary()
              seed      % bitstring() - optional
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'FieldID'{
          +#'FieldID'{
              fieldType,    % oid()
              parameters    % Depending on fieldType
          -  }.
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1122))
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.186157528 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/public_key-1.16.4/doc/html/using_public_key.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.188157540 +0000
          @@ -148,30 +148,30 @@
             
             DSA Private Key
           

          -

          A DSA private key can look as follows:

          Note

          File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
          -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

          2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
          +

          A DSA private key can look as follows:

          Note

          File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
          +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

          2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
                               179,230,217,37,99,144,157,21,228,204,
                               162,207,61,246,...>>,
          -                    not_encrypted}]
          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
          -#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
          +                    not_encrypted}]
          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
          +#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
                            p = 12900045185019966618...6593,
                            q = 1216700114794736143432235288305776850295620488937,
                            g = 10442040227452349332...47213,
                            y = 87256807980030509074...403143,
          -                 x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

          + x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

          RSA Private Key with Password

          -

          An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
          -{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

          2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
          +

          An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
          +{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

          2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
                               221,195,154,249,85,208,202,251,109,
                               119,120,57,29,89,19,9,...>>,
          -                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

          In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
          -#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
          +                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

          In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
          +#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
                            modulus = 1112355156729921663373...2737107,
                            publicExponent = 65537,
                            privateExponent = 58064406231183...2239766033,
          @@ -180,201 +180,201 @@
                            exponent1 = 77928819327425934607...22152984217,
                            exponent2 = 36287623121853605733...20588523793,
                            coefficient = 924840412626098444...41820968343,
          -                 otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

          + otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

          X509 Certificates

          -

          The following is an example of X509 certificates:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
          -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

          The following file includes two certificates:

          2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
          +

          The following is an example of X509 certificates:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
          +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

          The following file includes two certificates:

          2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
                             9,0,230,145,97,214,191,2,120,150,48,13,
                             ...>>,
          -                not_encrypted},
          - {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
          +                not_encrypted},
          + {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
                             1,48,13,6,9,42,134,72,134,247,...>>,
          -                not_encrypted}]

          Certificates can be decoded as usual:

          2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
          -#'Certificate'{
          +                not_encrypted}]

          Certificates can be decoded as usual:

          2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
          +#'Certificate'{
               tbsCertificate =
          -        #'TBSCertificate'{
          +        #'TBSCertificate'{
                       version = v3,serialNumber = 16614168075301976214,
                       signature =
          -                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          -                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
          -                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
          +                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          +                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
          +                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
                       issuer =
          -                {rdnSequence,
          -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
          +                {rdnSequence,
          +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
                       validity =
          -                #'Validity'{
          -                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
          -                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
          +                #'Validity'{
          +                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
          +                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
                       subject =
          -                {rdnSequence,
          -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
          +                {rdnSequence,
          +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
                       subjectPublicKeyInfo =
          -                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
          +                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
                               algorithm =
          -                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          -                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
          -                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
          +                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          +                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
          +                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
                               subjectPublicKey =
          -                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
          +                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
                       issuerUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                       subjectUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                       extensions =
          -                [#'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
          +                [#'Extension'{
          +                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
                                critical = true,
          -                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
          -                 #'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
          +                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
          +                 #'Extension'{
          +                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
                                critical = false,
          -                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
          -                 #'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,14},
          +                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
          @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
                    version="3.0">
             
               reltool - 1.0.1
          -    urn:uuid:1c743fd9-966d-debd-a9b6-b98dbc965536
          +    urn:uuid:0713625a-047d-cf6a-fd87-3bbb0e2d4cfc
               en
           
          -    2026-10-15T00:52:07Z
          +    2042-11-16T14:10:01Z
           
             
             
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1754))
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
          @@ -30,500 +30,500 @@
           via the GUI frontend process. When the GUI is started, a server process will
           automatically be started. The GUI process is started with reltool:start/0,
           reltool:start/1 or reltool:start_link/1. The pid of its server can be
          -obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          -{ok,<0.36.01>}
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          -{ok,<0.37.01>}
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          +{ok,<0.36.01>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          +{ok,<0.37.01>}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
           4>
          -4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          -{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          -6> reltool:stop(Server2).
          +4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          +{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +6> reltool:stop(Server2).
           ok

          Inspecting the configuration

          -
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          -{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
          +1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          +{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
           2>
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          -{ok,<0.66.0>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          +{ok,<0.66.0>}
           3>
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           4>
          -4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           5>
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {app,inets,
          -               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          -          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          -          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          -          {emu_name,"beam"},
          -          {relocatable,true},
          -          {profile,development},
          -          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          -          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          -          {rel_app_type,...},
          -          {...}|...]}}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          +          {lib_dirs,[]},
          +          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {mod_cond,all},
          +          {incl_cond,derived},
          +          {app,inets,
          +               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          +          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          +          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          +          {emu_name,"beam"},
          +          {relocatable,true},
          +          {profile,development},
          +          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          +          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          +          {rel_app_type,...},
          +          {...}|...]}}
           6>
          -6> reltool:get_config(Server, true, true).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {erts,[{app,erts,
          -                      [{vsn,"10.0"},
          -                       {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/erts-10.0"},
          -                       {mod,erl_prim_loader,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_tracer,[]},
          -                       {mod,erlang,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_code_purger,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_dirty_process_signal_handler,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_internal,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_literal_area_collector,[]},
          -                       {mod,init,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_init,...},
          -                       {mod,...},
          -                       {...}|...]}]},
          -          {app,compiler,
          -               [{vsn,"7.0.4"},
          -                {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/compiler-7.0.4"},
          -                {mod,beam_a,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_asm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_block,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bs,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bsm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_clean,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dead,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dict,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_disasm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_except,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_flatten,...},
          -                {mod,...},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1752))
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.273158043 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.274158048 +0000
          @@ -135,500 +135,500 @@
           via the GUI frontend process. When the GUI is started, a server process will
           automatically be started. The GUI process is started with reltool:start/0,
           reltool:start/1 or reltool:start_link/1. The pid of its server can be
          -obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          -{ok,<0.36.01>}
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          -{ok,<0.37.01>}
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          +{ok,<0.36.01>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          +{ok,<0.37.01>}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
           4>
          -4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          -{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          -6> reltool:stop(Server2).
          +4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          +{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +6> reltool:stop(Server2).
           ok

          Inspecting the configuration

          -
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          -{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
          +1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          +{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
           2>
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          -{ok,<0.66.0>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          +{ok,<0.66.0>}
           3>
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           4>
          -4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           5>
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {app,inets,
          -               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          -          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          -          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          -          {emu_name,"beam"},
          -          {relocatable,true},
          -          {profile,development},
          -          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          -          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          -          {rel_app_type,...},
          -          {...}|...]}}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          +          {lib_dirs,[]},
          +          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {mod_cond,all},
          +          {incl_cond,derived},
          +          {app,inets,
          +               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          +          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          +          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          +          {emu_name,"beam"},
          +          {relocatable,true},
          +          {profile,development},
          +          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          +          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          +          {rel_app_type,...},
          +          {...}|...]}}
           6>
          -6> reltool:get_config(Server, true, true).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {erts,[{app,erts,
          -                      [{vsn,"10.0"},
          -                       {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/erts-10.0"},
          -                       {mod,erl_prim_loader,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_tracer,[]},
          -                       {mod,erlang,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_code_purger,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_dirty_process_signal_handler,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_internal,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_literal_area_collector,[]},
          -                       {mod,init,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_init,...},
          -                       {mod,...},
          -                       {...}|...]}]},
          -          {app,compiler,
          -               [{vsn,"7.0.4"},
          -                {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/compiler-7.0.4"},
          -                {mod,beam_a,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_asm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_block,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bs,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bsm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_clean,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dead,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dict,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_disasm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_except,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_flatten,...},
          -                {mod,...},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1564))
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.337158421 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.339158433 +0000
          @@ -131,16 +131,16 @@
           

          The Text Based Trace Facility

          This module implements a text based interface to the trace:process/4, trace:port/4, and trace:function/4 BIFs, simplifying tracing of functions, processes, ports, and messages.

          To quickly get started on tracing function calls you can use the -following code in the Erlang shell:

          1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
          -4> lists:seq(1, 10).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
          -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
          -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

          The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where +following code in the Erlang shell:

          1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          +3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
          +4> lists:seq(1, 10).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
          +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
          +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

          The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where other tools have too severe impact on the system performance. Some primitive support for sequential tracing is also included; see the advanced topics section.

          @@ -152,36 +152,36 @@

          To trace a call to a function with minimal fuss, call dbg:c(Module, Name, Arguments). dbg:c/3 starts a temporary trace receiver, enables all trace flags, and calls the designated function from a temporary process. For example, here is how to trace a call -to application:which_applications/0:

          1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
          -(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
          -                                    [alias|
          -                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
          -                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
          +to application:which_applications/0:

          1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
          +(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
          +                                    [alias|
          +                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
          +                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                               847802,
          -                                                                    479222})
          -(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
          -(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
          -(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
          -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
          +                                                                    479222})
          +(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
          +(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
          +(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
          +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                              847802,
          -                                                                   479274})
          -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          Four trace events are generated:

          • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process + 479274}) +[{stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","5.2.1"}, + {kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          Four trace events are generated:

          • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process to the application_controller process.
          • A schedule-out event (out) when the current process schedules out while waiting in a receive for the reply to arrive.
          • A schedule-in event (in) when the current process is scheduled in when reply has arrived.
          • A receive event (<<) when the current process retrieves the reply from the application_controller process.

          The dbg:c/4 function has a fourth argument for specifying the trace flags. -Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

          2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
          -(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
          -                                    [alias|
          -                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
          -                                   which_applications}
          -(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
          -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
          -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          +Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

          2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
          +(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
          +                                    [alias|
          +                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
          +                                   which_applications}
          +(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
          +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
          +[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          + {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          @@ -189,35 +189,35 @@

          Another way of tracing from the shell is to explicitly start a tracer and set the trace flags of your choice on the processes you want to trace. -For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

          1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
          +For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

          1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
           <0.90.0>
          -2> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.92.0>}
          -3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          -4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
          -(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
          -{<0.88.0>,hello}
          -(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
          -(<0.90.0>) exit normal
          -5> flush().
          +2> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.92.0>}
          +3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          +4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
          +(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
          +{<0.88.0>,hello}
          +(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
          +(<0.90.0>) exit normal
          +5> flush().
           Shell got hello
           ok

          In order to trace functions call, in addition to enabling the call trace flag for the process, it is also necessary to set a trace pattern for the functions -to trace.

          Example:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, call).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          -4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          +to trace.

          Example:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, call).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          +3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          +4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
           e
          -5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          -6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
          +5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          +6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
           e

          @@ -231,21 +231,21 @@ seq_trace and the same tracer function for both types of tracing can be used. The seq_trace messages can also be sent to a trace port for further analysis.

          As a match specification can turn on sequential tracing, the combination of dbg and seq_trace can be powerful. This brief example shows a session -where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.30.0>}
          -2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
          -{ok,<0.31.0>}
          -3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
          +where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.30.0>}
          +2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
          +{ok,<0.31.0>}
          +3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
           false
          -4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          -5> dbg:p(all,call).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]}
          -6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]).
          -(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer()
          -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}]
          -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}]
          -{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

          This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the +4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]} +5> dbg:p(all,call). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]} +6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]). +(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer() +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}] +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}] +{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

          This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the ordinary tracer process (i. e. <0.31.0>) and sets the trace pattern for the function dbg:get_tracer to one that has the action of setting a sequential token. When the function is called by a traced @@ -267,20 +267,20 @@ trace handler prints to the tty using an io function such as format/2. Note that when dbg:p(all, call) is called, IO processes are also traced. Here is an example:

          %% Using a default line editing shell
          -1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
          -{ok,<0.37.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(mymod,[{'_',[],[]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,0},{saved,1}]}
          +1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
          +{ok,<0.37.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
          Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-B508ECAC.js
          Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/search_data-B508ECAC.js
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (738))
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.369158611 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.370158616 +0000
          @@ -857,14 +857,14 @@
           

          Restores the previous state of user tags and their spreading as it was before a call to spread_tag/1.

          Note that the restoring is not limited to the same process; one can utilize this to turn off spreding in one process and restore it in a -newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

          f() ->
          -    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
          -    spawn(fun() ->
          -             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
          -             do_something()
          -          end),
          -    do_something_else(),
          -    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

          Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as +newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

          f() ->
          +    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
          +    spawn(fun() ->
          +             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
          +             do_something()
          +          end),
          +    do_something_else(),
          +    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

          Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as Erlang programs tend to send and receive messages so that sometimes the user tag gets lost due to various things, like double receives or communication with a port (ports do not handle user tags, in the same way as they do not handle @@ -911,12 +911,12 @@ later call to restore_tag/1.

          The file module already spreads tags, so there is no need to manually call this function to get user tags spread to the efile driver through that module.

          The most use of this function would be if one, for example, uses the io module to communicate with an I/O-server for a regular file, such as in the following -example:

          f() ->
          -   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
          -   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
          -   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
          -   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
          -   file:close(F).

          In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the +example:

          f() ->
          +   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
          +   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
          +   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
          +   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
          +   file:close(F).

          In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the I/O-server when the io:format/3 call is done.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1679)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.393158752 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.395158764 +0000 @@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ the one before it.

          The upper bound of the first interval is provided by the function that returned the histogram, and the last interval has no upper bound.

          For example, the histogram below has 40 (message) blocks between 128-256 bytes in size, 78 blocks between 256-512 bytes,2 blocks between 512-1024 bytes, and 2 -blocks between 1-2KB.

          > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
          -{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
          +blocks between 1-2KB.

          > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
          +{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
          @@ -496,30 +496,30 @@ block size histograms. Defaults to 128.

        • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the allocated block size histograms. Defaults to 18.

        • flags - Controls how to group the output, for example showing allocations on a per-process basis (when possible) rather than only a -NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

        Example:

        > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
        -{ok,{128,0,
        -     #{udp_inet =>
        -           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
        +NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

      Example:

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      +{ok,{128,0,
      +     #{udp_inet =>
      +           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
              system =>
      -           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
      -             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
      -             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             ... }
      +           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
      +             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
      +             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             ... }
              spawn_forker =>
      -           #{driver_select_data_state =>
      -                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      -       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +           #{driver_select_data_state =>
      +                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
              prim_file =>
      -           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
      -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
      +             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
              prim_buffer =>
      -           #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
      + #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, + binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    @@ -596,15 +596,15 @@ tied to any particular scheduler. Defaults to all schedulers and the global instance.

  • histogram_start - The upper bound of the first interval in the free block size histograms. Defaults to 512.

  • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the free block size -histograms. Defaults to 14.

  • Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    -{ok,{512,
    -     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    -                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    -                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    -      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    -                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    -                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    -      {...}|...]}}
    +histograms. Defaults to 14.

    Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    +{ok,{512,
    +     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    +                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    +                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    +      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    +                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    +                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    +      {...}|...]}}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (21072)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.417158894 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.418158900 +0000 @@ -150,42 +150,42 @@ Dyntrace Tracepoints

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_dyntrace

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    process_spawn

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • parent : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_link: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "<0.130.0>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "link" }

    process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

    process_register

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
    • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

    Example:

    process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

    process_scheduled

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • type : string :: +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

      process_register

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
      • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

      Example:

      process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

      process_scheduled

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
      • type : string :: "in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_open: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", driver = "'/bin/sh -s unix:cmd'", port = "#Port<0.1887>" }

      port_exit

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_exit: { cpu_id = 5 }, { port = "#Port<0.1887>", reason = "normal" }

      port_link

      • to : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • from : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • entry : string :: Callback. Ex. "open"
      • type : string :: -"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Example:

      port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

    Example:

    port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    function_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_send: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "#Port<0.1938>", to = "<0.160.0>", message = "{#Port<0.1938>,eof}" }

    message_receive

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message received. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag 'receive' and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_receive: { cpu_id = 7 }, { to = "<0.167.0>", message = "{<0.165.0>,ok}" }

    gc_minor_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 240, heap = 4185, old_heap = 0 }

    BEAM Tracepoints

    -

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    driver_init

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
    • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
    • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

    Example:

    driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

    driver_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

    Example:

    driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

    driver_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

    driver_outputv

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

    driver_ready_input

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

    driver_ready_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_timeout

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop_select

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

    driver_flush

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    driver_ready_async

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

    driver_control

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

    carrier_create

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
    • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
    • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +

      All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

      All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

      driver_init

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
      • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
      • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

      Example:

      driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

      driver_start

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Example:

      driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

      driver_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

      driver_outputv

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

      driver_ready_input

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

      driver_ready_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_timeout

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop_select

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

      driver_flush

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_process_exit

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      driver_ready_async

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_call

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

      driver_control

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

      carrier_create

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_pool_put

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

      carrier_pool_get

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

      +instance. Ex. 285296

    Example:

    carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

    carrier_pool_put

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

    carrier_pool_get

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

    @@ -198,10 +198,10 @@ Erlang/OTP 19 [erts-8.0] [source-4d7b24d] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false] [lttng] Eshell V8.0 (abort with ^G) -1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    -{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through +1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    +{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through lttng list -u.

    Enable the process_register LTTng tracepoint for Erlang.

    $ lttng enable-event -u org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register
    -UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
    +UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
     0

    Start LTTng tracing.

    $ lttng start
     Tracing started for session erlang-demo

    Start the os_mon application in Erlang.

    3> application:ensure_all_started(os_mon).
     {ok,[sasl,os_mon]}

    Stop LTTng tracing and view the result.

    $ lttng stop
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1991))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.451159096 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.453159107 +0000
    @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@
     

    Convenience functions for microstate accounting

    This module implements some convenience functions for analyzing microstate accounting data. For details about how to use the basic API and what the different states represent, see -erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
    +erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
     ok
    -2> msacc:print().
    +2> msacc:print().
     Average thread real-time    : 1000513 us
     Accumulated system run-time :    2213 us
     Average scheduler run-time  :    1076 us
    @@ -141,11 +141,11 @@
             Thread      aux check_io emulator       gc    other     port    sleep
     
     Stats per thread:
    -     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    - scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    - scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
    +     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    + scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    + scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
     
     Stats per type:
              async    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@
     this can be verbose. See the top of this reference manual for a brief
     description of what the fields mean.

    It is possible to print more specific types of statistics by first manipulating the DataOrStats using stats/2. For instance if you want to print the -percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

    If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

    Options

    • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time +percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

      If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

      Options

      • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time as well as thread time. Default: false.
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> runtime_tools - 2.1.1 - urn:uuid:353f3f0c-cd0f-a7fc-149e-a098284b0b7b + urn:uuid:649d8694-159c-10fe-5895-25332fb110a0 en - 2026-10-15T00:51:26Z + 2042-11-16T14:09:20Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1564)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@

      The Text Based Trace Facility

      This module implements a text based interface to the trace:process/4, trace:port/4, and trace:function/4 BIFs, simplifying tracing of functions, processes, ports, and messages.

      To quickly get started on tracing function calls you can use the -following code in the Erlang shell:

      1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
      -{ok,<0.90.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
      -4> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
      -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

      The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where +following code in the Erlang shell:

      1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
      +{ok,<0.90.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      +3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
      +4> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
      +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

      The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where other tools have too severe impact on the system performance. Some primitive support for sequential tracing is also included; see the advanced topics section.

      @@ -47,36 +47,36 @@

      To trace a call to a function with minimal fuss, call dbg:c(Module, Name, Arguments). dbg:c/3 starts a temporary trace receiver, enables all trace flags, and calls the designated function from a temporary process. For example, here is how to trace a call -to application:which_applications/0:

      1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
      -(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
      -                                    [alias|
      -                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
      -                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
      +to application:which_applications/0:

      1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
      +(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
      +                                    [alias|
      +                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
      +                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                           847802,
      -                                                                    479222})
      -(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
      -(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
      -(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
      -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
      +                                                                    479222})
      +(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
      +(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
      +(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
      +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                          847802,
      -                                                                   479274})
      -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      Four trace events are generated:

      • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process + 479274}) +[{stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","5.2.1"}, + {kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      Four trace events are generated:

      • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process to the application_controller process.
      • A schedule-out event (out) when the current process schedules out while waiting in a receive for the reply to arrive.
      • A schedule-in event (in) when the current process is scheduled in when reply has arrived.
      • A receive event (<<) when the current process retrieves the reply from the application_controller process.

      The dbg:c/4 function has a fourth argument for specifying the trace flags. -Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

      2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
      -(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
      -                                    [alias|
      -                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
      -                                   which_applications}
      -(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
      -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
      -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      +Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

      2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
      +(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
      +                                    [alias|
      +                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
      +                                   which_applications}
      +(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
      +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
      +[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      + {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      @@ -84,35 +84,35 @@

      Another way of tracing from the shell is to explicitly start a tracer and set the trace flags of your choice on the processes you want to trace. -For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

      1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
      +For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

      1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
       <0.90.0>
      -2> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.92.0>}
      -3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      -4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
      -(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
      -{<0.88.0>,hello}
      -(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
      -(<0.90.0>) exit normal
      -5> flush().
      +2> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.92.0>}
      +3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      +4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
      +(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
      +{<0.88.0>,hello}
      +(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
      +(<0.90.0>) exit normal
      +5> flush().
       Shell got hello
       ok

      In order to trace functions call, in addition to enabling the call trace flag for the process, it is also necessary to set a trace pattern for the functions -to trace.

      Example:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.90.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, call).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      -4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      +to trace.

      Example:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.90.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, call).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      +3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      +4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
       e
      -5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      -6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
      +5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      +6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
       e

      @@ -126,21 +126,21 @@ seq_trace and the same tracer function for both types of tracing can be used. The seq_trace messages can also be sent to a trace port for further analysis.

      As a match specification can turn on sequential tracing, the combination of dbg and seq_trace can be powerful. This brief example shows a session -where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.30.0>}
      -2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
      -{ok,<0.31.0>}
      -3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
      +where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.30.0>}
      +2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
      +{ok,<0.31.0>}
      +3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
       false
      -4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      -5> dbg:p(all,call).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]}
      -6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]).
      -(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer()
      -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}]
      -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}]
      -{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

      This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the +4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]} +5> dbg:p(all,call). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]} +6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]). +(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer() +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}] +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}] +{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

      This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the ordinary tracer process (i. e. <0.31.0>) and sets the trace pattern for the function dbg:get_tracer to one that has the action of setting a sequential token. When the function is called by a traced @@ -162,20 +162,20 @@ trace handler prints to the tty using an io function such as format/2. Note that when dbg:p(all, call) is called, IO processes are also traced. Here is an example:

      %% Using a default line editing shell
      -1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
      -{ok,<0.37.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(mymod,[{'_',[],[]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,0},{saved,1}]}
      +1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
      +{ok,<0.37.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (738))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
      @@ -736,14 +736,14 @@
       

      Restores the previous state of user tags and their spreading as it was before a call to spread_tag/1.

      Note that the restoring is not limited to the same process; one can utilize this to turn off spreding in one process and restore it in a -newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

      f() ->
      -    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
      -    spawn(fun() ->
      -             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
      -             do_something()
      -          end),
      -    do_something_else(),
      -    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

      Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as +newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

      f() ->
      +    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
      +    spawn(fun() ->
      +             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
      +             do_something()
      +          end),
      +    do_something_else(),
      +    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

      Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as Erlang programs tend to send and receive messages so that sometimes the user tag gets lost due to various things, like double receives or communication with a port (ports do not handle user tags, in the same way as they do not handle @@ -790,12 +790,12 @@ later call to restore_tag/1.

      The file module already spreads tags, so there is no need to manually call this function to get user tags spread to the efile driver through that module.

      The most use of this function would be if one, for example, uses the io module to communicate with an I/O-server for a regular file, such as in the following -example:

      f() ->
      -   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
      -   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
      -   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
      -   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
      -   file:close(F).

      In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the +example:

      f() ->
      +   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
      +   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
      +   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
      +   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
      +   file:close(F).

      In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the I/O-server when the io:format/3 call is done.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1679)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -239,8 +239,8 @@ the one before it.

      The upper bound of the first interval is provided by the function that returned the histogram, and the last interval has no upper bound.

      For example, the histogram below has 40 (message) blocks between 128-256 bytes in size, 78 blocks between 256-512 bytes,2 blocks between 512-1024 bytes, and 2 -blocks between 1-2KB.

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      -{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
      +blocks between 1-2KB.

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      +{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
      @@ -375,30 +375,30 @@ block size histograms. Defaults to 128.

    • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the allocated block size histograms. Defaults to 18.

    • flags - Controls how to group the output, for example showing allocations on a per-process basis (when possible) rather than only a -NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

    Example:

    > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
    -{ok,{128,0,
    -     #{udp_inet =>
    -           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

    Example:

    > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
    +{ok,{128,0,
    +     #{udp_inet =>
    +           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
            system =>
    -           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
    -             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
    -             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             ... }
    +           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
    +             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
    +             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             ... }
            spawn_forker =>
    -           #{driver_select_data_state =>
    -                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    -       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +           #{driver_select_data_state =>
    +                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
            prim_file =>
    -           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
    -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
    +             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
            prim_buffer =>
    -           #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    +
    #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, + binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    @@ -475,15 +475,15 @@ tied to any particular scheduler. Defaults to all schedulers and the global instance.

  • histogram_start - The upper bound of the first interval in the free block size histograms. Defaults to 512.

  • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the free block size -histograms. Defaults to 14.

  • Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    -{ok,{512,
    -     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    -                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    -                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    -      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    -                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    -                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    -      {...}|...]}}
    +histograms. Defaults to 14.

    Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    +{ok,{512,
    +     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    +                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    +                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    +      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    +                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    +                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    +      {...}|...]}}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (21072)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,42 +45,42 @@ Dyntrace Tracepoints

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_dyntrace

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    process_spawn

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • parent : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_link: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "<0.130.0>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "link" }

    process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

    process_register

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
    • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

    Example:

    process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

    process_scheduled

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • type : string :: +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

      process_register

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
      • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

      Example:

      process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

      process_scheduled

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
      • type : string :: "in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_open: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", driver = "'/bin/sh -s unix:cmd'", port = "#Port<0.1887>" }

      port_exit

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_exit: { cpu_id = 5 }, { port = "#Port<0.1887>", reason = "normal" }

      port_link

      • to : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • from : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • entry : string :: Callback. Ex. "open"
      • type : string :: -"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Example:

      port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

    Example:

    port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    function_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_send: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "#Port<0.1938>", to = "<0.160.0>", message = "{#Port<0.1938>,eof}" }

    message_receive

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message received. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag 'receive' and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_receive: { cpu_id = 7 }, { to = "<0.167.0>", message = "{<0.165.0>,ok}" }

    gc_minor_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 240, heap = 4185, old_heap = 0 }

    BEAM Tracepoints

    -

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    driver_init

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
    • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
    • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

    Example:

    driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

    driver_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

    Example:

    driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

    driver_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

    driver_outputv

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

    driver_ready_input

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

    driver_ready_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_timeout

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop_select

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

    driver_flush

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    driver_ready_async

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

    driver_control

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

    carrier_create

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
    • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
    • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +

      All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

      All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

      driver_init

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
      • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
      • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

      Example:

      driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

      driver_start

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Example:

      driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

      driver_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

      driver_outputv

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

      driver_ready_input

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

      driver_ready_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_timeout

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop_select

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

      driver_flush

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_process_exit

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      driver_ready_async

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_call

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

      driver_control

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

      carrier_create

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_pool_put

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

      carrier_pool_get

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

      +instance. Ex. 285296

    Example:

    carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

    carrier_pool_put

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

    carrier_pool_get

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

    @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ Erlang/OTP 19 [erts-8.0] [source-4d7b24d] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false] [lttng] Eshell V8.0 (abort with ^G) -1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    -{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through +1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    +{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through lttng list -u.

    Enable the process_register LTTng tracepoint for Erlang.

    $ lttng enable-event -u org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register
    -UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
    +UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
     0

    Start LTTng tracing.

    $ lttng start
     Tracing started for session erlang-demo

    Start the os_mon application in Erlang.

    3> application:ensure_all_started(os_mon).
     {ok,[sasl,os_mon]}

    Stop LTTng tracing and view the result.

    $ lttng stop
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1991))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
     

    Convenience functions for microstate accounting

    This module implements some convenience functions for analyzing microstate accounting data. For details about how to use the basic API and what the different states represent, see -erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
    +erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
     ok
    -2> msacc:print().
    +2> msacc:print().
     Average thread real-time    : 1000513 us
     Accumulated system run-time :    2213 us
     Average scheduler run-time  :    1076 us
    @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@
             Thread      aux check_io emulator       gc    other     port    sleep
     
     Stats per thread:
    -     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    - scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    - scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
    +     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    + scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    + scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
     
     Stats per type:
              async    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@
     this can be verbose. See the top of this reference manual for a brief
     description of what the fields mean.

    It is possible to print more specific types of statistics by first manipulating the DataOrStats using stats/2. For instance if you want to print the -percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

    If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

    Options

    • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time +percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

      If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

      Options

      • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time as well as thread time. Default: false.
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (669)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ scheduler_wall_time.

      Calculate scheduler utilizations for the time interval from when Sample was taken and "now". The same as calling scheduler:utilization(Sample, scheduler:sample_all()).

      Note

      This function is not recommended as it's so easy to get invalid results -without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the +without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the scheduler utilization between them. The resulting values will probably be more misleading than informative.

      Instead use scheduler:utilization/2 and call get_sample/0 to get samples with some time in between.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (669)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.580159858 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.581159864 +0000 @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ scheduler_wall_time.

      Calculate scheduler utilizations for the time interval from when Sample was taken and "now". The same as calling scheduler:utilization(Sample, scheduler:sample_all()).

      Note

      This function is not recommended as it's so easy to get invalid results -without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the +without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the scheduler utilization between them. The resulting values will probably be more misleading than informative.

      Instead use scheduler:utilization/2 and call get_sample/0 to get samples with some time in between.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.596885922 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.596885922 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
      - +

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (777)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.614160060 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.614160060 +0000 @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ Application is the application name. The file is to be located in the ebin directory for the application.

      The .appup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions used to upgrade or downgrade the application. The file has the -following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      -  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
      -  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to +following syntax:

        {Vsn,
        +  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
        +  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
        • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

        • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to upgrade from. If it is a string, it is interpreted as a specific version number. If it is a binary, it is interpreted as a regular expression that can match multiple version numbers.

        • DownToVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to @@ -221,21 +221,21 @@ version. For static modules, the new version is loaded before the process is asked to change code, both in the case of upgrading and downgrading. Callback modules are dynamic.

        update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start -specification of a supervisor.

        {load_module, Mod}
        -{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()
        +specification of a supervisor.

        {load_module, Mod}
        +{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()
           PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge
        -  DepMods = [Mod]

        Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

        For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent + DepMods = [Mod]

        Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

        For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions for loading these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_module, Mod}
        -{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()
        -  DepMods = [Mod]

        Loads a new module Mod.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_module, Mod}
        +{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()
        +  DepMods = [Mod]

        Loads a new module Mod.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {delete_module, Mod}
        -{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()

        Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {delete_module, Mod}
        +{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()

        Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the instruction for removing Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_application, Application}
         {add_application, Application, Type}
        @@ -262,9 +262,9 @@
           
           Low-Level Instructions
         
        -
        {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
        -  App = Mod = atom()
        -  Vsn = string()

        Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the +

        {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
        +  App = Mod = atom()
        +  Vsn = string()

        Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the modules. The instruction is to be placed first in the script to read all new code from the file to make the suspend-load-resume cycle less time-consuming.

        point_of_no_return

        If a crash occurs after this instruction, the system cannot recover and is restarted from the old release version. The instruction must only occur once in @@ -278,38 +278,38 @@ PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge

        Makes the current version of Mod old. PrePurge is ignored. For a description of PostPurge, see the high-level instruction update earlier.

        {purge, [Mod]}
           Mod = atom()

        Purges each module Mod, that is, removes the old code. Notice that any process -executing purged code is killed.

        {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
        -  Mod = atom()
        -  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

        Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not +executing purged code is killed.

        {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
        +  Mod = atom()
        +  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

        Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not respond, it is ignored. This can cause the process to die, either because it crashes when it spontaneously switches to new code, or as a result of a purge operation. If no Timeout is specified or default is specified, the default value for sys:suspend is used.

        {resume, [Mod]}
        -  Mod = atom()

        Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

        {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        -{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        -  Mod = atom()
        +  Mod = atom()

        Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

        {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        +{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        +  Mod = atom()
           Mode = up | down
        -  Extra = term()

        Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This + Extra = term()

    Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This instruction sends a code_change system message to all processes using a module Mod by calling function sys:change_code, passing term Extra as argument.

    {stop, [Mod]}
       Mod = atom()

    Stops all processes using a module Mod by calling supervisor:terminate_child/2. This instruction is useful when the simplest way -to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    -  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling -supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    -{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    -  Id = term()
    -  Node = node()
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each +to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    +  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling +supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    +{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    +  Id = term()
    +  Node = node()
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each Node must evaluate this command with the same Id. The local node waits for all other nodes to evaluate the instruction before execution continues. If a node goes down, it is considered to be an unrecoverable error, and the local node is restarted from the old release. There is no time-out for this -instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is +instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is caught. release_handler:install_release/1 then returns {error,{'EXIT',Reason}}, unless {error,Error} is thrown or returned. Then it returns {error,Error}.

    If the instruction appears after instruction point_of_no_return and the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1022)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.631160160 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.632160166 +0000 @@ -308,42 +308,42 @@ Show Reports

    Use function rb:show(Number) to show details of a specific -report:

    7> rb:show(4).
    +report:

    7> rb:show(4).
     
     PROGRESS REPORT  <0.20.0>                                   1996-10-16 16:16:36
     ===============================================================================
    -supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
    +supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
     started
    -[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    -{name,release_handler},
    -{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    -{restart_type,permanent},
    -{shutdown,2000},
    -{child_type,worker}]
    +[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    +{name,release_handler},
    +{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    +{restart_type,permanent},
    +{shutdown,2000},
    +{child_type,worker}]
     
     ok
    -8> rb:show(9).
    +8> rb:show(9).
     
     CRASH REPORT  <0.24.0>                                      1996-10-16 16:16:21
     ===============================================================================
     Crashing process
     pid                                                                 <0.24.0>
     registered_name                                              release_handler
    -error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
    +error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
     initial_call
    -{gen,init_it,
    -[gen_server,
    +{gen,init_it,
    +[gen_server,
     <0.20.0>,
     <0.20.0>,
    -{erlang,register},
    +{erlang,register},
     release_handler,
     release_handler,
    -[],
    -[]]}
    -ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    -messages                                                                  []
    -links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    -dictionary                                                                []
    +[],
    +[]]}
    +ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    +messages                                                                  []
    +links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    +dictionary                                                                []
     trap_exit                                                              false
     status                                                               running
     heap_size                                                                610
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1220))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.647160255 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html	2026-10-15 00:56:32.648160260 +0000
    @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@
       File Syntax
     
     

    The release resource file is to be called Name.rel.

    The .rel file contains one single Erlang term, which is called a release -specification. The file has the following syntax:

    {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
    -  [{Application, AppVsn} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
    • RelName = string() - Release name.

    • Vsn = string() - Release version.

    • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

    • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

    • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

    • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of +specification. The file has the following syntax:

      {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
      +  [{Application, AppVsn} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
      • RelName = string() - Release name.

      • Vsn = string() - Release version.

      • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

      • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

      • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

      • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of an application included in the release.

        If Type = permanent | transient | temporary, the application is loaded and started in the corresponding way, see application.

        If Type = load, the application is only loaded.

        If Type = none, the application is not loaded and not started, although the code for its modules is loaded.

        Defaults to permanent

      • IncApps = [atom()] - A list of applications that are included by an /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (437)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.671160396 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.672160403 +0000 @@ -1084,8 +1084,8 @@ create_RELEASES/4 or set_unpacked/2.

        Example:

        In the current version CurVsn of a release, the application directory of myapp is $ROOT/lib/myapp-1.0. A new version NewVsn is unpacked outside the release handler and the release handler is informed about this with a call -as follows:

        release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
        -=> {ok,NewVsn}

        If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then +as follows:

        release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
        +=> {ok,NewVsn}

        If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then code:lib_dir(myapp) returns /home/user/myapp-1.0.

      Note

      Installing a new release can be time consuming if there are many processes in the system. The reason is that each process must be checked for references to old code before a module can be purged. This check can lead to garbage /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (980)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.691160515 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.692160521 +0000 @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@

      In a target system, the release upgrade file is to be located in directory $ROOT/releases/Vsn.

      The relup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions -used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      -  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
      -  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

      • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function +used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

        {Vsn,
        +  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
        +  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
        • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

        • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

        • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function systools:make_relup/3,4. It is used in the return value of release_handler:install_release/1,2.

        • Instructions - A list of low-level release upgrade instructions, see /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (777)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ Application is the application name. The file is to be located in the ebin directory for the application.

          The .appup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions used to upgrade or downgrade the application. The file has the -following syntax:

          {Vsn,
          -  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
          -  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
          • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

          • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to +following syntax:

            {Vsn,
            +  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
            +  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
            • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

            • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to upgrade from. If it is a string, it is interpreted as a specific version number. If it is a binary, it is interpreted as a regular expression that can match multiple version numbers.

            • DownToVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to @@ -116,21 +116,21 @@ version. For static modules, the new version is loaded before the process is asked to change code, both in the case of upgrading and downgrading. Callback modules are dynamic.

            update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start -specification of a supervisor.

            {load_module, Mod}
            -{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()
            +specification of a supervisor.

            {load_module, Mod}
            +{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()
               PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge
            -  DepMods = [Mod]

            Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

            For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent + DepMods = [Mod]

            Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

            For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions for loading these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_module, Mod}
            -{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()
            -  DepMods = [Mod]

            Loads a new module Mod.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_module, Mod}
            +{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()
            +  DepMods = [Mod]

            Loads a new module Mod.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {delete_module, Mod}
            -{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()

            Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {delete_module, Mod}
            +{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()

            Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the instruction for removing Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_application, Application}
             {add_application, Application, Type}
            @@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
               
               Low-Level Instructions
             
            -
            {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
            -  App = Mod = atom()
            -  Vsn = string()

            Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the +

            {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
            +  App = Mod = atom()
            +  Vsn = string()

            Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the modules. The instruction is to be placed first in the script to read all new code from the file to make the suspend-load-resume cycle less time-consuming.

            point_of_no_return

            If a crash occurs after this instruction, the system cannot recover and is restarted from the old release version. The instruction must only occur once in @@ -173,38 +173,38 @@ PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge

            Makes the current version of Mod old. PrePurge is ignored. For a description of PostPurge, see the high-level instruction update earlier.

            {purge, [Mod]}
               Mod = atom()

            Purges each module Mod, that is, removes the old code. Notice that any process -executing purged code is killed.

            {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
            -  Mod = atom()
            -  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

            Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not +executing purged code is killed.

            {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
            +  Mod = atom()
            +  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

            Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not respond, it is ignored. This can cause the process to die, either because it crashes when it spontaneously switches to new code, or as a result of a purge operation. If no Timeout is specified or default is specified, the default value for sys:suspend is used.

            {resume, [Mod]}
            -  Mod = atom()

            Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

            {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            -{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            -  Mod = atom()
            +  Mod = atom()

            Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

            {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            +{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            +  Mod = atom()
               Mode = up | down
            -  Extra = term()

            Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This + Extra = term()

    Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This instruction sends a code_change system message to all processes using a module Mod by calling function sys:change_code, passing term Extra as argument.

    {stop, [Mod]}
       Mod = atom()

    Stops all processes using a module Mod by calling supervisor:terminate_child/2. This instruction is useful when the simplest way -to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    -  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling -supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    -{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    -  Id = term()
    -  Node = node()
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each +to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    +  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling +supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    +{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    +  Id = term()
    +  Node = node()
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each Node must evaluate this command with the same Id. The local node waits for all other nodes to evaluate the instruction before execution continues. If a node goes down, it is considered to be an unrecoverable error, and the local node is restarted from the old release. There is no time-out for this -instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is +instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is caught. release_handler:install_release/1 then returns {error,{'EXIT',Reason}}, unless {error,Error} is thrown or returned. Then it returns {error,Error}.

    If the instruction appears after instruction point_of_no_return and the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> sasl - 4.2.2 - urn:uuid:cc89aa83-d05f-41a1-3ddd-b795c32d7312 + urn:uuid:1e56f1ee-ef6d-5919-3e7d-5066ab89c1d9 en - 2026-10-15T00:51:09Z + 2042-11-16T14:09:04Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1022)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -203,42 +203,42 @@ Show Reports

    Use function rb:show(Number) to show details of a specific -report:

    7> rb:show(4).
    +report:

    7> rb:show(4).
     
     PROGRESS REPORT  <0.20.0>                                   1996-10-16 16:16:36
     ===============================================================================
    -supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
    +supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
     started
    -[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    -{name,release_handler},
    -{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    -{restart_type,permanent},
    -{shutdown,2000},
    -{child_type,worker}]
    +[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    +{name,release_handler},
    +{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    +{restart_type,permanent},
    +{shutdown,2000},
    +{child_type,worker}]
     
     ok
    -8> rb:show(9).
    +8> rb:show(9).
     
     CRASH REPORT  <0.24.0>                                      1996-10-16 16:16:21
     ===============================================================================
     Crashing process
     pid                                                                 <0.24.0>
     registered_name                                              release_handler
    -error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
    +error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
     initial_call
    -{gen,init_it,
    -[gen_server,
    +{gen,init_it,
    +[gen_server,
     <0.20.0>,
     <0.20.0>,
    -{erlang,register},
    +{erlang,register},
     release_handler,
     release_handler,
    -[],
    -[]]}
    -ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    -messages                                                                  []
    -links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    -dictionary                                                                []
    +[],
    +[]]}
    +ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    +messages                                                                  []
    +links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    +dictionary                                                                []
     trap_exit                                                              false
     status                                                               running
     heap_size                                                                610
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (854))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@
     create_RELEASES/4 or set_unpacked/2.

    Example:

    In the current version CurVsn of a release, the application directory of myapp is $ROOT/lib/myapp-1.0. A new version NewVsn is unpacked outside the release handler and the release handler is informed about this with a call -as follows:

    release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
    -=> {ok,NewVsn}

    If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then +as follows:

    release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
    +=> {ok,NewVsn}

    If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then code:lib_dir(myapp) returns /home/user/myapp-1.0.

    Note

    Installing a new release can be time consuming if there are many processes in the system. The reason is that each process must be checked for references to old code before a module can be purged. This check can lead to garbage /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (980)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@

    In a target system, the release upgrade file is to be located in directory $ROOT/releases/Vsn.

    The relup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions -used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

    {Vsn,
    -  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
    -  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
    • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

    • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

    • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function +used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      +  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
      +  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

      • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function systools:make_relup/3,4. It is used in the return value of release_handler:install_release/1,2.

      • Instructions - A list of low-level release upgrade instructions, see /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1220)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ File Syntax

        The release resource file is to be called Name.rel.

        The .rel file contains one single Erlang term, which is called a release -specification. The file has the following syntax:

        {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
        -  [{Application, AppVsn} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
        • RelName = string() - Release name.

        • Vsn = string() - Release version.

        • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

        • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

        • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

        • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of +specification. The file has the following syntax:

          {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
          +  [{Application, AppVsn} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
          • RelName = string() - Release name.

          • Vsn = string() - Release version.

          • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

          • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

          • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

          • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of an application included in the release.

            If Type = permanent | transient | temporary, the application is loaded and started in the corresponding way, see application.

            If Type = load, the application is only loaded.

            If Type = none, the application is not loaded and not started, although the code for its modules is loaded.

            Defaults to permanent

          • IncApps = [atom()] - A list of applications that are included by an /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (714)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,20 +37,20 @@ File Syntax

            The boot script is stored in a file with extension .script. The file has the -following syntax:

            {script, {Name, Vsn},
            - [
            -  {progress, loading},
            -  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            -  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
            -  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            +following syntax:

            {script, {Name, Vsn},
            + [
            +  {progress, loading},
            +  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            +  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
            +  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
               ...
            -  {kernel_load_completed},
            -  {progress, loaded},
            -  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
            +  {kernel_load_completed},
            +  {progress, loaded},
            +  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
               ...
            -  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
            +  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
               ...
            -  {progress, started}]}.
            • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

            • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

            • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. + {progress, started}]}.

            • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

            • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

            • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. The init:get_status/0 function returns the current value of the progress, which is {InternalStatus,Term}.

            • {path, [Dir]} - Dir is a string. This argument sets the load path of the system to [Dir]. The load path used to load modules is obtained from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (714)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.810161219 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 2026-10-15 00:56:32.811161224 +0000 @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ File Syntax

              The boot script is stored in a file with extension .script. The file has the -following syntax:

              {script, {Name, Vsn},
              - [
              -  {progress, loading},
              -  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              -  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
              -  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              +following syntax:

              {script, {Name, Vsn},
              + [
              +  {progress, loading},
              +  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              +  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
              +  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
                 ...
              -  {kernel_load_completed},
              -  {progress, loaded},
              -  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
              +  {kernel_load_completed},
              +  {progress, loaded},
              +  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
                 ...
              -  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
              +  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
                 ...
              -  {progress, started}]}.
              • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

              • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

              • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. + {progress, started}]}.

              • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

              • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

              • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. The init:get_status/0 function returns the current value of the progress, which is {InternalStatus,Term}.

              • {path, [Dir]} - Dir is a string. This argument sets the load path of the system to [Dir]. The load path used to load modules is obtained from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> snmp - 5.17 - urn:uuid:9866137f-355b-7e91-c9d4-ff290e791031 + urn:uuid:f62179e3-c3f6-237f-228b-6ebc4bcc2979 en - 2026-10-15T00:51:41Z + 2042-11-16T14:09:36Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (878)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -224,16 +224,16 @@ empName DisplayString, empTelNo DisplayString, empStatus RowStatus - }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two + }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two elements. Therefore, the arity of the table is 3.

    Instrumentation Functions

    -

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify +

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify rows. Also, you can use the ordinary Mnesia API to access the table from your programs. The only explicit action is to create the Mnesia table, an action the user has to perform in order to create the required table schemas.

    @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@

    It is often necessary to take some specific action when a table is modified. This is accomplished with an instrumentation function. It executes some specific code when the table is set, and passes all other requests down to the -pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. +pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. Refer to the Reference Manual, section SNMP, module snmp_generic for details.

    @@ -262,28 +262,28 @@ that the agent does not know about. This situation is handled by adding values for the internal columns in the set function.

    To illustrate this, suppose we extend our Mnesia empTable with one internal column. We create it as before, but with an arity of 4, by adding another -attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which +attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which creates a row, we must give a value to the internal column. The instrumentation -functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    --define(createAndWait, 5).
    +functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    +-define(createAndWait, 5).
     
    -emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
       NewCols =
    -    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    -      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
    +    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    +      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
           false -> Cols                      % keep original cols
       end,
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
     
    -is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    -  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    -    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    -    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
    +is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    +  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    +    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    +    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
         _ -> false
       end.

    If a row is created, we always set the internal column to "internal".

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1549)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,19 +45,19 @@

    The agent information should be stored in a file called agent.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {AgentVariable, Value}.

    • AgentVariable is one of the variables in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB or one of the internal variables intAgentUDPPort, which defines which UDP port the agent listens to, or intAgentTransports, which defines the transport domains and -addresses of the agent.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    -{intAgentTransports,
    - [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    -{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    -{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    -      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    -      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    -      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling +addresses of the agent.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    +{intAgentTransports,
    + [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    +{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    +{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    +      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    +      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    +      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling both requests and traps) for a transport domain, its not possible to also specify a transport (for that domain) with a specific Kind. This is for -example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be +example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be configured.

    PortInfo system is used to indicate that the 'system' should choose (the way port number '0' (zero) is normally used). Port info '0' (zero) cannot be used for this, since it is (internally) used to represent the 'default' port number.

    In the traditional transport entries, when the Addr value does not contain a @@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ System Information

    The system information should be stored in a file called standard.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {SystemVariable, Value}.

    • SystemVariable is one of the variables in the system group, or -snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    -{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    -{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    -{sysName, "test"}.
    -{sysServices, 72}.
    -{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the +snmpEnableAuthenTraps.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    +{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    +{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    +{sysName, "test"}.
    +{sysServices, 72}.
    +{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the MIB.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (773)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ MIBs are always available in all contexts.

    The ASN.1 code, the Erlang source code, and the generated .hrl files for them are provided in the distribution and are placed in the directories mibs, src, and include, respectively, in the snmp application.

    The .hrl files are generated with snmpc:mib_to_hrl/1. Include these files in -your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at +your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at start-up from a set of configuration files. These are described in Configuration Files.

    @@ -364,9 +364,9 @@

    Notifications are defined in SMIv1 with the TRAP-TYPE macro in the definition of an MIB (see RFC1215). The corresponding macro in SMIv2 is NOTIFICATION-TYPE. When an application decides to send a notification, it calls one of the -following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    -                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    -snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, +following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    +                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    +snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, which defines the notification is loaded and the symbolic name of the notification.

    If the send_notification/3,4 function is used, all management targets are selected, as defined in RFC2273. The Receiver parameter defines where the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (501)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -481,23 +481,23 @@ immediately removed." - SYNTAX INTEGER { + SYNTAX INTEGER { -- the following two values are states: -- these values may be read or written - active(1), - notInService(2), + active(1), + notInService(2), -- the following value is a state: -- this value may be read, but not written - notReady(3), + notReady(3), -- the following three values are -- actions: these values may be written, -- but are never read - createAndGo(4), - createAndWait(5), - destroy(6) - }

    + createAndGo(4), + createAndWait(5), + destroy(6) + }

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (984)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,51 +35,51 @@

    The following configuration parameters are defined for the SNMP application. Refer to application(3) for more information about configuration parameters.

    The snmp part of the config file specifying the configuration parameters is -basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    -        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    -                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    -         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    -                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    -        ]
    +basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    +        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    +                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    +         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    +                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    +        ]
            }
           ].

    Each snmp component has its own set of configuration parameters, even though -some of the types are common to both components.

          snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
    -      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
    -      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +some of the types are common to both components.

            snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
      +      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
      +      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (345)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -3215,8 +3215,8 @@

        Load a single Mib into an agent. The MibName is the name of the Mib, -including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        -          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
        +including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        +          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
        @@ -3332,8 +3332,8 @@

        Load Mibs into an agent. If the agent cannot load all MIBs (the default value of the Force argument is false), it will indicate where loading was aborted. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including the path to where the compiled -mib is found. For example,

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        -          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

        If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even +mib is found. For example,

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        +          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

        If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even after failing to load a previous mib. Use with care.

        @@ -4444,8 +4444,8 @@

        Registers a sub-agent under a sub-tree of another agent.

        It is easy to make mistakes when registering sub-agents and this activity should be done carefully. For example, a strange behaviour would result from the -following configuration:

        snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
        -snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

        SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since +following configuration:

        snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
        +snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

        SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since SA1 does not.

        @@ -4890,20 +4890,20 @@ Addresses and if there are no targets for which an Inform-Request is sent, Addresses is the empty list [].

        The receiver will first be sent the snmp_targets message, and then for each address in Addresses list, one of the two snmp_notification messages.

      • {Mod, Func, Args} - The info will be delivered via the function call:

        Mod:Func([Msg | Args])

        where Msg has the same content and purpose as the messages descrived above.

      Address is a management target address and Addresses is a list of management -target addresses. They are defined as followes:

              Addresses  = [address()]
      -        Address    = address()
      -        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
      -        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
      -        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
      -        TDomain    = tdoamin()
      -        TAddress   = taddress()
      -        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
      +target addresses. They are defined as followes:

              Addresses  = [address()]
      +        Address    = address()
      +        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
      +        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
      +        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
      +        TDomain    = tdoamin()
      +        TAddress   = taddress()
      +        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
                            This is the only supported transport domain.
      -        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
      +        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
                            The 4 first bytes makes up the IP-address and the last 2,
                            the UDP-port number.
      -        V3MsgData  = v3_msg_data()
      -        v3_msg_data() = term()

      If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information + V3MsgData = v3_msg_data() + v3_msg_data() = term()

      If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information about the notification delivery will be delivered to the receiver via the callback functions defined by the snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver behaviour according to the content of the notification_delivery_info/0 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (985)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Synopsis -

      snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

      +
      snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (850)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,41 +40,41 @@ more information).

    • the database directory stores the internal database files.

    The agent and manager uses (application) configuration parameters to find out where these directories are located. The parameters should be defined in an Erlang system configuration file. The following configuration parameters are -defined for the SNMP application:

          agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +defined for the SNMP application:

            agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -451,34 +451,34 @@ configuration parameters. The verbosity itself has several _levels: silence | info | log | debug | trace. For the lowest verbosity silence, nothing is printed. The higher the verbosity, the -more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
        +more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
         ok
        -5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
        +5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
         ok
         6>
         %% Example of output from the agent when a get-next-request arrives:
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
        +   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF MPD LOG:
            v1, community: all-rights
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
        +   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
                                                   62612569,noError,0,
        -                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
        +                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
        +   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
        +   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        -                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
        +   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        +                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
                                      'OCTET STRING',
        -                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
        +                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF INFO: time in agent: 19711 mysec

        Other useful function(s) for debugging the agent are:

        • snmpa:info/0,1 - info is used to retrieve a list of miscellaneous agent information.

        • snmpa:which_aliasnames/0 - /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1644)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ | MIB | +---------------+ | - Association file (associates a MIB object with + Association file (associates a MIB object with | snmp_generic:table_funct - | snmp_generic:variable_func) + | snmp_generic:variable_func) +--------------------------------------+ | snmp_generic | Support for get-next, | | RowStatus operations @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ | snmpa_local_db | Mnesia | Database +--------------+-------+---------------+ | dets | ets | -| (persistent) | | +| (persistent) | | +--------------+-------+

        Each function takes the argument NameDb, which is a tuple {Name, Db}, to identify which database the functions should use. Name is the symbolic name of the managed object as defined in the MIB, and Db is either volatile, @@ -57,41 +57,41 @@ this. Specifically, if variables are stored in Mnesia, the table snmp_variables must be created by the programmer. The record definition for this table is defined in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl.

        If an instrumentation function in the association file for a variable myVar -does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        +does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        Example

        The following example shows an implementation of a table which is stored in -Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
        +Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
         
        -myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
        +myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
         
         %% change row
        -myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        -                               Cols, NameDb) of
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        -      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
        +myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        +                               Cols, NameDb) of
        +    {noError, 0} ->
        +      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        -                               NameDb),
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        +myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        +                               NameDb),
        +    {noError, 0} ->
               % Now the row is updated, tell the application
        -      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
        +      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        +
        myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) -> % pass unchanged + snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1539)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -125,54 +125,54 @@ the default implementation of it. Recall that MIBs imported by "EX1-MIB.mib" must be present and compiled in the current directory ("./STANDARD-MIB.bin","./RFC1213-MIB.bin") when compiling.

        unix> erl -config ./sys
        -1> application:start(snmp).
        +1> application:start(snmp).
         ok
        -2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
        +2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
         No accessfunction for 'friendsTable', using default.
         No accessfunction for 'myName', using default.
        -{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        -3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
        +{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        +3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
         ok

        This MIB is now loaded into the agent, and a manager can ask questions. As an example of this, we start another Erlang system and the simple Erlang manager in -the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
        +the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
          %% making it understand symbolic names: {mibs,["EX1-MIB","STANDARD-MIB"]}]).
        -{ok, <0.89.0>}
        +{ok, <0.89.0>}
         %% a get-next request with one OID.
        -2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = []
        +[myName,0] = []
         %% A set-request (now using symbolic names for convenience)
        -3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
        +3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% Try the same get-next request again
        -4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% ... and we got the new value.
         %% you can event do row operations. How to add a row:
        -5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
        +5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
          %% createAndGo
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -[fStatus,0] = 4
        -6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +[fStatus,0] = 4
        +6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fStatus,0] = 1
        +[fStatus,0] = 1
         9>

        @@ -190,55 +190,55 @@ Code

        -
        -module(ex1).
        --author('dummy@flop.org').
        +
        -module(ex1).
        +-author('dummy@flop.org').
         %% External exports
        --export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
        +-export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
         %% Internal exports
        --export([init/0]).
        --define(status_col, 4).
        --define(active, 1).
        --define(notInService, 2).
        --define(notReady, 3).
        --define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        --define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        --define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        -start() ->
        -    spawn(ex1, init, []).
        +-export([init/0]).
        +-define(status_col, 4).
        +-define(active, 1).
        +-define(notInService, 2).
        +-define(notReady, 3).
        +-define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        +-define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        +-define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        +start() ->
        +    spawn(ex1, init, []).
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for variable myName.
         %% Returns: (get) {value, Name}
         %%          (set) noError
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -my_name(get) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        -    Name = wait_answer(),
        -    {value, Name}.
        -my_name(set, NewName) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
        +my_name(get) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        +    Name = wait_answer(),
        +    {value, Name}.
        +my_name(set, NewName) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
             noError.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for table friendsTable.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
        +        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
             end;
        -friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -       case get_next_row([]) of
        -     {ok, Row} ->
        +       case get_next_row([]) of
        +     {ok, Row} ->
                  % Get next cols from first row.
        -         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        -         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
        +         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        +         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
              _  ->
        -        end_of_table(Cols)
        +        end_of_table(Cols)
                 end
             end;
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        @@ -249,158 +249,158 @@
         %%    *) Otherwise, error (for simplicity).
         %% Otherwise, row is modified; check that row exists.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
             RowExists =
        -   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -        {ok, _Row} -> true;
        +   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +        {ok, _Row} -> true;
                _ -> false
            end,
        -    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        -   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        -                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, _} ->
        -       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
        +    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        +   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        +                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, _} ->
        +       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
            false when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        +        {noError, 0};
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (807))
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
        @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
         actual implementation of the table. The SNMP ordering, that is implementation of
         GET NEXT, is implemented in this module.

        For example, suppose there is an SNMP table, which is best implemented in Erlang as one process per SNMP table row. Suppose further that the INDEX in the SNMP -table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  Pid = start_process(),
        +table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  Pid = start_process(),
           NewSnmpIndex =
        -    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
        +    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
           <...>

        With this structure, we can now map an OBJECT IDENTIFIER in e.g. a GET NEXT -request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
        +request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
           Pid.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1719)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ New / Delete Operations

        -

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        -variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
         table_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        These functions are called for each object in an MIB when the MIB is unloaded or loaded, respectively.

        @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ value 1, and [3, 5] is the list of requested columns. The function should now return the lexicographically next elements:

        [{[3, 1, 2], d}, {[5, 1, 2], f}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,1] and [5,1,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.2.1,
                  myTable.myTableEntry.5.2.1 }

        This is transformed into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [2, 1], [3, 5])

        The function should now return:

        [{[4, 1, 1], b}, endOfTable]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,2,1] and [5,2,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.1.2,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        -my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        +my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
         [{[3, 1, 1], a}]

        In both cases, the first accessible element in the table should be returned. As the key columns are not accessible, this means that the third column is the first row.

        Note

        Normally, the functions described above behave exactly as shown, but they are @@ -128,17 +128,17 @@ variables for a device, ipAdr and name with object identifiers 1.1.23.4 and 1.1.7 respectively. To access these variables, one could implement the two Erlang functions ip_access and name_access, which will be in the MIB. The -functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
        +functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
         % Or using the oid syntax for 'name'
        -{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent +{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent receives a get-request for the ipAdr variable, a call will be made to ip_access(get). The value returned by this function is the answer to the get-request.

        If ip_access and name_access are implemented similarly, we could write a -generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
        +generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
         % The mnemonic 'name' is more convenient than 1.1.7
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to -generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to +generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1067)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ every transport.

      • engine_id - The SnmpEngineID as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

      • max_message_size - The snmpEngineMaxMessageSize as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The legacy and intermediate variables address and domain are still supported -so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    -                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    -{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    -{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific +so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    +                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    +{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    +{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific structure. See RFC 2271/2571 for details.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (774)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ association file, it gives a warning message and uses default instrumentation functions. (See Default Instrumentation for more details).

    The MIB compiler is started with a call to snmpc:compile(<mibname>). For -example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the +example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the MODULE-IDENTITY statement to determinate if the MIB is written in SMI version 1 or 2.

    @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ compiled file and not the ASN.1 (source) file. A MIB must be recompiled to make changes visible to other MIBs importing it.

    The compiled files of the imported MIBs must be present in the current directory, or a directory in the current path. The path is supplied with the -{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" -like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP +{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" +like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP system and uses the expanded paths as include paths.

    Note that an SMIv2 MIB can import an SMIv1 MIB and vice versa.

    The following MIBs are built-ins of the Erlang SNMP compiler: SNMPv2-SMI, RFC-1215, RFC-1212, SNMPv2-TC, SNMPv2-CONF, and RFC1155-SMI. They cannot therefore be compiled separately.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1951)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -1887,8 +1887,8 @@

    Load a Mib into the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3467,8 +3467,8 @@

    Unload a Mib from the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (395)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ Erlang record representations and vice versa. The record definitions can be found in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl. If snmpv3 is used, the module that includes snmp_types.hrl must define the constant SNMP_USE_V3 before the -header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    --include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if +header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    +-include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if process.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (382)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -3222,8 +3222,8 @@

    Utility function(s) to produce a formatted printout of the versions info -generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    -           snmp:print_versions(V).
    +generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    +           snmp:print_versions(V).
    @@ -3421,17 +3421,17 @@

    This function is used to set up trace on function(s) for the given module or modules.

    The example below sets up trace on the exported functions (default) of module snmp_generic and all functions of module snmp_generic_mnesia. With return -values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    -	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    -                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
    +values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    +	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    +                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
    +          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -	  snmp:disable_trace(),
    +
    snmp:disable_trace(),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (394)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.121163058 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.122163064 +0000 @@ -3343,8 +3343,8 @@

    Utility function(s) to produce a formatted printout of the versions info -generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    -           snmp:print_versions(V).
    +generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    +           snmp:print_versions(V).
    @@ -3542,17 +3542,17 @@

    This function is used to set up trace on function(s) for the given module or modules.

    The example below sets up trace on the exported functions (default) of module snmp_generic and all functions of module snmp_generic_mnesia. With return -values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    -	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    -                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
    +values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    +	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    +                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
    +          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -	  snmp:disable_trace(),
    +
    snmp:disable_trace(),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (878)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.146163206 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.146163206 +0000 @@ -329,16 +329,16 @@ empName DisplayString, empTelNo DisplayString, empStatus RowStatus - }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two + }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two elements. Therefore, the arity of the table is 3.

    Instrumentation Functions

    -

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify +

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify rows. Also, you can use the ordinary Mnesia API to access the table from your programs. The only explicit action is to create the Mnesia table, an action the user has to perform in order to create the required table schemas.

    @@ -350,11 +350,11 @@

    It is often necessary to take some specific action when a table is modified. This is accomplished with an instrumentation function. It executes some specific code when the table is set, and passes all other requests down to the -pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. +pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. Refer to the Reference Manual, section SNMP, module snmp_generic for details.

    @@ -367,28 +367,28 @@ that the agent does not know about. This situation is handled by adding values for the internal columns in the set function.

    To illustrate this, suppose we extend our Mnesia empTable with one internal column. We create it as before, but with an arity of 4, by adding another -attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which +attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which creates a row, we must give a value to the internal column. The instrumentation -functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    --define(createAndWait, 5).
    +functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    +-define(createAndWait, 5).
     
    -emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
       NewCols =
    -    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    -      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
    +    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    +      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
           false -> Cols                      % keep original cols
       end,
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
     
    -is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    -  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    -    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    -    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
    +is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    +  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    +    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    +    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
         _ -> false
       end.

    If a row is created, we always set the internal column to "internal".

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1549)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.166163324 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.166163324 +0000 @@ -150,19 +150,19 @@

    The agent information should be stored in a file called agent.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {AgentVariable, Value}.

    • AgentVariable is one of the variables in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB or one of the internal variables intAgentUDPPort, which defines which UDP port the agent listens to, or intAgentTransports, which defines the transport domains and -addresses of the agent.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    -{intAgentTransports,
    - [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    -{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    -{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    -      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    -      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    -      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling +addresses of the agent.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    +{intAgentTransports,
    + [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    +{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    +{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    +      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    +      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    +      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling both requests and traps) for a transport domain, its not possible to also specify a transport (for that domain) with a specific Kind. This is for -example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be +example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be configured.

    PortInfo system is used to indicate that the 'system' should choose (the way port number '0' (zero) is normally used). Port info '0' (zero) cannot be used for this, since it is (internally) used to represent the 'default' port number.

    In the traditional transport entries, when the Addr value does not contain a @@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ System Information

    The system information should be stored in a file called standard.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {SystemVariable, Value}.

    • SystemVariable is one of the variables in the system group, or -snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    -{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    -{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    -{sysName, "test"}.
    -{sysServices, 72}.
    -{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the +snmpEnableAuthenTraps.

  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    +{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    +{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    +{sysName, "test"}.
    +{sysServices, 72}.
    +{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the MIB.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (773)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.189163460 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.189163460 +0000 @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ MIBs are always available in all contexts.

    The ASN.1 code, the Erlang source code, and the generated .hrl files for them are provided in the distribution and are placed in the directories mibs, src, and include, respectively, in the snmp application.

    The .hrl files are generated with snmpc:mib_to_hrl/1. Include these files in -your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at +your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at start-up from a set of configuration files. These are described in Configuration Files.

    @@ -469,9 +469,9 @@

    Notifications are defined in SMIv1 with the TRAP-TYPE macro in the definition of an MIB (see RFC1215). The corresponding macro in SMIv2 is NOTIFICATION-TYPE. When an application decides to send a notification, it calls one of the -following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    -                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    -snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, +following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    +                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    +snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, which defines the notification is loaded and the symbolic name of the notification.

    If the send_notification/3,4 function is used, all management targets are selected, as defined in RFC2273. The Receiver parameter defines where the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (984)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.213163602 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.214163608 +0000 @@ -140,51 +140,51 @@

    The following configuration parameters are defined for the SNMP application. Refer to application(3) for more information about configuration parameters.

    The snmp part of the config file specifying the configuration parameters is -basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    -        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    -                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    -         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    -                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    -        ]
    +basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    +        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    +                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    +         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    +                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    +        ]
            }
           ].

    Each snmp component has its own set of configuration parameters, even though -some of the types are common to both components.

          snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
    -      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
    -      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +some of the types are common to both components.

            snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
      +      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
      +      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (501)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.231163709 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.232163715 +0000 @@ -586,23 +586,23 @@ immediately removed." - SYNTAX INTEGER { + SYNTAX INTEGER { -- the following two values are states: -- these values may be read or written - active(1), - notInService(2), + active(1), + notInService(2), -- the following value is a state: -- this value may be read, but not written - notReady(3), + notReady(3), -- the following three values are -- actions: these values may be written, -- but are never read - createAndGo(4), - createAndWait(5), - destroy(6) - }

    + createAndGo(4), + createAndWait(5), + destroy(6) + }
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (850)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.263163898 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_config.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.264163904 +0000 @@ -145,41 +145,41 @@ more information).
  • the database directory stores the internal database files.
  • The agent and manager uses (application) configuration parameters to find out where these directories are located. The parameters should be defined in an Erlang system configuration file. The following configuration parameters are -defined for the SNMP application:

          agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +defined for the SNMP application:

            agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -556,34 +556,34 @@ configuration parameters. The verbosity itself has several _levels: silence | info | log | debug | trace. For the lowest verbosity silence, nothing is printed. The higher the verbosity, the -more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
        +more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
         ok
        -5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
        +5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
         ok
         6>
         %% Example of output from the agent when a get-next-request arrives:
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
        +   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF MPD LOG:
            v1, community: all-rights
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
        +   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
                                                   62612569,noError,0,
        -                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
        +                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
        +   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
        +   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        -                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
        +   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        +                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
                                      'OCTET STRING',
        -                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
        +                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF INFO: time in agent: 19711 mysec

        Other useful function(s) for debugging the agent are:

        • snmpa:info/0,1 - info is used to retrieve a list of miscellaneous agent information.

        • snmpa:which_aliasnames/0 - /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1644)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.290164058 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.291164063 +0000 @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ | MIB | +---------------+ | - Association file (associates a MIB object with + Association file (associates a MIB object with | snmp_generic:table_funct - | snmp_generic:variable_func) + | snmp_generic:variable_func) +--------------------------------------+ | snmp_generic | Support for get-next, | | RowStatus operations @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ | snmpa_local_db | Mnesia | Database +--------------+-------+---------------+ | dets | ets | -| (persistent) | | +| (persistent) | | +--------------+-------+

        Each function takes the argument NameDb, which is a tuple {Name, Db}, to identify which database the functions should use. Name is the symbolic name of the managed object as defined in the MIB, and Db is either volatile, @@ -162,41 +162,41 @@ this. Specifically, if variables are stored in Mnesia, the table snmp_variables must be created by the programmer. The record definition for this table is defined in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl.

        If an instrumentation function in the association file for a variable myVar -does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        +does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        Example

        The following example shows an implementation of a table which is stored in -Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
        +Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
         
        -myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
        +myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
         
         %% change row
        -myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        -                               Cols, NameDb) of
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        -      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
        +myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        +                               Cols, NameDb) of
        +    {noError, 0} ->
        +      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        -                               NameDb),
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        +myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        +                               NameDb),
        +    {noError, 0} ->
               % Now the row is updated, tell the application
        -      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
        +      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        +
        myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) -> % pass unchanged + snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1539)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.315164206 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.315164206 +0000 @@ -230,54 +230,54 @@ the default implementation of it. Recall that MIBs imported by "EX1-MIB.mib" must be present and compiled in the current directory ("./STANDARD-MIB.bin","./RFC1213-MIB.bin") when compiling.

    unix> erl -config ./sys
    -1> application:start(snmp).
    +1> application:start(snmp).
     ok
    -2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
    +2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
     No accessfunction for 'friendsTable', using default.
     No accessfunction for 'myName', using default.
    -{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
    -3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
    +{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
    +3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
     ok

    This MIB is now loaded into the agent, and a manager can ask questions. As an example of this, we start another Erlang system and the simple Erlang manager in -the toolkit:

    1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
    +the toolkit:

    1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
      %% making it understand symbolic names: {mibs,["EX1-MIB","STANDARD-MIB"]}]).
    -{ok, <0.89.0>}
    +{ok, <0.89.0>}
     %% a get-next request with one OID.
    -2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
    +2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
     ok
     * Got PDU:
    -[myName,0] = []
    +[myName,0] = []
     %% A set-request (now using symbolic names for convenience)
    -3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
    +3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
     ok
     * Got PDU:
    -[myName,0] = "Martin"
    +[myName,0] = "Martin"
     %% Try the same get-next request again
    -4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
    +4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
     ok
     * Got PDU:
    -[myName,0] = "Martin"
    +[myName,0] = "Martin"
     %% ... and we got the new value.
     %% you can event do row operations. How to add a row:
    -5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
    +5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
      %% createAndGo
     ok
     * Got PDU:
    -[fName,0] = "Martin"
    -[fAddress,0] = "home"
    -[fStatus,0] = 4
    -6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
    +[fName,0] = "Martin"
    +[fAddress,0] = "home"
    +[fStatus,0] = 4
    +6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
     ok
     * Got PDU:
    -[fName,0] = "Martin"
    -7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
    +[fName,0] = "Martin"
    +7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
     ok
     * Got PDU:
    -[fAddress,0] = "home"
    -8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
    +[fAddress,0] = "home"
    +8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
     ok
     * Got PDU:
    -[fStatus,0] = 1
    +[fStatus,0] = 1
     9>

    @@ -295,55 +295,55 @@ Code

    -
    -module(ex1).
    --author('dummy@flop.org').
    +
    -module(ex1).
    +-author('dummy@flop.org').
     %% External exports
    --export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
    +-export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
     %% Internal exports
    --export([init/0]).
    --define(status_col, 4).
    --define(active, 1).
    --define(notInService, 2).
    --define(notReady, 3).
    --define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
    --define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
    --define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
    -start() ->
    -    spawn(ex1, init, []).
    +-export([init/0]).
    +-define(status_col, 4).
    +-define(active, 1).
    +-define(notInService, 2).
    +-define(notReady, 3).
    +-define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
    +-define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
    +-define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
    +start() ->
    +    spawn(ex1, init, []).
     %%----------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Instrumentation function for variable myName.
     %% Returns: (get) {value, Name}
     %%          (set) noError
     %%----------------------------------------------------------------
    -my_name(get) ->
    -    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
    -    Name = wait_answer(),
    -    {value, Name}.
    -my_name(set, NewName) ->
    -    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
    +my_name(get) ->
    +    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
    +    Name = wait_answer(),
    +    {value, Name}.
    +my_name(set, NewName) ->
    +    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
         noError.
     %%----------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Instrumentation function for table friendsTable.
     %%----------------------------------------------------------------
    -friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    case get_row(RowIndex) of
    -   {ok, Row} ->
    -        get_cols(Cols, Row);
    +friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    case get_row(RowIndex) of
    +   {ok, Row} ->
    +        get_cols(Cols, Row);
        _  ->
    -        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
    +        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
         end;
    -friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
    -   {ok, Row} ->
    -        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
    +friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
    +   {ok, Row} ->
    +        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
        _  ->
    -       case get_next_row([]) of
    -     {ok, Row} ->
    +       case get_next_row([]) of
    +     {ok, Row} ->
              % Get next cols from first row.
    -         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
    -         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
    +         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
    +         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
          _  ->
    -        end_of_table(Cols)
    +        end_of_table(Cols)
             end
         end;
     %%----------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -354,158 +354,158 @@
     %%    *) Otherwise, error (for simplicity).
     %% Otherwise, row is modified; check that row exists.
     %%----------------------------------------------------------------
    -friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
         RowExists =
    -   case get_row(RowIndex) of
    -        {ok, _Row} -> true;
    +   case get_row(RowIndex) of
    +        {ok, _Row} -> true;
            _ -> false
        end,
    -    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
    -   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
    -        {noError, 0};
    -   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
    -                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
    -        {noError, 0};
    -   {true, _} ->
    -       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
    +    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
    +   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
    +        {noError, 0};
    +   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
    +                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
    +        {noError, 0};
    +   {true, _} ->
    +       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
        false when RowExists == true ->
    -        {noError, 0};
    +        {noError, 0};
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (807))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.338164342 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_index.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.339164347 +0000
    @@ -135,13 +135,13 @@
     actual implementation of the table. The SNMP ordering, that is implementation of
     GET NEXT, is implemented in this module.

    For example, suppose there is an SNMP table, which is best implemented in Erlang as one process per SNMP table row. Suppose further that the INDEX in the SNMP -table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

    snmp_index:new(string)

    For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

    new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
    -  Pid = start_process(),
    +table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

    snmp_index:new(string)

    For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

    new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
    +  Pid = start_process(),
       NewSnmpIndex =
    -    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
    +    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
       <...>

    With this structure, we can now map an OBJECT IDENTIFIER in e.g. a GET NEXT -request, to the correct process:

    get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
    -  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
    +request, to the correct process:

    get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
    +  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
       Pid.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1719)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.361164478 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.363164489 +0000 @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ New / Delete Operations

    -

    For scalar variables:

    variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
    -variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

    For tables:

    table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
    +

    For scalar variables:

    variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
    +variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

    For tables:

    table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
     table_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

    These functions are called for each object in an MIB when the MIB is unloaded or loaded, respectively.

    @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ value 1, and [3, 5] is the list of requested columns. The function should now return the lexicographically next elements:

    [{[3, 1, 2], d}, {[5, 1, 2], f}]

    This is illustrated in the following table:

    GetNext from [3,1,1] and [5,1,1].

    The manager now issues the following getNext request:

    getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.2.1,
              myTable.myTableEntry.5.2.1 }

    This is transformed into one call to my_table:

    my_table(get_next, [2, 1], [3, 5])

    The function should now return:

    [{[4, 1, 1], b}, endOfTable]

    This is illustrated in the following table:

    GetNext from [3,2,1] and [5,2,1].

    The manager now issues the following getNext request:

    getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.1.2,
    -         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

    This will be transform into one call to my_table:

    my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

    The function should now return:

    [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

    This is illustrated in the following table:

    GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

    The manager now issues the following getNext request:

    getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
    -         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

    This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

    my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
    -my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

    The function should now return:

    [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
    +         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

    This will be transform into one call to my_table:

    my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

    The function should now return:

    [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

    This is illustrated in the following table:

    GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

    The manager now issues the following getNext request:

    getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
    +         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

    This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

    my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
    +my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

    The function should now return:

    [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
     [{[3, 1, 1], a}]

    In both cases, the first accessible element in the table should be returned. As the key columns are not accessible, this means that the third column is the first row.

    Note

    Normally, the functions described above behave exactly as shown, but they are @@ -233,17 +233,17 @@ variables for a device, ipAdr and name with object identifiers 1.1.23.4 and 1.1.7 respectively. To access these variables, one could implement the two Erlang functions ip_access and name_access, which will be in the MIB. The -functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

    {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
    +functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

    {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
     % Or using the oid syntax for 'name'
    -{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

    The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent +{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

    The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent receives a get-request for the ipAdr variable, a call will be made to ip_access(get). The value returned by this function is the answer to the get-request.

    If ip_access and name_access are implemented similarly, we could write a -generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

    {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
    +generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

    {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
     % The mnemonic 'name' is more convenient than 1.1.7
    -{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

    When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to -generic_access(get,'IPADR').

    Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

    {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
    -{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

    +{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

    When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to +generic_access(get,'IPADR').

    Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

    {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
    +{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1067)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.382164602 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.383164607 +0000 @@ -149,10 +149,10 @@ every transport.

  • engine_id - The SnmpEngineID as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

  • max_message_size - The snmpEngineMaxMessageSize as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

  • Value is the value for the variable.

  • The legacy and intermediate variables address and domain are still supported -so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    -                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    -{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    -{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific +so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    +                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    +{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    +{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific structure. See RFC 2271/2571 for details.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (774)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.398164696 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.399164702 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ association file, it gives a warning message and uses default instrumentation functions. (See Default Instrumentation for more details).

    The MIB compiler is started with a call to snmpc:compile(<mibname>). For -example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the +example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the MODULE-IDENTITY statement to determinate if the MIB is written in SMI version 1 or 2.

    @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ compiled file and not the ASN.1 (source) file. A MIB must be recompiled to make changes visible to other MIBs importing it.

    The compiled files of the imported MIBs must be present in the current directory, or a directory in the current path. The path is supplied with the -{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" -like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP +{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" +like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP system and uses the expanded paths as include paths.

    Note that an SMIv2 MIB can import an SMIv1 MIB and vice versa.

    The following MIBs are built-ins of the Erlang SNMP compiler: SNMPv2-SMI, RFC-1215, RFC-1212, SNMPv2-TC, SNMPv2-CONF, and RFC1155-SMI. They cannot therefore be compiled separately.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (395)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.417164809 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.418164815 +0000 @@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ Erlang record representations and vice versa. The record definitions can be found in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl. If snmpv3 is used, the module that includes snmp_types.hrl must define the constant SNMP_USE_V3 before the -header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    --include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if +header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    +-include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if process.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (349)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.478165170 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpa.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.480165181 +0000 @@ -3336,8 +3336,8 @@

    Load a single Mib into an agent. The MibName is the name of the Mib, -including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3453,8 +3453,8 @@

    Load Mibs into an agent. If the agent cannot load all MIBs (the default value of the Force argument is false), it will indicate where loading was aborted. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including the path to where the compiled -mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

    If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even +mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

    If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even after failing to load a previous mib. Use with care.

    @@ -4565,8 +4565,8 @@

    Registers a sub-agent under a sub-tree of another agent.

    It is easy to make mistakes when registering sub-agents and this activity should be done carefully. For example, a strange behaviour would result from the -following configuration:

    snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
    -snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

    SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since +following configuration:

    snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
    +snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

    SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since SA1 does not.

    @@ -5011,20 +5011,20 @@ Addresses and if there are no targets for which an Inform-Request is sent, Addresses is the empty list [].

    The receiver will first be sent the snmp_targets message, and then for each address in Addresses list, one of the two snmp_notification messages.

  • {Mod, Func, Args} - The info will be delivered via the function call:

    Mod:Func([Msg | Args])

    where Msg has the same content and purpose as the messages descrived above.

  • Address is a management target address and Addresses is a list of management -target addresses. They are defined as followes:

            Addresses  = [address()]
    -        Address    = address()
    -        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
    -        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
    -        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
    -        TDomain    = tdoamin()
    -        TAddress   = taddress()
    -        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
    +target addresses. They are defined as followes:

            Addresses  = [address()]
    +        Address    = address()
    +        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
    +        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
    +        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
    +        TDomain    = tdoamin()
    +        TAddress   = taddress()
    +        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
                          This is the only supported transport domain.
    -        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
    +        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
                          The 4 first bytes makes up the IP-address and the last 2,
                          the UDP-port number.
    -        V3MsgData  = v3_msg_data()
    -        v3_msg_data() = term()

    If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information + V3MsgData = v3_msg_data() + v3_msg_data() = term()

    If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information about the notification delivery will be delivered to the receiver via the callback functions defined by the snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver behaviour according to the content of the notification_delivery_info/0 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (985)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.502165311 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.500165299 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

    +
    snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1936)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.546165572 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/snmp-5.17/doc/html/snmpm.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.549165590 +0000 @@ -2008,8 +2008,8 @@

    Load a Mib into the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3588,8 +3588,8 @@

    Unload a Mib from the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configurations.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1406)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configurations.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.573165731 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configurations.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.574165737 +0000 @@ -142,23 +142,23 @@ Options configuration

    There are from OTP-23.0 two main ways to set an option:

    • Like before, in the Options parameter in the Erlang code in a call to for -example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

      ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
    • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

      • In the erl command line:

        erl -ssh user \"foo\"
      • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

        {application, ssh,
        - [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
        -  {vsn, "4.9"},
        -  {modules, [ssh,
        +example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

        ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
      • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

        • In the erl command line:

          erl -ssh user \"foo\"
        • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

          {application, ssh,
          + [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
          +  {vsn, "4.9"},
          +  {modules, [ssh,
                   ...
          -         ssh_xfer]},
          -  {registered, []},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]},
          -  {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE
          -  {mod, {ssh_app, []}},
          -       ...
        • In a .config file:

          erl -config ex1

          where ex1.config contains:

          [
          -{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
          -].

        If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in -this way:

        [
        -{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
        -       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
        -].

        A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name + ssh_xfer]}, + {registered, []}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]}, + {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE + {mod, {ssh_app, []}}, + ...

  • In a .config file:

    erl -config ex1

    where ex1.config contains:

    [
    +{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
    +].
  • If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in +this way:

    [
    +{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
    +       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
    +].

    A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name bar.

    @@ -229,17 +229,17 @@ 'hmac-sha1']}]}, {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that the algorithms in the file ex2.config is not yet applied. They will -be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
    +be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    - {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]
    +3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    + {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    +       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    +               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]
     4>

    We see that the algorithm set is changed to the one in the ex2.config. Since compression is not specified in the file, the hard-coded default is still used for that entry.

    Establishing a connection (ssh:connect et al) or starting a daemon (ssh:daemon)

    Both when the client establishes a connection with ssh:connect or other @@ -252,65 +252,65 @@ modify_algorithms on all levels in order starting with level 0 are applied.

    We continue the example above by connecting to a server and modifying the kex algorithm set. We remove the only one ('ecdh-sha2-nistp384') and add -'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{modify_algorithms,
    -                                 [{rm,
    -                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    -				  },
    -                                  {append,
    -			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    -				  }
    -				 ]
    -	                 }
    -                        ]).
    -{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note -that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    -             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the +'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{modify_algorithms,
    +                                 [{rm,
    +                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    +				  },
    +                                  {append,
    +			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    +				  }
    +				 ]
    +	                 }
    +                        ]).
    +{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note +that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    +             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the modify_algorithms on a lower level is applied to a preferred_algorithms on a higher level. We will do that by enabling the ssh-dss algorithm that is supported, -but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    - {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    -         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    -        }]}
    -].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the -public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    -['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    + {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    +         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    +        }]}
    +].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the +public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    +['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
      'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-ed25519','ssh-ed448',
    - 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    -2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
    + 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    +2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    -			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    -		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    -			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    -			  {compression, [none]}
    -			  ]}
    -			 ]).
    -{ok,<0.101.0>}
    -4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    -             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
    +3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    +			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    +		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    +			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    +			  {compression, [none]}
    +			  ]}
    +			 ]).
    +{ok,<0.101.0>}
    +4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    +             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
     5>

    But 'ssh-dss' is selected although the call inserted only 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256' as acceptable.

    This example showed that we could augment the set of algorithms with a config-file without the need to change the actual call.

    For demonstration purposes we used prepend instead of append. This forces /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (722)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.601165897 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/configure_algos.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.602165903 +0000 @@ -172,29 +172,29 @@ supported by the:

    • crypto app,
    • The cryptolib OTP is linked with, usually the one the OS uses, probably OpenSSL,
    • and finally what the SSH app implements

    Due to this, it impossible to list in documentation what algorithms that are available in a certain installation.

    There is an important command to list the actual algorithms and their ordering: -ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in ssh:connect/2,3,4 and ssh:daemon/2,3. The options could of course be used in all other functions that initiates connections.

    The options are @@ -217,28 +217,28 @@ Example 1

    Replace the kex algorithms list with the single algorithm -'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and compression) are unchanged.

    @@ -246,30 +246,30 @@ Example 2

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value + 'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']}, + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}, + {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value ('aes128-ctr').

    @@ -277,56 +277,56 @@ Example 3

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Example 4

    -

    It is of course possible to change more than one list:

    4> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/hardening.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1015))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/hardening.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.621166015 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/hardening.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.621166015 +0000
    @@ -228,16 +228,16 @@
     could be replaced with a pwdfun plugin. The arity
     four variant (pwdfun_4()) can also be used for
     introducing delays after failed password checking attempts. Here is a simple
    -example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    -        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
    +example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    +        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
                 true ->
    -                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
    +                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
                 false when State == undefined ->
    -                timer:sleep(1000),
    -                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    -            false when is_integer(State) ->
    -                timer:sleep(State),
    -                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
    +                timer:sleep(1000),
    +                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    +            false when is_integer(State) ->
    +                timer:sleep(State),
    +                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
             end
     end.

    If a public key is used for logging in, there is normally no checking of the user name. It could be enabled by setting the option @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ exploiting known faults or peculiarities learned by reading the public code.

    Each SSH client or daemon presents themselves to each other with brand and version. This may look like

    SSH-2.0-Erlang/4.10

    or

    SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.6p1 Ubuntu-4ubuntu0.3

    This brand and version may be changed with the option id_string. We start a daemon with that -option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each +option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each connection attempt. See the reference manual for id_string.

    @@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ Root Directory Isolation

    The root option restricts SFTP users to a -specific directory tree, preventing access to files outside that directory.

    Example:

    ssh:daemon(Port, [
    -    {subsystems, [ssh_sftpd:subsystem_spec([{root, "/home/sftpuser"}])]},
    +specific directory tree, preventing access to files outside that directory.

    Example:

    ssh:daemon(Port, [
    +    {subsystems, [ssh_sftpd:subsystem_spec([{root, "/home/sftpuser"}])]},
         ...
    -]).

    Important: The root option is configured per daemon, not per user. All +]).

    Important: The root option is configured per daemon, not per user. All users connecting to the same daemon share the same root directory. For per-user isolation, consider running separate daemon instances on different ports or using OS-level mechanisms (PAM chroot, containers, file permissions).

    Defense-in-depth: For high-security deployments, combine the root option /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1397)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,23 +37,23 @@ Options configuration

    There are from OTP-23.0 two main ways to set an option:

    • Like before, in the Options parameter in the Erlang code in a call to for -example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

      ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
    • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

      • In the erl command line:

        erl -ssh user \"foo\"
      • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

        {application, ssh,
        - [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
        -  {vsn, "4.9"},
        -  {modules, [ssh,
        +example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

        ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
      • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

        • In the erl command line:

          erl -ssh user \"foo\"
        • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

          {application, ssh,
          + [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
          +  {vsn, "4.9"},
          +  {modules, [ssh,
                   ...
          -         ssh_xfer]},
          -  {registered, []},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]},
          -  {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE
          -  {mod, {ssh_app, []}},
          -       ...
        • In a .config file:

          erl -config ex1

          where ex1.config contains:

          [
          -{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
          -].

        If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in -this way:

        [
        -{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
        -       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
        -].

        A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name + ssh_xfer]}, + {registered, []}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]}, + {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE + {mod, {ssh_app, []}}, + ...

  • In a .config file:

    erl -config ex1

    where ex1.config contains:

    [
    +{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
    +].
  • If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in +this way:

    [
    +{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
    +       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
    +].

    A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name bar.

    @@ -124,17 +124,17 @@ 'hmac-sha1']}]}, {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that the algorithms in the file ex2.config is not yet applied. They will -be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
    +be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    - {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]
    +3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    + {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    +       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    +               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]
     4>

    We see that the algorithm set is changed to the one in the ex2.config. Since compression is not specified in the file, the hard-coded default is still used for that entry.

    Establishing a connection (ssh:connect et al) or starting a daemon (ssh:daemon)

    Both when the client establishes a connection with ssh:connect or other @@ -147,65 +147,65 @@ modify_algorithms on all levels in order starting with level 0 are applied.

    We continue the example above by connecting to a server and modifying the kex algorithm set. We remove the only one ('ecdh-sha2-nistp384') and add -'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{modify_algorithms,
    -                                 [{rm,
    -                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    -				  },
    -                                  {append,
    -			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    -				  }
    -				 ]
    -	                 }
    -                        ]).
    -{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note -that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    -             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the +'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{modify_algorithms,
    +                                 [{rm,
    +                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    +				  },
    +                                  {append,
    +			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    +				  }
    +				 ]
    +	                 }
    +                        ]).
    +{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note +that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    +             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the modify_algorithms on a lower level is applied to a preferred_algorithms on a higher level. We will do that by enabling the ssh-dss algorithm that is supported, -but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    - {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    -         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    -        }]}
    -].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the -public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    -['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    + {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    +         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    +        }]}
    +].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the +public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    +['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
      'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-ed25519','ssh-ed448',
    - 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    -2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
    + 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    +2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    -			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    -		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    -			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    -			  {compression, [none]}
    -			  ]}
    -			 ]).
    -{ok,<0.101.0>}
    -4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    -             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
    +3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    +			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    +		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    +			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    +			  {compression, [none]}
    +			  ]}
    +			 ]).
    +{ok,<0.101.0>}
    +4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    +             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
     5>

    But 'ssh-dss' is selected although the call inserted only 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256' as acceptable.

    This example showed that we could augment the set of algorithms with a config-file without the need to change the actual call.

    For demonstration purposes we used prepend instead of append. This forces /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (722)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -67,29 +67,29 @@ supported by the:

    • crypto app,
    • The cryptolib OTP is linked with, usually the one the OS uses, probably OpenSSL,
    • and finally what the SSH app implements

    Due to this, it impossible to list in documentation what algorithms that are available in a certain installation.

    There is an important command to list the actual algorithms and their ordering: -ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in ssh:connect/2,3,4 and ssh:daemon/2,3. The options could of course be used in all other functions that initiates connections.

    The options are @@ -112,28 +112,28 @@ Example 1

    Replace the kex algorithms list with the single algorithm -'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and compression) are unchanged.

    @@ -141,30 +141,30 @@ Example 2

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value + 'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']}, + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}, + {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value ('aes128-ctr').

    @@ -172,56 +172,56 @@ Example 3

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com']}]}]

    Example 4

    -

    It is of course possible to change more than one list:

    4> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         ssh - 5.2.11.4
    -    urn:uuid:7235df72-5e08-a047-1477-40f0118056b7
    +    urn:uuid:69844840-a3a2-a8a9-b8c1-d0e548796358
         en
     
    -    2026-10-15T00:52:26Z
    +    2042-11-16T14:10:20Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1015))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml	2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000
    @@ -123,16 +123,16 @@
     could be replaced with a pwdfun plugin. The arity
     four variant (pwdfun_4()) can also be used for
     introducing delays after failed password checking attempts. Here is a simple
    -example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    -        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
    +example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    +        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
                 true ->
    -                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
    +                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
                 false when State == undefined ->
    -                timer:sleep(1000),
    -                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    -            false when is_integer(State) ->
    -                timer:sleep(State),
    -                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
    +                timer:sleep(1000),
    +                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    +            false when is_integer(State) ->
    +                timer:sleep(State),
    +                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
             end
     end.

    If a public key is used for logging in, there is normally no checking of the user name. It could be enabled by setting the option @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ exploiting known faults or peculiarities learned by reading the public code.

    Each SSH client or daemon presents themselves to each other with brand and version. This may look like

    SSH-2.0-Erlang/4.10

    or

    SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.6p1 Ubuntu-4ubuntu0.3

    This brand and version may be changed with the option id_string. We start a daemon with that -option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each +option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each connection attempt. See the reference manual for id_string.

    @@ -226,10 +226,10 @@ Root Directory Isolation

    The root option restricts SFTP users to a -specific directory tree, preventing access to files outside that directory.

    Example:

    ssh:daemon(Port, [
    -    {subsystems, [ssh_sftpd:subsystem_spec([{root, "/home/sftpuser"}])]},
    +specific directory tree, preventing access to files outside that directory.

    Example:

    ssh:daemon(Port, [
    +    {subsystems, [ssh_sftpd:subsystem_spec([{root, "/home/sftpuser"}])]},
         ...
    -]).

    Important: The root option is configured per daemon, not per user. All +]).

    Important: The root option is configured per daemon, not per user. All users connecting to the same daemon share the same root directory. For per-user isolation, consider running separate daemon instances on different ports or using OS-level mechanisms (PAM chroot, containers, file permissions).

    Defense-in-depth: For high-security deployments, combine the root option /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (933)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ authentication.

    Ssh_agent implements the ssh_client_key_api, to allow it to be used by setting the option key_cb when starting a client (with for example ssh:connect, -ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, +ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, the socket path will be fetched from the SSH_AUTH_SOCK environment variable, which is the default socket path in the agent implementation of OpenSSH.

    In order to set a different socket path the socket_path -option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be +option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be called from the user's code!

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (471)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -3363,14 +3363,14 @@

    List of algorithms to use in the algorithm negotiation. The default algs_list/0 can be obtained from default_algorithms/0.

    If an alg_entry() is missing in the algs_list(), the default value is used for -that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    -	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    -	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    -	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    -	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    -	  ]
    -	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server +that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    +	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    +	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    +	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    +	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    +	  ]
    +	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server and server2client), for cipher but specifies the same algorithms for mac and compression in both directions. The kex (key exchange) is implicit but public_key is set explicitly.

    For background and more examples see the @@ -5198,21 +5198,21 @@

    hostkey_fingerprint([DigestType], HostKey) -> [string()]hostkey_fingerprint(DigestType, HostKey) -> string()

    Calculates a ssh fingerprint from a public host key as openssh does.

    The algorithm in hostkey_fingerprint/1 is md5 to be compatible with older ssh-keygen commands. The string from the second variant is -prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
    +prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
      "f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
    + 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
      "MD5:f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
    + 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
      "SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY"
     
    - 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
    + 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
      "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"
     
    - 6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key).
    - ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY",
    -  "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    +
    6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key). + ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY", + "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (956)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ Using the Erlang ssh Terminal Client

    The user otptest, which has bash as default shell, uses the ssh:shell/1 -client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
    +client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
    +2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> pwd
     /home/otptest
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> exit
    @@ -56,11 +56,11 @@
     [...]
     $bash> ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa
     [...]

    Step 2. Create the file /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/authorized_keys and add the -content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
    +content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    -{ok,<0.54.0>}
    +2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    +                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    +{ok,<0.54.0>}
     3>

    Step 4. Use the OpenSSH client from a shell to connect to the Erlang ssh daemon:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989  -i /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa \
                       -o UserKnownHostsFile=/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/known_hosts
    @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@
     Eshell V5.10  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    There are two ways of shutting down an ssh daemon, see Step 5a and Step 5b.

    Step 5a. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener but -leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
    +leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    Step 5b. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener and -all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
    +all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    @@ -90,35 +90,35 @@

    In the following example, the Erlang shell is the client process that receives the channel replies as Erlang messages.

    Do an one-time execution of a remote OS command ("pwd") over ssh to the ssh -server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
    +server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    -{ok,<0.57.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    -5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    +{ok,<0.57.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    +5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
    -6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    -{channels,[]}
    +6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    +{channels,[]}
     7>

    See ssh_connection and ssh_connection:exec/4 for finding documentation of the channel messages.

    To collect the channel messages in a program, use receive...end instead of flush/1:

    5> receive
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    -5>         {ok,Result}
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    -5>         {error,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    +5>         {ok,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    +5>         {error,Result}
     5> end.
    -{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
    +{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
     6>

    Note that only the exec channel is closed after the one-time execution. The connection is still up and can handle previously opened channels. It is also possible to open a new channel:

    % try to open a new channel to check if the ConnectionRef is still open
    -7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,1}
    +7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,1}
     8>

    To close the connection, call the function ssh:close(ConnectionRef). As an alternative, set the option {idle_time, 1} when opening the @@ -133,23 +133,23 @@ "command" must be as if entered into the erlang shell, that is a sequence of Erlang expressions ended by a period (.). Variables bound in that sequence will keep their bindings throughout the expression -sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in +sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in Step 3 above:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989 "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B)."
     true
     $bash>

    The same example but now using the Erlang ssh client to contact the Erlang -server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.216.0>}
    -2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.216.0>}
    +2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -4> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
    +4> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     5>

    Note that Erlang shell specific functions and control sequences like for example h(). are not supported.

    @@ -170,36 +170,36 @@ write something: [a,b,c]. {ok,[a,b,c]} $bash>

    The same example but using the Erlang ssh client:

    
    -Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    -1> ssh:start().
    +Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    +1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.92.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.92.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "io:read(\"write something: \").",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -5> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
    +5> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
     ok
     % All data is sent as binaries with string contents:
    -6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
    +6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
     ok
    -7> flush().
    +7> flush().
     ok
     %% Nothing is received, because the io:read/1
     %% requires the input line to end with a newline.
     
     %% Send a newline (it could have been included in the last send):
    -8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
    +8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
     ok
    -9> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
    +9> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     10>

    @@ -216,44 +216,44 @@ ssh:daemon/2,3 and exec_daemon_option() for details.

    Examples of the two ways to configure the exec evaluator:

    1. Disable one-time execution.
      To modify the daemon start example above to reject one-time execution requests, we change Step 3 by adding the -option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
    +option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"},
    -                                  {exec, disabled}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (471))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.806167110 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.808167121 +0000
    @@ -3489,14 +3489,14 @@
     
     

    List of algorithms to use in the algorithm negotiation. The default algs_list/0 can be obtained from default_algorithms/0.

    If an alg_entry() is missing in the algs_list(), the default value is used for -that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    -	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    -	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    -	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    -	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    -	  ]
    -	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server +that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    +	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    +	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    +	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    +	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    +	  ]
    +	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server and server2client), for cipher but specifies the same algorithms for mac and compression in both directions. The kex (key exchange) is implicit but public_key is set explicitly.

    For background and more examples see the @@ -5339,21 +5339,21 @@

    hostkey_fingerprint([DigestType], HostKey) -> [string()]hostkey_fingerprint(DigestType, HostKey) -> string()

    Calculates a ssh fingerprint from a public host key as openssh does.

    The algorithm in hostkey_fingerprint/1 is md5 to be compatible with older ssh-keygen commands. The string from the second variant is -prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
    +prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
      "f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
    + 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
      "MD5:f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
    + 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
      "SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY"
     
    - 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
    + 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
      "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"
     
    - 6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key).
    - ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY",
    -  "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    +
    6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key). + ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY", + "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (933)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.828167239 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.829167246 +0000 @@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ authentication.

    Ssh_agent implements the ssh_client_key_api, to allow it to be used by setting the option key_cb when starting a client (with for example ssh:connect, -ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, +ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, the socket path will be fetched from the SSH_AUTH_SOCK environment variable, which is the default socket path in the agent implementation of OpenSSH.

    In order to set a different socket path the socket_path -option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be +option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be called from the user's code!

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (956)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.854167393 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.11.4/doc/html/using_ssh.html 2026-10-15 00:56:33.854167393 +0000 @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ Using the Erlang ssh Terminal Client

    The user otptest, which has bash as default shell, uses the ssh:shell/1 -client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
    +client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
    +2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> pwd
     /home/otptest
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> exit
    @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@
     [...]
     $bash> ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa
     [...]

    Step 2. Create the file /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/authorized_keys and add the -content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
    +content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    -{ok,<0.54.0>}
    +2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    +                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    +{ok,<0.54.0>}
     3>

    Step 4. Use the OpenSSH client from a shell to connect to the Erlang ssh daemon:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989  -i /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa \
                       -o UserKnownHostsFile=/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/known_hosts
    @@ -176,10 +176,10 @@
     Eshell V5.10  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    There are two ways of shutting down an ssh daemon, see Step 5a and Step 5b.

    Step 5a. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener but -leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
    +leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    Step 5b. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener and -all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
    +all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    @@ -195,35 +195,35 @@

    In the following example, the Erlang shell is the client process that receives the channel replies as Erlang messages.

    Do an one-time execution of a remote OS command ("pwd") over ssh to the ssh -server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
    +server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    -{ok,<0.57.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    -5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    +{ok,<0.57.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    +5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
    -6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    -{channels,[]}
    +6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    +{channels,[]}
     7>

    See ssh_connection and ssh_connection:exec/4 for finding documentation of the channel messages.

    To collect the channel messages in a program, use receive...end instead of flush/1:

    5> receive
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    -5>         {ok,Result}
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    -5>         {error,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    +5>         {ok,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    +5>         {error,Result}
     5> end.
    -{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
    +{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
     6>

    Note that only the exec channel is closed after the one-time execution. The connection is still up and can handle previously opened channels. It is also possible to open a new channel:

    % try to open a new channel to check if the ConnectionRef is still open
    -7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,1}
    +7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,1}
     8>

    To close the connection, call the function ssh:close(ConnectionRef). As an alternative, set the option {idle_time, 1} when opening the @@ -238,23 +238,23 @@ "command" must be as if entered into the erlang shell, that is a sequence of Erlang expressions ended by a period (.). Variables bound in that sequence will keep their bindings throughout the expression -sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in +sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in Step 3 above:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989 "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B)."
     true
     $bash>

    The same example but now using the Erlang ssh client to contact the Erlang -server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.216.0>}
    -2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.216.0>}
    +2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -4> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
    +4> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     5>

    Note that Erlang shell specific functions and control sequences like for example h(). are not supported.

    @@ -275,36 +275,36 @@ write something: [a,b,c]. {ok,[a,b,c]} $bash>

    The same example but using the Erlang ssh client:

    
    -Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    -1> ssh:start().
    +Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    +1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.92.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.92.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "io:read(\"write something: \").",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -5> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
    +5> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
     ok
     % All data is sent as binaries with string contents:
    -6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
    +6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
     ok
    -7> flush().
    +7> flush().
     ok
     %% Nothing is received, because the io:read/1
     %% requires the input line to end with a newline.
     
     %% Send a newline (it could have been included in the last send):
    -8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
    +8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
     ok
    -9> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
    +9> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     10>

    @@ -321,44 +321,44 @@ ssh:daemon/2,3 and exec_daemon_option() for details.

    Examples of the two ways to configure the exec evaluator:

    1. Disable one-time execution.
      To modify the daemon start example above to reject one-time execution requests, we change Step 3 by adding the -option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
    +option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"},
    -                                  {exec, disabled}
    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-4455BC45.js
    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/dist/search_data-4455BC45.js
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.877030791 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/search.html	2026-10-15 00:56:33.877931716 +0000
    @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
     
       
    - +

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> ssl - 11.2.5 - urn:uuid:347e42ab-d680-d6c5-4b7a-f877aa3f690f + urn:uuid:7f483ec6-125c-cff9-183d-51f22de81175 en - 2026-10-15T00:52:16Z + 2042-11-16T14:10:10Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (944)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ applications. Such a script is located in the bin directory of the Erlang distribution. The source for the script is found under the Erlang installation top directory under releases/<OTP version>/start_clean.rel.

    Do the following:

    • Copy that script to another location (and preferably another name).
    • Add the applications Crypto, Public Key, and SSL with their current version -numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    -      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    -      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    -      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    -      {public_key, "0.12"},
    -      {asn1, "4.0"},
    -      {ssl, "5.0"}
    -      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications +numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    +      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    +      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    +      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    +      {public_key, "0.12"},
    +      {asn1, "4.0"},
    +      {ssl, "5.0"}
    +      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications included in the script is upgraded, change the script.

    Do the following:

    • Build the boot script.

      Assuming the .rel file is stored in a file start_ssl.rel in the current directory, a boot script can be built as follows:

       1> systools:make_script("start_ssl",[]).

    There is now a start_ssl.boot file in the current directory.

    Do the following:

    • Test the boot script. To do this, start Erlang with the -boot command-line parameter specifying this boot script (with its full path, but without the @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ so beware!

    For TLS to work, at least a public key and a certificate must be specified for the server side and the client needs to specify CAs that it trusts (client certification is optional and requires more configuration).

    In the following example (to keep it simple), the PEM file "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem" -contains both the server certificate and its private key .

    Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

    [{server,
    -  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
    - {client,
    -  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

    And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for +contains both the server certificate and its private key .

    Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

    [{server,
    +  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
    + {client,
    +  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

    And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for readability, and shall not be there when typed):

    $ erl -boot /home/me/ssl/start_ssl -proto_dist inet_tls
       -ssl_dist_optfile "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf"
       -sname ssl_test

    The options in the {server, Opts} tuple are used when calling @@ -169,19 +169,19 @@ -ssl_dist_opt server_secure_renegotiate true client_secure_renegotiate true" $ export ERL_FLAGS $ erl -sname ssl_test -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] -Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) -(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). -[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, - {progname,["erl "]}, - {sname,["ssl_test"]}, - {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, - {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", - "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] - {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied +Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) +(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). +[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, + {progname,["erl "]}, + {sname,["ssl_test"]}, + {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, + {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", + "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] + {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied to the emulator.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines (1029)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml 2026-08-05 08:52:40.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@

    Interface functions for TLS (Transport Layer Security) and DTLS (Datagram Transport Layer Security).

    Note

    The application's name is still SSL because the first versions of the TLS protocol were named SSL (Secure Socket Layer). However, no version -of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of +of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of this API.

    Special Erlang node configuration for the application can be found in SSL Application.

    @@ -2410,26 +2410,26 @@ signature schemes supplied by the signature_algs_cert option.

    The TLS-1.2 default is Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs interleaved with rsa_pss_schemes since ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 25). pss_pss is -preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

    The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

    [
    -{sha512, ecdsa},
    -{sha512, rsa},
    -{sha384, ecdsa},
    -{sha384, rsa},
    -{sha256, ecdsa},
    -{sha256, rsa}
    -]

    Change

    • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in +preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

      The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

      [
      +{sha512, ecdsa},
      +{sha512, rsa},
      +{sha384, ecdsa},
      +{sha384, rsa},
      +{sha256, ecdsa},
      +{sha256, rsa}
      +]

      Change

      • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-8.0 (Erlang/OTP 22).
      • Support for {sha, _} (SHA1) and {sha224, _} was removed -from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

      The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

      [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
      +from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

    The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

    [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha384,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,
    -rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% Legacy algorithms only applicable to certificate signatures
     rsa_pkcs1_sha512, %% Corresponds to {sha512, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha384, %% Corresponds to {sha384, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha256, %% Corresponds to {sha256, rsa}
    -]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% EDDSA
     eddsa_ed25519,
     eddsa_ed448
    @@ -2514,8 +2514,8 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    -      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA +

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    +      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA as the trusted anchor and verifies the rest of the chain.

    @@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ being sent and disables the hostname verification check.

  • {customize_hostname_check, HostNameCheckOpts} - Customization option

    Customizes the hostname verification of the peer certificate, as various protocols that use TLS, such as HTTP or LDAP, may require different approaches. For example, here is how to use standard hostname checking for HTTPS implemented in -Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see +Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see public_key:pkix_verify_hostname/3.

  • {client_certificate_authorities, UseCertAuth} - Inter-op hint option

    If UseCertAuth is set to true, sends the certificate authorities extension in the TLS-1.3 client hello. The default is false. Note that setting UseCertAuth to true can result in a significant @@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@

    Options only relevant for TLS-1.3.

    • {session_tickets, SessionTickets} - Use of session tickets

      Configures the session ticket functionality. Allowed values are disabled, manual, and auto. If it is set to manual the client will send the ticket -information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket +information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket data that can be used in subsequent session resumptions.

      If it is set to auto, the client automatically handles received tickets and tries to use them when making new TLS connections (session resumption with pre-shared keys).

      Ticket lifetime, the number of tickets sent by the server, and the @@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ mandatory option in manual mode ({session_tickets, manual}).

      Note

      Session tickets are only sent to the user if option session_tickets is set to manual

      This option is supported by TLS-1.3. See also SSL User's Guide, Session Tickets and Session Resumption in TLS 1.3.

    • {early_data, EarlyData}

      Configures the early data to be sent by the client.

      To verify that the server has the intention to process the early -data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to +data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to resend when appropriate.

    • {middlebox_comp_mode, MiddleBoxMode}

      Configures the middlebox compatibility mode for a TLS-1.3 connection.

      A significant number of middleboxes misbehave when a TLS-1.3 connection is negotiated. Implementations can increase the chance of making connections through those middleboxes by adapting the TLS-1.3 @@ -3519,20 +3519,20 @@ peer certificate in a valid certification path. So, if depth is 0 the PEER must be signed by the trusted ROOT-CA directly; if 1 the path can be PEER, CA, ROOT-CA; if 2 the path can be PEER, CA, CA, ROOT-CA, and so on. The default -value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      -
      -fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +
      +fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
       
       Types:
      -      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      -              {revoked, atom()}} |
      -      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
      +      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      +              {revoked, atom()}} |
      +      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
                     valid |
                     valid_peer

      The verification fun is called during the X.509-path validation when an error occurs or an extension unknown to the SSL application is @@ -3549,25 +3549,25 @@ handshake does not terminate regardless of verification failures, and the connection is established.

    • If called with an extension unknown to the user application, the fun is to return {unknown, UserState}.

    Note that if the fun returns unknown for an extension marked as critical, -validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    -   {fail, Reason};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, +validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    +   {fail, Reason};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, where Reason is:

  • The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied +Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) +(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). +[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, + {progname,["erl "]}, + {sname,["ssl_test"]}, + {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, + {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", + "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] + {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied to the emulator.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2124)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.068168659 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.5/doc/html/using_ssl.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.069168665 +0000 @@ -149,38 +149,38 @@ Basic Client -
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    +
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Basic Connection

    -

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
     ok

    Step 2: with alternative certificates, in this example the EDDSA certificate will be preferred if TLS-1.3 is negotiated and the RSA certificate will always -be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    -ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    -                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    -                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
    +be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    +ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    +                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    +                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
                                       keyfile => "rsakey.pem",
    -                                  password => "foobar"}
    -                               ]},{reuseaddr, true}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the + password => "foobar"} + ]},{reuseaddr, true}]). +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the handshake part can be called in a new erlang process dedicated to handling the -connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
     ok

    Be sure to configure trusted certificates to use for server certificate -verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    -      [{verify, verify_peer},
    -      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS -attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
    +verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    +      [{verify, verify_peer},
    +      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS +attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
     ok

    Step 7: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    -Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    +Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
     ok

    @@ -192,27 +192,27 @@ communication channel by using TLS. Note that the client and server need to agree to do the upgrade in the protocol doing the communication. This is concept is often referenced as STARTLS and used in many protocols such as SMTP, -FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
       ok

    Step 2: Create a normal TCP listen socket and ensure active is set to false and not set to any active mode otherwise TLS handshake messages can be -delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    -  {active, false}]).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    -  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    -  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the +delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    +  {active, false}]).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    +  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the upgrade. The server must be prepared to be a TLS server before the client can do -a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    -      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
    +a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    +      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
           ok

    Step 9: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    -      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    +      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
           ok

    @@ -220,34 +220,34 @@ Customizing cipher suites

    Fetch default cipher suite list for a TLS/DTLS version. Change default to all to -get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    -    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange +get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    +    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange (removed from default in 21)

    2> NoRSA =
    -    ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false;
    -                                                (_) -> true
    -                                             end}]).
    -    [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    - ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    -                                                (_) -> false
    -                                             end},
    -                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    -                                          (_) ->false
    -                                       end}]).
    -
    -[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    - #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing -prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    -  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    -   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -     prf => default_prf},
    -   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default, + [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false; + (_) -> true + end}]). + [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    +                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    +                                                (_) -> false
    +                                             end},
    +                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    +                                          (_) ->false
    +                                       end}]).
    +
    +[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    + #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing +prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    +  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    +   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +     prf => default_prf},
    +   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    @@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ suite that is chosen, which is not the case in TLS-1.3.

    Using the function ssl:signature_algs/2 will let you inspect different aspects of possible configurations for your system. For example if TLS-1.3 and TLS-1.2 is supported the default signature_algorithm list in OTP-26 and cryptolib from -OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
    +OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
      %% TLS-1.3 schemes
    - [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
    + [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
       ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384,ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256,
       rsa_pss_pss_sha512,rsa_pss_pss_sha384,rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
       rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,rsa_pss_rsae_sha256,
    @@ -275,12 +275,12 @@
       %% (would have a tuple name in TLS-1.2 only configuration)
       rsa_pkcs1_sha512,rsa_pkcs1_sha384,rsa_pkcs1_sha256
       %% TLS 1.2 algorithms
    -  {sha512,ecdsa},
    -  {sha384,ecdsa},
    -  {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should + {sha512,ecdsa}, + {sha384,ecdsa}, + {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should append them to the default list as the configuration is in prefered order, -something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    -    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
    +something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    +    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
         ...

    See also ssl:signature_algs/2 and sign_algo()

    @@ -288,20 +288,20 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1338)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.099168842 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/argparse.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.099168842 +0000 @@ -146,20 +146,20 @@

    argparse is designed to work with escript. The example below is a fully functioning Erlang program accepting two command line arguments and printing their product.

    #href_anchor"w">
    -main(Args) ->
    -    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
    +main(Args) ->
    +    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
     
    -cli() ->
    -    #{
    -        arguments => [
    -            #{name => left, type => integer},
    -            #{name => right, type => integer}
    -        ],
    +cli() ->
    +    #{
    +        arguments => [
    +            #{name => left, type => integer},
    +            #{name => right, type => integer}
    +        ],
             handler =>
    -            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    -                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
    +            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    +                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
                 end
    -    }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the + }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the usage information.

    The cli function defines a single command with embedded handler accepting a map. Keys of the map are argument names as defined by the argument field of the command, left and right in the example. Values are taken from the @@ -173,25 +173,25 @@

    A command may contain nested commands, forming a hierarchy. Arguments defined at the upper level command are automatically added to all nested commands. Nested -commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    +commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    +  #{
         %% top level argument applicable to all commands
    -    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    -      commands => #{
    -        "first" => #{
    +    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    +      commands => #{
    +        "first" => #{
               %% argument applicable to "first" command and
               %%  all commands nested into "first"
    -          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    -          commands => #{
    -            "second" => #{
    +          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    +          commands => #{
    +            "second" => #{
                   %% argument only applicable for "second" command
    -              arguments => [#{name => bottom}],
    -              handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end
    -          }
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself + arguments => [#{name => bottom}], + handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end + } + } + } + } + }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself (nested), accepting the only argument top. Since it has no associated handler, run/3 will not accept user input omitting nested command selection. For this example, user has to supply 5 arguments in the command line, two being @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ on all operating systems). Both options and positional arguments have 1 or more associated values. See argument specification to find more details about supported combinations.

    In the user input, short options may be concatenated with their values. Long -options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    -    arguments => [
    -      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    -      #{name => short, short => $s}
    -    ],
    -    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    -  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running +options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    +  #{
    +    arguments => [
    +      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    +      #{name => short, short => $s}
    +    ],
    +    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    +  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running ./args -sVALUE prints #{short => "VALUE"}

    argparse supports boolean flags concatenation: it is possible to shorten -r -f -v to -rfv.

    Shortened option names are not supported: it is not possible to use --my-argum instead of --my-argument-name even when such option can be unambiguously @@ -607,111 +607,111 @@ which case resulting argument map will either contain the default value, or not have the key at all.

    • name - Sets the argument name in the parsed argument map. If help is not defined, name is also used to generate the default usage message.

    • short - Defines a short (single character) form of an optional argument.

      %% Define a command accepting argument named myarg, with short form $a:
      -1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
      +1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-a str":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}
      +#{myarg => "str"}
       
       %% Option value can be concatenated with the switch: "-astr"
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The -only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
      +#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The +only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-name Erlang":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}
      +#{myarg => "Erlang"}
       %% Or use "=" to separate the switch and the value:
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}

      If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as +#{myarg => "Erlang"}

    If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as positional.

  • required - Forces the parser to expect the argument to be present in the command line. By default, all positional argument are required, and all options are not.

  • default - Specifies the default value to put in the parsed argument map -if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
    +if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{}, ...
    -2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
    +{ok,#{}, ...
    +2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...
  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is +{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...

  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is string, assuming no conversion.

  • nargs - Defines the number of following arguments to consume from the command line. By default, the parser consumes the next argument and converts it into an Erlang term according to the specified type.

    • pos_integer/0 - Consume exactly this number of positional arguments, fail if there is not enough. Value in the argument map contains a list of exactly this length. Example, defining a positional argument expecting 3 -integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      -argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
      +integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      +argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two -string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      -argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
      +{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two +string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      +argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...
    • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option +{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...

  • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option (starting with an option prefix). May result in an empty list added to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...
  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. +{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...

  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. Returns an error if the following command line argument is an option switch (starting with the prefix).

  • 'maybe' - Consumes the next argument from the command line, if it does not start with an option prefix. Otherwise, adds a default value to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
    +{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
     
     %% When "info" is omitted, argument maps receives the default "error"
    -2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
    +2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...
  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, +{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...

  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2403)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.125168996 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/array.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.125168996 +0000 @@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ reset/2). If you need to differentiate between unset and set entries, ensure that the default value cannot be confused with the values of set entries.

    The array never shrinks automatically. If an index I has been used to set an entry successfully, all indices in the range [0,I] stay accessible unless the -array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    -10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow -automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    -18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if -the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    -[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses -beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    -{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    +array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    +10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow +automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    +18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if +the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    +[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses +beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    +{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ array size; this also implies {fixed, true}. If N is not a non-negative integer, the call fails with reason badarg.

  • fixed or {fixed, true} - Creates a fixed-size array. See also fix/1.

  • {fixed, false} - Creates an extendible (non-fixed-size) array.

  • {default, Value} - Sets the default value for the array to Value.

  • Options are processed in the order they occur in the list, that is, later options have higher precedence.

    The default value is used as the value of uninitialized entries, and cannot be -changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    +changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ Options override parameter Size.

    If Options is a list, this is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | Options]), otherwise it is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | [Options]]). However, using this function -directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    +directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1299)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.141169091 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.142169097 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Description

    The include file assert.hrl provides macros for inserting assertions in your -program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an +program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an assertion fails, an exception of type error is generated. The associated error term has the form {Macro, Info}. Macro is the macro name, for example, assertEqual. Info is a list of tagged values, such as @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

    • assert(BoolExpr)

    • assert(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning true.

    • assertNot(BoolExpr)

    • assertNot(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning false.

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes -normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr +normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that does not match GuardedPattern.

      As in assertMatch, GuardedPattern can have a when part.

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is exactly equal to ExpectedValue.

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is not exactly equal to /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (627)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.161169209 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/base64.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.162169215 +0000 @@ -671,15 +671,15 @@

      Decodes a base64 string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

      The function will strips away any whitespace characters and check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
      +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
      +2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
      +3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
       ** exception error: missing_padding
            in function  base64:decode_list/7 (base64.erl, line 734)
               *** data to decode is missing final = padding characters, if this is intended, use the `padding => false` option
      -4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
      +4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
       <<1,2,3,4>>
    @@ -934,9 +934,9 @@

    Decodes a base64 "mime" string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

    The function will strips away any illegal characters. It does not check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

    See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

    Example:

    1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
    +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

    See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

    Example:

    1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
     <<1,2,3,4>>
    -2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
    +2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
     <<1,2,3,4>>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1372)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.188169369 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/beam_lib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.188169369 +0000 @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ Reconstruct Source Code

    The following example shows how to reconstruct Erlang source code from the debug -information in a BEAM file Beam:

    {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
    -io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

    +information in a BEAM file Beam:

    {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
    +io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

    @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang"). If the file is found and contains a key, beam_lib implicitly creates a crypto key fun -and registers it.

    File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

    {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

    Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is +and registers it.

    File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

    {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

    Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is des3_cbc. Module is either an atom, in which case Key is only used for the module Module, or [], in which case Key is used for all modules. Key is the non-empty key string.

    Key in the first tuple where both Mode and Module match is used.

    The following is an example of an .erlang.crypt file that returns the same key -for all modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt -providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
    - {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    Note

    Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

    +for all modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt +providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
    + {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    Note

    Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

    @@ -1556,11 +1556,11 @@

    Registers an unary fun that is called if beam_lib must read an debug_info chunk that has been encrypted. The fun is held in a process that is started by the function.

    If a fun is already registered when attempting to register a fun, -{error, exists} is returned.

    The fun must handle the following arguments:

    CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

    Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the +{error, exists} is returned.

    The fun must handle the following arguments:

    CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

    Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the crypto key fun can do any necessary initializations. If {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} is returned, NewCryptoKeyFun is registered instead of CryptoKeyFun. If {error, Term} is returned, the registration is aborted and -crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

    CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

    Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. +crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

    CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

    Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only possible value is des3_cbc. The call is to fail (raise an exception) if no key is available.

    CryptoKeyFun(clear) -> term()

    Called before the fun is unregistered. Here any cleaning up can be done. The return value is not important, but is passed back to the caller of @@ -1927,14 +1927,14 @@ -vsn(Vsn).

    If this attribute is not specified, the version defaults to the checksum of the module. Notice that if version Vsn is not a list, it is made into one, that is {ok,{Module,[Vsn]}} is returned. If there are many -vsn -module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

    Examples:

    1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
    -{ok,{a,[1]}}
    -2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
    -{ok,{b,[1]}}
    -3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
    -{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
    -4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
    -{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
    +module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

    Examples:

    1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
    +{ok,{a,[1]}}
    +2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
    +{ok,{b,[1]}}
    +3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
    +{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
    +4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
    +{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1041)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.217169540 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/binary.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.218169546 +0000 @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ -

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
    +

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
     "erlang"
     %% or [101,114,108,97,110,103] in list notation.
    @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte. PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len denote which part of the Subject binary to convert. By default, the entire Subject binary is -converted.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
    +converted.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
     "rla"
     %% or [114,108,97] in list notation.

    If PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len in any way reference outside the binary, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ -

    Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

    Example

    1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
    +

    Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

    Example

    1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
     <<"f">>
    @@ -917,11 +917,11 @@

    Converts the binary digit representation, in big endian or little endian, of a -positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

    Example:

    1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
    +positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

    Example:

    1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
     11111111
    -2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
    +2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
     11111111
    -3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
    +3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
     13077161
    @@ -984,13 +984,13 @@

    Encodes a binary into a hex encoded binary using the specified case for the -hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

    The default case is uppercase.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
    +hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

    The default case is uppercase.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
     <<"66">>
    -2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
    +2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
     <<"2F">>
    -3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
    +3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
     <<"2f">>
    -4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
    +4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
     <<"2F">>
    @@ -1053,11 +1053,11 @@

    Converts a positive integer to the smallest possible representation in a binary -digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
    +digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
     <<169,138,199>>
    -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
    +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
     <<169,138,199>>
    -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
    +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
     <<199,138,169>>
    @@ -1181,9 +1181,9 @@

    Returns the length of the longest common prefix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
    +Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
     2
    -2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
    +2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
     0

    If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -1216,9 +1216,9 @@

    Returns the length of the longest common suffix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
    +Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
     3
    -2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
    +2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
     0

    If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -1294,8 +1294,8 @@

    Searches for the first occurrence of Pattern in Subject and returns the position and length.

    The function returns {Pos, Length} for the binary in Pattern, starting at -the lowest position in Subject.

    Example:

    1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
    -{1,4}

    Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and +the lowest position in Subject.

    Example:

    1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
    +{1,4}

    Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and is therefore the first match. If two overlapping matches begin at the same position, the longest is returned.

    Summary of the options:

    • {scope, {Start, Length}} - Only the specified part is searched. Return values still have offsets from the beginning of Subject. A negative Length @@ -1375,9 +1375,9 @@

      As match/2, but Subject is searched until exhausted and a list of all non-overlapping parts matching Pattern is returned (in order).

      The first and longest match is preferred to a shorter, which is illustrated by -the following example:

      1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
      -                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
      -[{1,4}]

      The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match +the following example:

      1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
      +                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
      +[{1,4}]

      The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match <<"bc">> (which would have given raise to one more match, <<"de">>). This corresponds to the behavior of POSIX regular expressions (and programs like awk), but is not consistent with alternative matches in re (and Perl), where @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@

      Extracts the part of binary Subject described by PosLen.

      A negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary:

      1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
      -2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
      +2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
       <<6,7,8,9,10>>

      Note

      part/2 and part/3 are also available in the erlang module under the names binary_part/2 and binary_part/3. Those BIFs are allowed in guard tests.

      If PosLen in any way references outside the binary, a badarg exception is @@ -1484,33 +1484,33 @@ it can be useful to get the size of the referenced binary. This function can be used in a program to trigger the use of copy/1. By copying a binary, one can dereference the original, possibly large, binary that a -smaller binary is a reference to.

      Example:

      store(Binary, GBSet) ->
      +smaller binary is a reference to.

      Example:

      store(Binary, GBSet) ->
         NewBin =
      -      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
      -          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
      -             binary:copy(Binary);
      +      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
      +          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
      +             binary:copy(Binary);
                 _ ->
                    Binary
             end,
      -  gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

      In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in + gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

      In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in gb_sets:set() if it references a binary more than twice the data size we want to keep. Of course, different rules apply when copying to different programs.

      Binary sharing occurs whenever binaries are taken apart. This is the fundamental reason why binaries are fast, decomposition can always be done with O(1) complexity. In rare circumstances this data sharing is however undesirable, why this function together with copy/1 can be useful when optimizing -for memory use.

      Example of binary sharing:

      1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
      +for memory use.

      Example of binary sharing:

      1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
       <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
      -2> byte_size(A).
      +2> byte_size(A).
       100
      -3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
      +3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
       100
       4> <<B:10/binary, C:90/binary>> = A.
       <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
      -5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}.
      -{10,10}
      -6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}.
      -{90,100}

      In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary +5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}. +{10,10} +6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}. +{90,100}

      In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary C references binary A.

      Note

      Binary data is shared among processes. If another process still references the larger binary, copying the part this process uses only consumes more memory and does not free up the larger binary for garbage collection. Use this kind @@ -1599,28 +1599,28 @@ at the specified position (or positions) before inserting Replacement into Subject. If Replacement is given as a fun instead, this option is ignored.

      If any position specified in InsPos > size of the replacement binary, a badarg exception is raised.

      Options global and {scope, part()} work as for split/3. The return type is -always a binary/0.

      For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

      Examples:

      1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
      +always a binary/0.

      For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

      Examples:

      1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
       <<"aXcde">>
       
      -2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
      +2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
       <<"aXcXe">>
       
      -3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
      +3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
       <<"a[b]cde">>
       
      -4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
      +4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
       <<"a[b]c[d]e">>
       
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (723))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.245169706 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/c.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.246169712 +0000
      @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@
             
       
       

      Compiles and then loads the code for a file on all nodes. Options defaults to -[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

      compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
      +[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

      compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (454)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.273169872 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/calendar.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.274169877 +0000 @@ -1845,10 +1845,10 @@

      Converts an RFC 3339 timestamp into system time. The data format of RFC 3339 timestamps is described by RFC 3339. Starting from OTP 25.1, the minutes part of the time zone is optional.

      Valid option:

      • {unit, Unit} - The time unit of the return value. The default is -second.
      1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
      +second.
    1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
     1517498278
    -2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
    -   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
    +2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
    +   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
     1517498282088000000
    @@ -2018,16 +2018,16 @@ the formatted string includes a fraction of a second. The number of fractional second digits is three, six, or nine depending on what time unit is chosen. For native three fractional digits are included. Notice that trailing zeros -are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
    +are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
     "2018-04-23T14:56:28+02:00"
    -2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
    +2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:56:52-02:00"
    -3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, -7200}]).
    +3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, -7200}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:57:05-02:00"
    -4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    -   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
    +4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    +   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
     "2018-04-23 12:57:20.482Z"
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (341)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.308170078 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dets.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.309170084 +0000 @@ -1914,14 +1914,14 @@

    Returns a list of all objects with key Key stored in table Name, for -example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    -{ok,abc}
    -3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
    +example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    +{ok,abc}
    +3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
     ok
    -4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
    +4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
     ok
    -5> dets:lookup(abc, 1).
    -[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list +5> dets:lookup(abc, 1). +[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list with one object, as there cannot be more than one object with a given key. If the table type is bag or duplicate_bag, the function returns a list of arbitrary length.

    Notice that the order of objects returned is unspecified. In particular, the @@ -2778,11 +2778,11 @@ specification is specified explicitly. This is how to state match specifications that cannot easily be expressed within the syntax provided by qlc.

    The following example uses an explicit match specification to traverse the -table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    -ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    -QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using -function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
    +table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    +ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    +QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using +function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
     true

    qlc:info/1 returns information about a query handle. In this case identical information is returned for the two query handles.

    @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@

    Applies Fun to each object stored in table Name in some unspecified order. Different actions are taken depending on the return value of Fun. The following Fun return values are allowed:

    • continue - Continue to perform the traversal. For example, the following -function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The +function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The following function is supplied to collect all objects of a table in a list:

      fun(X) -> {continue, X} end.
    • {done, Value} - Terminate the traversal and return [Value | Acc].

    Any other value OtherValue returned by Fun terminates the traversal and is returned immediately.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1050)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.330170209 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dict.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.331170214 +0000 @@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ Notes

    Functions append and append_list are included so that keyed values can be -stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    -  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    +  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find.

    @@ -905,10 +905,10 @@ the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary. If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key and both values to return a new value. merge can be defined as follows, but is -faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).
    +faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).
    @@ -1121,8 +1121,8 @@

    Updates a value in a dictionary by calling Fun on the value to get a new value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Initial is stored as the -first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    +first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    @@ -1153,8 +1153,8 @@

    Adds Increment to the value associated with Key and stores this value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Increment is stored as the first -value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    +value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-0A973261.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-0A973261.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (816)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.360170386 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/epp.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.362170398 +0000 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1131)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.380170504 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_error.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.381170510 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

    A fun used to format function arguments for BIF and function calls. By default -the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    +the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    @@ -438,23 +438,23 @@ caused the error starting at 1.

  • general - An error that is not associated with any argument caused the error.

  • reason - If the Reason should be printed differently than the default way.

  • If the text returned includes new-lines, format_exception/4 will indent the -text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    --export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
    +text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    +-export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
     
    -atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    -  atom_to_list(Arg);
    -atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    -  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    -               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    -                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    -
    -format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    -  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    -  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    -  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    -             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    -{ok,my_error_module}
    -2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
    +atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    +  atom_to_list(Arg);
    +atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    +  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    +               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    +                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    +
    +format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    +  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    +  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    +  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    +             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    +{ok,my_error_module}
    +2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
     ** exception error: my_error_module: badarg
          in function  my_error_module:atom_to_string/1
             called as my_error_module:atom_to_string(1)
    @@ -542,18 +542,18 @@
     
     

    Format the error reason and stack back-trace caught using try ... catch in the same style as the shell formats them.

    Example:

    try
    -    do_something()
    +    do_something()
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    If error_info is provided with the exception, format_exception will use that information to provide additional information about the exception.

    Example:

    try
    -  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
    +  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    See erlang:error/3 for details on how to raise an exception with error_info included.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (924)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.403170640 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_eval.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.403170640 +0000 @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ LocalFunctionHandler can be used to define a function that is called when there is a call to a local function. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called -with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list +with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the local function. In this case, the current bindings cannot be accessed. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a -suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of +suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of the unevaluated arguments, and Bindings are the current variable bindings. -The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated +The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated variable bindings. In this case, the function handler must itself evaluate all the function arguments and manage the bindings. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a suitable exit value.

    • none - There is no local function handler.

    @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ expressions.
  • An operator Op/A is called (this is handled as a call to function erlang:Op/A).
  • Exceptions are calls to erlang:apply/2,3; neither of the function handlers are called for such calls. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a non-local function handler. The function -may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec +may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec is the name of the function on the form {Module,Function} or a fun, and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the function. To signal an error, the function handler /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (816)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.424170765 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_lint.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.425170770 +0000 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (807)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.471171042 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_parse.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.472171049 +0000 @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O modules. -The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (817)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.498171202 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_scan.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.498171202 +0000 @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1320)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.528171380 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/erl_tar.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.529171385 +0000 @@ -1291,14 +1291,14 @@ Notice that there is only an arity-2 read function, not an arity-1 function.

  • (position,{UserData,Position}) - Sets the position of UserData as defined for files in file:position/2

  • Example:

    The following is a complete Fun parameter for reading and writing on files using the file module:

    ExampleFun =
    -   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    -      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    -      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    -      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    -   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    -{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
    +   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    +      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    +      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    +      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    +   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    +{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
     ...,
    -erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would +erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would call ExampleFun(write, {UserData,Data}).

    Note

    This example with the file module operations is not necessary to use directly, as that is what function open/2 in principle does.

    Warning

    The TarDescriptor term is not a file descriptor. You are advised not to rely on the specific contents of this term, as it can change in future Erlang/OTP /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1684)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.550171510 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/escript.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.551171516 +0000 @@ -522,67 +522,67 @@ number of schedulers with +S3. We also extract the different sections from the newly created script:

    > Source = "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(\"~p\",[erlang:system_info(schedulers)]).\n".
     "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).\n"
    -> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
    +> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
     %% Demo
    -main(_Args) ->
    -    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
    +main(_Args) ->
    +    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
     
     ok
    -> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    -                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    -{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    -> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
    +> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    +                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    +{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    +> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
     ok
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
     "3"
    -> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    -     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    -                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
    +> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    +     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    +                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
     ok
    -> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    -{ok,demo,
    +> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    +{ok,demo,
         <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,208,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
    +      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
     ok
    -> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    -             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
    +> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    +             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
     "true"

    Here we create an archive script containing both Erlang code and Beam code, then we iterate over all files in the archive and collect their contents and some -information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    -{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang,
    -                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    -> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    -ok
    -> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    -{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    -      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    +information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    +{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang,
    +                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    +> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    +ok
    +> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    +{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    +      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
           <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,228,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -        83,0,0,...>>},
    -     {"demo.erl",
    -      {file_info,118,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    -      <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    +
    83,0,0,...>>}, + {"demo.erl", + {file_info,118,regular,read_write, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}, + <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    @@ -615,16 +615,16 @@ extracted value is set to the atom default. If a section is missing, the extracted value is set to the atom undefined.

    Option compile_source only affects the result if the escript contains source code. In this case the Erlang code is automatically compiled and -{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    -              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    -     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    +{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    +              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    +     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1175)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.602171817 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ets.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.602171817 +0000 @@ -220,10 +220,10 @@ find the next key is not done with such guarantees. This is often not a problem, but may cause rare subtle "unexpected" effects if a concurrent process inserts objects during a traversal. For example, consider one process -doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    -ets:insert(t, {1}),
    -ets:insert(t, {2}),
    -ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare +doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    +ets:insert(t, {1}),
    +ets:insert(t, {2}),
    +ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare cases return 2 even though 2 has never existed in the table ordered as the first key. In the same way, a concurrent call to ets:next(t, 1) may return 3 even though 3 never existed in the table ordered directly after 1.

    Effects like this are improbable but possible. The probability will further be @@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ lookup without any table traversal at all. For ordered_set a partially bound key will limit the traversal to only scan a subset of the table based on term order. A partially bound key is either a list or a tuple with a prefix that is -fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
    +fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
     true
     2> %% Efficient search of all with area code 555
    -2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}).
    -[["1234","John Smith"]]

    +2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}). +[["1234","John Smith"]]

    @@ -1936,19 +1936,19 @@ -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl"). to the source file.

    The fun is very restricted, it can take only a single parameter (the object to match): a sole variable or a tuple. It must use the is_ guard tests. Language constructs that have no representation in a match specification (if, case, -receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
    +receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
     3
    -3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, +3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, which is consistent with the static scoping for Erlang funs. However, local or global function calls cannot be in the guard or body of the fun. Calls to -built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
    +built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
     Error: fun containing local Erlang function calls
    -('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec
    -{error,transform_error}
    -5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun +('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec +{error,transform_error} +5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun must be literally in the call when used from the shell as well.

    Warning

    If the parse_transform is not applied to a module that calls this pseudo function, the call fails in runtime (with a badarg). The ets module exports a function with this name, but it is never to be called except when @@ -2573,12 +2573,12 @@

    Matches the objects in table Table against pattern Pattern.

    A pattern is a term that can contain:

    • Bound parts (Erlang terms)
    • '_' that matches any Erlang term
    • Pattern variables '$N', where N=0,1,...

    The function returns a list with one element for each matching object, where -each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    -[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    -7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    -[[7],[5]]
    -8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    -[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key +each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    +[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    +7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    +[[7],[5]]
    +8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    +[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key is not specified, that is, if it is a variable or an underscore, the entire table must be searched. The search time can be substantial if the table is very large.

    For tables of type ordered_set, the result is in the same order as in a @@ -2830,10 +2830,10 @@ execution time):

    Table = ets:new...
     MatchSpec = ...
     % The following call...
    -ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    -                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
    +ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    +                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
     % ...gives the same result as the more common (and more efficient)
    -ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets +ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets module to perform the dets:select/1 operations and by Mnesia during transactions.

    @@ -3196,19 +3196,19 @@ format. Given that the original match specification is kept intact, the continuation can be restored, meaning it can once again be used in subsequent select/1 calls even though it has been stored on disk or on -another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to repair_continuation/2 reestablishes the -MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to provide distributed select/3 and select/1 sequences. A normal application would either use Mnesia or keep the continuation from being converted to external format.

    The actual behavior of compiled match specifications when recreated from @@ -3253,21 +3253,21 @@ to succeed even if keys are removed during the traversal. The keys for objects inserted or deleted during a traversal may or may not be returned by next/2 depending on the ordering of keys within the table and if -the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
    +the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    +    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
     
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
         true;
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    -    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    -        [{Key,X}] ->
    -            ets:delete(Table,Key);
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    +    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    +        [{Key,X}] ->
    +            ets:delete(Table,Key);
             _ ->
                 true
         end,
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been + clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been released. If a process fixes a table but never releases it, the memory used by the deleted objects is never freed. The performance of operations on the table also degrades significantly.

    To retrieve information about which processes have fixed which tables, use @@ -3355,7 +3355,7 @@ a list, so that the following code:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],['$$']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],[['$1','$2','$3']]}])

    That is, all the bound variables in the match head as a list. If tuples are to be constructed, one has to write a tuple of arity 1 where the single element in the tuple is the tuple one wants to construct (as an ordinary tuple can be -mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the +mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the dbg) module in Runtime_Tools.

    The Guards are constructed as tuples, where the first element is the test name and the remaining elements are the test parameters. To check for a specific type (say a list) of the element bound to the match variable '$1', one would write @@ -3517,16 +3517,16 @@ object. If not, select_replace will fail with badarg without updating any objects.

    For the moment, due to performance and semantic constraints, tables of type bag are not yet supported.

    The function returns the total number of replaced objects.

    Example

    For all 2-tuples with a list in second position, add atom 'marker' first in -the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
    +the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
     true
    -2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    -3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
    +2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    +3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
     1
    -4> ets:tab2list(T).
    -[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    -New = update_object(Old),
    -Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    +4>
    ets:tab2list(T). +[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    +New = update_object(Old),
    +Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    @@ -3561,22 +3561,22 @@ ordered_set, the traversal of the table continues to objects with keys earlier in the Erlang term order. The returned list also contains objects with keys in reverse order. For all other table types, the behavior is exactly that of -select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    -2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
    +select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    +2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
     ...
    -3> {R0,C0} = ets:select_reverse(T,[{'_',[],['$_']}],4).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1046))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.631171989 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/file_sorter.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.632171995 +0000
    @@ -195,35 +195,35 @@
     argument {value, Value}. This makes it easy to initiate the sequence of output
     functions with a value calculated by the input functions.

    As an example, consider sorting the terms on a disk log file. A function that reads chunks from the disk log and returns a list of binaries is used as input. -The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    -    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    -    Input = input(Log, start),
    -    Output = output([]),
    -    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    -    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
    +The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    +    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    +    Input = input(Log, start),
    +    Output = output([]),
    +    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    +    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
         Reply.
     
    -input(Log, Cont) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    +input(Log, Cont) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
                 ok;
    -       (read) ->
    -            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    -                {error, Reason} ->
    -                    {error, Reason};
    -                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    -                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +       (read) ->
    +            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    +                {error, Reason} ->
    +                    {error, Reason};
    +                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
                     eof ->
                         end_of_input
                 end
         end.
     
    -output(L) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    -            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    -       (Terms) ->
    -            output([Terms | L])
    +output(L) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
    +            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    +       (Terms) ->
    +            output([Terms | L])
         end.

    For more examples of functions as input and output, see the end of the file_sorter module; the term format is implemented with functions.

    The possible values of Reason returned when an error occurs are:

    • bad_object, {bad_object, FileName} - Applying the format function failed for some binary, or the key(s) could not be extracted from some term.
    • {bad_term, FileName} - io:read/2 failed to read some term.
    • {file_error, FileName, file:posix()} - For an explanation of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (915)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.655172131 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filelib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.656172137 +0000 @@ -1030,15 +1030,15 @@

      Sanitizes the relative path by eliminating ".." and "." components to protect against directory traversal attacks.

      Either returns the sanitized path name, or the atom unsafe if the path is unsafe. -The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

      • The path is not relative.
      • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
      • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

      Examples:

      1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
      +The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

      • The path is not relative.
      • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
      • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

      Examples:

      1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
       ...
      -2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
      +2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
       "dir"
      -3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
      -[]
      -4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
      +3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
      +[]
      +4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
       unsafe
      -5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
      +5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
       unsafe
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1045)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.679172273 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/filename.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.680172279 +0000 @@ -526,20 +526,20 @@

    Converts a relative Filename and returns an absolute name. No attempt is made to create the shortest absolute name, as this can give incorrect results on file -systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
    +systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
     "/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    -"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
    +4> filename:absname("/").
    +"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
     "D:/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "D:/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "D:/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    +4> filename:absname("/").
     "D:/"
    @@ -679,58 +679,58 @@ Opts the function will default to the native option, that is 'linux', 'darwin' or 'windows', as understood by os:type/0. Anything not recognized as 'darwin' or 'windows' is interpreted as 'linux'.

    The options 'author' and 'version' are only used with 'windows' option -mode.

    • user_cache

      The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

      On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
      -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

      On Darwin:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      -"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

      On Windows:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
      +mode.

      • user_cache

        The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
        +3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/Cache"
        -4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
        +4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/1.2/Cache"
        -5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
        +5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/My App"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App"
        -9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
        +9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Logs"
        -13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        +13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         "/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu:/usr/share/upstart/xdg:/etc/xdg"
        -7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
        +7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/upstart/xdg/my_application",
        - "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        -8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        + "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        +8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         true
        -9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        +9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         "/usr/share/ubuntu:/usr/share/gnome:/usr/local/share/:/usr/share/"
        -11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
        +11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/gnome/my_application",
          "/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         true
        -13> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      +13>
      filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}). +["/usr/local/share/my_application", + "/usr/share/my_application"]

      On Darwin:

      5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
    @@ -759,12 +759,12 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename, or Filename itself if it does not -contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
    +contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
     "foo"
    -6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
    +6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
     "foo"
    -7> filename:basename("/").
    -[]
    +7>
    filename:basename("/"). +[]
    @@ -795,15 +795,15 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename with extension Ext stripped.

    This function is to be used to remove a (possible) specific extension. To remove an existing extension when you are unsure which one it is, use -rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
    +rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle"
    -9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
    +9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
     "kalle.beam"
    -10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
    +10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle.old"
    -11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
    +11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
     "kalle"
    -12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
    +12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
     "kalle"
    @@ -832,10 +832,10 @@ -

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
    +

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
     "/usr/src"
    -14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    -"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
    +14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    +"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
     "/usr/src"
    @@ -865,10 +865,10 @@

    Returns the file extension of Filename, including the period. Returns an empty -string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
    +string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
     ".erl"
    -16> filename:extension("beam.src/kalle").
    -[]
    +16>
    filename:extension("beam.src/kalle"). +[]
    @@ -928,10 +928,10 @@

    Joins a list of filename Components with directory separators. If one of the elements of Components includes an absolute path, such as "/xxx", the preceding elements, if any, are removed from the result.

    The result is "normalized":

    • Redundant directory separators are removed.
    • In Windows, all directory separators are forward slashes and the drive letter -is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    +is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (661))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.717172497 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_event.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.717172497 +0000
    @@ -1303,15 +1303,15 @@
     but it may transform some values.

    Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. If a handler does not export this function, the gen_event module uses the handler state directly for the purposes described below.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return the fact that /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (879)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.752172705 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.753172710 +0000 @@ -135,163 +135,163 @@ Migration to gen_statem

    Here follows a simple example of turning a gen_fsm into a gen_statem. -The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

    -module(code_lock).
    --define(NAME, code_lock).
    +The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

    -module(code_lock).
    +-define(NAME, code_lock).
     %-define(BEFORE_REWRITE, true).
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    --behaviour(gen_fsm).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-behaviour(gen_fsm).
     -else.
    --behaviour(gen_statem).
    +-behaviour(gen_statem).
     -endif.
     
    --export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
    +-export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    --export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
    -     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
    +     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
     -else.
    --export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
    -     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
    +-export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
    +     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
     %% Add callback__mode/0
     %% Change arity of the state functions
     %% Remove handle_info/3
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
     -else.
    -start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    +start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -button(Digit) ->
    -    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +button(Digit) ->
    +    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
     -else.
    -button(Digit) ->
    -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
    +button(Digit) ->
    +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
         %% send_event is asynchronous and becomes a cast
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
     -else.
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
         %% sync_send is synchronous and becomes call
         %% all_state is handled by callback code in gen_statem
     -endif.
     
    -init(Code) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, remaining => Code},
    -    {ok, locked, Data}.
    +init(Code) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, remaining => Code},
    +    {ok, locked, Data}.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
     -else.
    -callback_mode() ->
    +callback_mode() ->
         state_functions.
     %% state_functions mode is the mode most similar to
     %% gen_fsm. There is also handle_event mode which is
     %% a fairly different concept.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
    -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    -    {StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
    +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    +    {StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
         end.
     -else.
    -locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
    -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    -    {StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
    +locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
    +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    +    {StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
         end;
    -locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    -locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
    -    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
    +locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    +locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
    +    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
     %% Arity differs
     %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
     %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
     %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -open(timeout, State) ->
    -     do_lock(),
    -    {next_state, locked, State};
    -open({button,_}, Data) ->
    -    {next_state, locked, Data}.
    --else.
    -open(timeout, _, Data) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    {next_state, locked, Data};
    -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    -    {next_state, locked, Data};
    -open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    -open(info, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +open(timeout, State) ->
    +     do_lock(),
    +    {next_state, locked, State};
    +open({button,_}, Data) ->
    +    {next_state, locked, Data}.
    +-else.
    +open(timeout, _, Data) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    {next_state, locked, Data};
    +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    +    {next_state, locked, Data};
    +open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    +open(info, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
     %% Arity differs
     %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
     %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
     %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
     
    -handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
    +handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
     
    -handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
    +handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
     -else.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (661))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.792172941 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_server.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.793172947 +0000
    @@ -1279,15 +1279,15 @@
     but it may transform some values.

    Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The gen_server module provides a default implementation of this function that returns the callback module state.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (956)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.846173260 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/gen_statem.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.847173266 +0000 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ depending on callback mode Release upgrade/downgrade -(code change) +(code change) -----> Module:code_change/4

    State callback

    The state callback for a specific state in a gen_statem is the callback function that is called for all events in this state. It is selected depending on which callback mode @@ -302,97 +302,97 @@ Pushbutton Code -

    The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

    -module(pushbutton).
    --behaviour(gen_statem).
    +

    The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

    -module(pushbutton).
    +-behaviour(gen_statem).
     
    --export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
    --export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
    --export([on/3,off/3]).
    +-export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
    +-export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
    +-export([on/3,off/3]).
     
    -name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
    +name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
     
     %% API.  This example uses a registered name name()
     %% and does not link to the caller.
    -start() ->
    -    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
    -push() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
    -get_count() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_statem:stop(name()).
    +start() ->
    +    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
    +push() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
    +get_count() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_statem:stop(name()).
     
     %% Mandatory callback functions
    -terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
    +terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
         void.
    -code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
    -    {ok,State,Data}.
    -init([]) ->
    +code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
    +    {ok,State,Data}.
    +init([]) ->
         %% Set the initial state + data.  Data is used only as a counter.
         State = off, Data = 0,
    -    {ok,State,Data}.
    -callback_mode() -> state_functions.
    +    {ok,State,Data}.
    +callback_mode() -> state_functions.
     
     %%% state callback(s)
     
    -off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
    +off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
         %% that the resulting status is 'on'
    -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    -off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
    +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    +off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
     
    -on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
    +on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
    -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    -on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
    +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    +on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
     
     %% Handle events common to all states
    -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
         %% Reply with the current count
    -    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    -handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
    +    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    +handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
         %% Ignore all other events
    -    {keep_state,Data}.

    The following is a shell session when running it:

    1> pushbutton:start().
    -{ok,<0.36.0>}
    -2> pushbutton:get_count().
    +    {keep_state,Data}.

    The following is a shell session when running it:

    1> pushbutton:start().
    +{ok,<0.36.0>}
    +2> pushbutton:get_count().
     0
    -3> pushbutton:push().
    +3> pushbutton:push().
     on
    -4> pushbutton:get_count().
    +4> pushbutton:get_count().
     1
    -5> pushbutton:push().
    +5> pushbutton:push().
     off
    -6> pushbutton:get_count().
    +6> pushbutton:get_count().
     1
    -7> pushbutton:stop().
    +7> pushbutton:stop().
     ok
    -8> pushbutton:push().
    +8> pushbutton:push().
     ** exception exit: {noproc,{gen_statem,call,[pushbutton_statem,push,infinity]}}
          in function  gen:do_for_proc/2 (gen.erl, line 261)
          in call from gen_statem:call/3 (gen_statem.erl, line 386)

    To compare styles, here follows the same example using callback mode handle_event_function, or rather, the code to replace after function init/1 -of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

    callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
    +of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

    callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
     
     %%% state callback(s)
     
    -handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
         %% that the resulting status is 'on'
    -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    -handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
    +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    +handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
    -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
     %%
     %% Event handling common to all states
    -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
         %% Reply with the current count
    -    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    -handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
    +    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    +handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
         %% Ignore all other events
    -    {next_state,State,Data}.

    Note

    + {next_state,State,Data}.

    Note

    @@ -3177,15 +3177,15 @@ containing the same keys as the input map, but it may transform some values.

    One use case for this function is to return compact alternative state representations to avoid having large state terms printed in log files. -Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need to export it. The gen_statem module provides a default implementation of this function that returns {State, Data}.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return {State, Info}, @@ -3359,8 +3359,8 @@ to initialize the implementation state and server data.

    Args is the Args argument provided to that start function.

    Note

    Note that if the gen_statem is started through proc_lib and enter_loop/4,5,6, this callback will never be called. Since this callback is not optional -it can in that case be implemented as:

    -spec init(_) -> no_return().
    -init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).
    +it can in that case be implemented as:

    -spec init(_) -> no_return().
    +init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (876)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.889173515 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.890173521 +0000 @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Error Information

    The ErrorInfo mentioned in this module is the standard ErrorInfo structure -that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    +that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    @@ -1189,12 +1189,12 @@ no IoDevice argument is specified in the function calls in this module.

    It is sometimes desirable to use an explicit IoDevice argument that refers to the default I/O device. This is the case with functions that can access either a file or the default I/O device. The atom standard_io has this -special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
    +special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
     enter>foo.
    -{ok,foo}
    -28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
    +{ok,foo}
    +28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
     enter>bar.
    -{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user +{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user I/O device of the node that spawned the calling process.

    standard_io is an alias for group_leader/0, so in order to change where the default input/output requests are sent you can change the group leader of the current process using @@ -1469,33 +1469,33 @@ whitespace characters are stripped. An Erlang string (list of characters) is returned.

    If Unicode translation is in effect (~ts), characters > 255 are accepted, otherwise not. With the translation modifier, the returned list can as a -consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
    +consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}
  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an +{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}

  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an atom.

  • c - The number of characters equal to the field width are read (default is 1) and returned as an Erlang string. However, leading and trailing whitespace characters are not omitted as they are with s. All -characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
    +characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091]]}
  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that +{ok,[[1091]]}

  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that point, including whitespace characters.

  • The function returns:
    • {ok, Terms} - The read was successful and Terms is the list of successfully matched and read items.

    • eof - End of file was encountered.

    • {error, FreadError} - The reading failed and FreadError gives a hint about the error.

    • {error, ErrorDescription} - The read operation failed and parameter -ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
    +ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
     enter>1.9 35.5e3 15.0
    -{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    -21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
    +{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    +21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
     enter>     5.67899
    -{ok,[5.678,99]}
    -22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
    +{ok,[5.678,99]}
    +22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
     enter>:   alan   :   joe    :
    -{ok, ["alan", "   joe    "]}
    +
    {ok, ["alan", " joe "]}
    @@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ the output device, and control sequences for formatting, see below. If Format is an atom or a binary, it is first converted to a list with the aid of atom_to_list/1 or -binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
    +binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
     Hello world!
     ok

    The general format of a control sequence is ~F.P.PadModC.

    The character C determines the type of control sequence to be used. It is the only required field. All of F, P, Pad, and Mod are optional. For @@ -1602,25 +1602,25 @@ padding character is ' ' (space).

  • Mod is the control sequence modifier. This is one or more characters that change the interpretation of Data.

    The current modifiers are:

    • t - For Unicode translation.

    • l - For stopping p and P from detecting printable characters.

    • k - For use with p, P, w, and W to format maps in map-key ordered order (see maps:iterator_order/0).

    • K - Similar to k, for formatting maps in map-key order, but takes an -extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      -#{a => 1,b => 2}
      -> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      -#{b => 2,a => 1}
      +extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      +#{a => 1,b => 2}
      +> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      +#{b => 2,a => 1}
       ok
  • If F, P, or Pad is a * character, the next argument in Data is used as -the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
    +the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
     003.14159
    -ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
    +ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
     **3.14159
     ok

    Available control sequences:

    • ~ - Character ~ is written.

    • c - The argument is a number that is interpreted as an ASCII code. The precision is the number of times the character is printed and defaults to the -field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
      +field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
       |     aaaaa|bbbbb     |ccccc|
       ok

      If the Unicode translation modifier (t) is in effect, the integer argument can be any number representing a valid Unicode codepoint, otherwise it is to -be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      -\x{400}
      +be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
      +3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
       ^@
       ok
    • f - The argument is a float that is written as [-]ddd.ddd, where the precision is the number of digits after the decimal point. The default @@ -1638,18 +1638,18 @@ binaries are in UTF-8. The characters are printed without quotes. The string is first truncated by the specified precision and then padded and justified to the specified field width. The default precision is the field width.

      This format can be used for printing any object and truncating the output so -it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
      +it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
       |**********|
       ok
      -2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey,h|
      -3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey  |
      +2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey,h|
      +3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey  |
       ok

      A list with integers > 255 is considered an error if the Unicode translation -modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      -\x{400}
      +modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
      +5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
       ** exception error: bad argument
            in function  io:format/3
               called as io:format(<0.53.0>,"~s~n",[[1024]])
    • w - Writes data with the standard syntax. This is used to output Erlang @@ -1660,122 +1660,122 @@ breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents each line sensibly. Left-justification is not supported. It also tries to detect flat lists of printable characters and output these as -strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      -{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
      +strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      +{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      +{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
       ...
      -2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      -[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      -me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      -,implicit}]
      +2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      +[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      +me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      +,implicit}]
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -               {mode,explicit},
      -               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      - {typename,'Person'},
      - {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      - {mode,implicit}]
      +3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      +               {mode,explicit},
      +               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      +              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      + {typename,'Person'},
      + {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      + {mode,implicit}]
       ok

      The field width specifies the maximum line length. It defaults to 80. The precision specifies the initial indentation of the term. It defaults to the number of characters printed on this line in the same call to write/1 or -format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      -Here T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -                       [{id,cho},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -          {typename,'Person'},
      -          {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      -          {mode,implicit}]
      +format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1437))
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.918173686 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_lib.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.917173680 +0000
      @@ -1032,8 +1032,8 @@
       input is needed to complete the original format string. RestFormat is the
       remaining format string, Nchars is the number of characters scanned, and
       InputStack is the reversed list of inputs matched up to that point.

    • {error, What} - The read operation failed and parameter What gives a -hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    -{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    +hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    +{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    @@ -1538,11 +1538,11 @@ "...".

    Depth defaults to -1, which means no limitation. Option CharsLimit puts a soft limit on the number of characters returned. When the number of characters is reached, remaining structures are replaced by "...". CharsLimit defaults to -1, -which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
    +which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
     "{1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}"
    -2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
    +2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
     "{1,[2],[3],[...],...}"
    -3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
    +3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
     "{[1,2|...],[4|...],...}"
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (977)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.946173852 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/io_protocol.html 2026-10-15 00:56:34.947173858 +0000 @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ Protocol Basics

    As described in Robert's paper, I/O servers and clients communicate using -io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    -{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server +io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    +{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server eventually sends a corresponding io_reply tuple.

    • From is the pid/0 of the client, the process which the I/O server sends the I/O reply to.

    • ReplyAs can be any datum and is returned in the corresponding io_reply. The io module monitors the I/O server and uses the monitor reference as @@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ Output Requests -

      To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

      {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
      -{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
      • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case +

        To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

        {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
        +{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
        • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case of binaries) encoded as UTF-8 or ISO Latin-1 (pure bytes). A well-behaved I/O server is also to return an error indication if list elements contain integers > 255 when Encoding is set to latin1.

          Notice that this does not in any way tell how characters are to be put on the @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Input Requests -

          To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

          {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
          • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is +

            To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

            {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
            • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is sent to the function denoted by Module/Function/ExtraArgs. If the function supplied returns data as a list, the data is converted to this encoding. If the function supplied returns data in some other format, no @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ nothing being written to the I/O device).

            • Module, Function, and ExtraArgs denote a function and arguments to determine when enough data is written. The function is to take two more arguments, the last state, and a list of characters. The function is to return -one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              -{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can +one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              +{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can convert it to a binary/0 of appropriate format before returning it to the client, if the I/O server is set in binary mode (see below).

              The function is called with the data the I/O server finds on its I/O device, returning one of:

              • {done, Result, RestChars} when enough data is read. In this case Result @@ -218,28 +218,28 @@ characters are available. When no more characters are available, the function must return {done, eof, Rest}. The initial state is the empty list. The data when an end of file is reached on the IO device is the atom eof.

                An emulation of the get_line request can be (inefficiently) implemented -using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                --export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                +using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                +-export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                 
                -until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                -    {done,eof,[]};
                -until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                +until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                +    {done,eof,[]};
                +until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                     case
                -        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                +        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                     of
                -  {L,[]} ->
                -            {more,ThisFar++L};
                -  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                -      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                +  {L,[]} ->
                +            {more,ThisFar++L};
                +  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                +      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                     end.
                 
                -get_line(IoServer) ->
                -    IoServer ! {io_request,
                -                self(),
                +get_line(IoServer) ->
                +    IoServer ! {io_request,
                +                self(),
                                 IoServer,
                -                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                +                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                     receive
                -        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                +        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                       Data
                     end.

                Notice that the last element in the Request tuple ([$\n]) is appended to the argument list when the function is called. The function is to be called @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ must be able to handle binary data. For convenience, the modes of an I/O server can be set and retrieved using the following I/O requests:

                {setopts, Opts}
                • Opts is a list of options in the format recognized by the proplists module (and by the I/O server).

                As an example, the I/O server for the interactive shell (in group.erl) -understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                -{echo, boolean()}
                -{expand_fun, fun()}
                -{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while +understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                +{echo, boolean()}
                +{expand_fun, fun()}
                +{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while echo and expand are valid only for this I/O server. Option unicode notifies how characters are put on the physical I/O device, that is, if the terminal itself is Unicode-aware. It does not affect how characters are sent in @@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ continue until one of the requests results in an error or the list is consumed. The result of the last request is sent back to the client.

              The I/O server can, for a list of requests, send any of the following valid results in the reply, depending on the requests in the list:

              ok
              -{ok, Data}
              -{ok, Options}
              -{error, Error}

              +{ok, Data} +{ok, Options} +{error, Error}

    @@ -335,128 +335,128 @@ process handling incoming requests, usually both I/O-requests and other I/O device-specific requests (positioning, closing, and so on).

    The example I/O server stores characters in an ETS table, making up a fairly crude RAM file.

    The module begins with the usual directives, a function to start the I/O server -and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
    +and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
    +-export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
     
    --define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
    +-define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
     
    --record(state, {
    +-record(state, {
     	  table,
     	  position, % absolute
     	  mode % binary | list
    -	 }).
    +	 }).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
     
    -init() ->
    -    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    -    ?MODULE:loop(#href_anchor"ss">state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
    +init() ->
    +    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    +    ?MODULE:loop(#href_anchor"ss">state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
     
    -loop(State) ->
    +loop(State) ->
         receive
    -	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    -	    case request(Request,State) of
    -		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    -		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    exit(Reply)
    +	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    +	    case request(Request,State) of
    +		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    +		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    exit(Reply)
     	    end;
     	%% Private message
    -	{From, rewind} ->
    -	    From ! {self(), ok},
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
    +	{From, rewind} ->
    +	    From ! {self(), ok},
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
     	_Unknown ->
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
         end.

    The main loop receives messages from the client (which can use the the io module to send requests). For each request, the function request/2 is called and a reply is eventually sent using function reply/3.

    The "private" message {From, rewind} results in the current position in the pseudo-file to be reset to 0 (the beginning of the "file"). This is a typical example of I/O device-specific messages not being part of the I/O protocol. It is usually a bad idea to embed such private messages in io_request tuples, as -that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    -    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs +that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    +    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs received in the request along with the result of the request, as described -earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    -    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    -request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
    +earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    +    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    +request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
         try
    -	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
    +	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
         catch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1547))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.974174017 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/json.html	2026-10-15 00:56:34.974174017 +0000
    @@ -991,8 +991,8 @@
       
       Example
     

    -
    > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
    -#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    +
    > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
    +#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    @@ -1044,9 +1044,9 @@ Example -

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    -> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    +

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    +> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1079,11 +1079,11 @@

    Continue parsing a stream of bytes of a JSON value.

    Similar to decode_start/3, if the function returns {continue, State} and -there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    -{123,ok,<<>>}
    +there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    +{123,ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ Examples -
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
    +
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
     <<"{\"foo\":\"bar\"}">>
    @@ -1195,10 +1195,10 @@ Examples

    An encoder that uses a heuristic to differentiate object-like -lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    -> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    -> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    -> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
    +lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    +> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    +> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    +> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
     <<"{\"a\":[],\"b\":1}">>
    @@ -1590,11 +1590,11 @@ -

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    -{
    +

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    +{
       "baz": 52,
       "foo": "bar"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    @@ -1659,20 +1659,20 @@

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similar to encode/2, can be customised with the Encoder callback and Options.

    Options can include 'indent' to specify number of spaces per level and 'max' which loosely limits the width of lists.

    The Encoder will get a 'State' argument which contains the 'Options' maps merged with other data when recursing through 'Term'.

    format_value/3 or various encode_* functions in this module can be used -to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    -    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    -    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    -> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
    +to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    +    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    +    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    +> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
     >
    -> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    -> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    -> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
    +> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    +> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    +> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
     >
    -> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    -{
    +> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    +{
         "id": 1,
         "time": "2024-05-23T16:07:48Z"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1413)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.018174278 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/lists.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.019174284 +0000 @@ -1167,8 +1167,8 @@ -

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    -[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    +

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    +[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@

    Returns a new list List3, which is made from the elements of List1 followed -by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
    +by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
     "abcdef"

    lists:append(A, B) is equivalent to A ++ B.

    @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@

    Concatenates the text representation of the elements of Things. The elements -of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
    +of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
     "doc/file.3"
    @@ -1347,8 +1347,8 @@ -

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    -[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    +

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    +[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    @@ -1449,12 +1449,12 @@

    Returns List1 with each element H replaced by a tuple of form {I, H} where I is the position of H in List1. The enumeration starts with Index and increases by Step in each step.

    That is, enumerate/3 behaves as if it had been defined as -follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    -  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    -  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    -[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    -[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    -[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    +follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    +  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    +  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    +[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    +[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    +[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    @@ -1523,15 +1523,15 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem) on successive elements Elem of List1 in order to update or remove elements from List1.

    Fun/1 must return either a Boolean or a tuple {true, Value}. The function returns the list of elements for which Fun returns a new value, where a value -of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    -                       case Fun(Elem) of
    +of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    +                       case Fun(Elem) of
                                false -> Acc;
    -                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    -                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
    +                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    +                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
                            end
    -                end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[1,2]
    +
    end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -1590,9 +1590,9 @@

    Takes a function from As to lists of Bs, and a list of As (List1) and produces a list of Bs by applying the function to every element in List1 and -appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    +appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    @@ -1688,9 +1688,9 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem, AccIn) on successive elements A of List, starting with AccIn == Acc0. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is -returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     15
    -> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     120
    @@ -1727,11 +1727,11 @@ -

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
    +

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.12.2225172>
    -> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     1 2 3 void
    -> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     3 2 1 void

    foldl/3 is tail recursive and is usually preferred to foldr/3.

    @@ -1794,12 +1794,12 @@

    Inserts Sep between each element in List1. Has no effect on the empty list -and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,x,b,x,c]
    -> lists:join(x, [a]).
    -[a]
    -> lists:join(x, []).
    -[]
    +and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,x,b,x,c]
    +> lists:join(x, [a]).
    +[a]
    +> lists:join(x, []).
    +[]
    @@ -1900,10 +1900,10 @@

    Returns a list of tuples where, for each tuple in TupleList1, the Nth element Term1 of the tuple has been replaced with the result of calling -Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
    +Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.10732646>
    -2> lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]).
    -[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    +2>
    lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]). +[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    @@ -2244,9 +2244,9 @@ -

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    -0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    +

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    +0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    @@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ -

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
     c
    @@ -2568,14 +2568,14 @@

    Returns the Nth tail of List, that is, the sublist of List starting at -N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[d,e]
    -> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    -[d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[a,b,c,d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[]
    +N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[d,e]
    +> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    +[d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[a,b,c,d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1832)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.053174485 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/maps.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.054174491 +0000 @@ -745,10 +745,10 @@

    Returns a map Map for which predicate Pred holds true in MapOrIter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    -  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    -#{a => 2,c => 4}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    +  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    +#{a => 2,c => 4}
    @@ -787,10 +787,10 @@ map. If it returns false, the association is not copied. If it returns {true, NewValue}, the value for Key is replaced with NewValue in the result map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    -#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    +#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    @@ -821,10 +821,10 @@

    Returns a tuple {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, -or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
    +or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
       Key = "hi",
    -  maps:find(Key,Map).
    -{ok,42}
    +
    maps:find(Key,Map). +{ok,42}
    @@ -865,9 +865,9 @@ which is passed to the next successive call. This function returns the final value of the accumulator. The initial accumulator value Init is returned if the map is empty.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    -  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    +  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
     6
    @@ -934,8 +934,8 @@

    Takes a list of keys and a value and builds a map where all keys point to the -same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    -#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    +same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    +#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    @@ -967,9 +967,9 @@

    Takes a list of key-value tuples elements and builds a map. The associations can be in any order, and both keys and values in the association can be of any term.

    If the same key appears more than once, the latter (right-most) value is used -and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    -  maps:from_list(List).
    -#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    +and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    +  maps:from_list(List).
    +#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    @@ -1001,8 +1001,8 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map, or with a {badkey,Key} exception if no value is associated with Key.

    Example:

    > Key = 1337,
    -  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    -  maps:get(Key,Map).
    +  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    +  maps:get(Key,Map).
     "value one"
    @@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key. If no value -is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    -#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    -> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
    +is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    +#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    +> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
     val1
    -> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
    +> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
     "Default value"
    @@ -1078,11 +1078,11 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    +#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    @@ -1124,15 +1124,15 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List, mapped via ValueFun, for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    -> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    +> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(
         fun erlang:length/1,
         fun lists:reverse/1,
    -    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    +
    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]). +#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    @@ -1164,10 +1164,10 @@

    Intersects two maps into a single map Map3. If a key exists in both maps, the -value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    -#{a => 1}
    +value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    +#{a => 1}
    @@ -1207,10 +1207,10 @@ the value from Map1 is the second parameter, and the value from Map2 is the third parameter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map. The call fails with a badarg exception if Combiner is not a fun that takes -three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    -#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    +three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    +#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    @@ -1241,11 +1241,11 @@

    Returns true if map Map contains Key and returns false if it does not -contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    -#{"42" => value}
    -> maps:is_key("42",Map).
    +contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    +#{"42" => value}
    +> maps:is_key("42",Map).
     true
    -> maps:is_key(value,Map).
    +> maps:is_key(value,Map).
     false
    @@ -1278,15 +1278,15 @@

    Returns a map iterator Iterator that can be used by maps:next/1 to traverse the key-value associations in a map. When iterating over a map, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2060)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.079174639 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/ms_transform.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.080174644 +0000 @@ -154,31 +154,31 @@ table and construct a list of tuples containing relevant parts of the data in these rows. One can use ets:foldl/3 instead, but the ets:select/2 call is far more efficient. Without the translation provided by ms_transform, one must -struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
    +struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
                   surname,   %Surname of the employee
                   givenname, %Given name of employee
                   dept,      %Department, one of {dev,sales,prod,adm}
    -              empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    - {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    - {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    - {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    - {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    - {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    - {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    - {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    - {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, -there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    -[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still + empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    + {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    + {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    + {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    + {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    + {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    + {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    + {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    + {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, +there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    +[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still unreadable, and one has little control over the returned result. It is always a -list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    -             (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    +             (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only problem is that all the data from the table must be transferred from the table to the calling process for filtering. That is inefficient compared to the ets:match/2 call where the filtering can be done "inside" the emulator and -only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to +only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to write. The first element of the tuple, #emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'}, tells what to match. Elements not matching this are not returned, as in the ets:match/2 example. The second @@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ hence the employee number is returned. The result is ["011103","076324"], as in the ets:foldr/3 example, but the result is retrieved much more efficiently in terms of execution speed and memory consumption.

    Using ets:fun2ms/1, we can combine the ease of use of the ets:foldr/3 and -the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
                                   E
    -                      end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to + end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to understand. The head of the fun matches what you want to filter out and the body returns what you want returned. As long as the fun can be kept within the limits of the match specifications, there is no need to transfer all table data to the @@ -216,22 +216,22 @@

    Assume that we want to get all the employee numbers of employees hired before year 2000. Using ets:match/2 is not an alternative here, as relational operators cannot be expressed there. Once again, ets:foldr/3 can do it -(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    -                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    +                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The equivalent expression using a handwritten match specification would look like -this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    -                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    -                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and +this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    +                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    +                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and therefore discards anything that does not have an empyear (bound to '$2' in -the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
                                E
    -                      end)).

    + end)).

    @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@

    Assume that we want the whole object matching instead of only one element. One alternative is to assign a variable to every part of the record and build it up -once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
    +once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
                              when Y < 2000 ->
                                   Obj
    -                      end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched + end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched object using a "match inside the match", that is, a =. Unfortunately in funs translated to match specifications, it is allowed only at the "top-level", that is, matching the whole object arriving to be matched into a separate variable. @@ -258,10 +258,10 @@

    This example concerns the body of the fun. Assume that all employee numbers beginning with zero (0) must be changed to begin with one (1) instead, and -that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    -                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    -                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, +that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    +                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    +                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, so that not the whole table needs to be searched, only the part containing keys beginning with 0 is looked into.

    @@ -274,24 +274,24 @@ {rookie, <employee number>}.
  • For all other employees, return {newbie, <employee number>}, except for those named Smith as they would be affronted by anything other than the tag guru and that is also what is returned for their numbers: -{guru, <employee number>}.
  • This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    -                              {guru,E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    -                              {inventory, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    -                              {newbie, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    -                              {rookie, E}
    -                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    - {rookie,"041231"},
    - {guru,"052341"},
    - {guru,"076324"},
    - {newbie,"122334"},
    - {rookie,"535216"},
    - {inventory,"789789"},
    - {newbie,"963721"},
    - {rookie,"989891"}]

    +{guru, <employee number>}.

    This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    +                              {guru,E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    +                              {inventory, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    +                              {newbie, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    +                              {rookie, E}
    +                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    + {rookie,"041231"},
    + {guru,"052341"},
    + {guru,"076324"},
    + {newbie,"122334"},
    + {rookie,"535216"},
    + {inventory,"789789"},
    + {newbie,"963721"},
    + {rookie,"989891"}]

    @@ -338,18 +338,18 @@ more, as filtering using Erlang code is not a good idea when tracing (except afterwards, if you trace to file). The concept is similar to that of ets:fun2ms/1 except that you usually use it directly from the shell (which can -also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
    +also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
     
    --export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
    +-export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
     
    -start(Args) ->
    -    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
    +start(Args) ->
    +    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
     
    -store(Key, Value) ->
    -    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
    +store(Key, Value) ->
    +    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
     
    -retrieve(Key) ->
    -    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
    +retrieve(Key) ->
    +    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
         Value.

    During model testing, the first test results in {badmatch,16} in /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (3320)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.144175023 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/notes.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.145175029 +0000 @@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ Improvements and New Features

    • The functions is_equal/2, map/2, and filtermap/2 have been added to the modules sets, ordsets, and gb_sets.

      Own Id: OTP-18622 Aux Id: PR-7183, PR-7232

    • The compiler now emits nicer error message for function head mismatches. -For example, given:

      a() -> ok;
      -a(_) -> error.

      Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
      +For example, given:

      a() -> ok;
      +a(_) -> error.

      Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
       %    6| a(_) -> error.
       %     | ^

      while in Erlang/OTP 27 the diagnostic is similar to:

      t.erl:6:1: head mismatch: function a with arities 0 and 1 is regarded as two distinct functions. Is the number of arguments incorrect or is the semicolon in a/0 unwanted?
       %    6| a(_) -> error.
      @@ -236,12 +236,12 @@
       shell:prompt_width/1 have been exported to help with custom prompt implementations.

      Own Id: OTP-18834 Aux Id: PR-7675

    • The shell now pages long output from the documentation help command (h(Module)), auto completions and the search command.

      Own Id: OTP-18846 Aux Id: PR-7845

    • The M-h hotkey (Alt/Option-h) now outputs help for the module or function directly before the cursor.

      Own Id: OTP-18847 Aux Id: PR-7846

    • Added support for adding a custom code formatter that formats your multi-line shell commands in your preferred formatting on submission. See shell:format_shell_func/ and shell:erl_pp_format_func/1.

      Own Id: OTP-18848 Aux Id: PR-7847

    • Added shell functions for viewing, forgetting and saving locally defined functions, types and records.

      Own Id: OTP-18852 Aux Id: PR-7844

    • Added string:jaro_similarity/2, which can be used to calculate the similarity between two strings.

      Own Id: OTP-18865 Aux Id: PR-7879

    • The new function ets:update_element/4 is similar to ets:update_element/3, but takes a default tuple as the fourth argument, which will be inserted if no previous record with that key exists.

      Own Id: OTP-18870 Aux Id: PR-7857

    • Added functions to retrieve the next higher or lower key/element from gb_trees and gb_sets, as well as returning iterators that start at given keys/elements.

      Own Id: OTP-18874 Aux Id: PR-7745

    • When the shell built-in function c/1,2 is used to re-compile a module, the current working directory of the original compilation is now added to the include path.

      Own Id: OTP-18908 Aux Id: PR-7957

    • The timer module now uses a private table for its internal state, slightly improving its performance.

      Own Id: OTP-18914 Aux Id: PR-7973

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

      Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

    • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

      To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

      -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

      Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

      erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

      Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

    • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      --record(r, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

    Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

  • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

    To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

    -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

    Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

    erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

    Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

  • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

    -module(t).
    +-export([f/0]).
    +-record(r, {a,b,c}).
     
    -f() ->
    -    #href_anchor"ss">r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

    The compiler raises the following warning:

    1> c(t).
    +f() ->
    +    #href_anchor"ss">r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

    The compiler raises the following warning:

    1> c(t).
     t.erl:6:12: Warning: expression updates a literal
     %    6|     #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.
     %     |            ^

    Own Id: OTP-18951 Aux Id: PR-8069

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • Optimized ets:foldl and ets:foldr to use new ets:next_lookup. Also made them immune against table renaming.

    Own Id: OTP-18993 Aux Id: PR-8048

  • Windows now supports all functions in math.

    Own Id: OTP-19001 Aux Id: PR-8164

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • There is a new module json for encoding and decoding JSON.

    Both encoding and decoding can be customized. Decoding can be done in a SAX-like fashion and handle multiple documents and streams of data.

    Own Id: OTP-19020 Aux Id: PR-8111

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1551)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.173175195 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/orddict.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.173175195 +0000 @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@

    Functions append/3 and append_list/3 are included so that keyed values can be stored in a list accumulator, for -example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    -  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    +  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch/2 is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find/2.

    @@ -537,16 +537,16 @@

    Appends a new Value to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is not a list -of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    -[{a,no_list}]
    -2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
    +of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    +[{a,no_list}]
    +2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: bad argument
          in operator  ++/2
             called as no_list ++ [1]
    @@ -583,12 +583,12 @@

    Appends a list of values ValList to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is -not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    +not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    @@ -617,10 +617,10 @@ -

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -650,11 +650,11 @@

    Returns the value associated with Key in dictionary Orddict. This function assumes that the Key is present in the dictionary. An exception is generated -if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
    +if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
     1
    -3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
    +3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: no function clause matching orddict:fetch(missing,[])
    @@ -683,10 +683,10 @@ -

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    -[a,b]
    +

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    +[a,b]
    @@ -719,10 +719,10 @@

    Orddict2 is a dictionary of all keys and values in Orddict1 for which -Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -752,11 +752,11 @@

    Searches for a key in a dictionary. Returns {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, or error if the key is not present in the -dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    -{ok,1}
    -3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
    +dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    +{ok,1}
    +3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
     error
    @@ -794,10 +794,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict together with an extra argument Acc (short for accumulator). Fun must return a new accumulator that -is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    -[{b,102},{a,101}]
    +is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    +[{b,102},{a,101}]
    @@ -916,10 +916,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict1 to return a new value -for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{a,101},{b,102}]
    +for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{a,101},{b,102}]
    @@ -955,15 +955,15 @@

    Merges two dictionaries, Orddict1 and Orddict2, to create a new dictionary. All the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary.

    If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key -and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    -[{b,7},{c,8}]
    -3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    -[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    +and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    +[{b,7},{c,8}]
    +3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    +[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1109)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.206175389 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/peer.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.207175396 +0000 @@ -161,127 +161,127 @@ manual analysis. If the test case fails, the CRASH REPORT contains these arguments
  • multiple test cases can run concurrently speeding up overall testing process, peer node names are unique even when there are multiple instances of the same -test suite running in parallel
  • -module(my_SUITE).
    --behaviour(ct_suite).
    --export([all/0, groups/0]).
    --export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
    +test suite running in parallel
    -module(my_SUITE).
    +-behaviour(ct_suite).
    +-export([all/0, groups/0]).
    +-export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -groups() ->
    -    [{quick, [parallel],
    -        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
    +groups() ->
    +    [{quick, [parallel],
    +        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -    [{group, quick}].
    +all() ->
    +    [{group, quick}].
     
    -basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% specify additional arguments to the new node
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% pass test case name down to function starting nodes
    -    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
    +start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
         %% extra setup needed for multiple test cases
    -    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
    +    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
         Peer.
     
    -restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer),
    +restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer),
         %% restart the node with the same name as before
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    -        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    +        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
         %% wait for all nodes to complete boot process, get their names:
    -    _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end
    -        || {ok, Peer} <- Peers],
    -    [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set -up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    -peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    -    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two + _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end + || {ok, Peer} <- Peers], + [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set +up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    +peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    +    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two containers with hostnames "one" and "two". In this example Erlang nodes running -inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    -    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    -    build_release(PrivDir),
    -    build_image(PrivDir),
    +inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    +    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    +    build_release(PrivDir),
    +    build_image(PrivDir),
     
         %% start two Docker containers
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
     
         %% find IP address of the second node using alternative connection RPC
    -    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    -    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    -    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
    +    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    +    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    +    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
     
         %% make first node to discover second one
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
     
         %% join a cluster
    -    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
    +    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
         %% verify that second peer node has only the first node visible
    -    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
    +    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
     
         %% stop peers, causing containers to also stop
    -    peer:stop(Peer2),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    peer:stop(Peer2),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -build_release(Dir) ->
    +build_release(Dir) ->
         %% load sasl.app file, otherwise application:get_key will fail
    -    application:load(sasl),
    +    application:load(sasl),
         %% create *.rel - release file
    -    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    -    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    -        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    -        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    -            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    -    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    -        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    -    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
    +    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    +    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    +        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    +        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    +            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    +    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    +        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    +    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
     
         %% create boot script
    -    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    -        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
    +    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    +        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
         %% package release into *.tar.gz
    -    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
    +    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
     
    -build_image(Dir) ->
    +build_image(Dir) ->
         %% Create Dockerfile example, working only for Ubuntu 20.04
         %% Expose port 4445, and make Erlang distribution to listen
         %%  on this port, and connect to it without EPMD
         %% Set cookie on both nodes to be the same.
    -    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
    +    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
         Dockerfile =
           "FROM ubuntu:20.04 as runner\n"
           "EXPOSE 4445\n"
           "WORKDIR /opt/lambda\n"
           "COPY lambda.tar.gz /tmp\n"
           "RUN tar -zxvf /tmp/lambda.tar.gz -C /opt/lambda\n"
    -      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
    +      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
           "/bin/dyn_erl\", \"-boot\", \"/opt/lambda/releases/1.0.0/start\","
           " \"-kernel\", \"inet_dist_listen_min\", \"4445\","
           " \"-erl_epmd_port\", \"4445\","
           " \"-setcookie\", \"secret\"]\n",
    -    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile),
    -    os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    +
    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile), + os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (650)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.242175603 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proc_lib.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.243175608 +0000 @@ -995,21 +995,21 @@ failed. When doing so the start function can return before the failing process has exited, which may block VM resources required for a new start attempt to succeed. Use init_fail/2,3 for that purpose.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} ->
    -            exit(Reason)
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} ->
    +            exit(Reason)
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    @@ -1082,21 +1082,21 @@ started process, the start function returns an error tuple when the started process exits, or when the start function time-out (if used) has passed, see start/3,4,5.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    -            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    +            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (3915)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.269175762 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/proplists.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.270175768 +0000 @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

    Similar to get_all_values/2, but each value is wrapped in a list unless it is already itself a list. The resulting list of lists is concatenated. This is -often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    +often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    @@ -626,10 +626,10 @@ first entry in ListIn with the same key as Property, and E and Property have equivalent normal forms, then E is replaced with the terms in Expansion, and any following entries with the same key are deleted from -ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} -shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when +ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} +shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when expanded, it must be included in the expansion list. The inserted terms are not expanded recursively. If Expansions contains more than one property with the same key, only the first occurrence is used.

    See also normalize/2.

    @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@

    Partitions List into a list of sublists and a remainder.

    Lists contains one sublist for each key in Keys, in the corresponding order. The relative order of the elements in each sublist is preserved from the original List. Rest contains the elements in List that are not associated with any of the -specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    +specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    @@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ an association of the form Key => Value. Anything else will be silently ignored.

    If the same key appears in List multiple times, the value of the one appearing nearest to the head of List will be in the result map, that is the value that -would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    +would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (1468)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.314176028 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/qlc.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.314176028 +0000 @@ -285,24 +285,24 @@ If a tuple {finished} exists among the answers to QH, it is returned twice from append/2.

    As another example, consider concatenating the answers to two queries QH1 and QH2 while removing all duplicates. This is accomplished by using option -unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before +unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before returning an answer, it is looked up in the ETS table to check if it has already been returned. Without the unique option, all answers to QH1 would be returned followed by all answers to QH2. The unique option keeps the order between the remaining answers.

    If the order of the answers is not important, there is an alternative to the -unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many +unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many answers, temporary files are used. Notice that to get the first unique answer, all answers must be found and sorted. Both alternatives find duplicates by comparing answers, that is, if A1 and A2 are answers found in that order, then A2 is a removed if A1 == A2.

    To return only a few answers, cursors can be used. The following code returns no -more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    -R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    -ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
    +more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    +R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    +ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
     R.

    QLCs are convenient for stating constraints on data from two or more tables. The -following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 +following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 and QH2. If, for example, X2 is matched against the key of a QLC table, the lookup join method traverses the objects of QH2 while looking up key values in the table. However, if not X2 or Y2 is matched against the key or an indexed @@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ both sorted on position 2 and next do the join by traversing the objects one by one.

    Option join can be used to force the qlc module to use a certain join method. For the rest of this section it is assumed that the excessively slow -join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2],
    -      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 +join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2],
    +      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 and QH2, one at a time. If there are M answers to QH1 and N answers to QH2, the filter is run M*N times.

    If QH2 is a call to the function for gb_trees, as defined in section Implementing a QLC Table, then @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ no side effects so that the meaning of the query does not change if QH2 is evaluated only once. One way of caching the answers is to evaluate QH2 first of all and substitute the list of answers for QH2 in the query. Another way is -to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first +to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first time, every answer is stored in an ETS table. When the next answer of QH1 is tried, answers to QH2' are copied from the ETS table, which is very fast. As for option unique the cost is a possibly substantial amount of RAM memory.

    Option {cache, list} offers the possibility to store the answers in a list on @@ -350,62 +350,62 @@ Implementing a QLC Table

    As an example of how to use function table/2, the implementation of a QLC -table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
    +table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
     
    --export([table/1]).
    +-export([table/1]).
     
    -table(T) ->
    -    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    -    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    -                 (keypos) -> 1;
    -                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    -                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    -                 (_) -> undefined
    +table(T) ->
    +    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    +    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    +                 (keypos) -> 1;
    +                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    +                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    +                 (_) -> undefined
                   end,
         LookupFun =
    -        fun(1, Ks) ->
    -                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    -                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    -                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    -                                          none -> []
    +        fun(1, Ks) ->
    +                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    +                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    +                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    +                                          none -> []
                                           end
    -                              end, Ks)
    +                              end, Ks)
             end,
         FormatFun =
    -        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    -           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
    +        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    +           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
                                   "case gb_trees:lookup(K, ~s) of "
                                   "{value, V} -> [{K,V}];none -> [] end "
                                   "end, ~w)",
    -                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
    +                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
             end,
    -    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    -                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="8804613177-44">}]).
    +    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    +                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="9323630598-44">}]).
     
    -qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    -    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    -qlc_next(none) ->
    -    [].
    -
    -gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    -gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
    +qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    +    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    +qlc_next(none) ->
    +    [].
    +
    +gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    +gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
     
    -gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
    +gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
         '...';
    -gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    -    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    -        {X, V, I} ->
    -            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
    +gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    +    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    +        {X, V, I} ->
    +            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
             none ->
    -            []
    +            []
         end.

    TF is the traversal function. The qlc module requires that there is a way of traversing all objects of the data structure. gb_trees has an iterator function suitable for that purpose. Notice that for each object returned, a new @@ -441,49 +441,49 @@ example, 2 == 2.0 evaluates to true while 2 =:= 2.0 evaluates to false. Normally this is a minor issue, but the qlc module cannot ignore the difference, which affects the user's choice of operators in QLCs.

    If the qlc module at compile time can determine that some constant is free of -integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    -Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    -{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    -K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    -io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    -ets:match_spec_run(
    -       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    -			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    -				       V)
    +integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    +Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    +{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    +K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    +io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    +ets:match_spec_run(
    +       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    +			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    +				       V)
     		     end,
    -		     [a, 2.71]),
    -       ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have + [a, 2.71]), + ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have been handled. However, if it cannot be determined at compile time that some constant is free of integers, and the table uses =:=/2 when comparing keys for equality (see option key_equality), then the qlc module does not try to look up the constant. The reason is that there is in the general case no upper limit on the number of key values that can compare equal -to such a constant; every combination of integers and floats must be looked up:

    2> E2 = ets:new(t, [set]),
    -true = ets:insert(E2, [{{2,2},a},{{2,2.0},b},{{2.0,2},c}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (992))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html	2026-10-15 00:56:35.346176218 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/queue.html	2026-10-15 00:56:35.347176224 +0000
    @@ -723,10 +723,10 @@
           
     
     

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for all items Item in Q, -otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -758,10 +758,10 @@

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for at least one item Item in -Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
    +Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -793,9 +793,9 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
     false
    @@ -827,10 +827,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -866,10 +866,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -905,10 +905,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -939,19 +939,19 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns a list, the list elements -are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to +are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to returning true, just as returning [] is semantically equivalent to returning -false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    -{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    +false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    +{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    @@ -990,15 +990,15 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns {true, NewItem}, the -queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]
    -4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    -{"ihg","ef"}
    -5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]
    +4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    +{"ihg","ef"}
    +5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
     "efghi
    @@ -1039,9 +1039,9 @@ AccIn == Acc0. The queue is traversed in queue order, that is, from front to rear. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is returned if -the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     15
    -2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     120
    @@ -1099,12 +1099,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    -{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    +

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    +{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    -{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    +

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    +{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -1225,12 +1225,12 @@

    Returns a queue Q3 that is the result of joining Q1 and Q2 with Q1 in -front of Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue1 = queue:from_list([1,3]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2789))
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html	2026-10-15 00:56:35.380176419 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/rand.html	2026-10-15 00:56:35.381176424 +0000
    @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@
     a reasonably unpredictable seed.

    The functions with explicit state don't use the process dictionary.

    Examples

    Simple use; create and seed the default algorithm with a non-fixed seed, if not already done, and generate two uniformly distibuted -floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    -R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    -R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    -R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    -{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    -R6 = rand:uniform(),
    -SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically +floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    +R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    +R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    +R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    +{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    +R6 = rand:uniform(),
    +SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically strong. If a cryptographically strong random number generator is needed, use something like crypto:rand_seed/0.

    For all these generators except exro928ss and exsss the lowest bit(s) have got a slightly less random behaviour than all other bits. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ up to (and included) 16TB, with the exception of binary rank tests, which fail due to the lowest bit being an LFSR; all other bits pass all tests. We suggest to use a sign test to extract a random Boolean value.

    If this is a problem; to generate a boolean with these algorithms, -use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits +use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits when converting from an integer so they avoid this snag.

    @@ -1947,10 +1947,10 @@ equally spaced in the interval.

    Warning

    This function may return exactly 0.0 which can be fatal for certain applications. If that is undesired you can use (1.0 - rand:uniform()) to get the interval 0.0 < X =< 1.0, or instead use uniform_real/0.

    If neither endpoint is desired you can achieve the range -0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    -    case rand:uniform() of
    +0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    +    case rand:uniform() of
             X when 0.0 < X -> X;
    -        _ -> my_uniform()
    +        _ -> my_uniform()
         end.

    @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ 16#7fa6502 * 2^32 - 1, which have been selected, in collaboration with Sebastiano Vigna, to avoid bignum operations and still get good statistical quality. It has been named "MWC59" and can be written as:

    C = CX0 bsr 32
    -X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
    +X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
     CX1 = 16#7fa6502 * X + C

    Because the generator uses a multiplier that is a power of 2 it gets statistical flaws for collision tests and birthday spacings tests in 2 and 3 dimensions, and these caveats apply even when looking /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (756)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.400176537 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/random.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.400176537 +0000 @@ -472,9 +472,9 @@

    Seeds random number generation with integer values in the process dictionary and -returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    -            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, +returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    +            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, and erlang:unique_integer/0.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text, with very long lines (2281)) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.442176785 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/re.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.443176791 +0000 @@ -1375,9 +1375,9 @@ follows (COMMIT) can be triggered first, so merely passing (COMMIT) during a match does not always guarantee that a match must be at this starting point.

    Notice that (*COMMIT) at the start of a pattern is not the same as an anchor, unless the PCRE start-of-match optimizations are turned off, as shown in the -following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    -{match,["abc"]}
    -2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
    +following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    +{match,["abc"]}
    +2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
     nomatch

    For this pattern, PCRE knows that any match must start with "a", so the optimization skips along the subject to "a" before applying the pattern to the first set of data. The match attempt then succeeds. In the second call the @@ -2108,32 +2108,32 @@

    Takes a compiled regular expression and an item, and returns the relevant data from the regular expression.

    The only supported item is namelist, which returns the tuple {namelist, [binary()]}, -containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +                  255,255,...>>}}
    +2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    +3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,8,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the + 255,255,...>>}} +4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the returned list, and that the list is in alphabetical order regardless of where the names are positioned in the regular expression. The order of the names is the same as the order of captured subexpressions if {capture, all_names} is specified as an option to run/3. You can therefore create a name-to-value -mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]).
    -{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]}
    -4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L).
    -[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    +
    255,255,...>>}} +2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]} +3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]). +{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]} +4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L). +[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    @@ -2226,16 +2226,16 @@ subexpression number N, is inserted in the result. If no subexpression with that number is generated by the regular expression, nothing is inserted.

    To insert an & or a \ in the result, precede it with a \. Notice that Erlang already gives a special meaning to \ in literal strings, so a single \ must be -written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    -"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
    +written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    +"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
     "ab[&]d"

    If the replacement is given as a fun, it will be called with the whole matching expression as the first argument and a list of subexpression matches in the order in which they appear in the regular expression. The returned value will be -inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    -    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    -         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
    +inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    +    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    +         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
         end,
    -    [{return, list}]).
    +    [{return, list}]).
     "#ab-B#cd"

    Note

    Non-matching optional subexpressions will not be included in the list of subexpression matches if they are the last subexpressions in the regular expression.

    Example:

    The regular expression "(a)(b)?(c)?" ("a", optionally followed by "b", @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ run/3 handles empty matches in the same way as Perl: a zero-length match at any point is also retried with options [anchored, notempty_atstart]. If that search gives a result of length > 0, -the result is included. Example:

    re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

    The following matchings are performed:

    • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the +the result is included. Example:

      re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

      The following matchings are performed:

      • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the initial position of string cat, giving the result set [{0,0},{0,0}] (the second {0,0} is because of the subexpression marked by the parentheses). As the length of the match is 0, we do not advance to the next position yet.

      • At offset 0 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - The search is @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ of results and the position in the search string is advanced two steps.

      • At offset 3 - The search once again matches the empty string, giving [{3,0},{3,0}].

      • At offset 1 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - This gives no result of length > 0 and we are at the last position, so the global search is -complete.

      The result of the call is:

      {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
    • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this +complete.

    The result of the call is:

    {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
  • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this option is specified. If alternatives in the pattern exist, they are tried. If all the alternatives match the empty string, the entire match fails.

    Example:

    If the following pattern is applied to a string not beginning with "a" or "b", it would normally match the empty string at the start of the subject:

    a?b?

    With option notempty, this match is invalid, so run/3 searches @@ -2435,12 +2435,12 @@ instead of the stack, the amount of heap memory that can be used.

  • The Erlang VM uses a PCRE library where heap memory is used when regular expression match recursion occurs. This therefore limits the use of machine heap, not C stack.

    Specifying a lower value can result in matches with deep recursion failing, -when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    -{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    -2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
    +when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    +{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    +2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
     nomatch
    -3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]).
    -{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. +3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]). +{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. Understanding of the PCRE library internals is recommended before tampering with these limits.

  • {offset, integer() >= 0} - Start matching at the offset (position) specified in the subject string. The offset is zero-based, so that the default @@ -2462,9 +2462,9 @@ capturing).

    As an example of the default behavior, the following call returns, as first and only captured string, the matching part of the subject ("abcd" in the middle) as an index pair {3,4}, where character positions are zero-based, -just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of -the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning -at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list +just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of +the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning +at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list and the remaining subpatterns are added in the order they occurred in the regular expression.

    The capture tuple is built up as follows:

    • ValueSpec - Specifies which captured (sub)patterns are to be returned. ValueSpec can either be an atom describing a predefined set of return @@ -2489,12 +2489,12 @@ subpatterns (see below) in the regular expression, one can use atom/0s or string/0s to specify the subpatterns to be returned. For example, consider the regular expression:

      ".*(abcd).*"

      matched against string "ABCabcdABC", capturing only the "abcd" part (the -first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured +first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured subpattern is "(abcd)", matching "abcd" in the subject, at (zero-based) -position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly +position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly named 'FOO':

      ".*(?<FOO>abcd).*"

      With this expression, we could still give the index of the subpattern with -the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can -also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular +the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can +also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular expression, in which case the return values vary depending on the type. If the type is index, the tuple {-1,0} is returned for values with no corresponding subpattern in the regular expression, but for the other types @@ -2529,12 +2529,12 @@ string:

      "ABCabcdABC"

      the subpattern at index 2 does not match, as "abdd" is not present in the string, but the complete pattern matches (because of the alternative a(..d)). The subpattern at index 2 is therefore unassigned and the default -return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the +return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the binary case, some information about the matching is therefore lost, as <<>> can also be an empty string captured.

      If differentiation between empty matches and non-existing subpatterns is necessary, use the type index and do the conversion to the final type in Erlang code.

      When option global is speciified, the capture specification affects each -match separately, so that:

      re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

      gives

      {match,[["a"],["b"]]}

    For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see +match separately, so that:

    re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

    gives

    {match,[["a"],["b"]]}
  • For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see compile/2.

    @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ compilation option is specified to this function, both the regular expression and Subject are to be specified as valid Unicode charlist()s.

    The result is given as a list of "strings", the preferred data type specified in option return (default iodata).

    If subexpressions are specified in the regular expression, the matching -subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular +subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular expression) is inserted in the result list where it was found. This means that concatenating the result of a split where the whole regular expression is a single subexpression (as in the last example) always results in the original @@ -2631,21 +2631,21 @@ "g"), nothing is inserted after that. To make the group of strings and the parts matching the subexpressions more obvious, one can use option group, which groups together the part of the subject string with the parts matching the -subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first +subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first part in the result. When the regular expression matched, the (only) subexpression was bound to the "l", so the "l" is inserted in the group together with "Er". The next match is of the "n", making "a" the next part to be returned. As the subexpression is bound to substring "n" in this case, the "n" is inserted into this group. The last group consists of the remaining string, as no more matches are found.

    By default, all parts of the string, including the empty strings, are returned -from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which +from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which is also returned. This behavior differs from the default behavior of the split function in Perl, where empty strings at the end are by default removed. To get -the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty +the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty ones", which sometimes can be useful. You can also specify how many parts you -want, by specifying {parts,N}:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},{parts,2}]).

    gives

    ["Er","ang"]

    Notice that the last part is "ang", not "an", as splitting was specified into /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, Unicode text, UTF-8 text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.461840470 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang27-doc/lib/stdlib-6.1.2/doc/html/search.html 2026-10-15 00:56:35.462176904 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

    - +